oa iate ance eee aaa toe
THOMAS LINCOLN
CASEY
LIBRARY
1925
VCASH
Wer
‘i
Mt Het i
ASM
MRCH te UI
i sth Bhi
i i Min
M)
it
ny.
i
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
LONDON.
rT TF fy] T a A re} ai A iT
cvi :
‘\¥
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
LONDON
BOR GTEbDE. YY EAR
1888.
LONDON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CoO.,
54, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STRERT,
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,
AND BY LONGMAN, GREEN, READER AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
1888.
x way ae 3
sy
NG i rh
i wal a
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
ORE oe Beh oddedl 1885.
Hon. Hife-President.
Pror. J. O. WESTWOOD, M.A., F.L.S.,
Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford.
OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1888-89.
resident,
Dr. DAVID SHARP, M.B., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Vice- residents.
Sm JOHN LUBBOCK, Barrt., M.P., D.C.L., F.R.S.
OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.-P.Z.S.
Tue Rr. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., F.R.S.
Greasurer.
EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.L.S.
Secretaries.
HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.
THe Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.
Librarian.
FERDINAND GRUT, F.L.S.
Council.
HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
THe Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.
HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.
FERDINAND GROUT, F.L.S., &c.
Sir JOHN LUBBOCK, Bart., M.P., F.R.S.
ROBERT MacLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
PHILIP BROOKE MASON, M.R.C.S., F.L.S.
EDWARD B. POULTON, M.A. a5 F.LS., F.G.S
OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S
EDWARD SAUNDERS, F. 2-3 2oe.
Dr. DAVID SHARP, MB. elie bese eas.
HENRY T. STAINTON, F.K.S., F.L.S.
Lorp WALSINGHAM, M. Ass 0 PBS 2 .L:8
Resident Librarian.
W. E. POOLE.
(Rare)
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1834—1888.
The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows
at the following reduced prices :—
PUBLIC. FELLOWS.
First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1845) ...... Price£4 13 0 £3 10 0
Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) .... 8 0 0 315 0
Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) 11 0.0 410 0
The Transactions for the year 1868........ fe
” ” TBGD AS. os ac. 1 2 0
” ” TST US arn ad 8) 30 2 5)
” ” ASL esi. . oe 0
” ” 1872 eoeeeeee 1 2 0
” ” 1873.40 500s ab 1G's 4)
” ” GEE syn ioter 112 0
” 9? 1875 eeeeeees 1 2 0 3 0 0
” ” 1876..0. 6200 112 0
” 9 LS ieemeadee 1 4 0
” » 1878.0 e0cce0s 100 015 0
” ” 1879 ....seee 1 2 0 016 6
” ” TBD secs sin 019 0 014 3
” » I8SES. vetioes 116 0 io
” »” 1882... cere 110 0 1.226
” ” 1S8B Sejacele Oe ee 1 0 8
” 3 1884....006 : 1 8 0 1 ag
” ” 1885...2.000 16 0 019 6
” 9 1886. .s. 25 1 6 0 019 6
» + Lisi) PARR pe Li ace 019 0
1888. ....00. 115 0 LG*-3
Any single volume from 1850 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.
First Series, vol. v., is out of print.
The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—
Pascoe’s Longicornia Malayana .......... 212 0 19 0
Baly’s Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1, Aposta-
SUCETG, a brothats ote lel tolevoletaie Sie toiete eicle ae iete 016 0 012 0
Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial
Hymenopteras’: "\.caasct.nisicatoaia tenes 0 4 6 03 4
Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’
Partl.” : i iocraedetear etnies eee 0; XG: 0 0 4 6
Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolie’ (Prize Essay) Opto Ona 0
The JourNAL oF ProcEEpines is bound up with the Transactions, but
may be obtained separately, by Fellows, gratis; by the Public, price
Sixpence per Sheet (16 pp.).
Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are
entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,
and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address.
( wih)
CONTENTS.
————
PAGE
Explanation of the Plates bis ae ie : ae see VELL
List of Fellows .. i Ac ra sc ae Se So. tbe
Additions to the itivy on Be aa 4a dig ogee
MEMOIRS.
I. Notes on the life-history of various species of the Neuropterous
genus Ascalaphus. By Prof. J.O. A a M.A., F.L.S.,
Life-President of the Ent. Soc. Lond., &. . &6 5e 1
II. A Synopsis of British es Cicadina. Part II. By
JAMES Epwarps, F.E.S. 36 Se sq lg
III. Notes on the species of the jephacietbes genus Huchromia,
with descriptions of new species in the collection of the
British Museum. ais ARTHUR G. 2 Vile HS: Ans,
&e. - : Se lla}
IV. Pec of some new epee of Lepidopter a oe Algor ia.
By Grorce T. Baxer, F.L.8. . : 117
V. Report of Progress in Pedigree Moth. Medatng to Dee. hs,
1887, with observations on some incidental points. By
FREDERIC MERRIFIELD, F'.E.S. Mig a¢ Be nee PB}
VI. Life-histories of Rhopalocera from the Australian region.
By Gervase F. Maruew, B.N., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &. Be UB Y!
VII. Descriptions of new or little-known species of phyto-
phagous Coleoptera from Africa and as aie By
Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. es : : 189
VIII. Additional observations on the Tea- fies (eloped) of
Java. By Cuarues O. WatTerHousE, F.H.S. 207
IX. On the Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. By Epwarp
Meyrick, B.A., F.E.S. fe fe 32 es ae 209
X. Experiments upon the colour-relation between the pupx of
Pieris rape and their immediate surroundings, by GrorcE
C. Grirrirus, F.E.S.; described and summarised by
Witi1am Waire, F.E. S. Se : : st cee NY
XI. A catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Sikkim, He Henry JouHn
Exwes, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.; with additions, corrections,
and notes on seasonal and local aon ied by Otto
MOLLER. ac 269
XII. A List of the Diurnal ee collected in fasion
Celebes by Dr. Sydney Hickson. By Prof. J. O. Wesr-
woop, M.A., F.L.8., Hon. Life Pres. Ent. Soc. Lond, ae 467
( vii)
PAGE
XIII. An enumeration of the Rhynchota received from Baron von
Miiller, and collected by Mr. Sayer in New Guinea during
Mr. Cuthbertson’s Expedition. By W. L. Distant, F.E.S. 475
XIV. On some new Longicorn goeuiee. rE Francis P. ae
F.L.S., &e. Ae 3 : ~» 491
XV. Notes in 1887 upon Genes ae &e., shld a
complete account of the life-history of the larve of Sphinx
convolvuli and Aglia tau. By Epwarp B. Pouuton, M.A.,
(DADHSH ERS (8455 oe ee ne 4a 4c a OL
Proceedings for 1888 .. 36 te ae a ae Ac i
President’s Address .. c .. xiviii
Appendix. Memoir of the inte PESEEs Robert Watathouse AG be
Index .. ae 0 oe as se ae a Ixxvii
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Plates I—II. See pages 1to12 | Plates VIII., IX., X., & XL,
Blate {ci a ee gp LO | See pages 269 to 465
Pan Aaa ee eR I rect Gis Plate XM. 3c se 5, 400.0270
pe es ek: ae eD alee seep AIHW eon Fay, », 475 ,, 489
na | Wil ence wero pant S8 a) | ER Votes! “ss » 491 ,, 513
oy, ANIL. a casted deent £89. op p2OB eee. XV., XVL,.@ XVIL;
é See pages 515 ,, 606
ERRATA.
TRANSACTIONS. —Page 113, line two from the bottom of the page, for
“Japan” read “‘Java’’; p. 218, 1. 6, for ewerema read eucrena; p. 220,
lines 1 and 29, for Scoparia read Scopula ; p. 279 (No. 34), for eupty-
chiodes read euptychioides ; p. 286 and elsewhere, for horsfeldi read
horsfieldi throughout; p. 290, No. 365 (middle column), for verhueli read
verhuelli; p. 292, No. 425, for Leptocireus read Leptocircus ; p. 297, 1. 27,
for Stictopthalma read Stictophthalmia ; p. 333, Nos. 91 and 92, for Stictop-
thalma read Stictophthalmia ; p. 467, for cheaspes read choaspes, and for
luciptena read luciplena; p. 471, for cheaspes read choaspes, and for
luciptena read luciplena ; p. 606, for kiihmiella read kiihniella
PrRocEEDINGS.—Page xiv, line 16, for ‘‘ upper section of the triangle”
read ‘upper sector of the triangle.”
dist of #ellotus
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
HONORARY FELLOWS.
Date of
Election.
1875 Burmeister, Hermann Carl Conrad, Buenos Ayres.
1885 Dourn, Carl August, Stetton.
1863 Hacren, Hermann Aucust, Cambridge, U.S.A.
1884 MiuUuiur, Fritz, Blumenau, Santa Catarina, Brazil.
1884 OstTEN-SackEN, Baron C. R. von, Heidelberg.
1884 Pacxarp, AtpHmuUS 8., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.
1872 Saussure, Henri F. de, Geneva.
1871 Serxys-Lonecuampes, Baron M. E. de, Liége.
1882 SignoreEt, Victor, Paris.
1885 SNELLEN, PIETER C. T., Rotterdam.
FELLOWS.
Marked * are Original Members.
Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.
Date of
Election.
1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, 20 Old Bond-street, W.
1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.
1885 ADKIN, Robert, Wellfield, Lingard-road, Lewisham, 8.E.
1880 Anpri, Ed., Member of the Entomological Societies of
France, Berlin, Stettin, &., 21 Boulevard Brétonniere,
Beaune (Cote d’ Or), France.
1856 Armirace, Ed., R.A., 3 Hall-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.
b
x
LIST OF FELLOWS.
1886 Atmore, E. A., 3 Haylett-terrace, Exton’s-road, King’s
Lynn, Norfolk.
1883 Arryr, Robt. Jervoise, Ingow Grange, Stratford-on-Avon.
* +Bapineaton, Charles Cardale, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.,
1885
1850
1886
1886
1887
1884
1865
1861
Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge,
5 Brookside, Cambridge.
Baker, George T., F.L.S., 16 Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.
Baty, Joseph S., M.R.C.S., F.L.S., The Butts, Warwick.
Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., Corfe Castle, Dorset.
Bareacut, Nobile Cavaliere Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo
Tempt No. 1, Florence, Italy.
Barker, H. W., 83 Brayard's-road, Peckham, 8.E.
Barrett, Charles Golding, Norfolk-street, King’s Lynn,
Norfolk.
Barron, Stephen, 32 St. Michael’s Hill, Bristol.
Bates, Henry Walter, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., 11 Carleton-
road, Tufnell Park, N.
1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, 153 Hither Green Lane, Lewisham, 8.E.
1882
1886
1880
1879
1885
1885
1886
1841
1875
1876
1888
Bere, C., Museo Publico, Buenos Ayres.
Bippte, F. W., M.A. Lanherne, Albemarle-road, Beckenham
Kent.
BIGNELL, George Carter, 7 Clarence-place, Stonehouse,
Plymouth.
Biuuvurs, T. R.,20 Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham,
S.E.
Buiatuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Hagle House, Bath-
easton, Bath.
Butss, Arthur, 48 New Broad-street, E.C.
BLoMEFIELD, The Rey. Leonard, M.A., F.L.S., &., 19 Bel-
mont, Bath.
Buoomrietp, The Rev. E. N., M.A., Guestling Rectory,
Hastings.
Bonp, Frederick, F.Z.8., 5 Fairfield Avenue, Staines.
BorreR, Wm., junr., F.G.8., Pakyns Manor House,
Hurstpierpoint, Sussex.
Boscuer, Edward, Bellevwe House, Twickenham.
Bowser, B. A., Langley, Eltham Road, Lee, Kent.
1852 + Boyp, Thomas, Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill,
1867
S.E.
Boyp, William Christopher, Cheshunt, Herts.
1886
1877
1870
1879
1878
1887
1886
1883
1855
LIST OF FELLOWS. x1
Bripeman, John B., F.L.S., 69 St. Giles’-street, Norwich.
Briees, Charles Adolphus, 55 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C. ;
and Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey.
Briees, Thos. Henry, M.A., Surrey House, Leatherhead,
Surrey.
Bronenrart, Le Chevalier Charles, Memb. Ento. Soc.
France, and Memb. Geol. Soc. France, &e., 8 Rue Guy de
la Brosse, Paris.
Brown, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.
Brown, Henry Rowland, B.A., Oxhey Grove, Stanmore,
Middlesex.
Brown, John, 5 King’s Parade, Cambridge.
Bucxron, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.S., Weyconvbe,
Haslemere, Surrey.
Burnewu, Edward Henry, 32 Bedford-row, W.C.
1868 + Burter, Arthur Gardiner, F.L.S., F.Z.S., British Museum,
1883
1886
1886
1885
1860
1880
1886
1886
1868
1871
South Kensington, S.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road,
Beckenham, Kent.
BurLer, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., Windeyer, Ashley-
road, Crouch Hill, N.
CatvertT, Wm. Bartlett, Colegio Yngles, 13 Calle Nataniel
Santiago, Chili, South America.
CAMERON, Peter, 20 Beech-road, Sale, Cheshire.
CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e., Rose Hill,
Hoddesdon, Herts.
Canbizex, Dr. E., Glain, Liége. ;
CaNSDALE, W. D., 6 Whittington-terrace, London-road,
Forest Hill, S.E.
Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford.
CarMicHAEL, T. D. Gibson, M.A., F.L.S., Chiefswood,
Melrose, N.B.
CaRRINGTON, Charles, Hurst-place, Bexley, Kent.
Cuampion, G. C., F.Z.S., 11 Calder-Vale-road, Elms Park,
Clapham Common, S.W.
1886 { Cuark, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields,
1867
1886
1874
1875
N.E.
CuarkE, Alex. Henry, 109 Warwick-road, Earls Court, S.W.
Ciarke, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Royal
Herbarium, Kew.
CockLE, Capt. George, 9 Bolton-gardens, S.W.
Coxe, William, 7 Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.
b2
x11 LIST OF FELLOWS.
1884 CoxieTT, E. Pyemont, 19 St. John-street, Manchester.
1880 Copianp, Patrick F., % Hope Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.
1876 | CoprERTHWAITE, William Charles, Beech-grove, Malton.
1883 CovERDALE, George, 24 Fleming-road, Lorrimore-square,
S.E.
1886 CowrLL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public
Library), William Brown-street, Liverpool.
1853 Cox, Colonel C. J., Fordwich House, Canterbury.
1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., Ashleigh, Marlborough Hill, Harrow.
1888 CreEGor, J. P., Tredennick, Bodmin.
1880 + Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.. Sec. R.M.S.,
5 Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.
1888 Croker, A. J., 25 Casella-road, New Cross, S.E.
1883 Crow .ey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Waddon House, Croydon.
1888 Crusu, W., Elim, Ulundi-road, Westcombe Park, Black-
heath, S.E.
1873 Daun, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne.
1888 Date, Henry F., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Miserden, Cirencester,
Gloucestershire ; and Royal Thames Yacht Club, 2 Savile
Row, London, W.
1887 Dautry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.S., Madeley
? Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffordshire.
1886 Dannattr, Walter, Ivy Dene, Westcombe Park, Blackheath
S.E.
1885 Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.5., 20 Thurloe-square,
S.W.
1837 DrvonsHIRE, His Grace The Duke of, K.G., M.A.. D.C.L.,
F.R.S., &e., Devonshire House, 78 Piccadilly, W.
1886 Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D.,
Professor of Divinity in the University of Glasgow,
Glasgow.
1875 Distant, Wm. Lucas, Memb. Anthropological Institute,
1 Russell-hill-road, Purley, Surrey.
1887 Dixry, F. A., M.A., M.B., Wadham College, Oxford; and
Friern Lea, North Finchley, N.
1885 Donovan, Charles, junr., Westview, Glandore, Leap, Co.
Cork.
1873 Dorta, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.
1886 Dormer, The Right Honourable Lord, Grove Park, Warwick.
1876 Doveuas, John Wm., 8 Beaufort-gardens, Lewisham, S.E.
1874 Dowsert, Arthur, Castle Hill House, Reading.
LIST OF FELLOWS. xill
1884 Drucr, Hamilton H. C. J., 48 Circus-road, St. John’s
Wood, N.W.
1849 + Dunninc, Joseph Wm., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., 12 Old-
square, Lincoln’s Inn, W.C.
1865 D’Ursan, W. S. M., F.L.S., 10 Claremont-terrace,
Exmouth, Devon.
1883 Durrant, John Hartley-, Bancroft House, Hitchin, Herts.
1865 Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., The Vicarage,
Shepton Montague, Castle Cary, Somersetshire.
1886 Epwarps, James, 131 Rupert-street, Norwich.
1884 Epwarps, Stanley, Kidbrook Lodge, Blackheath, S.E.
1886 EnisHa, George, 122 Shepherdess-walk, City-road, N.
1886 Ex.is, John W., L.R.C.P., 3 Brougham Terrace, Liverpool.
1878 Eutwes, Henry John, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Preston House,
Cirencester.
1869 Enmicu, Gustave d’, 6 Sebastian-place, Budapesth, Hungary.
1886 Enock, Frederick, 11 Parolles-road, Upper Holloway, N.
1886 Fenwick, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank,
Surbiton Hill, Surrey.
1881 Ferrepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.
1878 Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77 St. Helen’s Gardens,
N. Kensington, W.
1874 Firceu, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.
1886 Fireu, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park,N.
1865 Fiercuer, J. E., 26 McIntyre-road, St. John’s, Worcester.
1883 + FLercuer,W. H. B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing, Sussex.
1885 Foxxer, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.
1880 Fow1Er, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Secrerary, The
School House, Lincoln.
1883 Freeman, Francis Ford, 8 Leigham-terrace, Plymouth.
1888 Fremun, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth,
Maidstone, Kent
1855 Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Thornhill House, Dulwich Wood
Park, Norwood, 8.E.
1876 Fryer, Herbert Fortescue, Chatteris, Cambridgeshire.
1884 Fuxier, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., care of Jos. Anderson, jun.
Alre Villa, Chichester,
XIV LIST OF FELLOWS.
1887 Ganan, CharlesJ., M.A., British Musewm (Natural History),
SouthKensington, S.W.
1887 Gatton, Francis, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (President, Anthro-
pological Institute), 42 Rutland Gate, S.W.
1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S, F.Z.S.,
South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham, Sussex; and
10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.
1886 + Goopricu, Arthur Mainwaring, Lieutenant, 27th Regiment,
Aubrey, Lymington, Hants.
1855 Gornam, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., The Chestnuts,
Shirley Warren, Southampton.
1874 Goss, Herbert, F.L.S., F.G.S., Secrerary, Berrylands,
Surbiton Hill, Surrey.
1886 GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.
1865 GREENE, The Rey. Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Apsley-road,
Clifton, Bristol.
1888 GrirritH, G. C.,1 Hale Bank, St. Mathews-road, Cotham
Bristol.
1846 Grut, Ferdinand, F.L.S., Liprarran, 9 Newcomen-street,
Southwark, S.E.
1885 Hatz, Thomas William, 7 Princess-road, Selhurst, South
‘ Norwood, 8.E.
1877 Harpine, George, The Grove, Fishponds, Bristol.
1886 Harris, John T., Newton-road, Burton-on-Trent.
1881 Henry, George, 38 Wellington-square, Hastings.
1888 Hices, M. Stanger, The Mill House, Upton St. Leonards,
Gloucestershire.
1876 + Human, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.
1888 Hopson, The Rey. J. H., B.A., 3 Woodland-grove, Torquay,
Devon.
1869 Ho.ipswortH, Edward, Shanghai.
1887 Hoxuanp, The Rev. W. J., M.A., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg,
Penn., United States.
1887 Hownratsa, Ed. G., 8 Unter den Linden, Berlin.
1886 Horner, A. C., Tonbridge, Kent.
1876 + Horniman, Fredk. John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &e.,
Surrey House, Forest Hill, 8.E.
1865 + Hupp, A. E., 94 Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.
888 Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New
Zealand,
LIST OF FELLOWS. XV
1880 + IncuBaLp, Peter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Hornsea, Holderness.
1886 Jacosy, Martin, 7 Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.
1885 + James, Harry Berkeley, F.Z.S., F.R.G.8., Las Salinas,
Valparaiso; and The Oaks, Woodmansterne, near
Epsom, Surrey.
1843 Janson, Ed. W., 32 Victoria-road, Finsbury Park, N.;
and 35 Little Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.
1869 Janson, Oliver E., Perth-road, Stroud Green, N.; and
35 Little Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.
1886 JenneR,J.H.A., 4 Hast-street, Lewes.
1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrissant, Pontypridd.
1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.
1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.I.A., Sloperton
Lodge, Kingstown, Ireland.
1884 Kapprz, A. W., 5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.
1876 Karrer, Dr. F., Putbus, Rigen, North Prussia.
1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.
1872 Kaye, Ernest St. G., Jessore, Bengal.
1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.S., 26 Charles-street, St. James, S.W.
1886 Kew, H. Wallis, 112 Harley-road, Stroud Green, N.
1861 Kuirsy, W. F., 5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.
1887 + Kuen, Sydney T., F.L.S., F.R.A.S. (Hon. Treasurer,
Middlesex Natural History and Science Society), The Red
House, Stanmore, Middlesex.
1876 Kraarz, Dr. G., 28 Link-strasse, Berlin.
1875 Lamarcue, Oscar, 70 Rue Louvrex, Liege.
1868 Lane, Lieut.-Col. A. M., R.E., Simla, India.
1880 Lane, The Rev. Henry Charles, M.D., F.L.S., 7 St. James’
Terrace, Plymouth.
1887 + Leecu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S8., &e.,
12 Princes-street, Hanover-square, W.
1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.
1876 Lewis, George, F.L.8., 101 Sandgate-road, Folkestone.
1886 Livett, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.
1875 Livinestone, Clermont, Hast Lodge, Forest Rise,
Walthamstow, Essex,
XVi LIST OF FELLOWS.
1865 + LuEwe yn, J. Talbot Dillwyn, M.A., F.L.S., Ynisgerwn,
Neath.
1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussex.
1885 Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road,
Nightingale-lane, Clapham Common. ;
1850 Lower, W.H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road,
Wimbledon Park, S.W.
1850 + Lussock, Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
F.G.S., &¢., VicE-PRESIDENT, High Elms, Farnborough,
Kent.
1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-rd., Headingley,
Leeds.
1887 Lynam, R.G., The North Staffordshire Infirmary, Stoke-
on- Trent.
1887 M‘DovGatLt, James Thomas, Dwnolly, Morden-road,
Blackheath, 8.K.
1851 + M‘Intosn, J.
1888 Mackinnon, P. W., The Old Brewery, Masuri, Western
Himalayas, India.
1858 M‘Lacuuan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.8., F.Z.S8., Westview,
Clarendon-road, Lewisham, 8.E.
1887 Manpers, Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., Army Medical
Staff, Fort Stedman, Mynsouk Shan States, Upper
Burmah.
1869 + MarseuL, L’Abbé S. A. de, 271 Boulevard Pereire, Paris.
1865 MarsHatt, The Rey. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Cornworthy
Vicarage, Totnes, South Devon.
1856 + MarsuHauy, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.
1874 + Mason, Philip Brooke, M.R.C.8., F.L.58., Burton-on-Trent.
1887 Maruews, Coryndon, Hrme Wood, Ivybridge, South Devon.
1865 Maruew, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S.,
Lee House, Dovercourt, Essex.
1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim Howse, Percy Cross,
Fulham-road, 8.W.
1872 + Mertpora, Prof. Raphael, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.C.S.,
6 Brunswick-square, W.C.
1885 MEeELvILuL, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., &., Kersal Cottage,
Prestwich, Lancashire.
1887 MerRRIFIELD, Frederic, 24 Vernon-terrace, Brighton.
1888 Meryrr-Darcis, George, Endsleigh, Highfield Hill, Upper
Norwood.
1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A., Ramsbury, Hungerford, Berkshire,
1883
1886
1879
1853
1886
LIST OF FELLOWS. Xvi
Mites, W. H., 5 & 6 Hare-street, Calcutta.
Miskin, W. H., Brisbane, Queensland.
Montetro, Senor Antonio Augusto-de Carvalho, 72 Rua
do Alecrion, Lisbon.
Moorr, Frederic, F.Z.S., A.L.S., Claremont House,
Avenue-road, Croydon-road, Penge, S.B.
Morean, A. C. F., F.L.S., Villa Nova de Gaya, Oporto,
Portugal.
1869 + Méiuer, Albert, F.R.G.S., 1954 Junkerstrasse, Berne,
Switzerland.
1872 + Murray, Lieut. H.
1886
1886
1887
1878
1882
1886
1886
1878
1869
1877
1883
1873
1886
1878
1880
Mourcu, J. P., Hornsey-road, N.
Neave, B. W., 95 Queen’s-road, Brownswood Park, N.
Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., 15 Park-crescent,
Oxford.
Newman, Thomas P., F.Z.8., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C.; and
Hazelhurst, Haslemere, Surrey.
NickvILueE, Lionel de, F.L.8., C.M.Z.8S., Indian Museum ;
and 13 Kyd-street, Calcutta.
NicuHouson, William E., 21 Lee Park, Blackheath, S.E.
Norris, Herbert E., Vine Cottage, St. Ives, Hunts
NorripGre, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.
OBERTHUR, Charles (fils), Rennes, France.
OBERTHUR, René, Rennes, France.
OLDFIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., 6 Sowth Bank-
terrace, Stratford-road, Kensington, W.
OutvieR, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.
Ouurrr, A. Sidney, Australian Musewm, Sydney, N. 8S.
Wales.
OrmeERoD, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.8., Torrington
House, Holywell Hill, St. Albans, Herts.
OrmeEROoD, Miss Georgiana, Torrington House, Holywell
Hill, St. Albans, Herts.
1841 + Owrn, Sir Richard, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., M.D., F.R.S.,
1854
F.L.S. F.G.8., &e., Sheen Lodge, Richmond Park, 8.W.
Pascoz, Francis P., F.L.8., 1 Burlington-road, West-
bourne Park, W.
XVili LIST OF FELLOWS.
1884 Patton, W. H., Waterbury, Connecticut, U.S.A.
1887 Prers, John Witherington, M.A., Wendover, near Tring
Herts.
1888 PENNINGTON, F., jun., Broome Hall, Holmwood, Surrey.
1883 PrRINGUEY, Louis, South African Musewm, Cape Town,
South Africa.
1879 Perkins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-under-Edge, Gloucester-
shire.
1887 Puriuips, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House Shooter's
Hull, Kent.
1881 Pim, The Rev. H. Bedford, B.A., 169 Walton-street, Oxford.
1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, Heerengracht 476,
Amsterdam.
1885 Poouz, W. E., 11 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.
1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.8., Greenfield House, Huddersfield.
1884 + Poutton, Edward B., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.8.,
Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.
1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thur-
caston Rectory, Leicester.
1876 PreuDHOMME DE Borges, Alfred , Rue Scutin11, Schaerbeck
Brussels.
1878 Pricr, David, 48 West-street, Horsham, Sussex.
1870 Puts, J. C., 149 Chaussée de Cowrtrai, Ghent.
1886 Raconot, E. L. (Ex-President Ento. Soc. France), 12 Quaz
de la Rapée, Paris.
1882 + RamspEN, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.8., 26 Upper Bedford-
place, Russell-square, W.C.
1874 Reep, Edwyn C., Casilla 971, Valparaiso, Chili.
1886 Ruopss, John, F.R.M.S8., 360 Blackburn-road, Accrington,
Lancashire.
1871 Ruwey, Chas. V., M.A., Ph.D. (Entomologist to the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, and Hon. Curator of Insects),
U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
1853 Ripon, The Most Honourable The Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L.,
F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., 1 Carlion-gardens, S.W.
1869 + Ropinson-Dovueias, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S.,
F.R.G.8., Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.
1886 Ross, Arthur J., Woodford Green, Essex.
1868 Roruney, G. A. J., 15 Versailles-road, Norwood, 8.E.
1888 RoruscHILp, The Honble. Lionel Walter de, 148 Piccadilly,
W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts,
LIST OF FELLOWS. XixX
1865 Rytanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.S., Highfields,
Thelwall, Warrington.
1885 Saset, Ernest, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., 6 Grove-road, Clapham
Park, 8.W.
- 1875 Saux, Auguste, 138 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.
1866 + Satvin, Osbert, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vicz-
PRESIDENT, 10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-sq., W.; and
Hawksfold, Fernhurst, Haslemere.
1886 Sauwey, Reginald E., 2 Homefield-road, Wimbledon.
1885 Sanpars, T. C., 46 Cleveland-square, Hyde Park, W.
1865 + SaunpDERS, Edward, F.L.S., Treasurer, St. Ann’s, Mount
Hermon, Woking, Surrey.
1861 + SaunpErs, G.S., 20 Dents-rd., Wandsworth Common, 8.W.
1886 SaunpeErs, Prof.Wm., London, Ontario, Canada (President
of the Entomological Society of Ontario).
1881 Sconuick, A. J., Albion Lodge, Putney, S.W.
1886 ScuppER, Samuel H., Cambridge, Mass., United States.
1875 + Seaty, Alfred Forbes, Cochin, South India.
1864 Srmper, George, Altona.
1862 SHarp, David, M.B.,C.M., Edin., F.L.S., F.Z.S., PRESIDENT,
Wilmington, Dartford, Kent.
1883 Suaw, A. Eland, St. Mary’s Hospital, Paddington, W.
1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.8., 18 Rutland
Gate, W.
1887 Sicu, Alfred, Burlington Lane, Chiswick, W.
1887 Srpewick, A., M.A. (Fellow of Corpus Christi College,
Oxford), 64 Woodstock-road, Oxford.
1877 Siater, John Wm., 386 Wray-crescent, Tollington Park, N.
1883 Smiru, Frederick W., Hollywood, Lewisham Hill, S.E.
1869 Smiru, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 1386 Harley-street, Cavendish-
square, W.
1885 Smiru, Sidney Philip, 22 Rylett-road, Shepherds Bush, W.
1885 Sourn, Richard, 12 Abbey-gardens, St. John’s Wood, N.W.
+ SPENCE, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.
1848 + Stainton, Henry Tibbats, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., &e.,
Mountsfield, Lewisham, 8.E.
1862 Stevens, John 8., 7 Ravenna-road, Putney, S.W..
1837 Srevens, Samuel, F.L.8., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper
Norwood, 8.E.
1886 Surrace, J. Lyddon, Hertford College, Oxford; and
2 Saville-place, Clifton, Bristol.
1882 Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks,
XX LIST OF FELLOWS.
1884 Swinuor, Lieut.-Col. Charles, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Bombay Staff
Corps, Commissariat Department, Bombay, India.
1876 Swinton, A. H., Tudor Villas, Gery-street, Bedford.
1886 THropaLp, I. V., Chestnut Avenue, Kingston-on- Thames.
1856 THomson, Jas.,12 Itwe de Presbowrg, Place del’ Etoile, Paris.
1882 Topp, Richard.
1859 | Trimen, Roland, F.R.8., F.L.8. (Curator of South African
Museum), Cape Town, Cape Colony.
1886 Turr, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,
1869 Vauauan, Howard W. J., 11 Ospringe-road, Brecknock-
road, N.W.; and 55 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C.
1866 VerraLi, G. H., Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.
1876 WAKEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F'.L.8., Belmont, Uxbridge.
1886 Waker, Alfred O., I'.L.S., Chester.
1870 Waker, The Rey. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.8., Dun
Mallard, Cricklewood, N.W.
1878 Warker, J. J., R.N., 28 Ranelagh-road, Marine Town,
Sheerness.
1863 + Wauuiacre, Alfred Russel, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e., Nutwood
Cottage, Frith Hill, Godalming.
1866 + WausineHam, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., F.R.8., F.L.S.,
I'.Z.8., &c., Vick-Presipent, Maton House, 664 Katon-
square, S.W.; and Merton Hall, Thetford, Norfolk.
1888 Wauron-Lewis, The Rev. R., Kamastone, Cape Town,
Cape Colony.
1886 WarrEN, William, M.A., 18 Cheyne-row, Chelsea, S.W.
1869 Warernouse, Charles O., British Museum, South Ken-
sington, S.W.; and Ingleside, Avenue Gardens,
Acton, W.
1845 Weir, John Jenner, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Chirbury, Beckenham,
Kent.
1876 | Western, E. Young, 27 Craven Hill Gardens, Bays-
water, W.
* Westwoop, John Obadiah, M.A., F.L.8. (Professor of
Zoology in the University of Oxford), Honorary Lirg
PRESIDENT, 67 Woodstock-road, Oxford,
LIST OF FELLOWS. XX1
1882. Wrymer, Gustav, Sadowa-strasse 21a, Elberfeld, Rhenish
Prussia.
1886 Wueeter, F. D., M.A., Paragon House School, Norwich.
1868 + WuitE, F. Buchanan, M.D., F.L.S., Annat Lodge,
Perth, N.B.
1865 Wuitr, The Rey. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,
Gloucestershire.
1884 Warren, William, 4 Mecklenburgh Square, W.C.
1882. WruuiAms, W. J., Zoolcgical Society, Hanover-square, W.
1874 Witson, Owen, Cwmffrwd, Carmarthen.
1881 Woop, Theodore, Freeman Lodge, St. Peter's, Thanet, Kent.
1888 YerBury, Major J. W., R.A., The Army and Navy Club,
Pall Mall, 8.W.; and Mount Wise, Devonport.
1886 YounG, Morris, Free Museum, Paisley, N.B.
(y sexily")
AD DITTONS TOCLA EY LE BRAN Y
DuRING THE YEAR 1888.
en oe
Abeille (L’). Journal d’Entomologie, redigé par S. A. de Marseul.
No. 322—326, 328—332. The Editor.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History for 1887. Purchased.
Arnaup et Cartes Broneniart. Sur une Cigale vésicante de la Chine
et du Tonkin. 4to. Paris, 1888. The Authors.
Avriviuutus (Chr.). Insekter insamlade pa Kamerun-Berget af G. Valdau
och K. Knitson. 1. Coleoptera: Cetoniide et Lucanide.
8vo. Stockholm, 1886. The Author.
Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomo-
logie wihrend des Jahres 1886 (Crustacea, 1885—86), von
Dr. F. Bertkau & Dr. G. H. Fowler. Purchased.
Ditto, Jahres 1887, von Dr. Bertkau. Purchased.
BuomerieLp (Rev. L.). The Natural History of Hastings and St.
¢ Leonard’s. (2nd Supplement.) The Author.
Addenda to the ‘‘ Chapters of my Life.” The Author.
Borre (A. Preudhomme de). Sur le Bembidium biguttatum, Fab., et les
formes voisines. 1888. The Author.
Liste des Passalides recueillis en 1872 par feu Camille Van
Volxem, pendant son voyage au Brésil. 1888.
The Author.
Liste des Cent et cing espéces de Coléoptéres Tiamellicornes
actuellement capturés en Belgique, avec le tableau synop-
tique de leur distribution géographique dans le pays.
The Author.
Lettre aux Membres de la Société Entomologique de Belgique.
8vo. Bruxelles, 1888. The Author.
Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique du Brabant. de Cen-
turie. S8vo. Bruxelles, 1887. The Author.
Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique de Liége. Coléoptéres.
4e Centurie. S8vo. Bruxelles, 1888. Lhe Author.
Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique de la Province de
Luxembourg Belge. Coléoptéres. 3e Centurie.
The Author.
Bos (Dr. Ritzema). La mouche du Narcisse (Merodon equestris). 8vo.
Haarlem, 1885. The Author.
( ~-mxtii’ .)
Canadian Entomologist (The). Edited by Rev. C. J. L. Bethune.
Vol. XIX., No. 12. Vol. XX., Nos. 1, 2, 4—11.
The Editor.
Casey (Thomas L.). On some new North American Rhyncophora.
Part 1. 8vo. New York, 1888. The Author.
Comstock (John Henry). An Introduction to Entomology. Part1. 8vo.
Ithaca (N.Y.), 1888. The Author.
Corrs (E. C.). A Preliminary Account of the Wheat and Rice Weevil in
India. S8vo. Calcutta, 1888. The Author.
The Experimental Introduction of Insecticides into India; with
a short account of modern insecticides, and methods of
applying them. 8vo. Calcutta, 1888. The Author.
Entomologist (The). S8vo. London, 1888. T. P. Newman.
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine (The). 8vo. London, 1888.
The Editors.
Entomologica Americana. Vol. III., Nos. 9—12, and Vol. IV., Nos. 1—8.
The Brooklyn Entomological Society.
GApDEAU DE Krrvi~ix (H.). Les Insectes Phosphorescents. 8vo. Rouen,
1881. The Author.
Les Insectes Phosphorescents. Notes complémentaires et
Bibliographie générale. 8vo, Rouen, 1887. The Author.
LamerrE (Auguste). Le genre Rosalia. The Author.
Lintner (J. A.). Second Annual Report of the Injurious and other
Insects of the State of New York. The Author.
Lussock, Bart. (Sir John). Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps.
Part XI. 1888. The Author.
McCoy (F.). Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria. Decades I.—XVI.
The Natural History Society of Victoria.
Micuart (Albert D.). British Oribatide. (Ray Society.) J.W. Dunning.
Nature. Nos. 945—996. London, 1888. The Publishers.
Naturgeschichte der insecten Deutschlands. Coleoptera. 6 Band.
5 Lieferung. Parchased.
Nicxeru (Dr. O.). Goliathus Atlas, n. sp. The Author.
OxrstLtanp (O. W.). Synopsis of the Aphidide of Minnesota. 8vo.
St. Paul (Minnesota), 1887. Lhe Author.
Oxivier (Ernest). Etudes sur les Lampyrides. The Author.
Nouvelles espéces de Lampyrides. II. 1886. The Author.
Ormerop (HK. A.). Report of Observations of Injurious Insects and
Common Farm Pests. (11th Report.) The Authoress.
OsTEN-SackEN (C. R. von). Studies on Tipulide. Part 2. Review of
the published Genera of the Tipulide brevipalpi. 8vo.
Berlin, 1887. The Author.
( steey’? )
Packarp (A. 8.). On the Systematic Position of the Mallophaga.
The Author.
Entomology for Beginners. Small 8vo. New York.
The Author.
Puarrau (Félix). Observations sur une grande Scolopendra vivante.
The Author.
Recherches Expérimentales sur la Vision chez les Arthropodes.
lére et 2éme partie. 8vo. Bruxelles, 1887. The Author.
Observations sur les meurs du Blanulus quttulatus, Bose., et
expériences sur la perception de la lumiére par ce Myria-
pode aveugle. The Author.
Expériences sur le réle des palpes chez les Arthropodes.
The Author.
Report of the Trustees of the Australian Museum, New South Wales, for
the year 1887. HE. P. Ramsay, Curator. The Trustees.
Ritey (Charles V.). Report of the U.S. Entomologist for 1887.
The Author.
Insect Life. Periodical Bulletin, U. S. Department of Agri-
culture. Vol. I., Nos. 1—4. 1888. The Author.
Saunpers (Edward). Index to Panzer’s Fauna Insectorum Germanie.
London, 1888. The Author.
Saussure (H. de). Additamenta ad Prodromum Cdipodiorum insect-
orum ex ordine Orthopterorum. 4to. Genéve, 1888.
The Author.
Sxnys-Lonecuames (EK. de). Catalogue Raisonné des Orthoptéres et des
Nevroptéres de Belgique. 8vo. Bruxelles, 1888.
The Author.
Smite (John B.). Presidential Address to the Members of the A. A. A.S.
1888. The Author.
Socrettes (Transactions of Scientific) :—
(ApELAIDE). Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of
South Australia. IX. 1885—86. The Society.
(Boston). Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History.
Vol. IV., Nos. 1—6. 4to. 1886—1888. The Society.
(Briinn). Verhandlungen des naturforschenden Vereines in Brinn.
Band XXV. (1886). 1887. The Society.
(Brussets). Annales de la Société Entomologique de Belgique.
Tome XXXI. 1887. The Society.
Tables générales des Annales I.—XXX. et Catalogue des
ouvrages Périodiques de sa Bibliothéque. Par Aug.
Lameere. The Society.
(Bucxuurst Hi). The Essex Naturalist, being the Journal of the
Essex Field Club. Edited by William Cole. Nos. 11 & 12.
1887; and Nos. 1—9, 1888. The Essex Club.
(BuENos Ayres). Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en
Cordoba (Republica Argentina). Tomo X., Entrega 1 & 2;
& Tomo XI., Entrega l. 1887. The Academy.
Actas de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias de la Republica
Argentina en Cérdoba. Tomo V., Entrega tercera. 1886.
The Academy.
(aay 5
Societies (Transactions of Scientific) :—
(CaEn). Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. 4é Serie.
Vol. I. 1888.
(CampripcE, Masgs.). Twenty-seventh Annual Report of the Curator
of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College. 1886—87.
The Trustees of the Museum.
(Carr Town). ‘Transactions of the South African Philosophical
Society. Vol. V., Part 1. 1888. The Society.
(Dusty). Scientific Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society.
Vol. V., Parts 7 & 8. The Society.
Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society. Series 2.
Vols. III. & IV. The Society.
(FuorENcE). Bulletino della Societ’é Entomologica Italiana. 19 Anno
3 & 4. The Society.
(Frankrort 0/M.). Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Secken-
bergische Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. XV. Band,
Heft 1—3. 1888. The Society.
Bericht iiber die Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft
in Frankfurt am Main. 1888. The Society.
(Geneva). Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d'Histoire
Naturelle de Genéve. T. XXIX. 2e partie. 4to. 1886—87.
The Society.
(Genoa). Annali del Museo Civico di Storia naturali di Genova.
Ser.2. Vol. III. 4&5. The Museum.
(Guascow). Proceedings and Transactions of the Natural History
Society of Glasgow. II. (n.s.), Part 1. 1886—87.
The Society.
(Hacun). Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. XXXI. 1& 2.
The Society.
(Lonpon). Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 259—271.
The Society.
Journal of the Linnean Society (Zoology). Vol. XX., Nos. 118—
120. Vol. XXI., Nos. 130—131. Vol. XXII., Nos. 136—140.
The Society.
Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society of England.
Vol. VII., Nos. 2—6. 1887 & 1888. The Society.
Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club. Vol. III., Nos. 20—22.
The Society.
Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England. 2nd
Series. Vol. XX., Parts1&2. 1888. The Society.
Transactions of the Middlesex Natural History Society. 1887—88.
The Society.
The Naturalist: a Journal of the Natural History of the North
of England for the year 1888. The Editor.
(Mzxtco). Memorias de la Sociedad Cientifica. ‘‘ Antonio Alzate.”
Tomo I., No. 5. The Society.
(Moscow). Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de
Moscou. 1887, No. 4. 1888, Nos.1&2. The Society.
(Parts). Annales de la Société Entomologique de France. 6 Série.
Tome 7éme. 1887. The Society.
(PuizapetPuta). Transactions of the American Entomological
Society. XIV.,1—4. XV.,1—3. 1888. The Society.
c
( xxvi )
Socretres (Transactions of Scientific) :—
(San Josz). Anales del Museo Nacional Republica de Costa Rica.
I, Parts1&2. 1888. The Society.
(St. Pererspure). Hore Societatis Entomologice Rossice. T. XXI.,
1887. XXII., 1888. The Society.
(San Francisco). Bulletin of the Californian Academy of Sciences.
Vol. II., No. 8. 1887. The Society.
Memoirs of the Californian Academy of Sciences. Vol. II.,
No.1. 1888. The Society.
(ScHarrHavsEN). Mittheilungen des Schweizerischen Entomologische
Gesellschaft. VIII., No.1. 1888. The Society.
(Stettin). Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung. 48 Jahrg., Nos.
10—12. 49 Jahrg., 1—9. The Society.
(Sypney). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N. S. Wales.
2nd Series. Vol. II., Parts 3&4. Vol. III., Part 1.
The Society.
List of Contributors to 1st Series. The Society.
(Toronto). Eighteenth Annual Report of the Entomological Society
of Ontario for 1887. 8yvo. 1888. The Society.
(Tovnovsr). Bulletin de la Société d’Historie Naturelle de Toulouse.
21léme Année. 1887. The Society.
(Trenton, N.Y.). Journal of the Trenton Natural History Society.
No. 3. 1888. The Society.
(Vienna). Verhandlungen der k. k. zool.-botan. Gesellschaft in
Wien. XXXVII., Band.3&4. XXXVIII., Band 1 & 2,
The Society.
(WasHincTon). Proceedings of the Entomological Society of
Washington. Vol. I., No.2. 1888. The Society.
(Watrorp & Hertrorp). Transactions of the Hertfordshire Natural
History Society and Field Club. IV.,8&9. V.,1.
‘ The Society.
(Wetuineton, N. Z.), Transactions and Proceedings of the New
Zealand Institute for 1887. Vol. XX. 1888.
The Society.
Tuomson (C. G.). Opuscula Entomologica. Fasciculi 11 & 12. Lunde.
1887—1888. The Editor.
THomson (James). Monographie des Cicindelides. The Author.
Musée Scientifique ou Recueil d’Histoire Naturelle. Paris,
1860. The Author.
TscHITscHERINE (T.). Insecta in itinere Cl. N. Przewalskii in Asia
Centrali novissime lecta. (Neuroptera.) The Author.
WarternovseE (C. 0.). Aid to the Identification of Insects. No. 29.
The Editor.
Zoologist (The). 8vo. London, 1888, T. P. Newman.
Zoological Record (The). Vol. XXIII., for 1886. Purchased.
THE
TRANSACTIONS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For tHe Year 1888.
ees
I. Notes on the life-history of various species of the
Neuropterous genus Ascalaphus. By J. O. Wusr-
woop, M.A., F.L.8., Life-President of the Ent.
Soc. Lond., &e.
[Read October 5th, 1887.]
Prates I. & II.
I am again indebted to my excellent correspondent,
J. Staniforth Green, Esq., of Colombo, Ceylon, for the
chief materials of the present communication con-
cerning the natural history of a Ceylonese species of
the interesting genus Ascalaphus, to which I have
thought it useful to prefix such observations on the
subject as have hitherto been published. -
Bonnet (Observ. s. les insectes, T. ii., pp. 282—289)
informs us that he discovered, in the environs of
Geneva, two specimens of a larva which differed from
the ordinary ant-lion in not crawling backwards, and in
not forming a pit-fall, with the body considerably longer
and more pointed, and the hind legs affixed so as not to
be so completely concealed beneath the body, which
TRANS. ENT. $0C. LOND. 1888.—PaART I. (MARCH.) B
2 Prof. Westwood on various species of the
was terminated by a single ‘‘demi-couronne de poils
courts un nombre de huit (pl. vi., fig. 8).”
Reaumur (H. n. Ins., Tom. vi., p. 877, pl. 33, figs. 11
and 12, in which he gives copies of Bonnet’s figures)
describes some of the characters of the ordinary ant-
lion, and of the species described by Bonnet (with whom
he was in correspondence), especially in respect to the
terminal segments of the body and their appendages
(pl. vi., figs. 4—9).
Latreille (H. n. Crust. et ins., xili., p. 26; and Nouv.
Dict. d. h.n., T. ii., p. 581) considers it probable that
the larve found by Bonnet belonged to a species of
Ascalaphus rather than to Myrmeleon.
Burmeister also (Hdb. d. Ent., bd. i., abth. ii,
p- 1003) gives Bonnet’s larva as that of Ascalaphus
italicus.
Shuckard concisely described the larva of Ascalaphus
as being considerably like that of Myrmeleon, but not
making conical traps, and as having a forward and not
backward progression (Cabinet Cyclop. Nat. Hist.,
Insects, p. 340.
From the account given by the Rev. L. Guilding of
the larva of A. Macleayanus, noticed below, and from
more recent accounts recorded of the habits of certain
Myrmeleonides, it appears to me that Bonnet’s larva
was more probably that of M. libelluloides, or an allied
species, agreeing in some respects with the larva of that
insect described by ‘‘lonicus” in the ‘ Entomological
Magazine’ (vol. ii., p. 461), and which he states
generally feeds on heteromerous beetles, lurking under-
ground in the sand, without making a pit.
The Rey. Lansdown Guilding published a figure and
description of a new species of Ascalaphus (A. Mac-
leayanus) from St. Vincent’s (W. Indies) in the 14th
volume of the ‘Transactions’ of the Linnean Society
(p. 140), of which he observes that the eggs are
‘oblonga, cinerascentia, gregatim posita”; but that
the ‘‘larva pupaque latent’ (March 10th, 1823).
On June 16th, 1826, he forwarded a further communi-
cation to the same Society (ibid., vol. xv., p. 509), con-
taining various additions to and corrections of several
of his former papers, and adding to the description of
the genus Ascalaphus the following :—
‘Ova cute pergemenea tecta. Larva complanata,
Neuropterous genus Ascalaphus. 3
lateribus pectinatis, pedibus omnibus gressoriis, man-
dibulis elongatis, curvis, tubulosis, apice perforatis ; ano
stylato, stylo colifero. Dolo predam captans. Pupa
folliculata, folliculo rotundato.”’
** Animal insectivorum, spe die quiescit, in arbustis
vetustis emortuis, cum antennis alisque ramo applicatis
abdomineque (in more ramuli) extenso, sic hostes de-
cipiens. Ova numero 64—-75 lanceolato-elliptica ciner-
ascentia, apicibus puncto candido, in extremitate ramu-
lorum ponit imago; serie duplici alternatim agglutinans
et circulis multis repagulorwm ab hostibus defendens. Re-
pagula elongata, pedunculata subdiaphana, rufescentia.
Larva caput subcordatum, fuscum genis barbatis superne
scabrum. Os nullum. Mandibule castanex valide,
elongate, interne trispinose. Oculi supra sex, infra
unicus, in pedunculo communi, crasso, postice bisetoso
antice appendiculato. Antennule? quatuor setiformes ;
palpi duo filiformes. Thorax parvulus subovatus, supra
utrinque spinula brevi mobili maculisque duabus nigris.
Abdomen ovale, complanatum scabrum, flavescens, livido
irroratum maculis quatuor anterioribus, duabus anali-
bus, linedque dorsali nigris; subtus fere concolor.
Pectines utrinque decem, atro ciliati (anticis duobus
(alarum rudimentis ?) curvis. Pedes nigrispinulosi, duo
anteriores thoracici. Ungues parvi, omnes simplices.
Trachee parve nigre.
“‘Larva segnis corpus pectinesque arenulis tegens,
mandibulisque sub lateribus reconditis predam ex-
pectans. Pullus capite majori. Pupa corpus flavescens,
ecurvum obesum lanuginosum ; abdomine livido irrorato
lateribus prominulis bullatis, linea dorsali nigra. Caput
hirsutum. Mandibule ferruginee. Antenne supra
oculos ad pectus reflexa capitulo evanido. Oculi nigri-
eantes bilobati. olliculus arenulis colo anali mire
convexus cuteque pellucido intus tectus.”
Figures of the eggs, repagula, and larve accompanied
Mr. Guilding’s communication, but have never been
published.
By the term repagula (barriers) Mr. L. Guilding
designated certain attendants on the eggs, which he
conceived to be without analogies in the animal king-
dom. ‘ They are curiously placed in circles, and always
on the extremity of a branch, so that nothing can
approach the brood; nor can the young ramble abroad
B2
4 Prof. Westwood on various species of the
till they have acquired strength to resist the ants and
other insect enemies. The female may be seen expelling
from her ovary these natural bodies with as much care
as her real eggs.”
The figures which Mr. Guilding sent to the Linnean
Society in illustration of the history of this curious
insect were not published, but Mr. Swainson gave a copy
of the figure of the larva in his volume of the ‘ Cabinet
Cyclopedia of Natural History’ (‘‘ Habits and Instincts
of Animals,” p. 29), which represents the under side of
the creature, with nine pairs of elongate conic setose
appendages on each side of the body, accompanied by
seven pairs of minute circular spiracles beneath the
lateral appendages. Being represented from below the
figure does not show the deeply emarginate hind part of
the head.
A very minute specimen of Mr. L. Guilding’s larva of
A. Macleayanus is amongst Mr. Hope’s Neuroptera, but
it is completely covered with gum so as not to be
intelligibly examined.
In my ‘ Introduction to Mod. Class. of Insects’ (vol. i1.,
p- 41) I figured, also from the collection of the Rev. F.
W. Hope, a larva (now in the Oxford Museum), which I
believed, and which is now proved, to be the larva of an
Ascalaphus, and which Dr. H. Hagen considers to belong
to the subgenus Haplogenius. The head is very flat,
deeply emarginate behind, and the body is furnished
with twelve setose appendages on each side. No locality
is attached to the specimen.
In the Bulletin of the Entomol. Soc. France, 1846,
p-. exv., M. Guérin-Méneville stated that the larva of
A. longicornis does not make a pitfall; that it hides
itself under small stones, whence it seizes flies and
other insects, on which it exclusively feeds, by means of
its pierced mandibles, with which it sucks the fluid
parts of its victims, and then abandons their dried
and shrivelled-up skins.
M. Ragonot (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1878, 5 ser.,
t. xil., Bull. Ent., p. exx.) announced the discovery, at
Lardy, on a twig of grass, of two rows of eggs, at first
supposed to be Hemipterous, but subsequently proved
by Mr. M‘Lachlan to be those producing the larve of
A. longicornis (see Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1878, Proc.,
p- 50.
Neuropterous genus Ascalaphus. 5
An excellent memoir on the transformations of Asca-
laphus macaronius, Scop. (A. hungaricus, Rambur) and
Myrmeleon tetragrammicus, by Dr. F. Brauer, was pub-
lished in the ‘Proceedings’ of the k. k. Zoologisch-
Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, vol. iv. (1854), p. 462,
with three plates, the first of which is devoted to the
internal anatomy of the imago of the Ascalaphus, the
second to the illustration of the transformations, and
the third to the larva of Myrmeleon tetragrammicus and
M. (Palpares) libelluloides. The female of the Ascala-
phus lays from forty to fifty eggs in two parallel rows on
a twig at the end of July. The eggs are about a milli-
metre long, and are deposited so that their longitudinal
diameter is nearly horizontal. They are of an oval
form, and of a reddish yellow colour, with a dark ring
near the broadest end (fig. 8, copied from Brauer). It
is in the direction of this ring that the embryo larva
makes its escape, the head being thrown backwards and
lying upon the back. The body of the very young larva
is nearly circular, serrated laterally, the head before
hatching lying on its breast, but subsequently porrected ;
each of the mandibles is armed, besides the three
ordinary teeth common to the larve of the family, on
each edge with five or six obtuse points, nearly equal in
length to the width of the jaw, each arising from a
small lateral tubercle; each palpus arises from a large
oval basal joint, followed by three smaller joints, and
furnished with several (four) strong sete, dilated at the
end, similar to the sete arising among the ocelli, of
which there are six on each side resting on a short
peduncular process. The mesothoracic segment is twice
the width of the prothorax, with each of its lateral
angles produced into a projecting setose point; and
there are twelve lateral setose tubercles extending along
each side of the body, the extremity of which is semi-
oval or conic-ovate, and armed laterally with curved
obtuse sete. The upper surface of the abdominal
segments is marked with small black spots (about four-
teen on each, ten of them being disposed in transverse
rows across the joints).
In the third of his plates Dr. Brauer has figured a
larva of Myrmeleon as that of M. tetragrammicus, Pall.,
which he regards as identical with the species described
by Bonnet and figured by Reaumur, which had been
6 Prof. Westwood on various species of the
considered by Latreille as the larva of an Ascalaphus.
It has the hind division of the prothoracic segment
terminating laterally in two horny points, projecting
laterally and scarcely wider than the hind part of the
fore division; there are twelve fascicles of sete along
each side of the remainder of the body, which is termi-
nated in a semioval joint, armed at its extremity with
eight short black horny points arranged in two groups,
four in each.
In the same plate Dr. Brauer has figured another
Myrmeleon larva as that of M. (Palpares) libelluloides,
which is represented as destitute of sete all over and
round the body, which is terminated by two horny
conical points, which are preceded by two still smaller
points at the extremity of the preceding segment.*
In the fifth volume of the same work of the Zool.-
Botan. Society of Vienna (1855, p. 479, with plate),
Dr. Brauer has given a careful description and figure
of the pupa of A. macaronius, Scop. (A. hungaricus,
Rambur), and of its cocoon, and also of the mouth of
the imago immediately on quitting the cocoon before the
antenne are grown to their natural length, and without
the terminal knob by which they are subsequently
distinguished.
In 1871 Mr. M‘Lachlan communicated a memoir of
‘an attempt towards a systematic Classification of the
Family Ascalaphide,’ published in the Journal of the
Linnean Society, Zoology, vol. xi., 1873, pp. 219—276,
in the introductory part of which he reviewed the labours
of his predecessors, Burmeister, Lefebvre, Rambur,
myself, Walker, Hagen, and Brauer, both as to the
systematic, as well as the biological, history of the
croup and its species, and has described two larve, one
from Saugor, Central India, given to him by Mr. F.
Moore, and the other from the Amazon Region, possibly
that of a species of the genus Ulula.
In 1873 Dr. H. Hagen publishedt a memoir of con-
* The variations in the armature of the terminal segment of the
larvie serve to characterise, so far as hitherto known, the subgenera
into which Myrmeleon has been divided. See Redtenbacher’s
iibersicht d. Myrmeleoniden-larven, published in the 48th vol. of
the Denkschriften d. Kaiserl. Akad. d. Wissenschaften of Vienna,
1884, 4to, with seven plates, containing representations of twenty-
five different larve of the ant-lions.
+ ‘Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung,’ Jahrg. 34, 1878, 33,
Neuropterous genus Ascalaphus. 7
siderable extent, in which notices are given of the larve
of eighteen different species of Ascalaphides, which he
has divided into eight genera founded on the relative
position of the abdominal spiracles and lobes, the size
of the teeth of the mandibles, the form of the head,
the form of the ocular peduncles, the labrum, and the
palpi. They are named :—1, Haplogenius; 2, Ulula ;
3, Suphalasca; 4, Helicomitus; 5, Glyptobasis; 6, Hybris;
7, Theleproctophylla; 8, Puer; 9, Ascalaphus; 10, a
section termed Holophthalmi. The species of which the
larve are described are:—1, Ascalaphus macaronius,
Scop.; 2, A. coccajus, Schifferm.; 3, A. longicornis, L.;
4, Puer maculatus, Oliv.; 5, Theleproctophylla barbara,
L.; 6, Hybris subjacens, Walk.; 7, Suphalasca Dietrichie?
or subtrahens?; 8, Helicomitus ? sp.; 9, Glyptobasis
imcusans or Ascalaphus cervinus, Ceylon, from Neitner ;
10, Ulula Macleayana, L. Guild.; 11, U. senex, Burm. ;
12, Ulula sp., an aurifera, M‘Lach.; 13 and 14, Haplo-
genius spec.?; 15, Haplogenius sp.; 16, Haplogenius ?.
Unfortunately no figures are given either of the larve or
entire insects or of their characteristic details.
In Mr. M‘Lachlan’s classification of the family
Ascalaphide, published in the Journal of the Linnean
Society, vol. xi., p. 219, 104 species of the family are
arranged under 27 genera, of which 8 were proposed by
Mons. A. Lefebvre in his memoir on the classification of
the subfamily in the ‘ Magasin de Zoologie’ for 1842.
Hight new species of Ascalaphides are described by
Dr. Gerstaecker, in the 16th annual volume of the
Mittheil. d. Naturw. Vereins Neuvorpomm. u. Rugen for
1884, belonging to the genera Haploglenius (from Upper
Amazons), Ulula (Chiriqui, two species), Suphalasca
(Cameroons, two species), Dicolops, n.g. (Cameroons),
and Ascalaphus (Amur and Asia Minor).
The following is Mr. Staniforth Green’s account of the
economy of the Ceylonese species, which he has for-
warded to me with specimens illustrating the history of
the insect in question :—
‘‘T wish to call your attention to the larva of an
Ascalaphus after its first moult. I found it alive about
the middle of last April with about thirty others on the
stem of a small lily growing in a pot in my garden;
they were all lying in a long straight row, overlapping
8 Prof. Westwood on various species of the
each other, and with only their heads and widely-opened
mandibles free, and underneath them the empty egs-
shells, from which they had emerged: these latter are
curiously shaped.” It is unfortunate that my corre-
spondent had mislaid the sprig of the plant on which
the insects were found, as, in a subsequent communi-
cation, he observes that he well remembers that the
young larve were lying on the top of a white substance,
similar to what is called by the Rev. L. Guilding
*“circulis multis repagulorum ”’ in the case of the larve
of A. macleayanus, of which, however, he gave no figure.
**T placed them in a small glass box, and watched their
habits for some weeks until they became perfect insects.
I fed them at first on small gnats, and when they were
larger on house and other flies. They scarcely ever
moved from one position, lying close to and even over
one another, and they waited until the flies walked into
their widely-opened mandibles, when they would catch
them with a quick sudden snap; when once received in
that way there was no escape for the poor fly. In some
twenty seconds it was quite dead, which led me to think
that some poison was injected into the wound. The
mandibles penetrated very deep and made two clean
holes, plainly visible under the microscope after the
insect had been sucked dry and empty. They showed
no cannibal propensities except in one solitary instance,
when one of them was seized by another and sucked
empty, probably by mistake. After the third moult
they obtained their full size, and remained in that
condition for about ten days, when they became restless
and wandered about seeking for a convenient situation
in which to undergo the change to the perfect insect. I
had placed sand at the bottom of the box, but they
never burrowed into it. I placed one of the restless
ones in a wine-glass half filled with fine sandy earth.
It soon began to spin an arched cell, the web proceeding
from a long flexible ovipositor-looking instrument, which,
when not in use, lies concealed, sting-like, in the abdo-
men. As the work proceeded the creature threw sand
over the web, which was within easy reach. This went on
for some days, when the work was finished, and I saw
no more of the insect until it emerged from its cocoon
a four-winged fly in a fortnight’s time. In its larval
state it is a most voracious creature, but I do not
Neuropterous genus Ascalaphus. 9
suppose that when relying on its own resources, a free
insect, it obtains so abundant a supply of food as when
well fed in confinement. I looked for but never found
any traces of excremental matter.
‘The larvee first cast their skins on the 4th May, and
_ others effected the change a day or so later. The second
moult commenced on the 17th May, and on the 1st June
one of them commenced to spin its cocoon, which it
completed on the 8rd June. The first one to spin came
out of its cocoon on the 23rd June. The full-grown
larva measures seven-tenths of an inch from the end of
the closed mandibles to the extremity of the abdomen,
and the length of the body from the shoulder four-tenths
of aninch. The colour is dull brown, with three longi-
tudinal darker stripes down the abdomen, and a row of
six dark spots down the under side of the abdomen. In
life the head lies very flat and capable of considerable
motion in all directions. In casting their skins they
first got their heads out. Immediately after the change
their mandibles appeared to be small and soft, but they
enlarged and hardened very quickly; this would be
necessary to enable them to disengage the teeeh from
the old mandible-sheath.”’
The insect here described from Ceylon appears to me
to agree with A. insimulans, Walker, described (Cat.
Neuropt. Brit. Mus., pt. 2, p. 428) as a native of N. India.
It is placed in the genus Helicomitus by Mr. M‘Lachlan
(Proc. Linn. Soe., xi., p. 261).
Dr. Hagen states that he had received three species
of Ascalaphides from Colombo, Glyptobasis incusans ?,
Ascalaphus cervinus?, and Hybris flavicans; and Mr.
M‘Lachlan has described a larva, supposed to be that of
the genus Ulula, in the Journal of the Linnean Society
of London, T. xi., p. 225.
EXPLANATION oF Puates I. & II.
Fig. 1 represents a blade of grass with the eggs of
Ascalaphus hungaricus arranged in two longitudinal
series, twenty-six in each, for which I am indebted to
Dr. Brauer, of Vienna. Many of these eggs have a
semioval aperture on the outside of the row, from which
10 Prof. Westwood on various species of the
in many there depends a pointed portion of the egg-
cover (fig. 2), although it is evident, from Dr. Brauer’s
figure of a separate egg and his description, that the
young larva escapes by detaching a cap at one end of
the egg (fig. 3). I am unable to explain the cause of
the lateral aperture and detached portion of the egg-
cover.
Fig. 4 represents a group of young larve of the
Ceylonese species from a sketch by Mr. S. Green, repre-
senting a row of the insects sitting along a twig close
behind one another, with the jaws widely expanded.
Fig. 5 represents a very minute larva found in the
bottle of spirits which contained the full-grown larve
and imagos. It is represented much magnified in fig. 6,
showing the very large head, very short prothorax,
nearly circular body. The front of the head is emargi-
nate in the middle, with a row of short clavate setx
along the edge. The antenne (fig. 7) are filiform and
consist of about twenty-two joints, the basal ones of
large size, and the apical one slender and much longer
than the penultimate one. The ocelli are six on each
side of the head, placed in a circle upon a strong pro-
jecting peduncle. There are twelve projecting setose
lobes on each side of the hind segments of the thorax
and abdomen. The sete, which are thickened to the
tips, arising from dilated portions of integument in a
curious manner, are represented in the different figures
8 to 12, drawn under a high power.
Fig. 13 represents the full-grown larva, 73 lines long,
exclusive of the jaws. The head is deeply emarginate
both anteriorly and posteriorly ; it is depressed, finely
setose, or villose. The antenne (fig. 15) are very
slender, except the two basal joints, and they are 15-
jointed, the last joint very slender, with apparently a
very minute terminal articulation, which bears three
short sete at its tip. Fig. 14 represents the side of the
front portion of the head, which bears the ocelli, having
a row of marginal sete before the ocellar peduncle, the
sete being thickened at the tips. Fig. 16 represents
one of the legs, of which the coxe are long and
cylindrical, giving much liberty of motion to the limb;
the tarsus is composed of a single point, having two
nearly straight ungues at its tip. The body is smooth,
finely villose, destitute of the flattened lateral lobes seen
Neuropterous genus Ascalaphus. 11
in the young larve, the sides of each of the meso- and
metathoracic and abdominal segments having a tubercle
thickly set with short bristles ; of these there are twelve
pairs, and below each of seven of the abdominal ones is
a very minute black dot (fig. 17), representing a spiracle.
The terminal segment of the abdomen (fig. 18) is elon-
gate, subovate, setose, and armed at its apex with two
groups of four small conical horny points. The mouth
of the larva is of a very unusual structure, of the lower
portions of which, in fact, I remember no other similar
instance. The large sickle-shaped mandibles are armed
with three strong spines on the inner edge, and are
grooved along the whole of their length on the under
side, within which groove the maxilla (fig. 19) works,
having a dilated base; it is very slender, slightly dilated
near the apex, curved so as to lie within the groove of
the mandibles, and finely serrated within its inner edge
(figs. 20, 21). Fig. 22 represents the lower lip and its
appendages ; the labium itself is very small and cup-
shaped, with the centre of the front margin slightly
porrected, the basal joint of the labial palpus, arising at
the side of the produced part, dilated and curved so as
to give support to the large setose oval joint (rather
pointed at its tip), the three slender terminal joints
springing from the extremity of the second joint. On
either side of the labium there is attached a large
movable plate of complex form (which might be possibly
supposed to represent theoretically the maxillary palpi) ;
The left-hand piece of this appendage is figured of a
larger size in fig. 28, showing the deep notch in the
middle of its fore edge, and the curious arrangement of
setz and spines with which it is furnished.
Fig. 24 represents the globular cocoon, formed of very
fine membrane, to the outside of which particles of sand
are attached ; and fig. 25 represents it opened, showing
the head and upper part of the body of enclosed pupa.
Fig. 26 represents the pupa taken out of the cocoon,
seen laterally. The eye is divided into two portions by a
transverse sulcus; the antenne are short, not knobbed,
curved round the sides of the head, the terminal portion
with the joints very short: the four rudimental wings
lie at the sides of the body. In fig. 27 the pupa has the
body more extended; and fig. 28 shows the mandibles
of the pupa, each armed with nine minute sharp teeth,
12 Prof. Westwood on species of Ascalaphus.
totally differing from the mandibles either of the larva
or imago, and given to the pupa only for the purpose of
biting its way out of the cocoon.
The perfect insect (fig. 29) measures nearly an inch
(11 lines) in length, and 23 in. in the expanse of its fore
wings. It is of a fulvous colour; the thorax more yellow,
with two darker discoidal spots; the scutellum is pale
yellow; the antenne are fulvous, with black tips; the
wings are hyaline and colourless, with a very pale
yellow stigma (fig. 35). The mandibles of the imago
(fig. 80) are conical, rather dilated, and toothed on the
inner edge at the base, the tip bent and acute. The
maxille (figs. 31, 32) are bilobed, the outer lobes slender
and curved, with curved sete along the inner edge; the
base of the inner lobe with a brush of long slender
hairs; the maxillary palpi 5-jointed, the middle joint
being the longest and subclavate. The labrum (fig. 32) is
elongate-ovate, slightly bilobed at its anterior extremity ;
the labial palpi slender, 4-jointed, the two basal joints
short. The abdomen of the male (fig. 38, seen sideways)
is long, with the four terminal joints slender, the pre-
ceding segment with two fascicles of erect hairs; the
apex of the body obtuse, without any exserted lobes;
the terminal segment of the male is shown from above
in fig. 34.
(waSwl)
Il. A Synopsis of British Homoptera-Cicadina.
Part II. By James Hpwarps, F.E.§.
[Read October 5th, 1887.]
Puate III.
XII. TETTIGONIDA.
Frons and clypeus very convex, the passage from the former to
the crown widely rounded. Thighs with a pair of spines on the
upper side at the apex.
The British species of this family constitute a well-
marked group, combining the tumid frons of the
Cercopide with the multispinose tibiew of the Acocepha-
lide and following families. The affinities of the group
under consideration will be best appreciated on a com-
parison of the structure of the head in Hvacanthus and
Philenus; the structure of the frons and the ridge
dividing the crown from the face is very similar in these
genera, while the situation of the ocelli and the multi-
spinose tibie of the former indicate an approach to
Acocephalus. Our two genera may be thus distin-
guished :—
Frons longitudinally carinate .. 36 .. i, EvacaNntTHUus.
Frons non-carinate abe S: oe .. Ul. TETTIGONIA.
i, Evacanruus, Lep. et Serv. (Pl. IIL, fig. 1).
Lep. et Serv., Enc. Méth., x., 612 (1825).
Upper side pubescent. Ocelli just beyond the eyes three or four
times as far from each other as from the sides of the crown. The
latter with an anchor-shaped keel, crossed about its apical third by
a more or less distinct straight ridge, which runs from one ocellus
to the other; on each side at the base a callus or a short outwardly
oblique keel. Scutellum with a transverse impressed line before
the apex, and two punctures near the base. Submarginal wing-
nerve reaching the costa.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—-PART I. (MARCH.)
14 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
The two species of this genus are distinguished as
follows :—
Clavus deep black, its inner margin widely yellow 1. interruptus.
Clavus brown, with thick whitish nerves .. -. 2. acuminatus.
1. Evacanthus interruptus, L.
Cicada interrupta, Linn., Faun. Suec., ed. u., 241,
889; Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 28, 5; Zett., Ins.
Lapp., 289, 2.
Amblycephalus interruptus, Curt., Brit. Ent., 572, 2.
Evacanthus interruptus, Burm., Handb., 11., 116, 2;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 149, 1; Marsh., Ent. Mo.
Mag., ii., 84,1; Kirschb., Cicad., 72,1; J. Sahl.,
Not. Fenn., xii., 107, 1.
g. Face yellow; frons with a series of fine curved brown
transverse lines, interrupted down the middle by a wide stripe of
the pale ground colour. Crown yellow, with some irregular
symmetrical black markings, which have a strong tendency to
spread over the entire surface. Pronotum transversely striate,
black, with a large triangle in the middle of the hind margin, and
the latter narrowly, yellow; or entirely black. Scutellum yellow,
more or less widely black on the sides. EHlytra yellow, a large
spot occupying the apex and continued in an elongate triangular
form as far as the middle, and an elongate triangular stripe
occupying all but the inner margin of the clavus, deep black.
Abdomen above black, sides widely and hind margins of the
segments narrowly yellow. Legs yellow; hind tibie with black
points at the roots of the larger spines.
@. Similar to the male, but a trifle larger, and having the
black markings somewhat reduced. Abdomen yellow, its sides
widely black. Dimorphous. Length, 5—6} mm.
Common and generally distributed.
2. Evacanthus acuminatus, Fab.
Cicada acuminata, Fab., Sys. Rhyn., 76, 68.
C. interstincta, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 29, 6.
Tettigonia acuminata, H.-Seff., Deut. Ins. iii., 9.
Amblycephalus Germari, Curt., Brit. Ent., 572.
Evacanthus acuminatus, Burm., Handb., u., 116, 1;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i1., 152, 2; Marsh., Ent. Mo.
Mag., ii., 85,2; Kirschb., Cicad., 73,2; J. Sahl.,
Not. Fenn., xii., 108, 2.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 15
3d. Frons dark brown or black, with a series of fine pale trans-
verse lines; upper margin pale, at least in the middle; cheeks
pale, more or less marked with dark brown or black. Crown
black, sides irregularly pale. Pronotum and scutellum black, the
hind margin of the former very narrowly pale. Elytra dirty
yellowish, with the inner two-thirds of the clavus, an abbreviated
-band across the middle of the corium, and a large spot at the apex
dark brown, the thick nerves and a large triangular spot on the
apex of the costa whitish. Abdomen above blackish, pale in the
middle behind. Legs dirty yellow, claws black. The dark
markings on the elytra have a strong tendency either to coalesce
or be reduced.
@. Face as in the last species. Crown dark brown, its sides
widely pale. Pronotum dirty yellow, the sides widely and a broad
central stripe black; behind each eye there is frequently a short
black line or a few black points. Scutellum black, sometimes
indistinctly pale at the base. Otherwise coloured as in the male,
but generally paler. Dimorphous. Length, 5—6 mm.
Common.
li. TeTt1aonta, Geoffr. (Pl. IIL, fig. 8).
Geofir., Hist. abr. Ins., i., 429 (1762).
Upper side bare. Ocelli near the hind margin of the crown, the
distance between each ocellus and the inner margin of the eye
about twice as great as the distance between the ocellus and the
hind margin of the crown. The frons encroaches on the horizontal
upper surface of the head in the form of two wide arcuate lobes,
separated from the crown proper by an impressed line, which is
more distinct in the male than in the female. Submarginal wing-
nerve running into the first nerve.
1. Tettigonia viridis, L.
Cicada viridis, Linn., Syst. Nat., v., 466, 46.
Tettigonia viridis, Germ., Mag. d’Ent., iv., 72, 25;
Burm., Handb., 11., 118, 4; Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii.,
145, 1: Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., u., 83, 1;
Kirschb., Cicad., 72, 1; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn.,
sa 8 Sr 5 al
T’. arundinis, Germ., l.c., 71, 24; Burm., l.c., 118, 5.
Amblycephalus viridis, Curt., Brit. Ent., 572, 1.
Tettigonia flavicatella, Herkl., Faun. Nederl., i., 183,
132.
16 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
3. Frons pale brown, the side margins, a stripe down the
middle, and a series of fine curved transverse lines down each
side, yellow; cheeks with a fine black line next the frons and
clypeus. Crown greenish yellow, with a biarcuate line across the
middle, and a pair of irregular pentagonal spots near the hind
margin, black. Pronotum and scutellum yellowish green, the
former sometimes irregularly marked with black in front, the
latter with an abbreviated impressed transverse line near the base.
Elytra subopaque, blackish blue, glaucous during life, membrane
fumose. Abdomen above blue-black. Legs yellow, the claws and
a fine stripe on the inner side of the hind tibie black, the spines
of the latter springing from black points. Elytra sometimes green,
with the nerves narrowly bordered with blackish.
2. Elytra green, the costa narrowly whitish, nerves narrowly
bordered with blackish. Length, 51—9 mm.
This exceedingly handsome insect is very abundant
in damp grassy places. The var. arundinis, Germ.,
has the elytra pale, with the nerves widely margined
with blackish.
XIII. ACOCEPHALIDA.
Crown always distinctly separated from the face, generally by a
well-defined ridge, its dise more or less excavated or bearing
impressions, frequently transversely striate in front, at least
distinctly sculptured. Ocelli on or adjoining the ridge which
separates the crown from the face, or, if that is absent, on the
forehead. Elytra generally coriaceous, with strongly-raised nerves ;
appendix wanting or very narrow.
The above definition of this family is the result of an
endeavour to accomplish a convenient arrangement of
the British genera included therein. In dealing with
such limited material one has but little opportunity of
giving due prominence to the natural affinities of the
various genera, but it may be observed that Strongylo-
cephalus and Acocephalus are very closely allied in such
important points as the position of the ocelli and the
structure of the wings and male genitalia. Hupeliax
combines with its own peculiar form the situation of the
ocelli which obtains in the two genera last named,
while the structure of its wings and male genitalia
conforms to the type which is found in the genera which
succeed it in the arrangement here adopted. This genus
is regarded by Dr. J. Sahlberg, with considerable reason,
as forming a separate group equivalent to the families
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 17
of the present work. Platymetopius and following
genera, although sufficiently distinct from the Jasside
by reason of the more elaborate structure of their head,
are decidedly Jassid in their affinities, and might even
be placed at the head of that family with propriety.
TaBLE OF GENERA.
(6). Ocelli on the crown close to its front margin.
(5). Eyes normal.
). Crown transversely striate in front i, STRONGYLOCEPHALUS.
. Crown not transversely striateinfront ii. AcocEPHALUS.
)
2). Eyes nearly enclosed by the foliaceous
edge of the crown .. : .. li, Kuprnrx.
6 (1). Ocelli on the forehead.
7 (12). Crown uot transversely striate in front.
8 (9). Crown angular in front 5c .. ly, PuaryMEroPius.
9 (8). Crown not angular in front.
10 (11). Pronotum separated from BEOeiersa
by a distinct ridge. : .. vV. GRAPHOCRERUS.
11 (10). Pronotum not separated oh pro-
sternum by aridge .. ae .. vi. Doratoura.
12 (7). Crown transversely striate in front.
3 (14). Crown with a linear black band ad-
joining and running parallel with
its front margin ae 3 .. Vii. PARAMESUS.
14 (13). Crown entirely pale .. is .. Vill. GLYPTOCEPHALUS.
1. SrroneynocepHauus, Flor. (Pl. IIL, fig. 5).
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i., 109 (1861).
Crown obtusangularly produced and transversely striate in front ;
frons transversely impressed above ; forehead thin and knife-like.
Ocelli close to the front margin of the crown, about equidistant
from the front margin and from the eyes. LElytra coriaceous,
narrowly rounded at the apex, scantily pubescent along the nerves ;
two transverse nerves; appendix wanting. g: genital valve
present; plates subnavicular; lower angle of pygofer with two
unequal teeth, of which the front one springs from a wide base;
free portion of the penis subcylindrical, bisinuate on the upper side,
barbed at the apex (agrestis).
The two described European species are distinguished
as follows :—
Length of pygofer (3) down the middle of the upper —
side equal to or longer than the preceding dorsal
segment. No black line on the crown in front’ .. 1. agrestis.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888. PARTI. (MARCH.) OC
18 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Length of pygofer (3) down the middle of the upper
side distinctly shorter than the preceding dorsal
segment. Front of crown with a black line just
beyond the ocelli Ae a aA és .. 2. Megerlei.
1. Strongylocephalus agrestis, Fall.
Cicada agrestis, Fall., Hem. Suec., 36, 18.
Strongylocephalus agrestis, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i., 210,
6; Kirschb., Cicad., 74, 1; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag.,
xi., 121, 1; J. Sahl.,; Not. Fenner Sis) 2;
Sign., Ess. Jass., 44, 1, pl. 2, fig. 18.
é. Frons black, finely and closely spotted with yellow-brown ;
remainder of the face and the upper side yellow-brown, finely and
more or less closely speckled with dark brown or black. Crown
transversely impressed, smooth at the base, transversely striate in
front. Pronotum transversely striate, front margin widely smooth.
Elytra a trifle longer than the abdomen, inner margin narrowly
and some irregular spots along the costa and round the hind
margin dark brown or black. Abdomen above black, beneath
black irregularly spotted with yellow-brown towards the apex.
Legs brownish yellow, the front pairs spotted and banded with
black, the hind pair striped with dark brown or black.
@. Greyish yellow, with the dark markings very much reduced
or entirely wanting; the narrow dark line on the inner margin of
the elytra is the last to disappear. Hind margin of last ventral
segment more or less concave, sometimes with an indication of a
small notch in the middle. Length, 6—7 mm.
Marshes; not common. Chobham; near Norwich, &c.
2. Strongylocephalus Megerlei, Scott.
Strongqylocephalus Megerlet, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xi.,
122, 2; Sign., Ess. Jass., 45, 2, pl. 2, fig. 19.
3. Frons black, its lower half speckled with yellow-brown ;
crown brownish yellow, with a black line along the front margin ;
otherwise similar to agrestis.
9. Frons yellow-brown, with a black line along its upper
margin. Crown yellow-brown, with a black line along its front
margin. This sex has a strong general resemblance to the male of
agrestis, but it is much duller than that insect. Hind margin of
the last ventral segment feebly concave, with a distinct notch in
the middle. Length, 5—6 mm.
Marshes; hitherto rare. Northumberland (Bold) ;
Ranworth, Surlingham, and Booton, Norfolk.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 19
ii. AcocrpHatus, Germ. (PI. III, fig. 6).
Germar, Silb. Rev., i., 181, 46 (1833).
Crown obtusangularly produced in front, more or less broadly
excavated (in the subgenus Anoscopus, Kbm., slightly convex) ;
in the male sometimes, and in the female generally, tricarinate.
Ocelli on the front margin of the crown a little nearer to the eyes
than to the apex. Submarginal wing-nerve incomplete. 3:
genital valve wanting; plates narrow, reflexed, connivent, sub-
navicular ; lower angle of pygofer with a blunt semicircular tooth ;
penis strap-shaped, barbed at the apex and in the middle (albi-
frons). Sexes very dissimilar.
TaBLE OF SPECIES.
(6). Crown more or less broadly excavated.
(5). Excavation of crown very strong.
(4). Elytra not banded with white .. L. nervosus.
(3). Elytra with white bands. Crown one-
third or more than one-third ee
than pronotum.. é 2. bifasciatus.
5 (2). Excavation of crown very bebe. cage
not or very little toneer than BAS
notum .. c . 3. albifrons.
6 (1). Crown slightly convex, nee ented
7 (8). Elytra dark pro with broad white
bands .. . 4. brunneo-bifasciatus.
8 (7). Markings of elt feHettuciiall
9 (10). Elytra whitish hyaline, with the nerves
and a band near the apex black .. 5. histrionicus.
10 (9). Nerves of elytra pale, interstices black 6. flavostriatus.
Pe wODN
The foregoing table applies only to the males; the
characters of the females will be found in the detailed
descriptions which follow :—
1. Acocephalus nervosus, Schrank.
Cicada nervosa, Schr., Enum. Ins. Austr., 256, 481.
Acocephalus cardut, obscurus, sparsus, unicolor, fasciatus,
pallidus, and bicinctus, Curt., Brit. Ent., 620,
1—8.
Acocephalus adustus, Hardy, Tr. Tyne. F. C., i., 429, 1.
A. rusticus, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 124,15; Flor, Rhyn.
Liv., u., 199, 1; Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 145,
1; Kirschb., Cicad., 75, 4; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn.,
li., 356, 1; Sign., Ess. Jass., 16, 1, pl. 1, fig. 6.
&. Upper side lighter or darker brown, a band across the
crown, a band across the pronotum, and a narrow stripe near the
cQ2
20 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
claval suture, whitish; occasionally all the nerves are pale. Frons
punctato-rugulose, distinctly impressed across the top. Crown
about as long as the pronotum, longitudinally striate, reflexed at
the apex, its middle keel exceedingly fine. Pronotum rugulose in
front, transversely striate behind. Elytra coriaceous, a little longer
than the abdomen, transversely rugulose, nerves raised. Breast
and abdomen black. Legs pale. Length, 5—6 mm.
2. Upper side dirty greyish or greenish yellow, more or less
closely speckled with black, and frequently having a few pale spots
arranged in an irregular band-like manner across the elytra, the
nerves sometimes chequered with black and pale. Crown about
one-fourth longer than pronotum. Elytra as long as the abdomen,
the apical areas sometimes filled up with fuscous, so as to give that
part a chequered appearance. Length, 6—8 mm.
Common everywhere.
Var. a. Upper side reddish yellow. (9).
Var. 6. Upper side varying in colour from red-brown to almost
black. (9).
On the salt-marshes at Wells, Norfolk, in August,
1883, under Obione portulacoides, I fell in with what I
can only regard as a remarkable race of this very
variable species ; the males are distinguished by having
the upper side very pale yellow-brown with a greenish
tinge, and exceedingly finely irrorated with fuscous, and
the shape of the crown in extreme examples is decidedly
sublunate; the range of variation in the females, how-
ever, extends to the ordinary speckled form. Both sexes
appear distinctly narrower than typical nervosus, but I
have not been able to discover any structural differences
on an examination of the male genitalia.
A. carinatus, Stal (=variegatus, Fieb.) has been
recorded as British, but a specimen lent to me by
Mr. Douglas, and labelled by Dr. Signoret, is a dark
example of the speckled form of nervosus 9. The true
carinatus, which is said to resemble nervosus 2, should
have the crown tricarinaie in both sexes.
2. Acocephalus bifasciatus, L.
Cicada bifasciata, Linn., Faun. Suec., ed. i., 248, 898.
Acocephalus bifasciatus, Curt., Brit. Ent., 620, 9 ; Flor,
Rhyn. Liv., ii., 201,2; Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag.,
u., 1246, 2: Kirsehb., “‘Cicad.. %6,.7°: d= peaul.,
Not. Fenn., xii., 857, 2; Sign., Ess. Jass., 20, 3,
ply 1, Hg. 6.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 21
A. interruptus, Fieb., Cat. nee Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag.,
ix., 264.
Jassus trifasciatus, Germ., Mag. d’Ent., iv., 87, 21.
Acocephalus trifasciatus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii.,
358, 8; Sign., Ess. Jass., 24, 5, pl. ii., fig. 10.
A. dispar and nigritus, Kirschb., Cicad., 76, 5 and 6.
A. tricinctus, Curt., Brit. Ent., 620; Sign., Ess. Jass.,
22,4, pl. i., fig. 9.
gf. Upper side dark red-brown, varying to blackish brown; a
band across the pronotum and two wide bands across the elytra
white. Crown tricarinate, at least one-third longer than pronotum,
strongly reflexed at the apex, the sculpture of its dise spreading
obliquely on each side of the middle keel; that beyond the side
keels also oblique. Pronotum uneven, with a scattered shallow
punctuation in front, even and finely transversely striate behind.
Elytra very finely reticulato-punctate, with a scattered shallow
punctuation, about as long as the abdomen, rather narrowly
rounded at the apex; one or both of the white bands are not
unfrequently interrupted, and the apex is often more or less
broadly white. Frons yellowish white, punctured like the elytra,
with a large impression in each upper angle. Breast yellowish
white, metasternum with a blackish spot on each side. Abdomen
black. Legs pale, front pairs blackish at the apex; hind tibie and
tarsi black. Length, 33—4 mm.
@. Upper side pale brownish grey speckled with brown; elytra
with two more or less interrupted pale bands, the nerves brown.
Crown tricarinate, nearly twice as long as the pronotum. The
whole upper side very finely reticulato-punctate, with a scattered
shallow punctuation. Length, 43—5 mm.
Not common; more frequent in the north.
3. Acocephalus albifrons, L.
Cicada albifrons, Linn., Faun. Suec., 241, 884.
C. nitidula, Don., Brit. Ins., viil., 87, pl. 288, fig. 1.
Aphrodes testudo, Curt., Ent. Mag., i., 195.
A. concinna, Curt., Brit. Ent., 638, 1.
Acocephalus arcuatus and confusus, Kirschb., Cicad.,
1D, Oo, and (os, LL
A. albifrons, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii, 208, 3; Marsh.,
Hint. Mo. Mag., u1., 177, 3; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn.,
xil., 360, 5; Sign., Hiss. Jass., 80, 9, pl. ii,
fig. 14.
22 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
A. nigropunctatus, J. Sahl., 1. c., 360, 4.
A. interruptus and polystolus, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag.,
ix., 264 and 265.
g. Upper side reddish yellow, becoming darker (in some
examples almost black) towards the apex of the elytra, the latter
with two wide more or less interrupted bands, and the apex broadly
white. Face not impressed above. Crown feebly impressed just
behind the apex, about equal in length to the pronotum, its middle
keel very fine. Elytra a trifle longer than the abdomen; that
portion of the dark ground colour which precedes the white space
at the apex frequently assumes the appearance of a black or
blackish band. Under side and legs pale; hind tibie generally
blackish. Length, 3—3} mm.
?. Upper side pale grey, more or less closely speckled with
fuscous or black. Face very feebly impressed above. Crown
tricarinate, about as long as the pronotum, more distinctly
impressed than in the male. LElytra as long as the abdomen,
their apex generally having a chequered appearance, owing to the
apical areas being filled up with fuscous; not unfrequently two
bands are indicated by a few pale spots, and generally the axillary
and anal nerves are white at the apex; sometimes all the nerves of
the corium are chequered with black and pale. Face pale, breast
and abdomen blackish. Length, 33—4} mm.
Common amongst low plants. The above description
applies to the ordinary form of this species as it occurs
in inland situations, but in salt-marshes, under Obione
portulacoides, &c., the following marked varieties occur :—
a. Upper side dark brown, the white spots forming the bands on
the elytra very much reduced. (¢).
b. Upper side entirely very dark red-brown. (3).
c. Upper side brownish grey, the white space at the apex of the
elytra bounded inwardly by a black band.
Although, in deference to common usage, I put the
three last-mentioned forms as varieties of albifrons, it is
by no means certain that the salt-marsh insect does not
constitute a good species; both sexes are at least one-
third larger than the ordinary form, the angle of the
crown in the male is more acute, and its apex is more
distinctly reflexed; the upper side of the female is pale,
uniformly and more or less closely irrorated with fuscous
or black, the apices of the claval nerves are never white,
nor are the elytra chequered with black and pale round
the apex, as is generally the case in the ordinary form.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 23
The difference in habitat, the larger size of both sexes,
and the uniform coloration of the female, all which
matters are very constant, seem to me to indicate a
distinct species, although I have not detected any
appreciable structural differences in the male genitalia
of the two forms. According to a specimen labelled by
Dr. Signoret my ¢ is the polystolus of Fieber; the
polystolus of Scott seems to be my a.
4. Acocephalus brunneo-bifasciatus, Geoffr.
Cicada brunneo-bifasciata, Geoffr., Hist. Abr. Ins.,
425, 22.
C. serratule, Fab., Ent. Sys., iv., 41, 68.
Jassus serratule, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 130, 5.
Acocephalus serratule, Kirschb., Cicad., 78, 12; J.
Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 362, 6.
A. brunneo-bifasciatus, Sign., Ess. Jass., 86,10, pl. i,
fie. 15.
3. Very similar in appearance to the ordinary form of the
preceding species, but the crown, which is about as long as the
pronotum, and has a fine middle keel, is feebly convex instead of
impressed. The following differences in coloration, which are
sufficiently constant, facilitate its separation from albifrons: the
hind margin of the pronotum is broadly white, the space between
the first and second white bands on the elytra is equal in depth
of colour to the space between the second white band and the
white space at the apex, which is seldom or never the case in the
ordinary form of albifrons, and the apices of the tibie and the
tarsi of the front pairs of legs are much more conspicuously black.
Length, 4 mm.
@. Ido not know this sex, but, judging from descriptions, it is
greyish yellow, more or less closely speckled with fuscous, with
some whitish spots on the suture, and the apical areas filled up
with fuscous.
Amongst herbage at the roots of trees, &c.; not
common.
5. Acocephalus histrionicus, Fab.
Cercopis histrionicus, Fab., Ent. Syst., iv., 56, 44;
Sys. Rhyn., 98, 62.
Acocephalus histrionicus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 208, 5 ;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., u1., 179, 5; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 77,9; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 364, 8;
Sign., Ess. Jass., 38, 11, pl. ii., fig. 16.
A. arenicola, Marsh., l. c., 180, 6, sec. spec. comm.
24 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
&. Face yellowish white; forehead black, with a roundish
white spot in the middle, and sometimes another on each side ;
crown yellowish white, with a band across the apex, a roundish
spot on each side of the base, and a line down the middle, black.
Pronotum white, the hind margin narrowly, and a band on the
front half, black. Scutellum blackish. Elytra whitish hyaline,
the nerves narrowly, and a band before the apex, black. Crown a
trifle shorter than the pronotum, finely but distinctly reticulato-
punctate, its middle keel very fine. Abdomen black. Legs pale;
tarsi of the front pairs and tibiw and tarsi of the hind pair blackish.
Length, 4 mm.
2. Upper side dirty greyish white, more or less variegated
with fuscous. Crown and pronotum with a coarse rough punctua-
tion, which passes into transverse striation on the hinder half of
the latter, the former tricarinate. Elytra longer than the abdomen ;
costa and inner margin blackish, widely interrupted with white; a
fuscous spot on the hind margin in each of the apical areas;
nerves brownish, more or less interrupted with white. Length,
44 mm.
On coast-sands, &c.; not very common.
6. Acocephalus flavostriatus, Don.
Cicada flavostriata, Don., Brit. Ins., viii., 28, pl. 288,
fig. 2.
Jassus rivularis, Germ., Mag. d’Ent., iv., 89, 26.
Aphrodes rwularis, Curt., Brit. Ent., 633, 8.
Acocephalus rivularis, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., u1., 205, 4;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., u1., 178, 4; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 77, 10; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 364, 7 ;
Sign., Ess. Jass., 39, 12, pl. i, fig. 17.
3. Yellowish white; a black patch on the dise of the face and
one on each side above, a band across the apex, a toothed band on
the hind margin and sometimes a line down the middle of the
crown, a band across the pronotum, a spot on the disc and the
angles of the scutellum, and the spaces between the nerves of the
elytra, black. Breast and abdomen beneath pale, a spot on each
side of the former and a stripe on each side of the latter black.
Legs pale; the apices of the tibie and tarsi of the front pairs, the
apices of the hind thighs, and the hind tibiz and tarsi wholly,
black. Crown a little longer than the pronotum, finely reticulato-
punctate, its middle keel very fine and indistinct. Length, 3 mm.
Q. Upper side dirty greyish yellow, the fore parts more or less
closely mottled with fuscous or black, the spaces between the
British Homoptera-Sicadina. 25
nerves of the elytra fuscous. Crown about one-third longer than
pronotum, tricarinate, the side keels obtuse and indistinct. Length,
33—4 mm.
Very common amongst low plants, especially in damp
places.
iii. Kupenix, Germ. (PI. IIL, fig. 4).
Germar, Mag d’Ent., iv., 94 (1821).
Head subtriangular, as long or longer than the pronotum and
scutellum together, very thin and flat, more or less strongly
reflexed at the apex. Crown with a strong middle keel and an
oblong callus on each side at the base. Frons with a sharp middle
keel. Pronotum with three keels, one in the middle and one
behind each eye, its sides of considerable length, and separated
from the prosternum by a distinct ridge. Elytra subcoriaceous,
rounded and not overlapping at the apex; appendix very narrow ;
nerves strongly raised; one transverse nerve. Wings of the
Jassid type.
1. Hupelix cuspidata, Fab.
Cicada cuspidata, Fab., Ent. Syst., iv., 46, 86.
C. depressa, Fab., Sys. Rhyn., 66, 19.
Eupelix cuspidata, Germ., Mag. d’Ent., iv., 94, 1;
Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 22, 1; Flor, Rhyn. Liv.,
ii., 215, 2; Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 199, 2;
Kirschb., Cicad., 79, 1: J. Sahl., Not. Fenn. xii.,
S67, Ueheion.7 Hast Jags: 13,3) pli i. fig..3:;
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xv., 282, 1.
E. producta, Germ., Faun. Ins. Eur., xx., 24; Burm.,
Gen. Ins., ii., figs. 1 and 5; Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i1.,
915, 1; Marsh., Ent. Mo..Mag., u., 198, 1;
Kirschb., Cicad., 80, 3; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn.,
xii., 868, 2; Sign., Ess. Jass., 10, 2, pl.i., fig. 2;
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xv., 283, 2.
E. spathulata, Germ., Faun. Ins. Kur., xx., 25; Burm.,
Gen? Ings, id,- fie. "6 7 Kirsehb., Cicad., 80,4 :
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 369, 3; Scott, Ent.
Mo. Mag., xv., 233, 3.
E. depressa, Sign., Ess. Jass., 8,1, pl. i, fig. 1.
Yellowish grey; head with dark brown or black markings;
elytra sparingly irrorate with dark brown or black, the spots being
chiefly confined to the nerves; abdomen with five black stripes,
three above and two below.
26 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
g. Crown with a wide central stripe, a transverse marking
before the apex, and one or more curved bands proceeding from
the middle keel to the side margin, and widening outwardly, dark
brown or black. Of these markings the transverse one before the
apex is the most constant.
@. Paler, the irroration on the elytra almost or eutirely
wanting, and the markings on the crown reduced to a central
stripe, and a few spots on the margin round the apex. Length,
53—74¢ mm.
At the roots of low plants ; not very common.
This species is usually divided into three, namely :—
1, cuspidata, Fab., having the crown broader than
long, its sides strongly rounded, and the apex somewhat
cuspidate (in the female with the sides nearly straight).
2, depressa, Fab., having the crown longer than broad,
with its sides strongly sinuate.
3, producta, Germ., a form intermediate between the
two preceding, having the crown somewhat equilaterally
triangular, its sides straight or very faintly concave near
the ocelli.
All these forms may sometimes be taken in company.
The characters laid down by authors derived from the
genitalia are simply differences of degree.
iv. Puatymetopius, Burm. (Pl. IIL., fig. 7).
Burmeister, Gen. Ins., ii. (1839).
Crown angularly produced, impressed across the base, its apex
somewhat reflexed. Forehead forming a strong ridge in the male.
Upper margin of the frons narrowly impressed. Sides of pro-
notum distinctly separated from prosternum. LElytra ample, with
two or three extra transverse nerves in the costal area towards the
apex; appendix narrow. Wings of the Jassid type.
1. Platymetopius undatus, DeGeer.
Cicada undata, DeGeer, Abh. Gesch. Ins., iii., 119, 5,
+. 1, fig. 24; Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 29, 7.
Platymetopius undatus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i., 221, 1;
Kirschb., Cicad., 147, 27; Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delt.,
902, 4, t. 6, fig. 64 (excluding f); J. Sahl., Not.
Fenn., xii., 296,1; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xix.,
155.
P. undulatus, Thoms., Opusc. Ent., i., 46, 1.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 27
- S. Deep yellow; the disc of the crown, the pronotum, and an
angularly-bisinuate stripe narrowly white on its outer edge and
occupying the inner half of each elytron, chocolate-brown, finely
speckled with yellow; along the suture, and in the base of the
apical and the apex of the subapical areas, a few (about nine) small
round white spots ; abdomen above widely black down the middle.
Crown as long as the pronotum, distinctly longer than its width
between the eyes. Elytra parallel-sided, their apex truncate, with
rounded angles. Genital valve subequilaterally triangular, plates
about twice as long as the valve, subnavicular, rather abruptly
reflexed about the middle, acuminate at the apex.
@. Similar in colour to the male, but the crown is distinctly
shorter than its width between the eyes. Last ventral segment
about one-half longer than the preceding, the subquadrate middle
lobe of its hind margin bounded on each side by a deep angular
notch, and having its hind angles produced into a spine, and a
small notch in the middle of its hind margin. Fieber’s figure
(Syn. Eur. Delt., t. 6, fig. 64, £) does not represent the last ventral
segment of this species. Length, 5—6 mm.
On Pteris; Cann Quarry, Bickleigh Vale (Scott, 1882).
v. GrapHocrmRus, Thoms. (Pl. IIL, fig. 2).
Thomson, Opuse. Ent., i., 57 (1869).
Crown subangularly produced, impressed on each side at the
base, reflexed at the apex. rons convex, slightly impressed
above. Pronotum separated from prosternum by a ridge. Elytra
subopaque, with one transverse nerve. Wings of the Jassid type.
3: Genital valve present; plates wide, convex, subvertical,
diverging behind ; lower angle of pygofer strongly acuminate.
1. Graphocrerus ventralis, Fall.
Cicada ventralis, Fall., Act. Holm., 18, 9 (1805);
Hem. Suec., ii., 31, 9.
Athysanus ventralis, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 277, 3:
Kirschb., Athys. Art., 18, 17; Cicad., 122, 76.
Graphocrerus ventralis, Thoms., Opuse. Ent., i., 57,
25; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 289, 1; Scott, Ent.
Mo. Mag., xii., 25.
Greenish yellow; a point above the base of each antenna, a pair
of points on the apex of the frons, a row of four equidistant points
across the crown, and four points on the pronotum, one behind
each eye and a pair in the middle near the front margin, black;
28 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
abdomen black at the base in the male; tibie with black points.
Crown somewhat longer than half the width of its hind margin, a
trifle shorter than the pronotum, nearly twice as long in the middle
as at the sides. Elytrasomewhat longer than the abdomen (S) or
shorter than the same (2); the apical areas short. In the female
the two lateral, or all the black points on the pronotum, are some-
times wanting, and the elytra are occasionally clouded with grey
in the middle. Length, 5}—6 mm.
Not common; Weybridge and Lee, July; Abbey
Wood, August.
vi. Doratura, J. Sahl. (Pl. IIL, fig. 8).
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 291, 30 (1871).
Crown subangularly produced, widely impressed across the base,
reflexed at the apex. Frons flat, transversely impressed above.
Sides of pronotum not margined. Insect generally brachypterous,
in which case the elytra are less than one-half as long as the
abdomen and truncate behind. First and second wing-nerves
confluent and forming one nerve shortly before the apex of the
wing. Apex of the abdomen in the female strongly acuminata.
1. Doratura stylata, Boh.
Athysanus stylatus, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 1847, 37, 5;
Kirschb., Athys. Art., 14, 18; Cicad., 123, 77;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i., 273, 1.
Jassus stylatus, Thoms., Opusc. Ent., i., 58, 27.
Doratura stylata, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 292, 1;
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xi., 148, 1.
3. Pale grey or yellowish grey; three spots on the forehead,
of which the middle one is the largest and oblong, two bands
across the face, and sometimes some markings on the lore and
clypeus, black. Crown obtusely produced, one-half longer in the
middle than at the sides, and one-third longer than the pronotum,
which is at least three times as wide as long. Elytra coriaceous,
rugulose, rather more than one-third as long as the abdomen, their
apex truncate, with rounded angles. Abdomen above with one or
two fine black longitudinal lines on each side broken up into
points or short lines, and frequently a transverse row of black
points across each segment; on the under side each segment is
occupied by a large crescent-shaped black spot. Legs pale; front
pairs of thighs sometimes with a black band near the apex; hind
tibie with a black stripe on the inner side and a row of black
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 29
points on the outer side. Pygofer with three black spots above ;
genital valve extremely short; plates about as long as the last
ventral segment, obtusely rounded at the apex.
g. A small suboval spot in the middle of the last dorsal
segment, the hind margin of the latter and a fine line down the
middle of the pygofer above black; otherwise coloured like the
male. Last ventral segment one-half longer than the preceding,
subtruncate behind ; saw-case about three times as long, its apical
third free.
Macropterous form.—HElytra dirty whitish, subopaque, scarcely
reaching to the apex of the last dorsal segment; appendix of
nearly equal width throughout, reaching as far as the first apical
area. Length, 23—4 mm.
Common on the ground on heaths, coast-sands, &c. ;
the macropterous form very rare. On the sand-hills at
Hunstanton, in July, 1885, I took several examples of a
large pale race of this species. In actual measurement
these are about one-half larger than the ordinary form
(f 4 mm., 2 54 mm.), but the difference in size is
apparently much greater ; the ordinary form occurred in
a salt-marsh just behind the sand-hills, but the two
races were not intermingled. I have not detected any
structural differences between the two. Doratura homo-
phylla, Flor, a species not unlikely to occur here, is
distinguished by the genital valve in the male, which is
nearly as long as the last ventral segment, and the last
ventral segment in the female, which is twice as long as
the preceding segment, and roundly produced behind.
vii. Paramesus, Fieb. (Pl. IIL, fig. 9).
Fieber, Neue Gatt. und Art. Homop., 10, 27 (1866).
Crown sublunate or slightly produced, with a wide transverse
impression on the disc. Forehead and front of the crown trans-
versely striate. Frons flattish, dull, exceedingly finely and closely
punctured. Sides of pronotum very short, not margined. LElytra
about as long or a little longer than the abdomen, normally with
two transverse nerves; appendix very narrow or entirely wanting.
Wings of the Jassid type.
Our two species may be distinguished as follows :—
Frons between the antenne nearly three times as wide
as the base of the clypeus. Insect broad .. .. L. nervosus.
Frons between the antenne not more than twice as
wide as the base of the clypeus. Insect narrow .. 2. phragmitis.
30 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
1. Paramesus nervosus, Fall.
Cicada nervosa, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 39, 28.
Athysanus obtusifrons, Stal, Ofv., 174, 4.
Paramesus obtusifrons, Fieb., Neue Gatt. und Art.
Hom., 10, 19, pl. vii., fig. 20.
Jassus nervosus, Thoms., Opuse. Ent., i., 65, 48.
Paramesus nervosus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 286, 1.
Athysanus Verralli, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xi., 268.
A. nervosus, Scott, J. c., xil., 168, 15.
3. Oblong, brownish yellow; forehead with a pale yellow
transverse line, bounded above and below by an arcuate black one;
frons black or brown, with a few pale curved transverse lines and
some indication of a pale middle stripe below; outline of the lore
and clypeus and a line down the middle of the latter black; front
margin of pronotum narrowly black. Scutellum sometimes with
a dark triangle in each basal angle. Nerves of the elytra pale, the
areas of the corium evenly margined with black, the apical areas
dark fuscous. Crown a little longer in the middle than at the
sides, and about equal in length to one-half of its basal width.
Pronotum about two and a half times as wide as long, one-third
longer than the crown, and subequal in length to the scutellum.
Abdomen black. Legs pale, striped, spotted, and banded with
black.
@. Similar in coloration tothe male, but larger and much paler;
the dark margins to the areas fuscous or entirely wanting. Abdo-
men pale, striped with fuscous. Length, 6—6} mm.
On rushes in muddy salt-marshes ; local, but abundant
where it occurs.
2. Paramesus phragmitis, Boh.
Thamnotettix phragmitis, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 1847,
34, 7; Kirschb., Cicad., 100, 35.
Jassus phragmitis, Thoms., Opuse. Ent., 1., 65, 50.
Deltocephalus phragmitis, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 3, 2,
fig. 2.
Paramesus phragmitis, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii,,
287, 2.
Elongate. Crown slightly roundly produced, somewhat shorter
than the pronotum, whitish, with two rust-yellow patches on the
disc; forehead with a whitish band, bounded above and below by
a black line. Frons narrow with nearly straight sides, pale brown,
sometimes with a few pale curved lines on each side. Pronotum
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 31
whitish, with six rust-yellow spots, two in front and four in a
transverse row behind. Scutellum whitish, with three sometimes
confluent rust-yellow spots. Elytra greyish yellow, distinctly
longer than the abdomen; nerves thickened, whitish, narrowly
margined with fuscous; two points near the apex and some streaks
on the costa behind the middle black. Abdomen above black,
sides pale, beneath pale with black side stripes. Legs pale yellow,
with black points. Length, 4—5 mm.
I introduce this addition to our fauna on the strength
of a single specimen which I found amongst some
Cicadina sent to me for names by Mr. Buckton ; he is
positive that the example in question is British, and is
nearly certain that it was taken at Haslemere. It occurs
in South Finland on reeds from July to September.
vill. GLyprocePHaLus, Hdw. (PI. IIL, fig. 10).
Edwards, Ent. Mo. Mag., xx., 148 (1883).
Crown subangularly produced, with a narrow impression running
parallel with its front margin. The temples and front margin of
the crown transversely striate. Frons rather flat, dull, exceedingly
finely and closely punctured with some transverse curved rows of
large shallow punctures above. Angle of the cheeks almost a
right angle. Sides of pronotum exceedingly short, not margined.
Elytra a trifle shorter than the abdomen, their apices rounded and
overlapping ; appendix extremely narrow; one transverse nerve.
Wings of the Jassid type.
1. Glyptocephalus proceps, Kbm.
Athysanus proceps, Kirschb., Cicad., 105, 44.
A. canescens, Doug. and Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix.,
210; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 95, 1.
Glyptocephalus canescens, Kdw., Ent. Mo. Mag., xx.,
148.
Very pale yellow; elytra white, with a peculiar hoary appear-
ance, which is very conspicuous during life; the areas, except the
brachial, generally occupied by a black or fuscous stripe ; a stripe
along the lower margin of each eye as far as the antenna, a wide
curved band across the upper part of the frons, the apex of the
rostrum, the facial sutures very narrowly, three acuminate stripes
on the upper side of the abdomen, and sometimes two or three on
its under side, an angular patch on the mesosternum, a spot on
each front coxa, and sundry lines, bands, and points on the legs,
32 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
black. Crown pointed, twice as long in the middle as at the sides,
about as long as half its basal width. Pronotum as long as the
crown or a little longer, its hinder half transversely striate.
Length, 4—5 mm.
Amongst grass; widely distributed, but not common.
XIV. JASSIDA.
Oblong or elongate species of small or medium size. Ocelli on
the forehead, which is more or less obtuse and never keeled
Upper branch of the cubital nerve sometimes obsolete or wanting,
the lower branch joined to the brachial nerve by one or two trans-
verse nerves. Submarginal wing-nerve complete; first and third
wing-nerves simple, the second forked, its upper and lower branches
either connected with the first and third respectively by a trans-
verse nerve or shortly confluent with those nerves, except in
Gnathodus, where the upper branch is confluent with the first
Wwing-nerve as far as the submarginal nerve. Front pairs of tibie
subterete, spinose on the outer side; hind tibie quadrangular-
prismatic, with four rows of spines.
A somewhat numerous group, distinguished from all
our other species with multispinose hind tibie by the
position of the ocelli, the absence of any well-defined
border separating the crown from the face, and the
branched nerves of the corium.
The black markings which occur on the heads of many
members of the genus Athysanus, and some others of
this family, notwithstanding a great tendency either to
exaggeration or reduction, frequently form valuable aids
to identification, and the following names for the various
parts of what may be considered as the normal pattern
are proposed with a view to render intelligible any
reference to the subject in the descriptions which follow.
Proceeding forwards from the hind margin of the
crown we have :—
1st. Two basal markings, one on each side, generally
either punctiform or annular.
Qnd. An interocular line, running straight across the
crown at the level of the apex of the inner
margin of the eye.
8rd. The interocellar line, connecting the ocelli and
sometimes extending as far as the eyes, widened,
angularly bent forward, and generally interrupted
in the middle.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 33
4th. The infraocellar line, which runs across the fore-
head and adjoins the ocelli on their lower side.
This line, which is frequently biarcuate and
sometimes interrupted in the middle, is not to
be confounded with the uppermost of the ordinary
series of transverse lines on the frons, from
which it is quite distinct in character.
These details are present in various combinations in
different species, but the whole may generally be
observed in a well-marked example of Athysanus sordidus,
Zett. In several species of Athysanus, &c., there exists
a dark form, generally of the male sex, in which all the
dark markings proper to the species are very strongly
developed, and which has consequently a very different
appearance to the prevalent form. Athysanus piceus,
Scott, is a case in point. This insect is the dark form
of Athysanus obsoletus, Kbm., as pointed out to me by
Dr. J. Sahlberg, and since confirmed by the examination
of a series of intermediate examples and the dissection
and comparison of the male genitalia. In working
from descriptions of the female only it should be borne
in mind that the crown in that sex is usually longer and
more pointed than in the male, and the general colora-
tion is paler.
TABLE OF GENERA.
1 (6). Hlytra not overlapping at the apex.
2 (5). Crown not sharply angular in front,
seldom longer than the pronotum. Spe-
cies for the most part large and stout.
3 (4). Elytra hyaline ae ie ss .. i, STICTOCORIS.
4 (3). Hlytra subcoriaceous Ae a8 .. li. ATHYSANUS.
5 (2). Crown sharply angular in front, frequently
much longer than the pronotum. Species
small and narrow .. dye sf .. ii. DeLrocrruauus.
6 (1). EHlytra distinctly overlapping at the apex.
7 (12). Inner margin of the clavus much longer
than the membrane.
8 (11). Sides of pronotum of moderate length,
separated from prosternum by a distinct
keel.
9 (10). Crown widely rounded in front. Elytra
with many supernumerary white trans-
verse nerves ae a S¢ .. ly. ALLyGus.
10 (9). Crown angularly produced in front. Super-
numerary white transverse nerves, if
present, very few .. : oe .. Vv. THAMNOTETTIX.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PART I. (MARCH.) D
34 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
11 (8). Sides of pronotum extremely short; keel
obsolete or wanting sic .- vi. Lrvorettix.
12 (7). Membrane as long as the inner iol of
the clavus .. de: 4 a .. Vii. GNATHODUS.
i. Sricrocoris, Thoms. (Pl. III., fig. 11).
Thomson, Opuse. Ent., i. (1870).
Body robust, ovate. Head with the eyes wider than the pro-
notum, obtuse in front. Crown convex, sublunate, very feebly
roundly produced in the middle. Frons longer than its width
across the base; cheeks wide, base of the lore subequal in width
to the base of the clypeus. Rostrum stout, longer than the
clypeus. Sides of the pronotum very short, obtusely and in-
distinctly margined. Elytra hyaline, ample, about as long as the
abdomen, not overlapping at the apex; appendix very narrow ;
four short apical and five subapical areas.
1. Stictocoris Preyssleri, H.-Scff.
Jassus Preyssleri, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 164, 7; Flor,
Rhyn. Liv., ii., 288, 8; Kirschb., Cicad., 121, 75 ;
Thoms., Opuse. Ent., i., 61, 13.
Thamnotettix adumbrata, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 41, 16
(1847).
Stictocoris Preyssleri, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xu., 258, 3.
Thamnotettixz Preyssleri, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii.,
25,11; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Thamnotettix), 99.
Pale yellowish white; four spots on the crown, one at the base,
and three at the front margin, the latter continued on to the frons,
a spot at the base of each antenna sometimes, and a wide middle
stripe on the pronotum and scutellum, black ; elytra hyaline, with
the inner margin narrowly and a stripe running along the inner
branch of the cubital nerve, and fading behind, fuscous or black.
Crown obtusely pointed, one-half longer in the middle than at the
sides, and about half as long as its basal width. Abdomen above
black, narrowly yellow at the sides; beneath yellow, with a black
middle stripe. Legs yellow, with or without black lines and
points. Length, 3—3; mm.
Said to occur in July and August on Genista.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 35
ii. Arnysanus, Burm. (PI. IIL., fig. 12).
Burmeister, Gen. Ins., ii. (1838).
Body robust, somewhat rounded at the sides. Head with the
eyes somewhat wider than the pronotum, obtuse in front; crown
obtusely produced, convex above, ocelli near the eyes; frons wide,
somewhat convex; clypeus wide, its base distinctly wider than the
base of the lora; cheeks wide, reaching to the apex of the clypeus.
Pronotum short, transverse, its sides not or only faintly margined.
Elytra subcoriaceous, not overlapping at the apex, sides slightly
rounded; five subapical areas; appendix wanting or extremely
narrow; generally somewhat or even much shorter than the abdo-
men, with very short apical areas, but occasionally longer than the
abdomen, with the apical areas fully developed, in which case the
elytra overlap somewhat at the apex, owing to the development of
the appendix ; wings frequently much abbreviated.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
1 (2). Upper side rust-red, with or nae dark
dark markings aa 1, russeolus.
2 (1). Upper side not as above.
3 (10), Dark markings of the crown a transverse
line or lines, or entirely wanting.
4 (9). Interocular line level with the apex of the
inner margin of the eye.
5 (8). Front of crown angular.
6 (7). Species smaller, angle of crown more pointed,
pronotum at least three times as broad as
long.. : 2. brevipennis.
7 (6). Species larger, 2 ARIES of crown ea pointed
pronotum about twice as broad as long . . sordidus.
8 (5). Front of crown roundly produced .. -- 4, Sahlbergi.
9 (4). Interocular line placed considerably behind
the apex of the inner margin of the eye 5. grisescens.
10 (3). Crown with several black spots, but no
transverse line.
11 (16). Elytra more or less closely speckled with
black.
12 (13). Transverse nerve and the apices of the ane
and axillary nerves milk-white .. -» 6. communis.
13 (12). No milk-white spots on the elytra.
14 (15). Length, 3—33 mm. Outer fen of geni-
oo
tal plates straight .. -- 7%. obscurellus.
15 (14). Length, 44—53 mm. Gutes margin of
genital plates gently convex _ obsoletus (var. piceus) |
16 (11). Elytra not or scarcely speckled with black.
17 (18). Frons suddenly narrowed at the level of the
antennez. Species large and wide -- 8. obsoletus.
18 (17). Frons regularly narrowed throughout. Spe-
cies small and narrow ae ae -. 9. melanopsis.
D2
36 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
1. Athysanus russeolus, Fall.
Cicada russeola, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 34, 14.
Jassus russeolus, Thoms., Opusc. Ent., i., 56, 24.
Athysanus russeolus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 274, 10.
Fore parts rust-red; elytra pale brown, generally with all the
_ areas narrowly margined with fuscous. Crown obtusely produced,
_ one-half longer in the middle than at the sides, and about half as
long as its basal width ; interocular line straight, narrowly inter-
rupted in the middle; interocellar line interrupted in the middle,
the inner end of each half suddenly bent forward ; infraocellar line
biarcuate, interrupted in the middle. Frons with a double middle
stripe, a few transverse curved lines down each side, and the facial
sutures, black. Pronotum about one-third longer than the crown,
sparingly speckled with black. Elytra subcoriaceous, about as
long as the abdomen, narrowed behind; nerves concolorous ;
appendix very narrow. Abdomen rust-red, darker down the
middle of the back. Legs striped and spotted with fuscous.
Length, 3} mm.
Pitlochry, Perthshire (Norman); Addington Hills
(Douglas). The dark markings of the upper side are
sometimes wanting, but the species may always be
easily identified by the rust-red ground colour of its
fore parts. It is said to occur on heath in July and
_ August.
2. Athysanus brevipennis, Kbm.
Athysanus brevipennis, Kirschb., Athys. Art., 9, 9;
Cicad., 118, 61; Flor, Rhyn. Liv., u., 305, 15;
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 270, 7.
A. depressus, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 95, 2.
Jassus porrectus, Thoms., Opusc. Ent., i., 56, 22.
Upper side shining lighter or darker brownish yellow; frons
with the usual curved transverse lines. Crown as long or slightly
longer than the pronotum, at least twice as long in the middle as
at the sides, subequal in length to half its basal width; interocular
line abbreviated at each end, scarcely interrupted in the middle ;
infraocellar line biarcuate, generally very faint; interocellar line
wanting. Elytra about one-third shorter than the abdomen,
obliquely subtruncate at the apex, the apical areas extremely short ;
nerves pale, frequently narrowly bordered with fuscous. Abdomen
pale, blackish towards the base; each of the apical dorsal segments
frequently bearing a transverse row of dark points. Legs con-
colorous, with the usual dark markings. Length, 3;—4 mm.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 37
Braemar : Pitlochry ; Huddersfield. A small rather
flat species, easily recognised by its Deltocephaloid
crown and pronotum.
3. Athysanus sordidus, Zett.
Cicada sordida, Zett., Faun. Ins. Lapp., i., 581, 26.
Thamnotettix sordidus, Zett., Ins. Lapp., 295, 14.
Jassus sordidus, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins, 180, 12; Flor,
Rhyn. Liv., i, 296, 12; Thoms., Opusc. Ent.,
Lashes
Athysanus confusus, Kirschb., Cicad., 107, 46.
A. sordidus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 265, 4; Scott,
Ent. Mo Mag., xii., 96,4; Reut., Medd. Faun.
Flor Fenn., v. (1880), 224.
Oblong, slightly rounded at the sides; female much narrowed
behind ; elytra slightly (#) or one-third or more (2?) shorter than
the abdomen; nerves whitish. Crown a little longer than half its
basal width, twice as long in the middle as at the sides, a trifle
shorter than the pronotum, its free sides nearly straight, the angle
pointed; interocular line generally widely interrupted in the
middle,; interocellar line feeble; infraocellar line biarcuate. A
very variable species in point of colour. The normal form is pale
yellowish grey, with the lines on the head and some markings on
the pronotum and scutellum black, and the areas of the elytra
more or less filled up with fuscous. The dark form of the male
has the elytra black with pale nerves, but a very pale immaculate
form of both sexes is perhaps the most frequent. Of the dark
markings on the elytra, a spot next the transverse nerve is the last
to disappear. Hind margin of the last ventral segment in the
female subangularly concave, with a strong black triangular tooth
in the middle. Length, 33—4} mm.
Common and generally distributed. The macropterous
form, which is rare, has the elytra a little longer than
the abdomen, and slightly overlapping at the apex.
4, Athysanus Sahlbergi, Reut.
Athysanus Sahlbergi, Reut., Medd. Faun. Flor Fenn.,
yv. (1880), 209 and 219.
A. emulans, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 264,3(¢).
A. confusus, J. Sabl., l. c., 267, 5 (2).
Similar to the preceding, but larger and stouter, with both the
crown aud forehead ‘much more obtuse. Crown one-fourth longer
38 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
in the middle than at the sides, in the female as long, in the male
a little longer than half its basal width, its free sides curved, and
the angle rounded off. All the markings on the head, except the
infraocellar line, more or less distinct. A few black or fuscous
points on the front half of the pronotum, a double fuscous stripe
on the scutellum, sometimes continued on the hinder half of the
pronotum, and the areas of the elytra, more or less filled up with
fuscous. Length, 443—5} mm.
Pitlochry (Norman); Norfolk. Not common; some-
times it occurs in company with A. sordidus, but it
appears to be restricted to very marshy places; in the
field it might be easily passed over as A. obsoletus,
although I have seldom met with it in company with
that species.
5. Athysanus grisescens, Zett.
Cicada grisescens, Zett., Faun. Ins. Lapp., i., 570, 25.
Thamnotettiz grisescens, Zett., Ins. Lapp., 295, 15.
Jassus grisescens, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 800, 18;
Kirschb., Cicad., 106, 45; Thoms., Opusc. Ent.,
i., 54, 19.
Athysanus cognatus, Doug. and Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag.,
i, ote
A. validinervis, Kirschb., Cicad., 118, 60 (¢).
A. grisescens, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xi, 95, 3;
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 268, 6; Reut., Medd.
Faun. Flor Fenn., v. (1880), 208 and 220.
Greyish yellow; nerves of the elytra whitish. Crown two-
thirds longer in the middle than at the sides, subequal in length to
the pronotum, its free sides straight, and the angle pointed; inter-
ocular line not interrupted in the middle, forked at each end, the
lower branch joining the basal spot; interocellar line entire; infra-
ocellar line obsolete or wanting. Pronotum and scutellum some-
times with a few fuscous markings. Elytra a little shorter than
the abdomen, narrowly rounded at the apex, in the macropterous
form as long as or a little longer than the abdomen, with the
suture and some of the areas narrowly margined with blackish,
and the apical areas more or less filled up with the same colour.
Hind margin of the last ventral segment in the female sub-
angularly concave, with a bifid process in the middle. Length,
5—54 mm.
Moderately common amongst grasses, May to July.
An entirely pale form is not unfrequent.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 39
6. Athysanus communis, J. Sahl.
Athysanus communis, J. Sahl. (MS.)
Jassus plebejus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 291, 10; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 111, 54.
Athysanus plebejus, Kirschb., Athys. Art., 8, 6; Scott,
Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 98, 8.
Pale brownish yellow; elytra sparingly speckled with black
along the nerves; transverse nerve and the apices of the anal and
axillary nerves milk-white. Crown in the male as long as half its
basal width, one-half longer in the middle than at the sides; in
the female a little shorter than half its basal width, twice as long
in the middle as at the sides; the free margin in the male sub-
parallel with the curve of the hind margin, in the female forming
an obtuse but distinct angle. Pronotum about two-thirds longer
than the crown. Markings on the crown precisely similar in form
to those of A. obscwrellus, but in point of intensity only equal to
the female of that species. Frons pale, with black transverse
lines, its middle line pale at least below. Elytra as long as or a
little shorter than the abdomen, widely rounded at the apex;
nerves whitish. Abdomen above black, margins of the segments
narrowly yellow, under side black, with a row of yellow spots
down each side, or yellow, with a wide more or less interrupted
black stripe down the middle. Legs striped and spotted with
black; thighs only occasionally with a black band near the apex.
Length, 4—5i mm.
Common amongst grasses, especially in damp places.
Very closely allied to A. obscurellus, but distinguishable
by its larger size, wider and more obtuse form, paler
colour, and the milk-white spots on the elytra.
7. Athysanus obscurellus, Kbm.
Athysanus obscurellus, Kirschb., Athys. Art., 10, 11;
Cicad., 115, 64; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 98, 9.
Acocephalus agrestis, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1i., 197, 7.
Brownish yellow ; elytra closely and finely speckled with black.
Crown subequal in length to half its basal width, nearly one-half
longer in the middle than at the sides, its free sides gently arcuate,
the angle obtuse; basal markings annular; the interocular line
thickened and more or less widely interrupted in the middle;
interocellar line broken up into four spots; infraocellar line
biarcuate, well-defined. Frons black, the usual lines yellow.
40 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Pronotum one-third longer than the crown, with a few black spots
in front, behind with four dark stripes, each composed of short
transverse black lines. Scutellum with some black spots. Elytra
gently rounded at the sides, a little longer than the abdomen,
widely rounded at the apex; nerves a little paler than the disc.
Abdomen black. Legs striped, spotted, and banded with black.
In the female the crown is nearly twice as long in the middle as at
the sides, the speckling on the elytra is confined to a little along
the nerves, the other dark markings are much reduced, and the
frons is brownish yellow, with a double black middle stripe and
black or fuscous transverse lines. Length, 3—3} mm.
Very abundant in grassy places. The male is easily
recognised by its small size and dusky appearance, but
the female is liable to be confounded with A. communis,
from which it is best separated by its narrower, more
pointed form, and the absence of milk-white spots on
the elytra.
8. Athysanus obsoletus, Kbm.
Athysanus obsoletus, Kirschb., Athys. Art., 7, 4;
Cicad., 109, 50; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 97, 7.
A. sexpunctatus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 271, 8.
A. piceus, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 97, 6.
Greyish yellow; crown with six black points placed in two oblique
lines meeting in the apex. Crown in the male as long as half its
basal width, two-thirds longer in the middle than at the sides; in
the female a little longer than half its basal width, one-half longer
in the middle than at the sides, its free sides gently arcuate, the
angle obtuse; basal markings punctiform, close to the eyes;
interocular line thickened and widely interrupted in the middle,
most frequently represented by a pair of spots on the disc; inter-
ocellar line thickened and interrupted in the middle, often broken
up into four spots, and most frequently represented by a pair of
spots on the apex; infraocellar line obsolete or wanting. Frons
yellow, with black transverse lines. Pronotum three times (?) or
nearly three times (#) as long as the crown. Elytra variable in
length, in the prevalent form with scarcely any traces of black
speckling along the whitish nerves. Abdomen in the male black,
with the connexivum yellow; in the female yellow, with an
acuminate black middle stripe on both upper and under sides;
hind margin of the last ventral segment (?) concave, with a blunt
triangular tooth in the middle. Legs striped and spotted with
black; intermediate thighs with a black band before the apex.
Length, 4}—5} mm.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 41
Very abundant in damp grassy places. Of the same
robust build as A. grisescens, but easily distinguished by
the markings on the crown. The dark form (A. piceus,
Scott) has the frons black, with yellow transverse lines ;
the crown (by reason of the exaggeration and confluence
of the normal markings) black, with a few yellow spots,
or entirely black; and the pronotum, scutellum, and
elytra lighter or darker pitch-brown, in the latter owing
to the close black speckling, after the manner of
A. obscurellus, male.
9. Athysanus melanopsis, Hardy.
Aphrodes melanopsis, Hardy, Trans. Tynes. Field Club,
1 43.
Thamnotettix melanopsis, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii.,
254.
T. Scotti, Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Thamnotettix), 66, 7.
Brownish yellow; areas of the elytra often narrowly margined
with fuscous or black. Crown one-half longer than half its basal
width, one-half longer in the middle than at the sides, its free
sides nearly straight, angle distinct but obtuse; basal markings
large, horseshoe-shaped ; interocular line interrupted, but scarcely
thickened in the middle, often broken up into four spots, on the
hinder half of the disk a pair of whitish stripes narrowly margined
with fuscous reaching as far as the interocular line; interocellar
line broken up into four spots; infraocellar line biarcuate, very
distinct. Frons black, with a middle stripe and the transverse
lines yellow. Pronotum a little longer than the crown, sometimes
with four wide dark stripes. Scutellum yellow, generally without
markings. Elytra in the male a little longer, in the female a little
shorter, than the abdomen, narrowly rounded at the apex, the
areas frequently more or less distinctly ocellate, but very often
without markings ; nerves pale. Abdomen black; hind margins
of the dorsal segments narrowly whitish behind. Last ventral
segment (2) a little longer than the preceding, its hind margin
simple, very feebly concave. Legs black, the knees and the outer
side of the tibiz for some distance from the base brownish yellow.
Length, 3 mm.
Widely distributed, but not very common. Easily
distinguished by its small size and Deltocephaloid facies ;
it forms, in fact, a connecting link between the genera
Athysanus and Deltocephaius, if we pass to the latter by
way of D. pulicaris.
42 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
iii. DettocepHanus, Burm. (PI. III., fig. 18).
Burmeister, Gen. Ins., ii. (1838).
Body oblong or elongate. Head with the eyes as wide as the
pronotum, pointed in front; crown flat or slightly convex, more or
less angularly produced in front; frons at the apex three or four
times as wide as the temples; cheeks generally subangularly
dilated; temples linear; ocelli somewhat distant from the eyes.
Side margins of pronotum short. Elytra usually subcoriaceous,
with five subapical areas, generally shorter than the abdomen
with very short apical areas, sometimes longer than the abdomen
in consequence of the development of the membrane and appendix,
and in that case the elytra overlap a little at the apex. Wings
often very short.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
1 (36). Crown fiat or slightly depressed.
2 (35). Elytra without a black spot at the apex
of the fourth subapical area.
3 (10). Elytra green, greyish green, or yellow (dark
margins to the areas exceptional in this
group).
4 (5). Corium opaque throughout; apical areas
sometimes with dark hind margins .. 1. abdominalis.
5 (4). Corium never entirely opaque; elytra gene-
rally transparent.
6 (7). Frons witha wedge-shaped yellowish-white
stripe reaching from the forehead to the
clypeus AG -. 2. striifrons.
7 (6). Frons without a vallowiie fa pea
8 (9). Genital plates reaching nearly three times
as far as the valve; hind margin of the
last ventral segment in the female con-
cave, with a deep ape euiae neigh in
the middle .. é -- 3. pascuellus.
9 (8). Genital plates reaching So ‘tne as far as
the valve; hind margin of the last ventral
segment in the female nearly straight .. 4. citrinellus.
10 (3). Species lighter or darker brownish yellow
or greyish or ochreous white. Nerves
frequently wholly or partly milk-white
(dark margins to the areas of frequent
occurrence in this group).
11 (12). Clavus divided into several small areas .. 5. ocellaris.
12 (11). Clavus not divided into small areas.
13 (30). gf; genital plates not shorter than the
valve : 9 ; hind margin of the last ventral
segment toothed or notched or triangularly
produced.
14 (15).
15 (14).
16 (29).
17 (24).
18 (23).
19 (20).
20 (19).
21 (22).
22 (21).
23 (18).
24 (17).
25 (26).
26 (25).
27 (28).
28 (27).
29 (16).
30 (13).
31 (34).
32 (33).
33 (32).
34 (31).
(2).
36 (1).
37 (38).
38 (37).
35
British Homoptera-Cicadina.
Front margin of crown with four or six
equidistant black spots, or a black band
bearing three or five palespots .. sc
Crown not as above.
3; side lobes of pygofer more or less
pointed, not connivent: 9; hind margin
of the last ventral segment without a tri-
angular notch in the middle.
All or most of the areas of the elytra mar-
gined with fuscous.
All the areas, including the basal one,
margined with fuscous.
Nerves concolorous
Nerves white.
Fuscous margins of the areas regular
Fuscous margins of the areas irregular
Nearly all the areas, except the basal one,
irregularly margined with fuscous 5c
The fuscous markings of the elytra either
confined to a narrow border to the apical
areas, and one or two spots on the corium,
or entirely wanting.
Outline of the hind margin of the last
ventral segment in the female resembling
an ogee arch 50 56 at Sai
Not as above.
Hind margin of the last ventral segment
in the female with an angaar notch on
each side .. fe 5, dl
Hind margin of the last enka egies in
the female feebly trisinuate
3 ; side lobes of pygofer wide, inflexed, and
connivent: 9; hind margin of the last
ventral segment with a small ee
notch in the middle At
3; genital plates very short, distinctly
shorter than the valve: 9; hind margin
of the last ventral segment simple, faintly
concave or straight.
The three innermost apical areas not white.
Elytra with five or six distinct black wpe
Inhabits coast-sands
Elytra not spotted, the inner areas more
or less bordered, sometimes entirely filled
up with black or brown. Abundant every-
10.
1.
aes
. 14.
. 15.
where ae 4 = l6
The costal and three innermost apical areas
white
Elytra with a small inak wet at ane apex
17.
of the fourth subapical area ate 18
Crown distinctly though slightly convex.
Elytra with two broad white bands
Elytra not banded with white.
43
6. coronifer.
. repletus.
. oculatus.
. picturatus.
Flori.
Linnei.
. distinguendus.
Falleni.
socialis.
sabulicola.
. striatus.
Normani.
. punctum.
-. 19. argus.
44 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
39 (40). Membrane with two distinct black spots, one
in the first and the other in the fourth
apical area’ .. : -. 20. costalis.
40 (39). Membrane without piaek epee
41 (42). Front of crown with a black band bearing
five white spots Be ae on .. 21. coroniceps.
42 (41). Crown not as above.
43 (44). Crown with two round black spots.. .. 22. maculiceps.
44 (43). Crown without round black spots .. .. 23. pulicaris.
1. Deltocephalus abdominalis, Fab.
Cercopis abdominalis, Fab., Sys. Rhyn., 98, 61.
Cicada bicolor, Fieb., Ent. Sys., iv., 40, 55.
C. abdominalis, Fall., Hem. Suec., i1., 381,10; Zett.,
Ins. Lapp., 290, 6.
C. balteata, Zett., Ins. Lapp., 290, 8.
Jassus abdominalis, Germ., Faun. Ins. Eur., xvii.,
i. 19; H-Seff:,’ Deuts! “Ins: 1259 4°s°Thome.,
Opuse., Ent., i., 66, 45.
Aphrodes juvenca, Hardy, Trans. Tynes. Field Club,
1., 425, 2 (pars.).
Deltocephalus abdominalis, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., 11., 249, 9;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 265, 9; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 129, 89; Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delt., 15, 40,
fig. 40; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xli., 328, 21; Scott,
Ent. Mo. Mag., xil., 242, 6.
Upper side greenish yellow or greyish green; hind margins of
the apical areas frequently fuscous. Crown distinctly shorter than
its width at the base, nearly twice as long in the middle as at the
sides, the free sides straight, angle blunt. Frons black, with yellow
transverse lines; apical half sometimes yellow, with a double black
middle stripe. Pronotum about one-third shorter than the crown,
Elytra coriaceous, as long as or a little longer than the abdomen,
widely rounded at the apex; membrane and the apices of the
subapical areas whitish, subpellucid; nerves yellow. Legs yellow,
striped, spotted, and banded with black; hind tarsi black, yellow
at the base. 4; abdomen black; genital plates separately rounded
at the apex, their outer margin angularly excised on the apical
third, their inner margin about one and a half times as long as the
valve; pygofer reaching beyond the pilates. 2; abdomen above
black, below yellow spotted with black; last ventral segment
black, sides and hind margin more or less widely yellow, the latter
with a longitudinally striate depression on each side and a pair of
triangular teeth in the middle. Length, 4—4} mm.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 45
Not uncommon. Fieber’s figure of the male genitalia
seen from below, is not characteristic. J. Sahlberg
speaks of red or reddish varieties of this species, but I
have not seen British specimens of these.
2. Deltocephalus striifrons, Kbm.
Deltocephalus striifrons, Kirschb., Cicad., 189, 12;
J. pal, Noty Henn. 7) xu, .827,1/206 a8 errari,
Cicad. agri. Ligust. 72, 20, and 74, 154.
D. Mulsanti, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 16, 45, fig. 44;
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 240, 2.
D. longicaput, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., sec. spec. typ.
Oblong. Upper side bright yellow; three narrow stripes on the
crown, five on the pronotum, and the basal half of the costa,
white; a pair of short black lines on the apex of the crown.
Crown in the male as long, in the female one-fourth longer, than
its width at the base, about one-third longer in the middle than at
the sides, the free sides nearly straight, angle pointed. Frons
black, with whitish transverse lines, its central space occupied by
a large whitish-yellow triangle, of the same width at the base as
the clypeus, and reaching thence to the forehead ; infraocellar line
broad, gently curved, and very well-defined, interrupted in the
middle, and joined to the two short lines on the apex of the crown
which represent the interocellar line. Pronotum about one-third
shorter than crown. Elytra about as long as the abdomen,
coriaceous on the basal half, afterwards subpellucid; nerves
whitish. Legs yellow, striped, banded, and spotted with black.
3; abdomen black, sides and apex yellow; genital plates yellow,
reaching as far as the pygofer, separately rounded at the apex,
their inner margin at least two and a half times as long as the
valve, each one bearing a longitudinal impressed line, which is
subparallel with the outer margin. 23 abdomen above yellow; a
few of the basal segments black in the middle; under side yellow,
with a wide black middle stripe, or entirely black; last ventral
segment yellow, its hind margin semicircularly concave, with a
deep narrow black-bordered angular notch in the middle. Length,
34—33 mm.
Not common. Amongst Ononis on the south coast.
According to Reuter it is found on Trifolium.
46 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
8. Deltocephalus pascuellus, Fall.
Cicada pascuella, Fallen, Hem. Suec., ii., 32, 11.
Jassus pascuellus, Thoms., Opusc. Ent., i., 70, 54.
Deltocephalus pascuellus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 251, 10;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 267, 11; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 188, 108; Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 16, 44,
fig. 46; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 325, 18; Scott,
Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 244, 9.
D. luteolus, Kirschb., Cicad., 188, 109.
D. fuscosignatus, Dahl., Vet. Ak. Handl., 1850, 195.
D. Minki, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 17, 46, fig. 45;
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 248, 8; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri. Ligust., 72, 21.
Elongate. Upper side pale yellow; apical areas and those
adjoining frequently margined with fuscous; costa yellowish
white; interocellar line represented by two or four black or fuscous
spots. Crown in the male as long, in the female a little longer,
than its width at the base, about one-third longer in the middle
than at the sides, free sides distinctly arcuate, angle blunt. Frons
black or brown, with a few curved transverse whitish lines down
each side; infraocellar line represented by a black V near the
middle of the forehead, the ends of which sometimes merge into
the ground colour of the frons. Pronotum very little shorter than
the crown. Elytra subpellucid, a little longer than the abdomen
in the male, a little shorter in the female, widely rounded at the
apex; nerves yellow. Legs pale yellow, striped, spotted, and
banded with black. g; abdomen black, sides and apex yellow;
genital plates yellow, basal half black, long, triangular, separately
rounded at the apex, their inner margin rather more than twice as
long as the valve; on the basal two-thirds of each a longitudinal
impressed line. 9; abdomen coloured as in D. strifrons; hind
margin of the last ventral segment gently concave, with a deep
angular notch in the middle. Length, 3—3} mm.
Very common amongst grasses in damp places.
Judging from a type received from Dr. Puton, this is
clearly D. Minki, Fieb., and if we imagine the processes
of the lower margins of the male pygofer to be half
sagittate at the apex instead of simple, Fieber’s figure
(l.c., fig. 45, e) would well represent that portion of our
insect. I have taken both sexes on July 2nd, and
immature examples and nymphs as late as Sept. 30th.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 47
4. Deltocephalus citrinellus, Kbm.
Deltocephalus citrinellus, Kirschb., Cicad., 184, 100;
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 884, 25.
Jassus cephalotes, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 125, 6.
Deltocephalus cephalotes, Ferrari, Cicad. agri. Ligust.,
Tag 49.
D. assimilis, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 16, 48, fig. 41;
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 248, 7.
D. brachynotus, Fieb., 1. c., 19, 55, fig. 55.
Oblong-ovate. Upper fore parts greenish yellow, elytra pale
greyish green, breast black. Crown subequal in length to its
width at the base, nearly twice as long in the middle as at the
sides, free sides nearly straight, angle blunt; interocellar line
when present fuscous. Frons pale brown, with a middle stripe
and the usual side lines yellow. Pronotum about one-third shorter
than the crown. Elytra whitish hyaline at the apex, a little
longer than the abdomen, costa rounded, apex widely rounded;
nerves stout, yellow, inner apical areas and those adjoining some-
times narrowly margined with fuscous. Legs yellow, striped and
spotted with black. ; abdomen black; genital plates very
small, separately rounded, scarcly half as long as the trapeziform
valve. 2; abdomen black, with the sides more or less widely
yellow; last ventral segment yellow at the sides or entirely yellow,
its hind margin nearly straight. Length, 23—31 mm.
Moderately common amongst grasses in damp places.
5. Deltocephalus ocellaris, Fall.
Cicada ocellaris, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 38, 13; Zett.,
Ins. Lapp., 291, 11.
Jassus ocellatus, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 129,11; Germ.,
Faun. Ins. Eur., xvii., 18.
Deltocephalus ocellaris, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 237, 8;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., i., 228, 2; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 141,115; Thoms., Opusc. Ent.,i., 72, 59;
Riebs, Syn. Hur! Delto.;°5)'9, ‘fig. 93" F.. Sahle
Not. Fenn., xii., 310, 7; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag.,
xil., 275, 16; Ferrari, Cicad. agri. Ligust., 70, 4.
Crown yellowish white with fulvous spots, in the male as long,
in the female a little longer, than its basal width, about three-
fourths longer in the middle than at the sides, free sides feebly
arcuate, angle blunt. Frons blackish brown, sometimes with a
large yellow patch on the apical half; side lines short, whitish.
48 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Pronotum one-third or less shorter than the crown, fulvous, with
three or five narrow yellowish white stripes. Scutellum yellowish
white, with fulvous spots. Elytra. dirty yellow, obliquely sub-
truncate at the apex ; nerves white, the transverse ones and those
at the base and apex of the first subapical area dilated; clavus
divided into several small areas, which, together with those of the
corium and membrane, are margined with black. Abdomen black,
yellow at the apex. Legs: thighs black, yellow at the apex; tibie
yellow with black points, hind pair widely black on the inner side.
3; elytra somewhat longer than the abdomen; genital plates
elongate, triangular, reflexed, subnavicular, with a common
narrow oval impression at the apex. 9; elytra shorter than the
abdomen; hind margin of the last ventral segment with a
strong triangular, sometimes bifid, tooth in the middle. Length,
38—3} mm.
Very abundant amongst grasses.
6. Deltocephalus coronifer, Marsh.
Deltocephalus coronifer, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., i..,
265, 8.
Thamnotettix coronifer, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii.,
24,8; Ferrari, Cicad. agri. Ligust., 51, 11, and
54, 122; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Thamnotettiz),
Go:
Brownish yellow. Crown distinctly longer than the pronotum,
about twice as long in the middle as at the sides, nearly as long
as its basal width; infraocellar line complete, biarcuate, and
combining with the interocellar line to form a black band bearing
three or five pale spots; cheeks black, with a few pale spots;
frons pale, with a few black transverse lines. Elytra about as long
as the abdomen, the areas margined with fuscous feebly at the
base, more strongly towards the apex; a blackish spot in the base
of the third subapical area; nerves white, those at the base and
apex of the first subapical area not thickened; one transverse
nerve. Basal half of the abdomen blackish. Legs pale, distinctly
spotted with black. Length, 3 mm.
Amongst grass beneath furze-bushes at Esher, in
September. The above description is taken from the
Rey. T. A. Marshall’s original examples... I have seen
no recent specimens.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 49
7. Deltocephalus repletus, Fieb.
Deltocephalus repletus, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 8, 20,
fig. 20; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xvili., 66; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri. Ligust., 70, 9.
Narrow, parallel-sided. Crown one-third longer than its basal
width, twice as long in the middle as at the sides, free sides feebly
arcuate, angle pointed ; yellow-brown becoming whitish in front,
four spots representing the interocellar line and two on the disk
fuscous or blackish. Frons blackish brown, the side lines and
sometimes a middle stripe on the lower half yellowish. Pronotum
one-third shorter than the crown, yellow-brown, with three or five
more or less distinct linear white stripes, sometimes with a blackish
spot on each side. Hlytra yellow-brown, much longer than the
abdomen, the membrane well-developed, all the areas regularly
margined with fuscous; nerves concolorous, the dilated ones at
the base and apex of the first subapical area and the apices of
those in the clavus scarcely whitish. Abdomen black, upper side
more or less widely yellow at the apex. Legs brownish yellow,
striped, spotted, and banded with black.
Scarce. Forres (Norman); I have taken it singly in
three localities in Norfolk.
8. Deltocephalus oculatus, J. Sahl.
Deltocephalus oculatus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 308,
6; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii, 274, 15.
Narrow, parallel-sided; eyes large and prominent. Upper side
yellowish; a short oblique line on each side of the apex of the
crown, the hind part of the disc of the pronotum, some markings
on the scutellum, and wide margins to the areas of the elytra,
fuscous. Crown strongly angularly produced, nearly twice as long
in the middle as at the sides. Eyes one-fifth longer than half the
front margin of the crown. Frons blackish brown, with very
short pale side-lines; clypeus yellow, with a fuscous middle
stripe. Pronotum somewhat shorter than the crown. Elytra
shining, somewhat longer than the abdomen, elongate, parallel-
sided, obtusely rounded at the apex, the strongly thickened nerves
and two spots on the suture white; all the areas widely margined
with fuscous. Abdomen black, its sides and the margins of the
segments yellow. Legs yellow, spotted and striped with fuscous.
Length, 3} mm.
TRANS. ENTs SOC. LOND. 1888.—parTI. (MARCH) E
50 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Rare. One or two examples in Scott’s collection,
labelled by J. Sahlberg. Evidently closely allied to the
preceding form, from which it is mainly distinguished
by its white nerves.
9. Deltocephalus picturatus, Fieb.
Deltocephalus picturatus, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 9,
23, fig. 28; Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 71, 11,
and 73, 151.
Narrow, parallel-sided. Crown one-third longer than its basal
width, twice as long in the middle as at the sides, free sides nearly
straight, angle pointed; white, with large blotches of pale rust-
brown, the interocellar line broken up into four blackish lines.
Frons blackish brown, the apex narrowly, a fine linear middle
stripe on the lower half, and the side-lines, whitish. Pronotum
about one-third shorter than the crown, pale brown, with three or
five linear white stripes, and sometimes a blackish spot on each
side. Elytra yellow-brown, much longer than the abdomen, the
membrane well-developed, all the areas strongly and irregularly
margined with fuscous, the basal one filled up with that colour;
nerves milk-white, strongly and irregularly dilated; the scutellar
margin and two roundish spots at the apices of the nerves of the
clavus white. Abdomen black, upper side yellow at the apex.
Legs greyish yellow, striped, banded, and spotted with black.
Length, 8—3} mm.
Searce. Pitlochry, Perthshire; Dunston Common,
near Norwich.
10. Deltocephalus Flori, Fieb.
Deltocephalus Flort, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 10, 25,
fig. 25; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xviii., 67; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri Ligust. 71, 12.
Crown a little longer than its basal width, about twice as long
in the middle as at the sides, free sides nearly straight, angle
pointed; white, with some large rust-yellow blotches occupying
almost all the disc. Frons blackish brown, a linear middle stripe
on the lower half, the apex narrowly and the subclavate side-lines
whitish. Pronotum one-third or more shorter than the crown,
rust-yellow, with five linear white stripes. Elytra brownish
yellow, subequal in length to the abdomen, widely rounded at the
apex; membrane well-developed; areas with the exception,
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 51
generally, of the costal, subcostal, and basal, feebly and irregu-
larly margined with fuscous; nerves milk-white, the transverse
ones, the apices of those in the clavus, and those at the base and
apex of the first subapical area much dilated. Abdomen black,
upper side more or less widely yellow at the apex. Legs greyish
yellow, banded, striped, and spotted with black. Length, 3 mm.
Amongst long grass in woods, &.; not very common.
11. Deltocephalus Linnei, Fieb.
Deltocephalus Linnei, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 14, 35,
fig. 35.
D. I-album, Scctt, Ent. Mo. Mag., xviii., 187 (orig.).
Crown a little longer than its basal width, nearly twice as long
in the middle as at the sides, free sides feebly arcuate, angle
pointed; yellowish white, with some rust-yellow blotches. Frons
black, its lower half and the usual transverse side-lines yellow.
Pronotum about one-third shorter than the crown, rust-yellow,
with five more or less distinct linear white stripes. LElytra pale
brownish yellow, as long or longer than the abdomen, some of the
areas, especially on the apical half, narrowly margined with
fuscous; nerves milk-white, the first transverse nerve much
thickened. Legs yellow, striped, spotted, and banded with black.
3; pygofer reaching a little beyond the genital plates, the inner
margin of the latter about twice as long as the valve. 923 abdo-
men black, apical half yellow, outline of the hind margin of the
last ventral segment resembling an ogee arch. Length, 4—44.mm.
Rare. Near Hastings.
12. Deltocephalus distinguendus, Flor.
Deltocephalus distinguendus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 240;
Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 9, 21, fig. 21; Scott,
Eut. Mo. Mag., xvili., 67; Ferrari, Cicad. agri
Ligust., 70, 10.
D, pseudocellaris, Flor, l.c., 547; Thoms., Opusc.
Eby alley Ges) G1 sind Salls,oNote Fenn. «xin;
314, 10.
D. propinquus, Edwards, Ent. Mo. Mag., xx., 208
(nec Fieb.).
Crown a little longer than its basal width, twice as long in the
middle as at the sides, free sides straight, angle pointed; yellow,
sometimes with two brown patches on the disc; interocellar line
represented by a point at each ocellus, and a pair of short oblique
E 2
52 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
lines on the apex of the crown. Pronotum little more than half
as long as the crown, yellow, with three or five more or less
distinct linear white stripes. Scutellum yellow. Elytra greyish
yellow, as long or a little longer than the abdomen, subtruncate at
the apex, their hind margin, the apical half of the costa, and some
of the areas narrowly margined with fuscous or black; nerves
white, but, with the exception of the dilated ones at the base and
apex of the first subapical area, not conspicuously milk-white.
Abdomen black, more or less widely yellow at the apex. Legs
yellow, with black points and linear stripesand bands. 4}; genital
valve short, triangular, one-half longer than the last ventral
segment; plates reflexed, elongate-triangular, three times as long
as the valve, outer margins sinuate, apices separately rounded;
side lobes of the pygofer much shorter than the plates, and some-
what shorter than the anal tube, in the middle of the lower
margin a strong tooth. 9; last ventral segment twice as long as
the preceding, with an angular notch on each side, middle lobe
wide, subtrapeziform, side lobes triangular, shorter than the
middle one. Length, 23—83 mm.
With the exception, perhaps, of D. striatus, this is the
commonest species of the genus with us. The notches
in each side of the hind margin of the last ventral
segment of the female are subject to much variation in
degree, and in those examples where they are least
developed the hind margin appears to bear two small
triangular teeth, which are about equidistant from the
sides and from each other.
18. Deltocephalus Fallen, Fieb.
Deltocephalus Falleni, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 10, 24,
fig. 24: Ji. Sahl.,, Not...Fenns,,-xii83t5)" 11:
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 271, 11.
Searcely distinguishable from the preceding, except by the
characters of the genitalia. ¢; genital plates reflexed, three
times as long as the valve, sinuate on their outer margin, and
obtusely rounded at the apex; side lobes of pygofer scarcely
shorter than the anal tube, but somewhat shorter than the plates,
a small incurved tooth at the apex, and a strong tooth in the
middle of the lower margin. 9; last ventral segment nearly
twice as long as the preceding, its hind margin feebly trisinuate,
the intermediate sinus wider and not so deep as the lateral ones,
the lateral angles somewhat obtuse. Length, 23—3 mm.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 53
Widely distributed, but notcommon. There seems to
be room for considerable doubt whether this species is
really distinct from the preceding.
14. Deltocephalus socialis, Flor.
Deltocephalus socialis, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i1., 242, 5;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., i1., 250, 4; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 148, 118; Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 5, 8,
fig.8; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 312, 8; Scott,
Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 278, 14; Ferrari, Cicad.
agri Ligust., 69, 3.
D. quadrivittatus, Marsh., l. c., 221, 1.
Jassus socialis, Thoms. Opuse. Ent., 1., 73, 60.
Crown a little longer than its basal width, nearly twice as long
in the middle as at the sides, free side very feebly arcuate, angle
blunt; white, with rust-yellow blotches; interocellar line repre-
sented by a point near each ocellus, and a pair of triangular black
spots on the apex. Frons brown, the side-lines, a middle stripe on
the lower half, and the apex, yellow. Pronotum one-third to one-
half shorter than the crown, pale brown, with five linear white
stripes. Elytra dirty yellow, shorter than the abdomen, widely
rounded at the apex; nerves white, but not anywhere dilated, the
areas, especially towards the apex, faintly margined with fuscous.
Abdomen above yellow, its basal half, a linear stripe down each
side, and some traces of a double line down the middle, black;
upper side of the pygofer in the male with a large roundish black
spot on each side. Legs yellow, with black points and narrow
black bands and stripes. ¢; genital plates rather more than twice
as long as the valve, yellow, each bearing a large black patch at
its separately rounded apex; lateral lobes of the pygofer inflexed,
connivent. 9; hind margin of the last ventral segment rather
strongly concave, with a small angular black-bordered notch in
the middle, not reaching half the length of the segment. Length,
23—3 mm.
Widely distributed, but local. In the macropterous
form all the areas of the elytra are more or less broadly
margined with black.
15. Deltocephalus sabulicola, Curt.
Aphrodes sabulicola, Curt., Brit. Ent., p. and pl. 633.
Deltocephalus sabulicola, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., u1..,
951,'7 3 Bieb., Syn. Hur. Delt:; 12, 29, fig. 29.;
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 272, 12.
D. arenicola, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 348, 32.
54 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Crown distinctly shorter than its basal width, about one-half
longer in the middle than at the sides, free sides feebly arcuate,
angle blunt; yellowish white, the markings when present rust-
brown, ill-defined, and frequently coalescent. Frons pale brown,
the lower half and the side-lines yellowish white. Pronotum a
little shorter than the crown, pale brown, with three or five linear
white stripes. Elytra much longer than the abdomen, greyish
yellow, with a few isolated black spots, of which the following are
the most constant, viz., one on the basal third of the clavus next
the claval suture, one at the base of the supra-brachial area, and
one at the apex of the third subapical area, inner margin of the
clavus, except the basal third, narrowly black, and the third apical
area more or less filled up with the same colour; nerves milk-
white, the transverse ones dilated. Abdomen black, sides and
apex more or less widely yellow. Legs greyish yellow, with a
few black points. Genitalia very similar to those of the next
species. Length, 4mm.
Very common on coast-sands.
16. Deltocephalus striatus, Lin.
Cicada striata, Lin., Faun. Suec., ed. ii., 241, 887;
Schrank, Enum. Ins. Aust., 256, 492; Fab.,
Sys. Rhyn.,77, 74; Fall., Hem. Suec., i1., 35,17 ;
Zett., Ins. Lapp., 291, 13.
Jassus striatus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 130, 10 ; Thoms.,
Opuse. Ent., i., 70, 53.
J. strigatus, Germ., Mag. d’Ent., iv., 92, 33.
Deltocephalus striatus, Flor, Rhyn. Liy., i1., 259, 14;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., i1., 250, 5; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 182, 96; Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delt., 18, 32,
fig. 82; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xi., 339, 28 ;
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii, 272, 18; Ferrari,
: Cicad. agri Ligust., 71, 16, and 74, 153.
Crown and pronotum as in D. sabulicola. Frons brown, the
apex narrowly, a linear middle stripe, and the side-lines, whitish.
Elytra greyish yellow, much longer than the abdomen, the areas
of the inner half more or less distinctly margined with fuscous,
the third apical area frequently filled up with the same colour ;
nerves white, the transverse ones not conspicuously dilated.
Abdomen black, sometimes yellow at the sides and apex. Legs
greyish yellow, with some black points; hind tibie narrowly
striped with black. g; genital plates very small and short,
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 55
separately pointed, less than half as long as the trapeziform
genital valve. @3; hind margin of the last ventral segment simple,
feebly concave. Length, 3}—3} mm.
Very abundant amongst grasses in a variety of
situations. Varieties in which the inner areas of the
elytra are entirely filled up with black are not un-
‘common. The salt-marsh form is smaller, with the
elytra scarcely as long as the abdomen, and hardly any
traces of dark margins to the areas.
17. Deltocephalus Normani, Scott.
Deltocephalus Normani, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xviii.,
105.
3. Closely allied to D. striatus, to the pale forms of which it
bears a very great resemblance. Upper side very pale yellow-
brown, a stripe down the middle of the crown and pronotum, and
the costal and three innermost apical areas, white. Elytra as long
as the abdomen. The genital valve and plates are like those of
D. striatus, save that the apices of the latter in the original
example are a trifle more oblique within. 2; elytra shorter than
the abdomen; nerves of the clavus dark brown. Length,
o—3t} mm.
“High heathery land in Morayshire” (one male, two
females). The shape of the last ventral segment in the
female is undescribed, and I have not been able to
examine a specimen of that sex. The insect is probably
one of the many forms of D. striatus.
18. Deltocephalus punctum, Flor.
Deltocephalus punctum, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 247, 8;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., 11., 251, 6; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 146, 25; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 320,
14; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 271, 10.
D. costalis, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delt., 4, 4, fig. 4.
Crown almost one-third longer than its basal width, nearly twice
as long in the middle as at the sides, free sides straight, angle
pointed; yellowish grey with three linear white stripes, interocellar
line represented by a very fine fuscous line on each side of the
apex. Frons yellowish grey, the interstices of the white side-lines
brown. Pronotum about one-half as long as the crown, yellowish
grey, with five linear white stripes. Elytra whitish hyaline,
56 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
shorter than the abdomen, apical areas short, narrowly margined
with fuscous, in the apex of the fourth subapical area a black or
fuscous spot, nerves white, not anywhere dilated. Abdomen
greyish yellow, upper side near the base and the chief part of the
under side black; upper side of the pygofer in the female with a
rounded black spot on each side of the base. Legs greyish yellow,
with a few black points. Length, 2i1—24 mm.
Not uncommon amongst fine grasses in dry situations.
The macropterous form has the elytra longer than the
abdomen, with ample membrane and the hind margin
of the apical areas broadly fuscous.
19. Deltocephalus Argus, Marsh.
Deltocephalus Argus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., i1., 223,
8; Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delt., 7, 17, fig. 17; Scott,
Ent. Mo. Mag., xil., 276, 18.
Upper side brownish yellow; elytra with two broad white bands,
one before and the other behind the middle; base of the supra-
brachial area filled up with black. Crown subequal in length to
its basal width, nearly twice as long in the middle as at the sides,
free sides distinctly arcuate, angle blunt; basal markings sub-
annular, interocular line represented by a point near each eye and
two short lines placed end to end on the disc, interocellar line
broken up into four spots, infraocellar line biarcuate, distinct.
Frons black, with yellowish side lines, sometimes with a middle
stripe on the lower half, and the apex yellowish. Pronotum
slightly longer than the crown, yellow-brown, with three or five
linear whitish stripes. Scutellum whitish, with some dusky
markings at the base. Elytra longer than the abdomen, feebly
rounded at the sides, nerves white, areas generally narrowly mar-
gined with fuscous. Abdomen black. Legs pale, banded, striped,
and spotted with black. 9; genital valve very small and
short, almost semicircular, not half so long as the separately
rounded plates, which scarcely reach half so far as the pygofer.
9; hind margin of the last ventral segment simple, almost semi-
circularly concave. Length, 3—3} mm.
Amongst grasses; widely distributed, but rare.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 57
20. Deltocephalus costalis, Fall.
Cicada costalis, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 82, 12.
Jassus costalis, Thoms, Opuse. Ent., 1., 69, 52.
Deltocephalus bipunctipennis, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl.,
1845, 261,51; Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delt., 3, 1, fig. 1;
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 348, 35.
Elongate; upper side white, elytra towards the apex pale
reddish brown, a deep black roundish spot in the first and fourth
apical areas. Crown without markings, subequal in length to its
basal width, about one-third longer in the middle than at the
sides, free sides strongly arcuate, angle blunt. Face, breast, and
legs white, the latter with some black points. Pronotum as long
as the crown. Elytra parallel-sided, longer than the abdomen, the
apex subtruncate; nerves white. Abdomen yellow, more or less
marked with black in the middle towards the base both above and
below. 3 genital plates at least three times as long as the
valve, with a large common roundish black spot in the middle.
@; hind margin of the last ventral segment nearly straight,
with an angular black-bordered notch in the middle. Length,
38—3i mm.
Marshes, Ranworth, Sept. 30th, 1886. This is its
first record as a British species.
21. Deltocephalus coroniceps, Kirschb.
Deltocephalus coroniceps, Kirschb., Cicad., 126, 84.
Thamnotettix coroniceps, Fieb., Cicad. d’EKur. (Thamno-
tettix), 70, 10.
3. Upper side dirty greyish yellow, with some ill-defined
whitish markings on the crown, pronotum, and scutellum; fore-
head and temples with a black band bearing about nine equidistant
whitish spots, of which each ocellus forms one; frons with a few
irregular blackish transverse curved lines. Crown a trifle shorter
than its basal width, one-half longer in the middle than at the
sides, free sides feebly arcuate, angle blunt. Pronotum subequal
in length to the crown. Elytra longer than the abdomen; mem-
brane amplé; nerves whitish, feebly and irregularly margined
with fuscous. Abdomen pale, with black markings. Genital
valve very widely rounded, about half as long as the preceding
segment; plates large and wide, their joint outline almost semi-
circular, and their inner margin rather more than twice as long as
the valve. Length, 3} mm.
58 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Coxford Heath, Norfolk; one example, August, 1887.
This insect is clearly a Deltocephalus of the argus group ;
it has nothing in common with D. coronifer, Marsh.,
next to which it is placed by Fieber in the genus
Thamnotettia, except the pattern on the forehead.
22. Deltocephalus maculiceps, Boh.
Deltocephalus maculiceps, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 1847,
25, 2: Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., i1., 267, 12;
Kirschb., Cicad., 124, 80; Fieb., Syn. Eur.
Delt., 18, 50, fig. 58; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii.
350, 87; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag, xu., 241, 4.
Jassus maculiceps, Thoms., Opuse. Ent., i., 74, 63.
Oblong-ovate; upper side dirty greyish yellow, crown with two
large roundish black spots in front. Crown as long or shorter
than its basal width, about one-third longer in the middle than at
the sides, free sides distinctly arcuate, angle very blunt. Frons
blackish, with the upper part and the side-lines pale. Pronotum
distinctly, sometimes almost one-third, shorter than the crown.
Elytra subpellucid, rounded at the sides. Abdomen black, upper
side at the apex more or less widely yellow in the female. Legs
pale, base of the thighs marked with black, hind tibie black,
except at the base. gi; genital plates about three times as long
as the valve, their outline paraboloid; elytra much longer than
the abdomen. 9; last ventral segment black, with a subquadrate
greyish yellow spot in the middle of its hind margin, or greyish
yellow with a pair of wide black stripes converging towards the
base; the outline of its hind margin forms two large rounded lobes,
separated by a short straight line. Length, 2; mm.
Not common; my specimens were taken amongst low
plants on the more bare parts of a wet heath near
Norwich. In highly-coloured examples the costa and
inner margin of the elytra are narrowly black, the
nerves are brown, and the interocellar line is represented
by a pair of black points on the apex of the crown.
23. Deltocephalus pulicaris, Fall.
Cicada pulicaris, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 834, 15; Zett.,
Ins. Lapp., 291, 12.
Jassus pulicaris, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 127, 4; Thoms.,
Opusc. Ent., 1., 74, 64.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 59
Deltocephalus pulicaris, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i1., 266, 18 ;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 268, 13; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 124, 79; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 351,
38; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 275, 17; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri Ligust., 71, 13 and 78, 152.
D. pulicarius, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delt., 11, 27, fig. 27.
Oblong-ovate ; upper side pale brown, under side and legs black,
knees and front tibie brownish yellow. Crown in the male as long
as, in the female shorter than, its basal width, twice as long in the
middle as at the sides, free sides strongly arcuate, angle very
blunt; brownish yellow, variously spotted with fuscous or black, or
entirely brownish yellow; in well-marked examples the basal
markings are present, the interocular line is represented by a pair
of black spots on the disc, the interocellar line by two or four
black spots, and the infraocellar line is biarcuate. Frons black,
with or without a few brownish yellow transverse lines. Pronotum
one-third or more shorter than the crown, frequently blackish on
the hinder half. Elytra about two-thirds as long as the abdomen,
widely rounded behind, apical areas extremely short, supra-
brachial area and those adjoining filled up or at least margined
with fuscous; not unfrequently the costa is dark fuscous, and all
the areas except the costal are filled up with that colour; nerves
pale, the transverse ones white. g; abdomen black, hind margin
of the genital valve white, genital plates about three times as long
as the valve, their outer margin slightly sinuate just before the
apex. 93 abdomen black, hind margin of the last dorsal segment
white, hind margin of the last ventral segment forming three
rounded lobes, of which the middle one is less than half as large
as either of the others. Length, 2—2} mm.
Very common amongst grasses in damp places.
iv. Aniyeus, Fieb. (Pl. III., fig. 21).
Fieber, Cicad. d’Kur., part 1., 128 (1876).
Body oblong, widest across the middle. Crown somewhat
convex, with the eyes as wide as the pronotum, evenly rounded in
front, not or scarcely longer in the middle than at the sides. Side
margins of pronotum sharp, of moderate length, hinder angles
obliquely truncate. Elytra conyolute at the apex, much longer
than the abdomen, with several irregularly-disposed white trans-
verse nerves ; appendix ample.
The species of this genus are all very much alike in
60 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
facies, but may readily be distinguished by the characters
of the genitalia. A valuable notice of these insects,
with figures of details, will be found in the ‘ Cicadina
agri Ligustici’ of Dr. P. M. Ferrari, p. 60, et seq.
(Jassus).
TABLE OF SPECIES.
1 (2). J; genital plates a little shorter than the valve.
¢; last ventral segment somewhat shorter
than the preceding Sc ar 5c Oe
2 (1). gf; genital plates much longer than the valve.
9; last ventral segment much longer than
the preceding.
3 (4). Crown with an oblique dark line running in-
wards from the front margin of eacheye .. 2. modestus.
4 (3). Crown without any oblique darkline .. .. 3. miaxtus.
1. commutatus.
1. Allygus commutatus, Fieb.
Allygus commutatus, Fieb., Kat. der Kur. Cicad. (1872),
p- 18; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 171, 2.
Jassus atomarius, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., u., 326, 5;
Kirschb., Cicad., 883, 2; Thoms., Opusc. Ent., 1.,
47, 3.
J. commutatus, Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 60, 3, and
fig., p. 63.
Thamnotettia reticulata, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii.,
210, 2.
g. Genital valve as long as the preceding segment, rounded-
triangular; plates shorter than the valve, separately rounded-
triangular, and leaving uncovered a piece of the apices of the
styles about equal in length to the genital valve; the styles, when
viewed from below, appear as two narrow horn-like processes con-
verging at the apex; their real form, which is determinable when
viewed from the side is that of a recumbent letter Y, having the
upper arm the longer. 92; last ventral segment a little shorter
than the preceding, its hind margin nearly even, with a very
feeble arcuate notch in the middle; the lateral angles rounded.
Length, 6} mm.
Rare. Tintern (7. V. Wollaston) ; Norwich, August,
1887, one female beaten out of an elm fence.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 61
2. Allygus modestus, Fieb.
Allygus modestus, Fieb., Kat. der Kur. Cicad. (1872),
p- 18; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 171, 3; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri Ligust., 61, 6 and 65, 148, fig, p. 66.
Jassus atomarius, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., 84, 22.
Crown with the basal markings punctiform, the interocular line
is represented by a fine straight line running obliquely inwards
from the front angle of each eye half-way to the base, and the
interocellar line by a punctiform spot adjoining each ocellus.
3; genital plates triangular, about three times as long as the
triangular genital valve, completely covering the styles. 9; last
ventral segment much longer than the preceding, its hind margin
with a very feeble angular notch in the middle; lateral angles
much produced. Length, 7 mm.
Widely distributed, but much less common than the
next species.
3. Allygus mixtus, Fab.
Cicada mixta, Fab., Ent. Sys., iv., 39, 54.
C. reticulata, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 40, 24, 6.
Jassus mixtus, Fab., Sys. Rhyn., 86, 7; Germ., Mag.
Git. iv. 62... .nutm., landb:, “ir., ih,’ 2°
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 322, 4; Marsh., int. Mo.
Mag., ii., 88, 21; Kirschb., Cicad., 84, 3;
Thoms., Opusc. Ent., i., 47, 2; Ferrari, Cicad.
agri Ligust., 61, 7 and 67, 144, fig.
J. reticulatus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins. 180, 11.
Thamnotettix mixta, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xi., 209, 1.
Allygus miztus, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xil., 170, 1.
Crown with the basal markings obsolete, the interocular line
represented by a punctiform spot on each side of the disc, and the
interocellar line by four punctiform spots. g; genital plates
triangular, more than twice as long as the triangular genital valve,
completely covering the styles. 9; last ventral segment more
than twice as long as the preceding, its hind margin nearly
straight; the lateral angles not produced. Length, 6;—7 mm.
Common on oaks. This is a very variable species in
the matter of the black speckling of the elytra; some-
times this is very scanty, and at others is so much
exaggerated and confluent that the elytra appear deep
black with white transverse nerves; immature examples
have the upper fore parts tinged with green.
62 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
vy. THamnotettix, Zett. (Pl. III., fig. 15).
Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., 292 (1840).
Body oblong, widest in the middle. Crown somewhat convex,
with the eyes about as wide as the pronotum, distinctly produced
in front. Fronslonger than wide. Pronotum obtusely rounded in
front, side margins sharp, of moderate length, hind angles obliquely
truncate. Elytra much longer than the abdomen, widened in the
middle, overlapping or even convolute at the apex; appendix
ample.
TARLE OF SPECIES,
1 (18). Elytra broadly rounded at apex.
2 (13). Side margin of frons from base of antenna to
base of clypeus distinctly shorter than the
width of the frons between the antenne.
3 (12). One transverse nerve standing on the brachial
nerve.
4 (9). Etytra not speckled with black.
5 (6). Upper side dirty greenish yellow or greyish
green, with or without a reddish tinge on
the crown, pronotum, and scutellum .. 1. prasina.
6 (5). Upper side greyish yellow or yellow-brown.
7 (8). Elytra greyish yellow .. - af, .. 2. dilutior.
8 (7). Hlytra yellow-brown .. . 8. subfuscula.
9 (4). Elytra greyish yellow, Dace ited a innit
10 (11). Frons with two large black spots above, each
formed by the confluence of about three
short transverse lines ae -. 4. variegata.
11 (10). Frons without large black spots ahora -. 65. plebeja.
12 (3). Two transverse nerves standing on the brachial
nerve .. 55 i 6. striatula.
13 (2). Side margin of por om base of daca
to base of clypeus longer than the width of
the frons between the antenna.
14 (17). Head with the eyes as wide as pronotum.
15 (16). Elytra pale yellow speckled with red .. -. 7. eruentata.
16 (15). Elytra pale brown, costa widely hyaline -. 8. Torneella.
17 (14). Head with the 1g narrower than the pro-
notum .. : die ys a -. 9. splendidula.
18 (1). Elytra lanceolate.
19 (20). Larger ; elytra more pointed at apex, the white
markings on the crown and pronotum more
distinct, clavus without a distinct black spot 10. crocea.
20. 19. Smaller; elytra less pointed at apex, the white
markings on the crown and pronotum less
distinct, suture with a small black spot just
above the apex of the anal nerve .. -- Ll. attenuata.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 63
1. Thamnotettix prasina, Fall.
Cicada prasina, Fall., Hem. Suec., u1., 40, 25.
Jassus simplex, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 125, 7.
J. prasinus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 325, 20; Marsh.,
Ent. Mo. Mag., ili., 108, 26; Kirschb., Cicad.,
98, 22; Thoms., Opusc. Ent., i., 48, 72.
Aphrodes sulphureus, Curt., Brit. Ent., 633, 10.
Thamnotettix prasina, Zett., Ins. Lapp., 293, 2.
T'. confinis, Zett., l.c., 293, 8.
T. tincta, Zett., l. c., 298, 6.
T. stupidula, Zett., l.c., 294, 9; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn.,
xii., 216, 8; Edw., Ent. Mo. Mag., xx., 207.
T. simplex, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 215, 7.
Athysanns prasinus, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 99, 12 ;
Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 55, 3 and 60, 137.
A. simplex, Reut., Medd. Faun. Flor. Fenn., v. (1880),
913, 216 and 227, 44; Ferrari, l.¢.; 55, 4.
A. tinctus, Reut., l. c., 212, 215 and 227, 43.
Upper side greenish yellow or greyish green. Crown in the
male as long as half its basal width, about one-half longer in the
middle than at the sides, free sides feebly arcuate, angle widely
rounded ; in the female distinctly longer than half its basal width,
nearly twice as long in the middle as at the sides, free sides
straight, angle blunt ; the dark markings are of the same type as
in Athysanus Sahibergi, &c., but are rarely developed, although
their position is generally indicated by sundry pale brown spots or
lines. Frons pale brown, with the apex, a linear middle stripe,
and the side-lines yellow. Pronotum about one-third longer than
the crown. Elytra more or less strongly tinged with fuscous at
the apex; nerves yellow. Abdomen black, connexivum and the
apex beneath yellow. Legs yellow, with black points; under side
of thighs sometimes with a black line indicating the commence-
ment of a band on the apical third. Length, 6}—7 mm.
On various trees in woods; common. A variety of
this species, which has the inner areas of the elytra
more or less filled up with dark fuscous, is the T’hamno-
tettix stupidula, Zett., and another, in which the head,
pronotum, and scutellum are tinged with red, is the
T. tincta of the same author. Judging from Kirsch-
baum’s description (Cicad., 94, 23) his 7. Zelleri is
quite distinct from this species.
64 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
2. Thamnotettix dilutior, Kbm.
Thamnotettix dilutior, Kirschb., Cicad., 92, 20.
Athysanus dilutior, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 99, 11.
Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellowish white, generally
with indistinct rust-yellow markings. Crown (with the eyes)
almost crescent-shaped, obtusely produced in front, less so in the
female than in the male, its length down the middle about one-
fourth longer than half its basal width, in the male one-third, in
the female about one-half, longer in the middle than at the sides.
Frons brownish yellow, with pale side-lines. Pronotum about
one-third longer than the crown. Elytra greyish yellow, some-
times with a few isolated blackish spots or suture narrowly
blackish, or a black spot in the apex of the clavus; nerves fine,
whitish. Abdomen above in the male black, hind margins of the
segments narrowly pale, genital valve semicircular; in the female
yellow, sometimes with the base of the segments more or less
widely black. Legs pale yellow, striped, spotted, and sometimes
banded with black. Length, 6—6} mm.
Not uncommon on oaks.
9. Thamnotettix subfuscula, Fall.
Cicada subfuscula, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 44, 81.
Thamnotetiiz subfuscula, Zett., Ins. Lapp., 294, 8;
; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 218, 10.
Jassus subfusculus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 180,4; Germ.,
Faun. Ins. Eur., xvi., 19; Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii.,
354, 21; Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 85, 25;
Kirschb., Cicad., 93, 21; Thoms., Opusc. Ent.,
1., 49, 8.
J. pectoralis, Germ., Mag. d’Ent., iv., 91, 80; Burm.,
Handb. a... 011 5:
Athysanus subfusculus, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 99,
10; Reut., Medd. Faun. Flor. Fenn., v. (1880),
226, 88; Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 56, 15 and
58, 180.
Upper side yellow-brown, suture of elytra frequently blackish.
Crown in the male as long as half its basal width, about one-third
longer in the middle than at the sides; in the female about one-
third longer than half its basal width, nearly twice as long in the
middle as at the sides; free sides nearly straight and angle blunt
in both sexes ; interocular line, when present, widened and inter-
rupted in the middle; interocellar line widened, angular, and
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 65
interrupted in the middle; infraocellar line feeble, biarcuate.
Frons black, a linear middle stripe dilated at the clypeus and the
side-lines yellow. Pronotum about one-third longer than crown,
with four or six black points in front, and some feeble traces of
three or five whitish stripes on the hinder two-thirds. Scutellum
_ generally with a dark triangle on each side of the base, and a pair
of black points on the disc. Elytra in the male with the suture
narrowly and the part adjoining the angular nerves blackish, apical
areas fuscous; nerves, especially those near the suture, whitish;
in the female uniform yellow-brown, with the nerves but little
paler than the ground oolour. Abdomen black; hind margin of
the last dorsal segment reddish yellow-brown in the female;
genital valve in the male triangular. Legs greyish yellow, striped,
spotted, and banded with black. Length, 5—6 mm.
Common throughout the summer on various trees and
bushes. I have taken males amongst low herbage in a
bog in April in company with Athysanus grisescens, Lett.
Specimens of the male occur in which the elytra,
especially on each side of the nerves, are thickly
speckled with fuscous, and the latter appear more
decidedly pale in consequence.
4. Thamnotettic variegata, Kbm.
Athysanus variegatus, Kirschb., Athys. Art., 9, 8.
Thamnotettix variegata, Kirschb., Cicad., 112, 57;
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xi., 211, 4.
Athysanus irroratus, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 96, 5.
A. variegatus, Reut., Medd. Faun. Flor. Fenn., v.
(1880), 211, 212 and 218, 19; Ferrari, Cicad.
agri Ligust., 57, 23 and 59, 183 (forte).
Crown (in the female) about one-fourth longer than half its basal
width, one-third longer in the middle than at the sides, free sides
very feebly arcuate, angle blunt; interocular line much dilated
and interrupted in the middle, its hind margin angularly indented
near each eye; interocellar line represented by four black points,
of which the middle pair are occasionally wanting; infraocellar
line biarcuate, abbreviated at each end, and interrupted in the
middle, each half forming the upper margin of one of the two
black patches on the frons. Frons yellow with black markings,
which are reduced or obsolete between the antenne and the apex.
Pronotum greyish yellow, with a few black points in front, and
four longitudinal series of short transverse fuscous lines on the
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—paRT I. (MARCH.) F
66 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
hinder two-thirds. Scutellum greyish yellow, with a triangle on
each side of the base, a pair of points on the disc, a linear stripe
on the basal half, and a pair of wide stripes on the apical half,
black. Elytra greyish yellow, more or less closely speckled with
black, the transverse nerve, the apices of the anal and axillary
nerves, and the ramifications of the others, white. Abdomen
above black, sides and apex yellow. Legs greyish yellow, banded,
striped, and spotted with black. Length, 4 mm.
Widely distributed but not common, and probably
overlooked. Exceptionally dark examples do not exhibit
the white portions of the nerves so distinctly as speci-
mens of average coloration. A dark male from Deal
has the black stripe on the inner side of the hind tibie
thickened above and below, so as to give that part some-
what the appearance one finds in Pediopsis tibialis, Scott.
5. Thamnotettia plebeja, Fall.
Cicada plebeja, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 36, 19.
Thamnotettiz plebeja, Zett., Ins. Lap., 295, 12; J.
Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 211, 3.
Jassus plebejus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 180, 7; Thoms.,
Opusc. Ent., i., 47, 4.
Athysanus plebejyus, Flor, Rhyn. Jhiv., u., 291, 10;
Kirschb., Athys. Art., 8,6; Cicad., 11, 54; Scott,
Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 98,8; Ferrari, Cicad. agri
Ligust., 57, 24 and 59, 182 (?).
A. Schenkii. Kirschb., Cicad., 111, 56; Reut., Medd.
Faun. Flor. Fenn., v. (1880), 211, 213 and 218, 18.
Very nearly resembles the preceding in colour and markings,
but is larger and wider, with the white portions of the nerves more
decidedly milk-white, and the two uppermost of the black trans-
verse side-lines on the frons, although stronger than the rest,
never coalesce with the infraocellar line to form a pair of black
patches, as in the last species. Crown in the male a little longer
than half its basal width, about one-fourth longer in the middle
than at the sides, in the female one-third longer than half its basal
width, one-third longer in the middle than at the sides, free sides
distinctly arcuate, angle blunt. Length, 5 mm.
This species occurred in profusion amongst long grass
in a badly-kept garden at Norwich in July and August,
but I have seen no other examples.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 67
6. Thamnotettia striatula, Fall.
Cicada striatula, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 46, 33.
Thamnotettix striatula, Zett., Ins. Lap., 294, 10.
Jassus striatulus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 180, 8; Flor,
Rhyn. Liv., ii., 361, 24; Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag.,
ii., 84, 24; Kirschb., Cicad:, 96, 26; Thoms.,
Opusce. Ent., 1., 64, 43.
J. corniculus, Marsh, l. c., 119.
Limotettix striatula, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 258, 23.
Athysanus striatulus, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 100, 13;
Reut., Medd. Faun. Flor. Fenn., v. (1880), 208,
203 and 215, 12; Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust.,
56, 16.
Upper side greyish yellow, with strong black markings; all the
areas of elytra margined with black. Crown (in the female) about
one-fourth longer than half its basal width, one-third longer in the
middle than at the sides, free sides nearly straight, angle blunt;
basal markings represented by a black transverse line, which
touches the interocular line in three equidistant points; inter-
ocular line complete ; interocellar line represented by a pair of
short curved lines running parallel with the biareuate infraocellar
line, the latter interrupted in the middle. Frons black, with the
apex, a fine middle stripe, and the side-lines, pale. Pronotum
about one-third longer than the crown, greyish yellow mottled
with black. Scutellum greyish yellow, with distinct black
markings. Elytra greyish yellow, all the areas margined with
black, and the first subapical area filled up with the same colour ;
nerves concolorous, the two transverse ones widened. Breast and
abdomen black, the latter with the hind margins of the segments
narrowly pale. Legs brownish yellow, striped, spotted, and more
or less widely banded with black. Length, 23—4 mm.
Apparently scarce. Said to occur amongst Trifolium
arvense. Marshall took it rather commonly at Rannoch
in July, 1866, on Pteris, in open places where the heather
had been burned.
7. Thamnotettix cruentata, Panz.
Cicada crueniata, Panz., Deuts. Ins., 61, 15; Fall.,
Hem. Suec., 11., 41, 27.
Jassus cruentatus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., iii., 330, 7;
Marsh., Ent Mo. Mag., ii., 84, 28; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 96,27: Thoms., Opuse. Ent., 1., 50, 11.
FQ,
a
68 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Thamnottetiz cruentata, Zett., Ins. Lap., 298, 5;
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 220, 12; Seott, Ent.
Mo. Mag., xu., 22, 3; Ferrari, Cicad. agri
Ligust., 50, 3; Fieb., Cicad. dEur. (Thamno-
tettix), 84, 19.
Upper side pale greyish yellow, finely and more or less closely
speckled with blood-red. Forehead in the male with a pair of
roundish black spots, and these are sometimes indicated in the
female. Abdomen above black, narrowly pale at the sides. Legs
pale; inner edge of hind tibiew generally narrowly black. Length,
5—6 mm.
Widely distributed, but local.
8. Thamnotettix. Torneella, Zett.
Thamnotettix Torneella, Zett., Ins. Lap., 294, 7;
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 221, 13; Fieb., Cicad.
d’Kur. (Thamnotettix), 76, 14.
T. punctifrons, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 24, 7.
Jassus Torneellus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ui., 350, 18;
Thoms., Opusc. Ent., 1., 50, 10.
J. punctifrons, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 31, 19.
Crown sublunate, a little longer than half its basal width,
yellowish white, with a black or brown transverse band. Frons
yellowish white; forehead with two round black spots. Pronotum
yellowish white, about one-half longer than the crown, narrowly
black in front, greyish behind. FElytra pale brown, with fine
yellowish white nerves, the costa widely and the membrane
hyaline, the latter smoky at the apex. Breast and abdomen black,
sides of the the latter and the margins of the segments narrowly
yellow. Legs yellowish white; hind tibie with a black stripe on
the inner side. Length, 445—5 mm.
Marshall found this species common in Epping
Forest, frequenting apparently several different kinds
of trees, but the only recent specimens that I have seen
were taken by the late George Norman, by beating
heather on a dry bank at Forres in the spring.
9. Thamnotettia splendidula, Fab.
Cicada splendidula, Fab., Sys. Rhyn., 79, 83; Fall.,
Hem. Suec., i., 48, 80.
Jassus splendidulus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i., 356, 23;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 82, 20; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 98, 31; Thoms., Opusc. Ent., 1., 49, 9.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 69
Thamnotettic splendidula, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xi.,
219, 11; Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 23, 6; Fieb.,
Cicad. d’Kur. (Uhamnotettix), 75, 18.
Crown and forehead yellow, each with two subquadrate black
spots. Frons yellow with black side-lines. Pronotum greyish
yellow, with a few black points in front and sometimes four
abbreviated fuscous stripes on the hinder two-thirds. Scutellum
yellow, a triangle on each side of the base and a pair of points on
the disc black. Elytra pale brownish yellow, the first apical area,
a more or less distinct spot at the base and apex of the third and
fourth subapical areas, a spot at the apex of the brachial area, and
the suture narrowly, blackish brown; the transverse nerve, the
apices of the anal and axillary nerves, and the ramifications of the
others distinctly whitish. Abdomen above black; hind margin of
the last dorsal segment in the female yellow. Legs greyish yellow ;
inner edge of hind tibiez narrowly black. Length, 5 mm.
Not uncommon on various trees and bushes. Speci-
mens occasionally occur in which all the areas of the
elytra are more or less filled up with blackish brown.
10. Thamnotettix crocea, H.-S.
Jassus croceus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 144, 7.
J. attenuatus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 29, 16.
Deltocephalus oxypterus, Kirschb., Cicad., 180, 91.
Thamnotettix crocea, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 22, 1;
Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 50, 6 and 54, 1238;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Kur. (Thamnotettix), 72, 11.
Crown and pronotum rust-yellow, the former with four, the
latter with five white stripes; interocellar line represented by an
oblique black line on each side of the apex of the crown. Scutellum
rust-yellow, with three white stripes. Elytra pale brownish yellow,
second apical area filled up with dark fuscous, and sometimes the
third subapical, the subcostal area, and the suture are narrowly
bordered with fuscous; nerves whitish, that of the suture con-
spicuously white. Abdomen above black, sides narrowly yellow ;
genital plates in the male narrowly rounded at the apex; hind
margin of the last ventral segment in the female nearly straight.
Legs pale greyish yellow, a point at the apex of the hind thighs
on the inner side and the inner side of the hind tibie narrowly
black. Length, 43—5} mm.
Very common amongst grasses.
70 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
11. Thamnotettix attenuata, Germ.
Jassus attenuatus, Germ., Mag. d’Ent., iv., 91, 31.
J. rupicapra, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii1., 30, 17.
Deltocephalus croceus, Kirschb., Cicad., 131, 92.
Thamnotettia attenuata, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 22,
2; Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 50, 7; Fieb.,
Ciead. d’Eur. (Thamnotettix), 78, 12. —
Very similar in appearance to the preceding species, but smaller,
with the white stripes on the crown, pronotum, and scutellum less
distinct, the elytra less pointed, bearing on the dise a few irregular
blackish spots, and a very constant small blackish spot on the
middle of the suture of each. Genital plates subtruncate at the
apex; hind margin of the last ventral segment in the female
strongly concave. Length, mm.
Amongst fine grasses in dry places; not generally
common.
vi. Livotettix, J. Sahl. (Pl. IIIL., fig. 14).
J. Sahlberg, Not. Fenn., xii., 224, 25 (1871).
Body elongate or oblong, generally mnch narrowed behind.
Head obtuse in front; crown sublunate or more or less produced ;
frons nearly straight-sided, its width between the antenne equal
to or somewhat greater than the width of one of the cheeks.
‘Sides of the pronotum very short, subterete. Elytra ample,
longer than the abdomen, overlapping at the apex; appendix
well-developed.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
1 (12). Elytra with four subapical areas.
2 (3). Crown with a black band .. 50 -. 1. striola.
3 (2). Crown not banded with black.
4 (11). Forehead with black spots.
5 (6). g brownish yellow, face and legs strongly
tinged with red; 9 greyish ycllow .. 2. antennata.
6 (5). Species yellow or greenish yellow, some-
times with black stripes on the elytra.
7 (8). Spots on the forehead sublunate .. .. od. intermedia.
8 (7). Spots on the forehead roundish.
9 (10). Elytra pellucid, with yellow nerves, rarely
with ill-defined fuscous stripes in the
clavus AG bie os Se .. 4. quadrinotata.
10 (9). Elytra yellow, with distinct black stripes,
which in the male occupy almost the
entire surface . nigricornis.
or
British Homoptera-Cicadina. tL
11 (4). Forehead without black spots re .. 6. sulphurella.
12 (1). Elytra with three subapical areas.
13 (14). Outer cubital nerve distinct, at least on its
basal half .. Eye sth le Metrinis.
(13). Outer cubital nerve obsolete or wanting.
14
15 (18). Frons without black transverse lines.
16 (17). Frons with a black spot just above the
clypeus ae +. ws ate .. 8. septemnotata.
17 (16). Frons without a black spot at the apex .. 9. variata.
18 (15). Frons with black transverse lines .. -. 10. sexnotata.
1. Limotettix striola, Fall.
Cicada striola, Fall., Act. Holm., 1806, 81, 28; Hem.
Suec., i1., 44, 32.
Jassus striola, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 124, 4, e and f;
Flor, Bhyn. Liv., ., 315, 1; Marsh., Ent. Mo.
Mare, u1., 126, 30;" Kirachb., ‘Cicad.,; 87, 11;
Thoms., Opuse. Ent., i., 68, 40.
J. frenatus, Germ., Mag. d’Ent., iv., 86, 16.
Limotettix striola, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 226, 1.
Athysanus striola, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 168, 14 ;
Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 55, 9 and 58, 127.
Upper side dirty greyish or greenish yellow. Crown sublunate,
a little produced in front in the female; interocular line broad,
complete; infraocellar line biarcuate, sometimes confluent with
the interocular line in the male. Frons in the male black, with
the apex narrowly, a fine middle stripe, and the side-lines, yellow;
in the female yellow, with a fine double middle stripe and the
side-lines black. Pronotum about one-fourth (3) or one-third (?)
longer than the crown, sometimes sparingly speckled with black.
Elytra greyish yellow, pellucid; nerves whitish or yellow, some-
times margined with fuscous; claval suture frequently narrowly
black. Breast and abdomen black, the sides and margins of the
segments narrowly yellow; hind margin of last ventral segment
in the female strongly concave. Legs yellow, spotted, striped, and
banded with black. Length, 3;—43 mm.
Locally common in damp places.
2. Limotettix antennata, Boh.
Thamnotettix antennata, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 1845,
B54 chile,
T. frontalis, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 25, 12; Fieb.,
Ciead. d’EKur. (Thamnotettix), 86, 21.
72 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Jassus antennatus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 80, 18;
Thoms., Opusc. Ent., 1., 59, 29.
J. longicornis, Kirschb , Cicad., 95, 30.
Limotettix antennata, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 238, 10.
3. Brownish yellow; face and legs strongly tinged with red:
° greyish yellowish ; generally a spot on each temple, and a pair
of larger roundish or oblong ones on the forehead and the frontal
sutures, black; occasionally there is a punetiform black spot
behind each ocellus. Antenne nearly as long as the body. Crown
about one-third longer than half its basal width, one-third or (in
the female) more than one-third longer in the middle than at the
sides, free sides gently arcuate, angle pointed. Pronotum subequal
in length to the crown. Elytra subhyaline, nerves pale. Breast
black, sides widely pale; abdomen above black, sides narrowly
pale, beneath black, connexivum yellow; last ventral segment in
the female roundly produced behind, at least one-half longer than
the preceding segment. Hind tibie with some points on the outer
side and a narrow stripe on the inner side black. Length,
53—6 mm.
Common in marshes. A dark form of the male
occurs rarely in which the areas of the elytra, especially
those near the suture, are more or less filled up with
fuscous. Jassus antennatus, Flor (L. Flori, J. Sahl), is
greenish yellow, with the last ventral segment of the
female subequal in length to the preceding segment.
3. Limotettix intermedia, Boh.
Thamnotettix intermedia, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 1845,
40,15; Scott. Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 25, 10; Fieb.,
Cicad. d’Eur. (Thamnotettix), 88, 23.
Jassus intermedius, Thoms., Opuse. Ent., i., 60, 31.
Limotettix intermedia, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 235, 8.
L. lunulifrons, J. Sahl., l. ¢., 236, 9.
Yellow or greenish yellow, a point behind each ocellus, and
sometimes a pair (which are frequently contluent) between them,
a transverse spot on each temple, a pair of sublunate spots on the
forehead, a spot at the base of each antenna, a few transverse side-
lines on the frons, and the facial sutures, black. Crown in the
male subequal in length to half its basal width, about one-half
longer in the middle than at the sides, free sides nearly straight,
angle blunt. Pronotum seareely one-fourth longer than the
crown. I[lytra flavo-hyaline, nerves yellow. Breast black, sides
British Homoptera-Crcadina. 73
of the pro- and mesosternum yellow. Abdoimen black, its sides
and the margins of the segments narrowly yellow. Legs yellow,
with black stripes and points. Length, 5 mm.
Loch Greenin, September, 1866 (Douglas).
4. Limotettix quadrinotata, Fab.
Cicada 4-notata, Fab., Sys. Rhyn., 78, 77; Fall.,
Hem. Suec., ii., 46, 35.
Jassus 4-notatus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 122, 4c; Flor,
Rhyn. Liv., ii., 336, 11; Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag.,
i., 104, 28; Kirschb., Cicad., 102,38; Thoms.,
Opusce. Ent., 1., 61, 35.
J. strigipes, Thoms., l. c., 62, 36.
Cicadula 4-notata, Zett., Ins. Lap., 296, 1.
C’. strigupes, Zett., l. c., 296, 2.
Aphrodes spilotocephala, Hardy, Trans. Tynes. I’. C., 1.,
424, 1.
Limotettix 4-notata, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 229, 4.
Thamnotettix 4-notata, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., vii., 25,
14; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Thamnotettix), 90, 26.
T’. strigipes, Fieb., l.c., 64, 5.
Yellow or greenish yellow, a large roundish spot behind each
ocellus, two others on the forehead, a spot at the base of the
antenne, the facial sutures, and occasionally some traces of side-
lines on the frons, black. Crown subequal in length to half its
basal width, about one-half longer in the middle than at the sides,
free sides arcuate, angle rounded. Pronotum about one-fourth
longer than the crown. Scutellum sometimes with black markings.
Elytra pellucid, frequently fumose on the apical third; nerves
yellow, sometimes becoming fuscous at the apex. Breast black,
sides of pro- and mesosternum narrowly yellow. Abdomen black,
its sides and the margins of the segments very narrowly yellow.
Legs striped and spotted with black. Length, 4—43 mm.
Very common amongst grasses. A form with the
dark markings exaggerated and some fuscous stripes In
oOo
the clavus occurs somewhat rarely, and is the Cicadula
strigipes, Zett., Fieb.
5. Limotettia nigricornis, J. Sal.
Limotettix nigricornis, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xi1., 232, 6.
Thamnotettix nigricornis, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xi., 91.
Closely allied to the Jast species, but about one-half larger, and
74 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
also distinguished by the black stripes on the elytra; the latter in
the male occupy almost the entire surface, but in the female they
are confined to the clavus or entirely wanting; apical areas
blackish. Length, 5—5} mm.
Not common. Colton, Somersetshire (Power); it has
also been taken by Blatch.
6. Limotettix sulphurella, Gett.
Cicadula sulphurella, Zett., Ins. Lap., 297, 8.
Cicada virescens, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 52, 45.
Jassus virescens, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ., 339, 9; Marsh.,
Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 103, 27; Kirschb., Cicad.,
101, 837; Thoms., Opusce. Ent., i., 61, 34.
Limotettix sulphurella, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xi., 239, 12.
Thamnotettix virescens, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 25,
13; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Thamnotettiz), 95, 30.
T’. sulphurella, Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 51, 18.
Sulphur-yellow, at the base of each antenna a black spot.
Crown subequal in length to half its basal width, about one-third
longer in the middle than at the sides, free sides gently arcuate,
angle blunt. Frons sometimes with traces of fuscous side-lines.
Pronotum nearly twice as long as the crown. Elytra flavo-hyaline,
nerves yellow. Middle of the breast black. Abdomen above in
the male black, sides narrowly yellow; in the female yellow,
broadly black down the middle; under side black at the base in
both sexes. Outer side of hind tibie with some black points.
Length, 4—5 mm.
Common amongst grasses.
7. Limotettix metrius, Flor.
Jassus metrius, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 264, 16 ; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 137, 107.
Deltocephalus metrius, Fieb., Syn. Eur. Delto., 20, 58,
ig. 583.0. Sabk;: Not. Kent... xii.) 326, 19;
Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 241, 3.
3. Fore parts deep yellow ; elytra pale greyish yellow. 9 dirty
yellowish white; the areas towards the apex of the elytra some-
times faintly margined with fuscous; suture occasionally blackish.
Crown nearly twice as long as half its basal width, one-half longer
in the middle than at the sides, free sides distinctly arcuate, angle
blunt. Pronotum subequal in length to the crown. Nerves of the
elytra yellow in the male, whitish in the female. Abdomen above
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 75
more or less widely black, beneath marked with black on the sides
and in the middle of the base; hind margin of the last ventral
segment in the female with a small rounded lobe in the middle,
bounded on each side by a notch ; opposite to each notch a comma-
shaped black spot. Legs pale; hind tibiz with conspicuous black
points on the outer side. Length, 3;—4 mm.
Amongst long herbage in marshes ; not uncommon in
Kast Norfolk. ‘This species may be readily distinguished
by the neuration of the elytra; in the structure of the
male genitalia it is a true Limotettix, although the
crown is somewhat Deltocephaloid.
8. Limotettix septemnotata, Fall.
Cicada 7-notata, Fall., Act. Holm., 1806, 35, 35;
Hem. Suec., 11., 49, 38.
Cicadula ?-notata, Zett., Ins. Lap., 297, 6; Scott,
Ent. Mo. Mag., xi., 281, 4; Fieb., Cicad. d’Hur.
(Cicadula), 52, 10.
Jassus 7-notatus, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., u., 339, 12;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 126, 31; Kirschb.,
Ciead., 100, 24; Thoms., Opuse..Eint. 1., 76, 69.
Limotettix 7-notata, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xu., 251, 21.
Head, pronotum, and scutellum yellow, a large spot in each.
basal angle of the latter, a pair of points on the base of the crown,,
two large roundish spots on the forehead, a spot at the base of
each antenna, and another just above the clypeus, black. Crown
subequal in length to its basal width, about one-half longer in the.
middle than at the sides, free sides gently arcuate, angle obtusely
rounded. Clavus and corium whitish hyaline, each with a broad,
yellow stripe, reach about two-thirds of its length; inner margin
of elytra very narrowly blackish; membrane smoky. Abdomen
yellow, with a wide black stripe down the back; saw-case black.
Legs yellow; hind tibie with a few black points. Length, 38; mm,
Not uncommon in marshes. The subantennal spots
and the points at the base of the crown are frequently
wanting, and a variety of the female occurs in which the
pronotum is strongly marked with black, and the claval
suture, the brachial nerve, and a narrow stripe just
below the costa are blackish,
76 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
9. Laimotettic cariata, Fall.
Cicada variata, Fall., Act. Holm., 1806, 84, 84; Hem.
Suec., ii., 48, 37.
Jassus fumatus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 1538, 5.
J. variatus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 127, 32;
Kirschb., Cicad., 99, 32; Thoms., Opuse. Ent., 1.,
76, 70.
J. sexnotatus, var., Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 341.
Limotettix variata, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 250, 20.
Cicadula variata, Scott, Ent. Mo. Mag., x1., 281, 3;
Fieb., Cicad. d’ Eur. (Cicadula), 51, 9.
Head, pronotum, and scutellum yellow, a roundish spot in each
basal angle of the latter, a pair of roundish spots on the base of the
crown, another pair on the forehead, and the frontal sutures
narrowly, black. Crown about one-fourth shorter than its basal
width, one-half longer in the middle than at the sides, free sides
feebly arcuate, angle blunt. Pronotum about one-fourth longer
than the crown. LElytra whitish hyaline, tinged with yellow,
within with a broad irregular curved fuscous stripe, which com-
mences at the base and ends at the apex of the clavus, and is pro-
duced in the middle of its outer edge about half-way across the
corium ; second and third subapical areas with a fuscous streak in
each. Abdomen above black, sides yellow, beneath yellow, black
at the base. Legs yellow; hind tibie with a few black points.
Length, 4 mm.
Scarce; said to occur on oaks.
10. Lamotettix sexnotata, Fall.
Cicada 6-notata, Fall., Act. Holm., 1806, 34, 33;
Hem. Suec., i1., 47, 36.
Cicadula 6-notata, Zett., Ins. Lap., 297, 4; Scott,
Ent. Mo. Mag., xi., 230, 1; Ferrari, Cicad. agri
Ligust., 46, 3; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Cicadula),
47, 6.
C. alpina, Zett., l.c., 297, 5.
CU. frontalis, Scott, l.c., 231 (sec. spec. typ.).
Tettigonia 6-notata, Germ., Faun. Ins. Eur., xiv., t. 13.
Eupteryx 6-notatus, Curt., Brit. Ent., 640, 10.
Jassus 6-notatus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 122, 4 and 164,
6; Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 341, 138; Marsh., Ent.
Mo. Mag., i1., 125, 29; Kirschb., Cicad., 95, 25 ;
Thoms., Opusc. Ent., 1., 77, 71.
Limotettix 6-notata, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xil., 247, 19.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 77
Head yellow, basal markings roundish; interocular line widely
interrupted in the middle; on the forehead a pair of large roundish
subquadrate or oblong black spots; frons with black side-lines.
Pronotum yellow, sometimes suffused with blackish. Scutellum
yellow, sometimes with a subtriangular black spot on each side of
the base. Elytra yellowish grey, subpellucid without markings, or
' subcoriaceous with a greater or lesser number of the areas each
occupied by a fuscous streak; membrane sometimes smoky.
Abdomen black, yellow at the apex beneath. Legs yellow, with
black lines and points. Length, 2;—6 mm.
Excessively abundant amongst grasses. Very variable
in size and markings, and also in the dimensions of the
crown; the markings on the latter are subject to almost
any amount of exaggeration, reduction, or suppression.
J. Sahlberg nearly exhausts the alphabet in furnishing
distinctive letters for the varieties which he characterises.
vii. GNatHopus, Fieb. (Pl. II., fig. 18).
Fieb., Neue Gatt. und Art. Hom., 9, 21 (1866).
Body oblong, obtuse in front, much narrowed behind. Crown
very short, about one-fourth as long as the pronotum, scarcely
longer in the middle than at the sides. Elytra much longer than
the abdomen, overlapping at the apex ; outer branch of the cubital
nerve obsolete; membrane very large, as long as the inner margin
of the clavus; appendix large. Submarginal wing-nerve com-
plete; upper branch of the second wing-nerve confluent with the
first, and running into the submarginal nerve as one nerve; third
wing-nerve joined to the lower branch of the second by a trans-
verse nerve.
1. Gnathodus punctatus, Thunb.
Cicada punctata, Thunb., Act. Ups., vi., 21, 36; Fall.,
Hem. Suec., ii., 55, 52.
Eupteryx clypeata, Curt., Brit. Ent., 640, 12.
Cicadula punctata, Zett., Ins. Lap., 298, 10.
C. spreta, Zett., l.c., 298, 11.
Jassus punctatus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 122, 6; Flor,
Rhyn. Liv., ii., 320, 3; Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag.,
Iisa aay. oo. arselb.. Creag... 90). Ub: Thoms,,
Opuse, Hnt.;' 1.5.41, Ca
Gnathodus punctatus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 204, 1;
Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 44, 1 and 45, 107.
78 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
$. Greyish yellow or pale salmon-coloured ; elytra with a few
black spots arranged in two oblique bands, one on the basal third,
the other next the angular nerves; ?, pale green, the spots on the
elytra reduced to two on the clavus, one at the apex, the other
near the base, and one or two on the corium next the angular
nerves. Crown obtusely produced in front. Head, pronotum,
and scutellum sometimes marked with fuscous or black; in the
apex of each wing a fuscous streak. Abdomen black, hind
margins of the segments narrowly pale. Legs pale; tibiz some-
times dark towards the apex, and with dark points on the outer
side. Length, 33—4 mm.
By sweeping in summer, and beating firs in winter
and spring; not very common.
XV. TYPHLOCYBIDA.
Small, elongate species, for the most part brightly coloured.
Ocelli not or scarcely perceptible, sometimes indicated on the
forehead. Face very long, triangular. Elytra much longer than
the abdomen, overlapping at the apex; appendix wanting (except
in Alebra). Corium with three simple longitudinal nerves only.
The latter character distinguishes this group from all others. The
genera are readily separable by the characters derived from the
neuration of the elytra and wings.
TABLE OF GENERA.
1 (2). Membrane with an appendix Je -. (1, ALEBRA.
2 (1). Membrane withont an appendix.
3 (8). Submarginal wing-nerve continued round
the apex of the wing.
4 (5). Third wing-nerve forked .. oe .. ii. DicRanEuRa.
5 (4). Third wing-nerve simple.
4 (7). Second apical area triangular Nc ye) JU heeROss
7 (6). Second apical area oblong .. : iv. CHLORITA.
8 (3). Submarginal wing-nerve running a to fe
margin before the apex of the wing.
9 (10). First two wing-nervessubparallelthroughout v. Euprmrrx.
10 (9). First two wing-nerves confluent near the
apex.
11 (12). First apical area MERP, third say in
figure i . vi. TyPHLOCYBA.
12 (11). First apical area very analt? ‘hin didone vil. Zy@ina.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 17
i. AterRA, Fieb. (Pl. IIL., fig. 16).
Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur., pt. 1., 125 (1876).
Body linear. Front and hind margins of the crown parallel,
feebly curved. Ocelli distinct. Pronotum distinctly wider than
the head with the eyes. Elytra much longer than the abdomen,
overlapping at the apex, with a distinct appendage, the three inner
apical areas oblong, truncate at the base. Submarginal wing-
nerve running into the first nerve; in the apex of the wing three
oblong areas. Genital valve wanting in the male.
1. Alebra albostriella, Fall.
Cicada albostriella, Fall., Hem. Suec., u., 54, 49.
C. elegantula, Zett., Faun. Ins. Lap., 586, 35.
Typhlocyba albostriella, H.-Scft., Deuts. Ins., 164, 11 ;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 8382, 1; Kirschb., Cicad.,
de og og
T. elegantula, id., l.c., 124, 23.
T’. discicollis, id., l. c., 124, 8.
T. fulveola, id., t.c., 165, 16.
T. Wahlbergi, Boh , Sv. Ak. Handl., 42, 17 (1847).
T. exumia, Hardy, Trans. Tynes. F. C., 1., 417, 2.
Cicadula elegantula, Zett., Ins. Lap., 298, 12.
Lupteryx fasciata, Curt., Brit. Ent., 640, 3.
E. albostriellus, Marsh , Ent. Mo. Mag., 111., 218, 1.
Compsus albostriella, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 156, 1.
Alebra albostriella, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. 11., 64
and 77; Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 74 and 75 ;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Kur. (T'yphlocybint), 1.
This handsome insect presents the following well-
marked colour varieties :—
g. Fore parts and legs yellow or red-yellow; elytra yellow or
greenish yellow; apices of the areas of the corium and the mem-
brane fumose.
@. a. Upper side, face and legs white, the two latter sometimes
tinged with yellow; two broad stripes on the pronotum, the suture
of the elytra broadly, a stripe in the brachial area, and a broad
one along the costa, yellow; apices of the areas of the corium and
the membrane faintly fumose. The stripes on the pronotum and
the suture of the elytra are frequently red.
b. Upper side, face and legs white, the two latter sometimes
tinged with yellow; hind part of the crown, the pronotum (except
80 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
at the sides), and the scutellum, dark brown; elytra with a stripe
along the suture, one in the brachial area, and another along the
costa, yellow; on the inner margin just behind the middle a large
ill-defined dark brown spot.—Length, 23-3} mm.
By beating various trees and bushes ; common.
ii. Dicranrura, Hardy. (Pl. IIL., fig. 19).
Hardy, Trans. Tynes. F. C., 1., 428, 1850 (Dikraneura).
Body small, linear. Head obtusely produced in front. Elytra
much longer than the abdomen; nerves of the membrane sub-
parallel; appendix wanting. Submarginal wing-nerve complete ;
first and second wing-nerves confluent before the apex, and
running into the submarginal nerve as one nerve; third wing-
nerve forked and joined to the second by a transverse nerve.
This genus is equivalent to Notus and EHrythria, Fieb.
All the species live amongst grasses and other low
plants.
TaBLE OF SPECIES.
1 (8). Wing-nerves pale.
2 (3). Front of crown angular (more conspicuously
in the 9) “¢ 5 a 3° -. 1. flavipennis.
3 (2). Front of crown not angular.
4 (7). Genital plates subcylindrical, curved, ap-
proaching at the base and apex.
5 (6). Genital plates wide and stout, their apices
(viewed from the side) truncate, bounded on
each side by an erect blackish tooth .. 2. citrinella.
6 (5). Genital plates long, slender, their apices
pointed; on the inner margin just below
the apex a strong triangular tooth .. cee Oe SUMS
7 (4). Genital plates elongate-triangular, flat, their
inner margins subcontiguous. Penis black,
resembling the claw-joint of a Carabus.
Lobes of pygofer in the male each with a
large blackish horn on the inner side near
the apex as -. 4. mollicula.
8 (1). Principal wing-nerves funiiee or Hletic,
9 (10). Scutellum with a distinet black pee? at the
apex .«. 46 : . 5. pygmea.
(9). Scutellum ceknaeniate:
11 (12). Elytra membranous, more than three times as
long as wide; suprabrachial area and the
apical half of the subcostal area hyaline .. 6.
12 (11). Elytra subcoriaceous, about 24 times as long
as wide, opaque throughout
variata.
for)
. aureola,
~~]
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 81
1. Dicraneura flavipennis, Zett.
Cicada flavipennis, Zett., Ins. Lap., 292, 15.
Typhlocyba flavipennis, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 388, 4;
Kirschb., Cicad., 180, 8.
Hupteryx flavipennis, Marsh., Ent. Mo.Mag., iil., 219, 3.
Notus flavipennis, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 163, 1;
Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 64, 68 and 78;
Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 76 and 77; Fieb.,
Cicad. d’EKur. (T'yphlecybini), 12, 5.
Deep yellow; abdomen above black. Hind margin of pronotum
with an arcuate notch of equal width with the base of the
scutellum. Elytra deep yellow ; membrane whitish hyaline. Hind
tibiz with a row of distinct black points. Length, 83 mm.
Common amongst Carices. This species is readily
distinguished by its Deltocephaloid crown and the
uniform distribution of the yellow pigment in the elytra.
2. Dicraneura citrinella, Lett.
Cicada citrinella, Zett., Faun. Ins. Lap., 586, 36.
Cicadula citrinelia, Gett., Ins. Lap., 299, 18.
Typhlocyba citrinella, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 124, 2.
T. forcipata, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 389, 5; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 181, 9.
T. gracilis, Zett., Ins. Lap., 299, 14.
Notus citrinellus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 165, 3;
Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 76 and 77.
N. Schmidti, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 65, 69
and 80; Ferrari, l. c.; Fieb., Cicad. d’EKur.
(Typhlocybint), 15, 8.
Dirty yellow; abdomen above black, paler towards the apex.
Corium dirty yellow, the apical half of the subcostal area, the
suprabrachial area, and the apical third of the brachial area,
hyaline. Membrane fusco-hyaline. Hind tibiz with a row of
distinct black points. Length, 3} mm.
Foxley Wood, Norfolk.
3. Dicraneura similis, Edw.
Dicranoneura similis, Edw., Ent. Mo. Mag., xxi., 229.
Very similar in size and colour to the last, from which it is best
distinguished by the structure of the male genitalia. I cannot lay
TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1888.—-PaRT I. (MARCH.) G
82 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
down any characters by which to separate the females of the two
species. Length, 3; mm.
By sweeping grasses on wet commons in Norfolk ; not
unfrequent. In the original description (J. c.) I credit
this species with flat genital plates: this mistake I
attribute to insufficient examination of the only speci-
men then at hand before mounting for the microscope :
the genital plates in this species agree with those of
D. citrinella in their pincer-like formation (Pl. IIL,
fig. 17).
4. Dicraneura mollicula, Boh.
Typhlocyba mollicula, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 43, 18
(1847).
T. facialis, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i1., 385, 2.
T. Flori, Kirschb., Cicad., 179, 6.
Notus molliculus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 166, 4;
Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 76 and 77; Fieb.,
Cicad. d’EKur. (T'yphlocybini), 18, 6.
N. facialis, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. 1i., 65, 69 and
ios
Dicranoneura mollicula, Dougl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xii.,
28, 3.
D. citrinetla, id.,-l. ¢:
Yellow, in some examples inclining to orange; abdomen above
' generally black towards the base. Hind margin of pronotum at
most faintly concave. Elytra yellow, the membrane and a spot in
the apex of the subcostal and suprabrachial areas hyaline. Length,
34 mm.
Very common amongst low plants in a variety of
situations.
5. Dicraneura pygmea, Dougl.
Dicranoneura pygmea, Dougl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xii.,
203.
é. Orange-yellow; abdomen above black, genitalia yellow.
Corium and clavus inwardly paler orange than on their outer
sides, nerves deeper orange, inner margin of the clavus with a
fuscous line. Membrane with a slightly fuscous tinge; nerves pale
orange. Legs pale orange; claws infuscated. Length, 2} mm.
Darenth Wood, October (Douglas). The single male
on which this species was founded still remains unique.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 83
6. Dicraneura variata, Hardy.
Dikraneura variata, Hardy, Trans. Tynes. F. C., i.,
423, 1.
Typhlocyba citrinella, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i., 886, 3;
Kirschb., Cicad., 180, 7.
Kupteryx citrinellus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., 111., 218, 2.
Notus aridellus, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 167, 5.
N. cephalotes, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii.. 64, 68
and 78; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlocybini), 9, 2.
Pale greenish yellow, dull; abdomen black. The colour of the
elytra varies to dark green, sometimes with a reddish tinge, or
occasionally deep orange-red, the latter in northern examples.
Length, 34 mm.
Locally common amongst low plants in damp places.
7. Dicruneura aureola, Fall.
Cicada aureola, Fall., Hem. Suec., 1i., 39, 22.
Jassus aureolus, Germ., Faun. Ins. Eur., xvii., 20.
T'yphlocyba aureola, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 164, 16;
Pior, tuyo. iv. 0. ot, oO; Airschb., Cicad.,
dike ae il
T. chlorophana, H.-Scff., l.c., 124, 9.
Hrythria aureola, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 202, 1;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlocybint), 6, 3.
Notus aureolus, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 64, 68
and 78; Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 75.
Short and stout. Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellow ;
elytra light yellowish green; abdomen above black. Fore parts
and legs, particularly the face and the latter, frequently tinged
with red. Length, 23 —23 mm.
On Carices,’ Findhorn Marsh, Forres, Morayshire
(Norman). It is said to occur on Calluna in August and
September.
ili. Kyspos, Feb. (Pl. IIL., fig. 20.
Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur., pt. i., 127 (1876).
Body moderately stout. Crown one-half or less than half as
long as the pronotum, its front and hind margins feebly curved,
subparallel. Ocelli distinct. Elytra longer than the abdomen ;
second apical area triangular; appendix wanting. Submarginal
wing-nerve running into the confluent continuation of the first and
a2
84 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
second nerves; third wing-nerve simple, joined to the second by a
transverse nerve. Genital valve well-developed in the male.
1. Kybos smaragdula, Fall.
Cicada smaragdula, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 58, 46.
Cicadula smaragdula, Zett., Ins. Lap., 298, 9; J. Sahl.,
Not. Fenn., xii., 159, 1.
Typhlocyba smaragdula, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 124, 8,
and 164, 16; Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 3938, 8;
Kirschb., Cicad., 178, 2.
Hupteryx viridipes, Curt., Brit. Ent., 640, 9.
E. smaragdulus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 219, 5.
Kybos smaragdulus, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii.,
65 and 81; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Typhlocybini),
Oiyeas
Green or greenish yellow, shining; crown, pronotum, and
scutellum with a narrow pale stripe; the latter is frequently
bounded on each side by a dark stripe, or the upper fore parts are
entirely reddish or dark brown. Inner margin of elytra generally
bearing a fuscous stripe, which sometimes extends to the mem-
brane ; claval suture frequently narrowly fuscous. Abdomen above
black; hind margins of the segments more or less widely pale.
Legs green, claws black. Length, 4-83 mm.
Common on poplars, willows, and sallows.
iv. Cutorita, Fieb. (Pl. IIL, fig. 22).
Fieber, Cicad. d’Eur., pt. i., 126 (1876).
Elongate, delicate species, pale green in colour. Crown (with
the eyes) crescent-shaped, more or less pointed. Elytra longer
than the abdomen ; second apical area oblong; appendix wanting.
Neuration of the wings as in the last genus. Genital valve
wanting in the male.
Our two species may be thus distinguished :—
Suprabrachial area hyaline throughout. . .. IL. flavescens.
Suprabrachial area hyaline at the apexonly .. 2. viridula.
1. Chlorita flavescens, Fab.
Cicada flavescens, Fab., Ent. Syst., iv., 46, 85; Sys.
thyn., 79, 85.
Typhlocyba flavescens, Flor, RKhyn. Liy., ii., 394, 9;
Kirschb., Cicad., 178, 3.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 85
Eupteryx flavescens, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii , 220, 6.
Cicadula flavescens, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 161, 3.
Chlorita flavescens, Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlocybini),
18 and 25.
Yellowish green; a spot in the apex of the subcostal area, the
entire suprabrachial area, a large subtriangular spot in the apex of
the brachial area, and the membrane, hyaline; the latter very
faintly tinged with fuscous. The white silky hairs on the apex of
the male genital plates twice as long as the erect bristles which
clothe the other portions of the same. Length, 33—4 mm.
Common on various trees and bushes throughout the
autumn, and on firs in winter and spring. Judging from
a type received from Norman, this species is the C.
apicalis of his Morayshire list (Ent. Mo. Mag., xv., 256).
2. Chlorita viridula, Fall.
Cicada viridula, Fall,, Hem. Suec.. 11., 58, 47.
Typhlocyba viridula, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 161, 14 and
165. Flor: Rhyn.. Liys,.1.,. 892; ‘7-5 .Kirsehb.,
Cicad., 178, 4.
Eupterpx Solani, Curt., Morton’s Cyclop. Agric., i.,
C12.
E. viridulus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii1., 219, 4.
Cicadula viridula, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 160, 2.
Chlorita viridula, Fieb., Cicad. d’Hur. (Z'yphlocybinz),
22 and 25.
Green, with pale or white markings on the head, pronotum, and
scutellum; these markings are very variable, and are best seen in
the fresh insect; the most constant of them seems to be a white
stripe on the basal two-thirds of the scutellum. A spot in the
apex of the subcostal and suprabrachial areas, a large sub-
triangular spot in the apex of the brachial area, and the membrane,
hyaline; the latter very faintly tinged with fuscous. The white
silky hairs on the apex of the male genital plates subequal in
length to the erect bristles on the remainder of the same. Length,
3mm.
Equally common with the last, and frequently taken
in company with it. C. apicalis, Flor, has been recorded
as British, but it seems to me in error; Marshall’s
exponents of it consisted of several different species of
Typhlocyba, and a reputed example in Douglas’ collection
is certainly C. viridula. Lethierry, Ficber, and Ferrari
86 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
recognise a species, C. solani, Koll., which ought to
occur here. It has the head narrower than the pro-
notum, and Ferrari says that it has the suprabrachial
area hyaline, while Lethierry and Fieber credit it with
unicolorous elytra. It is remarkable that Lethierry
does not include C. viridula in his Cat. Hem. Dept.
du Nord.
. Hopreryx, Curt, (el. Vl. aa):
Curtis, Ent. Mag., i. (1882).
Body elongate. Crown for the most part crescent-shaped.
Elytra much longer than the abdomen; apical areas four, the
second triangular; appendix wanting. Submarginal wing-nerve
incomplete; first and second wing-nerves simple, as well as the
third, the two former connected near the apex by a short transverse
nerve, the latter joined by a transverse nerve to the second nerve
above and the submarginal nerve below.
TABLE OF SPECIEs.
). Elytra obliquely subtruncate at apex.
(3). Length, 3 mm... at “4 5: os, Ll. wyitais.
(2). Length, 2—24mm. .. sc .. 2. notatus.
(1). Elytra evenly rounded at apex.
24). Head across the eyes as wide or wider than
the pronotum.
6 (7).-Hind tibix black, widely pale at the base .. 3. urtica.
7 (6). Hind tibiz entirely pale, or only black at the
extreme apex.
8 (19). Elytra with a black spot on the costa, or the
inner margin, or both.
9 (14). Nerve forming the upper boundary of the
fourth apical area springing from the
middle of the apex of the subcostal area.
10 (11). Length, 34 mm. Sha a ak .. 4. stachydearum.
11 (10). Length, 3 mm.
12 (13). Crown with two black spots on the hind
margin, confluent behind, andforminga Y 5. collinus.
13 (12). Hind margin of the crown with one black
spot, which is generally smallandroundish 6. melisse.
14. (9). Nerve forming the upper boundary of the
fourth apical area springing from about the
middle of the apex of the suprabrachial
area, or continuous with the brachial nerve,
15 (18). Pronotum with two large subreniform black
spots.
16 (17). Length, 4mm. Sides of the face longer than
its width including the eyes sf .. 7. auratus.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 87
17 (16). Length, 34mm. Sides of the face shorter
than its width including the eyes -. 8. carpini.
18 (15). Pronotum unspotted, or, if spotted, the anole
small and not subreniform ce 9. signatipennis.
19 (8). Elytra without black spots on the costa or
inner margin.
20 (21). Elytra with alternate pale and fuscous stripes 10. tenellus.
21 (20). Elytra not striped.
22 (23). Elytra pale green, generally infuscated down
the middle .. fe . 11. abrotani.
23 (22). Elytra yellow, more or less tinged aah fae
cous at the apex .. . 12. filicum.
24 (5). Head across the eyes narrower dian ine pro-
notum.
25 (26). Elytra without markings or . 13. Germari.
26 (25). Elytra with a fine oblique black tae abit
the middle of the costa.
28). A deep black round spot on the membrane.. 14. pulchellus.
27). Membrane without any round black spot .. 15. concinna.
1. Eupteryx vittatus, Lin.
Cicada vittata, Lin., Faun. Suec., ed. i., 684; ed. i,
242, 898; Sys. Nat., v., 463, 36; Fall. Hem.
Suec., i1., 56, 53.
Cicadula vittata, Zett., Ins. Lap., 299, 17.
Typhlocyba vittata, H. -Scff., Deuts. Ins., 164, A
Burm., Handb., ii., 107, 3; Flor, Rhyn. Liv. 2
426, 30 : Kirschb., Cicad., 198, 36; Leth., ‘Oat
Hem. Nord., ed. ste: 70; Fieb., Cicad. q’Eur.
(Typhlocybini), 291.
T. 4-signata, Hardy, Trans. Tynes. F. C., nat? 5.
Eupteryx vittatus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. wee’ lll., 267,
25; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., ma., OO dk:
Head yellow; hind part of crown blackish brown, with a pale
middle stripe. Pronotum blackish brown, sometimes with a few
(3 to 5) pale points. Scutellum blackish brown, a fine middle
stripe and the apex yellow. Corium blackish brown, a large
irregular patch on the costa reaching half-way across the elytron,
a subtriangular spot in the apex of the costal area, and a semi-
circular spot on the inner margin just below the apex of the
scutellum, yellow ; membrane blackish brown, a roundish spot in
the base of the fourth apical area, two spots in the third apical
area, a minute point in the base of the second apical area, a large
roundish spot occupying almost the whole of the first apical area,
and the apex narrowly, shining white; on the apex of the nerve
88 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
dividing the first apical area from the second a small roundish
yellow spot. Abdomen in the male black, hind margins of the
segments yellow, genital plates yellow; in the female, above black
with yellow hind margins to the segments, beneath yellow, pygofer
black. Breast and legs yellow. Length, 3 mm.
Very common amongst low plants in damp places.
2. Hupteryx notata, Curt.
Eupteryx notata, Curt., Brit. Ent., xiv., 640, 1.
E. Wallengreni, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 191, 2.
i. diminuta, Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 78.
Typhlocyba Wallengrent, Stal, Ofv., 177, 7 (1854) ;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Kur. (T'yphlocybint), 31, 8.
T. diminuta, Kirschb., Cicad., 191, 17; Leth., Cat.
Hem. Nord., ed. il., 70.
Like the preceding species in colour and facies, but one-third
smaller, with the crown more pointed. Length, 2—2} mm.
Common amongst low plants in waste places.
3. Hupteryx urtice, Fab.
Cicada urtice, Fab., Sys. Rhyn. 77, 76; Fall., Hem.
Suec., i1., 50, 41.
Cicadula urtice, Gett., Ins. Lap., 299, 16.
Typhlocyba urtice, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 124, 4; Flor,
Rhyn. hiv., u1., 428, 81; Kirschb., Cicad., 195,
38; Leth.; Cat. Hem. ‘Nord., edi ‘i, “7i; Fieb.,
Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlocybint), 41, 12.
Eupteryx tarsalis, Curt., Brit. Ent., xiv., 640, 6.
E. urtice, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 268, 26; J.
Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 198, 4; Ferrari, Cicad.
agri Ligust., 79.
Frons yellow, sides and apex frequently black, just below the
forehead a pair of black points. Crown yellow, a triangular spot
on the hind margin and two roundish spots on the dise black.
Pronotum yellow, with a black spot on each side and about four
others on the front margin, on the hinder half a double fuscous
middle stripe bounded on each side by a black triangular spot.
Seutellum yellow, with two black spots at the base. Elytra
greenish white; clavus with two streaks at the base, a suboval
spot in the middle, and the apex, fuscous; brachial area fuscous ;
suprabrachial area apparently divided into two, of which the basal
as
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 89
one is filled up with fuscous and the other is margined with the
same colour, more widely at the base and apex; the apical half of
the subcostal area is also margined with fuscous in a similar
manner; on the costa two oblique black spots, one before, the other
which reaches the suprabrachial area, just behind the middle.
Membrane dark fuscous, a spot at the base of the fourth apical
area, an irregular interrupted band across the middle, the apex
rather widely, and a small roundish spot on the apex of the nerve
dividing the first apical area from the second, white. Breast and
abdomen black; hind margins of the segments of the latter
narrowly yellow. Legs yellow; hind tibie black, except at the
base; apex of the hind tarsi black in the male. Length,
3i—3} mm.
Very common amongst nettles.
4, Hupteryx stachydearum, Hardy.
Typhlocyba stachydearum, Hardy, Trans. Tynes. F.C.,
i., 422, 9.
T. Curtisii, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., u., 431, 32; Leth.,
Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 72; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur.
(Typhlocybint), 44, 13.
T. Zelleri, Kirschb., Cicvad., 195, 40.
Eupteryx stachydearum, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag,, iil.,
268, 28.
E. hortensis, Curt., Brit. Ent., xiv., 640, 5 (forte).
Head, pronotum, and seutellum yellow, with dark markings as
in E. urtice, save that the spot on the back of the crown is
generally transversely suboval and somewhat irregular in outline,
and the double stripe on the hind part of the pronotum is more or
less suffused over the disc. Elytra greenish white, the areas a little
darker and narrowly margined with fuscous, the costal spot nearest
the base obsolete, and the one beyond the middle divided by the
pale nerve, which separates the costal area from the subcostal.
Membrane dark fuscous, a spot in the fourth apical area, a
bisinuate band across the middle, the apex very narrowly, and a
large roundish spot on the first apical area, white. Breast and
abdomen black, hind margins of the segmenis of the latter yellow.
Legs yellow: f; hind tibie narrowly black at the apex, some
fuscous spines as well as pale ones on the outer side, first joint of
hind tarsi black, pale on the basal third or a little more, third joint
fascous at the extreme apex; ? generally with the extreme apex
of the hind tibize and tarsi fuscous, but very frequently the basal
joint of the hind tarsi is fuscous at the apex. Length, 33 mm.
90 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Very common on Labiates, particularly on Teucrium
scorodonia. Easily distinguished from the two following
species by its larger size and darker colour. The two
points on the frons are not unfrequently wanting in the
male.
5. Eupteryx collinus, Flor.
Tpphlocyba collina, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., 11., 4338, 33;
Kirschb., Cicad., 196, 42; lLeth., Cat. Hem.
Nord., ed. i1., 72; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlo-
cybini), 45.
Similar to the preceding, but smaller and paler, and having the
basal black spot on the crown always V-shaped. Legs yellow:
3; hind tibie narrowly black at the apex, with some of the spines
on the outer side fuscous, first joint of the hind tarsi black on the
apical third or a little less, third joint black, pale at the base: 2;
hind tarsi dark only at the extreme apex, outer edge of hind tibiz
without fuscous spines. Length, 3 mm.
Locally abundant on Ballota nigra at Norwich.
6. Hupteryx melissa, Curt.
Eupteryx melisse, Curt., Brit. Ent., xiv., 640, 7;
Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii1., 268, 27; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri Ligust., 79.
Typhlocyba melissa, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. i1.,
72 and 84; Fieb., Cicad. d Eur. (Typhlocybini), 44.
Very similar to the last in size and appearance, but the basal
black spot on the crown is never V-shaped. Legs yellow, only the
extreme apex of the tarsi fuscous. Very rarely in the male the
hind legs are coloured as in that sex of H. collinus, but there are
no fuscous spines on the outer edge of the hind tibix in either sex.
Length, 8 mm.
On various Labiates ; not uncommon.
7. Eupteryx auratus, Lin.
Cicada aurata, Lin., Faun. Suec., ed. i., 685; ed. ii.,
248, 899; Sys. Nat., 466, 48; Fab., Sys. Rhyn.,
78, 80; Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 50, 40.
Typhlocyba aurata, H.-Seff., Nom. Ent., 68; Flor,
Rhyn. Liv., 423, 28; Kirschb., Cicad., 192, 33 ;
Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 71; Fieb., Cicad.
dEur. (Typhlocybini), 54, 21.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 91
T. picta, Burm., Handb., ii., 107, 2.
T. fulva, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 1438, 1.
Eupteryx auratus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., i., 266,
23; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 194, 5; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri Ligust., 79.
Fore parts yellow or greenish yellow; sides and apex of the
- frons sometimes black; on the crown two large black spots, which
are occasionally more or less confluent behind; on the pronotum
a large sometimes subreniform black spot on each side, and often
a pair of black points near the front margin; scutellum with two
large black spots at the base, which sometimes leave only a fine
middle stripe and the apex pale. Elytra yellow or greenish
yellow, with a wide irregular fuscous stripe down the middle; on
the costa near the base an oblique black line, and just beyond the
middle a large black spot; on the middle of the inner margin a
round black spot. Membrane fuscous, a large spot in the first,
third, and fourth apical areas, a minute spot on the apex of the
nerve dividing the first and second apical areas, and the apex
broadly, white. Abdomen black; hind margins of the segments
more or less narrowly yellow; genital plates yellow. Legs
entirely yellow. Length, 4 mm.
Sparingly on mint at Norwich in company with
E. carpini, E. stachydearum, and E. melisse ; probably
widely distributed, but overlooked. Marshall (0. c., 267)
considered this species sufficiently common throughout
the country, but it has scarcely been recognised with
certainty since the time he wrote.
8. Hupteryx carpini, Fource.
Cicada carpini, Foure., Ent. Par., i., 191, 25.
C. picta, Fab., Ent. Syst., iv., 42, 67; Sys. Rhyn.,
Ths (0:
Tettigonia picta, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 112, 23.
Typhlocyba picta, id., l. c., 169, 16; Flor, Rhyn. Liv.,
ii., 427, 29; Kirschb., Cicad., 198, 34.
T’.. aureola, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 49, 23 (1847).
T’. carpini, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. i1., 77 ; Fieb.,.
Cicad. d’Eur. (Typhlocybini), 58, 20.
Eupteryx pictus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., i11., 267, 24;
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 195, 6.
i. carpini, Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 79.
Similar to the preceding, but smaller, with all the dark markings
much reduced. The fuscous stripe down the elytra is very
92 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
frequently more or less interrupted on the dise, when the dark
markings consequently take the form of two irregular curved
bands, one before and the other behind the middle; this band-like
atrangement of the markings is best appreciated when the elytra
are closed. Genital plates black, the outer sides and apices
broadly yellow. Length, 3} mm.
Very abundant on various low plants, and especially
Labiates, in gardens and elsewhere in autumn.
9. Hupteryx signatipennis, Boh.
Typhlocyba signatipennis, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 36, 8
(1849).
Lupteryx signatipennis, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., i1.,
247,15; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 196, 7 ; Fieb.,
Cicad. d’ Kur. (T'yphlocybini), 55.
Face yellow; upper fore parts very pale green, sometimes with
a pair of black triangles on the base of the scutellum, and more
rarely a black point on each side of the pronotum with or without
some indication of a pair of spots onthe crown. Elytra very pale
green, the brachial area and the apical half of the suprabrachial
and subcostal areas whitish hyaline, near the costa beyond the
middle a small black spot and a round black spot on the inner
margin about the middle, the dise occasionally with some ill-
defined fuscous stripes; rarely the elytra are without spots.
Membrane whitish hyaline, more or less suffused with fuscous and
frequently having an ill-defined blackish spot near the apex of the
first apical area. Abdomen black; hind margins of the segments
very narrowly pale. Legs entirely pale yellow. Length, 33 mm.
On Spirea ulmaria ; local.
10. Eupteryx tenellus, Fall.
Cicada tenella, Fall., Act. Holm., 48 (1806); Hem.
Suec. il., 52, 44.
T'yphlocyba tenella, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 164, 16;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 421, 27; Kirschb., Cicad.,
191, 82; Fieb., Cicad. d’EKur. (T'yphlocybini),
49, 17.
T’. pulchella, H.-Seff., l. c., 124, 6.
Eupteryx tenella, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 192, 3;
Doug., Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 204.
Head yellow, sides and apex of the frons frequently black, two
large round spots on the forehead, and a transversely suboval one
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 93
on the base of the crown, black. Pronotum fuseous, broadly
yellow in front. Scutellum yellow, with a large black spot on
each side of the base. Elytra pale green, the suprabrachial area
and the membrane fusco-hyaline; a stripe in the subcostal area,
a rather wide regular one along the claval suture, and the scutellar
margin narrowly, dark fuscous. Abdomen black, margins of the
segments more or less widely yellow. Legs yellow; the extreme
apex of the tarsi fuscous. Length, 3 mm.
Scarce. Birdbrook, Essex (Power); on Achillea mille-
folium near Norwich. .
11. Eupteryx abrotani, Doug.
Hupteryx abrotani, Dougl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xi., 118;
Fieb., Cicad. d’ Eur. (T'yphlocybini), 56.
Face yellow; upper fore parts pale green without markings.
Elytra pale greenish yellow, the nerves of the disc generally
margined with fuscous; membrane whitish hyaline, the pale green
nerves very broadly murgined with fuscous. Abdomen black ;
hind margins of the segments sometimes very narrowly yellow.
Legs yellow, claws fuscous.. Length, 3 mm.
On Artemisia abrotanum and maritima; abundant
where it occurs.
12. Hupteryx filicum, Newm.
Typhlocyba filicum, Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
2nd ser., ii., Proceed., 182, 3; Leth., Cat. Hem.
Nord., ed. ii., 78; Fieb., Cicad. d’Hur. (Typhlo-
cybint), 34, 6.
Eupteryx filicum, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 247, 16.
Fore parts yellow ; pronotum sometimes tinged with red in the
male. Elytra yellow or golden yellow, a spot in the apex of the
brachial, suprabrachial, and subcostal areas, and the membrane,
fuscous; the latter with about three large whitish hyaline spots.
Abdomen black; hind margins of the segments more or less
widely yellow. Legs yellow, sometimes tinged with red. Length,
32 mm.
On ferns; local and scarce. London (Douglas),
Milford (Marshall).
94 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
13. Hupteryx Germari, Zett.
Cicadula Germari, Zett., Ins. Lap., 301, 23.
Typhlocyba Germari, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 164, 16;
Flor, Rhyn. Livy., ii., 420, 26; Kirschb., Cicad.,
189, 28; Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 72;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Hur. (T'yphlocybini), 88, 5.
Eupteryx Germari, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., 266,
22; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 218, 11.
Upper side greenish grey; membrane whitish hyaline, fumose
round the apex. Elytra subopaque, suprabrachial area and the
apical half of the subcostal area whitish hyaline. Nerves of the
membrane fuscous from the apex forwards. Wings fumose,
longitudinal nerves black. Abdomen black; hind margins of the
segments more or less narrowly yellow. Legs greenish grey.
Length, 4—4} mm.
On Scotch firs ; not uncommon.
14. Hupteryx pulchellus, Fall.
Cicada pulchella, Fall., Hem. Suec., il., 55, 51.
Cicadula pulchella, Zett., Ins. Lap., 301, 22.
Typhlocyba pulchella, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i1., 418, 25;
Kirschb., Cicad., 190, 30; Leth., Cat. Hem.
Nord., ed. u1., 70; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlo-
cybini), 36, 8.
Eupteryx pulchellus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ui., 266,
21; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., i., 199, 10.
Zi. ornatipennis, Curt., Brit. Ent., xiv., pl. 640.
Crown, pronotum, and scutellum yellow, the two latter frequently
suffused with brown. Elytra lighter or darker yellow, more or
less suffused with brown towards the apex of the corium, some-
times with a rosy tinge; an oblique line on the middle of the costa
reaching outwardly to the subcostal area, the nerve at the apex of
the costal area, and a conspicuous point on the nerve which
separates the first from the second apical area, black. Membrane
fuscous, the apex very narrowly, a spot at the base of the first
apical area, and another in the third apical area, white ; the nerve
at the apex of the brachial area fuscous, and the space around it
suffused with the same colour. Abdomen black above; hind
margins of the segments more or less widely pale. Legs pale
yellow. Length, 4—4} mm.
Common, especially on oaks. Pale whitish examples
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 95
of this insect are not uncommon, but they may always
be distinguished from the next species by the minute but
constant differences in the pattern on the elytra.
15. Hupteryx concinna, Germ.
e 9
Tettigonia concinna, Germ., Faun. Ins. Eur., 14, 22.
Typhlocyba eoncinna, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 164, 16;
Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 70; Fieb., Cicad.
ad EKur. (Typhlocybini), 35, 7.
Eupteryx concinna, Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 78
and 79.
Exceedingly like a pale whitish example of the last species, but
although there is sometimes the faintest possible indication of the
black spot on the nerve which divides the first from the seecnd
apical area, it is never developed, and in place of the ill-defined
brown line which bounds the apex of the brachial area in E.
pulchellus the apices of both the brachial and suprabrachial areas
in the present species are bounded by a sharply-defined black line.
Length, 4—4} mm.
Not uncommon on oaks; occurring with the last
species. The distinctive characters given above are
supplemented by great structural differences between the
male genitalia of this species and EH. pulehellus.
vi. TypHtocysa, Germ. (PI. ILI., fig. 23).
Germar, Silb. Rev. Ent., i. (1833).
Body small, cylindrical. Crown crescent-shaped, more or less
pointed. Elytra much longer than the abdomen, the four apical
areas well-defined, the second triangular; membrane wanting.
Submarginal wing-nerve incomplete ; first and second wing-nerves
confluent before the apex and running to the margin as one nerve ;
third wing-nerve simple, the straight transverse nerve connecting
it with the second wing-nerve, prolonged in a suboblique direction
as far as the submarginal nerve.
This genus, as here limited, is equivalent to Anomia,
Fieb. (Cicad. d’Eur., pt. 1., 128). The species are
mostly arboreal in their habits.
96 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
TABLE OF SPECIES.
1 (8). Pronotum with one or more black spots.
2 (5). Two or more black spots on the pronotum.
3 (4). Disc of pronotum with an oval black spot down
the middle .. “33 ae 1. jucunda.
4 (3). Disc of edie) without apy black marking
in the middle . 2. sexpunciata.
5 (2). Pronotum with silly one (pameensatis) Hack
spot.
6 (7). Nervesof the membrane not black at theapex 3. debilis.
7 (6). Nerves of the membrane black at the apex .. 4. ulmi.
8 (1). Pronotum not spotted with black.
9 (26). Elytranot striped or banded with dark brown.
10 (25). Elytra yellow, greenish yellow, or creamy
white.
11 (20). Elytra yellow, membrane distinctly fuscous.
12 (17). Suture not fuscous.
13 (14). Nerves of the membrane black at the apex .. 5. tenerrima.
14 (13). Nerves of the membrane not black at the apex.
15 (16). Abdomen chiefly black .. oe s. .. 6. aurovittata.
16 (15). Abdomen pale .. oe os -. 7. Douglasi.
17 (12). Suture more or less broadly Faeentes
18 (19). Entire clavus more or less distinctly fuscous 8. gratiosa.
19 (18). Suture narrowly fuscous he os 9, crategt:
20 (11). Elytra yellow or creamy white, membrane not
or only very faintly tinged with fuscous.
21 (22). g; elytra deep yellow, costa narrowly red-
dish: 9; elytra pale yellow, apical areas
hyaline =e 5a 2 So «. 10. Lethierryi.
22 (21). Not as above.
23 (24). Elytra varying in colour from pale yellow to
milk-white, apical areas faintly tinged with
fuscous. Penis with a tuft of four lanceo-
late leaf-like appendages at the apex. Lives
on roses <2 oe oe os a) Hale asc,
4 (23). Elytra very pale creamy white, senéllumn
tinged with pink, at least when fr esh. Penis
with a tuft of four falcate appendages at
the apex. Lives on sallows . .» 12. salicicola.
25 (10). Elytra whitish, with large red spots .. 13. quercus.
26 (9). Elytra striped or banded with dark brown.
27 (28). Elytra yellow, with two broad dark brown
bands .. + Be 14. nitidula.
28 (27). Elytra yellow, with a narrow site foes
stripe along the claval suture
15. geometrica.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 97
1. Typhlocyba jucunda, H.-S.
Typhlocyba jucunda. H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 144, 16;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 682; Kirschb., Cicad., 188,
27; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 172, 1; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri Ligust., 82; Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur.
(Typhlocybini), 48, 16.
T. Zetterstedti, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 47, 22 (1847).
Eupteryx jucundus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 265, 19.
Upper side yellow or greenish yellow, with black spots; elytra
with fuscous stripes. Crown with two roundish black spots in
front. Pronotum with an oval spot down the middle, a large
round spot on each side, a point near each hind angle, and two
others on the front margin black. Scutellum black, with two
V-shaped lines across the base and the apex yellow. Elytra with
two stripes in the clavus, a cuneate spot in the apex of the brachial
area, the entire suprabrachial area, a stripe in the apical half of
the subcostal area, and the membrane, fuscous; nerves of the
latter yellow. Wings fumose, principal nerves black. Abdomen
black; hind margins of the segments very narrowly yellow.
Legs yellow, claws black. Length, 4 mm.
On alders; not uncommon.
2. Typhlocyba sexpunctata, Fall.
Cicada 6-punctata, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 51, 48.
C. 10-punctata, Fall., Act. Holm., 41, 46 (1806);
Hem. Suec., ii., 51, 42.
Cicadula 10-punctata, Zett., Ins. Lap., 300, 21.
Typhlocyba 6-punctata, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 148, 2,
and 164, 16; Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 82.
T. 10-punctata, Flor, Rhyn. Liy., i1., 409, 20; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 188, 26; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 178, 2.
Eupteryx 10-punctatus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii.,
248, 17.
Anomia 6-punctata, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. i1., 74.
A. 10-punctata, Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlocyhina),
Per dS, 23
Upper side very pale greenish yellow or rosy, with small black
spots; elytra with fuscous markings, which form two irregular
curved bands. Frons fuscous in the male, generally yellow in the
female; forehead in both sexes with two small roundish black
spots. Pronotum with a roundish black spot on each side behind,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888. PARTI. (MARCH.) H
98 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
and two or four others near the front margin. Scutellum with a
black triangle on each side at the base, their apices often confluent.
Elytra with an ill-defined oblique half-band running backwards
from the costa near the base, another ill-defined oblique half-band
running forwards from the apex of the clavus, and a spot on the
base of the clavus next its suture, fuscous; on the middle of the
inner margin of the clavus a roundish black spot. Membrane
hyaline, with a fuscous tinge, except in the fourth apical area;
nerve at the apex of the costal area black, its immediate neigh-
bourhood dark fuscous; nerves bounding the second and third
apical areas blackish from the apex forward. Abdomen black;
hind margin of the segments yellow. Legs yellow; hind tibie
sometimes fuscous on the apical half in the male. Length,
8} mm.
Not uncommon on sallows in autumn.
8. Typhlocyba debilis, Doug].
Typhlocyba debilis, Douglas, Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 204 ;
Lethierry, Fieb., Cicad. d’Hur. (Typhlocybint), 67.
@. Upper side yellowish white, elytra tinged with yellow on
the inner half, a spot in the apex of each of the areas of the corium
and the membrane entirely fuscous; nerves of the latter pale.
Two points on the forehead, one in the middle of the front margin
of the pronotum and one on the apex of the scutellum, black.
Abdomen black; hind margins of the segments narrowly white.
Legs yellowish white, claws fuscous. Length, 8 mm.
Rare. Darenth, on oak; Addington Hills, on beech
and blackthorn growing amongst other bushes; Norwich,
on beech. In France it is said to occur on apple-trees.
The male is undescribed.
4, Typhlocyba ulmi, Linn.
Cicada ulmi, Linn., Faun. Suec., 644; id., ed. ii.,
248, 900; Sys. Nat., 467, 49; Fab., Sys. Rhyn.,
78, 81; Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 49, 39.
Typhlocyba ulmi, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., i., 411, 21;
Kirschb., Cicad., 186, 28; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn.,
xii., 176, 4. .
Eupteryzx ocellata, Curt., Brit. Ent., xiv., 640, 8.
E. ulmi, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 248, 18.
Anomia ulmi, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 74;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Typhlocybini), 68, 8.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 99
Upper side greenish yellow; forehead with a pair of black points
in the female only; a minute black point in the middle of the front
margin of the pronotum in both sexes; scutellum frequently black
or blackish in the male. Elytra with a fuscous band across the
apex of the corium; membrane faintly fumose, darker round the
edge, its nerves black for a short distance forward from the apex.
_ Abdomen black; hind margins of the segments narrowly yellow.
Legs yellow, claws fuscous. Length, 33—4 mm.
Very abundant on elms.
5. Typhlocyba tenerrima, H.-S.
Typhlocyba tenerrima, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 124, 10a,
and 164, 16; Kirschb., Cicad., 185, 19; J. Sahl.,
Not. Fenn., xii., 178, 6; Dougl., Ent. Mo. Mag.,
xli., 28, 5; Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 82.
T. rubi, Hardy, Trans. Tynes. F. C., i., 417, 3.
T. misella, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 122 (1858).
Anomia tenerrima, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 74;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlocybint), 65, 11.
Fore parts and legs yellowish white. Hlytra whitish hyaline,
with three broad yellow stripes, one along the costa, one just above
the claval suture, and the other on the inner margin of the clavus;
an ill-defined broad fuscous band, on which the whitish nerves are
conspicuous, crosses the apex of the corium and the base of the
membrane; the latter faintly fumose, darker round the edge, its
nerves black for a very short distance forward from the apex.
Abdomen black; hind margins of the segments narrowly yellow.
Claws fuscous. Length, 3 mm.
Common on brambles. One or more of the yellow
stripes on the elytra are sometimes wanting.
6. Typhlocyba aurovittata, Dougl.
Typhlocyba aurovittata, Dougl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xii.,
76, 6.
Head yellow or whitish yellow. Pronotum white, with a broad
yellow stripe on each side of the disc. Scutellum yellow, some-
times with two reddish triangles on the base. Elytra yellow, with
two rather broad whitish hyaline stripes, one along the costa and
the other along the claval suture; a subquadrate spot in the apex
of the brachial area and the membrane fuscous; nerves of the
latter entirely pale. Abdomen black; hind margins of the
H 2
100 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
segments narrowly whitish. Legs pale yellow, claws fuscous.
Length, 3} mm.
Sparingly on oak bushes in hedges in November.
7. Typhlocyba Douglasi, Edw.
Typhlocyba Douglasi, Edw., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv., 248,
fig. 1 (style); op. cit., xvili., 224, fig. ¢ (penis) ;
Lethierry, Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlocybini), 67.
Head, pronotum, and scutellum pale yellow; elytra deep yellow,
inclining to orange in the male, pale yellow or whitish in the
female; a subcuneate spot in the apex of the brachial, supra-
brachial, and subcostal areas, and the membrane, fuscous. Abdo-
men entirely yellow. Legs pale yellow, claws fuscous. Length,
3+ mm.
On beech ; common.
8. Typhlocyba gratiosa, Boh.
Typhlocyba gratiosa, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 121 (1858);
J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 179, 8; Dougl., Ent.
Mo. Mag., xii., 76, 9.
T. suturalis, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 684; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 186, 22.
Eupteryx apicalis, var., Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag. iii,
220, 7, sec. spec. comm.
Anomia gratiosa, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. i., 73.
A. suturalis, Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlocybint), 61, 7.
3. Head, pronotum, and scutellum yellowish white. Elytra
yellow, a streak in the apex of the subcostal, suprabrachial, and
brachial areas, and the membrane, fuscous; clavus tinged with
fuscous, especially on the claval suture and the inner margin.
Abdomen and legs yellow, claws fuscous. 9? yellowish white ; the
entire clavus, a streak in the apex of the subcostal, suprabrachial,
and brachial areas, and the membrane, fuscous. Claws fuscous.
Length, 33 mm.
On beech ; not very common. The male very rarely
has the clavus so dark as the female.
9. Typhlocyba crategi, Dougl.
Typhlocyba crategi, Dougl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 203.
Pale yellow; the membrane, a small spot in the apex of the
subcostal and suprabrachial areas, and the inner margin of the
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 101
elytra narrowly and evenly, fuscous. Costa narrowly reddish in
the male. Abdomen entirely yellow. Legs pale yellow, claws
fuscous. Length, 3 mm.
On whitethorn; not very common. Lethierry’s de-
scription (Fieber’s Cicad. d’Hur. (T'yphlocybini) p. 67) is
not very characteristic of this species.
10. Typhlocyba Lethierryi, Edw.
Typhlocyba Lethierryi, Edw., Ent. Mo. Mag., xvii.,
224, fig. a (penis).
T. sulphurella, Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 83.
Anomia sulfurella, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 75;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Hur. (Typhlocybinz), 60, 5.
3. Deep yellow inclining to orange. Elytra with the costa
generally and the inner margin sometimes narrowly reddish ;
membrane and generally a spot in the apex of the subcostal,
suprabrachial, and brachial areas pale fusco-hyaline. Hind tibise
generally tinged with pink. Claws fuscous. Penis divided at the
apex into three branches, of which the hinder one is trifid, and the
other two, which spring from a short common stem, are bifid.
2? pale yellow. Membrane and three spots on the apex of the
corium pale fusco-hyaline. Length, 3} mm.
Occurs on-various trees: maple, hornbeam, black
poplar, elm, andlime. This species, although sufficiently
distinct from its allies in the structure of the male
genitalia, is not always easy to identify without a
reference to those organs. The head and pronotum in
highly-coloured males are yellow, sometimes tinged or
marked with red; but less highly-coloured examples of
that sex have the head and pronotum white, and the
elytra nearly resembling those of male Douglasi, from
which they may be distinguished by the paler membrane.
The female is always much stouter and yellower than
female rose, and has not the fuscous membrane which
distinguishes that sex of Douglast.
11. Typhlocyba rose, Linn.
Cicada rose, Linn., Faun. Suec., ed. i., 645; ed. ii,
344, 902; Sys. Nat., 467, 50.
Cicadula rose, Zett., Ins. Lap., 300, 14.
Typhlocyba pteridis, Dahlb., Sv. Ak. Handl., 179 (1851).
102 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
T. rose, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 407, 17; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 184,17; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 180, 9 ;
Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 83.
T. lactea, Dougl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 77, 10, sec.
spec. comm.
Eupteryx rose, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 246, 10.
Anomia rose, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 74;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Typhlocybint), 60, 4.
Head and pronotum white. Scutellum yellowish white. Elytra
very pale yellow, dull white more or less tinged with yellow from
the suture outwards, or entirely dull white; a spot in the apex of
the brachial, suprabrachial, and subcostal areas, and the membrane,
very faintly tinged with fuscous. Abdomen entirely yellow. Legs
pale yellow, claws fuscous. Length, 3}—3} mm.
Very common; lives on roses. I have figured the
penis of this species in Ent. Mo. Mag., xvil., p. 224,
fig. b.
12. Typhlocyba salicicola, Edw.
Typhlocyba salicicola, Edw., Ent. Mo. Mag., xxi., 230,
p. 229, fig. 2a (penis).
Somewhat larger and decidedly stouter than T. ros@. Very
pale yellowish white; scutellum tinged with pink, at least in
fresh examples. Membrane very faintly fusco-hyaline. Length,
83—4i mm.
On sallows ; common.
13. Typhlocyba quercus, Fab.
Cicada quercus, Fab., Ent. Syst., iv., 47, 88; Sys.
Rhyn., 79, 89; Fall., Hem. Suec., i., 56, 54.
Typhlocyba fasciata, Tollin, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xu., 73.
T. quercus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 164, 9 and16; Flor,
Rhyn. Liy., ii., 412, 22; Kirschb., Cicad., 187,
24; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 175, 3.
Eupteryx quercus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 265, 20.
Anomia quercus, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. i., 74;
Fieb., Cicad. d’EKur. (Typhlocybini), 64, 9.
Upper side white; a line just within the front margin of the
crown, a semicircular line on the front and a roundish spot on the
dise of the pronotum, a triangle on each side of the base of the
scutellum, three large spots on the clavus, and two on the corium,
orange-red; the apical half of the subcostal area, the angular
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 103
nerves, and those on the basal half of the membrane, margined
with fuscous. On the costa near the middle a short oblique black
line. Abdomen yellowish white, the basal segments more or less
widely black. Length, 3} mm.
Common on oaks.
14. Typhlocyba nitidula, Fab.
Cicada nitidula, Fab., Ent. Syst., iv., 48, 87; Sys.
Rhyn., 79, 88.
Typhlocyba bifasciata, Boh., Ofv., 79,39 (1853).
T. nitidula, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 164, 10 and 16;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 407, 18; Kirschb., Cicad.,
185, 20; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 177, 5.
Hupteryx nitidulus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ili., 247,
138.
Anomia nitidula, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 78;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Hur. (Typhlocybint), 59, 3.
A. Norgueti, Leth., l. ¢.
Pale yellow; the scutellum, a broad band across the base of the
elytra, and another across the apex of the corium, blackish brown.
Membrane whitish hyaline. Claws fuscous. Length, 34—33 mm.
This species sometimes swarms on broad-leaved elms,
but is very uncertain in its appearance; I once took it
in quantity on Lombardy poplar. A variety of un-
common occurrence (A. Norgueti, Leth.) has the space
between the two bands on the elytra filled up with
blackish brown.
15. Typhlocyba geometrica, Schr.
Cercopis geometrica, Schrank, Faun. Boic., il., 57,
1076.
Tettigonia geometrica, Germ., Faun. Ins. Kur., 12, 18.
Cicada lineatella, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 54, 50.
Cicadula lineatella, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 148, 8, and
164, 16.
Typhlocyba plagiata, Hardy, Trans. Tynes. F. C., 1.,
416, 1.
T. geometrica, Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 408, 19 ; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 186, 21; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 178, 7.
Eupteryx geometricus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii.,
247, 14.
Anomia geometrica, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. iL,
73; Fieb., Cicad. d’EKur. (T'yphlocybint), 61, 6.
104 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Yellow; elytra with a narrow regular dark brown stripe along
the claval suture. Scutellum with a dark brown stripe on each
side, and the side margins of the apical half narrowly dark brown.
Membrane fusco-hyaline, third and fourth apical areas fuscous.
Claws fuscous. Length, 3}—4 mm.
On alders; not very common.
vii. Zyatna, Fieb. (Pl. III., fig. 24).
Fieber, Cicad. d’Hurope, pt. i., 129 (1876).
Body generally very slender. Crown as in the preceding genus.
Elytra much longer than the abdomen; first apical area very
small, almost obsolete; the third oblong, parallel-sided; appendix
wanting. Submarginal wing-nerve incomplete; first and second
wing-nerves confluent before the apex, and running to the margin
as one nerve; third wing-nerve simple, joined to the second by a
straight transverse nerve, the nerve connecting it with the sub-
marginal nerve very oblique.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
(2). Species bright yellow, without markings .. 1. alneti.
(1). Not as above.
(8). Elytra marked with red.
(7). Abdomen entirely pale, third apical area not
more than half as wide as fourth.
5 (6). Hind tarsi in the male black on the apical
half only ¥ - -. 2. blandula.
6 (5). Hind tarsi in the male ately ee -. 3. tilie.
7 (4). Abdomen above black, sides yellow; third
apical area about two-thirds as wide as
fourth . = : ac -. 4. hyperici.
8 (3). Elytra rate red Lie
9 (10). Crown with two round black pod ban of
mw bh
scutellum pale le 5. parvula.
10 (9). Crown without black po apex of deutelians
black .. Se -.» 6. scutellaris.
1. Zygina alneti, Dahlb.
Cicadula alneti, Dahlb., Sv. Ak. Handl., 181 (1851).
Typhlocyba coryli, Tollin, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xii., 70, 12;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 404, 15; Kirschb., Cicad
184, 16.
T. alneti, J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 181, 10; Dougl.,
Ent. Mo. Mag. lly, VAs 12; Ferrari, Cicad. agri
Ligust., 83.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 105
Zygina alneti, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 75;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Typhlocybint), 68, 1.
Fore parts and legs pale yellow. Elytra bright yellow. Claws
fuscous. Length, 33 mm.
On alders; not uncommon. Specimens from hazel
_ have the fore parts yellowish white and the elytra very
pale flavo-hyaline. These may possibly prove specifically
distinct from the insect which lives on alders, but having
no males of the hazel insect at hand I am unable to
compare the genitalia.
2. Zygina blandula, Rossi.
Cicada blandula, Rossi, Faun. Etr., ii., 217, 1263;
Fall., Hem.. Suec., i1., 57, 56.
Typhlocyba blandula, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 164, 16;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 400, 13; Kirschb., Cicad.,
188,15; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 184, 13.
T’. quercus, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 124, 7.
Eupteryx flammigera, Curt., Brit. Ent., xiv., 640, 2.
E. blandulus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., ili., 246, 10.
Zygina blandula, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. i1., 77;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Hur. (Typhlocybini), 78, 11;
Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 86.
Crown and pronotum whitish yellow, with a fuscous or carmine-
red middle stripe, which gradually widens from the apex of the
crown to the base of the pronotum, and is generally divided
down the middle by a pale line. Elytra whitish hyaline, with
a fuscous zigzag stripe more or less covered with carmine-red
atoms, on the inner margin; second and fourth apical areas
generally fumose. Abdomen pale yellow. Legs whitish; the
entire third joint of the hind tarsi and the apex of the second black
in the male. Length, 23—3 mm.
In mixed hedges, and on various low plants; very
common in autumn. Occasionally the carmine-red
atoms extend to the nerves of the corium, but they are
sometimes almost entirely absent.
3. Zygina tlie.
Cicada tilie, Fall., Hem. Suec., ii., 57, 55.
Zygina tiie, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 77 ; Fieb.,
Cicad. d’Eur. (Typhlocybini), 78, 12; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri Ligust., 86.
106 Mr. James Edwards’ Synopsis of
Typhlocyba tiie, Dougl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., 79;
Kdw., Ent. Mo. Mag.
Very similar to the preceding, but differs in the following
particulars: the crown and pronotum are more decidedly yellow,
and the stripe on them is almost obsolete, the carmine-red atoms
on the elytra are much more sparingly distributed, and the hind
tarsi of the male are black, except at the extreme base. Length,
3 mm.
I have never taken this species in summer or autumn,
but have beaten it from ivy and spruce-fir in the spring
in nearly equal numbers with Z. blandula.
4. Zygina hyperict, H.-8.
Typhlocyba hyperici, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 148, 4;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 398, 12; Kirschb., Cicad.,
183, 14; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 187, 15.
T. coronula, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 44, 19 (1847).
T. placidula, Stal, Ofv., 176, 6 (1854).
Eupteryx hyperici, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 220, 9.
Zygina hyperict, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 75 ;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (T'yphlocybini), 70, 4.
Crown and pronotum whitish yellow, with a dark purple-brown
middle stripe, which gradually widens from the apex of the crown
to the hind margin of the pronotum. Scutellum purple-brown.
Elytra very pale flavo-hyaline, the inner margin as far as the apex
of the clavus with a broad blood-red stripe. Abdomen above
black, sides yellow. Legs yellow. Length, 24 mm.
Very rare. On Hypericum perforatum in woods as late
as October. This species seems from descriptions to be
just as variable in markings as the two preceding; pale
varieties in which the only dark markings indicated are
those on the pronotum and scutellum are not unfrequent,
especially inthe male. It is, however, well distinguished
by its habitat and small size.
5. Zygina parvula, Boh.
Typhlocyba parvula, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 46, 21
(1847); Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii., 397, 11; Kirschb.,
Cicad., 182,12; J. Sahl., Not. Fenn., xii., 188, 16.
T. 10-punctata, H.-Seff., Deuts. Ins., 124, 5.
Eupteryx parvulus, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii., 220, 8.
British Homoptera-Cicadina. 107
Zygina parvula, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 75;
Fieb., Cicad. d’Eur. (Typhlocybini), 73, 6; Ferrari,
Cicad. agri Ligust., 85.
Head yellow, sides and apex of the frons and two round spots
on the crown black. Pronotum fuscous, with three oblong oval
yellow spots on the front margin; hind margin broadly whitish.
Scutellum yellow, with a large black triangle on each side of the
base. Elytra whitish hyaline, a broad stripe in the clavus and
another in the brachial area fuscous; second and fourth apical
areas fumose. Abdomen black; hind margins of the segments
very narrowly whitish. Legs whitish, claws fuscous. Length,
3mm.
Amongst rushes and long grass in damp places; not
very common. A female taken in spring at the roots of
ling had the stripes on the elytra rather strongly tinged
with pink.
6. Zygina scutellaris, H.-S.
Typhlocyba scutellaris, H.-Scff., Deuts. Ins., 164, 18 ;
Flor, Rhyn. Liv., ii, 405, 16; J. Sahl., Not.
Fenn., xii., 182, 11.
T. pullula, Boh., Sv. Ak. Handl., 45, 20 (1847).
Eupteryx scutellaris, Marsh., Ent. Mo. Mag., iii.,
246,11.
Zygina pullula, Leth., Cat. Hem. Nord., ed. ii., 75;
Cicad. d’Eur. (Typhlocybint), 71, 5.
Z. scutellaris, Ferrari, Cicad. agri Ligust., 85.
Frons and forehead fuscous, the former with a broad yellow
middle stripe on the lower half, and some traces of transverse
yellow side-lines, the latter with a yellow crescent-shaped spot on
each side; cheeks and temples yellow; clypeus dark fuscous or
black, except at the extreme base; crown yellow. Pronotum
greenish yellow in front, whitish behind; across the middle a
fuscous band, which is much dilated in the middle towards the
front margin. Scutellum greenish yellow, with a black triangle
on each side of the base; apex narrowly black. LElytra whitish
hyaline, the clavus, the costal area, and the basal half of the sub-
costal area tinged with greenish yellow; nerves greenish yellow.
Abdomen black; hind margins of the segments very narrowly
yellow. Legs greyish yellow, claws fuscous. Length, 3 mm.
Amongst fine grasses in autumn; rather local.
108 Synopsis of British Homoptera-Cicadina.
EXPLANATION OF Puate III.
Fie. 1. Hvacanthus; wing.
2. Graphocreus; upper fore parts.
8. Tettigonia; wing.
4, Hupeliaw; upper fore parts.
5. Strongylocephalus ; upper fore parts.
6. Acocephalus; upper fore parts.
7
8
. Platymetopius ; upper fore parts.
. Doratura; a, apex of abdomen, ?; 8, upper fore parts.
9. Paramesus ; upper fore parts.
10. Glyptocephalus ; upper fore parts.
11. Stictocoris; face.
12. Athysanus ; face.
13. Deltocephalus; upper fore parts.
14. Limotettia ; upper fore parts.
15. Thamnotettia; upper fore parts.
16. Alebra; wing.
17. Dicraneura similis; J genital plates, seen from behind.
18. Gnathodus ; upper fore parts.
19. Dicraneura; wing.
20. Kybos; a, elytron; 6b, wing.
21. Allygus; upper fore parts.
22. Chlorita; a, elytron; 0b, wing.
23. Typhlocyba; wing.
24. Zygina; a, elytron; 0b, wing.
25. Hupteryx; wing.
( 109°)
III. Notes on the species of the lepidopterous genus
Kuchromia, with descriptions of new species in the
collection of the British Museum. By Antuur G.
Butter, F'.L.§., F.Z.8., &e.
[Read November 2nd, 1887. |
Puate IV.
Tue genus Huchromia contains some of the most bril-
liantly coloured of all the tropical Burnet-moths; the
greater part of the species are well represented in the
National Collection, and form as beautiful a group, and
as worthy of public attention, as the humming-birds
in the class of Aves.
My attention has been at this time specially called to
the genus by the receipt of a paper by Herr Réber of
Dresden, in which four supposed new forms are described,
only one of which I regret to say will be able to stand.
In my examination of the species I have been
assisted by my colleague, Mr. W. F. Kirby, who has not
only sent me for my use his MS. Catalogue of the
genus, but has re-examined with me all species in the
collection the verification of which was in any way
open to doubt.
About twenty-five species have been described ; I say
* about,” because two forms, H. aruica and EH. ganymede,
are only doubtfully distinct from LH. irius and EH. creusa
respectively. The following is a list of the species in
the Museum collection.
1. Euchromia gemmata, Butler. (Pl. IV., fig. 1).
One fine example only of this very distinct species,
obtained by Mr. Woodford in the Solomon Islands.
2. Euchromia rubricollis, Walker.
Aneiteum and Mallicollo. We have a series of this
species collected by Mr Gervase Matthew, and nine
examples have been reserved to illustrate the species.
TRANS. ENT. 80C. LOND. 1888. PARTI. (MARCH.)
110 Mr. Butler’s notes on the species of
8. Euchromia lurlina, n. 8.
About the size of H. isis; general pattern of wings as in
E. creusa, the primaries being black with six hyaline white spots
and two or three metallic blue spots, the secondaries with two spots
divided by the nervures and a blue spot between them; the spots
of the primaries differ from those of H. creusa as follows,—the
pair separated by the median vein form an oblique oval; and the
pair separated by the third median branch, as well as the isolated
spot above them, are elongated to twice the length and therefore
more nearly approach the outer margin; body black, the frons
and margin of eyes snow-white, the shoulders and base of
abdomen pale ochreous, the shoulders also opaline; the centre of
tegule and metathorax metallic greenish blue; the second and
third abdominal segments bordered behind with blue and with
bright ochreous at the sides, the fourth segment broadly bordered
with vermilion ; remaining segments with extremely narrow blue
edge; coxe pearly white; body below dark brown, the fourth
abdominal segment edged with ochreous. Expanse of wings,
88 mm.
One example of this very distinct species, from Thurs-
day Island, was purchased in 1880.
4, Huchromia isis, Boisduval.
Of this very pretty species we only have one speci-
men, from Duke of York Island; it was obtained by one
of the collectors for the Godeffroy Museum, and was
purchased in 1882.
5. Huchromia aruica, Walker.
As already stated this may not be distinct from the
E. irius of Boisduval, from which it chiefly differs in the
size and width of the hyaline spots on the wings.
Two examples, Aru (Wallace).
6. Huchromia emulina, Butler.
Allied to the preceding, though unquestionably dis-
tinct ; we only possess one example, from New Guinea.
the lepidopterous genus Huchromia. 111
7. Huchromia celipennis, Walker.
Two examples from Amboina; it also occurs in
Ceram, and has recently been described and figured
by Herr Rober, under the name of Glaucopis pagen-
steckeri.
8. Huchromia enone, Butler. (Pl. IV., fig. 2).
One of the most beautiful species in the genus; we
have a good series collected by Messrs. Woodford and
Mathew in Alu, Sta Anna, Guadalcanar and Malayta
(Solomon Islands).
9. Huchromia mathewi, n.s. (PI. IV., fig. 3).
Allied to the preceding ; decidedly smaller, the primaries with
the subbasal elongate spot and the spot above the median vein
smaller ; the discal patch divided into three, instead of two large
spots; the basal patch of secondaries much wider, in the female
uniting with the trifid patch beyond; the body is more slender
than in H. enone, the shoulder spots pearly white instead of
ochreous, the basal segment white at the sides, anterior coxe snow-
white instead of metallic green, the metathorax with two metallic
green spots placed obliquely on each side, the crimson abdominal
segments completely encircling the abdomen; the black inter-
vening stripes being narrower than above, but not interrupted.
Expanse of wings, 36—41 mm.
Solomon Islands: Three examples collected by Mr.
Gervase Mathew.
10. Huchromia creusa, Linn.
This is the species figured by Cramer under the name
of Sphinx irus, and by Herr Rober, under the name of
Glaucopis dubia. I believe S. thelebus to be a represen-
tation of a worn example of the same species (such as
we have from Ceram); our series consists of two
examples from Ceram, three from Gilolo, one from the
Celebes, one from the Pelew Islands, and one from the
N.E. coast of Australia.
Var. ? EHuchromia ganymede, Doubleday.
This handsome form is the commonest and most vari-
able of the group ; it differs from typical H. creusa princi-
pally in the much greater size of the hyaline spots on its
wings ; the outer spots of the primaries vary from three
112 Mr. Butler’s notes on the species of
to four and occasionally five, the anterior coxe are
either snow-white or metallic green (in specimens from
the same island) ; the basal segment of the abdomen is
either wholly green, or has the centre black, or has the
sides opaline whitish and the centre brownish orange ;
grades between these variations also occur, proving
that they have, in this species, no specific value; the
black bands across the carmine also vary in width. We
have a series of twenty-one examples in the collection
from Australia, Ké Island, the New Hebrides, Lizard
Island, Treasury Island, Pentecost, Guadalcanar, Alu
and Malayta, of the Solomon group.
To this section of the genus belongs the Glaucopis
paula of Rober, from East Celebes, a small species
apparently allied to H. celipennis, but unknown to me.
It is possible that EH. cincta, of Montrouzier, may also
come into this section, but the secondaries are described
as having four yellow spots upon them, an entirely new
feature among the hyaline winged species.
The following are species in which the primaries and
nearly the whole or sometimes the whole of the second-
aries are opaque.
11. Huchromia lethe, Fabricius.
_ This is the Sphinx ewmolphus of Cramer, and was con-
founded by Walker with the following very distinct
species under the name of EH. sperchius; it is a common
S. African species, and we have it from Natal, the Cape,
and Madagascar.
12. Huchromia fulvida, n.s. (Pl. IV., fig. 5).
The West African representative of the preceding, and equally
common ; it differs in having the pale patches on the wings deep
fulvous instead of sulphur-yellow ; the metallic markings less blue,
and the fifth segment of the abdomen pearly greenish-white
instead of metallic green like the posterior segments; the anterior
coxe metallic green instead of pure white. Expanse of wings,
45—54 mm.
Thirteen examples, from the Congo, Angola, Sierra
Leone, &e., are in the Museum series.
the lepidopterous genus Huchromia. 113
13. Huchromia splendens, n.s. (Pl. IV., fig. 4).
Differs from the preceding in the blacker colouring of the wings,
he absence of the metallic spots between the deep fulvous
patches on primaries, the much less distinctly separated fulvous
patches on the secondaries, the total absence of all orange or red
-colouring from the thorax; this part of the body is jet black, the
head, sides of collar, tegule (excepting the fringes) and a dorsal
longitudinal stripe brilliant greenish blue; the basal abdominal
segment is more orange and the fourth segment of a deeper red
than in H. fulvida, and all the other segments are brilliant
metallic greenish blue, the second and third segments edged with
black. Expanse of wings, 49—53 mm.
Old Calabar to Camaroons.
14. Huchromia africana, Butler.
A common African species intermediate to some extent
between HH. splendens and H. madagascariensis, the
secondaries being like those of the former, the primaries
and body more nearly resembling the latter species: we
pare seven examples from Natal, Zululand and Delagoa
ay.
15. Huchromia madagascariensis, Boisduval.
Two specimens from Madagascar. The H. amena of
Moeschler, said to have come from Silhet, seems nearly
allied to this species. Is it positively certain that the
locality is correct ? Surely it would be in Mr. Moore’s
vast Indian collection.
16. Huchromia leonis, Butler.
The body of this species resembles that of LH. splen-
dens, the wings, however, are wholly different. We have
three specimens from Sierra Leone.
17. Huchromia sperchius, Cramer.
This is the H. interstans of Walker, represented by
two examples from Ashanti.
18. Euchromia horsfieldii, Moore.
Five specimens, collected by Dr. Horsfield in Japan,
are in the Museum series.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PARY I. (MARCH.) I
114 Mr. Butler's notes on the species of
19. Huchromia formosana, n.s. (Pl. IV., fig. 7).
Pattern of primaries nearly as in H. horsfieldii; the orange
patches wider; the interno-median patch partly divided before the
middle by two black dots placed obliquely; secondaries nearly as
n E. polymena, but the basal patch smaller; body as in H. orien-
talis, the fourth to sixth segments being carmine-red. Expanse of
wings, 48 mm.
Formosa (Hobson).
20. Huchromia fraterna, Butler.
A species occurring in Moulmein, of which, at present,
we have only one example, but which (judging by the
constancy of its allies) is almost certain to be a fixed
type; Herr Rober, however, says that he agrees with
Herr Snellen in regarding this and LE. celebensis as
‘insignificant aberrations, unworthy of names;”’ after
which he proceeds at once to give one of them a new
name himself.
21. Huchromia orientalis, Butler. (Pl. IV., fig. 6).
The common Burmese representative of H. polymena :
the type unfortunately was labelled ‘‘ N. India’’—doubt-
less an error, as the species has since come in some
‘numbers from Burmah; though, unhappily, many of
them were so much injured as to be unfit to put into the
collection.
22. Huchromia polymena, Linneus.
We have eight examples, from India and Ceylon.
23. Huchromia celebensis, Butler.
Four specimens from the Celebes: this is the Glau-
copis butlerti of Rober; he says that it differs from
E. celebensis, in having the “ lower radial of the prima-
ries broadly bordered with black’’—a slightly variable
but constant character of LV. celebensis.
24, Huchromia laura, Butler. (Pl. IV., fig. 8).
Although we only have one example of this species,
and with the vague locality ‘‘E. India,” it is so well-
marked that its distinctness can be considered certain.
the lepidopterous genus Huchromia. 115
25. Huchromia siamensis, Butler.
One example only, from Siam.
In one of his ‘ Revisions of Australian Lepidoptera,’
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W., 2nd ser., vol. i. p. 787 (1886),
Mr. Meyrick describes what he regards as Huchronia
-polymena from North Australia. Judging by his descrip-
tion of the markings of the primaries, I have no hesita-
tion in pronouncing it to be perfectly distinct from the
Indian species. As, however, I have not seen the
broken specimen from which Mr. Meyrick penned his
description, I leave it to him to give it a distinctive
name: it probably should stand near the following.
26. Huchromia semiluna, Walker.
A very distinct species founded upon a single example,
the habitat of which is unknown.
EXPLANATION oF Puate IV.
Fic. 1. Huchromia gemmata.
2. a enone.
3. a mathew.
4, 5 splendens.
5. <3 fulvida.
6. 5 ortentalis.
ike “ formosana.
8. 35 laura.
12
as
are a!
“ Pa, ft
<n ocinldnel wow Mena shaite
pire oak, OW int
-, pays Ty ih Ot i a ths Yo MANE att ™
Stith? } 103 A i + Bne a Loe ies
iui Hay a, ef Ei 4 ar Fi dh bites) MO ae
Bi th f ‘ft ed wrt STARTER RO Tote Snr
oN Mae weid | avteaiteeey ot BN sis poms to pie
rel HP dhaBErh ny ad tf Spottt eccantty th a ;
ote Nera | qauod’ aie ioe athert S|
| tor Ustipol!” li Abt een ane doer i
eo
7 Preget ak OF hi y ey ’ 771, , i> rans fy i fly. 7
f : , Pate | 7 sf mj
ni wiviieboan?! aoc le Lites Udadeny he MR ShA
ie “wy Ane
I { : r. ie nce ¢ SVU ‘\ uh Bits ) as
re fg
Hienoheernarrs tonifeth Wy AG
doa wy TS {Huta od} 3 4
*
(Ate 4D
IV. Descriptions of some new species of Lepidoptera from
Algeria. By Georce T. Baker, F.L.S.
[Read December 7th, 1887.]
Karuy in the present year I received from my corre-
spondent, Herr Pech, of Budapest, another interesting
collection of Lepidoptera, which he had taken in the
neighbourhood of Sebdou, prov. Oran, Algeria. He
remained there about four months—from March to July
—and captured, among other good insects, a few new
species, which I am now describing :—
Ino Orana, 0. 8.
Alis anticis, capite, thorace, abdomineque cruleis. Alis pos-
ticis supra infraque nigrescentibus, infra ad basim ceruleo tinctis.
Antennis ceruleis non elongatis, breviter pectinatis, dentibus fuscis ;
femoribus ceruleis, tibiis tarsisque fuscis.
The anterior wings are of a lustrous bluish bronze, with brownish
fringes. The posterior wings are sooty grey, with brownish fringes.
The antenne are short, with short pectinations right up to the
tip, which is abruptly and bluntly terminated; they are moderately
stout, bluish in colour, with brown pectinations. The head,
thorax, and abdomen are of the same hue as the anterior wings,
but slightly greener. The femora are blue, and the tibiz and tarsi
brown. Length, 18 to 19 mm.
I have four males, all from Sebdou. Its nearest ally
is apparently Dolosa, Stgr. (vide Stett. Ent. Zeit. Jahr.,
48, p. 49), but, not having a specimen of this Ino
before me, I am unable to give the specific differences.
From the Amoor species T’ristis, Brem., my insect can
be easily recognised by its smaller size and blue lustre,
by its shorter antenne, by the pectinations being de-
cidedly shorter, and by the tip being bluntly terminated.
From Cirtana, Luc., its nearest Algerian ally, it may
at once be separated by its blue lustre and rather larger
size (Orana being a robust little species with wider
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PART I. (MARCH.)
118 Mr. G. T. Baker’s descriptions of some
wings); also by the antenne being bluntly terminated,
with the pectinations decidedly shorter.
Zygena Oberthiri, n. 8.
Corpus nigrum, thorax niger, collum albidum. Caput antenne-
que violaceo-nigre. Ale antice nigrescentes, maculis quatuor
anterioribus confluentibus minio-rubris, margine flavo-albido ;
macula quinta posteriore reniformi rubra, margine flavo-albido,
ciliis cinereo-fuscis. Ale postice minio-rubre margine nigro; ciliis
fuscis. Femora nigra, tibie tarsique, cinereo-fusci.
The anterior wings are of a blackish colour, with a faint bronze
lustre. All the spots, except the posterior one, are confluent and
of a vermilion hue, narrowly edged posteriorly and interiorly with
cream-colour; in one specimen this cream border encircles the far
red spot by the costa; the posterior vermilion spot, also encircled
with cream, is kidney-shaped, placed close to the hind margin,
with its long axis parallel thereto; the dark ground colour extends
along the inner margin narrowly in the female, but wider in the
male. The costa of male is edged by a narrow black line, whereas
that of the female is edged by an extremely fine line of a creamish
hue. The fringes are of a brownish cream-colour. The hind wings
are vermilion, bordered with black rather broadly at the apex, but
narrower towards the anal angle. Fringes brownish. The head
and abdomen are bluish black; the thorax is also bluish black,
with a whitish collar in both sexes. The femora are black, but
the tibie and tarsi are greyish. Length, 23 to 24 mm.
Two specimens of this very pretty Zygena were taken at
Sebdou, both of which are in my collection. At present
the species will stand in a somewhat isolated position,
as, owing to the confluence of the spots, at least three-
quarters of the fore wings are of a vermilion-colour, this
feature separating it from any Palearctic Zygena.
I dedicate this fine insect to Mons. C. Oberthiir, who
has added so much to our knowledge of the Algerian
fauna.
Acidalia Algeriensis, n. 8.
Ale antice pallide ochreo-cineree, puncto centrali nigro, linea
juxta basim fusca, linea media indistincta, lineis binis posteriori-
bus undulatis cinereo-fuscis, margine posteriore late obscuriore
punctis nigrescentibus ; ciliis cinereis. Ale postice pallide ochreo-
cinerer, linea media, puncto nigro centrali ad marginem interi-
orem distinctissima, lineis binis posterioribus distinctis margine
new species of Lepidoptera from Algeria. 119
posteriore late griseo-fusca, sed fimbria angusta pallida punctis
nigrescentibus ; ciliis cinereis.
The anterior wings are of a greyish buff; the first transverse
line near the base fairly distinct and of a greyish brown colour ;
the second transverse line immediately behind the dark central
spot is almost obliterated. The two posterior transverse lines,
_ placed close together, are moderately distinct, and of a greyish
brown hue. The hind margin is bordered rather broadly with
greyish brown, and is finely and darkly dotted. The posterior
wings are of the same colour as the anterior wings; the middle
transverse line is very distinct from the dark central spot to the
inner margin, but is scarcely perceptible from the spot to the upper
margin; the two posterior wavy transverse lines form a con-
tinuation of the similar markings in the fore wings. The posterior
margin is broadly bordered with greyish brown, but is edged at
the extreme border very narrowly with paler grey; this posterior
margin is also darkly and finely dotted. Fringes same hue as the
wings. Body and thorax slightly darker than the wings. Length,
16 mm.
One male specimen of this obscure little Acidalia was
taken at Sebdou, and is in my collection.
Pleurota Staintoniella, n. s.
Als antics cinereo-fusce, vittis duabus (costali et centrali)
argenteo-albidis, apice subacuminato g', acuminato 2. Alex pos-
tice fusco-cinerex, ciliis pallidioribus. Palpi capite et thorace
longiores, cinereo-albidi irrorati punctis parvis cinereo-fuscis.
g. Anterior wings greyish brown, occasionally inclining to
tawny, with the costal and central stripes white, slightly silvery,
the former extending nearly to the apex, the latter up to the hind
margin just below the apex; both stripes are rather narrow, the
central one attenuating as it approaches the posterior margin.
The fringes are of a greyer hue than the wings, which latter are
very slightly acuminate. The hind wings are dark sooty grey,
with slightly paler fringes. Head, palpi, and thorax grey; the
palpi are thickly irrorated with dark fuscous, and are rather longer
than the head and thorax, the end joint being about the length
of the head. Length, 22 to 24 mm.
9. Anterior wings grey or ochreous grey, thickly irrorated
with darker scales, with the costal and central stripe more silvery
and broader, the latter extending right through the fringes, which
are whitish, and the apex is acuminate. The hind wings are paler,
120 Mr. G. T. Baker’s descriptions of some
with greyish fringes. Head and palpi whitish, dusted beneath
with blackish minute irrorations. Length, 243 mm.
This Pleurota will follow Macrosella, from which it
differs by its smaller size and its darker and greyer hue.
It is also a rougher-looking insect, having the appearance
of being thickly covered with coarse greyish scales.
Six males and two females were taken at Sebdou, all
of which are in my collection; they differ slightly enter se,
some specimens being paler than others. I have (with
his kind permission) dedicated this Plewrota to Mr.
Stainton, who is so well known in connection with
Micro-Lepidoptera.
Pleurota Mauretanica, n. s.
Alz antice ochraceo-fusce, margine interiore pallidiore, vittis
duabus (costali et centrali) argenteo-albidis. Ale postice cinerex.
Palpi, capite et thorace longiores.
The anterior wings are of a warm brown colour, with a slight
chestnut tinge. The costal stripe, extending almost to the apex,
is silvery white; the central stripe, also silvery white, is of
moderate width, and extends right up to the hind margin ; it is of
uniform width for about two-thirds of its length, when it narrows
suddenly for the remaining third, but does not produce a tooth.
Fringes greyish white. The posterior wings are dusky grey, with
paler fringes. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish, dusted with grey.
The palpi are thickly dusted beneath with dark grey, and are
slightly longer than the head and thorax. Length, $ 24, 2? 22mm.
One pair were taken at Sebdou, which are in my collec-
tion. The species should be placed between Schlegeriella
and Algeriella; from the former it may be recognised
by its larger size, its broader and more silvery costal and
central stripes, and by its richer and glossier colour.
From Algeriella it may be distinguished by its darker
colour, by its central stripe being narrower, less silvery,
and not toothed on the fold; and in the female the
costa of the anterior wings is decidedly straighter and
the apex less acuminate than in that species.
Pleurota Oranella, n.s.
Ale antic ochraceo-cineree vittis duabus costali et centrali
margaritaceis, centrali in medio furcata ramo superiore recto
prope ad apicem inferiore ad angulum analem currente, ciliis
margaritaceis. Alw postice subhyaline cinerew; cillis coloris
ejusdem.
new species of Lepidoptera from Algeria. 121
The posterior wings are of a greyish ochre, with the pearly white
costal stripe of moderate and uniform width extending right up to
the apex, where it joins the long white fringes, and gives the wing
the appearance of being bordered with white along the costa and
posterior margin. The central stripe, also pearly white, extends
nearly up to the hind margin; this stripe is widest about the
centre, where it emits a branch along the fold, forming a fork
right up to the inner angle; the upper branch widens somewhat
beyond the division, and then tapers slightly to its extremity. The
inner margin is pearly white at the base. The apex is not acumi-
nate in either sex. The hind wings are glossy greyish white, of a
semitransparent hue, with paler fringes. The palpi are shorter
than the head and thorax, and are recurved over the face in a
manner very unlike the erect oblique position usual to the genus.
Length, gf 22 to 24, 2 26 mm.
Ten males and one female were captured at Sebdou, all
of which are in my collection. The species is very nearly
allied to Honorella, but may readily be separated from
that species by its forked stripe being broader, longer,
and very much less silvery; its anterior wings are
darker and greyer, whilst the hind wings are paler than
in Honorella. The palpi are also shorter than in that
species,
From Galaticella it may at once be distinguished by
the fold-streak, which forms lhttle more than a tooth in
that insect ; whereas in mine it makes a long fork right
up to the inner angle. The colour is decidedly paler
and greyer than in Galaticella, and this latter insect has
no white margin at the base of the inner edge of the
anterior wings.
Thalpocares Respersa, var. Bythinica.
This is a very beautiful variety of Respersa, in which nearly all
the upper surface of the anterior wings is suffused, more or less
intensely, with rosy mauve, all the usual brown markings being
almost obliterated and replaced by a shade of the rosy colour ; the
triancular apical patch is pinkish brown instead of the usual
darker hue. ‘The posterior wings are almost unicolorous, but
rather paler towards the base; there is, however, the usual lighter
transverse line near the posterior margin. The variety is rather
larger than the parent species.
Two specimens were taken at Brussa, in Asia Minor,
one of which is in my collection,
se
si gat Aliw vutad” i
if Wh Tesi Thiele ¢ STivt i corte pry
gift lout erin hats eo sitinhoie wilted: sunt a te
Ta Brad ‘nd tee. tithe tie fo extineth: quiet
died ze. Quite, ee 1 eda) ye ptsda fierdiyva eed Os eb iads
410 @rale tei 0) ligt inky js anton 8 t
ok ae gait) ed petit offer Ate 4% reer
None me [ vogem att’ stoi: tithe pith wate f
ght ve¥ 3 TET ‘ aS id inetd ain eiuee jae aft ate ii
ay oe Peles G } ey yd eet tithes Vir! BE Lindam
a Wehiiil i! ye tT) ' ein G ir © Ree
i Yr on x if A Re tt ayaa sesiien —
‘ q
, " va nee
’ eg ftt is wa j ‘ ‘ f , by Bo 48 be dt { =
a >
Lin ul Ui itl Lt
uit ; 137Ch, of ‘ ’
s , M
i. - ‘
‘ ; tO r ( 4
*
( , : : ; : seth naner
4
: 4 , } f ¥
: ( rine TIM shes Bie
ri ea,
Mi ‘ i sehr
.
i :
, t
an ‘
rr >
3 ' 7 © ‘ ita *
4 “ t
ivi | Pui tt
: . rs
ee tty ‘i af bats rth 1d} or ew ;
F seat ny se ie,
a
\
he
. a
4 i ' “\ ‘ * LA Wt ’ Ta
A - a.” tr on
é3 ;, jae ee Ty
Biv icnet pyres % vat Td Arby IF We
ih fe th HONS wv 1S “dls bis
ral Ohi ar ee ed anrgtin +
; 7 '
lias rast abl vba 164 OteR : ps
> iin tuilin rye od
. ee ae catty © an nese a
> 7! : ‘“ af
; ,trtarri width. 4 pee gill eerie lan anal A ary
‘ * te :
eral - Dolio awl eb lal ward ora
a! oth J fd ‘ier “agent
The (hy albedo tie cues «uit =
ital les ‘iit ‘tT HE Lott v st tr
Gd 28409
V. Report of Progress in Pedigree Moth-breeding to Dec.
7th, 1887, with observations on some incidental
points. By Freperic MERRiriexp, F.H.S.
[Read December 7th, 1887.]
Puate V.
Ir will rest with Mr. Francis Galton to describe at the
proper time and place the results of the experiments in
pedigree moth-breeding which I have commenced for
him, if they should be carried to a successful conclusion ;
but in the meantime I am encouraged by him to write a
sort of report of the progress hitherto made, and I think
it is possible that the facts already observed may throw
light on some points that are frequently subjects of
inquiry and discussion in entomological and other
periodicals. There are many of these points on which
I have noted facts that may hereafter prove useful; but
there are not many on which the observations made have
been carried far enough to justify me in occupying the
Society with them, and as to these I bring them forward
partly in the hope of receiving suggestions from investi-
gators qualified to offer them by scientific training and
a lengthened experience, to neither of which I have any
claim.
Having obtained an abundant supply of S. dlunaria
(bilunaria of the ‘Entomologist’ list) much earlier than
of S. illustraria (tetralunaria of that list), I was led to
try more experiments with the former than I had at first
intended. I determined, in particular, to try the effect
of forcing, partly in the hope that if success attended
these efforts the period necessary to obtain pedigree
results would be much shortened, and partly because
I thought it would be interesting to know the effect that
would be produced by forcing a rapid succession of short
generations on an insect which in the natural state has
in temperate climates only two generations, one covering
four or five months mostly warm, the other seven or
eight months mostly cold, each of these naturally
alternating broods presenting such differences in size,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PART I. (MARCH.)
124 Mr. F. Merrifield’s Report of Progress in
colour, depth of hue, and, it is alleged, form, that until
one was bred from the other the two were considered
distinct species.
In describing my experience with the several groups
successively experimented on I begin with those brought
up under conditions most nearly resembling natural ones,
as they will afford a convenient standard of comparison
with such as were reared under more artificial cireum-
stances. I therefore commence with those illunaria
which were “‘ sleeved” on growing trees. I am inclined
to think that—except in the favourable circumstance
that they were more effectually protected from enemies—
the sleeved larve differed so little in their surroundings
from wild-bred ones that they may be taken as fairly
representative of the latter. I should, however, mention
that there was one period of their lives during which
nearly all the sleeved insects were subjected to a higher
temperature than the natural one. In order to bring the
moths out as closely together in point of time as possible,
when the first moth appeared, the remaining pup were
at once put into the forcing-box. I am not sure that this
was necessary, especially with the summer brood of
moths, for my experiments lead me to think that healthy
individuals of this species, if kept in the dark, will live
for ten days and more in summer, and for two or three
weeks or more in colder weather, without any impairment
of their functions, and only in rare instances will flutter
so as to damage the tips of their wings enough to prevent
convenient measurement.
Some preliminary explanations are necessary as to
general treatment, and as to the sense in which I have
used various expressions. My reason for being a little
particular in these explanations is that any value such
experiments as I am describing may possess depends
entirely on a knowledge of the conditions under which
they were tried. I have not knowingly burdened the
narration with any statements, except such as seem to
have some bearing or possible bearing on the results
obtained. By “eggs,” unless otherwise specified, I mean
fertile eggs; and by the expression “‘fertile,” as applied
to the Selenias, I mean such as turn red, though many
that go through the red stage and even the black one,
which indicates that the young dark-skinned larva has
been fully formed, often fail to hatch. As to the expressions
Pedigree Moth-breeding. 125
“larval” and “pupal” periods, I must explain that I
found it impossible to observe, except on a few occasions,
the actual date of pupation which, barring accidents,
takes place inside a leaf carefully sewn together. But
with the daily or almost daily, however brief, observation
I was able to give, it was easy to see pretty well when a
larva began to spin up, and consequently I have taken
that time as the dividing line between the larval and the
pupal periods. I found on several occasions, when the
pupal period as thus defined lasted but eight or nine
days, the larva remained in an unchanged condition for
two days and more.
In my record I have found it expedient to note the
period when ‘“‘nearly all’ had, as larve, spun up (7. ¢,,
begun so to do), or, as moths, had emerged, because
some 4 or 5 per cent., more or less, generally lagged
behind the rest, from weakness of constitution I rather
think. Excluding these laggards, I think the largest
individuals of a brood were mostly to be found among or
in point of time near to those that were longest in feeding
up, and consequently in emerging. About 5 per cent. of
the loss in my larve after I had first counted them after
hatching may, I think, be ascribed to casualties, such
as being squeezed or snipped or accidentally lost.
The pupe were in all cases taken out of their cocoons
and placed each in a separate chip box covered with
black net, which was held in position by the rim of the
lid, from which its top had previously been removed.
These boxes stood on wire trays in crates and as the moths
emerged were moved to crates kept dark by zinc covers
standing in the cool room described later, near the
window, almost always kept open, the sexes being in
separate crates. I generally found the moths, especially
illunaria, “out” when I came into the room in which
they were kept, about 7.80 or 8 a.m., but some, perhaps
20 to 40 per cent., would come out during the day,
rarely after 5 p.m. There is a very great difference
between illunaria and illustraria in the resting position.
The former rests with wings folded closely together over
its back, as butterflies do. Jllustraria, on the other hand,
rests with the anterior edges of its fore wings at an angle
of 60° or so to each other, the wings being all very much
curved and the folds in them very wavy, and the abdomen
brought into line with them, so that the insect has
126 Mr. F. Merrifield’s Report of Progress in
somewhat the appearance of a curled leaf with the con-
cave side upwards. It would be interesting to know the
position in which the other English species of the genus,
viz., S. lunaria, rests. At first I fed the moths from
little pieces of sponge dipped in very thin syrup, but I
gave this up, as it seemed to promote mouldiness, and I
do not think the moths lived any the longer for it. I never
saw them feed, but had little time for watching them.
When “‘nearly all”? the moths had emerged they were
measured on their under sides, the wings being folded
together over their backs. The length of the fore wing
was measured from its tip or extreme anterior point
(p in Mr. Galton’s figure, ante, p. 22). The other or
shoulder extremity is not so easily ascertained or
described, and at first the search for it gave me some
difficulty ; but after a certain amount of practice I found
that when a strong light fell obliquely along the wing in
the direction from the tip towards the shoulder, it
brought out a little dark transverse crease, in some
cases shortened almost to a point, between the root of
the hind wing (which, viewed from the under side, of
course overlies the fore wing) and the body, and this
crease I made my other terminus, taking the precaution
of always laying the insect to be measured in the same
position. This was done by fastening on the surface of
a sheet of cork two strips of the same at about five-eighths
of an inch apart, so as to leave a shallow flat groove of
that width between them, and laying the moth on its
side in this groove, a thin wedge of wood sheathed with
zine being pushed along the groove so as to support the
wings, especially their outer edges, and the wings being
held down with the usual cork setting-bristle. A pair of
screw-compasses was then taken, one leg fixed on the
zine at the tip of the fore wing that lies uppermost, the
other leg adjusted to the crease by turning the screw,
and the length was marked off on a millimetre scale.
The habit of the Selenias to bend their wings backwards
when at rest facilitated the task, but I found chloroform
indispensable ; applied in the form of vapour by a few
drops on blotting-paper under a bell-glass just long
enough to produce insensibility, it did not seem to hurt the
insects in any way. The use of a pair of spectacles strong
enough to bring my eyes to see clearly at five or six
inches distance from the object was sufficient to enable
Pedigree Moth-breeding. 127
me, as I judge, to estimate differences amounting to the
tenth of a millimetre, and I do not think all sources of
error taken together would much exceed a quarter of a
millimetre. It was not, however, until after I measured
my sleeved wlunaria on the 22nd July that I attained
to this amount of accuracy, and therefore my earlier
measurements must be taken as only approximate ; but
I think the general results are not far wrong. I should
add that the ‘‘crease’”’ cannot always be found, especially
where the moth is very hairy; experience will tell the
observer where it should be, and if the same person
always measures, not much addition need be made to
the percentage of error on account of the absence of the
‘‘crease.’’ All measurements are of one wing only, so
that the ‘‘expansion of wings’ would be double the
measurement given, plus about 3°5 mm. for the width of
the body between the wings at the point measured. ‘The
‘‘ expansion of wings,” however, measured from tip to tip
of a moth set in the English fashion, would be about
1 mm. less than double the expansion of the single wing,
owing to the inclination downwards and forwards.
After the moths had been measured, they were paired
off in cylindrical muslin bags kept open by wire frames,
each about 8 or 9 inches by 5; these bags, except where
otherwise stated, were kept on a shelf outside the window
of a cool room facing W.N.W., and protected from heavy
rain; and there the moths laid their eggs, generally
scattered over the muslin, and preferably in folds. I
_ gave up inserting sprigs of the food-plant, as I found
they rarely took any notice of them. The eggs, which
will bear rough handling, were detached by hand or by
the back of a knife, &c.
Nearly all the facts recorded are from my own personal
observation, as I did not leave home for more than three
or four days at a time, except during the last ten days
of September and less than a week at the end of October,
and on these occasions | had an efficient locum tenens,
who had acted as my assistant at other times.
I have a more or less full record in most cases of the
number of eggs laid, the number hatched, the number
of moths that pupated and of moths of each sex that
emerged, with dates and measurements, all of which may
be useful for reference before the experiments are brought
to a close, and which will, I hope, be dealt with by
128 Mr. F. Merrifield’s Report of Progress in
Mr. Galton, so far as they bear on his studies in heredity.
In this paper I propose only to give a résumé of facts
observed in the different broods, for the information of
those who are interested in investigations of this nature.
All the moths have been preserved, and are labelled, and
I have brought with me some specimens of the various
broods. It will be seen that in the case of the forced
ullunaria I have had to do with as many as five successive
generations in the year. In speaking of a “‘ generation”’
or ‘‘brood’”’ I reckon it as beginning with the egg; in
this sense I have had to do with the first generation only
in its latest, winged, stage. It is proper to remember
that the succession of broods would have been still
more rapid than it has been had I paired off the moths
as soon asI had a couple; the delay necessary for
making a selection added about a week of time. I have
had actual experience of the following periods—ege
7 days, larva 16 and pupa 8 days, pairing and laying
2 days, total 83 days; and I am satisfied that it wouid
be possible to run a generation through from egg to egg
in 35 days.
I exhibit a diagram,* which will be a guide to the
observations that follow, and will save much detailed
description. It shows the connection of all the broods
reared, and marks the extreme duration of life in the
ege, larva, and pupa, and the duration of life in the
moths from the time that the first appeared until the
selection was made for breeding from. The moths so
selected generally lived from 7 to 14 days; the others.
were killed and preserved.
THE EXPERIMENTS WitH §. mLLUuNARIA.—The spring of
1887 was, as all will remember, a singularly cold and
backward one. No illwnaria were taken for me till 12th
April. I bred from two females taken near Brighton on
the 29th April and 2nd May respectively by Mr. A. C.
Vine, who kindly gave them to me, and from two females
taken on the 2nd May in the New Forest by Mr. Charles
Gulliver, of Brockenhurst. They laid from 48 to 133
eggs each. Some of the eggs laid by them were used
for preliminary trials. There were 271 left. I divided
each of the four batches into three, and, mixing together
one-third from each batch, obtained three lots of 90, 90,
" * See Plate V.
Pedigree Moth-breeding. 129
and 91 eggs for sleeving, bottling, and foreing re-
spectively.
SLEEVED ILLuNar1a.—Preliminary. — The eggs were
placed in sleeves on young birch-trees not exceeding
three feet in height. Though the trees were only
planted last December they were in so good a condition
for moving, and were so carefully removed, that the
summer foliage seemed scarcely checked by the opera-
tion. My back garden, in which they were planted, is a
cool one, shaded by a tall house on the E.S.E., and by
a wall of five to six feet along the 8.S8.W. side, and the
trees were mostly planted very near this wall. At mid-
summer they received no sunlight except between 10.30
and 1.30, and during most of this interval it was
partial. These retarding conditions were perhaps some-
what counteracted by the protection afforded by the
sleeve from wind and from all but heavy rain. The
sleeves were made of ‘‘ Victoria lawn,” kept from
collapsing by three split cane-rings sewn in. ‘There
can be no doubt that sleeving is the least troublesome
way of feeding larve that require no earth; the only
trouble I have found is in shifting them while young
from one sleeve to another, but any loss in the process
was prevented by spreading a slit newspaper on the
ground below. My provision of growing leaves being
small, I frequently supplemented it with fresh-cut twigs
of birch, willow, or occasionally rose, dropped into the
sleeve. Both illunaria and illustraria are very accom-
modating feeders ; they will eat most forest-trees and
shrubs, including brambles, and will also eat evergreen
honeysuckle (L. brachypoda), the variegated Japan
honeysuckle, and the smail-leaved evergreen Cotoneaster ;
and three or four out of a score survived a diet of ivy.
Mine seemed to prefer willow to everything else. When
autumn came they appeared to like the leaves that were
beginning to turn yellow as much as those that were
still quite green. In the autumn my supply of growing
foliage became exhausted, and, when the larve had
mostly entered on their last skins, I moved them into
breeding-cages: these had glass tops and ends, and
finely perforated zine sides, and the food in them stood
in bottles of water. Little as the ventilation was I
found that in the dry weather, of which we had so much
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PART I. (MARCH.) K
130 Mr. I’, Merrifield’s Report of Progress in
last summer and autumn, the food in them dried up
very rapidly, and [| provided the sides with coverings of
varnished paper. ‘The effect of these was that water
usually stood in drops about the glass inside and some-
times van down the sides, but the larvie seemed none
the worse for this. he dwarf sleeved trees were pro-
tected from birds, &ec., by a eylinder of 4-in, wire-
nothing, with w hinged top of the same, and from slugs
by an outer ring made of a strip of perforated zine 6 in.
wide, any slugs within the ving being caught by greased
cabbage-leaves, When my first sleeved brood was
roared L put the oges in the sleeve to hatch, but | after-
wards adopted the plan of hatching them indoors, and
putting the young larvie in the sleeve when a few days
old, 1 judged it best not to crowd together young larvie
of different ages; Lam not sure the larger ones do not
under such circumstances sometimes eat the little ones.
By the time they have changed their second sking no
niturally solitary larvie can be more tolerant towards
one wnother, Tlaving made these explanations, L will
shortly describe what happened to each successive brood,
referring also to the tabular statement appended,
Second generation (first summer brood), Irom the
90 oges L roared 84 male and 28 female moths, together
67, none of them being cripples. ‘The eggs were rather
more than three weeks hatching; the larval period
avoragod 88 days; the pupal period of the first moth
that emerged was 13 days. ‘The pupiw were forced from
the time the first moth appeared——Lbth July-and the
last came out 25th July. May and the early part of
June wore very cold and dry. 1 paired off 9 couples,
7 of which laid fertile eves. Lbred from the largest pair
(A) w medium-sized pair (M) and the smallest pair (7).
Third generation (A 1, M1, Z1).—Chese egeas hatched
in Tors days ; bho larva averaged 50 to 60 lays in
feeding up. Lt have obtained from them the following
pup, now passing the winter out-of-doors, of Ad, LOL;
of Mi, 64; of Z1, 60. As the sleeved food was in
dangor of falling short, on the 18th September, when a
fow wore boginning to spin up, I transferred the larvie
from tho sleeves to breeding-cages ; and on the 15th
October these breoding-eages were brought indoors to
hurry on the remaining larvie before thei food-supply
should fail, All wore in pupa by the 25th October,
“-
Pedigree Moth-lreeding. 131
Borin Ina. Second gencrvation.VThese were
brought up on eut food in Bordeaux plum bottles, covered
with sal plate-glase being laid over the top and slid
away when the moisture inside the glass was excessive.
The 90 eggs were three weeks in hatching; the larval
perce averaged 80 or $1 days, the pupal 14 days. |
wed 31 males and 82 females, together 63; no cripples.
They were distinetly larger than the sleeved ones.
When the larve were about half-grown (on 16th June)
I transferred half of them to an outdoor breeding- cage.
I'he only difference J found in the mothe so treated was
that they were about two days later, and were smaller,
viv., the male averaged 17°60 instead of 17°70, the
females 19°00 instead of 19°50. The weather was so
warn most of the time that there could have been little
difference in temperature between the two batches; but
it was very dry weather out-of-doors, while in the
bottles a moist atmosphere prevailed, J did not think
it necessary to continue this brood.
Foncny Lawnants.—Prelmnary.—Vhe foreing boxes
were two, their inside dimensions about 24” by 1’ 8”,
and 2’ in depth. hey were of wood, with glazed lida
set on @ slight inclination forwards, and ventilation
capable of being closed, and were warmed at the bottom
by w zine cistern, under which was a gas-jet. One had
glass also in front and partially at the ends. The
temperature was generally from 70° to 80° Vahy., but
occasionally (more especially when the sun shone into
the room in the afternoon) it rose to 90", and sometimes
at night it fell to 60°. In the summer it was generally
some 15” higher than the air of the room. Until the
lavva were about half-grown, and sometimes till they
had spun up, the forced larve were brought up on cut
food in bottles, or elee in glaws cylinders having #
sloping sheet of muslin at the bottom, with a hole in it
for the neck of a bottle containing food. When half.
grown they were generally transferred to breeding-cages
placed in the forcing-box ; in both cases the atmosphere
was quite # moist one. The forcing did not begin till
28th May, when the eggs laid by the wild-bred mothe
were on the point of hatching,
Second genvrationn—Vrom the 9L eggs J reared 25
male and 43 female moths, together 54; no eripples.
K Z
132 Mr. F. Merrifield’s Report of Progress in
The hatching (not forced) lasted about 3 weeks, the
larval period 18 or 20 days, the pupal 8 or 10 days.
The moths were larger than the sleeved ones, but not so
large as those that were bottled. On 8rd July I paired
off two of the largest (A), 5 of medium size (M), and
2 of the smallest size (Z); and from all of these, except
one M and one Z, I had fertile eggs, which I bred from
as follows :—
Third generation (eggs not placed in the forcing-box
till earliest of them about to hatch).—The 8 broods did
not vary much in their rate of progress—the M’s were
2 or 83 days behind the A’s, the Z’s 2 or 3 days later
still: the larval and pupal periods together were about
the same as in the second generation. From 205 A 1
eges I bred 68 male and 61 female moths, together 129,
six cripples; from 115 M1 eggs, 35 males and 53 females,
together 88, one cripple; from 107 Z1 eggs, 16 male
and 14 female moths, together 30, 3 of them cripples,
and two so weakly that they died before they could be
paired: many of the Z1’s died as larve. The A 1’s
comprised the largest I had yet bred; I did not average
them: the M1’s (averaged by taking every alternate
one of each sex in the order of emergence) were slightly
larger than the average of the preceding generation :
the Z1’s considerably smaller. I paired off 4 of the
largest couples among the A’s, 4 average couples of the
M’s, and 10 couples of the Z’s. None of the A’s or Z’s
laid a fertile ego: 3 out of the 4 M’s laid fertile eggs,
and from one of these pairs, paired 16th August, I had
210 eges, which I bred from as follows :—
Fourth generation, M 2.—These were not only slower,
but straggled more in their feeding up and emergence
than the earlier forced generations had done. The first
spun up 23rd September; by 8th October nearly half
had done so; and on the lst November all had done so
except two, which soon after died. Many larve died in
pupating, and a few before. I have some reason to
think this was owing to their having been made too
hot at one time. The first moth appeared 2nd October ;
by the 38rd November 60 were out, and on the 7th the
last appeared ; but 3 or 4 are still in pupa, one or two
of them certainly being alive. 386 are males and 25
females; 3 were cripples, and 3 more died before they
were paired off. The hatching occupied about 10 days
Pedigree Moth-breeding. 133
(eges not in the forcing-box till the first eggs were about
to hatch), the larval period ranged from 26 to about 59
days; the pupal period seems to have been about 12
days. After the early alarm they were kept rather
cooler than the preceding forced generation had been,
as, with the advent of cooler weather, I found it difficult
to keep up a high temperature without making the
bottom of the forcing-box very hot. The average size
had again risen on that of the preceding generation.
On 28rd October I paired off 6 couples, keeping them
in the forcing-box, and 4 of them were fertile. The
largest pair laid 170 eggs (called M 2, A 1), the medium-
sized 210 (called M 8), the smallest 80 (called M2, Z 1).
Lifth generation.—About 86 of the first, 169 of the
second, and only 24 of the third hatched. The numbers
are now about 82, 151, and 21 respectively. I am
feeding them up on rose and evergreen honeysuckle,
and the most forward are nearly full-grown, as will be
seen by the living specimens I[ exhibit. I have made an
improvement in my forcing-box, so that I can keep up a
more equable temperature without danger of roasting
those which are near the cistern, and I keep it at about
70° to 80°.
InLuNARIA.—General results.—Without venturing any
opinion on many of the questions suggested by an
examination of the facts above detailed, until more
facts have been accumulated, I may advert to a few of
them. It seems to be established that S. dlunaria
forces well, and there is evidence that the average size
of forced specimens is larger than that of the insects
reared on growing trees, and tends for a time to increase
from generation to generation, notwithstanding close
interbreeding. Iam not satisfied that the fertility has
been diminished by the process of forcing ; but it does at
present appear as if extremes in size, especially in the
direction of smallness, have a tendency to be sterile,
and I think it prudent to select the breeding pairs from
some point quite short of either extremity in the scale
of size. There is another fact established as to the
summer broods of illwnaria,—-all of which that I have
reared, I need hardly say, are in appearance of the
summer type, Juliaria,—viz., that, in accordance with
the usual rule with the Geometre inhabiting this
134 Mr. F. Merrifield’s Report of Progress in
country, the female on the average is larger than the
male, and decidedly so. ‘This will appear clearly by the
tabular statement I refer to. My own personal expe-
rience, which is confirmed by trustworthy information
I have lately received from several quarters, is that in
the spring brood the case is reversed, so that the male is
decidedly the larger; at all events, it seems certain that
the spring female has no excess of size approaching to
what she shows in the summer brood. In this connection
I venture to call attention to the following points :—(1),
of 272. Geometre described in Stainton’s ‘ Manual,’ only
16 are recorded as appearing in the five months from
November to March; (2), il/unavia in its spring emer-
gence is one of them; (3), of the remaining 15, 9 have
apterous or quasi-apterous females (there being only
two other apterous females among the 272, and these
two appear in April and October respectively); (4,
another of the 15 (H. pennaria) has the wings of the
female strikingly smaller than those of the male. Is it
possible that the relative size of the female in the spring
emergence of illunaria is a step towards the condition of
apterousness, or, it may be, a remnant of it? So
far as I have had means of judging, illustraria and
lunaria do not show such a difference between the sexes
according to the season of emergence, but their spring
broods are much later than those of illunaria, which
(unless Tephrosia laricaria (biundularia), another of the
16, of which I know but little, resembles it in this
respect), is unique among double-brooded English
Geometré in producing its early brood in a winter
month.
S. muusrraria.— Mr. Barrett kindly sent me eggs
from a female taken in Norfolk in May, and Mr. Gulliver,
of Brockenhurst, supplied me with some larve beaten
in the New Forest. From these two sources I bred
9 males and 12 females, and, though the variety in size
was not very great, I selected a large (A), medium (M),
and small (Z) pair, the eges from which I sleeved ; and
from them I have three batches of hybernating pupe,
viz., A116, M 103, and Z 78. I reared several mixed
broods in the forcing-box, with some remarkable results,
which | hope to follow up.
Pedigree Moth-breeding. 135
Conctupine Remarxs.—I shall be very glad if the ac-
count I have given of the experiments with the Selenias,
and of the ease with which they can be bred, should
lead others better qualified than I am to take up the
subject ; and I shall be glad to supply eggs of any race
bred. The remarkable changes which the larve undergo
in appearance, attitude, and habits, so well described by
Mr Poulton; the perfection to which the imitation of
Jagged twigs has been developed in them; the great
variation in size of individual moths, especially in the
spring brood, and in shape; the richness and variable-
ness of shading and colour in the wings, and their
unusual positions when at rest, apart from other points
to which I have already called attention, make them a
very remarkable group, and they ought to have an
interesting family history. The experiments I am
trying with illunaria and illustraria will leave abundant
scope for other investigators who may direct their
attention to these two species, and a very interesting
species, S. lunaria, remains. ‘Tephrosia laricaria, which
is stated to resemble illunaria in having an early spring
and summer emergence, and in the smaller size and
different appearance of the latter brood, would also be
an interesting species to work up. As to illunaria and
illustraria, may I suggest that practical entomologists
would be promoting the investigation by preserving any
specimens they may meet with next spring, or a fair
sample of them, for comparison with the numbers I
expect to bred? I should be particularly obliged by
being afforded any opportunity of seeing, and, if judged
expedient, breeding from, specimens of either species
from Scotland or Scandinavia, where they are stated to
be single-brooded, or from Ireland, Wales, or Central or
Southern Europe.
(Note as to Measurement.—I find it is practicable,
without piercing the insect, to measure the eapansion of
wings of the chloroformed insect by setting it tem-
porarily, with cork setting-bristles, on a flat setting-
board covered with paper ruled in square millemetres,
and after trial I recommend this mode decidedly as the
more safe and certain in its results. The tips of the
fore wings should be as widely separated as possible, so
that the front edges of these wings will be nearly in a
straight line. |
136
TABULAR STATEMENT OF FERTILE EGGS LAID, AND
Pedigree Moth-breeding.
REARED, WITH MEASUREMENTS.
MOTHS
MOTHS. Larval
ae & pupal
sii Largest.| Smallest Dift | Average period.
argest. . . | ge. Days.
First Generation.
WIL.
a 1 20-20*
fe) 4 22°40 18-10 4°30 20-20
> jaa pul | | | 00 |
Second Generation.
SLEEVED.
is 34 18-70 16°70 2-00 17°35
2 23 | 20°30 | 16:30 | 400 | 1824 {|
er a 40 | a Dojo Pot
Borruenp.
db 31 18-70 16-60 9-1 4G 17°65
eC) 32 20°70 | 18:10 | 2-60 19-26
SO | as lea Ae el ia ey a
Forcep.
re 25 19-00 15:90 3:10 17°54
co) 33 20:80 17:90 2°90 18°95
2 SR eR Ee ey SS ey
TEhAdrd Generation.
Forcep. Al.
db 68 19-60 |
2 61 21:10 |
«Ce ee a ea | |
Forcep. M1.
rf 35 | 17°88
& 53 Padi 19-20
A015] | 88 | | | | 1:32 32
Forcep. Z1.
oS 16 16°90 15-40 1°50 16°15
2 14 | 18:30 | 1560 | 2-70 | 17:57
Wilby) gd0edis wel 20 | [sh decd
Fourth Generation.
Forcep. M2
ea 35 19-80 17:00 2.80 18-41
ce) 26 20-90 18-20 2-70 19-40
210 | | 6? | aig 1-307 | Lk} Di feaeiii,
* Average of five males taken in spring, 21-50; of five females then
taken, 19-90; difference in favour of male, 1:60.
tions the difference is ‘89 to 1°61 in favour of female.
EXPLANATION OF PuatE VY.
The explanation of this Plate will be found at p. 128.
In all the later genera-
GSD
VI. Life-histories of Rhopalocera from the Australian
region. By Gervase F. Maruew, Staff-Pay-
master, R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
[Read December 7th, 1887. }
Prats VI.
Durixe a period of more than three years spent in
eruising off the coasts of Australia and New Zealand,
and amongst the islands of the Western Pacific, I
devoted as much of my leisure time as I was able to in
collecting Lepidoptera, and working out, to the best of
my ability, the life-histories of such Rhopalocera as it
was my good fortune to obtain the larve of. In doing
this there were many obstacles to contend with, such as
the constant change of locality, the shortness of our
stay at the different places visited, and the difficulty of
preserving fresh, for any length of time, the various food-
plants for the sustenance of the larve.
For many years I have taken the liveliest interest in
rearing Lepidoptera from the egg or larva, and noting
the habits of the different species in a state of nature,
and have often regretted, when perusing descriptive
works on exotic butterflies, that so little has been
written concerning their earlier stages, or so little said
as to the general habits, localities, times of appearance,
&e., of the species described. If, when practicable,
such information were furnished, the books would be
infinitely more valuable ; and would, I feel convinced,
tend to attract many more to the study of these charm-
ing creatures,
Melanitis leda, Linn.
In Australia, I have met with this species at Cooktown,
Brisbane, and Thursday Island, and Mr. Masters in-
forms me that he has taken it near Sydney. It pro-
bably occurs, in suitable places, in all tropical parts of
Australia. In the Western Pacific | observed it at Fiji,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRT I. (MARCH).
138 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
Samoa, the Friendly Islands, New Hebrides, New Cale-
donia, Solomon Islands, Duke of York Islands, New
Britain, New Guinea, Pelew Islands, and the Caroline
Islands. ‘They vary considerably in size and markings
from the different localities, but not sufficiently to form
new species, except those from Ponapé, in the Caroline
Islands, which are much smaller and much darker, and
should perhaps be considered a distinct race.
My observations upon the habits and life-history of
this butterfly were made chiefly in Fiji, where it was
very abundant. It was principally to be found in shady
spots in the forest, particularly by the sides of path-
ways where there was plenty of coarse grass, or by the
edges of clearings where sugar had been planted. It
has an uncertain, jerky, manner of flight, rising sud-
denly from under one’s feet, flying for a short distance,
and pitching abruptly, usually selecting a spot covered
with dead leaves, where, with it wings closed over its
back, it defies detection, as the colourings and markings
of the underside harmonise so completely with its sur-
roundings that it is very difficult to see, and it will not
take flight again until one nearly treads upon it. It
does not care to fly much during the day, except when
the weather is dull, or when it is raining. I have seen
them flying gaily in the midst of a tropical shower.
Towards sunset they begin to get more lively, and may
then be seen flitting across the pathways or sporting in
forest glades; and long after sunset I have seen them
flying wildly, and at a considerable elevation. They are
decidedly crepuscular in their habits. It is rather a
difficult butterfly to catch notwithstanding its appa-
rently weak style of flight; but this may be accounted
for by the fact that when disturbed it generally flies low
among the herbage, and flits in and out between the
bushes where it is not easy to follow it with one’s net.
It soon becomes worn, and not one half of those netted
are fit for the cabinet. Indeed bred specimens very
often look slightly worn although they may not have
once flapped their wings. ‘The least touch marks them,
their wing-scales are so loose and delicate.
The eggs are deposited, five or six in a row, upon the
terminal blades of sugar-cane, and upon various coarse
erasses, Cladium, &c. It is difficult to understand what
method is adopted by the parent butterfly in her selection
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 139
of the plant. There may be a dozen clumps of grass
or sugar-cane growing close to each other, and to
all intents and purposes exactly identical to the human
eye, but larvee will only be found perhaps on two of them,
while the other ten will be entirely untouched. Upon one
occasion, by the side of a path through the bush near
Suva, I noticed seven clumps of, I think, wild sugar-
cane growing about a yard apart. The first plant had
been much eaten, and a very superficial glance disclosed
a number of larve, chrysalids, and empty chrysalis
cases. The next two plants were untouched, but the
fourth was very much eaten; and, in addition to full
erown larve and chrysalids, I counted upon the under-
side of one of the leaves near its tip, no less than
twenty-six small larve and fourteen ova. The other
three plants were intact. It is unaccountable why some
of these plants should be selected and the others passed by
when, as I have before remarked, to an ordinary observer
there does not appear to be a bit of difference between
them. Upon these same plants, which were so tasteful
to M. leda, Lalso noticed larvee of Pamphila anqustula,
Herr.-Schaff., but they did not occur upon the others.
Notwithstanding that so many young larve and ova
occurred upon a single leaf, I should not on that account
call the species gregarious ; for the numbers were, with-
out doubt, the offspring of several females, as the young
larvee were of different sizes. It should perhaps be called
semi-gregarious, for | watched several females deposit-
ing ova, and found that they usually laid from five to
seven, rarely more. Asa rule it was not an uncommon
thing to find seven or eight full-grown larve, or a like
number of chrysalids, upon one plant. The larve are
very easy to see, for they generally rest on the midrib
on the underside of a leaf close to where they have last
fed, and do not crawl down and hide themselves among
the lower stems. ‘They feed during the day and _ pro-
bably by night also. When ful! grown they descend to
a lower part of the plant, and attach themselves to a
pad of silk spun on the midrib of the underside of a
leaf. The chrysalids are easily found by moving the
stems aside. They do not appear to suffer from the
attacks of ichneumons as all the larve and chrysalids I
took produced perfect butterflies. But I have found
fresh chrysalids, which have just assumed that state,
140 Mr. G. I’. Mathew’s life-histories of
being devoured by small red ants, which appear to
attack them when they are on the point of changing,
and before the tissues have had time to harden.
The newly-laid egg, viewed through a lens, is perfectly
globular, smooth, shining, and pale straw-yellow. In
the course of twenty-four hours it turns to a pale
yellowish green, and a few hours before it hatches
the black head of the young larva becomes plainly
visible.
The young larva is pale straw-yellow, with a few short,
scattered brown hairs; head black and shining, with
minute rudimentary spines upon the crown. The anal
processes are scarcely visible’ After its first change it
becomes pale green with a darker dorsal stripe, pale
yellowish green subdorsal and spiracular lines, and a
few bristly hairs upon the head and each segment; head
black and shining, with the spines upon the crown
slightly more developed.
After the second change it is pale yellowish green,
with dorsal, subdorsal, and spiracular lines brighter,
and anal processes more conspicuous ; crown, and sides
of face black; spines on crown well developed, black ;
other portion of head covered with short, black, bristly
hairs ; just above the mouth an oval, and on each side
of the face, a linear-shaped, green blotch.
After the third change the larva becomes altogether a
brighter green, the head the same; spines on crown
reddish brown, forming a dark line on each side of the
face to the mouth; head, spines, and anal processes
clothed with fine whitish hairs; hairs on body replaced
by raised yellowish dots. The full-grown larva is
elongate and subcylindrical with the second segment
very narrow, and the anal segment produced into two
processes terminating in sharp points; head very large
and conspicuous, apple-green, and furnished with two
carmine, rigid, spines on the crown, the carmine
changing to black from the base of the spine to near
the mouth on each side of the face, and bordered pos-
teriorly by a narrow white stripe; whole of the upper
surface bright apple-green, sometimes inclining to
golden-green, irrorated with raised yellow dots, which,
seen through a lens, emit short whitish airs, and give
the larva a somewhat roughened appearance; between
the subdorsal stripe and spiracles a stripe of darker
thopalocera from the Australian region. 141
ereen; dorsal line dark green; lateral skin-fold well
developed ; under surface, legs, and prolegs dull green.
When full-grown the larva remains perfectly motion-
less for twenty-four hours or more, gradually shrinking
all the time, and then falls suspended head downwards,
its anal claspers attached to a pad of silk which it had
previously spun, and, in this position it remains for
about another twenty-four hours, when it changes to a
somewhat obtuse chrysalis of the usual satyrid form,
with slightly bifid head. Its whole surface is beautiful
grass-green, the veins of the wing-cases being slightly
darker. The wing-sheaths, considering the ample wings
of the butterfly, are comparatively small. The butterfly
emerges in about ten days.
* When not feeding the larva has a habit of crawling
to the extremity of a leaf, where it rests with its head
and first three or four segments hanging over and
downwards, and, in this position, especially when viewed
sideways, bears a strong resemblance to a praying
mantis, and so, to a certain extent, may alarm any
wandering ichneumon. A wise provision of Nature!
Epinephele abeona, Don. (Pl. VL., fig. 8).
This beautiful species is not uncommon near Sydney,
but is local and only occurs in deep wooded gullies
where different species of Cladiwm, upon which its
larve subsist, grow in dense clumps by the margins of
water-courses, or in low swampy ground between ranges
of hills. It flies in an irregular uncertain manner
around its food plant, or amongst brushwood in its
vicinity. It is very conspicuous on the wing, and a
pleasing object. Occasionally it settles upon a stone
and expands its wings to the full glare of the sun.
Once or twice I found them, towards dusk, roosting in
little parties in miniature caves in the face of a sand-
stone cliff overlooking a swampy valley, and have seen
them in similar situations during a shower.
I long suspected that the larve would be found feeding
upon Cladiwm, as I noticed that the perfect insects were
only to be met with where these plants grew, but it was
not until October 27th, 1883, that I had the pleasure of
discovering the larve.
I was out for a day’s collecting in a small valley at
142 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
the back of Coogee Bay, about four or five miles from
Sydney. A little rivulet runs through the centre of the
valley, and here and there there were swampy places
overgrown with coarse grass, rushes, ferns, and patches
of Cladium, the hills on each side being clothed with
the usual Eucalypti, Banksia, Persoonia, &e. I walked
up the valley for nearly a mile when I came to a wall of
rock, out of, and over which, the little stream dashed
and splashed, and formed several cool and delicious-
looking pools. The face of the rock was studded with
patches of various kinds of lovely ferns, and a large and
delicate species of Pteris (P. tremula) grew in masses at
its base. Altogether it was a romantic spot, and well
suited for a picnic party. Several specimens of abeona
were disporting themselves here among the Cladium,
which grew luxuriantly in large masses, and I noticed
that some of the leaves had recently been nibbled, so I
had a good hunt, and succeeded in finding some very
small larve hiding away among the leaves at the base
of the plant. These were evidently the larve of a
Satyrid, and could be none other than those of L. abeona,
which, indeed, they proved to be. I could discover no
full-grown larvee on this occasion, but a few days later I
again visited this valley, and in another locality, a short
distance from the waterfall, I was delighted to find four
full-grown larve, and numbers of smaller ones. The
latter I did not take, as I found the food-plants would not
keep fresh ; in fact the leaves shrivelled up before I got
home, so the only chance I had of breeding the perfect
insect was by taking the full-grown larve. Subsequently
I dug up a few small plants and put them into pickle-
bottles with wet sand, and then had no difficulty with my
larve, for the plants kept nice and fresh for some
weeks. A few days after this I succeeded in finding the
beautiful emerald-green chrysalis, and during the re-
mainder of my stay at Sydney I took numbers of both
larve and chrysalids, and bred a good many butterflies.
This species appears to occur throughout the year.
I have taken it in all its stages from August to May, but
having spent no part of June or July at Sydney I
cannot speak positively with regard to those two
months.
The egg, which is perfectly globular and shining
emerald-green, is laid upon the upper surface of the
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 143
leaves of the food-plant. The young larva has a very
large head, out of all proportion to the rest of the body,
shining black, very minutely punctured, and sparsely
clothed with fine reddish brown hairs. Colour pale
golden green inclining to rosy on two posterior seg-
ments; dorsal line faint, pulsating, and pale rosy; a
few stiff reddish brown bristles upon the two posterior
segments.
Full-grown larva cylindrical, tapering slightly towards
each extremity; head subcordate, somewhat flattened
and porrected, narrower than second segment; anal
segment produced into two sharp conspicuous points.
Ordinary colour a beautiful pea-green, but inclining, in
some individuals, to a pale yellowish green ; a dark pul-
sating dorsal line, bordered by a dull green stripe, next
to which is a pale yellow-green line; an indistinct
darker subdorsal line; whole larva tranversely wrinkled,
especially the anterior and posterior segments; anal
points faintly tipped with purple; under surface, legs,
and prolegs paler; mouth black, bordered with white ;
ocelli and spiracles very minute and black. A common
variety of this larva has a beautiful, but somewhat
interrupted, purple dorsal stripe.
When full-fed the larva attaches itself by its anal
hooks to a pad of silk, spun on the underside of one of
the lower leaves of its food-plant, or to a neighbouring
twig, and changes to a short, stout, and somewhat
obtuse chrysalis, with slightly bifid head. Colour beau-
tiful emerald or grass-green; dorsal line darker; inner
margin of wing-sheath bright yellow; spiracles minute,
faint yellow.
The leaves of the Cladium possess exceedingly sharp
edges so that it is almost impossible to search for these
larvee without returning home with one’s hands and
wrists considerably cut.
Acrea andromacha, Faby. (P1 VI., figs. 14, 14 (a) ).
This butterfly is local at Sydney, but uncertain in its
appearance, at times being very abundant. It flies in a
slow floating manner, and when in the net frequently
feions death. It is very tenacious of life, and requires
a strong and prolonged squeeze to kill it. Towards
sunset they assemble in numbers, and are fond of
144 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
roosting at the extremity of dead twigs, and, when in
this position, can be easily captured between the finger
and thumb.
On April 14th, 1883, I discovered the larve in a
garden at Darling Point, Sydney, feeding upon a hedge
of T’axonia. They were in the utmost profusion, and
of all sizes, from the tiny individuals just hatched to the
full-grown larve. In their earlier stages they are gre-
garious in their habits, but as they grow older they
separate and wander about. ‘Their chrysalids were
hanging everywhere, and the butterflies were flying
about in numbers.
On April 24th we left Sydney for a cruise. I then
had a dozen larve still feeding, but in a few days all the
food died and shrivelled up. I expected that the larve
would die also, but to my astonishment they all crawled
to the top of the breeding-cage and there fixed them-
selves to a pad of silk, and remained perfectly quiet, as
if with the intention of hybernating. On May 13th, at
Suva, Fiji, I placed three large Noctue larve in their
box, but these did not disturb them in the least. In
about three weeks I bred a beautiful moth from one of
these larve, and as it was rather lively I dropped a few
drops of chloroform into the box to stupefy it, and this
had the effect of rousing the Andromacha larve, and
most of them fell writhing to the bottom of the box.
Next day several of them were dead. At the beginning
of June, when we were among the Gilbert Islands,
within a short distance of the line, the remaining four
or five larve, which were very small half-starved looking
creatures, began to move about, attached themselves ina
the usual manner, and in a few days changed to chry-
salids. Between June 11th and 18th these produced
very dwarfed butterflies. From the above it would
seem that these larve have the power of abstaining frona
food for a lengthened period, which will account for the
uncertain appearance of the perfect insects.
‘The full-grown larva is 30 to 35 mm. long, cylindrical,
deep sienna-brown, and somewhat shining, with rows of
long slender, subdorsal, spiracular, and subspiracular
branched spines, the bases of which are seated upon
slightly raised metallic, blue-black spots; dorsal and
subdorsal stripe paler than general ground colour ; head
pale sienna-brown with black blotch on face, and a
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 145
V-shaped paler mark; legs and prolegs black ; ventral
area pale greenish yellow.
When full-fed the larva attaches itself to a pad of silk
on the under side of a leaf, or stem of its food-plant,
and hanging, head downwards, changes to a con-
spicuous and rather elongated black and white chrysalis,
- with a subdorsal and spiracular series of orange spots.
I have also taken this species at Brisbane, Fiji, New
Hebrides, Thursday Island, and New Guinea.
Pyrameis Itea, Fabr., (Pl. VI., fig. 10).
This species was not uncommon in the neighbourhood
of Sydney, but it was not abundant, for its food-plant,
Urtica incisa, was very scarce. Indeed I only remember
having seen one small plant growing under a wall
in one of the suburbs, and this had several larvee upon it.
The nettles probably occurred in gardens, or waste
places, not generally accessible to the public, or the
larve may perhaps feed on something else as well. The
butterfly was occasionally to be seen in the very heart of
the city. It is fond of alighting upon walls, or upon
trunks of trees, and invariably settles with its head
downwards. It is a very rapid flier. The larve were
very abundant at Hobart, Tasmania, in February, 1883,
and I took a plentiful supply from a bed of nettles in a
garden in the town, and bred a fine series of the perfect
insect. J also met with the larve at Blackheath, on the
Blue Mountains, in February, 1885, and IJ have received
bred specimens from Norfolk Island, where it appears to
be common. The eggs are laid singly, upon the ter-
minal shoots of nettles (Urtica incisa), and although the
larve are not, strictly speaking, gregarious, yet the
same female appears to deposit a number of eggs upon
the same plant. Directly the larve are hatched they
proceed to spin the edge of a leaf together, and form a
little tent in which to dwell, issuing forth from time to
time to feed. They live in tents the whole course of
their existence, constructing larger ones as they increase
in size. But it sometimes happens that there are so
many larve upon a single plant that they eat each other
out of house and home, and may then be seen feeding
quite exposed. When full grown they attach themselves
by the anal hooks to a spray of their food-plant, or
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) L
146 Mr. C. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
wander to some adjacent wall, or paling, where they
turn to a somewhat angulated chrysalis with blunt
abdominal spines. The colour of the chrysalis varies,
and depends upon the locality where they have effected
their change. If against a wall they are reddish
brown with a few abdominal silvery spots; but when
attached to their food-plant they are beautiful objects,
being like burnished gold, or opalescent golden green.
They emerge in ten days or a fortnight.
The full-grown larva is from 380 to 32 mm. long,
cylindrical, tapering towards each extremity ; head cor-
date, notched on the crown, slightly hairy and much
larger than the second segment; whole of the dorsal
and subdorsal area smoky black, in some varieties
dark hoary grey; dorsal stripe narrow and _ black;
sometimes an interrupted white, or whitish yellow sub-
dorsal stripe, bordered below with black; subspiracular
area olive-green or olive-yellow; lateral skinfold well-
developed, and pale yellow; spines small, branched, and
blackish, or reddish brown, with the exception of those
upon the lateral skinfold which spring from a reddish
cushion, and are olive-yellow ; ventral area smoky olive ;
legs black.
Junonia vellida, Fabr. (Pl. VI., fig. 11).
- This is a common butterfly and appears to be pretty
generally distributed. It occurs in open waste places,
flies rapidly to and fro when disturbed, and alights
abruptly upon a stone, or clear place, on the ground,
keeping its wings expanded to the sun. The larve, near
Sydney, feed upon Plantago major and Plantago lanceo-
lata, and are not difficult to find. In the Botanical
Gardens, I frequently noticed them upon Antirrhinun,
and at the Friendly Islands they were feeding upon
sweet potato; and at the Gilbert, Ellice, and Marshall
Islands they were to be seen living quite exposed upon
the broad, succulent, and glabrous leaves of a species
of Daphne (2), and they probably feed upon a variety of
other plants. I met with it at Sydney, Brisbane,
Thursday Island, Hobart, New Guinea, Fiji, New Heb-
rides, New Caledonia, Samoa, Friendly Islands, Rotu-
mah, Gilbert, Ellice, and Marshall Islands. The perfect
insects vary considerably in different localities, the most
marked variety occurring at Samoa.
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 147
The full-grown larva is from 387 to 40 mm. long,
cylindrical, rather stout in proportion to its length, and
tapers slightly towards the head; whole surface deep
blackish brown, darker in some individuals than in
others, and almost approaching a velvety black; a
series of dorsal, subdorsal, spiracular, and subspiracular
- short, and rather blunt, finely-branched spines; a
greyish lunular stripe upon each segment above the
spiracles; a faint, and somewhat interrupted, whitish
grey spiracular line; head black, cordate, notched on
the crown, with a very short blunt spine on each side,
and sparsely covered with fine black hairs; second seg-
ment, when head is stretched out for crawling, exhibits
an orange-coloured collar; legs black; ventral and anal
claspers tipped with tawny, and with tawny spots at the
base.
The chrysalis, which is short and obese, is attached
by its anal hooks to a pad of silk on the under side of a
leaf, a stem, or an adjoining stone, and is dark umber-
brown, speckled with greyish dots and blotches.
Doleschallia Herrichii, Butl. (Pl. VI., figs. 18, 18 (a) ).
This fine species was rather scarce at Havannah Har-
bour, Sandwich Island, and at Aneiteum, in the New
Hebrides, from June to August, 1882. It is very strong
on the wing, and fond of flying rapidly backwards and
forwards in front of some high tree, and when it settles
it generally does so far out of reach. It is ever ready
to give chase to any passing butterfly, consequently
nearly all those captured were more or less worn.
At Aneiteum, in August, I was fortunate to find its
larve in some numbers, and succeeded in breeding a
good series. Strange to say although such a _ high-
flying butterfly, the larve were always found upon a low
growing shrub, the name of which I am unacquainted
with.
The eggs are laid in little batches of twenty or thirty
all close together; they are quite round, and pale glossy
yellow. The young larve are gregarious, but after
changing their first or second skins they break up the
family party and each larva starts forth on its own
account. From observations made I am inclined to
believe that they have the power of doing without food
L2
148 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
for a considerable period, and wander to a great distance,
for adult larve are found singly on bushes a long way
apart.
When full-grown the larva feeds perfectly exposed
upon its food-plant, and is then a conspicuous object.
It is from 52 to 55 mm. long, cylindrical, and tapers
slightly towards the head, which is cordate, and notched
on the crown, with a stiff branched spine springing from
each lobe; cheeks, lower part of face and mouth, deep
metallic blue, almost black; the second and third seg-
ments much narrower than the head; whole of the
dorsal and subdorsal area, as far as spiracular stripe,
bluish or purplish, sometimes inclining to deep madder,
and irrorated more or less with inconspicuous whitish
dots; dorsal vessel interrupted, black; a subdorsal
interrupted pale whitish stripe; an interrupted white
spiracular stripe ; ventral area, legs, and prolegs smoky
ereenish yellow; from fourth to tenth segments inclu-
sive five, upon second and third four, upon twelfth six,
and upon thirteenth four rigid, branched, blue-black
spines, spring from a circular metallic blue-green base ;
from fifth to twelfth segments inclusive, interrupting the
white subspiracular stripe, a conspicuous orange-red
cushion seated on the lateral skinfold, and from which
spring yellow branched spines tipped with black ;
Spiracles minute and black.
When full-grown the larva spins a pad of silk to the
underside of a leaf, attaches itself thereto, and becomes
a smooth chrysalis of a reddish buff colour; a curved
black line runs from the tail along the inner margin of
the wing-cases to the eye, which makes it appear some-
what boat-shaped; spiracles, and some subspiracular
dots black, with a few black dashes and striz upon the
wing-cases and abdomen.
These larvee were taken between the 26th and 29th
August at Aneiteum. They were very sluggish in their
habits and flaccid to the touch, and were considerably
infested by a dipterous parasite, and I lost several that
were so attacked. The affected larve, when full-grown,
ceased feeding, and remained stationary for two or three
days, when they lost the power of holding on by their
legs and anal claspers, and these two extremities falling,
they were left suspended by their prolegs only, in a
doubled-up position. Upon examination they were
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 149
found to contain some black fluid, and one fat maggot,
which, in due course, produced a common-looking fly.
Many of the larve turned to chrysalids during our pas-
sage to Sydney, but I lost a number of them from want
of food. ‘The first butterfly emerged at Sydney, on 16th
September, and I bred altogether about two dozen fine
specimens.
Hypolimnas bolina, Linn.
This is a very elegant butterfly, and its flight is most
oraceful. The males are fond of congregating in little
parties of a dozen or more, in some shady nook, where
there may happen to be any of the large-leaved trees or
shrubs upon which they delight to sit, and, as one
passes, they fly out in little flocks. It is then a pretty
sight to watch them. One or two will go off rapidly as
if in a great fright, but the remainder wheel backwards
and forwards slowly in front of the spot from whence
they started, and, if one keeps perfectly quiet, will
settle again in the same place. They look very lovely
as they thus float to and fro in a lazy, airy fashion,
their dark blue-black velvety wings, with bright violet-
blue centres, flashing a variety of brilliant rays in the
bright sun, and making them appear like fairy gems.
The females are more solitary in their habits, but are to
be seen more constantly on the wing flying steadily
along, on the look out for a suitable plant on which to
deposit their eggs. They vary excessively, scarcely any
two being alike, and some of the varieties are remark-
ably beautiful. The males, on the other hand, never
show the least disposition to vary. The females seem
to have regular beats, and appear to stick to the same
spot for days, probably for the whole period of their
existence. Often, while walking along a path through
the forest, a female has flown out of a thick bush in
front of me, and, day after day, as I passed the same
spot, what I believe to have been the same butterfly
has appeared. This was constantly occurring. Towards
sunset the males assemble in large numbers, and
“roost” together, and I have frequently beaten three or
four dozen from the same bush.
The larve are not at all difficult to find, and, in some
places, were most abundant. When feeding on Sida
rhombifolia they have a habit of crawling high up
150 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
on their food-plant, towards evening, and are then con-
spicuous objects; and after heavy rain they wander
about a good deal. The chrysalids were not uncommon,
attached to twigs of the food-plant, or upon some
neighbouring bush. In the hope of breeding some good
varieties, I took, at different times and in different
localities, a great number of larve, and succeeded in
rearing a large series of butterflies, among them some
fine and interesting varieties. The larve did not suffer
much from the attacks of ichneumons, for only one out
of the number I took was stung. They remained about
three weeks in the chrysalis state.
The larve feed upon Sida rhombifolia and Sida retusa,
and also upon a convolvulus which creeps over the
ground in stony waste places; it also, I believe, feeds
upon various species of Portulacee@, and probably upon
other low plants.
The eggs are laid in irregular batches upon the under-
sides of the leaves, and, when quite fresh, are pale
yellow, but they change to a deep leaden colour just be-
fore the larva emerges. Viewed through a lens the eggs
are orange-shaped and finely ribbed. When quite young
the larve are gregarious, but separate after the second
moult. The young larva is dark greenish black; head
black and shining, with no indications of the spines on
the crown possessed by the adult larva: body spines
represented by fine bristles, curved slightly forward ;
ventral area transparent yellowish green.
The full-grown larva is 52 to 55 mm. long, cylin-
drical, tawny black, with seven branched spines upon
each segment, arranged in a ring; head cordate, reddish
yellow, with a long branched spine springing from each
side of the crown; second segment manifestly narrower
than the head, and of the same colour; a somewhat
interrupted sienna-brown spiracular stripe, most con-
spicuous upon the third and fourth segments; spines
dark reddish brown, thickly branched with fine black
bristles; legs, prolegs, and ventral claspers reddish
brown ; whole surface irrorated with very minute yel-
lowish dots.
When ready to change the larva attaches itself to a
pad of silk on the underside of a leaf or twig, and turns
to a slightly angulated dark brown chrysalis, with abdo-
minal spines, two blunt spines at base of wing-sheath,
. —
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 151
and one or two on the thorax. I only noticed one
variety of the larve; they were light reddish grey,
clouded with ochreous-yellow, with the region from
which the spines spring entirely ochreous-yellow, form-
in a series of rings; spines reddish yellow; spiracles
black; a few black dots behind each subdorsal spine ;
subspiracular skinfold ochreous-yellow, and well de-
veloped, almost forming a lateral stripe; ventral area
bluish grey; chrysalis from this variety pale reddish
orey.
This butterfly is occasionally to be seen in the vicinity
of Sydney, but I never met with it there myself. I have
taken it at Brisbane, Cooktown, Claremont Islands,
Thursday Island, Fiji, New Caledonia, Friendly Islands,
New Hebrides, Rotumah Island, Solomon Islands, Gil-
bert Islands, Marshall Islands, Ellice Islands, Caroline
Islands, Samoa, Pelew Islands, New Guinea, New Britain,
and have received it from Norfolk Island.
Note.—On account of the extraordinary manner in
which the females vary,—it being extremely difficult to
obtain two exactly alike from the same brood of larve,—
a number of new species have been described, among
which I may mention naresiz, mosleyi, pallescens, pulchra,
and montrouziert of Butler, and otaheite, Felder.
Lyceni heathi, Cox.
This species was local near Sydney, occurring only
where its food-plant, Westringia rosmarinifolia, a shrub
of from three to four feet high, and bearing clusters of
white flowers, grew. This plant was chiefly confined to
open ground near the sea,—though I found it sparingly
in one or two localities a few miles inland,—so that the
butterfly to a great extent is a maritime species. I had
long noticed that it was only to be found in one or two
places where this shrub grew, and had a suspicion that
the larve fed on it, and beat it once or twice without
discovering any. However, on February 28th, 1885,
happening to be at one of its localities—a point jutting
out into Botany Bay—I beat the bushes again into my
net, and this time succeeded in obtaining a dozen full-
srown larve of a Lycena, which I thought would pro-
duce this species. There were plenty of small larva
besides, but I did not take these. The full-grown larva
152 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
is of the usual Lycena form, 18 to 15 mm. long, rather
slender in proportion to its length; whole surface a
beautiful pea- or apple-green, in some individuals the
green upon the dorsal area being tinged with golden-
yellow; viewed through a lens the whole body is irro-
rated with minute whitish dots, and a few short light-
coloured bristles spring from the spiracular region, and
above the head and anal flap; segmental divisions
clearly defined; four short dark-coloured dorsal bristles
upon each segment, springing from small tubercles ; the
tubercles on fourth, fifth, and ninth segments being
often tinged with carmine, with a faint indication of that
colour upon the others; in some of the larve these
tubercles are very indistinct; a ridged sub-spiracular
yellow line; spiracles very small and pale yellow; the
twelfth and thirteenth segments somewhat flattened,
and, from the dorsal surface of the latter the larva has
the power of emitting two short whitish tentacles, the
tips of which are furnished with a whorl of minute
bristles; head pale amber colour, mouth darker, with a
dusky round dot on each side of it. The tubercles on
third and fourth segments are double. The half-grown
larve are of a light greenish yellow, with a dark pulsa-
ting dorsal stripe, and very faint indications of dorsal
tubercles. The larva feed upon the flowers and flower-
buds, and also upon young leaves, eating holes from
beneath in the centre of the leaf, but do not penetrate
through the upper cuticle. When full-grown they attach
themselves to the underside of a leaf, or to a stem. ‘The
chrysalis is from 10 to 11 mm. long and much re-
sembles a chiton ; the abdomen is considerably depressed
and ridged laterally; the segmental divisions are clearly
marked and ridged. The colour varies, those attached
to the leaves being greenish yellow, or pinkish brown,
while those attached to the stems are nearly black, and
they are all more or less sprinkled with dark dots and
pencilings; spiracles pale yellowish enclosed in a red-
dish ring.
The first butterfly appeared on our passage home at
Batavia, on June 9th; the last in the English Channel,
on August 26th, the day before we arrived at Plymouth.
ae
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 153
Ialmenus evagoras, Don.
The larve of this beautiful butterfly live in society
upon the ‘ Wattle” (Acacia). On October 4th, 1884, I
found, upon a small branch of ‘‘ Wattle,” at Paramatta,
near Sydney, one pupa, a larva upon the point of
changing, and a number of small larve, from tiny
individuals just hatched to others nearly half-grown.
This was evidently an early brood. At the same place,
on February 9th, 1885, there were many of the perfect
insects on the wing, and upon some young ‘“ Wattle”
bushes, from two to three feet high, I noticed several
clusters of pupe-cases, one batch of fifteen which had
not emerged, and numbers of larve of all sizes. The
larve and living pupe were attended by scores of small
black ants, which continually ran backwards and forwards
over them, and, as far as I could see, caused them no
annoyance. The ants were attracted by some sticky
saccharine matter which exuded from both larve and
pupe, and gave them a bright and varnished appearance.
Upon placing my face close to these nests I fancied that
I could detect a faint and rather sickly aromatic odour.
Many of the butterflies were setting on the twigs among
the larve and pupe, and did not seem to be at all
disturbed by the ants, although they flew away when
I approached too near, but upon passing again in an
hour’s time they had renewed their old position. They
are evidently rather sluggish in their habits, and do not
appear to wander far from their food-plant, and from the
above I should say that there are a succession of broods
from spring to autumn, and that young bushes are
selected in preference to older ones.
The larva a few days old is pale reddish brown,
inclining to greenish upon the back, and with its whole
surface covered with a few pale-coloured hairs ; tubercles
small, but plainly visible; head shining black.
The full-grown larva is 15 to 18 mm. long, sub-
cylindrical, tapering to each extremity, and of a shining
smoky greenish hue, in some individuals almost black ; a
pale yellowish green and somewhat interrupted stripe
encloses the spiracles, and widens out considerably upon
tenth and eleventh segments; a pair of blunt, double,
fleshy, dorsal spines on second to tenth and on twelfth
segments, those on third, fourth, and twelfth segments
154 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
much wider apart than the others, and those on fourth
segment the longest ; a short blunt spine just above the
spiracles on all the segments except eleventh, twelfth,
and thirteenth, those on seventh, eighth, ninth, and
tenth being the most conspicuous ; there is also a minute
tubercle below each spiracle; an oblique narrow white
line on each segment between the dorsal and spiracular
spines; spiracles white in a black ring; a whitish spot
at the base of most of the spines; under parts and
claspers pale green; legs black; a few fine whitish
bristles spring from the second segment and point over
the head, and there are also scattered bristles along the
spiracular region, chiefly above the claspers; all the
spines are tipped with minute blunt bristles, which are,
however, scarcely perceptible to the naked eye; seg-
mental divisions clearly defined. The tubercles upon the
twelfth segment have a small valvular opening at their
summit, through which, when the larva crawls or is
feeding, a telescopic organ surmounted by a whorl of
fine bristles is constantly thrust.
Pupa attached to stem of food-plant; usually several
close together; rather short and stumpy; shining
reddish brown and black ; wing-cases black, veins light
sienna-brown and conspicuous; segmental divisions
reddish, clearly defined ; faint indications of tubercles
on, back ; spiracles raised, pale reddish brown.
Elodina angulipennis, Lue.
This is rather a weak-flying butterfly. It was very
numerous in the Botanical Gardens, Sydney, in April
and May, 1884, and in March, 1885, frequenting the
different Capparis bushes. I had not noticed it in 1882
or 18838. On May 12th, 1884, I watched a female
depositing her eggs upon the tender leaves and terminal
shoots of C. nobilis. Muéll. The eggs are subconical and
finely ribbed, and when freshly laid are pale straw-
yellow, which changes in a day or two to a semi-
transparent whitish hue spotted with pink. Unfortu-
nately I was unable to carry on further observations
regarding this species, as we left Sydney on May 17th
for a cruise to the islands.
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 155
Preris latilimbata, Butl. (Pl. VL., fig. 4).
This butterfly was very abundant in all its stages at
Port Moresby, New Guinea, in November, 1884, and I
also met with it on April 18th, 1885, at one of the
Claremont Islands, off Cape Claremont, on the north-
east coast of Queensland.
The larve feed upon a straggling thorny shrub bearing
alternate suboval leaves, and possessing shining pube-
scent stems, which feel like velvet to the touch, and are
of exactly the same colour as the larve. The larve live
perfectly exposed, and when not feeding rest on the
midrib of the leaf or upon an adjoining twig, and, upon
being annoyed, throw their heads backwards and remain
in that position for some time.
The full-grown larva is 28 mm. long, cylindrical, dull
pea-green, and thickly irrorated with numerous trans-
verse rows of small yellow raised dots, interspersed with
fine short white hairs, especially upon the spiracular
region; an indistinct and somewhat interrupted pale
yellowish line just above the spiracles; head the same
colour as the body, and covered with raised yellow dots
and short scattered hairs; ventral area pale greenish
erey.
The chrysalis is attached to a pad of silk on the under
surface of a leaf, or to a stem. On several occasions I
noticed it upon the upper side of a leaf. Its general
colour is bright apple-green, and it is much angulated.
The sheath of the haustellum forms a prominent beak,
the wing-cases are produced into sharp spines, and the
posterior segments narrow suddenly to a point. A large
indented and somewhat triangular pale-coloured blotch
extends across the abdomen; a raised yellow lateral
ridge from base of wing-case to anal extremity ; abdo-
minal divisions clearly defined, pale yellowish green,
with three or four small raised black dots on the apex.
In some varieties the green is replaced by reddish green,
and one or two larve which underwent their change in
a chip-box became chrysalids of a uniform ashy-grey
colour.
Pieris teutonia, Fabry. (Pl. VI., figs. 6 and 6 (a) ).
This species, which seems to be local, was particularly
abundant near the menagerie in the Botanical Gardens
156 — Mr. G. F'. Mathew’s life-histories of
at Sydney during May, 1882. It is a quick-flying insect.
There were scarcely any flowers attractive to butterflies
in bloom in the gardens at this time of the year, only a
few passing Zinnias, and upon these P. teutonia occa-
sionally settled. It was fond of resting upon shining
evergreen leaves, where it would remain motionless for
a considerable time, with extended wings, enjoying the
full glare of the sun. It is of uncertain appearance,
being abundant at some seasons and entirely absent or
very rare at others. In the summer of 1882—83 it
occurred in the greatest profusion, especially the second
brood, which were in countless numbers; the topmost
boughs of the caper-trees in the Botanical Gardens were
stripped of their leaves, and the chrysalids were attached
thickly to every twig, but I saw it nowhere else.
In 1884 I only noticed two butterflies (on April 18th),
and three larve (on May 12th), and in 1885 there were
none seen in the gardens, but I met with a single
butterfly at Blackheath, on the Blue Mountains, on
February 14th. It is strange that in 1884—85 the same
caper-trees that were infested with P. teutonia in 1882—83
were frequented by numbers of Hlodina angulipennis,
Lue., a species I had not previously observed, and I
noticed the females busily engaged depositing their eggs
upon the caper-leaves. I may here remark that the two
broods of P. teutonia are very different in appearance,
the females of the summer brood being very deeply
mareined with black, particularly the hind wings, which
in some cases are almost entirely black, and the orange-
yellow markings beneath are much brighter.
This species is widely distributed. I have taken it at
Fiji, New Hebrides, Friendly Islands, and New Guinea.
It varies slightly in each locality, but not sufficiently to
constitute a distinct species, or even a well-marked
variety. Near Ne-afo, Vavua Island (Friendly group) it
must have been in immense numbers in the summer of
1884, for one day, when I was out duck-shooting upon a
lagoon, I noticed hundreds of caper-trees by the water’s
edge almost stripped of their leaves; and there were
still a good many butterflies to be seen, although they
were mostly passing. The native who was with me in
the canoe could speak a little ‘‘ pigeon” English, and
he said that a month before they were in “ plenty,
plenty,” greatly emphasising the expression. I have
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 157
heard of immense flights of white butterflies having
occasionally been seen in Queensland, proceeding at a
considerable height from east to west, and should think
it likely that they were this species.
On May 15th, 1882, i noticed a female fluttering about
the topmost shoots of a small bush of Capparis lasiantha,
R. Bth., and upon examination discovered hundreds of
egos, laid in batches of a dozen or more; they were of
the usual Pieris type and bright straw-yellow. There
were also numbers of larve of all sizes, but none of
them appeared to be quite full-grown. I took a few of the
largest. A day or two afterwards, while picking some
fresh food for these larvee, I found a number of empty
chrysalids, two of which had the freshly-emerged butter-
flies sitting drying their wings alongside of them. I also
picked two which had not come out, and which appeared
a few days after in my cabin. When full-grown these
larve appear to wander, for I noticed several empty
chrysalids upon adjoiming shrubs. The tree these larve
were upon was rather a stunted unhealthy-looking one
of its kind, and, although there were others close at
hand in a flourishing condition, I could not detect that
they had been in any way touched. This peculiarity I
have noticed with other species. From January 4th to
20th, 1888, larve and chrysalids were in immense
numbers upon three kinds of caper, Capparis nobilis,
Muéll., C. Mitcheli, Lindl., and C. lasiantha, R. Benth.,
and I bred a large series of the butterflies.
The full-fed larva is cylindrical, and tapers at each
extremity, especially the anal; head somewhat cordate,
black, with a few minute yellow dots and scattered
whitish hairs, and a white \V/-shaped mark on the
face; whole of the upper surface, which is glaucous,
dark olive-brown, thickly irrorated with very minute
yellow dots ; on the second segment, immediately behind
the head, a series of three raised gamboge-yellow dots
on each side of the dorsal vessel, and a single dot below,
the whole forming a narrow ring; from each of these
dots spring minute whitish hairs; on the third and
fourth segments a row of six dots encircling the dorsal
area; from the fifth to the twelfth segments inclusive
these dots are arranged in a triangular pattern, and on
the thirteenth segment they form a small patch, with
two additional dots, which are rather conspicuous just
158 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
above the anal flap; dorsal line much darker ; spiracular
line indistinctly defined, and pale yellowish green ;
spiracles black, in a pale yellow ring, with a bright
yellow dot just below each; between the spiracular line
and base of prolegs and claspers there is a stripe of
smoky green, from which grow a number of fine white
hairs; ventral area yellowish green.
When full-grown the larva crawls to the back of a leaf
or to a twig, spins a pad of silk in which to insert the
anal hooks, girds itself with a silken thread, and in about
twenty-four to thirty hours changes to a greenish grey
and slightly angulated chrysalis. In some cases, how-
ever, the larva does not leave the leaf upon which it last
fed, but becomes a chrysalis, quite exposed, upon its
upper surface. A few hours before the exit of the
butterfly the markings of the wings are plainly visible
through the sheath.
Callidryas Gorgophone, Fabr. (Pl. VL., fig. 7).
This butterfly was not common at Sydney; I only
noticed it once or twice, and took but one specimen. It
is not easy to catch, for it usually flies at a headlong
pace. One day, early in March, 1885, I observed a
female flymg about a Cassia bush in the Botanical
Gardens, and upon examining it discovered a number of
egos, some small larve, and one chrysalis. This was the
only bush of the kind in the gardens, though there were
plenty of bushes of other species, C. candoleana, &c. ;
but I could find no traces of larve upon any of these.
I took three or four dozen larve, and found them very
easy to rear.
Full-grown larva 85 mm. long, cylindrical, beautiful
apple- or grass-green, tinged below with yellow; whole
body delicately ribbed and finely pilose; a conspicuous
pale yellow spiracular stripe, above which, upon each
segment, are two or three dark metallic-blue spots ;
viewed through a lens the body is thickly covered with
minute brownish tubercles, which give the larva a slightly
roughened appearance ; head paler than rest of the body;
under parts and ventral claspers pale yellowish green.
The young larve a day or two old are yellowish green.
They feed perfectly exposed upon the upper surface of
the leaves, and when not feeding have a habit of keeping
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 159
their heads and anterior segments raised Sphinaz-like :
they grow very rapidly, and when full-fed attach them-
selves to a stem of their food-plant and change to a
slightly angulated chrysalis, pale greenish yellow, with a
conspicuous yellow spiracular stripe. The butterflies
appeared in ten days or a fortnight, and invariably
emerged just before dawn. Shortly before they were
disclosed the wing-cases of the males became a beautiful
yellow, and the spots could be plainly discerned at the
margins of the wings; the females were much paler.
The chrysalis of this species is not nearly so angulated,
nor are the wing-cases or sheath of proboscis so produced
as in many others of the genus. I have also taken this
butterfly at Brisbane, Claremont Islands, and Thursday
Island. None of my larve were ichneumoned.
Eurycus cressida, Fabr. (Pl. VI., fig. 12).
This interesting species was common at Thursday
Island, and at Brisbane and Cooktown. At the latter
place I noticed females depositing their eggs upon some
low-growing creeping plant, apparently allied to Aristo-
lochia, but failed to find any larve. Mr. Miskin, of
Brisbane, kindly gave mea pupa, from which I bred a
fine male. The butterfly flies straight and moderately
high, and looks as if it was weak on the wing, though
when it is frightened it can go at a rapid pace. In some
places they assembled in large numbers round the flowers
of Hucalyptus, and on these occasions were, of course,
far out of reach.
ORNITHOPTERA.
I shall never forget the intense pleasure I experienced
at seeing for the first time, in its native haunts, the
magnificent Ornithoptera durvilliana. It was on 22nd
November, 1882, at Meoko, one of the islands of the
Duke of York group, situated between New Britain and
New Iveland. We arrived and anchored in the little
iand-locked harbour, in front of the trader’s house, early
in the afternoon, and I at once went on shore. Meoko
is a small island, not more than three or four miles in
circumference, and densely wooded, some of the trees
being of immense size and height, and the undererowth
composed of a varied and luxuriant tropical vegetation.
160 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
The island is traversed by a number of small paths
which connect the different villages. These are of small
size, being merely a collection of two or three badly-
constructed huts. The natives are not a very enter-
prising race. The men go about perfectly naked, but
the women wear a narrow kind of belt composed of
strips of palm-leaves round their waists.
Upon landing I took one of the paths leading into the
forest, and had not walked very far before I saw a large
butterfly flying backwards and forwards at a great
height between two trees. I could see that it was blue
and black above, and golden green and spotted beneath,
and at once knew what it was. I watched it for some
time as it kept sailing to and fro, every now and then
descending a little, and making me hope that it was
coming within reach; then, mounting again rapidly, it
continued its regular beat, until finally it settled among
the branches, and I saw it no more. All this was very
tantalising. Proeeeding onwards, I came to a com-
paratively open spot, where several of these grand
creatures were apparently taking their evening exercise
before retiring to rest, the females, nearly twice the size
of their mates, looking more like bats or birds than
butterflies. It was now getting late, and they disappeared
one after another amid the shelter of the high branches.
Of course I was exceedingly vexed that none came within
my reach, and hoped that I might be more successful the
next day. However, I had a piece of good luck on my
way back to the ship, for I suddenly saw, about twenty
yards to the right of the path, a huge black spiny
larva, suspended to the under side of a leaf of some
forest-tree. Fortunately it was within easy reach, and
I soon had leaf and larva in my hands, when I
noticed that it had only recently attached itself, for it
protruded its fleshy carmine-coloured tentacles, and
otherwise exhibited signs of annoyance. I was over-
joyed at my good fortune, for of course this could be no
other than the larva of durvilliana.*
The next morning I landed directly after breakfast,
and, having procured a bamboo about fourteen feet long,
* It changed to a chrysalis in a day or two, and on Christmas
day, at Sydney, a splendid male emerged—a welcome Christmas
present !
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 161
to which I fastened a net, proceeded to the spot where
I had noticed the Ornithoptera the evening before, and
here I remained for the greater part of the day. I also
took a spare net with me, and some native boys to carry
my boxes and make themselves generally useful. It was
rather a dull day, and there were not many butterflies
about, but we managed to secure six urvilliana,—three
males and three females,—but none of them were
quite perfect. The females occasionally fly low among
the underwood, apparently engaged in depositing their
eggs, and the males then often follow them. One of my
boys succeeded in catching two at a single stroke of his
net—a male and female. I ought to have obtained
several others, but, although such large insects, they
are not easy to secure, and one gets nervous and excited
at the sight of such huge and brilliant creatures ;
moreover, my nets were far too small. When I got
back to the ship I found that some natives had brought
a pair of urvilliana on board, the male being much
finer than any of my captures.
We remained at Meoko the whole of the following
day, when I again paid a visit to the forest, and found
several larve of wrvilliana, of different sizes, feeding
upon a large-leaved Aristolochia, which was creeping
abundantly in some places over the low brushwood, but
[ took no more perfect insects.
On July 16th, 1883, we arrived at Matupi, a small
island in Blanche Bay, New Britain, and about twenty
miles from Meoko. Messrs. Hernsheim & Co., German
merchants, have a store there, and do a large trade
with the natives in ‘“‘copra,” the sun-dried cocoa-nut.
I landed after lunch, and Captain Hernsheim kindly
placed a boat at my disposal, manned by about a dozen
natives, in which I crossed to the mainland of New
Britain, a distance of about two miles. The natives
knew that I was in quest of butterflies, or ‘‘ bembi’s,”
as they called them, and professed to be able to take me
to a spot where they said they were very plentiful.
It was nearly three o’clock when we left Matupi, and
about half-past when we landed upon the opposite side.
At first we wandered through banana plantations, where
butterflies were scarce, and I only captured a few
Danais sobrina, Boisd., Melanitis Leda, L., &c., and,
being anxious to fall in with the great Ornithoptera,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) M
162 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
I told the natives to lead me to the ‘bush,’ where
they were more likely to occur: they replied, ‘‘ bush too
_ far,” but this was sheer nonsense, as I could see it not
more than half a mile off. They are a lazy lot these
natives of New Britain. However, at last we managed
to get clear of the bananas and sugar-cane, and reached
the edge of the forest, where we found that we had to
ascend a gentle hill, the slopes of which were cut up
into numerous gullies. The soil was everywhere very
light and friable, and in many places pierced with holes
resembling foxes earths. Iasked what they were caused
by, and was told ‘‘ pigeon with big egg”; and presently
one of the boys thrust his arm into one of these holes,
and, after feeling about for a short time, brought out a
pale buff-coloured egg, as large as a hen’s egg. These
holes, the home of the megapode, were very numerous,
so there were evidently plenty of birds, though I did not
see one upon this occasion. Walking on we came to a
tree covered with attractive flowers, and here butter-
flies were common, but confined to two species of
Danais, Eupiea, and Papilio polydorus, Linn., Diadema
alimena, Linn., and a few Lycenide; but the flowers
were mostly high and out of reach, and not many
captures were made. A little farther on there was
another tree with shining dark green leaves, and small
white tubular flowers possessing the most exquisite
perfume. When plucked a thick white sap exuded from
the broken stem, which made me think it was some
kind of india-rubber tree. Flying among the topmost
boughs, and unfortunately out of reach, were several
huge Ornithoptera, and I noticed that the males were
golden green and black above, and not blue and black
like those taken at Meoko the previous year. It was
now getting pretty late, and the large butterflies seemed
to be feeding in a very leisurely manner, as if they had
finished for the day, and several of them settled among
the branches apparently for the night. I was in despair
and just moving off to another tree, when I saw a male
alight upon a twig about twenty feet from the ground,
and close to the trunk of the tree, where he evidently
meant to take up his quarters for the night. I waited
for a few minutes to allow him to compose himself, and
then sent one of the natives up the tree with my net.
The butterfly kept quite still as he ascended, although
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 168
the branches were so much shaken that I expected every
moment to see it fly away. However, the naked native
crawled nearer and nearer, until he was well within
reach, when he made a clever stroke and caught it, and
handed the net down tome. To my chagrin it proved
to be a very mutilated and ragged specimen, and quite
unfit for anything, so it was allowed its liberty. A few
minutes after this I had a wild run over some rugged
and open ground, after a huge female, which went
flapping along like an owl just in front of me. I came
up with her, and was on the point of making a stroke
when I put my foot into one of the megapodes’ holes,
and fell heavily among the coarse sedgy grass. This
gave the butterfly such an advantage that I did not
resume the chase, and, as it was now getting late, we
returned to the boat.
We remained at Matupi the whole of the next day,
the men being employed coaling ship; so 1 determined
to have a long hunt for Or nithoptera. One of my mess-
mates (T.), hearing my account of the megapodes’ holes,
took his gun and accompanied me. We left the ship at
nine o’clock, and, having borrowed a boat from Captain
Hernsheim, with nine natives to pull and assist us, we
soon reached the opposite side. We landed about three
miles to the eastward of the point where we disembarked
the day before, and within a short distance of a small
active voleano, about three hundred feet high. As we
neared the shore we noticed steam rising from the
surface of the water, and many boiling springs could be
seen bubbling up from the bottom, and the water near
them was so hot we could scarcely bear our hands in it.
Nothing grew within a hundred and fifty yards of the
summit of the volcano, and its sides were deeply scored
as if from lava action, and in many places jets of steam
were issuing. Here and there there were large sulphur-
yellow patches, and near its base, and not far from the
shore, were numerous clumps of a peculiar bright
sulphur-green grass, which were very conspicuous in
contrast with the dark ereen forest foliage close at hand.
As soon as we landed we separated, my friend T.
going one way with two or three natives to look for
megapodes, while I, with the remaining natives, went
in another direction in search of ‘“ bembi’s.”” We agreed
to keep as near as possible, and to ‘‘ cooey ’’ occasionally
mM 2
164 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
to each other, so that we might not get too far apart,
and might meet for lunch. Our path at first took us
through dense jungle, where no collecting could be done,
but in about a quarter of an hour we reached a part of
the forest where the undergrowth was less thick, and
where a few butterflies, Huplee and Hamadryas sp. ?,
were taken. Pushing on we at length reached a ravine,
through the centre of which it was evident a fierce
torrent often ran. At the time of our visit it was
almost dry, excepting a pool here and there, but the rest
of the bed composed of smooth pebbles of various sizes.
The banks were steep, the lower parts covered with a
fringe of sedge and rough grass, above which were trees,
bushes, and innumerable creepers. Here the magnificent
metallic-blue and black-bordered Papilio ulysses was
flying backwards and forwards in some numbers, but do
what we could, neither myself nor the natives, whom I
had provided with nets, succeeded in catching any.
They flew very rapidly, and generally high out of reach,
but occasionally one passed sufficiently near to afford,
apparently, an easy shot, but somehow or another, just
as I made a stroke at it, it swerved to one side with
astonishing celerity. I was probably nervous at the
sight of such a brilliant creature, and so missed it.
Unfortunately there were no low-growing flowers to
attract butterflies, but, on the other hand, there were
two kinds of forest-trees from forty to sixty feet high,
whose crowns were loaded with white blossom, and
among which numberless butterflies could be seen dis-
porting themselves, a sight which was most trying and
tantalising.*
We wandered up the ravine for nearly a mile, catching
Lepidoptera by the way, when suddenly, upon turning a
corner, we saw, a short distance in front of us, that
further progress was arrested by the face of a perpen-
dicular cliff, some eighty feet high, and over which,
during the rainy season, a magnificent waterfall must
tumble. At the foot of the cliff, in the shade, were some
pools of clear water, and, as it was now lunch-time, and
* I have been informed by Mr. Miskin, of Brisbane, that he
ence took a number of P. ulysses in the north of Queensland,
flying before the flowers of a kind of pumpkin, which seemed to
be very attractive to them.
FRhopalocera from the Australian region. . 165
this was a comparatively cool spot, I thought it would
be a good place to rest. T. was not heard shooting, nor
did he reply to my “‘cooeys’’; indeed, I doubt if we
could have heard each other for any distance on account
of my being so far below the level of the surrounding
country.
While I was at lunch a large and almost perfectly
white Huplea (EH. Browni, Saly. Godm.) floated high
over head, to and fro across the ravine, in an airy,
graceful manner. Altogether this was a most romantic
and beautiful spot; the lofty cliff behind, fringed at its
summit by a variety of strange tropical trees; the
almost perpendicular walls on each side, clothed to their
base with thick shrubs and a multitude of creepers ;
the ravine stretching in front of us for some hundred
yards, where a sharp turning suddenly shuts it in; its
centre strewn with large blocks of stone brought down
by the mountain torrents; with tiny green patches here
and there, their margins bright with sedgy grass, lovely
ferns, and unknown and beautiful-leaved plants. A few
yards from where I sat, upon a dead tree, six naked
savages reclined on the sandy shingle in the bed of the
stream eating the ship’s biscuit I had given them,
smoking their pipes, and rapidly chattermg their un-
couth language.
After lunch and half an hour’s rest I thought it was
time to be off again, and, as there was no possibility of
climbing up the cliff, we had to retrace our steps down
the ravine. When we reached the spot where we entered
it in the morning we passed on and continued our way
towards the sea. A few Huplea Treitschkei, Boisd.,
E. pumila, Butl., Cyrestis fratercula, Salv. Godm., and
some Lycenide and Hesperide went to swell the contents
of the collecting-box, but so far no Ornithoptera had
been seen. In a short time we came to the end of the
ravine, into some open grassy land, which ran down to
the water’s edge, the forest trending gently away to the
right and left. We had barely entered this likely-
looking locality when there was a sudden shout from the
natives behind me, one or two who could speak a little
broken English exclaiming ‘“‘ Here big one,‘ ‘‘ Here big
fellow.” JI turned round at once and looked up into the
trees, but could see nothing: the natives redoubled their
shouts, and I kept turning round and round and looking
166 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
upwards until I got quite confused. At last I thought
of looking lower, and then, just passing me, but a little
out of reach, was a splendid large female Ornithoptera
flapping lazily along. It must have flown quite close to
me, and had I seen it sooner I should probably have had
an easy shot at it. I followed as it flew by the edge of
the forest just ahead of me, and presently it turned and
went right across the open grassy space, keeping rather
high. We continued in pursuit, the natives crying
‘‘burrigee, burrigee, burrigee,” which meant “come
down, come down’; but, it is needless to say, this
had no effect on the butterfly, which kept along steadily
until it reached one of the high trees with white-scented
blossoms, and here it stopped and began fluttering from
flower to flower. This tree was growing upon a slight
eminence upon the bank of a small dry water-course.
Upon the opposite side were forest-trees, and an under-
growth of various shrubs, over which the Aristolochia,
from which I took the larva of O. wrvilliana at Meoko
last year, was climbing luxuriantly. We sat down near
the tree and watched, and in a short time one, two,
three glorious black and green male Ornithoptera joined
the female, and commenced flying above her and
following her from flower to flower. I now kept on the
alert, for I knew it was likely that these attentions
would make her fly low. In a short time one of the
males left the female, and began feeding by himself,
descending towards the lower branches as he did so.
My net was fastened to the end of two joints of a
bamboo-rod, making the handle eight feet long. I
waited beneath the branch until at last the butterfly
settled upon the very lowest flower. Still it was not
quite near enough, but it was my only chance, and I
thought by jumping up and striking at it I might
possibly just reach it. It was an anxious moment. I
took a big jump, made the stroke, and, to my intense
delight, netted the black and golden-green beauty. After
this we crossed to the opposite bank, and sat down and
watched the others, which were still flying and feeding
among the topmost branches. Constantly looking up
was somewhat fatiguing, so 1 rested on my back for a
few moments and closed my eyes. Presently there was
a shout, and, sitting up, I saw a large female settle on a
small bush about two feet from the ground the other
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 167
side of the water-course, while a beautiful male hovered
just above her. I gave my net to one of the natives, as
I thought I could not scramble across quick enough, and
told him to catch the ‘big fellow.” Over he went, and
crept up stealthily within two yards of them, made a
deliberate stroke at the female as she sat upon the twig,
and, to my intense disgust, missed her clean. I felt so
mortified and so angry at having sent the savage instead
of going myself, but I thought he would be much
quicker, and was afraid the butterflies would fly away.
Just after this misfortune T., with his natives, arrived
on the scene with eight megapodes and various other
birds, and we sat down and made a kind of afternoon
tea of our remaining sandwiches and Australian wine.
While so engaged I happened to look round, and there
were two Ornithoptera, male and female, flying quite low
in the scrub just behind us. I jumped up, seized my
net, and ran towards them, tumbling over a stump in
the way, but picked myself up again not much the worse.
As I drew near I moved more cautiously, and was pleased
to see the female alight upon a large Aristolochia
leaf, while the male remained hovering about a yard
above her. Advancing as quietly as possible I got
within reach, made a stroke, and had her safely. It
would have been dangerous to have attempted to catch
both at the same time. This female was a very large
and fine example, and quite perfect. After killing her I
pinned her to a twig in a conspicuous place on the
outskirts of the scrub, hoping that she would attract
some of the males, but, after waiting in the shade for
more than half an hour, and no males appearing, I
boxed her, and we proceeded through the bush towards
our boat. We had not walked far when | saw a beautiful
pair of our friends flying slowly towards us, the male
“toying” after the female. I stood quite still, and they
flew right at me, and I successfully netted the female.
She was quite perfect. Soon after this we noticed
another pair in the scrub, but they were in a difficult
place to get at; so I sent a native after them, with
instructions to capture the male if possible, for I noticed
that the female was torn. He got quite near them, and
was lucky enough to secure the male, which proved to
be a fine fresh specimen. It was about four o'clock
when this last Ornithoptera was taken; so it appears
168 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
that the afternoon is the best time of the day to obtain
them. It was now getting late, and, as we were close to
our boat, we embarked and returned to the ship, well
pleased with our day’s sport.
Although Ornithuptera, asa rule, fly high, the larve
are generally found within easy reach. At Meoko, Duke
of York Islands, I found full-grown and small larve of
O. durvilliana within six feet of the ground, and empty
pup-cases within two feet; and at Thursday Island, in
Torres Straits, larve of O. pronomus were taken feeding
upon trailing shoots of Aristolochia within a few inches
of the ground (one of them was nearly trodden upon),
while pupze were taken from four to six feet from the
ground.
Ornithoptera pronomus, Gray.
Length of full-grown larva from 58 to 64 mm.,
tapering towards each extremity; central segments
much thickened; smoky black, some with a tinge of
madder-purple ; head black and shining, with a narrow
white V-shaped mark on the face; upon the crown of
the second segment a triangular-shaped shining black
plate, just before which is the transverse nuchal aper-
ture, from whence, when the larva is annoyed, a pair of
short, thick, fleshy, carmine tentacles are protruded; a
subdorsal row of rather long and finely-pointed spines,
those on the posterior segments pointing backwards ;
tips and base black, intermediate parts carmine; the
spine on the eighth segment is white at base with black
tip, and pink in the middle, and with its base produced
into a broad white oblique stripe pointing forwards, and
terminating at the spiracular region; a row of black
spines just below the spiracles ; upon the third, fourth,
and fifth segments an additional spine between the sub-
dorsal and spiracular row; a short, black, blunt tubercle
upon the second segment on each side of the face ; a short
black spine above each clasper and legs; claspers and
legs shining black.
The chrysalis, which is of an amber-brown colour, is
slightly angulated; a pair of blunt, subdorsal, black-
tipped spines upon each side of the abdominal segments,
and some small black spines upon the back of the
thorax: a large and almost triangular-shaped orange-
yellow blotch upon back of anterior abdominal segments ;
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 169
wing-sheaths dark reddish brown, with the nervures
well-marked.
Weight of larva 1641s grains, of chrysalis 82s: grains.
Ornithoptera urvilliana, Guér. (Pl. VI., fig. 1).
Length of full-grown larva from 55 to 60 mm. ; com-
paratively short and obese; tapering towards each
extremity ; central segments much thickened; velvety
black; head shining black; second segment crowned
with a triangular black shining plate through a trans-
verse slit, in which, when the larva is irritated, it pro-
trudes two rather short, blunt, carmine, nuchal ten-
tacles ; a subdorsal row of eleven fleshy spines, black at
their base and tips, and carmine between, except upon
the eighth segment, where the base of the spine is pure
white and runs into an oblique white stripe a little
beyond the spiracular region; upon the third, fourth,
and fifth segments there are intermediate spines of the
same colour; a subspiracular row of black spines curved
upwards; spiracles small, pale yellowish white; legs
and prolegs black.
Chrysalis does not differ from that of preceding species.
Papilio erithonius, Cram.
This species appears to be rare in the neighbourhood
of Sydney. I only saw it once, on September 27th,
1882, in the Botanical Gardens, settled on a verbena,
and failed to catch it. On December 13th I met with it
commonly in the Botanical Gardens at Brisbane, but it
was then passing. In November and December, 1884,
it was abundant at Port Moresby, New Guinea, and I
found larve of all sizes feeding exposed upon a species of
Salvia, and bred a fine series. It was not uncommon at
Thursday Island, in the Torres Straits, at the end of
April, 1885.
It is a rapid-flying butterfly, but is not difficult to
catch when it is engaged fluttering among the Salvia
bushes. It is also fond of settling by the margins of
dirty puddles. The egg, which is perfectly globular and
pale straw-colour, is deposited upon the upper surface of
the leaves. The young larva is black, with a shining
black head, and clothed with minute black spines. After
170 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
the first moult a few small orange blotches appear upon
the back. The half-grown larva is very handsomely
mottled with orange, yellow, and reddish brown and
black. When it is full-grown it is 40 mm. long, with
the third, fourth, and fifth segments rather thickened ;
ground colour sage-green, faintly tinged with yellow; a
series of small pale yellow spots on each side of the
dorsal line, and immediately below, and a little in front
of them, a subdorsal row of spots of the same colour,
but shghtly larger; these spots on the fourth segment
form a short transverse stripe; spiracles minute, pale
yellow, enclosed in a black ring; just below the spiracles,
from fifth to seventh segments, a small orange-red spot ;
lateral skinfold well-developed, creamy white, and
forming a conspicuous stripe; anal flap, claspers, and
ventral surface pale greenish white; head bluish green,
with a treble series of light-coloured (V-shaped markings
on the face; a small black orange-tipped tubercle upon
each side of the second segment just behind the head,
and two of the same colour upon the thirteenth segment
just above the anal flap; segmental divisions well-
defined; nuchal tentacles rather short, thick, and
salmon-coloured.
When full-grown the larva attaches itself to a stem of
its food-plant, and changes to a rather slender and
slightly angulated chrysalis of a pale greenish yellow
colour.
At Port Moresby the butterfly frequented open waste
places on hill-sides facing the sea. I never met with it
in the forest.
Papilio indicatus, Butl. (Pl. VI., figs. 8, 3 (a), & 3 (bd) ).
I met with this rather commonly at Thursday Island,
in Torres Straits, in April, 1885. At Port Moresby, in
New Guinea, it was one of the most abundant species
during our visit in November, 1884, and I succeeded in
finding the larve and breeding a good series. One day
while we were at anchor (we were nearly two miles from
the landing place), a constant stream of butterflies passed
the ship, flying across the harbour from south-east to
north-west, the harbour being from three to four miles
wide. Many thousands must have passed during the
day, and three-fifths of them consisted of this species,
lad
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. Wel
the others being different kinds of Pieris, Huplea, Liby-
thea, Lycena, &e.
These butterflies were usually to be found in the
forest, flying among the undergrowth. They were not
difficult to catch, though perfect specimens were rarely
obtained. I discovered the larve by watching a female
which was slowly flitting from bush to bush, as if she was
looking for the right one on which to deposit her eggs,
aud presently saw her settle upon a twig and thrust her
abdomen beneath a leaf, and when she flew away I
walked up and found the egg. The shrub was some
species of Citrus. After this I had no difficulty in finding
larvee of all sizes.
The egg is deposited upon the upper or under surface
of the leaf, the parent butterfly not being particular in
this respect. It is perfectly globular, pale yellow when
freshly laid, but changes to pinkish brown before the
larva emerges. Young larva pale olive-green ; anterior
and posterior seoments, and spines over the head, and
over anal flap, white ; a broad V-shaped mark on centre
of back ; a row of small, subdorsal, white spines; head
shining black ; anal flap dark olive-brown.
Full-grown larva 33 to 85 mm. long; rather slender ;
third, fourth, and fifth segments much thickened, with a
blunt, fleshy spine on each side of the dorsal line, those
on thirteenth segment much the largest and pointing
backwards over anal flap; general colour beautiful
mottled olive-green and reddish brown; an oblique,
creamy white blotch commencing from, and enclosing,
spiracle on fifth segment, and extending upwards to,
seventh segment, terminates just below dorsal line; an
irregular-shaped blotch of the same colour on side of
second, twelfth, and thirteenth segments; head pale
ereenish brown, with paler V-shaped mark over mouth ;
nuchal plate, and short blunt spines behind head,
orange ; nuchal tentacles deep carmine; spiracles very
small, orange, in a black ring; lateral skinfold, and seg-
mental divisions, well defined; a creamy white stripe
below spiracles; ventral surface and claspers dull
ereenish, or greenish white; a raised bluish white dot
on each side of the dorsal lhne upon fourth, fifth, and
tenth segments ; legs greenish.
These larve are extremely difficult to describe, scarcely
any two of them being alike. Mottled olive-greens and
172 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
yellows and orange-browns and reds predominating. A
common variety was of a uniform pale apple-green,
mottled with lighter and darker shades, and with only a
faint indication of the oblique stripe from back of head
to crown of fifth segment, and stripe above spiracles
clear greenish white, with the under surface and claspers
slightly paler.
When full-grown the larva attaches itself in the usual
manner to the stem of its food-plant, and changes to a
dark, shining, apple-green chrysalis. Its back is rather
humped, and head strongly bifid, a pale reddish brown
stripe runs along costal edge of wing-case, and side of
abdomen, to anal extremity; a row of dark green spots
on each side of the ventral line, and another row of five
spots on each side of these, nearer the median line. The
butterflies emerged in about three weeks.
Papilio erectheus, Don.
This fine butterfly was tolerably plentiful at Sydney,
especially in the neighbourhood of orange orchards. It
is a very conspicuous species on the wing, and I shall not
readily forget the first time I saw it careering down one
of the streets of Paramatta, when I was on my way to
visit the celebrated orange orchards, a few days after our
arrival at Sydney, in May, 1882. It has an irregular
style of flight, and, although so large, is anything but
an easy butterfly to capture, and, when frightened, it
goes off at a headlong pace. The sexes differ in a great
degree in size, colour, and markings. ‘The females were
often to be observed fluttering among the lower branches
of the orange trees, seeking for a suitable leaf upon
which to deposit their ova. Different females acted dif-
ferently in this respect ; some flew up to the bush with
a rush, and deposited their egg upon the first leaf that
presented itself. These were the fresh inexperienced
young females eager to lay their first eggs; the more
sober and tattered ones expended a lot of time flitting
from branch to branch before they could find a leaf to
their liking, and then usually selected one growing from
a sucker close to the main stem of the tree. While so
employed they were quite fearless and easy to catch, and
upon several occasions when I had no net with me I
have taken them between my finger and thumb.
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 178
The egg is in most cases placed on the underside of
the leaf, near its edge, though in several instances I
noticed them upon the upper surface, or upon the ter-
minal shoots. It is moderately large, and perfectly
smooth and globular, and when freshly laid is pale straw
colour. By the fourth day it has become of a darker
hue, and a dusky shade begins to appear on one side,
and this gradually deepens until by the ninth or tenth
day it is almost black, the remaining portion of the egg
assuming different shades of French gray. With a
pocket-lens the young larva can be faintly seen within
the shell. On the tenth day the larva emerges, and for
a short time remains perfectly motionless as if to recover
its strength after the exertion of gnawing its way to the
outer world. When it has sufficiently rested, it turns
round and deliberately devours the remains of its shell.
~ It then wanders about for a little while, but does not
often quit the leaf upon which it was born; but when it
has satisfied itself with its examination it spins a little
pad of silk on which to secure a firmer foot-hold ; from
this it proceeds to the edge of the leaf, where it nibbles
its first repast, and this it continues to do as often as it is
hungry, crawling backwards and forwards from its silken
pad to the margin of the leaf.
When first hatched the young larva is about 8 mm.
long ; black, with the exception of the dorsal portions of
the second, third, sixth, seventh, twelfth and thirteenth
segments, which are white; head shining black. The
whole larva seems to be covered with fine hairs, but, upon
being viewed through a lens, these appear to be minute
fleshy spines, though there are undoubtedly fine hairs
interspersed amongst them. The third and fourth seg-
ments are considerably thickened.
The full-grown larva is 62 mm. long, somewhat cylin-
drical, and with the fourth and fifth segments consider-
ably thickened. It is soft and flabby to the touch.
Upper surface pale green, or greenish olive, mottled and
streaked with darker shades of green ; this ground colour,
upon approaching the spiracular region, becomes of a
golden, or golden-olive hue ; a deep madder-brown stripe
runs from the mouth below the spiracles to the fifth seg-
ment, when it turns obliquely upwards, and passes over
the back, forming a broad conspicuous ring, the posterior
part of which is of a deeper and more velvety shade
174 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
than the anterior ; this stripe is also dotted and streaked
with white ; an oblique stripe of the same colour springs
from the spiracular region of the eighth segment, and
runs into the ninth segment, as far as the base of the
subdorsal spine ; a triangular blotch of the same hue on
the tenth segment ; these stripes, besides being dotted,
are more more or less bordered with white; there are
some conspicuous black dots upon the lower part of the
thirteenth segment, and a smoky V-shaped mark upon
the anal flap; there is a subdorsal row of blunt fleshy
spines, orange, except upon the ninth, tenth, and eleventh
segments, where they are black; upon third, fourth, and
fifth segments there are additional spines below the sub-
dorsal row, and some minute fleshy points near the
dorsal line ; head smoky black, with a white V-shaped
mark upon the face; legs smoky ; prolegs, subspiracular
and ventral area, from seventh segment to anal claspers,
glossy white.
When irritated these larve have the power of emitting
two long carmine-coloured nuchal tentacles from a trans-
verse, valve-like aperture, situated upon the crown of the
second segment, just behind the head, and while the ten-
tacles are exposed a disagreable odour of rotten oranges
is distinctly perceptible. The larvae feed only by day,
remaining perfectly quiescent throughout the night.
- When within a couple of days of being full-grown it
loses its power of exhibiting the carmine tentacles, but
if annoyed, sways itself from side to side with a tremu-
lous motion. Upon becoming full-grown it ceases to
feed, remains in one position for several hours, and
voids the contents of its intestinal canal, the ‘“ frass”’
becoming more and more liquified, until the larva finally
passes a few drops of a clear, greenish, oil-like fluid.
Shortly after this it commences to wander about search-
ing for a suitable place to fix itself for its next change,
and when it has chosen a spot it again remains quiet
for an hour or two, and then begins to spin silk up and
down the branch it has selected, taking care to lay it on
thickest at the point which is to receive the terminal
hooks of the chrysalis. The last thing it does is to
spin the thread which girts the chrysalis, and this
appears to be composed of a stronger material than that
which is used for covering the branch with, although it
may poss:bly be several threads united (as I know is the
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 175
case with the larger Ornithoptera). After this is accom-
plished it remains quiet, but jerks itself rapidly from
side to side when any other larva approaches it, or it is
otherwise annoyed, and its movements are often so
violent that it is astonishing that the silken girdle does
not break.
At seven o’clock one morning I| observed a larva writh-
ing and contorting itself in a remarkable manner. It
was evidently on the point of changing, so I watched it
carefully. The movements consisted of a series of
whirling upward motions, and presently the head of the
larva split transversely across the face, and the soft
green tip of the chrysalis became visible. The rest of
the change was effected with great rapidity, the whirling
and pushing motion being continued without intermis-
sion, until the old larva skin had slipped down as far as
the anal claspers, when the end of the chrysalis was
suddenly withdrawn, and the old skin fell to the ground,
the chrysalis meanwhile being supported by the silken
eirdle alone. The abdominal segments were then moved
rapidly from side to side, the creature appearing to be
searching for the silken pad into which to thrust the
minute hooks at its extremity. When this was found
the anterior part of the chrysalis was lowered as far as
possible, and the whole curved upwards, bringing the tip
almost at right angles to the orange stem. In this posi-
tion the abdomen was quickly and vigorously whirled
round and round as if the creature was endeavouring to
screw the points into the silk, and in a few moments,
this being accomplished, the chrysalis rested from its
labours, only now and then giving a spasmodic jerk. The
whole process of changing took seven minutes. At first
the chrysalis looked soft and unshapely, but in an hour's
time it had hardened, and assumed its ordinary form
and angles. It was then 37 mm. long, of a beautiful
green, the exact colour of the stem to which it was
attached. Head strongly bifid; back arched ; sheath of
haustellum and base of wings prominent; there is a
depression between base and anal angle of wing, which
runs round the upper portion of the abdomen, and
gives the chrysalis a constricted appearance ; spiracular
region strongly ridged; a silvery white and somewhat
interrupted stripe runs from the base of the wings to the
abdomen, and the lower part of the abdomen is suffused
176 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
with the same colour; upper portion of abdomen a
beautiful golden greenish hue with two small red dots on
each side. These chrysalids vary excessively, scarcely
any two of them being alike, for they have the power of
assuming the colour of the object to, or against, which
they may be attached, and I have had them of all shades
of green, brown, reddish brown, rosy, &e.
A larva hatched on October 29th changed to a chrysalis
on November 17th, but as a rule they were generally a
week longer in the larva state. Larve found from
September to February produce imagos in a few weeks,
but those taken in March, in most cases, remain in the
chrysalis state until the following August or September.
The larve do not appear to suffer from the attacks of
ichneumons, or any other parasite, for no instance came
under my notice. In all their stages the larve feed
perfectly exposed, and the young ones bear a strong
resemblance to a bird’s droppings. This, of course, 1s
more or less protective, but nevertheless they are kept
well in check by a pretty little olive-green bird with white
eyelids (Zosterops cerulescens, Lath.), numbers of which
frequent the orange orchards and hunt among the trees
in a very sprightly manner, having habits similar to
those of our familiar chiffchaff. I have seen a tree with
young larve upon every branch, and a few days after
they had all disappeared. If it was not for this little
bird I have no doubt this butterfly would cause an
immense amount of mischief to the orange trees.
P. erectheus may be seen almost any day in the neigh-
bourhood of Sydney between August and May, but
during the two mid-winter months it is in the chrysalis
state. I have taken it at Brisbane, and Cooktown, in
the north of Queensland, in December, and at Thursday
Island, in Torres Straits, in April; and it was not
uncommon in the southern parts of New Guinea in
November, 1884. All the butterflies I bred emerged
between 5 and 9 a.m.
Papilio Anactus, Macl. (Pl. VI., fig. 2).
This species is generally distributed in the neighbour-
hood of Sydney, but I found it by no means common
between 1882—84, and did not see more than half a
dozen in the perfect state each year. It occurs in
Rhopatocera from the Australian region. 177
orange-orchards, upon which tree the larve feed. It is
a weak insect on the wing, and mimics Acrea Andro-
macha both in its general appearance and mode of flight.
It appears from October to March, and, like P. erectheus,
there is a succession of broods throughout the summer.
The eggs are deposited on the tender leaves of the
orange, generally upon the under side near the edge.
They are perfectly globular, flattened beneath, and pale
straw-colour. The young larva is very similar to that
of P. erectheus, but when full-grown it is quite different. It
is then 37 to 89 mm. long, somewhat short and stout,
cylindrical, and tapers slightly towards the head. The
whole surface deep blue-black, irregularly spotted with
minute white and bluish dots; a dorsal row of rather
large heart-shaped yellow spots; a subdorsal row of
large yellow spots, irrecular in size and shape, with the
exception of that on the fifth segment, which is round
and very small; a subspiracular row of pale yellow
linear-shaped spots from fifth to twelfth segments ; legs
smoky black, the foremost pair with an orange spot at
their base ; prolegs and ventral area brownish orange ;
head black, with a faint \/-shaped mark on the face; a
subdorsal row of short, blunt, black spines. When
irritated this larva has the power of protruding a fleshy,
bifid, orange-coloured tentacle from the nuchal aperture,
upon the crown of the second segment just behind the
head, at the same time emitting an unpleasant perfume
of rotten oranges.
Two small larve, taken October 18th, 1882, attached
themselves to the stem of their food-plant on the
evening of November 4th, changed to chrysalids during
the night of the 6th, and on the 16th of the same
month, at 8 a.m., two beautiful butterflies emerged.
Before attaching themselves these larve voided a quantity
of frass and fluid-matter, and shrunk to about half their
natural size, and I was afraid some disease had attacked
them.
Papilio Lycaon, Westw.
This elegant butterfly is not uncommon in the neigh-
bourhood of Sydney, and I have met with it at New-
castle, Cooktown, Thursday Island, and the south-eastern
coast of New Guinea. It is more frequent some years
than others. It appears from November to February.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888. PARTI. (MARCH.) N
178 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
It flies rapidly and generally high amongst the topmost
boughs of trees, but descends occasionally to feed upon
the nectar of various flowers, and is especially fond of
those of the abundant “ lantana.”’
Early in January, 1885, I noticed a female depositing
her eggs upon leaves of the topmost branches of a
cherrymoyer tree in the Botanical Gardens, and on
February 21st, upon passing the same tree, I discovered
a few small larve on the lower branches, and sub-
sequently took larvee and ova from other trees elsewhere.
The egg is usually deposited on the under side of a
leaf, a favourite position being close to the edge near the
stalk, though it is sometimes placed upon the upper
surface. It is globular, and when fresh pale straw-colour,
but in a few days it turns to deep orange, and shortly
before the larva emerges it becomes a leaden hue. The
larve in all their stages feed perfectly exposed upon the
upper surface of the leaves.
Larva just hatched dark umber-brown; anal spines
white ; head brownish black, shining; anterior segments
thickened. After first moult it becomes deep blackish
brown ; anterior segments much the darkest and con-
siderably thickened, giving the larva a humped appear-
ance; a pair of finely branched spines project over the
head, and there is a pair upon the third, fourth, and
thirteenth segments, and a pair of conspicuous white
spines project over the anal flap; head black and
shining. After second moult larva remains much the
same. After third moult the whole of the upper surface
becomes deep velvety black, inclining to madder-purple
in some individuals, the segmental divisions, as the larva
crawls, much paler; anal and ventral claspers, and a
narrow stripe above them, creamy white; head sienna-
brown, shining; anterior portions much thickened.
Full-grown larva 35 mm. long; varies in colour, some
being dirty olive-brown, others greenish olive, and others
deep madder-brown; dorsal area darker than general
ground colour; segmental divisions pale smoky brown
and clearly defined; head pale greenish olive; a white
stripe below the spiracles from the fifth to the anal
segment; third and fourth segments considerably thick-
ened; two short, blunt, black spines springing from a
pale greenish-orange collar, just behind the head, and
situated on each side of the nuchal aperture; nuchal
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 179
tentacles short, curved, fleshy, and pale straw-yellow ;
on fourth segment a short, blunt, black, subdorsal spine,
situated in a minute orange ring; anal segment pro-
duced, and with a pair of divergent spines at the
extremity, the spines yellowish white above, but black
_ beneath ; there are a few short pale hairs on the head
and under surface, especially at base of anal and ventral
claspers; under surface and legs smoky; spiracles
minute, whitish, in a darker ring. When full-fed the
larva, having previously fastened the stalk of the leaf
to the stem with several layers of silk, attaches itself to
its upper surface and changes to a dark green chrysalis
with a conspicuously-pointed thorax.
The young larve are eagerly devoured by the little
White Eyes (Zosterops cerulescens, Lath.). I passed a
cherrymoyer-tree one morning, and noticed numbers of
small larvee of Lycaon upon the lower leaves, and a few
days after | went there for the purpose of taking some
of them, but could not find one, these little birds having
cleared them all off.
Pamphila phineus, Cram.
This skipper was common at Sydney in the Botanical
Gardens, and in other gardens where palms were culti-
vated, but I did not meet with it in the bush. It flies
very rapidly, and, after the manner of most Hesperids,
is fond of taking up a position at the extremity of some
exposed branch, from whence it darts forth and gives
battle to every passing insect, returning after each
encounter to the same spot, and in consequence of this
pugnacious habit it is seldom to be taken in good con-
dition. The females are rarely seen—indeed, I do not
remember to have observed more than half a dozen:
one [ captured, another was noticed depositing its eggs,
and the others were sitting, out of reach, upon the upper
leaves of palms. There appears to be a succession of
broods from spring to autumn, but during the winter
months the larve, which are then small, hybernate
between leaflets of palms, drawing the edges of the
leaves securely together.
The egg is deposited on the under side of the leaf. It
is perfectly globular, shining, and pale greenish yellow.
As soon as the young larva is hatched it crawls to the
180 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
extremity of the leaflet, which generally rests upon or
overlaps another, spins the edges of the two together,
and so forms a little tent, from which it issues forth
from time to time to feed, usually eating the leaflet from
its tip towards the base. As it increases in size it forms
a larger domicile, fastening the edges of the leaves
together by little cables of united strands of white silk
fixed to pads of silk placed about half an inch apart.
The full-grown larva is 40 mm. long, cylindrical,
rather elongate and depressed, and tapering towards the
head; head considerably larger than the second segment,
flattened and porrected, and somewhat cordate, light
pinkish grey, with black margins to face and a v-shaped
mark in centre, and with a longitudinal black mark
between mouth and base of y; general colour of larva
transparent slaty greenish grey, anterior and posterior
segments rather paler ; a darker pulsating dorsal vessel ;
upon the tenth segment there are two golden-yellow
spots, lying just beneath the skin, and showing through
on each side of the dorsal vessel (these spots are caused
by some internal organs) ; anal segments sparsely clothed
with fine white bristles; spiracles pale yellow; whole
surface more or less finely and transversely wrinkled ;
lateral skinfold well-developed. Just before its final
change it assumes a bluish green or leaden hue. _ When
full-grown it spins the edges of the leaves more firmly
together, constructs a light silken cocoon, and therein
changes to a pale reddish-brown chrysalis, which is
thickly powdered with a whitish-purple bloom. ‘This
powder exudes from beneath the ninth, tenth, and
eleventh segments of the larva as it lies quiescent pre-
paratory to its next change. The chrysalis, which is at
first somewhat transparent and pale greenish yellow, is
from 25 to 80 mm. long, cylindrical, and tapers towards
anal extremity; thorax much broader; head and eyes
prominent; thinly clad with short pale reddish-brown
and slightly-curved bristles, those upon the head and
thorax pointing forwards, while those upon the abdomen
point backwards ; just above and behind the eyes, upon
the suture dividing the head from the thorax, there is a
conspicuous oval reddish-brown tubercle; the sheath of
the haustellum extends beyond the wing-cases as far as
the base of the eleventh segment, and is faintly tinged
with rosy. A day or two before the insect emerges the
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 181
chrysalis changes to a deep reddish brown, and just
before disclosure the markings of the wings are plainly
visible.
The larve feed on various kinds of palms, Kentia
Fosteriana (a native of Lord Howe’s Island), Seaforthia
elegans, Arica sapida, Phanix reclinata, different species
of Chamerops, &c., and they feed only at night. I also
met with this butterfly im the Botanical Gardens,
Brisbane, at Thursday Island, and the Duke of York
Islands.
Pamphila angustula, H.-S.
This species was very common at Fiji. The males
were far more numerous than the females. It occurred
in paths through the forest, in sugar plantations, and
wherever there was plenty of coarse grass or sedge, upon
which, as well as upon sugar-cane, the larvee feed.
The full-crown larva is from 28 to 30 mm. long,
rather slender, cylindrical, and tapers towards each
extremity ; head smaller than the second segment, sub-
cordate, somewhat porrected, dull greenish olive, and
very minutely punctured; ocelli black; general colour
pale yellowish green inclining to whitish; dorsal, sub-
dorsal, and a series of lateral lines dull greenish blue ;
ventral area darker; spiracles very minute, yellowish ;
legs and claspers pale greenish ; most of the segments,
particularly the second, third, and fourth, more or less
transversely wrinkled. It feeds between the united
leaves of various coarse grasses and sugar-cane, and
when full-grown fastens the blades more firmly together,
sometimes closing both ends with a fine web; within
this it spins a pad of silk for the reception of the anal
hooks, encircles its anterior segments with a thread, and
then undergoes its change.
The chrysalis is somewhat elongate and tapers slightly
towards the anal extremity. The head has a con-
spicuously pointed and rather curved rostrum, the eyes
are prominent, and the thoracic segments well-defined ;
general colour pale grass-green, with two whitish dorsal
abdominal lines; tip of rostrum and anal point slightly
rosy.
Netrocoryne repanda, Feld. (Pl. VI., fig. 5).
This butterfly occurs in several localities near Sydney,
but does not appear to be very common. It flies rather
182 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
rapidly, and occasionally extends its wings rigidly and
soars for a short distance, something after the fashion of
Neptis or Limenitis, and when it alights, which it does
very abruptly, it usually selects the under part of a leaf,
where it rests with its wings widely expanded and
appressed. On September 13th, 1884, I found several
larve of this Hesperid in cocoons composed of a single
leaf of a species of Eugenia. The leaf selected for the
cocoon was doubled over upon itself, and the edges
brought together until it formed a completely sheltered
tent, having a round opening, evidently gnawed after-
wards, facing the stalk, which was strongly fastened by
silk to the branch. The leaves forming these cocoons
had perished and turned to bright reddish brown, so
Were conspicuous objects among the green leaves of the
tree. These larve were small, and so were probably
still hybernating. On October 9th I met with more of
them, and they were much larger than those found on
September 13th, one or two appearing to be nearly full-
grown, but I failed to rear any, as it was difficult to keep
their food fresh. Moreover, the ‘ Espiégle’ left Sydney
on October 19th for New Guinea, so my observations for
the time were necessarily brought to a conclusion. On
December 13th we returned again, but I was unable to
visit the tree until the 27th, when I found several
cocoons containing empty chrysalids, and one with a
full one, which from its appearance seemed to be on the
point of emerging, and the next day produced a butterfly.
The full-grown larva is somewhat short and obese in
comparison with known larve of other species of
Australian Hesperide. Head ovate-cordate, dull smoky
black, considerably larger than second and third seg-
ments; face divided by a suture down the middle, and
with a depressed V-shaped mark above the mouth;
cheeks somewhat swollen; second and third segments
bright gamboge-yellow, the second segment being trans-
versely streaked with green; a small black spot upon
each side of the dorsal line, and a large black spot just
above the spiracles on the third segment; dorsal area of
fourth to eleventh segments smoky black, with a double
grey dorsal line widening out upon seventh and eighth
segments, and diminishing towards the eleventh; a
broad pale grey subdorsal stripe from fourth to tenth
segments, below which is a broad black stripe to eleventh
Lthopalocera from the Australian region. 183
segment, where it runs up to the dorsal line and forms a
transverse black band; below this there is a narrow
stripe of gamboge-yellow, and in this the spiracles,
which are. small and black, are seated, and below this
again there is a narrow pale whitish-grey stripe; twelfth
and thirteenth segments gamboge-yellow, the twelfth
with a narrow black dorsal line, with a black dot on
each side; a black triangular spot just above the
spiracles; on thirteenth segment a transverse longi-
tudinal blotch upon the back, and two black dots above
the spiracles; anal flap dull olive-green; ventral area
and claspers greenish olive; legs the same colour, with
smoky-black claws.
The chrysalis is enclosed in a cocoon of fine silk spun
within the leaf-dwelling; it is short and rather obese,
with the wing-sheaths strongly developed. Colour warm
reddish brown; eyes darker and rather prominent ;
abdomen covered with a greyish powdery bloom. It is
attached by the anal extremity, and is encircled by a
silken girdle. The larve feed only by night.
Trapezites symmomus, Hubn.
This is one of the largest of the Australian Hesperids,
and occurs in many localities in the neighbourhood of
Sydney, is somewhat local, and nowhere very abundant.
It appears to be found more frequently near the sea than
inland, and some of its favourite habitats are the wooded
headlands in the vicinity of Botany Bay. Its flight is
extremely rapid, and it is difficult to catch, as it takes
alarm at the least movement, although, like most of the
family, it usually returns to the same spot after it has
been disturbed, and can be secured by patient waiting.*
It was some time before I made the acquaintance of
the larva of this butterfly, although I had long suspected
that they fed upon Cladium (?), for they were only to be
met with where it occurred, and the plants, which grow
in dense clumps, were always more or less eaten. But
* [always box Hesperide, tor they flutter about so in the net
that it is almost impossible to ‘‘ nip” them in the ordinary manner,
at any rate not without the risk of spoiling them. But they must
be chloroformed and pinned at once, or they will batter themselves
to pieces in the box in a very short time. I always carry a small
bottle of chloroform for the purpose.
184 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
many a hunt for the larva was unavailing, and at last I
almost came to the conclusion that they must feed upon
something else, and that the eaten leaves were due to
Orthoptera, which, in Australia, seem to devour any-
thing green. However, one day in September, 1884,
after a long and weary search, I discovered two old
cocoons containing fragments of pupa-skins, but could
find no larve. This was partial success, for it showed
me | was on the right track, and stimulated me to renew
my exertions on the occasion of my next visit to the
locality on October 8rd. On this day I had another long
hunt, and was just on the point of giving it up in
despair when suddenly, to my great delight, I saw a large,
plump, and full-grown larva ensconced ‘low down among
the stems of the plant, almost at the roots. After this
I found a half-grown larva and several smaller ones, the
latter being in little white silken cocoons spun up in the
concave side of a leaf, about half-way down the stem.
These, I fancy, were hybernating, although it seemed
strange that some should be feeding while the others
were quiescent. Others, too, must have been in the
pupa state and ready to emerge, for I saw a fresh
butterfly sitting upon a twig in the neighbourhood of its
food-plant, but it darted off before I was able to secure
it. There is a succession of broods, for I subsequently
took many larve at different times of the year, and
succeeded in rearing several of the perfect insects. In
confinement they fed entirely by night, hiding by day
low down among the stems of their food-plant. They
grow very slowly.
On February 28th, 1885, I watched a female as she
was engaged laying her eggs. She did not seem at all
particular where she deposited them. The first was
placed on the stem of the food-plant, about half-way
down, the second upon a dead stem of the food-plant,
the third upon a small twig near the root of the food-
plant, the fourth upon a log of wood some distance off,
the fifth upon a piece of dead fern, and the sixth upon a
dried bent. She then flew away. The young larva in
most of these cases would have to wander for some
distance to find its food. The egg, which is large in
comparison to the size of the butterfly, is perfectly
smooth, globular, and pale greenish yellow.
The full-grown larva is 40 mm. long and very plump ;
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 185
head subquadrate, the posterior angles rounded off; a
well-defined groove down the centre of the face, branching
off at the middle, and forming a A-shaped mark above
the mouth; outer edge of groove bordered by a broad
ochreous-yellow line, which is again bordered by a shade
composed of minute black dots; crown, back of head to
junction with second segment and outer margin of face
thickly mottled with black dots; general colour warm
pinkish brown, thickly irrorated with minute raised dots
and longitudinal markings of neutral tint; a narrow
and somewhat interrupted dorsal line, on each side of
which a moderately broad but somewhat indistinct stripe
composed of minute black dots, being most perceptible
on third to sixth segments; spiracles minute, black, and
just below them a rather waved stripe of neutral tint ;
ventral surface, legs, and claspers smoky; the three
posterior segments more or less tinged with dull olive-
green; the segmental divisions, as the larva crawls, are
conspicuously pink.
The young larve are similar in appearance to the
full-grown ones, but the markings are somewhat less
distinct, and the general colour is paler, and varies from
warm pinkish brown to pinkish ochreous. When full-
crown the larva constructs a loose open cocoon among
the lower stems of its food-plant, and changes to a
stoutish pupa from 25 to 28 mm. long, light reddish
brown, thickly and minutely dotted with black, and
covered with patches of powdery bloom; wing-cases
paler; eyes prominent, dark reddish brown, and just
behind and above them a small nuchal aperture, encircled
by pale reddish brown; anal point well-developed, curved
towards tip, dark brown.
Hesperilla picta, Leach. (Pl. VI, figs. 9 and 9 (a) ).
This beautiful skipper occurs sparingly in the neigh-
bourhood of Sydney, but is only to be found in the
vicinity of its food-plant, Cladiwm mariscus, and con-
sequently is somewhat local. I first met with it on
November 8rd, 1888, while I was gathering some food
for larve of Epinephele abeona, when I noticed some tips
of the young shoots of Cladiwm spun together, and upon
examining and opening them discovered the empty
chrysalis of a Hesperid. I at once set to work and
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888. PARTI. (MARCH.) 0
186 Mr. G. F. Mathew’s life-histories of
looked for more, and, as there were only a few plants of
Cladium growing in this locality, I was not long in doing
so. The result of my search rewarded me with three
more empty chrysalids and a full one, the latter evidently
just on the point of hatching, as the wing-markings were
plainly visible through the case, and the abdominal
segments were much swollen. The larva which produced
this chrysalis had spun the tips of the leaves together
just in front of another chrysalis, completely imprisoning
it, for when the lower one attempted to emerge it found
its way blocked, and so perished miserably, and its
remains were being devoured by some red ants, who had
worked their way in through the lower end of the first
cocoon. I fancy such a mistake as this does not often
happen in nature. The next day the upper chrysalis
produced a fine female, and, as I had not seen the species
before, | was much pleased.
A few days after this I was again in the same locality
for fresh food, but had no net with me, and so, asa
matter of course, saw several picta flitting about among
the Cladium. There were two males and a female. The
former frequently darted off and regaled themselves on
the flowers of a neighbouring lantana bush, but the
latter, I observed, was assiduously fluttermg among the
lower stems of the Cladiwm, and, after watching her for
a‘short time, I came to the conclusion that she was
depositing eggs, and presently I saw her do so, and
secured the egg. I subsequently obtained this butterfly
in several other localities near Sydney, took many
chrysalids and larve, and bred a nice series of them.
There are a succession of broods from spring to autumn,
and during the winter months the small larve hybernate
low down among the stems of their food-plant in loose
silken cocoons.
The egg is deposited on the under side of the leaf,
generally near its tip. It is somewhat orange-shaped,
flattened at the base, and with a minute depression at
the apex, and is finely ribbed, the ribs widening from
apex to base. At first it is clear straw-yellow, changing
to greenish yellow on the second day. About the sixth
day an apical purple blotch and a waved purple stripe
appears round the middle of the egg, and the whole turns
to a dull lead-colour shortly before the emergence of the
larva. The newly-hatched larva is pale yellowish green,
Rhopalocera from the Australian region. 187
with purple dorsal, subdorsal, and spiracular lines ;
second and third segments greener than the others;
when the little larva crawls or stretches itself the
divisions between the head and second segment are con-
spicuously reddish, and there is a small shining plate
upon the second segment just behind the head; a few
scattered hairs or fine bristles upon the two posterior
segments; head black and shining.
The full-grown larva has the head considerably larger
than the second and third segments, somewhat cordate
in shape and clear sienna-red; the crown, a double line
down the centre of the face, terminating in a small
V-shaped mark, of a much darker red; general colour
pale transparent olive or greenish yellow, the green or
yellow being brighter in some individuals than in others ;
segmental divisions clearly defined and white; dorsal
stripe dark green, pulsating, bordered by a faint white
line; irregular internal deep green pulsating blotches on
each side of dorsal stripe; subdorsal line white and
conspicuous; twelfth and thirteenth segments suffused
with a bright rosy tinge; a faint waved yellow line
below the spiracles, which are of the same colour ;
ventral surface slightly paler.
When full-grown the larva spins two or three of the
- terminal shoots of the Cladiwm together, and forms a
cocoon of fine white silk, within which it changes to a
pale greenish-yellow chrysalis suffused with a bluish
white bloom ; head strongly bifid, bifid tips nearly black ;
eyes and segmental divisions pale reddish; at base of
wing-case a dark reddish brown crescent-shaped spot.
Shortly before the butterfly is disclosed the chrysalis
becomes a deep reddish brown, and the spots on the
wings can be plainly seen through the wing-cases. The
larve feed by night, and during the day are to be found
hiding away at the base of the leaves.
Hesperilla ornata, Leach.
The habits of this species are identical with those of
H. picta, and the larve are very similar, but the perfect
insects are quite different. It also appears to be more
generally distributed, for I have taken it in many
localities near Sydney where H. picta did not occur, and
at Newcastle, about sixty miles to the north of Sydney ;
188 Life-histories of Rhopalocera.
and I have no doubt that it is to be found throughout
New South Wales wherever Cladiwm grows.
The full-grown larva is elongate, cylindrical, and tapers
slightly towards each extremity; general colour pale
transparent yellowish green, inclining to rosy upon the
two posterior segments; dorsal stripe dark green,
pulsating; a paler yellowish green subdorsal stripe,
bordered above and below by a darker shade of colour ;
head somewhat cordate, cinnamon-brown, with a central
line down the face, and a dark V-shaped mark above
the mouth. Feeds upon Cladiuwm mariscus, &. The
chrysalis does not differ in any way from that of
Hesperilla picta.
Note.—The Hypolimnas, whose life-history is given in
this paper, appears to be a very different insect from the
H. bolina of India, and I would therefore suggest that
the Fabrician name nerina be adopted for it.
EXPLANATION oF Puate YI.
Vic. 1. Larva of Ornithoptera urvilliana, Guer.
“eZ. «4 Papilio anactus, Macl.
oe A P. indicatus, Butl.; 3 (a), ditto, var.; 3 (6), pupa
of ditto.
4. Pupa of Pieris latilimbata, Butl.
5. Larva of Netrocoryne repanda, Feld.
6. * Pieris teutonia, Fabr.; 6 (a), ditto.
us D Callidryas gorgophone, Boisd.
8. ; Epinephele abeona, Don.
9. : Hesperilla picta, Leach; 9 (a), pupa of ditto.
10. e Pyrameis itea, Fabr.
13 oe Junonia vellida, Fabr.
12. Pupa of Hurycus cressida, Fabr.
13. Larva of Doleschallia herrichii, Butl. ; 13 (a), pupa of
ditto.
14, nf Acrea andromacha, Fabr.; 14 (a), pupa of ditto.
(nee)
VIL. Descriptions of new or little-known species of
phytophagous Coleoptera from Africa and Mada-
gascar. By Marri Jacosy, F.E.S.
{Read April 4th, 1888.]}
PuatE VII.
Sagra opaca, n. 8. (Pl. VIL, fig. 7).
Elongate, black, opaque; head minutely punctured; thorax
longer than broad, impunctate; elytra finely punctate-striate, the
apices impunctate, the strie slightly approached in pairs.
3. The intermediate femora dilated into a strong triangular
tooth; the posterior ones extending far beyond the elytra, their
upper edge deeply channelled at the posterior portion, bounded
above by an acute ridge, their base furnished with an ovate
tomentose fulvous patch; their lower edge armed with a stout
tooth near the apex; posterior tibiew slender, obsoletely bidentate
near their apices. Length, 7—9 lines.
Head very finely punctured at the vertex; antenne half the
length of the body, black, the joints gradually increasing in
length, finely punctured; thorax about one-half longer than broad,
the anterior angles blunt, but slightly produced, the sides rather
coneave, the surface impunctate at the disc, the basal portion
with a few very minute punctures; elytra not raised at the basal
portion, impressed within the shoulder, the punctures slightly
approached in pairs, entirely disappearing near the apices, the
interstices flat and impunctate without rugosities.
Hab. Manboia, East Africa.
The present species is evidently closely allied to
S. bicolor and S. tristis: from the former it differs in
the triangularly dilated and toothed intermediate femora,
in the more elongate thorax, and in the shape and
structure of the posterior femora, which are pro-
portionately longer and more slender at the base; the
first abdominal segment, like that of S. bicolor, is
longitudinally depressed, but devoid of any fulvous
pubescence as in the last-named species; there is also
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—paRT Il. (JUNE.) P
190 Mr. Jacoby’s descriptions of phytophagous
an entire absence of any metallic colour, which is
generally present at the elytra in S. bicolor. S. Kirbyt,
Baly, differs in its general coloration, being obscure
olive-green ; the elytra are much more distinctly and
closely punctured, the punctuation more decidedly
geminate, and the interstices are also punctured; the
femora are much shorter and less slender, and their
upper edge less distinctly channelled. The four speci-
mens contained in my collection are all males; the
female is unknown to me.
Lema cribraria, n. 8.
Below piceous, above obseure metallic greenish; thorax trans-
versely plicate-rugose ; elytra very closely and deeply punctured,
the punctures smaller and subeonfluent towards the apices.
Var. Elytra fulvous, the sutural and lateral margins obscure
seneous, under side fulvous. Length, 33 lines.
Head with a few punctures at the vertex, the latter divided by a
deep longitudinal groove; eyes very large and prominent, deeply
notched; clypeus broadly triangular, black, with some transversely-
placed punctures; antenne stout, black, not extending much
beyond the base of the elytra, the third and fourth joints nearly
equal, the following dilated; thorax slightly longer than broad,
moderately constricted at the middle, the entire surface trans-
versely and irregularly rugose, without punctures, the space near
the base with more distinct and contiguous strige; scutellum
slightly emarginate at the apex; elytra cylindrical, of an obscure
ereenish-zneous colour, closely and deeply punctured, the punctua-
tion only arranged in regular rows near the suture, the rest divided
(more distinctly at the sides) by transversely-raised intervals, the
punctuation becoming very irregular, finer, and nearly confluent
near the apex, where they again assume the position of rows near
the sides, the interstices being there raised and connected with
those to be seen near the suture. Under side and legs piceous.
Hab. Cameroons, W. Africa; Delagoa Bay (var.),
(Mrs. Monteiro), (my collection).
This species, although closely allied to L. Dregei,
L. australis, and L. azurea, seems to differ from all in
the punctuation of the elytra, which is much more
closely placed, and consisting of about twelve rows of
punctures, which towards the apex become very small
and irregular, often confluent; the elytra have no trace
Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar. ot
of a basal depression, and are convex and_ sub-
cylindrical. In all the allied species the elytra have
ten rows of deep and for the most part regularly-placed
punctures. Their epipleure in the present species are
eh obscure piceous, as is also the extreme base of the
lorax.
Lema apicicornis, n. 8.
Black; the head, the basal and two apical joints of the antenne,
and the thorax, fulvous; elytra metallic-blue, deeply depressed
below the base; abdomen fulvous. Length, 23 lines.
Head impunctate, without frontal elevations; eyes very large,
but slightly notched; clypeus black at its lower portion ; antenn
half the length of the body, black, the two basal and the two
apical joints fulvous; thorax about as broad as long, rather deeply
constricted at the middle, the anterior angles slightly tuberculi-
form, the basal suleation deep and placed at some distance from
the basal margin, the surface without punctures; scutellum ful-
vous ; elytra with the basal portion strongly raised and bounded
behind by an oblique depression extending from within the
shoulders to the suture, the punctuation strong anteriorly,
gradually diminishing towards the apices, the interstices nearly
flat, the ninth stria not interrupted at the middle, the lateral
margin with a deep longitudinal depression below the shoulders,
very strongly punctured within this depression; breast and legs
black; abdomen fulvous.
Hab. Old Calabar. A single specimen in my col-
lection.
Allied to ZL. rubricollis, Klug, but differing in the
colour of the head and that of the antenne.
Lema laticollis, n.s. (Pl. VII., fig. 1).
Black; thorax fulvous, scarcely constricted; elytra deeply
punctate-striate, pale fulvous, each elytron with six black spots
(1, 2, 1, 1, 1); legs fulvous, spotted with black. Length, 2 lines.
Head sparingly clothed with very short golden hairs, the vertex
black, spotted with fulvous at the sides and at the middle, the
latter divided by a deep longitudinal groove, the frontal elevations
absent; eyes deeply notched, with the usual grooves near their
inner margins, lower part of the face fulvous; labrum black ;
antennz short and very robust, the four lower joints very small,
transverse, the following joints equal, broader than long, opaque,
and pubescent; thorax nearly square-shaped, the sides but slightly
p 2
192 Myr. Jacoby’s descriptions of phytophagous
constricted at the middle, the basal sulcation scarcely indicated,
the disc with a few minute punctures placed longitudinally at the
middle; scutellum black; elytra with very deep and regularly-
placed punctures, the interstices costate at the sides, each elytron
with six black spots, of which one is placed at the shoulder, one
at the sides below the base, another in a transverse line with the
last near the suture, a fourth at the middle, the fifth below the
latter near the suture, and the sixth near the apex; under side
black, finely pubescent, the sides and margins of the abdominal
segments fulvous; legs short and robust, fulvous; the knees, the
apices of the tibiz and tarsi, black.
Hab. Delagoa Bay. A single specimen was obtained
by Mrs. Monteiro (my collection).
Colasposoma foveipenne, n. 8.
Metallic cupreous or blue; the antenne (the basal joints
excepted) and the tarsi black ; head finely rugose-punctate; thorax
closely and finely punctured; elytra more strongly but as closely
punctured, with a deep greenish fovea below the base. Length,
2—2z4 lines.
Head flat, extremely closely and finely semirugose-punctate, the
clypeus margined with metallic-green, its lower edge deeply con-
cave-emarginate ; labrum piceous; antenne black, the first joint
metallic-green above, the following two joints fulvous; thorax
nearly three times broader than long, the sides rather evenly
rounded, the posterior margin strongly produced and rounded at
the middle, the surface closely and finely punctured throughout,
the punctuation more crowded and of more elongate shape towards
the sides, the disc reddish or cupreous, the margins narrowly
metallic-green ; scutellum with a few fine punctures; elytra more
strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctuation arranged in
very close irregular rows, the shoulders prominent; below the
base a deep oblique fovea is placed, extending more feebly towards
the shoulders and deeply punctured within ; the sutural and lateral
margins are also narrowly metallic-green; the under side and
legs are coloured like the upper surface; the femora have a
minute tooth.
Hab. Madagascar (my collection).
The close and fine punctuation of the head and
thorax, the prominent median lobe of the posterior
margin of the latter, and the deep elytral fovea in con-
nection with the general coloration, separate the present
Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar. 193
insect from its other African allies. The variety does
not differ except in the entirely dark blue colour.
Colasposoma humerale, n. 8.
Metallic green or blue; antenne and legs testaceous, the 7th
and 8th joints of the former fuscous; thorax very closely and
finely punctured; elytra closely and more strongly punctured, the
shoulders prominent and smooth, bounded by a deep transverse
depression. Length, 24 lines.
Head closely and finely punctured, strigose at the vertex, the
lower part separated from the front by a shallow sinuate groove ;
the clypeus punctured and strigose at the base; labrum piceous ;
palpi fulvous; antennz long and slender, testaceous, the seventh
and eighth and the apical joint fuscous, the third very long and
slender; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides nearly
straight, the entire surface covered with very fine, closely
approached, and partly oblong punctures, not stronger at the sides
than at the disc ; elytra closely and much more strongly punctured,
the entire humeral callus prominent and swollen, bounded within
and below by a deep depression, which in the green specimens is
of a metallic-blue colour; the sutural and lateral margins are also
narrowly metallic-blue; legs testaceous ; abdomen piceous.
Hab. Madagascar (my collection).
Principally distinguished by the colour of the antennez
and legs, and the prominent shoulders in connection
with the fine and evenly punctured thorax.
Chrysomela (Polysticta) madagascariensis, n. 8.
(PT. VIL... figs. 0, Ga).
Broadly rounded, very convex, black; thorax very transverse,
piceous; elytra obscure testaceous, closely punctate-striate. Length,
4 lines.
Head flattened, scarcely visibly punctate, nearly black ; antenne
scarcely extending beyond the base of the thorax, black, the five
last joints gradually transversely widened; thorax at least three
times broader than long, the sides narrowed towards the apex,
slightly rounded, the anterior margin deeply concave, the sides
with some rather strong punctures, the middle of the disc
impunctate, brownish piceous; scutellum triangular, smooth,
Piceous; elytra very convex towards the middle, deflexed from
there to the apex, where they are gradually narrowed, obscure
fulvous or testaceous, impressed with closely approached rows of
distinct punctures, which somewhat approach in pairs towards the
194 Mr. Jacoby’s descriptions of phytophagous
sides, a narrow space in front of the lateral margin impunctate ;
under side and legs black ; abdomen obscure fulvous ; prosternum
oblong, slightly narrowed at the middle, longitudinally depressed ;
claws simple.
Hab. Madagascar (my collection).
This species, at present the only representative of the
genus known from Madagascar, is at once distinguished
from any other of its allies by the peculiar transversely-
shaped and short thorax, giving it the appearance of a
Coccinella, although peculiarly unadorned in regard to
its coloration.
Oedionychis madagascariensis, n.s. (Pl. VIL., fig. 8).
Testaceous; the three apical joints of the antenne, the scutellum,
breast, and the femora, black; thorax impunctate; elytra minutely
punctured, depressed below the base. Length, 4 lines.
Head impunctate, deeply transversely impressed between the
eyes; the clypeus raised into an acute triangular point between
the antenne ; palpi testaceous, the apical joint piceous ; antennez
slender, nearly half the length of the body, testaceous, the apical
three joints black ; third joint twice as long as the second; thorax
about twice and a half broader than long, narrowed towards the
front, the sides nearly straight, rather broadly flattened, the
anterior angles produced, the posterior margin broadly rounded at
the middle, the dise entirely impunctate, slightly convex near the
posterior angles; scutellum black; elytra scarcely widened towards
the apex, transversely depressed below the base, and longitudinally
in front of the lateral margin, the surface very minutely and
rather closely punctured ; femora and the upper side of the tarsi
black ; claw-joint more or less fulvous.
Hab. Matanga, Madagascar.
The single specimen contained in my collection differs
entirely from the other three or four species known from
Madagascar on account of the differently structured
head and thorax and the coloration, principally in
regard to the antenne, scutellum, breast, and legs.
Blepharida nigromaculata, n.s. (Pl. VIL, fig. 5).
Dark fulvous ; thorax flavous at the sides, impressed with short
anterior and basal grooves ; elytra flavous, deeply punctate-striate,
with eight or nine spots on the disc, and some others at the lateral
margins, black. Length, 3 lines.
=i
Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar. 195
Head flat, with a few fine punctures, and two short longitudinal
grooves between the eyes; antenne entirely fulvous, only extending
to the base of the elytra; thorax nearly three times broader than
long, the sides straight at the base, slightly rounded before the
middle, the posterior margin very slightly oblique at the sides and
but little produced at the middle ; the surface impunctate, obscure
pale fulvous, the sides more or less bright flavous; at the sides of
the anterior margin a short but deep and slightly curved groove
runs downwards towards the middle; another very short groove
in a line with the anterior one is placed at the posterior margin ;
elytra with the punctures slightly placed in pairs and of dark
fulvous colour, the interstices flavous and spotted with black; of
these spots one is placed on the shoulders, two transversely on the
basal margin, one near the suture at the junction of the first and
second row of punctures, another below the middle near the
suture between the first and third row of punctures, two others
lower downwards; the third and fourth rows of punctures and the
fifth to the eighth rows are also connected by black spots below
the base and below the middle, and five spots of variable shape and
sizes are placed along the lateral margin, corresponding partly
with similar spots at the elytral epipleure; under side dark
fulvous, finely pubescent; the posterior femora very strongly
dilated and incrassate; prosternum straight at its base.
Hab. Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro), (my collection).
The elytral spots vary greatly in different individuals,
but are always placed in the same positions as given
above ; they are more or less connected with each other,
and appear generally as an interrupted transverse short
band below the middle, when looked at with the naked
eye, the other spots being still more separated.
Blepharida laterimaculata, n.s. (Pl. VII., fig. 9).
Testaceous; antenne and legs fulvous; thorax with two deep
anterior depressions, obsoletely spotted with fulvous ; elytra deeply
punctate-striate, the interstices costate, the lateral margin spotted
with fulvous. Length, 3 lines.
Head rather closely punctured between the eyes, with two short
perpendicular grooves in front of the antenne ; the latter short,
fulvous ; thorax three times broader than long, the sides rounded
or subangulate in front, narrowly margined, the anterior angles
subtuberculiform, the posterior margin obliquely shaped at each
side, its median lobe broadly rounded, the surface rather flattened
196 Mr. Jacoby’s descriptions of phytophagous
and impunctate, flavous or testaceous, obsoletely blotted with
fulvous; at each side a deep but short fovea is placed; elytra
longitudinally costate throughout, the interstices deeply punctate-
striate ; a row of spots is placed at the lateral margin, commencing
at the shoulder; prosternum, with its base, truncate.
Hab. South Africa. Three specimens are contained
in my collection. .
Blepharida ornaticollis, n.s. (Pl. VIL., fig. 8).
Fulvous; above flavous; head closely punctured; thorax with
one anterior and two posterior grooves, fulvous, the sides and a
central stripe flavous; elytra closely punctate-striate, a spot at
each shoulder, two at the sides, one near the apex, two or three
sutural spots, and the strie, dark fulvous. Length, 3 lines.
Head convex at the vertex, closely and finely rugose-punctate ;
antenne fulvous or flavous, extending slightly beyond the thorax,
the third joint more slender and longer than the rest; thorax
three times broader than long, strongly rounded at the sides near
the middle, the anterior angles produced, with a deep transverse
groove near the anterior and two equally deep and sinuate grooves
near the posterior margin ; at the sides are similar grooves running
parallel with the lateral margin; all these grooves are of a dark
fulvous colour, as well as two broad irregularly-shaped bands
placed at the sides; these bands are deeply but narrowly indented
at their inner and outer margins, and impressed with deep but
irrégularly-placed punctures; a small spot near the anterior angles
and a short stripe at the middle of the disc completes the design
of the thorax; scutellum piceous; elytra flavous, deeply punctate-
striate, the punctures dark fulvous, the sutural stripe extending
to near the middle; a piceous or fulvous spot is placed at the
shoulder; one at the middle of the lateral margin, another in the
same line at the middle of the disc, and a fourth near the apex ;
besides these spots the suture has four or five spots placed at
unequal distances, some others are situated below the middle at
the lateral margin and the epipleur; below dark fulvous, finely
pubescent.
Hab. Africa. Three specimens are contained in my
collection.
The spotted thorax and the position of the elytral
spots separates B. ornaticollis from other African species
previously described,
Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar. 197
Blepharida intermedia, n.s. (Pl. VIL., fig. 4).
Dark fulvous; the seven apical joints of the antenne black ;
thorax flavous, with two broad bands and a central stripe fulvous ;
elytra deeply punctate-striate, flavous, the suture with four, the
dise with about eight or nine dark fulvous spots or bands. Length,
4 lines.
Head extremely closely and finely rugose-punctate; fulvous ;
palpi flavous, long and slender; antennze extending beyond the
base of the elytra, the four first joints fulvous, the rest black;
thorax about three times broader than long, the sides angulate
before the middle, concave towards the base, the anterior and
posterior angles obliquely cut, the posterior margin sinuate at each
side, and accompanied, like the anterior margin, by a narrow but
deep transverse groove; an oblique row of deep punctures is
placed near the anterior angles at each side, sending off a short
branch upwards and a longer one towards the middle of the disc ;
the surface is further impressed with smaller punctures within
and larger ones near the sides, the latter have a broad fulvous band
of irregular shape, not extending to the lateral margin; a short
longitudinal stripe is also placed between these two bands at the
base, some smaller piceous spots are seen at the anterior margin;
scutellum flavous, margined with fulvous; elytra flavous, with ten
rows of closely approached piceous punctures, the first short; at
the base four piceous spots are placed in a transverse line, of
which the one at the shoulder is in the shape of a narrow longi-
tudinal stripe; a transverse broader band, strongly narrowed at
the sides, occupies the middle of the disc; below this band two
more spots occupy the lateral and some others the apical margin,
another larger subquadrate spot is further placed near the apex of
each elytron ; the suture is also furnished with four transversely-
shaped short spots or bands, of which one surrounds the scutellum,
one is placed before, another below the middle and the fourth near
the apex; these sutural spots are here and there connected
with those on the dise by short transverse lines, forming a kind of
network near the apex; under side covered with fine and short
silvery pubescence ; the anterior tarsi in the male insect dilated ;
prosternum rather convex, subtruncate at its apex.
Hab. Mombas, Zanzibar (my collection).
Cladocera nigripennis, n.s. (Pl. VIL, fig. 2).
Broadly oblong-ovate, robust, flavous; the base of the head,
antenne, the apices of the femora, and the tibie and tarsi, black :
198 Mr. Jacoby’s descriptions of phytophagous
thorax finely punctured ; elytra black, closely semirugose-punctate.
Length, 6 lines.
3. Head rather remotely but distinctly punctured at the
vertex, the latter black ; the lower portion of the face flavous; the
space between the eyes impressed with two short fove and a few
deep punctures; antenne simple, half the length of the body,
black, the basal joint fulvous below, the fourth joint longer than
the others, the intermediate joints slightly widened, robust;
thorax three times broader than long, the sides but slightly
rounded towards the apex, the anterior angles produced towards
the head, the posterior margin sinuate at each side, the surface
with several irregular depressions, unevenly punctured throughout,
flavous; scutellum flavous; elytra broad, robust, closely punc-
tured, the sides finely rugose, the interstices also covered with
minute punctures; below flavous, the sides of the breast, the
upper margin, and the apices of the femora and the tibie and tarsi,
black; anterior tarsi of the male dilated.
Hab. Nguru, Central Africa. A single male speci-
men is contained in my collection.
Cladocera zanzibarica, n. 8.
Black; the lower part of the face and the thorax flavous;
antenne with triangularly dilated joints; elytra black, finely
rugose-punctate, the lateral margin narrowly fulvous. Length,
5 lines.
9. Head impressed with oblong punctures at the sides of the
vertex, the latter black, the lower portion flavous, with some deep
punctures between the eyes; antenne short, not extending much
beyond the base of the elytra, black, the fourth and following
joints triangularly dilated; the thorax of the same shape as
C. nigripennis, and punctured in the same way; scutellum
flavous; elytra finely rugosely punctured throughout, their extreme
lateral margin and their epipleure fulvous; under side and legs
black; the margins of the abdominal segments fulvous; the
pygidium flavous above.
Hab. Zanzibar.
This species, of which a single female specimen is
contained in my collection, is very closely allied to the
preceding one, but represents, I believe, a distinct form,
on account of the shape of the antenne, which probably
have their joints serrate in the male insect; other
differences are to be found in the entirely black under
side and legs, and in the fulvous elytral margins.
Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar. 199
AntHonea, Baly.
The anterior coxal cavities in this genus are closed ;
this and the mucronate posterior tibiz would place
Aethonea in the twentieth group of Chapuis’ arrange-
ment, the Sermyline. The serrate antenne seem to be
peculiar to the male sex only, at least in the species
here described. Ootheca serricornis, Thoms., belongs
doubtless to this genus.
Aethonea variabilis, n.s. (Pl. VII., figs. 14, 15).
Fulvous; the antenne (the three basal joints excepted), the
femora, and tibie partly, black; thorax finely, elytra closely,
punctured, the latter with four small black spots placed trans-
versely.
Var. a. The sides of the thorax and the lateral margin of the
elytra below the middle black.
Var. 6. Elytra black, the shoulders and the suture fulvous.
Var.c. Elytra entirely black.
Var. d. Elytra without any black markings (A. Murray? ?,
Baly). Length, 4—43 lines.
Head with a few fine punctures, longitudinally grooved at the
middle; antenne half the length of the body, the second and third
joints very small, equal, the fourth longer than the three preceding
joints together, the third and the five following joints serrate in
the male, simple in the female; thorax at least three times
broader than long, the sides rounded, the posterior margin some-
what obliquely shaped at the angles, nearly straight at the middle,
the surface with some fine rather scattered punctures; elytra
convex, scarcely widened posteriorly, longitudinally depressed
within the shoulders, more strongly punctured than the thorax,
the punctuation close and here and there arranged in rows, the
interstices slightly rugose, and forming occasionally narrow smooth
longitudinal ridges; under side and legs variable in colour.
Hab. Old Calabar, Maemba, West Africa (my col-
lection).
In a single female specimen, which agrees in most
respects with the males, the antenne are simple, the
third joint is slightly longer than the second, and the
fourth as long as the three preceding joints; the apical
joints are distinctly shorter. In this specimen the
thorax has a black band at each side, and a similar
band is placed from the middle of the lateral margin to
200 Mr. Jacoby’s descriptions of phytophagous
the apex of each elytron; the two black spots of the
latter are present, as in the other specimens ; the sides
of the breast, the abdomen, and the tibie are more or
less stained with piceous. In the var. c, which does
not materially differ from the normal forms, the entire
elytra are black and rather more finely punctured.
Mr. Baly, in his diagnosis of the genus, gives the
antenne as nearly equal to the body in length; this is
not the case with any of the male specimens before me,
in which the antenne do not exceed half the length.
Mesodonta submetallica, n.s. (Pl. VIL., fig. 10).
Metallic green or blue; antenne black, the apical joints dilated;
thorax with several depressions, rugose-punctate ; elytra fulvous,
with a metallic gloss, finely and closely rugose. Length,
4—4} lines.
Head metallic blue, strongly rugose; labrum testaceous ; palpi
fulyous; antenne nearly half the length of the body, black, the
third joint the longest, the fifth to the terminal joints gradually
shortened and dilated; thorax transverse, the sides deflexed, the
lateral margins nearly straight, the posterior angles oblique, the
surface with a depression near the anterior margin and another
one of oblique shape at each side, bright metallic-blue or green,
closely and strongly punctured and rugose; scutellum broad,
metallic violaceous, punctured ; elytra dark fulvous, with a slight
purplish gloss, extremely finely and closely punctured and rugose,
their epipleure indistinct below the middle ; legs robust, metallic
bluish; tibie channelled; the first joint of the posterior tarsi
rather shorter than the two following joints together ; claws bifid ;
the anterior coxal cavities open.
Hab. N’gami, Zambesi, Africa (my collection).
The dilated terminal joints of the antenne, the im-
pressed thorax, channelled tibie, and bifid claws seem
to me to place the present insect in Mesodonta; the
male does not, however, possess the spine at the inter-
mediate tibie, as in M. marginata, Baly.
Oraciuus, n. g. (Galerucine).
Body elongate; antenne filiform, the third joint one-half longer
than the second; thorax transverse, the posterior margin rounded,
the sides narrowed towards the apex; surface without depressions ;
elytra irregularly punctured, their epipleure narrow, continued
Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar. 201
below the middle; legs elongate; all the tibiz with a small spine ;
the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following
joints together; claws bifid; anterior coxal cavities closed.
Amongst the genera with closed coxal cavities Otacilus
would perhaps best be placed amongst the Sermyline,
on account of the mucronate tibix ; from Merista, which
has also bifid claws, the genus differs in the longer third
joint of the antenne, in the more transversely and
different shape of the thorax, and in the parallel, not
posteriorly dilated elytra. I would have considered the
present genus identical with Malaconida, Fairm., had
not the author described the tibizw as unarmed, and the
second and third joint of the antenne as equal.
Otacilus fulvus, n. 8.
Fulvous; the antenne, the apices of the femora, and the tibie
and tarsi, black; thorax and elytra closely punctured. Length,
4—4} lines.
Head with a few fine punctures between the eyes and deeply
transversely grooved; the frontal tubercles transverse, strongly
raised ; the clypeus narrow, triangular; palpi piceous; antenne
about half the length of the body, black, the third joint one-half
longer than the second, the following joints elongate (the terminal
ones broken off). Thorax transverse, the sides rounded before the
middle, the anterior angles tuberculiform, the anterior and posterior
margins parallel, the latter rounded, the surface impressed with
small and smaller punctures, closely arranged, a narrow space at
the middle more or less smooth; elytra elongate, the sides rather
strongly deflexed, the surface very closely, finely, and evenly
punctured ; under side and legs fulvous, the apices of the femora
and the tibiz and tarsi black.
Hab. Madagascar.
The three specimens which are contained in my col-
lection are probably all females.
SPILOCEPHALUS, n. g. (Galerucine).
Body elongate; antenne robust, the second joint short, the third
slightly shorter than the fourth joint; thorax transverse, with two
transverse depressions; elytra closely punctured and transversely
rugose, their epipleurz continued below the middle ; legs unarmed;
the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the three following
joints together; claws appendiculate; anterior coxal cavities closed.
Type. Spilocephalus viridipennis.
202 =Mr. Jacoby’s descriptions of phytophagous
This genus will enter the group of Platyxanthine, on
account of the characters pointed out above; it seems
nearly allied to Stenoplatys and Metrioidea, but differs
from the former in the short and robust antenne, the
want of elytral depressions, and the general narrower
and elongate shape; from Metrioidea the genus differs
equally in the shorter antenne and metatarsus of the
posterior legs.
Spilocephalus viridipennis, n.s. (Pl. VIL., fig. 12).
Fulvous; the base of the head metallic-green; thorax biumpressed,
punctured posteriorly; scutellum black; elytra bright metallic-
green, closely rugose and punctured. Length, 33 lines.
Head slightly longer than broad, finely punctured at the vertex,
the latter metallic-green, the lower portion fulvous; the space
between the eyes deeply transversely grooved; the clypeus tri-
angular, with a distinct central ridge, its lower edge concave ;
antenn robust, less than half the length of the body, the lower
joints fulvous, the others more or less fuscous; thorax more than
twice as broad as long, the sides rounded or nearly subangulate at
the middle, distinctly narrowed towards the base, the posterior
margin slightly rounded and sinuate, the disc deeply transversely
depressed, the depression interrupted medially, distinctly punc-
tured, the anterior portion scarcely visibly punctate; scutellum
triangular, black, smooth; elytra metallic-green, the punctuation
arranged in very closely approached rows, the interspaces every-
where transversely rugose; legs and under side fulvous.
Hab. South Africa (my collection).
HAULLIRHOTIUS, N. g.
Body elongate ; antenne filiform, slender, the third and following
joints elongate ; palpi very long and slender; thorax transversely
subquadrate; elytra irregularly punctured, their epipleure con-
tinued below the middle; tibia mucronate; the first joint of the
posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints together; claws
bifid; anterior coxal cavities open.
Type. Hallirhotius africanus.
In general appearance Hallirhotius agrees with Mala-
cosoma, from which the bifid claws at once separate it ;
the palpi are unusually long, and the thorax is strongly
transverse but subquadrate.
Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar. 208
Hallirhotius africanus, n. 8.
Testaceous or fulvous; the terminal joints of the antenne and
the tarsi more or less fuscous or black; thorax very finely punc-
tured; elytra metallic-bluish green, finely punctured, their apices
fulvous. Length, 3} lines.
Head broad at the base, the vertex convex, fulvous, very finely
punctured, with an obsolete longitudinal central groove; eyes
moderate ; apex of jaws black; palpi long and slender, fulvous,
the terminal joint long and acutely pointed; antenne about two-
thirds the length of the body, black, the three basal joints fulvous ;
the third and following joints long and slender in the male, shorter
in the female; thorax nearly three times broader than long, all the
margins nearly straight, the angles obtusely thickened, the surface
somewhat convex, without depressions, and finely punctured ;
scutellum fulvous; elytra nearly parallel, the base rather elevated,
depressed below and within the shoulders, the surface very closely
and distinctly punctured, metallic dark blue, the apex with a
triangular-shaped flayous spot; under side and legs fulvous or
flavous.
Hab. Zanzibar and Central Africa (my collection).
SCHEMATIZELLA, n. g. (Galerucine).
Body oblong; antenne dilated at the terminal joints; thorax
transverse, the sides subangulate, the angles acute, produced ;
elytra rugosely punctured, their epipleure extremely narrow ;
tibie simple, unarmed; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long
as the three following joints together; claws bifid; the anterior
coxal cavities open.
The widened terminal joints of the antenna, the
shape of the thorax, scarcely visible elytral epipleure,
and the bifid claws form a number of characters which
allow of a comparatively easy recognition of the present
genus amongst the numerous Galerucide.
Schematizella viridis, n.s. (Pl. VIL, fig. 11).
Flavous ; the six or seven terminal joints of the antenne black ;
the base of the head and the thorax green, rugosely punctured ;
elytra opaque, green, finely rugose, the lateral margin narrowly
flavous. Length, 3—38} lines.
Head strongly rugose at the vertex, the latter metallic-green ;
lower part of the face flavous; the clypeus forming a narrow
204 Mr. Jacoby’s descriptions of phytophagous
transversely-raised ridge ; palpi flavous, the terminal joint conical,
longer than the preceding one; antennz less than half the length of
the body, the first joint dilated, rather short, the second ovate, short,
the third more than twice the length of the second, the rest gradually
shortened and widened, the four lower joints flavous, the others
black; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides obtusely
angulate before the middle, the angles tuberculiform, flavous, the
posterior margin straight, the entire surface strongly rugose, bright
green, subopaque; scutellum flavous, slightly pubescent; elytra
without basal depression, parallel, much more finely and evenly
rugose throughout; under side and legs flavous.
Hab. Cameroons, Africa (my collection).
Apophylia smaragdipennis, n.s. (Pl. VIL., fig. 13).
Obscure purplish or greenish black; antennex, lower part of the
face, and legs, flavous; above metallic-green, finely punctured and
transversely wrinkled. Length, 2—8 lines.
Head broad at the base, minutely granulate and punctured; the
frontal tubercles ovate, strongly raised. lower part of the face and
the labrum flavous; antenne more than half the length of the
body, fulvous, the first joint strongly thickened, club-shaped, the
third one-half longer, the terminal joints more slender and elon-
gate; thorax transverse, the sides rounded and narrowed towards
the base, the anterior and posterior margins nearly straight, the
sides finely margined and rather deflexed, the extreme lateral
margin and the under side flavous, the dise metallic-green, finely
punctured and transversely strigose, with a short transverse de-
pression near the anterior margin; scutellum rather broad, tri-
gonate; elytra narrowly parallel, finely transversely wrinkled
throughout, their epipleure broad at the base, gradually narrowed
towards the middle ; under side covered with fine silky pubescence,
metallic-greenish or purplish ; legs flavous, the four anterior tibie
mucronate, the posterior ones unarmed; claws appendiculate ;
anterior coxal cavities open.
Hab. South Africa, Cape Town (my collection).
This is probably the A. smaragdina, Dej., of which
Chapuis, in his diagnosis of the genus, speaks, and
which served him for the type, but I can find no pub-
lished description of the species. The generic characters,
as pointed out by Chapuis, are all present in the insect
before me, but some slight differences are noticeable.
Chapuis gives the fourth joint of the antenne as the
Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar. 205
longest, and the following joints as gradually shorter :
in my specimens the third and following joints are very
nearly equal. The thorax in all has a short transverse
depression near the anterior margin; Chapuis, however,
gives the thorax as convex and without depression ; it
may be therefore that he had another species before
him. A. smaragdipennis differs somewhat in shape,
some specimens being shorter and more dilated pos-
teriorly than the others. The sides of the thorax in
most specimens are narrowly margined with flavous, as
well as its under side; in others this colour is absent,
but these specimens do not seem to differ in other
respects. The species does not seem to be an un-
common one in South Africa.
: Notts.
Hovalia, Fairmaire (1884) = Alphidia, Clark, Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1865).
Tropidophora tripartita, Thoms., Arch. Ent., ii., 1858,
seems identical with Physoma Dohrni, Chap. The
species is placed in Gemminger’s Catalogue amongst
the Galerucine, but Thomson mentions distinctly the
‘enormously ’’ dilated posterior femora.
Ootheca cyaneovittata, Fairm. (‘Naturaliste,’ 1880).
This insect cannot find its place in Ootheca, if O. muta-
bilis is looked upon as the type; it differs totally in
general shape, in the structure of the thorax, want of
elytral epipleuree beyond the middle, and the much
longer first joint of the posterior tarsi.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—-PART II. (JUNE.) Q
206 Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar.
EXPLANATION OF Puate VII.
Fic. 1. Lema laticollis.
2. Cladocera nigripennis.
3. Oedionychis madagascariensis.
4. Blepharida intermedia.
5. si nigromaculata.
6. Chrysomela madagascariensis ; 6a, side-view.
7. Sagra opaca.
8. Blepharida ornaticollis.
9. A laterimaculata.
10. Mesodonta submetallica.
11. Schematizella viridis.
12. Spilocephalus viridipennis.
13. Apophylia smaragdipennis.
14,15. Aethonea variabilis.
Ca 20)
VIII. Additional observations on the Tea-bugs (Helopeltis)
of Java. By Cuarues O. Waternovuss, F.E.S.
[Read April 4th, 1888.]
Some eighteen months ago I communicated to this
Society some notes on the tea-pests (Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p. 457). At that time I had not seen
specimens from the tea-plants in Java, and only
surmised that these would prove to be distinct from
those infesting the cinchona. By the kindness of
Mr. H. B. Brady I am now able to exhibit a series of
specimens from the tea-plantations in Java, sent by
Mr. H. van Romunde for examination. They belong
to a distinct species, as I thought would be the case,
and I propose to call it
Helopeltis Romundet.
3S. Black and shining; legs pale dirty yellowish, mottled with
light brown. Scutellar spine pale dirty brown, pale yellow at
the base, formed as in H. Bradyi, very little curved, slender.
Abdomen with a narrow line of yellow at the sides of the basal
segments. Legs much paler than in H. Bradyi.
@. Pronotum red, with a dusky line near the front margin.
Scutellar spine longer than in the male, and distinctly curved;
a character in which it differs from both H. Bradyi and Antonii.
Abdomen with more yellow at the sides. The rest as in the male.
The scutellar spine, although a little longer than in
HI, Bradyi and Antoni, is much shorter than in H.
theivora, and is less curved than in this last species.
This subject is of considerable interest, as the species
infesting the cinchona in Java was supposed to have
been introduced from Ceylon in tea. I have now, how-
ever, shown that the species on the tea and on the
cinchona in Java are distinct, and both are distinct
from IT. Antonit from Ceylon. There is, however, one
point to be corrected. Mr. Trimen, from whom I
received the specimens referred to in my first paper
as from Ceylon, informs me that he took them from
cacao, and not from tea.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—parr it. (JUNE.) Q‘
~
b
(AS20008)
IX. On the Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands.
By HE. Meyricx, B.A., F.E.S.
[Read May 2nd, 1888.]
I am indebted to the Rey. T. Blackburn for the material
which forms the subject of this paper. He has been
good enough to make over to me the bulk of the col-
lection of Heterocera formed by him during six years’
residence in the Hawaiian Islands, and the exceptional
position of these islands renders the accurate knowledge
of their fauna a subject of great interest. Many of the
species have, indeed, been described by Mr. A. G.
Butler, but his work has not been of a character to
throw much light upon their systematic classification
and affinities. I am bound to add that, after com-
parison of the named types in the British Museum with
the descriptions drawn from them, I find the latter
frequently so inaccurate that Iam unable to reconcile
the differences. I have therefore found it necessary to
re-describe all species not sufficiently described elsewhere.
Mr. Blackburn furnished me with no notes on any of the
species, and I have therefore added nothing on this
head, except in the case of those few insects which I
took myself during a day spent at Honolulu some years
ago. ‘The following remarks are a summary of the
results obtained for this group on the questions of
development and geographical distribution.
Of Hawaiian Pyralidina, 56 species are at present
known. Of these the genera Asopia, Zinckenia, Hro-
mene, Ephestia, and Achroa, including 7 species in all,
have undoubtedly been introduced through the direct
agency of man in recent times, and form no part of the
native fauna. The single species of Paraponyx, though
apparently unlikely of introduction, is extremely widely
distributed, and, as hereafter explained, probably entered
in the same way. Platyptilia cosmodactyla is probably
also imported. The remaining 47 are, so far as is
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRT II. (JUNE.)
210 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
known, wholly endemic. Of these, 26 belong to the
Botydide, 12 to the Scopariude, 4 to the Pterophoride,
3 to the Crambide, and 2 to the Phycitide. The 26
species of Butydide are referable to 8 genera, falling in
three very distinct groups. ‘The first is represented only
by the single species of Margarodes; this, although
distinct, is closely allied to other species occurring in
the islands of the South Pacific, Australia, the Malay
Archipelago, and Ceylon, in each case confined within a
limited range, and there can be little doubt that these
are the little-modified descendants of one form, which
at a date comparatively not very remote wandered,
probably by means of its own powers of flight, which
are considerable, over the whole of this area. The
second consists of the genus Omiodes, containing seven
species, an endemically developed group; the genus is
known also from the South Pacific Islands, Malay
Archipelago, and South America, but only to the extent
of about eight species. The third group includes the
oldest portion of the fauna, consisting mainly of Scopula
(eight species), and three endemic genera allied to and
probably derivable from Scopula; one species of Hury-
creon and two of Mecyna. Although the three last-
named genera are more or less represented in almost
all regions, probability seems to be in favour of the
origin of this part of the fauna from North America.
Only one true Scopula occurs in Australia, and none in
New Zealand or the South Pacific Islands. New
Zealand, in fact, only possesses eight probably indi-
genous species of Botydide in all, but these belong to
the same group; they are, however, apparently of South
American origin.
The 12 Scopariade compare but poorly with the
60 species of that family occurring in New Zealand,
but I have little doubt that Mr. Blackburn over-
looked not a few of these obscure species, the material
obtained being very scanty. They would probably be
generally confined to the high mountains. It is remark-
able that 10 out of the 12 are referable to Xeroscopa,
hitherto principally known from New Zealand, but the
species are more nearly allied to one another than to
any from New Zealand.
The Pterophoride belong to the cosmopolitan genera
Dlatyptilia and Trichoptilus, but probably incline to
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 211
North America in their affinities. Aciptilia appears
absent, though represented by four species in New
Zealand, and in the South Pacific by a widely-distributed
species which occurs in many islands, as well as in
Australia; but it is barely represented in North
America.
The three species of Crambide are all referable to
Hednota, and this is a very interesting identification.
They are all of the lowest and most ancestral type of
the genus, approximating to Diptychophora. Hitherto
Hednota has been practically confined to Australia,
where it is considerably developed; there is, indeed, a
distinct species in New Zealand, but it is certainly to be
traced to Australian origin. Diptychophora is confined
to the Southern Hemisphere, and is largely characteristic
of New Zealand, occurring also in South America and
Australia. Probably the small and obscure Hawaiian
species of HTednota are forms only preserved by isolation
from extinction; in Australia they are superseded by
large and handsomely-marked species of the same genus,
evidently in a flourishing state; but everywhere else
the genus appears to have been completely replaced by
Crambus, which is not indigenous in Australia. I am
disposed to be surprised that Crambus is not found in
the Hawaiian Islands; it might have been expected to
find its way from North America.
The two species of Phycitide are stray wanderers.
One is an Homaosoma, a genus of few species, but
represented by one or two distinct species almost every-
where. ‘The larve probably feed in the seed-heads of
Composite, and it is likely that the ova may be trans-
mitted with the seeds of these. The other I have
described as a new genus; it is nearly allied to the
Australian Crocydopora, which also occurs (possibly
introduced) in New Zealand.
On the whole, it will be seen that the Pyralidina of
the Hawaiian Islands, although specifically highly
peculiar, hardly present that amount of generic speciali-
sation which might have been expected. I should be
disposed to infer that this portion of their fauna
consisted of two elements, viz. (1), a larger portion,
composed of species whose ancestors were derived from
North America, at a date sufficiently remote to allow of
a great deal of specific development, and even a certain
212 Mr. HE. Meyrick on the
amount of generic also; and (2), a smaller portion, the
descendants of various stray immigrants from other
regions round, mostly of later date, yet sometimes
admitting of much specifie modification. Immigration
of this kind appears, from the great remoteness of these
islands, to have been exceedingly scanty.
PYRALIDID.
1. Asoria, J'r.
1. Asopia gerontialis, Walk.
Pyralis achatina, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv., 49.
I have given the full synonymy in earlier papers.
This species occurs also in North-east Australia, Celebes,
Java, Ceylon, and West Africa, and probably throughout
the tropical regions of the Old World; it appears to take
the place of the closely-allied A. farinalis, which is
widely spread through the temperate regions of both
hemispheres, but has not been recorded within the
tropics. Both species have been undoubtedly carried
throughout their range by human agency, and their
original home is now uncertain.
HYDROCAMPIDA.
2. Paraponyx, [b.
2. Paraponysx linealis, Gn.
Paraponyx linealis, Gn., 271; Oligostigma chrysippu-
salis, Walk., 482; O. obitalis, ib., 482; O. curta,
Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xv., 270.
Also from Australia (according to Walker), Celebes,
Sumatra, Java, China, India, Ceylon, and South Africa.
Butler’s type of Oligostigma curta differs from ordinary
specimens only in having the ante-median dark line of
hind wings somewhat protuberant in middle, so as to
touch the dark margin of the following yellow band,
and is certainly not specifically distinct. The larva is
doubtless aquatic, like the rest of the genus, and it
seems hardly probable that the species can have been
transported to any extent by man; but in the absence
of precise information as to its habits, it is useless to
conjecture the cause of its immense geographical range.
There must be some exceptional circumstance; with the
exception of 1. nitens (common to Australia and New
Pyralidina of the Hawatian Islands.
213
Zealand, but not hitherto recorded elsewhere), no other
species of Paraponyx crosses any wide sea.
—
or
~~
BOTYDIDA.
. Antenne in g with basal notch and projection ..
i: », Without 5 * 2
. Patagia of g elongate, penicillate
fe » moderate oe :
. Posterior tibiz in g with outer rade: ecg alee
lete.
Posterior tibie in Sate ee mataies -spur deve e-
loped : Bie ae
. Forehead with Sour ee “ey Sc
i" without ,, ‘ fe we
. Fore wings with vein 10 anastomosing ahorily
with 9 . on ae 5
Fore wings with vein 10 edinns ae :
. Hind wings with veins 4 and 5 stalked .. we
” ” ”
separate .
. Hind wings in g with inner-marginal hairy lobe
without * 5 5
” ”
. Antenne two-thirds of fore wings se
pe more than three-fourths of fore wings
. Maraaropes, Gn.
3. Margarodes exaula, n. 8.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Margaronia glauculalis, Butl.,
1881, 327 (nec Gn.).
Size of M. oceanitis.
5.
ae ills
ZINCKENIA.
De
. OMIODES.
3.
. SCOPULA.
4.
EURYCREON.
Oz
. PROTOCOLLETIS.
6.
4.
8.
. Mesronoses.
. ORTHOMECYNA.
. Mrcyna.
. Marcanoves.
Pale sea-green; costa of fore wings white,
costal edge from base to two-thirds slenderly orange; a black
discal dot;
mark on collar behind eyes,
palpi deep orange.
British
no margipal dots; cilia apparently green-whitish
(almost wholly worn off).
narrowly orange.
Thorax whitish-greenish, shoulders
Head wholly greenish-whitish, except an orange
Palpi white, terminal third of labial
This diagnosis is taken from the specimen sent to the
Museum.
The species differs considerably
from M. glauculalis, and is nearer MM. oceanitis and AM.
tritonias.
ile
2.
4, OMIODES, Gn.
Fore wings with veins marked by pale lines
3 5 not marked by pale lines. .
Second line of fore wings with angulated pro-
jection outwards. .
)
3.
4, Blackburnt.
214 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the
Second line of fore wings without angulated pro-
jection outwards a ne ae -. 9. accepta.
3. Fore wings yellowish-ochreous .. a .. 7. demaratalis.
aa fuscous . BS xe ete Ss 4,
4. Second line of fore wings nearly straight .. 6. continuatalis.
+5 ‘ By strongly bent or curved 5.
5. Hind wings with a white line a =e 5 6.
Fr without Pe Ye ee .- 10. localis.
6. Second line of fore wings perpendicular to inner
margin .. ats se ot Fc -. 9. liodyta.
Second line of fore wings rather strongly oblique 8. monoygona.
4. Omiodes Blackburn, Butl.
Botys Blackburni, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv., 48.
3S, 30 mm. Antennal ciliations one-fourth. Abdomen pale
ochreous, segmental margins white. Fore wings pale brownish-
ochreous, veins ochreous-whitish, separated at origin by a dark fus-
cous suffusion ; an ochreous-whitish line, acutely angulated outwards
in middle, from one-fourth of costa to one-third of inner margin,
posteriorly margined with dark fuscous, anteriorly by a broad dark
fuscous suffusion between veins; an ochreous-whitish transverse
discal spot; an ochreous-whitish line from three-fourths of costa to
three-fifths of inner margin, sinuate outwards beneath costa, below
middle forming an acute triangular projection outwards, anteriorly
margined with dark fuscous, posteriorly by a broad dark fuscous
suffusion between veins; a slender interrupted dark fuscous hind-
marginal streak; cilia whitish-ochreous, with a fuscous line. Hind
wings rather densely haired towards inner margin; pale whitish-
fuscous ; an indistinct darker discal spot; a cloudy whitish line
from two-thirds of costa to anal angle, with an acute projection
outwards in middle, anteriorly narrowly, posteriorly broadly
suffusedly margined with dark grey; a slender dark grey hind-
marginal streak ; cilia whitish, with a dark grey line.
Two specimens.
5. Omiodes accepta.
Botys accepta, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv., 49.
S$ 2%, 22—31 mm. Antennal ciliations one-third. Abdomen
fuscous, segmental margins white, anal segment with two blackish
marks. Fore wings fuscous, darkest on costa towards base ; veins
whitish or whitish-ochreous ; a dark fuscous dot towards costa at
one-third, and a second (sometimes obsolete) in dise above middle ;
a dark fuscous fascia from beneath costa at three-fifths to one-third
=
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 215
of inner margin, interrupted partially by veins, its anterior edge
well-defined and preceded by an obscure ochreous-whitish line,
slightly concave, posterior edge suffused; a nearly straight or
faintly sinuous ochreous-whitish line from costa before apex to
three-fifths of inner margin, anteriorly finely margined with dark
fuscous, posteriorly followed by a rather broad dark fuscous
suffusion; a thick interrupted blackish-fuscous hind-marginal line ;
cilia fuscous-whitish, with two fuscous lines, second sometimes
suffused and obscure. Hind wings fuscous-grey; a transverse
darker discal mark at one-third; a rather irregular nearly straight
cloudy whitish line from costa at three-fourths to anal angle,
preceded by a narrow and followed by a broader darker fuscous
suffusion; hind-marginal line and cilia as in fore wings.
Kight specimens.
6. Omiodes continuatalis, Wallgr.
Salbia continuatalis, Wallgr., Wien. Ent. Mon., 1860,
175; Botys continuatalis, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag.,
XVo, 270.
S$ 2, 27—31 mm. Antennal ciliations one-fourth. Abdomen
light greyish-fuscous, becoming blackish-grey posteriorly, seg-
mental margins white. Jfore wings rather dark fuscous; a narrow
white central longitudinal streak from base to near middle; a
slender white longitudinal streak in dise above middle from one-
third to two-thirds, sometimes obscure; sometimes a dark fuscous
dot in dise at one-third, and another in middle, especially in female ;
a strong nearly straight white line from immediately beneath
costa at three-fourths to inner margin at two-thirds, thence
slenderly produced along inner margin to one-third, sinuate
inwards below middle, anteriorly edged with darker; a whitish
ivroration forming an obscure hind-marginal border; a thick
interrupted blackish-fuscous hind-marginal line; cilia fuscous-
whitish, with a thick fuscous line. Hind wings fuscous; an
obscure darker discal spot at one-third; a strong nearly straight
white line from beneath costa at two-thirds to anal angle, slightly
sinuate near lower extremity, preceded by a cluudy dark fuscous
line; a thick blackish-fuscous hind-marginal line; cilia white,
with a dark fuscous line.
Twenty specimens. I took it commonly near Hono-
lulu in August.
216 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
7. Omiodes demaratalis, Walk.
Botys demaratalis, Walk., 1009.
32, 21—24 mm. Antennal ciliations one-fourth. Abdomen
light ochreous, segmental margins white. Fore wings yellowish-
ochreous, more or less tinged with reddish or brownish; costa
suffused with rather dark fuscous from base to three-fourths; a
dark fuscous dot in dise at two-fifths, and a small transverse-linear
dark fusecous mark beyond middle; an almost straight white line
from beneath costa at three-fourths to inner margin at two-thirds,
auteriorly margined with dark fusecous; a hind-marginal row of
blackish dots; cilia grey-whitish, with a grey line. Hind wings
whitish-fuscous, towards hind margin becoming pale ochreous; a
dark grey transverse discal mark at one-third; a strong white line
from beneath costa beyond middle to anal angle, margined
anteriorly with dark fuscous; an interrupted blackish hind-
marginal line; cilia white, with a grey line.
Sixteen specimens. I took this with the last.
8. Omiodes monogona, n. 8.
9, 26mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax fuscous, palpi
white towards base beneath. Abdomen fuscous; segmental mar-
gins slenderly whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair in-
fuscated. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa arched posteriorly,
apex obtuse, hind margin rather obliquely rounded; fuscous, irro-
rated with darker; a dark fuscous line from one-fourth of costa to
one-third of inner margin, bent outwards in middle, preceded by
some whitish scales; a blackish dot in dise at two-fifths, and a
transverse-linear blackish mark beyond middle; a cloudy whitish
line from two-thirds of costa to three-fifths of inner margin,
thickest beneath, anteriorly suffusedly margined with dark fuscous,
moderately curved outwards, below middle with an obtuse sub-
triangular projection inwards to below discal mark; a_hind-
marginal row of cloudy blackish-fuscous dots ; cilia fuscous-whitish,
with a fuscous line (imperfect). Hind wings fuscous; a dark
fusecous transverse discal mark at one-third; a cloudy whitish
almost straight line from three-fifths of costa to anal angle,
anteriorly suffusedly margined with dark fusecous, and posteriorly
followed by a broader dark suffusion; an interrupted blackish-
fuscous hind-marginal line ; cilia as in fore wings.
One specimen, in indifferent condition.
Pyralidina of the Hawatian Islands. 217
9. Omiodes hodyta, n. 8.
?, 17—20 mm. Differs from O. monogona, especially by the
different form of the second line, which in fore wings is somewhat
more curved on upper half, projection inwards beneath discal
mark deeper and more rectangular, thence slightly curved but
nearly perpendicular to inner margin, whilst in O. monogona it is
rather strongly oblique; in hind wings slightly sinuate inwards on
lower half; cilia of fore wings whitish-fuscous. It is also a con-
siderably smaller insect, and smoother-looking. Possibly the males
may show more pronounced differences.
Two specimens.
10. Omiodes localis, Butl.
Botys localis, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xv., 271.
3 2. 17—23 mm. Antennal ciliations one-third. Abdomen
light fuscous, segmental margins whitish. Fore wings light
fuscous ; a dark fuscous line from one-fourth of costa to one-third
of inner margin, angulated in middle, upper half indistinct, lower
half well-marked; a dark fuscous dot in dise at two-fifths, and a
transverse-linear mark beyond middle; a dark fuscous partially
indistinct line, followed by a band slightly paler than ground
colour, from two-thirds of costa to three-fifths of inner margin,
upper half unevenly but moderately strongly curved outwards, the
paler band followed by a somewhat darker suffusion ; an inter-
rupted blackish hind-marginal line ; cilia whitish-fuscous, with a
dark fuscous line. Hind wings light fuscous; an obscure darker
transverse discal mark at one-third; a cloudy darker fuscous line
from three-fifths of costa to inner margin above anal angle, rather
bent in middle, beneath this rather irregular; a dark fuscous hind-
marginal line; cilia whitish, with a dark fuscous line.
Seven specimens.
5. ZINCKENIA, Z.
11. Zinckenia recurvalis, F.
Hymenia fascialis, Cr., Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xvii, 9.
This species occurs now throughout the tropical and
warmer temperate regions of the whole world, yet, in
my experience, always in the immediate neighbourhood
of civilisation, frequenting waste weedy ground in or
near towns, especially on the coast. I think there can
218 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
be no doubt that its range is largely due to incidental
introduction by man in company with subtropical weeds.
6. Scopuna, Schrk.
1. Fore wings with ground colour ochreous .. je 2.
5 -. ‘i fuscous .. te oe
2. Fore wings with white markings .. a .. 12. ewerema.
z without FA ats .. 19. despecta.
3. Fore wings with three transverse othe .. 13. monticolans.
- without 4,
4. Fore wings with poster ior half of costa ‘spotted
with whitish-ochreous and dark fuscous ne 5.
Fore wings with posterior half of costa not spotted
with whitish-ochreous and dark fuscous.. he
5. Fore wings with two parallel ochreous-whitish
transverse lines about one-fourth .. fe 6.
Fore wings without two parallel ochreous-whitish
transverse lines about one-fourth af .. 16. ennychioides.
6. Fore wings with second line posteriorly margined
with ochreous-whitish throughout .. .. 15. nigrescens.
Fore wings with second line posteriorly margined
with ochreous-whitish on costa only .. .. 14. micacea.
7. Fore wings with second line ie la margined
with whitish dots a: 4 a5 7. stellata:
Fore wings with second line not doserods matr-
gined with whitish dots = Ts .. 18. argoscelis.
12. Scopula eucrena, n. s.
3,17 mm. Head light ochreous, orbits white. Palpi 23,
ochreous irrorated with fuscous, towards base white. Antennie
whitish, annulated with dark fuscous, ciliations two-thirds. Thorax
whitish, anteriorly reddish-ochreous. (Abdomen broken.) Legs
dark fuscous ringed with white (posterior pair broken). Fore
wings rather elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly gently arched,
apex obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded; reddish-ochreous,
brownish-tinged ; costal edge dark fuscous; a strong white line
from one-third of costa to two-fifths of inner margin, posterior
edge dilated in dise, preceded by a dark fuscous suffusion in disc ;
an irregular white line from three-fourths of costa towards anal
angle, at three-fourths abruptly curved round to beneath middle of
disc, thence acutely angulated and running to two-thirds of inner
margin, abruptly dilated and fascia-like at upper extremity and on
lower portion; space between these two lines on dorsal half
suffused with white, with a few reddish-ochreous scales; a small
rounded-triangular black-margined spot, reddish-ochreous beneath,
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 219
white above, touching first line; a similar-coloured reniform spot
beyond middle, lower extremity touching angle of second line ;
space between these forming a quadrate white spot, touching costa
above and white dorsal suffusion beneath ; space between reniform
spot and upper half of second line wholly suffused with dark
fuscous, except on costa where is a white intermediate dot; second
line followed by a dark fuscous suffusion towards costa and another
on inner margin; a hind-marginal row of cloudy dark fuscous
spots; cilia fuscous, barred with pale ochreous, bars interrupted by
a grey line, costal cilia dark fuscous dotted with white. Hind
wings ochreous-whitish, towards hind margin suffused with pale
ochreous; two grey dots longitudinally placed in dise about one-
third; a cloudy whitish anteriorly grey-margined line from two-
thirds of costa to two-thirds of inner margin, middle third forming
an irregular subquadrate projection outwards; a hind-marginal
row of small dark fuscous spots; cilia whitish, obscurely barred
with whitish-ochreous, with a light grey line.
One specimen.
13. Scopula monticolans, Butl.
Locastra monticolens (rect. monticolans), Butl., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1882, 34.
9, 21mm. Palpi 13. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa
posteriorly slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin rather
obliquely rounded; rather dark fuscous, somewhat mixed with
reddish-ochreous, especially towards anal angle; three irregular
transverse prismatic whitish blotches; first extending from one-
fourth of costa to two-fifths of inner margin, much narrowed at
lower extremity, anterior edge angulated; second in disc before
middle, nearly touching costa and reaching two-thirds across
wing, touching first in middle; third from two-thirds of costa,
reaching three-fifths across wing, posterior edge margined by an
irregular subdentate blackish-fuscous line, indented beneath costa,
where it is followed by some white scales; cilia fuscous, with a
darker line. Hind wings fuscous, becoming darker towards hind
margin; two darker dots obliquely placed in dise at two-fifths ;
cilia fuscous, terminal half whitish, obscurely barred with fuscous.
Two specimens. I have corrected Butler’s name,
which involves a bad solecism.
220 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
14. Scoparia micacea, Butl.
Aporodes micacea, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
326.
3 2, 19—22 mm. Palpi 13. Antennal ciliations one-half.
Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly slightly arched,
apex obtuse, hind margin rather obliquely rounded; fuscous,
slightly slaty-tinged; base suffused with dark fuscous; two nearly
straight parallel ochreous-whitish lines from about one-fifth of
costa to one-fourth of inner margin, slightly bent beneath costa,
included space mixed with ochreous-whitish, fuscous, and reddish-
ochreous, second followed by a moderately broad dark fuscous
suffusion, forming an abrupt projection outwards in dise; a very
small annular dark fuscous spot obscurely indicated on outer edge
of this above middle; a moderately large reniform spot outlined
with dark fuscous, somewhat mixed with reddish-ochreous, upper
half dilated and containing a dark fuscous dot sometimes suffused
into posterior margin; space in front of this spot in the male
paler; posterior half of costal edge ochreous-whitish spotted with
dark fuscous; a dark fuscous dentate line from three-fourths of
costa to two-thirds of inner margin, moderately irregularly curved
outwards, with a much stronger indentation below middle, on costa
followed by a triangular whitish suffusion ; some ochreous-whitish
scales before hind margin towards middle; cilia fuscous, with
faint indications of slender ochreous-whitish bars. Hind wings
fuscous, darker in female, becoming dark fuscous towards hind
margin; two small darker spots obliquely placed in dise at two-
fifths ; cilia fuscous, terminal half whitish barred with fuscous.
Fourteen specimens.
15. Scoparia nigrescens, Butl.
Mecyna nigrescens, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
328; Melanomecyna nigrescens, id., Ent. Mo.
Mag., xix., 179.
S 2, 14—17 mm. Palpi two. Antennal ciliations one-half.
Tore wings rather elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly slightly
arched, apex obtuse, hind margin rather obliquely rounded; light
fuscous, ochreous-tinged; two nearly straight parallel ochreous-
whitish lines from before one-fourth of costa to one-fourth of inner
margin, confluent in disc, second margined posteriorly by a
blackish line, less marked towards costa, sometimes rather broadly
suffused beneath; a subquadrate spot suffused with ochreous-
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 221
whitish in disc above middle, its lateral margins incurved and
edged with blackish; a moderate reniform spot adjoining this
posteriorly, partially blackish-edged and bisected horizontally by a
dark fuscous suffusion, posteriorly margined by an ochreous-
whitish crescentic suffusion; a blackish rather irregular line,
stronger and subdentate beneath, posteriorly edged with ochreous-
whitish, from three-fourths of costa towards anal angle, below
middle abruptly curved round to beneath reniform spot, thence
rectangularly bent to inner margin at two-thirds; sometimes the
median space forms a distinct darker band; posterior half of costal
edge ochreous-whitish spotted with dark fuscous; a more or less
indicated irregular cloudy ochreous-whitish submarginal line, most
distinct in middle; a hind-marginal series of small dark fuscous
spots; cilia ochreous-whitish barred with pale fuscous, with a
fuscous basal line. Hind wings fuscous, with a darker tolerably
defined hind-marginal band; two darker dots obliquely placed in
dise before middle; cilia whitish, with a fuscous basal line.
Twenty specimens.
16. Scopula ennychioides, Butl.
Mecyna ennychioides, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1881, 328; Melanomecyna ennychioides, id., Kint.
Mo. Mag., xix., 179.
3 2, 21—22 mm. Palpithree. Antennal ciliations two-thirds
Fore wings rather elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly gently
arched, apex obtuse, hind margin moderately bowed, oblique;
fuscous; costa, base, and lower half of median band suffusedly
darker; a blackish-fuscous line from one-fifth of costa to two-fifths
of inner margin, rather bent outwards in middle, shortly indented
inwards at one-fourth and three-fourths; a rounded-triangular
darker spot, edged with blackish-fuscous, in dise before middle, not
touching first line ; a similar-coloured reniform spot beyond middle ;
space round these rather paler than ground colour; a rather
irregular blackish-fuscous line, posteriorly obscurely edged with
whitish-ochreous, from three-fourths of costa towards anal angle,
indented beneath costa, below middle abruptly bent inwards to
beneath reniform, thence again abruptly bent to inner margin at
two-thirds, lower portion subdentate ; posterior half of costal edge
whitish-ochreous spotted with dark fuscous; a hind-marginal
‘series of small triangular dark fuscous spots, separated with
whitish-ochreous, and margined anteriorly by a fine obscure
whitish-ochreous waved line; cilia fuscous, obscurely barred with
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) RB
222 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
whitish-ochreous, with a dark fuscous line near base. Hind wings
in male rather dark fuscous; in female whitish-fuscous, more
whitish towards costa; two darker dots obliquely placed in dise
before middle; a rather irregular curved darker line at two-thirds,
followed by a paler line; hind-marginal markings in female as in
fore wings, in male obscured; cilia fuscous, on posterior half
whitish.
Three specimens. The differences in the colour of
the hind wings are perhaps not sexual, but merely due
to individual variation.
17. Scopula stellata, Butl.
Melanomecyna stellata, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xix., 179.
3 2,17—19 mm. Palpi23. Antennal ciliations three-fourths.
Fore wings rather elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly moderately
arched, apex obtuse, hind margin bowed, oblique ; fuscous; costa
suffusedly dark fuscous ; a rather irregular dark fuscous line from
one-fourth of costa to one-third of inner margin, somewhat bent
outwards in middle; a very small roundish dark fuscous spot in
dise before middle ; a dark fuscous reniform spot beyond middle;
space between these slightly paler than ground colour; a cloudy
dark fuscous line, margined posteriorly with indistinct whitish dots,
from three-fourths of costa towards anal angle, moderately curved,
beneath middle obtusely bent inwards to below reniform, thence
tolerably rectangularly bent to inner margin at two-thirds; a hind-
marginal series of small dark fuscous spots, separated by whitish
dots, sometimes obsolete; cilia fuscous, terminal half very obscurely
barred with whitish. Hind wings fuscous; two indistinct darker
dots obliquely placed before middle; cilia fuscous, terminal half
fuscous-whitish.
Four specimens. The specimens standing as Scoto-
mera tristis, Butl., in the British Museum appear to be
identical with this species, but are too worn to be
certainly recognised.
18. Scopula argoscelis, n. s.
So 9, 22—25 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
fuscous; palpi 3}, white at base beneath; antennal ciliations two-
thirds. Legs white, anterior tibie dark fuscous above, posterior
pair fuscous beneath. Fore wings rather elongate-triangular, costa
posteriorly gently arched, apex obtuse, hind margin bowed, oblique ;
fuscous, tinged with reddish-ochreous towards inner margin near
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 223
base; an irregular cloudy dark fuscous line from one-fourth of
costa to two-fifths of inner margin, rather bent in middle; a very
small darker spot in disc before middle, sometimes obsolete ; an
obscure darker fuscous reniform spot beyond middle; a cloudy
waved dark fuscous line from three-fourths of costa towards anal
angle, moderately curved, beneath middle obtusely bent inwards
_ to below reniform, thence rectangularly bent to inner margin at
two-thirds ; a hind-marginal series of obscure dark fuscous dots ;
cilia pale fuscous, with a darker line, tips more whitish (imperfect).
Hind wings fuscous; two obscure darker dots obliquely placed in
dise before middle; a hind-marginal series of dark fuscous dots or
cloudy interrupted line; cilia whitish, with a fuscous line.
Three specimens.
19. Scopula despecta, Butl.
Rhodaria despecta, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv., 49;
Scopula exiqua, ib., xvii., 9.
3 @,17—18 mm. Palpi three. Antennal ciliations one-half.
Fore wings rather elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly gently
arched, apex obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded; ochreous,
sometimes slightly brownish or reddish-tinged; costa suffusedly
darker anteriorly ; an indistinct slightly curved fuscous line from
one-fifth of costa to two-fifths of inner margin; a small roundish
spot faintly outlined with fuscous in disc before middle ; a reniform
spot more distinctly outlined with fuscous beyond middle; arather
irregular fuscous line from three-fourths of costa towards anal
angle, somewhat curved, slightly indented beneath costa, below
middle abruptly bent inwards to beneath reniform spot, thence
tolerably rectangularly bent to two-thirds of inner margin ; a hind-
marginal row of blackish dots, sometimes nearly obsolete; cilia
whitish, with a grey line. Hind wings whitish fuscous, more or
less suffused with darker fuscous-grey towards apex; two darker
fuscous dots obliquely placed in dise before middle; a hind-
marginal series of dark fuscous dots, sometimes pale-margined ;
cilia whitish, with a faint ochreous-grey basal line.
Twenty-four specimens. Larva described by Mr.
Blackburn, Ent. Mo. Mag., xix., 56.
7. PROTOCOLLETIS, 0. g.
Forehead rounded, slightly prominent. Ocelli present. Tongue
well-developed. Antenne three-fourths, in male filiform, mode-
rately ciliated (two-thirds), rough-scaled on back. Labial palpi
R 2
224 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
very long, straight, porrected, clothed with dense rough scales
diminishing to apex, terminal joint moderate, partially concealed.
Maxillary palpi moderate, terminally dilated with scales. Abdomen
in male with moderate anal tuft, valves exserted. Posterior tibie
with outer middle-spur one-half, outer end-spur three-fourths of
inner. Fore wings with veins 8 and 9 stalked, 10 anastomosing
shortly with 9 near base, 11 moderate, oblique. Hind wings as
broad as fore wings; veins 4 and 5 short-stalked, 7 out of 6 near
origin, anastomosing with 8 to near middle.
Allied to Scopula, but with all spurs of tibie developed ;
it differs from all genera of this group, and indeed
perhaps all Pyrales, in the neuration of the fore wings,
in which vein 10 anastomoses with 9, as it usually does
in the Noctuina.
20. Protocolletis constricta, Butl.
Scopula constricta, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1882, 40.
3 2, 20—22mm. Palpi five. Fore wings elongate-triangular,
costa gently arched, faintly sinuate, apex tolerably rectangular,
hind margin bowed, oblique; rufous; a dark fuscous dot beneath
costa at one-fourth ; a small roundish spot outlined with darker in
dise before middle; a nearly straight dark fuscous line from
anterior edge of this to two-fifths of inner margin, preceded by a
more or less marked whitish-ochreous suffusion; a reniform spot
outlined with dark fuscous beyond middle; an indistinct waved
dark fuscous line from three-fourths of costa towards anal angle,
indented beneath costa, below middle curved inwards to beneath
reniform spot, thence tolerably rectangularly bent to two-thirds of
inner margin, lower portion posteriorly suffusedly margined with
whitish ochreous, sometimes margined with small whitish-ochreous
lunules throughout; a subterminal series of faimt pale marks;
a hind-marginal series of black dots, connected by a faint pale
line; cilia rufous, with a dark grey basal line. Hind wings light
fuscous, suffused with ochreous-whitish towards costa, becoming
rather darker posteriorly; two rather large dark fuscous dots
obliquely placed in dise before middle; an obscure waved curved
ochreous-whitish line, preceded by a darker line, about three-
fourths, parallel to hind margin; a hind-marginal series of black
dots margined and connected with ochreous-whitish ; cilia reddish-
whitish, basal third dark grey barred with ochreous-whitish.
Three specimens.
a
Pyralidina of the Tawatian Islands. 225
8. Mrcyna, Gn.
Hind wings with dark fuscous hind-marginal border .. 22. virescens.
5 without af 3 “3 .. 21. aurora.
21. Mecyna aurora, Butl.
Anemosa aurora, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
327.
3,17mm. Palpithree. Antennal ciliations one-third. Middle
tibie much dilated, with pencil of white hairs in groove. Fore
wings rather elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex
obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded ; ochreous-reddish, slightly
purplish-shining, towards base and costa deeper and more purple-
reddish ; a faint darker outwards-curved line from three-fourths of
costa to two-thirds of inner margin, sinuate beneath costa, below
middle rectangularly indented inwards; cilia ochreous-yellowish,
tips paler. Hind wings ochreous-yellowish; an obscure hind-
marginal band reddish-tinged; two faint grey dots obliquely placed
in dise before middle; cilia ochreous-whitish, towards base more
ochreous and reddish-tinged.
Two specimens.
22. Mecyna virescens, Butl.
Mecyna virescens, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
329.
3S 2, 26—33 mm. Palpi 3}. Antennal ciliations one. Middle
tibiz of male moderate, grooved, without hair-pencil. Fore wings
elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly gently arched, apex obtuse,
hind margin somewhat bowed, rather oblique; variable, brownish-
ochreous, reddish-ochreous, or pale greyish-ochreous mixed with
reddish-fuscous, sometimes finely sprinkled with black; a nearly
straight cloudy darker line, sometimes preceded by a pale line,
from one-fifth of costa to before middle of inner margin; a small
round cloudy darker spot in dise before middle, and a somewhat
larger subquadrate or transverse spot beyond middle; obliquely
beneath and beyond this is a cloudy roundish similar spot, some-
times larger and conspicuously blackish, always perceptible; a
strongly curved cloudy darker line, sometimes followed by a pale
line, generally marked with a series of black dots, from before
three-fourths of costa to three-fifths of inner margin, indented
beneath costa, below middle with a rectangular indentation
inwards touching third discal spot; cilia greyish-ochreous or
226 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
reddish-ochreous, tips paler, sometimes with an obscure darker
line. Hind wings ochreous-yellowish, almost or quite wholly
suffused with pale fuscous ; generally a small suffused dark fuscous
spot in middle of disc, and sometimes another smaller and fainter
obliquely above and before it; a moderate cloudy dark fuscous
hind-marginal band, slightly dilated at apex and above anal angle,
suddenly ceasing before reaching anal angle; cilia yellow-ochreous,
tips paler.
Fourteen specimens. Probably nearest MW. deprivalis,
from Ceylon and New Zealand.
9. OrtHomEcynA, Butl.
Forehead rounded, vertical. Ocelli present. Tongue well-
developed. Antenne three-fourths, in male filiform, shortly
ciliated (one-third), rough-scaled on back. Labial palpi moderately
long, porrected, second joint with dense rough projecting scales
beneath, longer and almost tufted towards apex, terminal joint
concealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, terminally dilated with
scales, truncate. Abdomen in male with moderately large anal
tuft, valves exserted. Posterior tibie with all spurs moderately
long, nearly equal. Fore wings with veins 8 and 9 stalked, 11
moderately oblique. Hind wings as broad as fore wings; veins 4
and 5 stalked, 7 rising separate from 6, connected with 8 at a point
only near origin, lower median with well-defined pectination; in
male with vein 8 absent, on upper surface with a longitudinal hairy
grooved fold from base beneath lower median above vein la to
hind margin.
A special endemic development, most allied to Mecyna.
1. Fore wings ochreous-brown .. te ay .. 23. albicaudata.
5 greyish se ae as Pid 2.
2, Fore wings with lines tolerably distinct, blackish .. 24. exigua.
Fe Fe imperceptible .. oe .. 25. aphanopis.
23. Orthomecyna albicaudata, Butl.
Orthomecyna albicaudata, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xix.,
178.
So @, 18—23 mm. Abdomen brownish-ochreous, in male
becoming ochreous-white posteriorly. Fore wings elongate-
triangular, costa almost straight, apex obtuse, hind margin rather
obliquely rounded; ochreous, irrorated with ochreous-brown ; two
hardly traceable darker lines, first from two-fifths of costa to
middle of inner margin, almost straight, second from three-fifths
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 227
of costa to three-fifths of inner margin, upper half forming a
strong curve outwards ; a small obscure darker spot in disc beyond
middle between these, in female more distinct; in one specimen
(female) a whitish-ochreous suffusion on dorsal half beyond middle,
preceded and followed by cloudy rather dark fuscous suffusions ; a
submarginal series of indistinct darker spots; cilia brownish, with
an obscure darker line. Hind wings blackish-fuscous ; two ill-
defined ochreous-yellow gradually dilated streaks from base to
near hind margin, one above, other below middle, more or less
strongly expanded in disc; cilia ochreous-yellow, tips paler, with
an indistinct incomplete grey line.
Four specimens.
24. Orthomecyna exigua, Butl.
Mecyna exigua, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xv., 271; Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881, 829 ; Orthomecyna exigua,
var. cupreipennis, id., Ent. Mo. Mag., xix., 179.
Sd 2, 14—23 mm. Abdomen greyish-ochreous, yellowish-tinged.
Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa hardly arched, apex obtuse,
hind margin rather obliquely rounded; pale greyish-ochreous,
irrorated with dark grey; an angulated blackish line near base,
sometimes obsolete; an irregular blackish line from one-fourth of
costa to about middle of inner margin, more or less indented out-
wards above middle, sometimes preceded by a pale or whitish line ;
an angulated black mark in dise beyond middle, angle directed
towards base; a slender waved blackish line, followed by a pale
line, from two-thirds of costa to two-thirds of inner margin, upper
two-thirds moderately curved outwards; a more or less distinct
cloudy pale subterminal line, followed by a series of darker spots +
a hind-marginal series of triangular dark grey spots; cilia pale
greyish-ochreous, with a cloudy dark grey basal line. Hind wings
dark grey; two more or less distinct very ill-defined ochreous-
yellowish longitudinal suffusions above and below middle, extending
from near base to about three-fourths; cilia ochreous-yellowish,
tips paler, with a cloudy grey basal line.
Sixteen specimens.
25. Orthomecyna aphanopis, n. 8.
3 2, 15—18 mm. Abdomen yellow-ochreous. Fore wings
elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, apex obtuse, hind margin
rather obliquely rounded; whitish-grey, somewhat mixed with
pale greyish-ochreous and darker grey; lines hardly perceptible ;
228 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
an indistinet grey angulated mark in dise beyond middle; a sub-
marginal series of indistinct darker spots; a dark grey hind-
marginal line; cilia light grey, with a darker line. Hind wings
pale yellowish-ochreous or greyish-ochreous, generally suffused
with grey towards hind margin and longitudinally in disc; a dark
grey hind-marginal line; cilia ochreous-grey-whitish, towards base
sometimes suffused with grey, or with a darker line.
Three specimens.
10. Mxsrontoses, Butl.
Forehead rounded, oblique. Ocelli present. Tongue well-
developed. Antenne three-fourths, in male filiform, moderately
ciliated (one-half), rough-scaled on back, basal joint stout. Labial
palpi moderate, tolerably porrected, second joint with dense
broadly projecting scales beneath, terminal joint rather short, pro-
jecting or concealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, terminally dilated
with scales, truncate. Abdomen in male with moderately large
anal tuft, sometimes with lateral tufts near apex, valves exserted.
Middle and posterior tibize in male sometimes with tufts; posterior
tibiz with outer spurs two-thirds to four-fifths of inner. Fore
wings with veins 8 and 9 stalked, 11 moderately oblique. Hind
wings as broad as fore wings; vein 3 absent, 4 and 5 stalked, 7
out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to near one-third; in
male with a narrow lobe from base of inner margin, densely
clothed with rough hairs or with an apical tuft of hairs, and
generally with a pencil of hairs along costa from base.
Certainly a further development of Orthomecyna. The
various singular tufts and hair-pencils of this genus are
specific characters only, not generic.
1. Hind wings partially white or whitish ae .. 26. abnormis.
<5 not “5 s at ve 2.
2. Hind wings ochreous-yellow except apex .. .. 27. semiochrea.
ws - only on costain male 28. minuscula.
26. Mestolobes abnormis, Butl.
Metasia abnormis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.,
1882, 35 (2); Mestolobes enone, ib., 87 (3).
3 2, 14—15 mm. Abdomen dark grey, in male ochreous-
whitish towards base and apex. Legs white, anterior and middle
pair partially banded with blackish, posterior tibize in male with
brush of black scales above on terminal half, Fore wings oblong,
on
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 229
posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa anteriorly slightly arched, apex
obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded; pale fuscous, irregularly
mixed with whitish-ochreous, yellowish, and blackish; an irregular
obscure whitish line from one-third of costa to two-fifths of inner
margin, rather angulated in middle; a similar more strongly
angulated line from four-fifths of costa to inner margin before
anal angle; a small irregular suffused. dark fuscous spot in disc
beyond middle; cilia mixed with ochreous-whitish and dark
fuscous (imperfect). Hind wings in male white, faintly ochreous-
tinged, with a blackish blotch occupying apical third; in female
dark fuscous, with a whitish suffusion towards middle of disc and
base of costa ; costa in male with longitudinal pencil of yellowish
hairs in groove; inner-marginal lobe in male strong, hollowed,
terminating in two tufts of black scales; cilia white, with a
blackish line, in male round apex only.
Six specimens. There is not the least doubt as to the
specific identity of the sexes, referred by Butler to
separate families.
27. Mestolobes semiochrea, Butl.
Mestolobes semiochrea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1882, 39.
3,13mm. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous,
anterior pair banded with dark fuscous, posterior tibia with an
obliquely erect tuft of coarse black scales from above near base.
Fore wings oblong, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa anteriorly
slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded ;
whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with fuscous, suffused with ochreous-
fuscous except on basal third and a small costal blotch before
second line; lines obscure, whitish-ochreous, darker-margined,
first from two-fifths of costa to middle of inner margin, almost
straight, anterior edge marked with blackish, second from four-
fifths of costa to inner margin before anal angle, upper two-thirds
moderately curved outwards; cilia whitish-ochreous mixed with
fuscous, with a cloudy darker fuscous line (imperfect). Hind
wings ochreous-yellow ; a narrow dark fuscous streak along upper
half of hind margin; costa without hair-pencil; inner-marginal
lobe short, hairy; cilia’ pale yellowish, on upper _ of hind
margin with a basal grey line.
Two specimens.
230 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
28. Mestolobes minuscula, Butl.
Boreophila minuscula, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1881, 325; Mestolobes simethina, id., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1882, 88.
3 ?,10—14mm. Abdomen dark fuscous, towards base in male
ochreous-yellowish. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior and middle
pair banded with dark fuscous, posterior tibiz without tuft. Fore
wings oblong-triangular, costa hardly arched, apex obtuse, hind
margin obliquely rounded; fuscous, mixed with dark fuscous ;
lines obscure or tolerably distinct, fuscous-whitish, obscurely
darker-margined; first from one-third of costa to two-fifths of
inner margin, often distinctly double, somewhat angulated in
middle; second from three-fourths of costa to three-fourths of
inner margin, unevenly curved outwards; immediately beyond
first line ground colour somewhat ochreous-tinged; an ochreous-
tinged dark-margined reniform spot in disc beyond middle; an
interrupted dark fuscous hind-marginal line; cilia pale greyish-
ochreous, with a dark fuscous line near base and cloudy fuscous
posterior line. Hind wings rather dark fuscous, darker in female,
especially towards hind margin; in male with an ochreous-
yellowish patch along basal two-thirds of costa, including a longi-
tudinal pencil of yellowish hairs in a shallow groove; inner-
marginal lobe in male clothed with dense light ochreous-yellowish
hairs; cilia grey-whitish, with a dark grey line.
Sixteen specimens.
11. Eurycreon, Ld.
29. Hurycreon litorea, Butl.
Scopula litorea, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xix., 178.
3,15 mm. Frontal projection obtuse, rounded. Palpi 3}.
Antennal ciliations one. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa
posteriorly gently arched, apex obtuse, hind margin obliquely
rounded; whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with brownish-ochreous ;
lines barely indicated by a few scattered blackish scales, but not
traceable; cilia whitish-ochreous. Hind wings ochreous-whitish,
somewhat sprinkled with ochreous-brownish; a very indistinct
line indicated by dark fuscous scales at three-fourths parallel to
hind margin ; sometimes a series of obscure fuscous hind-marginal
dots; cilia ochreous-whitish.
Three specimens. One of the specimens in the
British Museum appears to have fine but distinct first
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 231
and second lines of the usual form. The long palpi are
a good specific point.
SCOPARIAD.
Hind wings with some long hairs in dise within cell .. 13. XERoscopa.
a without ‘5 S aa -. 12. ScopaRta.
12. Scoparra, Hw.
Fore wings with orbicular and reniform indicated by
black marks ore ae .. 31. frigida.
Fore wings with orbicular and reniform not black .. 30. macrophanes.
30. Scoparia macrophanes, n. 8.
?,17mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white mixed with fuscous ;
palpi three, with an oblique dark fuscous median band, base
wholly white. Antenne grey. Abdomen light fuscous. Legs
dark grey, banded with white. Fore wings elongate, narrow,
posteriorly gradually dilated, costa posteriorly slightly arched, apex
obtuse, hind margin nearly straight, oblique, rounded beneath ;
fuscous-grey, densely mixed with white, with scattered dark fuscous
scales ; an indistinct oblique transverse darker line near base; first
line cloudy, white, followed by a cloudy darker grey suffusion,
moderately oblique, slightly curved, shortly abruptly indented in
middle ; orbicular indicated by a cloudy slightly darker detached
suffusion ; claviform obsolete; reniform cloudy, 8-shaped, darker
grey, preceded by a white suffusion; second line slender, white,
indistinct, moderately curved, moderately indented beneath costa
and sinuate above inner margin; hind-marginal area beyond this
darker grey; subterminal line cloudy, whitish, touching second in
middle; a hind-marginal row of cloudy whitish dots; cilia
whitish, with a dark grey line near base, and cloudy grey post-
median line. Hind wings 14; pale whitish-grey, thinly scaled ;
apex narrowly suffused with darker grey; a cloudy dark grey
hind-marginal line; cilia grey-whitish, with a dark grey line.
One specimen. SS. angustea (coarctata), erroneously
recorded by Butler, was identified either from this or the
following species.
31. Scoparia frigida, Butl.
Scoparia frigida, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
831; S: montana, id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1882, 41.
36 ?, 17—19 mm. Head white. Palpi three, dark fuscous,
mixed with white above, base white, apex of maxillary palpi white.
232 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
Antenne grey, ciliations in male two-thirds. Thorax fuscous,
mixed with white. Abdomen pale greyish-ochreous. Legs dark
grey, banded with white. Fore wings elongate, narrow, posteriorly
gradually dilated, costa hardly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin
nearly straight, oblique, rounded beneath; fuscous or ochreous-
fuscous, irregularly mixed with white; some scattered black scales
tending to accumulate on veins, and especially along submedian
fold; first line cloudy, whitish, followed by some black scales,
very oblique, slightly curved, slightly indented in middle; orbicular
represented by a detached short sinuate longitudinal blackish mark,
sometimes obscure ; claviform obsolete; reniform formed by two
white dots, separated by an obscure X-shaped blackish mark ;
second line slender, whitish, abruptly curved in middle, acutely
indented beneath costa, rather strongly sinuate above inner mar-
gin; subterminal cloudy, whitish, almost straight, touching second
line in middle; a white hind-marginal line, preceded by a series of
cloudy black dots, extreme hind-marginal edge blackish; cilia
white, base ochreous-tinged, with a blackish somewhat interrupted
line near base, and a grey post-median line. Hind wings 13; pale
whitish-fuscous, in male paler, rather darker towards apex; a
cloudy fuscous hind-marginal line; cilia white, with a fuscous line.
Four specimens. Packard has described a species
under the name of Scoparia frigidella, but it is probably
a variety of S. centuriella; otherwise Butler’s first name
would lapse.
13. Xeroscopa, Meyr.
1. Fore wings with ground colour white or ochreous-
white of et of an a3 os 2.
Fore wings with ground colour fuscous or grey 5.
2. Reniform connected with orbicular 3.
if separate from orbicular .. a0 = 4,
. Thorax black, with two white lines .. 38. pachysema.
re white, shoulders black ~ . 40. formosa.
. Fore wings with basal area wholly black . 39. mesoleuca.
~ ,, a narrow black subbasal fascia 41. jucunda.
. Fore wings with all veins lined with white .. 32. venosa.
be Fe . not lined with white 6.
. Head wholly ochreous-whitish 37. hawaiensis.
», moreorlessfuscous .. 42 Ac a Ue
. Hind wingsfuscous .. sf 34. ombrodes.
om pale whitish-fuscous 8.
. Claviform defined : 9.
af absent = oy = ae .. 35. demodes.
. Fore wings with blackish spot near base in middle 36. ischnias.
a without - . “4 33. melanopis.
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 233
32. Xeroscopa venosa, Butl.
Scoparia venosa, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881, 332.
3, 17—19 mm. Head white, slightly mixed with fuscous.
Palpi three, rather dark fuscous, upper edge and base beneath
white. Antenne grey, ciliations three-fourths. Thorax fuscous,
sprinkled with white. Abdomen light greyish-ochreous. Legs
white, sprinkled with dark fuscous, base of joints dark fuscous,
anterior pair dark fuscous ringed with white. Fore wings elon-
gate, narrow, gradually dilated, costa hardly arched, apex obtuse,
hind margin oblique, nearly straight, rounded beneath; fuscous,
irrorated with dark fuscous; all veins more or less distinctly lined
with white ; first line indistinctly indicated, hardly darker fuscous;
orbicular and claviform nearly obsolete, indicated by two or three
dark fuscous scales; reniform indicated by a small bent longi-
tudinal dark fuscous mark; second line faintly traceable; a sub-
marginal line of small cloudy dark fuscous subconfluent dots;
cilia white, with a dark fuscous line near base, and grey post-
median line. Hind wings 13; very pale whitish-fuscous, apex
hardly darker; a cloudy fuscous hind-marginal line; cilia whitish,
with a fuscous line.
Three specimens.
33. Xeroscopa melanopis, N. s.
?, 16 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-grey, sprinkled with
whitish. Palpi 23, rather dark fuscous, upper edge and base
beneath white. Antenne grey. Abdomen whitish-fuscous. Legs
dark fuscous, banded with white, middle and posterior tibice
suffused with white. Fore wings very elongate-triangular, costa
posteriorly slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin slightly
rounded, oblique; fuscous-grey, irrorated with white; first line
slender, indistinct, whitish, posteriorly margined by an ochreous-
brown suffusion irrorated with black, slightly curved; orbicular
obsolete; claviform conspicuous, elongate, black, touching first
line; reniform indicated by a small brown suffusion, extended to
touch costa; second line very slender, indistinct, whitish; sub-
terminal slender, cloudy, whitish, touching second line; a slender
waved whitish hind-marginal line, preceded in middle by a rather
darker suffusion ; cilia whitish, with a dark grey line near base.
Hind wings 143; pale whitish-fuscous, hind margin obscurely
darker; cilia whitish, with a fuscous line.
One specimen. ‘The conspicuous claviform spot is
the most marked characteristic.
234 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
34. Xeroscopa ombrodes, n. 8.
?,15—16 mm. Head and thorax rather dark fuscous, with a
few ochreous-whitish scales. Palpi23, dark fuscous, base ochreous-
whitish. Antenne dark fuscous. Abdomen dark grey, segmental
margins grey-whitish. Legs dark grey, ringed with whitish.
Fore wings very elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly gently
arched, apex obtuse, hind margin rather obliquely rounded; rather
light fuscous; an irregular suffused dark fuscous fascia near base ;
first line ochreous-whitish, slightly curved, preceded by a more
obscure similar line, confluent in middle, and followed by a dark
fuscous suffusion ; space between first and second lines mixed with
ochreous-whitish on costal third, rest sprinkled with dark fuscous ;
orbicular dot-like, dark fuscous, ill-defined beneath; claviform
indicated by some undefined dark fuscous scales; reniform very
ill-defined, small, dark fuscous, sometimes connected with orbicular
by a suffused streak ; second line ochreous-whitish, obsolete except
towards inner margin; subterminal obsolete; a few dark fuscous
scales towards hind margin; an irregular whitish hind-marginal
line; cilia light fuscous, mixed and obscurely barred with white,
with a dark fuscous line. Hind wings 13; fuscous, somewhat
lighter towards base; cilia whitish-fuscous, with a fuscous line.
Two specimens, not in good condition.
35. Xeroscopa demodes, UN. 8.
9, 17 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish, mixed with
ochreous-fuscous ; palpi three, towards base white, with an oblique
dark fuscous median band. Antenne grey-whitish. Abdomen
whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, ringed with whitish. Fore
wings elongate-triangular, costa posteriorly slightly arched, apex
obtuse, hind margin nearly straight, oblique, rounded beneath ;
light fuscous, irregularly mixed with white, and with a few dark
fuscous scales, in disc mixed with yellowish-ochreots ; a narrow
cloudy oblique irregular dark fuscous basal fascia; a small ill-
defined reddish-ochreous spot on posterior edge of this in middle ;
first line indistinct, whitish, somewhat curved, indented in middle,
posteriorly margined by a blackish suffusion merging into ochreous-
brown; orbicular represented by a few indefinite dark fuscous
seales; claviform absent; reniform 8-shaped, suffusedly blackish-
margined except above and beneath, ochreous-brown, lower half
containing a white dot; second line whitish, preceded by a few
dark fuscous scales, gently curved, sinuations below costa and
above inner margin slight; subterminal cloudy, whitish, touching
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 235
second line in middle; some dark fuscous scales towards hind
margin, tending to form very indistinct spots, dilated in middle ;
cilia ochreous-grey-whitish, basal half faintly barred with pale
fuscous. Hind wings 14; pale whitish-fuscous, apex hardly
darker ; cilia fuseous-whitish, with a pale fuscous line.
One. specimen.
36. Xeroscopa ischnias, ni. 8.
d,18mm. Head and thorax fuscous mixed with dark fuscous.
Palpi two, dark fuscous, white towards base beneath, apex of
maxillary palpi white. Antenne grey, uniformly pubescent-
ciliated over whole surface (four-fifths). Abdomen light fuscous.
Legs dark fuscous, ringed with white. Fore wings elongate,
narrow, gradually dilated, costa hardly arched, apex obtuse, hind
margin nearly straight, oblique, rounded beneath ; fuscous, irregu-
larly mixed with white; base narrowly mixed with blackish ; a
small irregular blackish spot near base in middle, preceded by a
white dot; first line cloudy, whitish, slightly indented in middle,
posteriorly obscurely margined with dark fuscous; orbicular
roundish, outlined with dark fuscous, very obscure, detached ;
claviform elongate-dot-like, dark fuscous, separated from first line
by a whitish dot; reniform indicated by a very obscure dark
fuscous X-shaped mark; a cloudy whitish suffusion preceding
second line; second line whitish, obscurely margined with dark
fuscous; hind-marginal area suffused with dark fuscous; sub-
terminal cloudy, whitish, touching second line in middle ; a waved
white hind-marginal line; cilia light grey, sharply barred with
white, with an interrupted dark fuscous line. Hind wings 13;
very pale whitish-fuscous, towards apex slightly darker, with a
faint pale post-median line ; cilia whitish, with a fuscous line.
One specimen. ‘The peculiar pubescence of the
antenne is a noticeable character.
87. Xeroscopa hawaiensis, Butl.
Scoparia hawaiensis, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1881, 330.
3, 1421 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi 24, dark
fuscous, towards apex and base ochreous-whitish. Antenne grey,
ciliations in male two-thirds. Thorax ochreous-whitish, sprinkled
with dark fuscous on sides. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish.
Legs blackish, banded with white. Fore wings very elongate-
triangular, costa hardly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin nearly
236 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
straight, rather oblique, rounded beneath; fuscous, densely mixed
with white, and with a few black scales; an ill-defined cloudy dark
fuscous oblique fascia near base; first line very obscure, whitish,
rather indented in middle, posteriorly margined by a moderately
broad irregular dark fuscous fascia, in which claviform is indicated
by an obscure blackish mark; orbicular dot-like, dark fuscous,
touching preceeding fascia; reniform 8-shaped, suffusedly blackish-
margined, open above and beneath, above connected with costa by
a dark fuscous spot; second line very obscurely whitish, margined
anteriorly with dark fuscous on costa and inner margin; hind-
marginal area dark fuscous; subterminal very obscure, fuscous-
whitish, touching second line in middle, above this shortly inter-
rupted; a series of obscure blackish marks on hind margin ; cilia
whitish, with faintly indicated darker bars, and an interrupted
grey line. Hind wings 13; fuscous-whitish, apex and upper half
of hind margin slightly darker; a faint pale post-median line;
cilia whitish, with a grey line, in male partially obsolete.
Three specimens.
38. Xeroscopa pachysema, n. 8. y
?, 18mm. Head white. Palpi three, black, apex and base
white. Antenne grey. Thorax black, slightly irrorated with
white, with a white longitudinal streak on each side of back
meeting behind. Abdomen pale grey. Legs black, ringed with
white, posterior tibie white. Fore wings elongate, narrow,
gradually dilated, costa hardly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin
nearly straight, oblique, rounded beneath; ochreous-white, coarsely
irrorated with black except in dise; first line thick, straight,
ochreous-white, well-defined, strongly margined with black on
both sides; orbicular and claviform confluent to form a large
round black spot, touching black margin of first line ; reniform sub-
ovate, black, resting on costa above and second line beneath,
connected with orbicular in middle, containing a white dot near
lower extremity ; second line ochreous-white, anteriorly strongly
margined with black except shortly below reniform ; hind-marginal
area black; subterminal represented by an ochreous-white streak
from middle of second line almost to hind margin above anal
angle, and a short inwardly-oblique ochreous-white mark from
anal angle; an irregular white hind-marginal line; cilia white,
with an interrupted blackish line near base, and three or four grey
quadrate posterior spots round apex. Hind wings 13; pale
whitish-grey, thinly scaled, posteriorly somewhat darker; a faint
grey post-median line, followed by a whitish mark below middle ;
y
i
t
:
:
Redkaesk ss
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 237
hind margin suffused with darker grey; cilia whitish, with a grey
line.
One specimen.
39. Xeroscopa mesoleuca, n. Ss.
3, 14mm. Head ochreous-white. Palpi 24, black, apex and
base white. Antennz blackish, ciliations two-thirds. Thorax
ochreous-white, shoulders and an angulated forwards-pointing
mark behind middle black. (Abdomen broken.) Legs black
ringed with white, middle tibiz with broad white subapical band,
posterior tibiz white. Fore wings very elongate-triangular, costa
hardly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin nearly straight, rather
oblique, rounded beneath ; ochreous-white, yellowish-tinged ; basal
area wholly black except an ochreous-white basal dot; first line
ochreous-white, interrupted with black in middle, anteriorly irre-
gularly margined by the black basal area, posteriorly slenderly
black-margined; orbicular and claviform confluent to form a
transverse suboblong black blotch, confluent throughout with
margin of first line, and extending from costa two-thirds across
wing; costal edge towards middle sprinkled with black, dorsal
edge narrowly black from first to second lines; reniform transverse-
oblong, black, resting on costa above and second line beneath ;
second line slender, ochreous-white, black-margined, obsolete
except on costal third and inner margin, hind-marginal area
wholly black, anterior edge of reniform coalescing with it to form
a straight line perpendicular to costa; subterminal irregular,
ochreous-white, interrupted in middle, upper part touching costal
portion of second line; some indistinct whitish dots along hind
margin ; cilia clear ochreous-white, on costa and below anal angle
dark grey. Hind wings 13; light grey, hind-marginal edge
suffusedly darker; cilia whitish.
One specimen.
40. Xeroscopa formosa, Butl.
Scoparia formosa, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
dol.
$,17mm. Head white. Mavxillary palpi black, apex broadly
white (labial palpi broken). Antenne blackish, ciliations one-half.
Thorax white, shoulders spotted with black. (Abdomen broken.)
Legs black, ringed with white, posterior pair white, base of tarsal
joints black. Fore wings elongate, narrow, gradually dilated,
costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin nearly straight,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRT Ul. (JUNE.) §
238 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
oblique, rounded beneath; white, slightly ochreous-tinged; a
moderate black oblique basal fascia, its outer edge acutely tri-
dentate (in middle and on both margins); outer edge of first line
indicated by a straight black line; orbicular and claviform con-
fluent into an irregular pentagonal black spot, anteriorly wholly
confluent with margin of first line, posterior angle shortly pro-
duced to coalesce with reniform; reniform transverse-oblong,
black, resting on costa above, lower angles shortly acutely pro-
duced ; posterior edge of second line indicated by sharply marked
edge of black hind-marginal area, anterior edge only by black dots
on costa and inner margin ; subterminal irregular, rather thick,
ochreous-white, interrupted above middle, lower half touching
middle of edge of second line; cilia clear white, slightly ochreous-
tinged. Hind wings 1}; pale grey, hind-marginal edge suffusedly
darker ; cilia grey-whitish, with a light grey line.
One specimen.
41. Xeroscopa jucunda, Butl.
Scoparia jucunda, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
del.
?, 16mm. Head white. Palpi 23, dark fuscous, upper edge
and base white. Antenne dark fuscous annulated with white.
Thorax white. Abdomen light grey, segmental margins white.
Legs blackish, ringed with white, posterior pair white, base of
taysal joints black. Fore wings very elongate-triangular, costa
slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin obliquely rounded ;
white, very slightly ochreous-tinged; a narrow irregular oblique
black fascia near base, its outer edge acutely bidentate (above and
below middle) ; outer edge of fivst line indicated by a black sub-
dentate line; orbicular and claviform confluent to form a small
8-shaped black spot, its upper half connected by a projection with
first line; reniform narrow, transverse, black, resting on costa
above, its lower angles shortly acutely produced ; posterior edge of
second line indicated by sharply marked waved edge of black
hind-marginal area, anterior edge only by black dots on costa and
inner margin; subterminal very thick on lower half, thinner
above, ochreous-white, entire, broadly confluent with edge of
second line in middle; cilia clear white. Hind wings 13; whitish-
grey, hind margin suffused with darker grey ; a partially indicated
whitish post-median line; cilia whitish, with a grey line.
Two specimens.
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 239
PTEROPHORID.
14. Tricnoprinus, Wlsm.
42. Trichoptilus hawaiensis, Butl.
Aciptilia hawaiensis, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
408.
3S ?,14—16 mm. Headand thorax ochreous. Palpi brownish-
ochreous mixed with whitish, second joint reaching middle of face.
Antenne ochreous-whitish, with a dark fuscous line on back.
Abdomen ochreous mixed with ochreous-whitish, apex in male
with a single moderate obliquely ascending hair-pencil. Legs
white, longitudinally striped with blackish, posterior tibie banded
in middle and at apex with dark ochreous-fuscous. Fore wings
cleft from middle, segments linear; veins 2 and 10 present;
brownish-ochreous, first segment more or less suffused with fuscous ;
an obscure dark fuscous dot in dise at one-third, and another on
first segment at base; some white scales indicating very obscure
bands on both segments before middle and towards apex; cilia
ochreous-brown, on costa spotted with white on bands, on lower
margin of first segment with two or three white scales on bands
and a white subapical spot followed by a small black scale-tooth,
on upper margin of second segment with a small white spot
before apex, on lower margin of second segment with white bars
opposite bands, interspaces greyer, and with a small black almost
apical seale-tooth. Hind wings cleft firstly from one-fourth,
secondly from base, segments linear; rather dark fuscous; cilia
light ochreous-fuscous, third segment with a small well-defined
black seale-tooth on inner margin at three-fifths, and a fringe of
white hair-scales between this and base.
Six specimens. Closely allied to 7’. centetes and its
group.
15. Puatyprinia, Hb.
1. Palpi very long sé ae ot ore -. 43. rhynchophora
», moderate a zs we Sic a 2s
2. Fore wings with two dark fuscous dots before middle 45. brachymorpha,
mr without ¥ + 5 44, cosmodactyla.
43. Platyptilia rhynchophora, n. s.
Platyptilia repletalis Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
407 (nec. Walk.).
S$ @,17—18 mm. Head and thorax rather dark fuscous, finely
sprinkled with ochreous-whitish; frontal cone short. Palpi very
s 2
240 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
long (four), rather dark fuscous, sprinkled with whitish above.
Antenne dark fuscous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous, beneath
whitish, banded with dark fuscous, tibia not incrassated. Fore
wings cleft from two-thirds, segments moderate, parallel-sided ;
fuscous, towards middle of dise and on costal and dorsal edges
irrorated with blackish ; an obscure cloudy dark fuscous dot in disc
at one-fourth, and a second below costa at one-third; a cloudy
blackish dot immediately before cleft, indistinctly extended to
costa, where it is followed by some whitish scales; an indistinct
dark fuscous bar extending across middle of both segments parallel
to hind margin, anteriorly suffused, posteriorly margined by an
obscure whitish line; cilia fuscous, slightly mixed with whitish, on
hind margin with an obscure darker fuscous line, on inner margin
with a few scattered black scales. Hind wings cleft firstly from
middle, secondly from three-fourths, first and second segments
moderately dilated; rather dark fuscous; cilia fuscous; third
segment with a row of black scales on inner margin from base to
middle, and one or two at three-fourths.
Three specimens. Immediately recognisable by the
unusually long palpi.
44, Platyptilia cosmodactyla, Hb.
Amblyptilia cosmodactyla, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1881, 407.
Three specimens, darker and greyer than usual, but
apparently identical. This species, ranging over Europe,
South Africa, and North America, is probably trans-
ported through the agency of man.
45. Platyptilia brachymorpha, un. 8.
3 (?), 14mm. Head and thorax light brown, thorax posteriorly
ochreous-whitish. Palpi moderate (two), ochreous-brown, base
and a median ring of second joint white, terminal joint mixed with
white. Antenne fuscous. (Abdomen broken.) Legs rather dark
fuscous above, white beneath, tibia not incrassated. Fore wings
cleft from two-thirds, segments moderate, parallel-sided; light
ochreous-brown, irrorated with white; costa rather dark fuscous,
dotted with white ; a rather large dark fuscous dot in dise before
one-third, and another beneath costa before middle; a triangular
dark fuscous blotch on costa about two-thirds, reaching half across
wing, terminating in two transversely placed black dots before
cleft, followed by an obseure whitish suffusion; a white line
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 241
crossing both segments near hind margin, preceded in first segment
by a large elongate black dot, in second by a small one, on costal
margin of both segments by a dark fuscous suffusion, hind-
marginal area beyond this fuscous ; cilia of both segments on hind
margin rather dark fuscous, slightly mixed with white, with a
small black scale-tooth at lower angle, on inner margin fuscous-
whitish with a few scattered very small black scales. Hind wings
cleft firstly from middle, secondly from before three-fourths ; first
segment moderately dilated, spatulate, second slightly dilated, its
apex very long-pointed, its hind margin very oblique and concave;
rather dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, third segment with a row of
black seales on inner margin from base to middle, and one or two
at four-fifths.
One specimen.
46. Platyptilia littoralis, Butl.
Platyptilus littoralis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1882, 44.
I have not seen the type of this species (I presume I
overlooked it in the Museum), and Mr. Blackburn has
sent no specimen under this name (in the case of all
other described species he has labelled a specimen
corresponding with the type forwarded to Mr. Butler) ;
I am therefore unable to add anything on the subject of
this species, but, if the description is correct, it should
be distinct.
CRAMBIDA.
Hind wings with veins 6 and 7 stalked... .. .. 16. ERomeEne.
Fs) + 5 remote .. a .. 17. Hepnota.
16. EKromens, Hb.
47. Eromene ocellea, Hw.
Eromene bella, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1882,
42 (nec Hb.).
I have elsewhere recorded my opinion that this species
(now ranging very widely) is artificially introduced ;
probably, as suggested, in the packing-material of
srocery-cases from the South of Europe.
242 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the
17. Hepnora, Meyr.
1. Hind wings with veins 4 and 5 stalked is .. 48. floricolans.
55 A not stalked .. ei 2
2, Fore wings with apex almost acute .. ae .. 50. oxyptera.
5 * tolerably rectangular .. 49. hydrophila.
48. Hednota floricolans, Butl.
Gesneria floricolens (rect. floricolans), Butl., Ent. Mo.
Mag., xix., 180.
do, 12mm. Head and thorax grey sprinkled with ochreous-
whitish, forehead obtusely prominent. Palpi 23, pale greyish-
ochreous mixed with grey. Antenne dark fuscous, subserrate,
ciliations two-thirds. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous, sometimes
sprinkled with grey. Legs dark fuscous, ringed with whitish-
ochreous, posterior tibie suffused with whitish-ochreous. Fore
wings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex tolerably
rectangular, hind margin almost straight, faintly sinuate, oblique ;
very pale greyish-ochreous or whitish-ochreous, more or less
irrorated with grey, and with a few scattered black scales; three
cloudy blackish dots in a curved transverse series near base ; first
line ochreous-whitish, posteriorly irregularly blackish-margined,
from two-fifths of costa to two-fifths of inner margin, upper half
moderately curved outwards, lower half slightly curved inwards ;
two blackish dots transversely placed in disc beyond middle; a
small blackish suffused spot on costa beyond middle; second line
from four-fifths of costa to four-fifths of inner margin, slender,
blackish, on lower half almost obsolete, curved outwards, indented
beneath costa, where it is preceded by an ochreous-whitish dot ;
an ochreous-whitish dot on costa before apex; cilia ochreous-
whitish, with a slender interrupted blackish median line, basal
half obscurely barred with a grey irroration. Hind wings with
veins 4 and 5 stalked; whitish-fuscous, paler towards base; cilia
fuscous-whitish, with a fuscous line.
Three specimens.
49. Hednota hydrophila, Butl.
Scotomera hydrophila, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1882, 36.
?,14mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous-fuscous ; forehead
obtusely prominent; palpi three, sprinkled with darker fuscous.
Antenne fuscous. (Abdomen broken.) Legs dark fuscous, ringed
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 243
with whitish-ochreous, posterior tibie pale whitish-ochreous. Fore
wings triangular, somewhat elongate, costa slightly arched, apex
tolerably rectangular, hind margin hardly rounded, oblique ;
ochreous-fuscous; lines cloudy, dark ochreous-fuscous, terminating
in obscure blackish dots, first from before middle of costa to before
middle of inner margin, upper half moderately curved outwards,
lower half slightly curved inwards, second from three-fourths of
costa to three-fourths of inner margin, upper two-thirds strongly
curved outwards; two dark fuscous dots transversely placed in
dise beyond middle, and a dark fuscous dot on costa beyond
middle; a cloudy interrupted dark fuscous hind-marginal line;
cilia light brownish-ochreous, with a cloudy dark fuscous line,
basal half obscurely barred with darker. Hind wings with veins
4 and 5 from a point; light fuscous, paler towards base; cilia
fuscous-whitish, with a grey line.
Two specimens.
50. Hednota oxyptera, n. 8.
S ?, 10 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, forehead
obtusely prominent. Palpi four, ochreous-whitish, irrorated on
sides with dark fuscous. Antenne fuscous, in male filiform,
ciliations two-thirds. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Legs pale
whitish-ochreous, base of tarsal joints dark fuscous. Fore wings
elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex almost acute,
hind margin straight, rather strongly oblique; whitish-ochreous,
sprinkled with brownish-ochreous, and more or less with fuscous ;
a small black dot in dise before first line, and sometimes another
below it; lines light brownish-ochreous, indistinct, first from two-
fifths of costa to two-fifths of inner margin, upper half curved
outwards, second from four-fifths of costa to four-fifths of inner
margin, upper two-thirds gently curved outwards; a distinct black
dot on posterior margin of first line below middle, and sometimes
a smaller one above middle; two small black dots obliquely trans-
versely placed in dise beyond middle; a fainter subterminal line
indicated near and parallel to second; cilia ochreous-whitish, with
a fuscous line interrupted into dots, marked with three black dots
at middle of hind margin, three-fourths, and anal angle. Hind
wings with veins 4 and 5 almost from a point; whitish-grey, paler
towards base, greyer posteriorly; cilia grey-whitish.
Four specimens. It is remarkable that Mr. Blackburn
seems to have overlooked this species altogether, pro-
bably confusing it with the other two, as his collection
244 Mr. E. Meyrick on the
contained no specimens of it; I found it common in
dry grassy places near Honolulu in August, but the
specimens were allin rather poor condition. It is easily
recognised by the different shape and pale colouring of
the fore wings, the dots in hind-marginal cilia, longer
palpi, and peculiar neuration of hind wings. In the
latter veins 4 and 5 are strictly separate, but very closely
approximated at origin; they are therefore in some
sense intermediate between Hednota, in which they
should be from a point or stalked, and Diptychophora, in
which they are distinctly remote and more or less
parallel. ‘The specific relationship with the two pre-
ceding species, which are undoubtedly referable to
Hednota, is so strong that I have no doubt as to where
to draw the line; but the species probably points directly
to the common ancestral origin of the two genera.
PHYCITIDA.
1. Hind wings with vein 8 free .. Ble a2 .. 20. GENOPHANTIS.
a ¥ anastomosing with 7 Ps 7
2. Antenne in male with notch above basal joint .. 19. Homaosoms.
re ss without we 3 .. 18, EpHestta,
18. Epnestia, Gn.
51. Iphestia interpunctella, Hb.
Plodia interpunctalis, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xv., 278.
Two specimens. Artificially introduced; the favourite
food of the larva is Indian corn (maize), with which it
is probably imported.
52. Ephestia desuetella, Walk.
Three specimens. Introduced with grocery, and now
cosmopolitan.
53. Ephestia elutella, Hb.
One specimen. Imported in the same way as the
preceding species, but usually less common.
19. Homaosoma, Curt.
54. Homcosoma humeralis, Butl.
Ephestia humeralis, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881,
332; I. albosparsa, ibid., 338.
3d 3, 15—20 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-grey, sprinkled
Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands. 245
with whitish. Palpi dark grey, sprinkled with white towards
base. Antenne grey, ciliations in male two-thirds. Abdomen
whitish-grey. Legs dark grey, middle and posterior tibiz suffused
with white. Fore wings elongate, narrow, posteriorly gradually
dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hind margin very
obliquely rounded; vein 5 absent (coincident with 4), 9 absent
(coincident with 8); ochreous-grey, slightly sprinkled with whitish ;
a moderate costal streak suffused with white from base to near
apex, posteriorly attenuated; first line straight, rather thick,
cloudy, darker grey, sometimes preceded by a few white scales,
from one-fourth of costa to two-fifths of inner margin; a small
cloudy darker grey discal spot at two-thirds ; second line very
indistinct or obsolete, straight, slender, grey, followed by a few
whitish scales, from costa near before apex to four-fifths of inner
margin; cilia ochreous-grey sprinkled with white. Hind wings
with veins 3 and 4 approximated, 5 absent, 8 absent; whitish-grey,
thinly sealed; a cloudy dark grey hind-marginal line; cilia
whitish, with an indistinct grey line.
Five specimens. Closely allied and very similar
superficially to an undescribed species from New Zealand,
and also to the Australian H. vagella; it is best dis-
tinguished by the absence of vein 5 of the fore wings,
which is present in both these species.
20. GENOPHANTIS, 0. g.
Forehead with projection of scales. Ocelli present. Tongue
well-developed. Antenne three-fourths, in male —?. Labial
palpi rather long, obliquely ascending, second joint thickened with
dense tolerably appressed scales, terminal joint short. Maxillary
palpi moderate, loosely scaled. Fore wings with veins 4 and 5
approximated, 7 absent, 8 and 9 stalked. Hind wings 12; vein 3
closely approximated to 4, 4 and 5 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 free,
closely approximated to 7 from angle of cell to beyond middle,
lower median strongly pectinated.
Although the male is unknown, the genus appears
sufficiently distinct. The free vein 8 of hind wings
separates it from all but the Anerastia group ; in this it
most approaches Crocydopora, and it 1s not improbable
that the antenne of male will show similar characters
(basal tuft and sinuation), but differs in the presence of
vein 5 of the fore wings, and in the maxillary palpi.
246 Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands.
55. Genophantis todora, n. 8.
?, 24 mm. Head and thorax reddish-fuscous. Palpi pale
greyish-ochreous, sprinkled with dark fuscous and reddish. An-
tenne light greyish-ochreous. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Legs
greyish-ochreous,. slightly reddish-tinged, obscurely banded with
dark fuscous. Fore wings elongate, narrow, posteriorly gradually
dilated, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind margin nearly
straight, rather oblique, rounded beneath; dull fuscous-reddish on
costal half, ferruginous on dorsal half; costal area and all veins
suffused with blackish, those on dorsal half mixed with whitish-
ochreous; first line moderate, whitish-ochreous, darker-margined,
indistinct towards costa, from one-fourth of costa to two-fifths of
inner margin, nearly straight, with a slight outwards-projecting
angle in middle; a transverse, rather inwardly oblique cloudy
blackish discal spot beyond middle, almost merged in general
suffusion, tending to be produced as a cloudy inwardly oblique
streak towards inner margin; second line indistinct, rather thick,
serrate, whitish-ochreous, darker-margined, from four-fifths of costa
to four-fifths of inner margin, almost straight, slightly indented
beneath costa; a cloudy interrupted hind-marginal blackish line ;
cilia very pale grey-reddish, with rows of ochreous-whitish points.
Hind wings light ochreous-grey ; cilia pale whitish-reddish, with a
faint grey line.
One specimen.
GALLERIAD.
21. AcHRraa, Hb.
56. Achrea grisella, F.
Two specimens. Imported, like Ephestia, with
grocery, the larva feeding on dried fruits, wax, &c.;
now almost cosmopolitan.
(2a 7 iy
X. Experiments upon the colour-relation between the
pupe of Pieris rape and their immediate sur-
roundings, by Grorce C. Grirriras, F.E.S. ;
described and summarised by Witi1aM WHITE,
F.E.S.
[Read March 7th, 1888. |
CONTENTS.
1. Introduction.
2. The methods of experimentation.
3. The nature of the colours employed.
4. Mr. Poulton’s standard of the degrees of colour in the pupe of
P. rape.
5. Experiments with various colours.
I. Black.
II. White.
III. Pink.
IV. Yellow.
V. Green.
VI. Blue.
_ 6. Miscellaneous experiments.
7. Conclusions.
1. Inrropuction.—The experiments described in the
following paper grew out of a series of observations upon
Pieris rape, which had been carried on by my friend
Mr. George C. Griffiths, at Cotham (Bristol), with the
view of determining the constancy or variability of the
yellow variety of this common species of butterfly pro-
duced from mignonette-fed larve. Another question,
that of the colour-variation of the pup, had meanwhile
been systematically attacked by Mr. Kdward B. Poulton,
who, after submitting a very large number of specimens
of this and other lepidopterous genera to strong colour-
tests, had drawn up and thoroughly discussed the results
obtained in a paper read before the Royal Society in
February of last year, and which has since been issued,
with an admirable coloured plate, in the ‘ Philosophical
Transactions’ (vol. 178, 1887, B., pp. 811—441).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PART Ir. (JUNE.)
248 Experiments upon the colour-relation, cc.
Having been informed by my friend Mr. Poulton of the
results of his observations, I suggested to Mr. Griffiths
that he might conduct analogous experiments upon the
larve in his possession, so that the results of two
independent observations might be compared. Mr.
Griffiths acted upon this suggestion, and conducted the
series of experiments here detailed.
Mr. Griffiths ultimately forwarded all his notes,
together with the entire batch of pup obtained (between
80 and 90 in number), carefully separated and labelled
according to the various experiments, requesting me to
classify the results, and to draw what conclusion I could
from them. ‘Though I desired the treatment, as well as
the experiments, to be Mr. Griffiths’s own work, he was
so decidedly unwilling to undertake it that it only
remained for me to agree to his request, and deal with
his material to the best of my ability, upon the lines
laid down in Mr. Poulton’s paper.
To this explanation of my position in the matter I
can happily add that I have been greatly assisted by
Mr. Poulton, who was so good as to assist Mr. Griffiths
and myself in drawing up the primary classification of
the pup, according to the colour-standards he had
originated.
Notwithstanding the subsequent assistance given by
Mr. Poulton, the experiments themselves were, of course,
entirely independent, and the conditions were somewhat
varied; but Mr. Griffiths agrees with me in feeling
confident that the results are brought into a perfectly
true and safe comparison with those obtained by Mr.
Poulton in his original experiments.
It is unnecessary to refer here to the literature of the
subject, for an account of earlier observations is given
in Mr. Poulton’s previously-quoted paper. There is,
however, a remark of Prof. Meldola’s, which is so im-
portant that I must quote it at length. The following
words were used by Prof. Meldola on the occasion of the
reading of a paper by Mrs. Barber in 1874 before this.
Society* :—‘‘ The action of light upon the sensitive skin
of a pupa,” he said, ‘‘had no analogy with its action on
* This paper, which was communicated by Mr. Darwin, bore
chiefly upon the pupx of Papilio nireus of Cape Colony (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 519).
a
Hxperiments upon the colour-relation, &e. 249
any known photographic chemical. No known substance
retained permanently the colour reflected on it by
adjacent objects.”* Such a statement leads us to infer
that the varying colours of pupz are not directly due to
any influence of an external photographic nature, as
had previously been asserted by Mr. T. W. Wood,t but
- rather emanate from within the organism itself upon
the incidence of the appropriate stimulus, as Mr. Poulton
has suggested.
With regard to the question of consciousness of the
process on the part of the insect, Mr. Poulton concludes
that the production of appropriate results is probably
automatic, and altogether beyond the control of the
insect.
The experiments made by Mr. E. B. Poulton included
a vast number upon the pupe of the Vanesside, in
which case the very remarkable effect upon those which
were exposed to gilded surroundings constitutes the
most striking result in the artificial production of a
character that has ever been attained, the pup often
appearing as if they had been covered with gold leaf.
Although the results obtained in this family are very
different from those caused in the genus Picris, the
physiological nature of the susceptibility must be in
many respects the same. Green, on tue other hand,
which is so important a factor in the Pieride, produced
absolutely no effect.t But, although Mr. Poulton shows
that the Vanesside are affected differently by different
colours, there are tints which do not produce any con-
stant effect, or produce an effect which is not protective ;
and the same colours often produce very different effects
upon pup of different genera. Thus orange, which
had no effect upon Vanessa, exercised the peculiarity of
producing a more intense emerald-green colour in the
pupe of Pieris than was produced by even green itself ;
* Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. xxiv. See also Prof. Meldola’s
paper, communicated to the Zoological Society the previous year,
‘*On a certain Class of Variable Protective Colouring in Insects ”
(Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 153); also his important annotated
translation of Prof. Weismann’s ‘ Studien zur Descendenz-Theorie’
(Leipzig, 1875), Part II., 1881, which contains many records
bearing upon the general subject.
+ Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1867, pp. xcix—ci.
{ Ibid., pp. 394, 395.
250 Experiments upon the colour-relation, &c.
whilst blue does not influence the Pieride in any way,
the pupe being simply normal.
Before proceeding further it will be well to explain
what we mean by the term ‘‘ normal”’ in its strict sense.
Mr. Poulton has applied it to express the results of a
tendency ‘‘ which manifests itself when the larva is
placed among colours to the influence of which it is not
sensitive’; and he further states, ‘‘the resulting pupz
deserve the name ‘ normal’ for another reason—because
they are generally the commonest forms met with.”
The former fact is doubtless explained by the latter, for
the ‘‘commonest” pupze are those which have been
most frequently selected as best adapted to the com-
monest form of surroundings, and this process of
selection, being repeated generation after generation,
will gradually form for the larve ‘“‘a line of least
resistance, along which the pupal colours will always
tend to travel, not only when the appropriate stimulus
is present, but also in the absence of any colour which
can act as a stimulus to the larva.’’*
Preliminary condition of the larve before and after
capture.—The series of larvee of Pieris rape under con-
sideration were all, with but one exception, found upon
mignonette-plants, specially sown by Mr. Griffiths for
the experiments in his garden. The larve occurred
upon seven or eight different clusters of plants; and, as
they varied greatly in size, and in the dates of their
capture, it is quite clear that we are concerned with
more than one brood. ‘Thus more than one, and
probably many, hereditary influences must have been at
work. ‘The larve were transferred to a breeding-cage
kept in an outhouse, and were watched daily by Mr.
Griffiths, being fed upon mignonette up to maturity.
As they matured and exhibited by their restlessness and
other premonitory signs that pupation would shortly
take place,—in other words, whilst they were in the
transitional period designated by Mr. Poulton *‘ Stage I.”
of the ‘‘ preparatory period,”t—they were removed
from the cage, and placed singly, or, in some instances,
two individuals together (at the most), in separate
receptacles, generally glazed white jars. ‘The entire
number of specimens captured was 86; of these 13 died
* Loc. cit., p. 398. t L. c., pp. 327, 328.
Experiments upon the colour-relation, &c. 251
or suffered accident ; 5 died during the pupal ecdysis,
but only one was attacked by parasites ;* 2 were dis-
qualified for other reasons: thus 74 form the data upon
which this paper is written.
2. THE METHODS OF EXPERIMENTATION. — Such indi-
viduals as were to be submitted to the influence of a
single predominating colour were surrounded by the
particular tint in the following manner :—The internal
surface of the jar was first completely lined with tissue-
paper of a selected colour, placed loosely (to allow of easy
removal); the larva was then placed in it, together with
a mignonette-leaf or two in every instance, a point which
it is necessary to bear in mind; a square piece of the
same paper, bearing the diary number of experiment,
was next laid over the mouth of the jar, to complete
the environment, and this was covered by a piece of
clear glass to secure it and to admit a sufficient amount
of light.
The colours employed in the single-colour experiments
were Black, Pink, Yellow, Green, and Blue. Tinfoil
was also tried in two cases, but without producing any
noteworthy results (only the average grey colour typical
of “normal”? specimens), and hence these are not
included in our classification.
Most of the larve remained subjected to the various
imposed influences for a period which covered several
days; that is to say, throughout the ‘‘ Stages I. and III.”
of Mr. Poulton (see below). Unfortunately, however, Mr.
Griffiths did not take any notes as to the length of the
periods during which the different larvee were respectively
influenced. Mr. Poulton found it convenient to consider
the period preparatory to pupation as consisting of the
three following ‘‘ stages” :—
“ Stage I., in which the larva quits its food-plant” in
search of a suitable situation for pupation.
** Since writing the above a dipterous parasite emerged from
another specimen on January 31st, whilst no less than seventeen
have emerged since the reading of the paper, nearly all at the time
when the imagines would have matured. There was no evidence
whatever of the presence of parasites, and that they had no
influence in relation to the colour is clear from the fact that they
occurred indiscriminately upon all grades of colour. In every
case only one parasite was produced from each insect attacked.
252 Experiments upon the colour-relation, ce.
** Stage II., in which the larva rests motionless upon
the selected surface, and towards the end of the stage
spins the boss of silk for its subsequent suspension ”’
(Vanessa). The only variation in the case of Pieris
being that it proceeds to spin first a slight web for
attachment, and then adds the silken anal support and
girdle whilst in this stage.
“ Stage III., in which the larva (Vanessa) hangs
suspended by its posterior claspers from a boss of silk;”’
or in Pieris, in which it remains girdled in a passive
state until the ecdysis takes place, and it becomes
a pupa.*
With regard to the duration of these stages in Vanessa
urtice, Mr. Poulton found that Stage I. is variable,
depending upon the relative proximity of surfaces suit-
able for pupation ; Stage II. lasts for about 15 hours;
and Stage III. about 18 hours. The larve are sensitive
to surrounding colours for about 20 hours preceding the
last 12 hours of the whole period.
In regard to these stages, the conclusions arrived at
by Mr. Poulton, after many elaborate and extensive
observations on the point, is that ‘‘ Stage II. is the time
of chief susceptibility to surrounding influences,” and
that ‘‘ the larva can hardly be susceptible after the first
part of Stage III.” +
_Although Mr. Griffiths was unaware of the special
interest attaching to the period before pupation, and
therefore neglected to take any notes, the general con-
clusions contained in Mr. Poulton’s statement, which I
have just quoted in abstract, are fully borne out by Mr.
Griffiths’ results, which are indeed incapable of any
explanation otherwise. It is, therefore, much to be
* Loc. cit., pp. 827, 328.
} Ibid., p. 540. On p. 860 Mr. Poulton further observes,
respecting Stage III., that, ‘‘ although this stage is, asa rule, so
much longer than any other, the larval sensory surfaces are
probably only in a condition to be influenced in its most early
part, for very rapid changes of pupal construction and shape are
going on beneath the surface. These would seem to preclude the
possibility of an external shell, shortly to be cast off, having any
important physiological relation with the organism beneath. But
in Stage II. the larva retains its shape, and the whole of its
surface is in close relation with the colour into correspondence
with which the pupal tints will afterwards deepen.” See also
p. 892 of Mr. Poulton’s paper.
Experiments upon the colour-relation, ce. 253
hoped that future investigators will remember that the
early part of Stage IIT. is the time which most of all
requires defining in various species; for it may be
assumed that Stage II. is the chief time of suscepti-
bility in all species.
It will be seen that the larve attached themselves, in
nearly every instance, to the coloured-paper linings, in
preference to pupating upon the mignonette leaf in the
jar. A single larva, however, which was surrounded by
tinfoil, fixed itself to the leaf, but subsequently died. It
appears at first singular that the larve should have so
generally avoided the leaf of their food-plant, but a
probable explanation may, I think, be found in the fact
that the pup hybernate, whilst nearly all their food-
plants are annuals, or die down in the winter.
Conflicting colour experiments were also attempted ;
but as Mr. Griffiths added the second colour, and in
many cases both colours, after the beginning of Stage
III., it is quite clear that no real test was imposed.
Those cases in which one colour was allowed to act
during the whole period before pupation, and a second
added later beneath part of the body at a probably non-
susceptible time, may be considered as practically single-
colour experiments. The conflicting colours were the
same as those made use of in the single-colour experi-
ments, with the addition of red and gold.
3. Tue Nature or THE CoLourRs EMPLOYED. —The
coloured tissue-paper made use of was in some respects
unfortunate, the paper in most cases being so transparent
as to admit much white light, greatly diminishing the
colour-influence.. On the other hand, the adoption of
colours, somewhat different from those used by Mr.
Poulton, has proved to be the reverse of detrimental to
the experiments, since a fuller opportunity of comparing
the results of near tints has been afforded. The results,
as will be seen, are equally satisfactory with those of
Mr. Poulton, and are entirely confirmatory of those
obtained by him with stronger and generally opaque
colours employed as a back-ground for the pupe.
Further, the adoption of so much paler tints has even
proved a distinct advantage, in that we can more fully
TRANS. BENT. SOC. LOND. 1888. PARTI. (JUNE.) T
254 Experiments upon the colour-relation, &c.
realise how surprisingly sensitive the pupe of this
species are to surrounding influences.
On the occasion of my taking the materials to Mr.
Poulton, he was good enough to make a spectroscopic
examination of the coloured papers employed, using a
Zeiss’s microspectroscope, with an Abbé’s illuminator ;
but although the conditions of illumination were very
favourable, the results cannot, unfortunately, be ex-
pressed satisfactorily in the scale of wave lengths,
because of the large amount of white light which passed
through the thin tissue-paper, or was reflected from its
surface. It was clear, however, that the colour of the
paper predominated in the spectrum, all other colours
being relatively absorbed.
4. Mr. Povuron’s StanparD oF THE DEGREES oF
Cotour 1N THE Pupm or P. rapm.*—For the purpose of
classifying the various degrees of colour assumed by the
pupe of Pieris rape resulting from his experiments,
Mr. Poulton established a code of grades, five in number,
which are given in full below, with their characteristic
features. The colours of eleven of the chief varieties
produced by him are beautifully figured in the plate
accompanying his paper.
‘“*(1). The darkest forms plentifully dusted with minute
black dots, producing a very dark grey appearance.
There is very much pigment on the wings, and black
patches are especially developed on the dorsal and sub-
dorsal ridges or lines, and upon the rostrum. The
sround colour is hardly recognisable apart from the
grey dusting, but can be seen clearly in certain parts of
some pup, and is then usually of a faint pinkish or
dull yellowish tint, or some mixture of these colours.
(2). Much less dark, due to the reduction in the
amount of the minute dots and the black patches, which
occur in the positions described above. Nevertheless,
these pupe are, as a rule, of darkish grey appearance.
The ground colour is often more clearly recognisable,
and is generally of the same tints as above, but the
differences between the various tints are not generally
well-marked until (4) is reached.
* Phil. Trans. (&e.), pp. 410, 411.
Experiments upon the colour-relation, ce. 255
(3). Still lighter, but with sufficient of the grey
dusting to obscure the tint of the ground colour and to
produce a grey or light grey appearance. The black
patches still occur in the same positions, but they are
smaller; the same ground colours were recognisable.
(4). Very light, with little or almost none of the grey
dusting, so that the ground colour is predominant in
producing the general appearance. The black spots and
patches are very slightly developed and sometimes
entirely absent, except for a few black points on the
side of the rostrum, which is the last position in which
traces of the pigment patches are retained. It is,
however, common to find a slight, but distinct, speckling
due to minute black points, but not sufficiently numerous
to combine with the lighter ground tint and produce a
grey result. The ground colours are much more
distinct, as they are not dimmed, and are generally
pinkish, yellowish, or faint greenish, or some combina-
tion of these. The latter colour is transitional into the
brighter tints of the next degree.
(5). In certain pupe the green ground colour is suffi-
ciently distinct to warrant their classification as a
separate degree. All varieties of colour are met with,
from the faint, scarcely perceptible, yellowish green
tinge of certain pup in the last degree to the more
distinct and bright yellow greens arranged under this
head, and finally up to a magnificent transparent
emerald-green, which forms the culmination of the
development of this tint as a ground colour. ‘There are
also dull greens, and sometimes these pupe are dusted
with grey spots and have the black markings developed
to a considerable extent (such a pupa is figured plate 26,
fig. 31, natural size), but, as a rule, these pupe are the
lightest of all in both these respects. The lens, how-
ever, shows the existence of minute dots in all cases,
although in the more extreme forms very few minute
points can be detected by the naked eye, and there is no
trace of the black markings even upon the rostrum. It
is very common in the extreme forms of this degree, and
in the lightest of the last degree, for the median and
lateral ridges and the extremities of the body to be of a
distinct pink tinge.”
7 2
256 Experiments upon the colowr-relation, de.
5. ExPERIMENTS WITH VARIOUS CoLouRS :—
I. Black.
A. In these experiments the paper used was opaque,
and, in addition to the complete lining of the jars with
the black paper, the square pieces of glass surmounting
them were previously densely smoked on the side placed
uppermost.
Data.—Hight larve, all of which pupated Sept. 3rd
to 15th. In one case the lamp-black was accidentally
rubbed off from a small area (by a finger-touch), and the
contained larva selected this particular spot for pupa-.
tion. This case does not therefore properly belong to
this series, but it is interesting to retain it for the sake
of comparison.
Results.—
2 pupe were dark (1), 1 typical and pinkish, while the other had
been accidentally injured.
PAVERS & (1), 1 typical and yellowish, while the other had
also been injured.
Beer ‘3 (2), 1 distinctly pinkish, the others faintly so.
Te is », light (8), being the pupa upon the clear area on the
_ blackened glass.
8
B. An additional pupa, which was found on ‘tarred
stones on the top of a wall at Clevedon (Somerset), on
October 3rd, must also be included here. When finally
examined it was dead, but from its appearance it could
safely be classed as a (1) yellowish, and Mr. Griffiths’
description of it when alive is as follows :—‘‘ Very dark
grey; spots profuse, black angles and wing-cases;
median line greyish, much interrupted by spots.” This
occurrence is an interesting one, as it affords an instance,
as Mr. Griffiths remarked, of a larva voluntarily selecting
the black surface to pupate upon, after crawling over
the lighter-coloured untarred stones of the wall.
These results confirm those obtained by Mr. Poulton by
the use of black surroundings, except that there is here no
evidence of the illumination producing any effect. There
was also another point in Mr. Poulton’s paper which
was confirmed by these results. Mr. Poulton had found
that darkness had the effect of prolonging the period
before pupation, and remarks, in his paper, that*
* Page 482.
Experiments upon the colour-relation, dc. 257
‘possibly this increased length of time may bear upon
the formation of pigment; or, conversely, that a
shortened period may be brought about by certain
reflected colours, and that the absence of pigment may
ensue as a secondary result. This suggestion,” he
continues, ‘“‘appears to be worth a careful trial, and,
even if it does not contribute to the elucidation of this
most difficult question, the protracted period in darkness
may be useful to the organism in another way,—to give
it the opportunity of being affected by surrounding
colours after change in the conditions of illumination.
Thus, if the most sensitive part of the period were
passed during the night, it would be to the advantage of
the species for such a susceptible condition to be pro-
longed as far as possible.” In the experiments with
black Mr. Griffiths adds corroborating testimony to this,
which he gives in the following words :—“ The length
of time they were retarded in changing under black
surroundings was so noticeable as to attract my atten-
tion, though at the time I did not attach importance
to it.”
II. White.
Although this influence was not made use of in the
regular single colour experiments of Mr. Griffiths, but
was used for an attempted production of conflicting
stimuli, it has already been pointed out that the results
must be considered here, for the other tints were added
towards the close of or after the susceptible period.
The experiments were conducted as follows :—The larve
were allowed to fasten themselves to the glazed white
jar, and, as soon as the silken girdle and anal attach-
ment were completed, a small slip of paper of one
colour was gently inserted between the points of sus-
pension, and a second slip of the other colour laid
under the head and thorax to meet it, thus forming a
marked opposition of colour influences. In other
instances the larve were induced to attach themselves
to tissue-paper, a slip of paper of another colour being
afterwards inserted beneath the abdominal segments.
Thus the larve were at no time exposed to the later
stimuli for more than Stage III., and the susceptible part
of it must have been entirely excluded in many cases.
Data. — Four larve, the details respecting which
258 Experiments upon the colour-relation, de.
require to be given separately. (a) attached itself to the
side of the jar which was in shadow; a slip of opaque
and strongly-coloured Blue paper was placed under-
neath the posterior half of the caterpillar’s body, and a
slip of gilt paper beneath the anterior thoracic half.
(b) treated similarly, but had attached itself on the
illuminated side of the jar, and the same colours were
applied in reversed position. (c) had a slip of Black
paper similarly placed below the thoracic half, and Gold
under the abdomen. (d) had the anterior half over a
background of a strong bright Red opaque colour, and
the posterior half backed by Green (the same tissue-
paper as was used in Series I.). During the pupal ecdysis
the attachments gave way, and it fell to the bottom of
the white jar. ;
Results.—
(a). The pupa was a typical (2), with a yellowish-pink ground
colour.
(b). The pupa died, but it had been previously described by
Mr. Griffiths in these words :—‘‘ Greenish-grey ; abdomen
light, median stripe with distinct spots; angles spotted,
but not the area.”
(c). The pupa was a typical (4), with a yellowish ground colour.
(d). The pupa was a typical dark (3), with a pinkish ground colour.
These results form but an imperfect test of the influence
of white surroundings, and some of the effect was no
doubt interfered with by the other colours, but the
numbers are too few and the results too diverse to
attempt to draw conclusions.
III. Pink.
A. Tissue-paper of a very pale colour, much liable to
fade upon exposure to light, as indeed occurred in most
of the experiments.
Data.—Sixteen mature larve were exposed to this
influence, and all duly pupated between August 26th and
September 15th.
Results.—
4 pupe were dark (3), 3 being typical and pinkish (1 deformed),
and 1 yellowish, with pigment patches
strongly marked.
Es ie sf (8), 1 typical and pinkish; 1 greenish, with
patches well-developed; 1 yellowish, with
patches well-developed.
Experiments wpon the colour-relation, ce. 259
3 pupe were light (3), 2 typical and greenish, faintly coloured;
1 typical and yellowish, patches very
slightly developed.
1, 4, dark (4), typical and faintly pinkish.
dead . (4), 2typical and pinkish; 1 faint and 1 distinct,
_ 2 typical and faintly yellowish.
POTS », light (4), typical and faintly pinkish.
16
The results contrast very strongly with those recorded
by Mr. Poulton as produced by deep red, for the pupex
were very dark in tint, while these are on the whole very
light. The explanation is no doubt due to the extreme
paleness and transparency of the tissue-paper employed
by Mr. Griffiths, so that the results approximate to
those which might be expected from white paper, and,
in fact, the spectrum of the former paper was barely
distinguishable from that of white light. At first sight
it may appear as if the pinkish ground tint of many of
the pupe may have been determined by the pink
surroundings, but this is extremely improbable, because
the pink shade of ground colour is always and in all
grades of pupal colour (except (5) ) by far the commonest,
and it will be found to be equally predominant when
other colours were employed.
B. Another experiment was intended as a test of the
effects of conflicting colours, but it really belongs here
for the reasons given above. In this experiment the
larve were treated exactly in the manner described above
under Pink until Stage III., when other colours were
added, as described below.
Data.—Three larve, which must be described sepa-
rately. (a), when girdled Green tissue-paper was in-
serted anteriorly, under about one-fourth of the body,
the rest of the body remaining on the Pink paper.
(b), Blue paper was similarly placed anteriorly, and gilt
paper posteriorly, the colours occupying equal areas.
(c), to the anterior half Gold paper was added, and
Black posteriorly, about equally.
Results.—
(a) was a dark (3), typical and yellowish.
(d) ” light (3), ” ”
(c) ,, dark (4), 4; pinkish.
These results harmonise completely with those described
above, no effect being produced by the colours which
260 Experiments upon the colowr-relation, &c.
were added in Stage III. Hence we see strong confirma-
tion for the susceptibility of the larve in the earlier
stage, as found by Mr. Poulton.
IV. Yellow.
A. The tissue-paper was of a strong mustard-yellow
colour. '
Data.—Twelve larve employed, all of which pupated:
on various days between Sept. 2nd and 18th.
Results.—
1 pupa was light (8), yellowish and typical, but with, perhaps, an
unusual absence of black pigment patches.
2 pups were (4), both typical and greenish.
aaa »» pale (5), 2 very pale yellowish green, with black
patches unusually developed; 1 similar,
but somewhat deeper in colour, typical.
6x55 5, deep (5), 3 distinctly green, but not very bright, some-
what unusual black patches; 3 bright
— green; 1 with extremely little pigment.
12
The production of green is here most striking. The
colour is in the extremest cases a bright emerald-green,
considerably stronger than the deepest green figured on
Mr. Poulton’s plate. The colour used by Mr. Poulton
was of a lighter shade, but the results confirm each
other in a most interesting manner, for Mr. Poulton
also found that Yellow (and Orange also) produced far
stronger effects in the direction of green than are caused
by Green itself. ,
B. In this case also an attempted conflicting colour
experiment is best included here, for the larve were
treated as above described until Stage III.
Data.—Of nine larve (a), (b), (ec), and (d) had Black
paper introduced posteriorly in Stage III.; (e), (7), and
(g) had Black introduced anteriorly ; (kh) had Blwe added
anteriorly ; (2) had Blue added posteriorly.
Results.—
(a) was a deep (5), typical, the green exceedingly distinct and deep.
(6) 4, » (5), typical.
(c) ,, pale (5), with well-marked patches.
(da) ,, light (4), pinkish.
(e) ,, pale (5), dead; but Mr. Griffiths had noted, ‘‘ Bright green,
yellow median line, and angles almost un-
spotted.”
Experiments upon the colour-relation, cc. 261
(f) was a pale (5), pinkish ; almost entire absence of spots.
(9) 5, light (4), yellowish.
(h) ,, deep (5), lightish, with typical absence of pigment.
(2%) 45 » (5), dead; but Mr. Griffiths had noted, ‘‘ Green,
almost unspotted; thorax dark; bright
yellow median line.”
The effects of yellow being so much more characteristic
and pronounced than those of pink, it is more clear
than ever that in these results the yellow surroundings
have had their full influence unaffected by the colours
which were added later. The strongly pronounced green
tint of the pup, and the very marked absence of pig-
ment, entirely agree with those described above, and
with them confirm Mr. Poulton’s results with yellow and
orange in a most interesting manner.
V. Green.
A. The tissue-paper was of a slightly bluish-green
colour when held up to strong daylight; otherwise a
medium green colour.
Data. — Hight larve, which pupated between Sept.
Qnd and 18th. One of these was attached to the glass
covering, although almost surrounded by the green
background.
Results.—
1 pupa was (8), greenish, the patches well-developed.
2 pupx were light (3), both typical and pinkish.
1 pupa was dark (4), typical and greenish, very faint colour.
3 pup were (4), 1 typical and greenish; 2 typical and pinkish.
1 pupa was pale (5), typical.
8
B. In the case of two other larve the surroundings
were constituted by the green of mignonette-leaves.
Data.—Two larve come under this head: of these
one pupated on August 7th amongst mignonette-leaves,
in a white jar covered with plain glass; the pupa, when
found, was upon, and surrounded by, the leaves, and
quite apart from the white surface of the Jar, but without
any silken attachment. The second larva pupated in an
earthen jar, concealed amongst mignonette-leaves.
Results.—Both pupe were deep (5), one being of a
bright green colour, highly typical, with hardly any
262 Experiments upon the colour-relation, de.
pigment; while the other was, at the time of examina-
tion at Oxford, dead, and so could not be accurately
described. It appeared, however, as if the black spots
had been strongly pronounced and accompanied by
an unusual ‘‘ dusting.” Mr. Griffiths and I had, how-
ever, examined it whilst it was alive, and the following
description is given in Mr. Gniffiths’ note-book :—
“Green ; thorax and wing-cases dark; median yellow
stripe strongly spotted.”
C. Here also a conflicting colour experiment was
attempted, but with only a single larva, which had been
treated as described above until Stage III., when a strip
of bright Red opaque paper was added posteriorly.
Result.—The pupa was dark (3), typical and yellowish.
The red may have had some influence here, for the
colour is darker than any produced by green alone
either in these or in Mr. Poulton’s experiments. On the
other hand, the increased darkness is not extreme, and
it is impossible to feel confidence in the results shown
by a single pupa.
The results with green harmonise with Mr. Poulton’s
records.
VI. Blue.
A very pale and transparent blue tissue-paper was
used. i
Data.—F ive larve, one of which was taken on cabbage
(and the only one not fed upon mignonette) ; all pupated
from Aug. 24th to Sept. 7th.
Results.—
1 pupa was (2), with a pinkish ground colour; the pupa was very
black anteriorly and on the wings, but the pink
ground colour very distinct and light, in patches
anteriorly, and almost uniform posteriorly :
hence classed as a (2), though it has the pigment
of a (1) in parts, with the ground colour of a (3)
or a (4) elsewhere. A very remarkable pupa.
3 pupe were (4), 2 typical and pinkish ; 1 typical and yellowish.
1 pupa was light (4), typical and pinkish.
5
As in Mr. Poulton’s experiments (with a much darker
shade of blue) no special effects seem to have been pro-
duced by these surroundings. It is, however, probable
that the extreme paleness of the tint and consequent
Experiments upon the colour-relation, &c. 2.63
predominance of white light may have assisted in the
production of such light-coloured pupe (with the excep-
tion of the first described).
Before proceeding to a few miscellaneous experiments
made by Mr. Griffiths, it will be well to tabulate all the
- results recorded above, and to include for comparison
the results Mr. Poulton obtained with P. rape, as shown
in the table on p. 428 of his paper (l.c.). It must be
remembered, however, that Mr. Poulton’s results were
confirmed by an almost equal number of experiments
with P. brassice. The conditions of illumination were
varied greatly in Mr. Poulton’s experiments, but for a
complete account of the methods, &c., the paper itself
must be consulted. Owing to the method adopted by
Mr. Griffiths, and previously described, the colours
employed must have been always in shadow. Mr.
Poulton used a somewhat similar method in the case of
some of the experiments with green, but so arranged
that the illumination remained moderately strong.
Two of Mr. Griffiths’ pupe have been omitted from the
table, the one under I. A., which pupated on the clear
area, and pupa (b) under II., because it could not be
placed in any of the degrees of colour with certainty.
This table brings out the very great uniformity which
exists between these two independent sets of experiments,
and the confirmation is most complete and striking just
where the results are most marked, viz., when yellow
surroundings were employed. Mr. Poulton has shown the
results of his experiments graphically (l.c., p. 431) by
a curve of which the ordinates represent the average
amounts of pigment obtained in the several experiments,
while the abscissa line is formed from the scale of wave-
lengths. As it was impossible to obtain satisfactory
spectra from Mr. Griffiths’ pale tints and discontinuous
tissue-paper, it was thought better not to construct a
curve to express his results; but the ordinates were
calculated by the use of Mr. Poulton’s scale, and were
found to correspond with the lengths of those of his
scheme in a very remarkable way. But this fact is
apparent by a simple inspection of the table given
below, which in reality shows far more than could be
seen by the graphic method.
Ga:
TaBLE SHOWING THE RESULTS OF ALL THE EXPERIMENTS DESCRIBED, AND COMPARING
THEM WITH THOSE OBTAINED BY Mr. Pourron.
Degrees of Colour.
Colours used as stimuli and | 3) 2| |a|# aye Observations and
number of experiment. 4) ape) &) lela) so! & Conclusions.
a| | S ooh s | 20 a! oO
1A a HA | Hla aA
Black surface in darkness 2\1 1 = 4
Z Black surface somewhat The Broatce darkness of the
‘ —] pupe wit e increasing
3 | shaded . 4y1 3| 2 illumination of the black
5 | Black surface less shaded] 5 | 2 = 7 surface is very remarkable
<, | Black surface probably and interesting.
: less shaded .-15|6 Ny
@ (I. A. Black surface in
iS darkness ..12) 213 ee Strongly confirm the effects
fe 4 3 : of black, but not the
aI i pel oy Black surface in curious relation to illumi-
a strong light i — nation.
© (White surface in very
AY strong light E 2p) 1 12 3 =19 The greater lightness of the
. | White surface in pang pup with greater illumi-
—Q light .. 1/272/5/141 =12/ nation is the converse of
fea] White surface almost in Sapo s: with black sur-
complete darkness .. 1 \1 ae ‘
II. White surface with |
varying illumination, | The pent may pave be
and obscured by other| respi y ek Mi lari
gs colours towards end of few to draw conclusions.
< qe iment 1}1 1 = 3 The results are probably due
2 III. A. Pale pink in sha- to the light paper tending
ra dow st ie 4/3/3]1)4/1 =16] to light pupa, the faint
III. B. Same, only other eat i noms eee
colours added in Stag hardly strong enough to
III. ae 1 1}1 produce effect.
Red-brick walls, illumina. = The dark tendency of a pro-
Oe tion Seok variable }12!| 9 2 =23 |} mee Hes scene
o) - 1S marke green elec
Orange (deep) in fairly \ (and absence of pigment)
FA strong light cee 1},2 2) 1]= 6) confirmed by P. brassicae.
f | Yellow (pale) in fairly As above, only not sostrongly
strong light 1 1 = Sidi ee gies P. brassic@
, (EV. RAS Strong yellow in Ba: i = “ire
onnhrms e two latter re-
S shadow. . 1 2 3/6 sults conclusively. Clear
o +1V. B. Same, only other proof that the colours
os colours added in Stage ane in = III. were
TE: 2913/4] — 9) without effect.
ae ellowish) inmode- 31 \2 1|1/=10 It is very remarkable and
: rately strong light (2 3y1 li interesting that the green
Ay | Same, with green leaves | (io ee should tend less strongly
o4 ~ Pale bluish green in str ite pee) iecctnieons i
i | Tae yellow fi ;
lca light * 11 | 1 = 3 shown above. Confirma-
Deep green paint, some- tion from P. brassicae.
what shaded fal 1A) ali} 6
_V. A. Green in shadow . 1}271/3 1 = 8
V. B. Green of leaves in
so shadow |2]= 2| These results quite confirm
a Vv. G. Same as re : only those given above.
. | other colours added in
© | Stage III. 1 we ead baat :
; e lightness of pup pro-
_ Pale blue in shadow... a Spal = 5} bably due to paleness of
a paper.
faa] { Dark blue in strong light 1/2)2]1/1 1 — 8! Darker ee =
Experiments upon the colour-relation, ée. 265
6. MiscELLANEOUS HixPpERIMENTS.—A. Conflicting colours.
—T wo larve were accidentally treated so as to be exposed
to conflicting colours for nearly the whole of the period
before pupation. These larve, while wandering in
Stage I., worked their way behind the tissue-paper and
fixed themselves to the surface of the white jars, so that
- the ventral surface was exposed to white and the dorsal
surface to the coloured tissue-paper.
Data.—One larva (a) was exposed dorsally to Blue
tissue-paper ; one larva (b) was exposed dorsally to Pink:
tissue-paper.
Results.—
(a) was (4), typical and pinkish.
(b) ,, (A), typical and strongly pinkish.
It appears that these results were caused by the white
surface, aided, or, at all events, not interfered with, by
the pale colours. It is noteworthy that these pale
tissue-papers seemed, in the experiments previously
described, to produce light pupe rather than those with
darker pigment, such as might have been expected from
the colours themselves.
B. Attempted conflicting colours. — A larva haying
entered Stage III. on the plain deal side of a glass-
covered wooden box, fied was added anteriorly and
Green posteriorly. During the pupal ecdysis the girdle
was broken.
Result.—The pupa is described in Mr. Griffiths’ notes
as “pinkish at first, with a well-defined yellow stripe,
but it faded to greyish green, with darker wing-covers.”’
When examined with the others it was a (4) greenish and
typical. It is probable that this pupa assumed its
“normal” colour, perhaps slightly directed towards a
light form by the colour of the deal surface.
C. Two larve pupated on clear glass jars (containing
leaves of the food-plant).
Results.—
1 pupa ona smooth surface was (4) pinkish, typical.
1 pupa on a fluted surface was deep (5), very deep green.
Tin-foil was used as a stimulus in three cases, but the
commonest grey pup were produced, and this environ-
ment was probably without effect upon them.
No very satisfactory conclusions can be drawn from
these few miscellaneous experiments, the data being
266 Experiments upon the colour-relation, dc.
insufficient. The light-coloured and green pup pro-
duced by the clear glass are interesting, and confirm the
general result of Myr. Poulton’s similarly-arranged
experiment, showing that, on the whole, strong illumina-
tion and the proximity of green leaves does produce
these appearances. The pupe in experiment (A) show
the effect of white surroundings.
7. Conctustons.—The general results of these experi-
ments may be shortly summed up as follows :—
(a). Mr. Griffiths confirms Mr. Poulton’s observation
that dark surroundings exercise a retarding influence
upon the period before pupation.
(b). In the failure of the attempted conflicting colour
experiments (in which the colours added in Stage III.
produced no effect), there is strong confirmation of the
results of Mr. Poulton’s experiments on Pieris and
Vanessa, which show that the freshly-formed pupa is
not photographically sensitive, and that Stage II. is the
time of chief susceptibility. Compare especially the
results of the two sets of experiments with yellow
(IV. A. and IV. B) in support of this, although these
are only more striking than others because the yellow is
itself a much stronger influence.
(c). The general results of the colours themselves also
entirely confirm Mr. Poulton’s experiences. This is
notably the case with the dark pupe produced by black,
the green pups produced by yellow, and the effects of
ereen, and of white (as far as they go). ‘The pale
colours, pink and light blue, probably acted as somewhat
dusky white surroundings, producing indeterminate,
but, on the whole, rather light, results.
(d). The special effect of yellow surroundings in
arresting the formation of dark superficial pigment, and
in tending towards the production of green pup, were
very striking, and confirm Mr. Poulton’s suggestion that
rays from this part of the spectrum, when predominant
in the light incident upon the susceptible larva, deter-
mines the production of these results whenever green
pup are produced by the influence of surroundings,
viz., When, as in nature, green pup of Pieris are pro-
duced on green leaves, that the effect is caused by the
reflected yellow rays only.
Although no new conclusions can be drawn from these
Experiments upon the colour-relation, dc. 267
interesting experiments, it is of high importance that
the confirmation of recently-published results obtained
by larger experiments and more accurate methods should
be afforded by the work of an entirely independent
investigator. Mr. Griffiths was, in fact, entirely
unaware of Mr. Poulton’s conclusions, and imagined
- that the former theory of ‘“‘ photographic susceptibity ”
on the part of the freshly-formed pupa accounted for
the facts. It is therefore interesting to note that, had
not this latter theory been already entirely upset by
Mr. Poulton’s investigations, it would have been equally
disproved by the experiments recorded in the present
paper.
ORO8 SE
“i dnedBiesorend oti rf
“haaiaklo- stinave ft * a a awiisaeribiea oil &
| deer gas ag hu otcsarkexen seg
* <tinaiing enut ae ) WA c
4 x ag - “sap htonnit =
ms Faber ei pad tetera phe,
TO hats “hel Datirro a ailate ha nth a 8
bah Yanlt stot pt Ls chaakdhaaitne hie “stds atomiasd? 2
yeh doar chreten ehaseholmak pond rota wal atomr
Cia comd oid hlrow 2b eaoit ag baels wy
resign “ols Uk-tabiogex ehiocEriper vis me
+ Pr ie as ae. 9
; a < . ; , “es ores Pi ? 5 Ys ba ae
= j ; : - + 7 f hs
° a."| é ? S ® * 4 ~ “a ian. ry —
S q «? r : R ai - ms st) if al ha a al
: La Fant Acide Ue aes ee
meer
jhineeee ioutigty wa? *y eae a
ae = 4 4 ae he ? ,
tia) res tars
7, 4 LS ke os — : e
a ae . : . ot t. : a
7 diy th aes
a Ms ial 42 .
3 : Te) gage ee
: t nye < as
i lt iae e
y? i Br Rig | Pe
at b th?
ee Oe
fej pe hd bie
4 @ 2¢4%
? TMptids = igs os
SL: = tee & kk
¥ . es : yi
(. 269,;)
XI. A catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Sikkim, by H. J.
Exwes, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &¢.; with additions, cor-
rections, and notes on seasonal and local distribution,
by Orro MOLLER.
Part I. RHOPALOCERA.
[Read February 1st, 1888. |
Puares VIII., FX., X., & XT.
THouau the following catalogue is the result of many
years’ collecting in Sikkim by Mr. Méller, myself, and
others, and though it includes a far larger number of
species than have ever been recorded from any district
in the Old World, yet I am afraid it will be still far from
complete, at least so far as the Heterocera are concerned ;
but, though every year brings to light many new species
from this wonderfully rich country, and our knowledge
of many of those already known is very imperfect, yet
I think the time has come when it may be of great use
to lepidopterists both in India and elsewhere.
The greater part of what has been written on
Indian Lepidoptera previous to Mr. de Nicéville’s book
is the work of those who have no local knowledge of
the species they describe ; and has been confined almost
entirely to bare descriptions made without reference
to the numerous allied forms which exist in other parts
of the Indian region, and with much more narrow
ideas of the variation of species than are characteristic
of the best modern workers in all branches of natural
history. It will be seen in the course of my list how
numerous are the names which I have been obliged
to consider as synonyms; and, though I have gone
farther in this direction than any one who has
previously worked at Oriental Lepidoptera, I honestly
believe that in many cases I have hardly gone as far as
facts would justify, though I have endeavoured to recog-
nise as specific the most minute distinctions, when they
appear to be constant or structural. Ina local catalogue
of this kind, however, which is rather a contribution to
TRANS»ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—Ppartr II. (OCT.) U
270 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
geographical distribution than to systematic Ento-
mology, my readers will not be too critical on this
point, especially when they remember that no revision
of the genera of butterflies exists more recent than that
of Doubleday and Hewitson, to whom many of the
species and supposed genera included in this list were
entirely unknown ; and though, for convenience’ sake, I
have followed the nomenclature and arrangement of
Marshall and de Nicéville’s work on the Butterflies of
India so far as it extends, yet, however painstaking and
admirable a book this may be, neither the time nor the
man has yet arrived to do such work as it should be,
and one day will be, done.
The materials at my disposal have been very ample,
and, though it is a matter of great regret to me that the
very large and fine collections made by Dr. Lidderdale
and the late Mr. Atkinson in Sikkim should have been
dispersed, without any complete record of their contents,
yet Moller’s indefatigable efforts have probably missed
very few species procured by them; and, as he has
freely placed at my disposal his unrivalled knowledge of
Sikkim butterflies, I am able to give the range and
season of most of them with tolerable exactness, which
is of far greater importance to Science than the addition
of a few bare names to a list which is already so
extensive.
My own travels in Sikkim commenced in 1870, when
I spent six months, from May to October inclusive, in
the country, and visited the interior with Mr. Blanford,
of the Geological Survey, when we went over a great
part of the ground which had previously only been
visited by Sir J. Hooker and the late Mr. Campbell. In
this year I devoted my attention mainly to Ornithology,
and on my return gave my collection of Lepidoptera to
Mr. Godman. In the winter and spring of 1876, and
again in 1880—81, I revisited Sikkim, but, owing to its
being the dead season for insects on both these occasions,
I added but little to my knowledge of them, though I
became possessed of a very large collection formed be-
tween 1870 and 1881 by Mr. Wilson, which contained
many species now very rare or extinct in British Sikkim.
I also received, from my late friend Mr. L. Mandelli, many
fine species of moths, and began, with Mr. Gammie’s
kind assistance, to employ native collectors in the interior
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 271
and on the Tibetan and Bhotan frontier, who have in
successive years procured many species which do not
occur in the outer and accessible parts of Sikkim.
In 1886 I received permission to accompany the
embassy which the Indian Government intended to send
under Mr. Colman Macaulay to Lhasa, and during the
delay of the mission at Darjeeling I collected diligently
in British Sikkim from May 18th to the end of August,
and observed a large quantity of species in life, besides
what I obtained through my native collectors and my
friends Messrs. Moller, Gammie, de Nicéville, and
Knyvett, to all of whom my best thanks are due for
their great help and kindness in assisting my pursuits.
To Mr. Moller, however, I owe the greater part of
the observations and notes here recorded, and, as
this gentleman has been for ten years a resident in
Sikkim, and has both personally and through native
collectors steadily increased his knowledge of the
Lepidoptera during this Jong period, I believe that no
place in the tropics of the Old World has been worked
so thoroughly as British Sikkim, or would so well repay
the labour which he has devoted to it.
A very large number of the smaller species, especially
the Lycenide and Hesperide, which were previously
unknown or supposed to be very rare, are now taken in
abundance by him and his men, and have been de-
scribed and admirably figured by Mr. de Nicéville in the
Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal and elsewhere.
A certain number of species which were collected
by others, but which we have not personally pro-
cured, are included on the authority of Hewitson and
Moore, but where I see any reason to doubt the correct-
ness of the locality given I have not numbered these
species in my list.
Though it would be impossible for me in the limits of
a paper of this kind to describe in detail the physical
features of Sikkim, which have been so faithfully and
admirably described by Sir Joseph Hooker in his
‘ Himalayan Journals,’ and by Hodgson in his numerous
papers on the Natural History of the Himalayas; yet, in
order to explain the wonderful wealth of natural produc-
tions in Sikkim, I must say a few words on this subject.
Sikkim is a small territory situated between Nepal
and Bhotan, bounded on the north by Tibet and on the
u 2
272 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
south by the plains of Bengal. That part of it which is
included in British territory, and which alone has been
well explored by Europeans, is less than forty miles wide,
and extends from the Singalelah range, which forms the
Nepal boundary, to the great Tista river, which separates
it from British Bhotan ; and is not more than twenty or
thirty miles from the Rangit river, which separates it
from independent Sikkim, to the plains. Its highest eleva-
tion is on the north-western frontier, where the mountain
called Sundukpho exceeds 12,000 ft. Sikkim consists
for the most part of steep hills covered with virgin forest
above 6000 ft., but cleared for tea and native cultivation
down to about 1500 or 2900 ft., except in those places
where the slopes are very steep, and in the bottoms of
the deep tropical valleys which everywhere intersect the
country. In the interior the mountains rise to the
highest elevation in the world, none of the passes into
Tibet being much under 15,000 ft. in elevation, and
some over 18,000 ft.; but of this part of Sikkim we
know comparatively little, owing to the many natural
and political obstacles which still exist, and which have
prevented this part of the Himalaya from being as well
known as the north-western part of the range.
The forest consists of tall trees, varying very much
in character according to the elevation, and mostly
accompanied by a luxuriant undergrowth of shrubby
and herbaceous vegetation or bamboos, which make it
in many places almost impenetrable.*
The deep valleys of the Rangit and Tista, with their
numerous tributary streams, are extremely hot and
damp during the greater part of the year, and unhealthy,
except in the dry season. The Kastern Himalayas have
been divided by Hodgson (see Journal of the Asiatic
Society of Bengal for 1835) into three zones of elevation,
each of which has a very distinct fauna and flora; and,
when writing on the distribution of Asiatic birds (Proc.
Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 65), I showed that these three zones
are perfectly characteristic of three different zoological
provinces. The lower or tropical zone extending up to
about 5000 ft., which is inhabited by plants, birds, and
insects characteristic of the Indo-Malay region. The
* The character of the forest in different parts of Sikkim is very
well described by Mr. Gamble in the first volume of the ‘ Indian
Forester,’ Caleutta, Central Press Co., 1876, where there is an
excellent map of the district.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 273
middle or temperate zone from 5000 up to about 10 or
12,000 ft., which, though mostly of subtropical character,
is largely peopled by birds, plants, and insects peculiar
to the mountainous region extending from Kashmir to
Sumatra and Formosa, which I then christened the
Himalo-Chinese subregion. Thirdly, the alpine zone,
above 12,000 ft., which belongs to and is inhabited by
forms peculiar to or characteristic of the Palearctic
region.*
But, though the distribution of Lepidoptera is very
similar to that of birds, yet many of the genera as at
present recognised are much more cosmopolitan in their
range, and 1 do not find that the middle zone contains
anything like the same proportion of peculiar species
or genera of Lepidoptera in proportion to the lower one,
as it does in the case of birds and plants. I also notice
that the upper zone, especially in the outer hills, where
the rainfall is much heavier than in the interior, is
much poorer both in abundance and variety of species
than might be expected from its great extent and eleva-
tion, and from the great number and variety of species
which are found in the adjoining regions of Turkestan
and China. This, however, may be accounted for by
the extreme moisture of the climate, and the prevalence
of rain and mist during the summer or rainy season,
which lasts almost without intermission from May till
October. It is also probable that a better knowledge of
the drier valleys and mountains of the interior at an
elevation of 9—14,000 ft. will add many new species. to
the few which we at present have obtained through our
native collectors, as it must be remembered that no
European has hitherto collected insects systematically at
a higher elevation than 12,000 ft. in the Kastern Hima-
layas, and that the interior valleys are as yet practically
untouched.
It seems to be unquestionable that a damp and sun-
less climate, even if warm, is much less favourable to
the abundance of Diurnal Lepidoptera, both as regards
individuals and species, than a dry sunny one, even if
the summers are short and the winters severe; and
therefore we find a far greater abundance of species and
individuals of butterflies in the lowest valleys of Sikkim,
* The mean temperature of Darjeeling, 7500 ft. elevation, is
about 55° Fahy. ; monthly average, highest 64°, lowest 41°.
274 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
where there is more or less sun almost every day, even
in the rainy season; than we do on the middle zone,
where the forests which clothe the hill-sides above
6000 ft. attract the clouds and condense them into
rain. And I particularly remarked, during the rainy
season of 1886, that the zone of elevation from 4000 to
6000 ft., which is perhaps the richest of all in birds and
plants, is comparatively much poorer in insects than
the zones below it, partly, I believe, on account of the
comparative want of sunshine, and partly on account of
the extensive clearing of forest for cultivation, which
has been going on much more extensively and rapidly
since the introduction of tea cultivation. This observa-
tion, however, does not apply to the Heterocera, for,
on the contrary, I found all families of moths except
Sphingide, and the day-flying Chalcosiide and Agaristide,
infinitely more abundant both in individuals and species
at from 6000 to 9000 ft. than they are between 4000 and
6000 ft. And though, owing to the unhealthy climate of
the valleys below 2000 ft., especially at night, I have had
but little opportunity of collecting moths in the lowest
valleys, yet I do not believe that they are so numerous
in proportion to the butterflies as they are at Darjeeling
itself, where at about 7000 ft. elevation, in a single night,
I collected above 120 species of Heterocera.
With regard to the notes on elevations, and months of
appearance of species given in this paper, I must say
that they cannot pretend to be more than approximately
correct, as, though they are drawn up by Moller from
seven years’ experience, yet a large number of them are
based on the specimens brought in weekly by his native
collectors, and refer in many cases to species which
neither he or I could ever have believed to be half as
numerous as they are if we had relied on our own
observations alone. The assistance which we have
derived from these native collectors is very great, and
some of the Lepchas, who have been encouraged to
persevere in taking the smaller and less conspicuous
species, have developed a talent for collecting which any
European might envy. Living as they do in the low
valleys, able to endure an extreme of damp heat which
is most exhausting to us, and knowing by long expe-
rience the exact spots, and the seasons when the rarer
species are to be found, they have procured in abundanee,
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 275
and in splendid condition, many species whose existence
was a few years ago quite unexpected. But to the higher
elevations, where they feel the cold much more than
we do, they will not go willingly, or work half as well as
they do below, and so it happened that on my first visit
to Tonglo, a mountain 10,000 ft. high, on the Nepal
frontier, and only twenty miles from Darjeeling, I took
in great abundance several butterflies which had hitherto
been thought extremely rare, and three which were
undescribed, besides a great number of Heterocera
which are quite unknown to Science.
Again, as to the dates which are given for the
occurrence of the different species, I may say that in
the case of insects inhabiting the hot valleys below
3000 ft., which form so large a proportion of the whole,
the season begins early in March, when the first broods
of many species begin to fly. During April and May
the numbers of individuals and species increases to its
maximum, and those species of Papilio and others which
we believe to be single-brooded come out at this time.
Occasional heavy rains commence in May, which about
the 15th of June become much more continuous, lasting
with almost daily bright intervals in the lower valleys ;
but with only an hour or two of sunshine in the early
morning, or rare breaks of a week or ten days of fine
weather at the higher levels, until September or October.
This, however, is the season when butterflies are com-
paratively most numerous at the higher levels and less
abundant in the hot valleys, but, though we cannot say
so with certainty, we believe that an irregular succession
of broods of most species appear throughout the rainy
season, which at the close of the rains assume increased
proportions; so that October is, next to April, the best
month for collecting in the tropical zone. From October
the number of species rapidly decreases till the end of
the year, when a few only are found in the lowest valleys
and outer hills. During January and February there is
almost a cessation of butterfly-life, though even then
some species can always be found on sunny days.
But in dividing the year for entomological purposes in
this part of the tropics we can define three seasons.
First, the hot from March to June. Secondly, the wet
season from June to October, when about 8-10ths of the
annual rainfall occurs. This varies in Sikkim from about
276 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
80 or 90 in. at Pashok and Badamtam,* which are low
down behind the great forest-covered hill of Sinchul ; on
a northern spur of which Darjeeling stands; to 150 or
180 in. at Rungbi and Kursiong. When a seasonal
variation occurs in the markings and ocellation of
certain species, which has been proved to be the case by
Messrs. de Nicéville and Moller, it may be expected in
the broods appearing at the beginning of the hot season,
and at the beginning and end of the rainy seasons; but,
as these periods are more or less variable and not
defined so sharply as in the plains, so also do we find
the seasonal forms less sharply defined, and sometimes
connected by intermediate varieties, as is also the case
in some European and American species. It must also
be remembered in connection with this subject that the
period required for the completion of the preliminary
staves in Lepidoptera is much shorter in a tropical than
in a temperate climate, and that it is therefore more
difficult to lay down any rule for the appearance of
seasonal forms. Lastly, we have a period of cold
weather lasting from November till February, and
accompanied by some rain, mist, and hoar-frost at
elevations of 5-—7000 ft., which is almost a dead season
for butterflies, though in the Terai and lowest valleys a
considerable number of species may be taken even at
this season.
It must not be supposed, from a perusal of this list,
that many of the species which I have marked as
common are common in the sense that we sometimes
use the word. I have spent many months without once
seeing insects, which, though abundant in certain spots
or at certain seasons, are by no means generally distri-
buted ; and, though I am inclined to say of butterflies
what Sir Joseph Hooker says of plants, namely, that
they are not so loeal or narrowly limited in their range
in the Himalayas as in Europe, yet it would require
some years of diligent search to obtain anything like an
idea of the variety which really exist even in sucha
restricted locality as Sikkim. And for this reason
I think but little importance can be attached to generali-
sations based on a few weeks or even a few months of
* At Singla, elevation 2000 ft., in 1884 only 48 in. were recorded,
but the average is about 80 in.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 277
collecting by travellers in tropical countries, as such
collections rarely contain more than the commoner
species. I should expect an active and experienced
collector to take 90 per cent. of the butterflies which
existed in a district like the Alps or Pyrenees in one
season, whilst in such a region as Sikkim I do not think
he would take 50 per cent., though the season lasts at
least twice aslong. And, notwithstanding the wonderful
number of butterflies which occur in the lower valleys
of Sikkim, I have never been able to take in one day so
many species as 1 have done in one day in the Italian
valleys of the Alps, whilst in the middle and upper zones
I should not expect to take more than twenty to thirty
species of Rhopalocera on the most favourable day, and
such a day might occur perhaps only half-a-dozen times
in the whole season. As to the Heterocera, I do not
believe that a lifetime would exhaust them, as every
change of locality brings a number of new species, and
many species only seem to be taken at intervals of
several years.
In order to compare the characteristics and abundance
of the butterfly fauna of Sikkim with that of adjoining
regions of a similar character, I have selected two of
which we have the best, though not a complete know-
ledge ; namely, the Malay Peninsula and the North-west
Himalayas.
For the first I have taken Mr. Distant’s catalogue
of butterflies as it stands in his recently-completed
work, ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana,’ though I believe that
if he had worked on such ample materials as I have
done he would have added many good species to this
list, and at the same time omitted many which he treats
as species, though without any proof that they are so.
For the North-west Himalaya I have compiled a
catalogue from various sources, of which the principal
are the lists of Capt. Lang’s collection in Proc. Zool.
Soc., 1865, and Mr. Hockings, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1882,
both worked out by Moore. I have also used the paper
on the Butterflies of Kumaon by Doherty, in the Journal
of the Asiatic Society for 1886, and some MSS. notes on
the Butterflies of Kangra, Kulu, and Lahoul, sent me by
Capt. Graham Young. As almost all the species de-
scribed in these papers are well represented in my own
collection, I am able to say that this list is fairly
278 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
accurate and complete, though I have omitted many
names which do not represent distinct species. I have
also omitted in the north-west list all those species
which, as far as we know, only occur in Ladak, and do
not strictly belong to the Himalayan fauna. ‘The
majority of the Sikkim species no doubt extend to the
Khasia and other hill-ranges of Assam, but we have
no sufficiently complete list from those ranges with
which to make a comparison.
A study of these three lists will show how much richer
Sikkim is in species, than the countries on either side of
it, the reason being that the very hot and wet climate of
the lower valleys enables a large proportion of the
Malayan species, and many peculiar ones of similar
character to exist in them; whilst the immense forests
of the middle zone contain a large number of species
for which the Malay Peninsula, as far as we at present
know it, is not equally well fitted. In North-west
Himalaya it will be seen that the number of these
Malayan and peculiar Himalayan forms is much less,
and, though a proportion of them occur as far west as
Kumaon, yet they rapidly diminish as we go towards
Kashmir; whilst, on the other hand, a number of
genera and species of more Palearctic character begin
to appear in Kumaon, and increase in the extreme
north-west on account of the great diminution in the
rainfall and much drier and sunnier climate of the
middle and upper zones as compared with the Eastern
Himalayas.
I think, however, that if it were possible to explore
thoroughly the valleys and mountains of the Mishmi
and Abor hills in the extreme Eastern Himalayas, we
should find a fauna, if not so rich in number of species,
yet even more peculiar and interesting than that of
Sikkim, and including probably a number of species
which are more closely allied to those of Western China
and Eastern Tibet, of which at present we know so little,
though that little is of surpassing interest.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 279
Comparative List or tue BurrerFuiEs FOUND IN
SIKKIM WITH THOSE OF THE Matnay PENINSULA
AND THOSE OF THE NortH-West HIMALAYA FROM
Kasumir to KuMmaon.
Mauay Preninsuna.
Hestia lynceus
H. linteata
H. leuconoe
Idzopsis daos
Danais vulgaris
SIKKIM.
NYMPHALIDA.
DANAINAZ.
N.W. Himawaya.
D. juventa
1 Danais melanoides 1 Danais melanoides
D. aspasia v. crocea
D. tytia 2 D. tytia 2 D. tytia
D. melaneus 3 D. melaneus
4 D. limniace 3 D. limniace
D. agleoides
D. septentrionis 5 D. septentrionis 4 D. septentrionis
D. chrysippus 6 D. chrysippus 5 D. chrysippus
D. genutia 7 D.«. genutia 6 D. genutia
D. melanippus y.
hegesippus
D. abigar
EKuploea malayica
EK. bremeri
E. marsdeni
E. castelnaui
EH. midamus 8 Euplea midamus 7 Euplea midamus
K. mulciber
E. ledereri
E. vestigiata
E. diocletianus 9 E. rhadamanthus
EK. crassa 10 E. rogenhoferi
E. dejeani 11 E. Klugii
E. chloe K. Kollari }
E. margarita 12 E. core 8 E. core
E. distanti 13 E. deione
K. godarti 14 EK. hopei
EK. menetriesi ? alcathoe
E. pinwilli
E. harrisi
Celites epiminthea
C. euptychiodes
Mycalesis anaxias
SATYRIN 4A.
5 Anadebis himachala
Mycalesis anaxias
M. sanatana
M. gopa
M. medus 18 M. medus
M. runeeka
M. blasius 19 M. blasius
M. mineus
M. perseus
20 M. mineus
9 Mycalesis sanatana
10 M. perseus
11 M. mineus
280
Matay Prenrinsua.
Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
SIKKIM. N.W. Himanaya.
39 Mycalesis orseis
40 M. maianeas
41 M. nautilus
42 M. mnasicles
43 M. fusca
44 M. anapita
45 M. janardana
46 M. ustulata
Neorina Lowi, var.
48 Lethe minerva
49 L. mekara
50 L. europa
21 M. suaveolens
22
23
24
25
SATY RIN 4—continued.
Mycalesis visala
M. indistans
12 Mycalesis heri
M. malsara* 13 M. malsara
M. rudis
M. nicotia
M. Langi
Neorina margaritz
> N. hilda
Lethe scanda
. bhairava
. latiaris
sinorix
kansa
vindhya
mekara
distans
. chandica
europa
. dyrta
. dinarbas
rohria
verma
masoni
. siderea
. sidonis
- maitrya
. serbonis
. nicetella
. nicetas
. visrava
14 Lethe europa
15 L. dyrta ©
16 L. hyrania
17 L. rohria
18 verma
19 L. vaivarta
20
21
. sidonis
. maitrya
He eee
L. tristigmata
Zophoessa sura
dura
. goalpara
. atkinsonia
. baladeva
. ramadeva
. jalaurida
. molleri
. yama
Neope bhadra
N. pulaha
Zophoessa goalpara
Z. baladeva
Z. jalaurida
NNNNNNNN
5 Z. yama
26 Neope pulaha
61 Orinoma damaris 27 Orinoma damaris
62 Raphicera satricius 28 Raphicera satricius
63 R. moorei 29 R. moorei
30 Pararge kashmeri-
ensis
P. schakra
P. menava
Satyrus parisatis
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 281
Manay PENINSULA. SIKKIM. N.W. Himanaya.
SATYRIN 4i—continued.
34 S. semele
35 S. hiibneri
36 S. brahminus
64 Satyrus padma 37 S. padma
65 8. loha 38 S. loha
66 S. brahminus
? S. saraswati 39 S. saraswati
40 S. swaha
41 Epinephele davendra
42 KE. cheena
43 EH. pulchra
44 KE. coononympha
maiza
51 Yphthima pandocus 67 Yphthima philomela 45 Yonthends philomela
52 Y. methora ? 68 Y. methora 46 Y. asterope
53 Y. newboldi 69 Y. newara 47 Y. nareda
70 Y. sakra 48 Y. sakra
54 Y. fasciata 49 Y. avanta
55 Y. hiibneri 71 Y. hiibneri
56 Erites angularis
72 Oeneis pumilus var. 5) Oeneis pumilus
57 Ragadia crisia 51 Erebia shallada
52 KH. kalinda
53 Callerebia scanda
73 Callerebia annada 54 C. annada
74 Zipetes scylax 55 C, nirmala
56 C. hyagriva
58 Melanitis leda 75 Melanitis leda 57 Melanitis leda
M. ismene M. ismene M. ismene
59 M. zitenius 75b M. zitenius 58 M. zitenius
60 M. suyudana 75¢c M. duryodana
61 M. abdulle
75d M. aswa 59 M. aswa
ELYMNIINZ.
76 Cyllogenes suradeva
62 Elymniasdiscrepans 77 Elymnias undularis 60 Elymnias undularis
63 E. nigrescens 78 E. leucocyma 61 KE. leucocyma
64 EH. lutescens 79 K. patna 62 E. patna
65 E. lais 80 E. vasudeva
66 E. penanga 81 E. timandra
67 E. abrisa
68 E. casiphone
69 E. saiieri
70 E. kiinstleri
71 E. godferyi
72 Discophora celinde 82 Discophora celinde
73 D. tullia var. 83 D. tullia
74 D. sondiaca 84 D. spiloptera
MORPHINA.
85 Enispe euthymnius
86 E. cyenus
282
Manay PENINSULA.
SIKKIM.
Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
~ N.W. Himanaya.
MORPHIN 4—continued.
Thaumantis lucipor
T. noureddin
T. odana
T. pseudaliris
Clerome arcesilaus
C. gracilis
C. faunula
Amathusia phi-
dippus
A. dilucida
Zeuxidia amethy-
stus
Z. doubledayi
Z. aurelius
Tenaris birchi
Xanthotenia busiris
89 Ergolis merione
90 EK. ariadne
91 EK, iszeus
92 Euripus consimilis
(Kuplceoides)
K. halitherses
E. pfeifferz
Cupha erymanthis
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
Atella sinha
A. phalanta
A. alcippe
Cethosia logani
C. methypsea
C. biblis
C. hypsina
Cynthia deione
C. cantori
Rhinopalpa fulva
106 R. ? eudoxia
107
108
109
Prothoe uniformis
P. angelica
P. caledonia
110 Hestina nama
87 Thaumantis diores
88 Stictopthalma cama-
deva
89 S. nourmahal
90 Clerome arcesilaus
91 Amathusia portheus 63 Amathusia sp.
NYMPHALINZ.
92 Pareba vesta
93 Telchinia viol
94 Ergolis merione
95 KE. ariadne
96 Euripus consimilis
97 E. halitherses
98 Cupha erymanthis
99 Melitea sindura vy.
orientalis
100
101
102
103
Atella sinha
A. phalanta
A. alcippe
Cethosia cyane
104 C. biblis
105
106
Cynthia erota
Helecyra hemina
107 Sephisa chandra
108
109
110
Apatura namouna
A. chevana
A. parvata
111 A. sordida
112 A. parisatis
113 Hestina nama
114 H. persimilis
115 Herona marathus
64
65
Pareba vesta
Telchinia viole
66 Euripus consimilis
67
68
Cupha erymanthis
Melita gindura
69
70
71
M. balbita
Atella sinha
A. phalanta
72 Sephisa dichroa
73 Apatura namouna
74 Dilipa morgiana
ti)
76
Hestina persimilis
H. mena
Lepidoptera of Sikkim.
Matay PEenrnsuna.
SIKKIM,
283
N.W. Himanaya.
NYMPHALIN 4—continued.
111 Precis iphita
112 P. ida
113 Junonia asterie
114 J. atlites
115 J. lemonias
116 J. wallacei
117 Neptis hordonia
118 N. peraka
119 N. miah var.
120 N. dindinga
121 N. tiga
122 N. anjana var.
123 N. ophiana
124 N. nata
125 N. leuconata
126 N. gononata
127 N. vikasi
128 N. vikasi v. herita
129 N. eurynome
130 N. duryodana var.
131 N. charon
132 N. ophiana
133 Cirrochroa clagia
134
135
136
C. bajadeta
C. malaya
C. rotundata
137 C. orissa
138 C. satellita
139 C.(Paduea) fasciata
140 Hypolimnas bolina
141 H. misippus
142 H. incommoda
143 H. anomala
144 Tanecia flora
145 T. supercilia
146 T. violaria
147 T. pulasara
148 T. consaneuinea
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
Precis iphita
Junonia asterie
J. atlites
J. lemonias
J. cenone
J. orythia
Neptis hordonia
. radha
. miah
. ananta
. viraja
zaida
. Manasa
. amba
. cartica
. vikasi
iit ta tl
. varmona
astola
N
soma
1340 N. adipala
134c N. susruta
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
N. nandina
N. ophiana
Cirrochroa aoris
C. mithila
Pseudergolis wedah
Stibochiona nicea
Hypolimnas bolina
H. misippus
Argynnis niphe
A. childreni
lathonia
gemmata
AG
A.
A. altissima
A.
pales
77 Precis iphita
78 Junonia asterie
79 J. atlites
80 J. lemonias
81 J. enone
82 J. orythia
83 Neptis hordonia
84 N. zaida
85 N. narayana
86 N. amba
87 N. vikasi
88 N. varmona
89 N. ananta
90 N. soma
91 N. susruta
92 N. emodes
93 N. nandina
94 N. mahendra
95 Pseudergolis wedah
96 Stibochiona nicea
97
98
Hypolimnas bolina
H. misippus
99 Argynnis niphe
100
101
childreni
lathonia
102
103
104
105
106
107
gemmata
kamala
niobe (jainadeva)
pales (sipora)
A. clara
A. kashmiriensis
A.
A.
AN
AS
A.
A.
284
Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Matay PEnrnsvna.
Sikkim.
_N.W. Himanaya.
NYMPHALIN 4—continued.
149 T. aruna
150 T. robertsii
151 T. nicévillei
152 Parthenos gam-
brisius
153 Lebadea ismene
154 L. martha
155 Pandita sinope
156
157
Limenitis procris
Athyma perius
4
158 A. larymna yar.
159 A. idita
160 A. pravara
161 A. abiasa v. clerica
162 A. kresna
163 A. amhara var.
164 A. nefte v. nivifera
165 A. subrata
166 A. urvasi
167 Sympheedra dirtea
168 S. pardalis
169 S. ?emalea
170 Euthalia derma
171 E. durga
172 E. bellata
173 E. parta
174 E. merta
175 E. garuda
176 E. laverna
177 E. zichri
178 KE. jama
179 E. lubentina
180 EK. adonia var.
181 E. lepidea var.
182 E. bipunctata
183 E. decorata
184 E. ramada
185 E. maecnairi
186 E. stoliczkana
187 E. maclayi
188 E. cocytina
189 E. anosia
E
190 E. puseda
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
(fil
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
Dichorragia nesi-
machus
Calinaga buddha
Penthima lisarda
Neurosigma double-
dayi
Lebadea ismene
Limenitis danava
L. zulema
L. zayla
L. dudu
L. procris
Athyma perius
A, jina
A. mahesa
A. orientalis
A. selenophora
A. zeroca
A. cama
A. inara
Abrota ganga
Symphedra nais
Euthalia nara
. durga
. sahadeva
duda
. francis
. garuda
. phemius
jama
. lubentina
. lepidea
. telehinia
. apiades
. jahnu
. kesava
Ae
E. anosia
108 ? Dichorragia nesi-
machus
109 Calinaga buddha
110 Limenitis danava
111 L. hydaspes
112 L. ligyes
113 L. procris
114 Athyma perius
115 A. asura
116 A.
117 A.
opalina
selenophora
118 A. zeroca
119 A. cama
120 Symphedra nais
121 Euthalia double-
dayi
122 E. garuda
123 EK. lubentina
124 E. apiades
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. . 285
Matay PEninsvuna.
SIKKIM,
N.W. Himanaya.
NYMPHALIN Z—continued.
191 Euthalia asoka
192 KE. xiphiones
193 Vanessa perakana
194 Terinos robertsia
195 T. teuthras
196 Symbrenthia hypo-
clus
197 8. hypatia
198 Eulacura osteria
199 Chersonesia rahria
200 C. peraka
201 Cyrestis cocles
202 C. nivea v. nivalis
203 C. formosa
204 C. periander
205 C. earlii
206 Kallima buxtoni v.
207 Doleschallia pra-
tipa
208 Charaxes echo
209 C. schreiberi
210 C. delphis
211 C. athamas
212 C. hebe
213 C. moori
214 C. jalysus
215 C. durnfordi
216 C. borneensis var.
217 C. harpax
218 C. baya
219 C. distantia
TRANS. ENT. SOC.
184 Vanessa cardui
indica
canace
antiopa
kashmirensis
rizana
ladakensis
c-album v. tibe-
tana
192 Symbrenthia hypo-
clus
193 S. hypselis
194 S. niphanda
195 S. silana
196 Cyrestis cocles
197 C. thyodamas
198 C. risa
199 Kallima inachus
200 Doleschallia poli-
bete
201 Charaxes dolon
eudamippus
athamas
arja ”
fabius
marmax
lunawara
aristogiton
hierax
pleistoanax
125 Vanessa cardui
126 V. indica
127 V. canace
128 V. antiopa
129 V. kashmirensis
130 V. l-album
131 VY. rizana
132 V. xanthomelas
133 V. ladakensis
134 V. c-album
135 Symbrenthia hypo-
clus
136 S. hypselis
137 Cyrestis thyodamas
138 C. risa
139 Kallima inachus
140 K. hugeli
141 Charaxes euda-
mippus
142 C, athamas
143 C. fabius
144 C. lunawara
145 C. hemana
146 C. hierax
LOND. 1888.—PpaRT III. (OcT.) x
286
Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Maay PENINSULA.
SIKKIM.
N.W. Himanaya.
220 Libythea myrrha
221 Zemeros albipunc-
tata
222 Z. emesoides
223 Simiskina fulgens
224 Stiboges nymphidia
225 Abisara savitri
226 A. neophron
227 A. kausambi
228 A. haquinus
229 A. thuisto
230 A. tanita
231 A. telesia
232 A, damajanti
233 Poritia sumatre
234 P. phraatica
235 P. pharyge
236 P. pleurata
237 P. phalena
238 P. pheretia
239 P. pediada
240 P. potina
241 Curetis malayica
242 C. esopus
243 C. felderi
244 C. insularis
245 C. sperthis
246 Loxura atymnus
247 L. cassiopeia
248 — marciana
249 Liphyra brassolis
250 Gerydus symethus
251 G. biggsii
252 Paragerydus hors-
feldi
253 P. nivalis
254 Allotinus unicolor
255 A. alkamah
LEMONIIDA.
LYBITHHIN A.
211 Libythea myrrha
212 L. lepita
NEMEOBIINA.
213 Zemeros flegyas
214 Dodona diprea
215 D. eugenes
216 D. ouida
217 D. egeon
218 D. adonira
219 Abisara fylla
220 A. neophron
221 A. chela
LYCANIDA.
222 Poritia hewitsoni
223 Curetis thetys
? 224 C. bulis
225 Loxura atymnus
226 L. tripunctata
227 Liphyra brassolis
228 Gerydus drumila
229 Allotinus multi-
strigatus
230 Miletus boisduvalli-
147 Libythea myrrha
148 L. lepita
149 Dodona dipxa
150 D. eugenes
151 D. durga
152 D. ouida
153 Abisara fylla
154 A. suffusa
155 Poritia hewitsoni
156 Curetis thetys
157 C. bulis
158 Allotinus multi-
strigatus
Lepidoptera of Sikkim.
287
Matay PENINSULA.
SIKKIM.
N.W. Himaraya.
LYCZNIDH®—continued.
256 Neopithecops hors-
feldi
257 Megisba thwaitesi
258 Cyaniris lambi
259 C. haraldus
260 C. placida
261 C. sp.
262 C. jynteana
263 Zizera lyzizone
264 Z. pygmea
265 Z. karsandra
266 Z. ? usta
267 Lycena, beetica
268 L. parrhasius
269 Jamides bochus
270 Lampides optimus
271 L. abdul
272 L. kankena
273 L. ewlianus
274 L. elpis
275 Catochrysops strabo
276 C. enejus
277 C. pandava
278 Castalius ethion
279 C. elna
280 C. roxus
231 Neopithecops zal-
mora
232 N. hamada
233 Megisba malaya
(thwaitesi)
234 Spalgis epius
235 Cyaniris puspa
236 C. marginata
237 C. alboceruleus
238 C. transpectus
239 C. placida
240 C. dilectus
241 C. jynteana
242 Zizera putli
243 Z. sangra
244 Lycwna maha
245 L. theophrastus
246 L. plinius
247 L. beetica
248 L. pheretes v. asi-
atica
249 L. parrhasius
250 Jamides bochus
251 Chilades laius
252 C. pontis
253 Lampides eelianus
254 L. elpis
255 Catochrysops strabo
256 C. enejus
257 C. pandava
258 Castalius decidéea
259 C. interruptus
260 C. ananda
261 C. roxus
159 Neopithecops zal-
mora
160 Megisba thwaitesi
161 Cyaniris puspa
162 C. marginata
163 C. albocweruleus
164 C. dileetus
165 C. celestina
166 C. hugeli
167 C. vardhana
168 Zizera putli
169 Z. pygmea
170 Z. karsandra
171 Z. sangra
172 Lycwna maha
173 L. theophrastus
174 L. alteratus
175 L. plinius
176 L. galatea
177 L. omphisa
178 L. beetica
179 L.astrarche (nazira)
180 L. ariana
181 L. pseuderos
182 L. dipora
183 L. baton (vicrama)
184 L. ellisi
185 Chilades laius
186 Lampides elianus
187 Catochrysopsstrabo
188 C. enejus
189 C. pandava
190 Azanus ubaldus
191 A. gamra
x 2
288
Matay PENINSULA.
SIKKIM.
Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
N.W. Himanaya.
LYCANIDH—continued.
281 Castalius rosimon
282 Nacaduba beroé
283 N. macropthalma
284 N. aluta
285 N. kerriana
286 N. almora?
287 N. viola
288 N. sp.
289 Lycienesthes ben-
galensis
290 L. lycwnina
291 L. tessellata
292 Catapxcilma ele-
gans
293 C. ? bubases
294 Horaga halba
295 Deramas livens
296 Aphneus syama
297 Tajuria longinus
298 T. mantra
299 T. relata
300 TL. travana
301 Bindahara phocides
302 Drupadia moorei
303 Biduanda thesmia
304 B. lapithis
305 Semanga superba
306 Sithon nedymond
307 S. chitra
308 Dacalana vidura
309 Jacoona anasuja
310 Cheritra freja
311 Neocheritra amrita
312 N. gama
313 Sinthusa amba
314 8S. amata
315 Neomyrina hye-
malis
262 Castalius rosimon
263 Nacaduba ardates
264 N. macropthalma
265 N. atrata
266 N. bhutea
267 N. dana
268 N. viola
269 Lycenesthes ben-
galensis
270 L. lycambes
271 L. eymbia
272 Catapecilma ele-
gans
273 C. delicatum
274 Horaga onyx
275 H. viola
276 H. sikkima
277 Aphneus hima-
layensis
278 A. elima
279 A. syama
280 Tajuria longinus:
281 T. dizus
282 T. albiplaga
283 T. melastigma
284 T. istroidea
285 Bindahara phocides
286 Iolaus illurgis
287 I. maculatus
288 I. cotys
289 Sithon jangala
290 S. jalindra
291 8. mandarinus
292 Camena ctesia
293 Cheritra freja
294 C. acte
295 Cheritrella trunci-
pennis
296 Myrina symira
297 M. cyara
298 M. melisa
299 M. fabronia
300 Hypolyeena kina
301 H. othona
192 Castalius rosimon
193 Nacaduba ardates
194 N. dana
195 N. celestis
196 Polyommatus
phleas
197 P. pavana
198 P. kasyapa
199 Horaga onyx
200 H. viola
201 Aphneus hima-
layensis
202 A. vuleanus
203 A. elima
204 Tajuria longinus
205 Remelana yajna
206 Cheritra freja
207 C. acte
208 Myrina milionia
209 Hypolycena kina
210 H. othona
Lepidoptera of Sikkim.
Matay PENINSULA.
SIKKIM.
289
N.W. Himataya.
LYCANIDH—continued.
316 Purlisa gigantea
317 Hypolycena tharis
318 H. thecloides
319 H. erylus
320 H. etolus
321 Rapala amisena
322 Deudorix sequeira
323 D. utimutis
324 D. jarbas
325 D. domitia
326 D. epijarbas
327 D. barthema
328 D. xenophon
329 Iraota boswelliana
330 I. nila
331 Amblypodia narada
332 A.
333 A.
334 A.
335 A.
336 A.
337 A.
338 A.
339 A.
340 A.
341 A.
agnis
anthelus
maxwelli
centaurus
farquhari
adatha
atosia
antimuta
aroa
metamuta
342 A.
343 A.
344 A,
345 A.
346 A.
amphimuta
kurzi
ameria
anniella
lycenaria
302 Hypolycena virgo
303 H. chandrana
304 H. nasaka
305 H. erylus
306 H. etolus
307 Rapala orseis
308 R. schistacea,
309 R. distorta
310 Deudorix jarbas
311 D. nissa
312 D. epijarbas
313 D. petosiris
314 D. amyntor
315 Virachola perse
316 Iraota timoleon
317 I. meeeenas
318 Pratapa bhotea
319 Ilerda epicles
320 I. androcles
321 I. brahma
322 I. moorei
323 Thecla duma
324 T. syla
325 Amblypodia
camdeo
326 A. amantes
327 A. eumolphus
328 A.
329 A.
330 A.
331 A.
332 A.
centaurus
asoka
adriana
areste
molleri
333 A. fulgida
334 A. bazalus or
bupola
335 A. abseus
336 A, enea
337 A. singla
338 A. teesta
339 A. atrax
340 A. quercetorum
211 Hypolycena chan-
drana
212 H. nasaka
213 Rapala grisea
214 R. schistacea
215 Deudorix jarbas
216 D. nissa
217 D. epijarbas
218 D. melampus
219 Hydsura selira
220 Virachola isocrates
221 Iraota timoleon
222 I. mecenas
223 Pratapa deva
224 Tlerda androcles
225 I. tamu
226 I. oda
227 I. brahma
228 I. sena
229 I. moorei
230 Thecla syla
231 T. ataxus
232 T. birupa
233 T. icana
234 T. mandara
235 T. deria (sassanides)
236 T. odata
237 Amblypodia quer-
cetorum
290
Manay Prenrinsvua.
347 Amblypodia
buxtoni
348 A. vihara
349 A. inornata
350 A. achelous
351 A. ammon
352 Panchala diardi
353 P. singapura
354 P. apidanus
355 P. morphina
356 P. trogon
357 Pontia xiphia
358 Delias dione
359 D. parthenope
360 D. pyramus
361 D. deseombesi
362 D. ninus
363 D. hyparete
364 D. singapura
365 D. orphne
366 Prioneris clemanthe
367 Catopsilia seylla
368 C. chryseis
369 C. catilla
370 C. crocale
371 Udaiana cynis
372 Terias hecabe
373 1. tilaha
374 T. harina
375 Dereas gobrias
SIKKIM.
Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
N.W. Himataya.
LYCHNIDM—continued.
341 A. rama
342 A. perimuta
343 A. paramuta
344 A. paraganeesa
PAPILIONID.4.
PIERINA.
345 Pontia xiphea
346 Delias pasithoe
347 D. pyramus
348 D. eucharis
349 D. descombesi
350 D. hierte
351 D. agostina
352 D. belladonna
238 A. rama
239 A. dodonrea
240 A. ganeesa
241 Delias eucharis
242 D. belladonna
353 Prioneris thestylis 243 D. v.? sanaca
354 P. clemanthe
355 Catopsilia pyranthe 244 Catopsilia pyranthe
356 C. gnoma
357 C. catilla
358 C. crocale
359 Terias hecabe
360 T. rubella
361 T. leta
362 T. harina
363 T. venata
365 Dereas verhueli
366 D. wallichii
364 Colias Fieldii
367 Pieris agathon
368 P. Dubernardi
369 P. canidia
370 P. brassicce
371 P. melete
372 P. mesentina
373 Appias phryne
245 C. philippina
246 C. catilla
247 C. crocale
248 Terias hecabe
249 T. drona
250 T. leta
251 Gonepteryx nepal-
ensis
252 G. zaneeka
253 Colias Fieldii
254 C. hyale
255 C. eogene
256 Pieris agathon
257 P. phryxe
258 P. soracta
259 P. nabellica
260 P. canidia
261 P. brassicve
262 P. melete
263 P. mesentina
264 P. callidice
265 P. daplidice
266 Appias phryne
Lepidoptera of Sikkim.
291
Manay Peninsuta.
376 Appias hippo
377 A. enarete
378 A. leis
379 A. cardena
380 A. leptis v. plana
381 A. amalia
382 A. andersoni
383 A. nero
384 A. lagela
385 Saletara pandia
386 S. nathalia
387 Ixias birdi
388 Hebomoia glau-
cippe
389 Eronia lutescens
390 E. hippia
391 Ornithoptera
rhadamanthus
392 O. pompeus (rufi-
collis)
393 O. hephestus
394 O. brookeana
395 Papilio varuna
396 P. erebus
397 P. neptunus
398 P. doubledayi
399 P. aristolochie
400 P. brama
401 P. androgeus
402 P. helenus
403 P. iswara
404 P. prexaspes
405 P. polytes
406 P. nephelus
407 P. erithonius
408 P. butleri
SIKKIM.
PIERIN 41—continued.
374 A. nerissa
375 A. nama
376 A. paulina
377 A. hippoides
378 A. nero
379 A. lalage
380 Tachyris indra
381 Ixias evippe
382 Hebomoia glau-
cippe
383 Eronia avatar
384 E. hippia
PAPILIONIN.
385 Teinopalpus im-
perialis
386 Ornithoptera
rhadamanthus
387 O. pompeus
388 Papilio astorion
389 P. aidoneus
390 P. ravana
391 P. plutonius
392 P. Latreillei
393 P. dasarada
394 P. philoxenus
395 P. janaka
396 P. aristolochie
397 P. paris
398 P. krishna
399 P. arcturus
400 P. ganeesa
401 P. androgeus
402 P. protenor
403 P. rhetenor
404 P. helenus
405 P. chaon
406 P. polytes
407 P. erithonius
N.W. Himataya.
267 A. nerissa
268 Anthocharis belia
(venosa)
269 Ixias evippe
270 I. marianne
271 Eronia hippia
272 Papilio ravana
273 P. philoxenus
274 P. aristolochiz
275 P. paris
276 P. polyctor
277 P. arcturus
278 P. protenor
279 P. helenus
280 P. polytes
281 P. erithonius
292 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Matay PENINSULA. SIKKIM. ~N.W. Himataya.
PAPILIONIN—continued.
409 P.caunus v. egialus 408 P. slateri
410 P. sycorax 409 P. polymnestor
411 P. clytia 410 P. clytia 282 P. clytia
412 P. panope 411 P. panope 283 P. panope
413 P. megarus 412 P. megarus
414 P. leucothoe 413 P. xenocles
415 P. delesserti 414 P. macareus
415 P. agestor 284 P. agestor
416 P. demolion 416 P. epycides 285 P. govindra
417 P. glycirion
418 P. paphus
417 P. agetes 419 P. agetes
418 P. antiphates 420 P. antiphates
419 P. anticrates var. 421 P. anticrates
422 P. cloanthus 286 P. cloanthus
420 P. sarpedon 423 P. sarpedon 287 P. sarpedon
424 P. eurypilus 288 P. eurypilus
421 P. evemon
422 P, telephus
423 P. bathycles 425 P. bathycles
424 P, agamemnon 426 P. agamemnon 289 P. agamemnon
427 P. gyas
425 Leptocireus 428 P. machaon 290 P. machaon
meges 429 P. castor
426 L. curius
PARNASSIINZ.
430 Parnassius hard- 291 Parnassius hard-
wickei wickei
431 P. Jacquemonti 292 P. Jacquemonti
432 P. acco 293 P. acco
294 P. charltonius
295 P. actius vy. Hima-
layensis
296 P. Stoliczkanus
HESPERIDA.
427 Unkana batara 433 Badamia exclama-
428 U. elia tionis
429 U. attina
434 Choaspes benjamini 297 -Choaspes benjamini
430 Lotongus calathus 435 C. gomata
431 L. maculatus
432 Choaspes harisa 436 C. harisa
433 C. crawfurdi 437 C. vasutana
434 C. chuza 438 C. amara
435 C. malayana 439 C. annadi
440 Ismene edipodea 298 Ismene edipodea
436 Paduka glandulosa 441 I. jama
437 Pirdana hyela 442 Pirdana Rudolphei
438 Hasora badra 443 Hasora badra
439 H. vitta 444 H. chromus
Lepidoptera of Sikkim.
293
Matay PENINSULA.
SIKKIM. N.W. Himataya.
HESPERIDA—continued.
440 Zea mytheca
441 Matapa aria
442 Pithauria murdava
443 Baoris? insignis
444 B. oceia
445 Chapra mathias
446 Parnara moolata
447 P. narooa
448 P, ? chaya
449 Telicota bambusz
450 T. augias
451 T. goloides
452 T. mexsoides
453 T. maro
454 T. nigrolimbata
455 Isma obscura
456 I. bononia
457 I. ? homolea
445 Bibasis sena
446 Matapa aria
447 M. shalgrama
448 M. sasivarna
449 M. druna
450 Capila jayadeva
451 Pizzola zennara
452 Pithauria murdava
453 P. stramineipennis
454 Baoris oceia
455 Chapra mathias
456 C, prominens
457 Parnara guttatus
299 Chapra mathias
300 C. prominens
458 P. colaca 301 C. karsana
459 P. beavani 302 Parnara beavani
460 P. agssamensis 303 P. assamensis
461 P. pagana
462 P. plebeia
463 P. austeni
464 P. tulsi
465 P. toona 304 P. toona
466 P. eltola 305 P. eltola
467 Suastus gremius
468 S. swerga
iensis
469 S. aditus 308 Spilothyrus alcesz
470 Sarangesa dasahara 309 Sarangesa dasahara
471 Telicota bambusze 310 Telicota bambusz
472 T. augias
473 T. dara
306 Suastus gremius
307 Syricthus kashmir-
31 Ts dara
312 T. mesoides
313 T. maro
314 Pamphila dimila
(? comma)
315 P. brama
316 Thanaos stigmata
474 T. mesoides
475 Pamphila ? avanti
476 Cupitha purrea
477 Thanaos stigmata
478 T. kali
479 T. jhora
480 Cyclopides sub- 317 Cyclopides sub-
vittatus . vittatus
481 Halpe sikkima
482 H. separata
483 H. kumara
484 H. gupta
485 H. cerata
486 H. zema
487 H. dolopia
488 Taractoceramevius 319 Taractocera meyius
(sagara)
318 Halpe separata
489 Isoteinon atkinsoni
294
Matay PENINSULA.
458 Satarupa affinis
459 Tagiades atticus
460 T. gana
461 T. ravi
462 T. dealbata
463 T. lavata
464 Antigonus sura
465 A. pygela
466 Casyapa phaneus
467 Erionota thrax
468 Gangara thyrsis
469 Hidari irava
470 H. sybirita
471 H. staadingeri
472 Plastingia calli-
neura
473 P. hieroglyphica
474 Hyarotis adrastus
475 Coladenia dan
476 C. trichoneura var.
477 Udaspes folus
478 Plesioneura alysos
479 P. asmara
480 P. pinwilli
481 P. ? anthea
482 Kerana armata
483 K. gemmifer
484 K. aurivittata
485 Astictopterus
diocles
486 A. ? harmachis
487 A. jama
488 A. salsala
489 A. xanites
490 A. sindu
SIKKIM,
490 I. masuriensis
491 I. satwa
492 I. cephala
493 I. pandita
494 I. flavipennis
495 I. flavalum
496 Satarupa gopala
497 S. sambara
498 S. bhagava
499 §. phisara
500 S. narada
501 Tagiades atticus
502 T. gana
503 Pterygospidea
syricthus
504 Antigonus sura
505 A. vasava
506 Darpa hanria
507 Erionota thrax
508 Gangara thyrsis
509 G. acroleuca
510 Chaticneme Lid-
derdali
511 Plastingia noemi
512 Hyarotis adrastus
513 Coladenia dan
514 C. indrani
515 C. tissa
516 C. pralaya
517 Udaspes folus
518 Plesioneura alysos
519 P. dhanada
520 P. nigricans
521 P. badia
522 P. leucocireca
523 P. chamunda
524 P. agni
525 P. pulomaya
526 P. sumitra
527 Astictopterus
diocles
528 A. Butleri
529 A. salsala
530 Barachus sp.
Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
N.W. Himaaya.
HESPERIDA—continued.
820 Isoteinon masuri-
ensis
I. satwa
321 Lobocla kasyapa
322 Satarupa sambara
323 Tagiades atticus
324 Antigonus sura
325 A. saraya
326 Hyarotis adrastus
327 Coladenia dan
(fatih)
328 Udaspes folus
329 Plesioneura alysos
330 P. dhanada
331 P. leucocirca
332 P. pulomaya
333 P. sumitra
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 295
In studying this list it must be remembered that
Sikkim, though it seems to have the greatest number of
species, is but a very small area as compared to those
from which the other two lists are taken. It is, how-
ever, much better explored than the Malay Peninsula,
which doubtless contains many more species than those
here enumerated, even when allowance is made for the
reduction which would take place in the number if
Mr. Distant’s views as to specific variation were the
same as my own.
Though the number of species in the North-west
Himalaya seems small by comparison, yet Ido not think
that any one locality of the same area as Sikkim would
give more than two-thirds of the number here included ;
and many of the tropical species included on Mr.
Doherty’s authority extend very little, if any, further
west than Kumaon. In fact, it is clear that Sikkim is
at least twice as productive in the variety of its butter-
flies than any place in the North-west Himalaya, and
probably very much richer than any one locality in the
Malay Peninsula. As the neighbourhood of Calcutta,
which is, perhaps, better worked than any other place
in the plains of Bengal, only affords about 160 species
of butterflies (cf. de Nicéville in J. A.8.B., 1885), itis
evident how important an influence a large extent of
virgin forest has on the variety of Lepidoptera found in
a tropical country.
It is not possible to analyse the distribution of the
genera found in Sikkim very exactly, as some of them,
especially among the Lycenide, are recently proposed,
and are here adopted with some doubt; and I have been
obliged to exclude the Hesperide entirely, on account of
our ignorance of their classification, and their more
cosmopolitan distribution ; but I think the following
results are sufficiently accurate for my purpose. I find,
omitting the Hesperide, 121 genera, of which—
33, or about 27 per. cent., are of more or less cosmo-
politan distribution in the Old World, though
most of them confined to the tropics. :
51, or about 42 per cent., are characteristic of and
nearly peculiar to the Indo-Malay subregion, some
of them extending, however, to the Austro-Malay
subregion.
296 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
12, or about 10 per cent., are peculiar to the Himalayas
and Indo-Malay subregion.
5, or about 4 per cent., are characteristic of the Hima-
layo-Chinese subregion, though one of them—
Lethe—extends to Malayana.
12, or about 10 per cent., are peculiar to the Hima-
layas, some extending, however, to the mountains
of Assam and Tenasserim and K. Tibet.
6, or about 5 per cent., are peculiar to or characteristic
of the Palearctic region.
2 are apparently confined to the Indian subregion.
Of the genera which I consider specially characteristic
of Sikkim are as follows :—
Anadebis.confined to Eastern Himalaya.
Zophoessa extends to Tenasserim.
Orinoma extends to Assam.
Raphicera extends to E. Tibet.
Cyllogenes extends to Bhutan.
Neurosigma extends to Assam.
Abrota confined to Sikkim.
Dodona extends to Tenasserim.
Camena extends to Khasia.
Ilerda extends to Java, Borneo, and E. Tibet.
Teinopalpus confined to Sikkim, and probably West
Bhutan.
We have also three monotypic genera of Hesperide
which at present have only been taken in Sikkim, viz. :—
Capila jayadeva.
Pizzola zennara.
Dharpa hanria.
The genera which I find represented in largest numbers
in Sikkim, and which are most abundant in species also,
are the following :—
Lethe, with 23 species, a genus well-represented
nowhere but in Himalaya.
Zophoessa, with 9 species; only one or two known
elsewhere.
Neptis, with 17 species ; very numerous in the Indo-
Malay countries.
Euthalia, with 15 species.
Charaxes, with 10 species.
Amblypodia, with 21 species.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim.
Papilio, with 42 species.
Parnara, with 10 species.
Halpe, with 7 species.
297
When we come to examine the list of species, I find
that there are:—Common to the three lists about 63;
common to Sikkim and Malayana, 120; common to
Sikkim and the North-west Himalaya, 220.
Species hitherto only found in Sikkim about 70, of
which many no doubt occur in Nepal and Bhutan, and
possibly in the Khasia Hills.
It is sometimes as important to compare the genera
which are absent as well as those which are present in
a fauna, and with this object I have drawn up the
following list :—
Genera and Number of Species in Genus.
Genera occurring in Occurring in Malay In Sikkim, but notin In North-west Him-
Sikkim, but not in
Malay Peninsula,
Anadebis, 1
Zophoessa, 9
Neope, 2
Orinoma, 1
Raphicera, 2
Satyrus, 4
Gneis, 1
Callerebia, 1
HMnispe, 2
Stictopthalma, 2
Pareba, 1
Telchinia, 1
Melitza, 1
Helcyra, 1
Sephisa, 1
Apatura, 5
Herona, 1
Stibochiona, 1
Argynnis, 6
Dichorragia, 1
Calinaga, 1
Dodona, 5
Spalgis, 1
Tolaus, 3
Camena, 1
Viraehola, 1
Pratapa, 1
Tlerda, 4
Thecla, 2
Colias, 1
Pieris, 6
Tachyris, 1
Teinopalpus, 1
Peninsula, but not
Sikkim.
Hestia, 3
Ideopsis, 1
Cezlites, 2
Erites, 1
Ragadia, 1
Zeuxidia, 3
Temaris, 1
Xanthotenia, 1
Rhinopalpa, 2
Prothoe, 3
Tanecia, 8
Parthenos, 1
Terinos, 2
Simiskina, 1
North-west Hima-
laya.
Anadebis, 1
Discophora, 3
Enispe, 2
Thaumantis, I
Stictopthalma, 2
Clerome, lL
Ergolis, 2
Cethosia, 2
Cynthia, 2
Helcyra, 1
Herona, 1
Cirrochroa, 2
Lebadea, 1
Doleschallia, 1
Stiboges, 1 (found Zemeros, 1
in Bhutan)
Paragerydus, 2
Deramas, 1
Drupadia, 1
Biduanda, 2
Semanga, 1
Neocheritra, 2
Sinthusa, 2
Neomyrina, 1
Purlisa, 1
Jacoona, 1
Panchala, 5
Udaiana, 1
Saletara, 2
Leptocircus, 2
Unkana, 3
Lotongus, 2
Paduka, 1
Loxura, 1
Gerydus, 1
Liphyra, 1
Spalgis, 1
Jamides, 1
Lycenesthes, 3
Bindahara, 1
Camena, 1
Cheritrella, 1
Sithon, 3
Iolaus, 3
Pontia, 1
Prioneris, 2
Dercas, 2
Hebomoia, 1
Teinopalpus, 1
Ornithoptera, 2
Pirdana, 1
alaya, but not in
Sikkim.
Pararge, 3
Epinephele, ¢
Erebia, 2 ;
Dilipa, 1
Azanus, 2
Polyommatus, 3
Remelana, 1
Hydsura, 1
Gonepteryx, 2
Anthocharis, 1
Syricthus, 1
Spilothyrus, 1
Lobocla, 1
13 genera contain-
ing 23 species.
298 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Genera occurring in Occurring in Malay In Sikkim, but notin In North-west Him-
Sikkim, but not in Peninsula, but not North-west Hima- alaya, but not in
Malay Peninsula. Sikkim. laya. Sikkim.
Parnassius, 3 Zea, 1 Hasora, 2
? Badamia, 1 Isma, 3 Bibasis, 1
Bibasis, 1 (? Halpe in part) Matapa, 4
Capila, 1 Hidari, 3 Capila, 1
Pizzola, 1 Casyapa, 1 Pizzola, 1
Suastus, 3 Kerana, 1 Pithauria, 2
Sarangesa, 1 — Baoris, 1
Pamphila ?, 2 37 genera contain- Pterygospidea, 1
Thanaos, 3 ing 70 species. Astictopterus, 1
Cyclopides, 1 Barachus, 1
Halpe, 7 a
Taractocera, 1 43 genera contain-
Isoteinon, 7 ing 65 species.
Dharpa, 1
Chaticneme, 1
Barachus, 1
49 genera contain-
ing 107 species.
This list proves very conclusively how great is the
richness of the Sikkim butterfly fauna as compared with
that of the adjoining countries, for we find both in the
case of the Malay Peninsula and the North-west Hima-
laya that the number of genera and species found in
Sikkim, but wanting in these countries, is much greater
than the number which they possess, but which are
wanting in Sikkim.
On the whole we may say that there is probably no
place of so small an area in the Old World, and probably
very few in the New, which can rival Sikkim in the
variety and interest of its Rhopalocera, and probably
this will apply to the Heterocera also.
In the following catalogue I have endeavoured to
avoid all unnecessary references, believing that these
are out of place, except in a systematic work. I have
cited Marshall and de Nicéville’s ‘ Butterflies of India’
shortly as ‘‘ Butt. Ind.,” the ‘Proceedings’ of the Zoolo-
gical Society as ‘‘P.Z.§.,” the ‘Journal’ of the Asiatic
Society of Bengal as ‘‘J.A.S.B.,” with the year of
publication, but not the number of the volume.
With regard to the species described by old authors,
such as Linneus, Cramer, Fabricius, &c., I believe that
it is now often impossible to be certain as to the origin
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 299
of the specimens they described and figured, and where,
as frequently happens in the commoner and wider-
ranging species, local varieties have been specifically
separated from the supposed typical form, confusion and
inaccuracy must often result from an attempt to restrict
the old name to one or other of them. Fixity and
uniformity of nomenclature is in my opinion more
important than an extreme regard for priority, which
cannot always be ascertained with certainty. I care but
little what name is used for a species so long as every
one uses the same name for the same thing, and have,
therefore, in one or two cases refused to follow changes
in nomenclature proposed by other writers.
NYMPHALID.
DANAINA.
1. Danais melanoides.
Parantica melanoides, Moore, P.Z.8., 1883, p. 247.
Danais aglea (part) auctorum, Butt. Ind., 1, p. 38,
t. vi., 7, ¢ 2 (1882).
Common in the Terai and up to 5—6000 ft. from
March to December. If Moore is right, as I believe he
is, in identifymg Cramer’s D. aglea with the South
Indian species known as ceylonica, Feld., the Himalayan
form, which extends to Tenasserim and Formosa, must
bear the name of melanoides.
2. Danais tytia.
Danais tytia, Gray, Lep. Nep., p. 9, t. ix., 2 (1846) ;
Butt. Ind. i., p. 42.
D. sita, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 424, t. vi. (1848).
Occurs from the lowest valleys up to 8—9000 ft., but
most abundant at 2—38000 ft. between March and
December. It was not so common in 1886 in Sikkim as
in the Khasias, where it is abundant on the plateau, but
according to de Niceville it is much more numerous in
some seasons than others.
300 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
3. Danais melaneus.
Papilio melaneus, Cram., Pap. Ex., t. xxx., p (1775).
Danais melaneus, Butt. Ind., i., p. 48, t. v., 5, d 2.
Common in the low valleys and found up to about
6000 ft. from March to December.
4, Danais limniace.
Papilio limniace, Cram., Pap. Ex., i., t. lix., D, E (1775).
Danais limniace, Butt. Ind., i., p. 47.
Not common in Sikkim, but occurs in the Terai and
lowest valleys.
5. Danais septentrionis.
Danais septentrionis, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xi., p. 163
(1874); Butt. Ind., i., p. 48.
Commoner than the last, and occurs up to about
5000 ft. from April to December.
6. Danais chrysippus.
Papilio chrysippus, Linn., Mus. ee p. 263 (1764).
Danais chrysippus, Butt. Ind. chee ;
Not so common as in dryer ae but occurs up to
about 8000 ft. in most months of the year.
7. Danais genutia.
Papilio genutia, Cram., Pap. Ex., t. cevi., c, D (1779).
Danais genutia, Butt. Ind., i., p. 52.
D. plexippus, auctorum (nec Linn.).
Common up to about 5000 ft. during the whole year.
8. Euplea (Salpinx) rogenhoferi.
Euplea rogenhoferi, Feld., Reise Nov., ii., p. 325
(1865), ¢; Butt. Ind., i., p. 60.
Occurs, but not abundantly, in the hottest valleys at
1—2000 ft. from April to November.
9. Huplea (Pademma) Klugi.
Euplea Klugit, Cat. E. 1. C., p. 180, & 2 (1857);
Butt. Ind., i., p. 64.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 301
Pademma Klugi, Moore, P.Z.S., 1883, p. 305, t. xxxil.,
i oY
A very rare species, which, according to Mdller, occurs
in the hills only, while the next is confined to the Terai ;
but Iam not satisfied that he has correctly identified
the insect described and figured by Moore, which,
according to Marshall and de Nicéville, occurs in Bhotan
and the Assam hills, but of which I have seen no
example from Sikkim.
10. Euplea (Pademma) Kollari.
Kuplea Kollari, Feld., Reise Nov., ii., p. 325 3 (1867).
Pademma Kollari, Moore, P.Z.S., 1883, p. 309, t. xxix.,
fie ..9.5 3.
Euplea sinhala, Butt. Ind., p. 66, t. vii., 12, 3 2
(1882).
This species, which is not uncommon at Calcutta,
occurs, but not commonly, in the Terai, and I have a
specimen which I believe to be from the Tista Valley
agreeing with Calcutta examples.
11. Huplea (Danisepa) rhadamanthus.
Papilio Rhadamanthus, Fab., Ent. Syst., ii, p. 42
(1783).
Euplea (Salpinx) rhadamanthus, Butt. Ind., p. 69,
i. Vit., Ll peeks
A common species here as elsewhere up to about
3000 ft. from April to December.
12. Huplea (Trepsichrois) midamus.
Papilio midamus (part), Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 251
(1764).
Euplea midamus, Marsh. and de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i.,
p. 74, t. viii, fig. 18, ¢ 2 (et auctorum).
Trepsichrois linnet, Moore, P.Z.8., 18838, p. 286,
faxes) PARE. Biss
Common up to 6 or 7000 ft. from April to December.
I have not followed Moore in changing the name of this
very well-known species, because there seems to be no
doubt that Linneus knew and described this insect ;
and though, in his description, he may have mixed up
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—-PaRT III. (0CT.) Y
302 My. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
another well-known species from South China with the
form to which Moore now restricts the name midamus,
yet I doubt whether any one but Mr. Moore would distin-
guish his supposed H. midamus, Linn., from E. superba,
Herbst., which, in his monograph of the genus, he cuts
up into three or four species. Unless we are prepared
to recognise these as distinct, we should, though in
doubt as to which of them Linnzus intended to describe,
then have to change two well-known names, and bring
confusion into what was previously clear.
13. Euplea core.
Papilio core, Cram., Pap. Ex., t. cexxvi., B, F (1780).
Euplea core, Butt. Ind., i., p. 80, t. ix., 16, f 2.
Crastia core, Moore, P.Z.§., 1888, p. 277, t. xxix.,
fig;'8, o
Fairly common at low levels during the whole year.
14. Euplea deione.
Euplea deione, West., Cat. Or. Ent., p. 76, t. xxx., Vil.,
3 (1848), ¢; Butt. Ind.,i., p. 88.
E. poeyi, Feld., Reise Nov., i1., p. 840 (1867), 2.
Not a very rare insect in the low valleys from May to
October, but the female is seldom taken.
15. Huplea alcathoe.
Euplea aleathoe, Godt., Ene. Meth., ix., p. 178 (1819);
Butt. Ind., 1., p. 86, t. ix., fig. 17, 3 9.
Said by de Nicéville to occur not uncommonly in
Sikkim and Sylhet, but I have seen no specimens from
Sikkim.
16. Huplea (Stictoplea) hopet.
Euplea hopei, Feld., Reise Nov., i1., p. 328 (1865) ;
Butt. Ind., 1., p. 92, t. 1x., 18,-3 °2-.
E. binotata, Butl., J. L. §., Zool., xiv., p. 802 (1878) ;
Butt. Ind., 1., p. 93.
Stictoplea binotata, Moore, P.Z.8., 1883, p. 319,
ts RRe,, dhe. Ai
Found not uncommonly up to about 8000 ft. from
April to October. I am convinced that the supposed
differences between hopei and binotata, relied on by Moore
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 308
and Butler, are not constant. Ina series of nine males
and three females from Sikkim, in my collection, the
supposed characters of both these, and of S. regina as
well, are shown to be inconstant, as appears to be the
case in a very large proportion of Moore’s species.
SATYRINA.
17. Anadebis himachala.
Mycalesis ? himachala, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., i., p. 234
(1857).
Anadebis himachala, But]., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1867,
Dak te di. des. Butt lnd..1-. p..99.t: xtv..3>, 2,
Not uncommon up to about 4000 ft. from April to
October.
18. Mycalesis blasius.
Papilio blaswus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Supp., p. 426 (1798).
Calysisme blasius, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1880, p. 162.
Mycalesis blasius, Butl., P. Z.8., 1867, p. 720; Butt.
Ind: \12,.p- LLd5.b. XVi., fe. Dosa
*Gen. hyemale (fide de Nicéville), perseus.
Papilio perseus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 488 (1775).
Mycalesis perseus, Butt. Ind., i., p. 120.
M. perseus et blasius, de Nicé., J. A.S. B., 1886, p. 235.
These insects, which have been proved by Mr. de
Nicéville in Calcutta to be seasonal forms of each other,
are not common in the Sikkim hills, but occur at low
elevations, and more abundantly in the Terai. I am
not able to say whether they are here confined in their
seasons of appearance to the same months as in
Calcutta, but Méller notes them both as occurring
towards the end of the rains in September and October.
19. Mycalesis medus.
Papilio medus, Fab., Syst. Ent., p. 488 (1775); Butt.
id= pe Vir.
? Gen. hyemale, Mycalesis runcka, Moore, Cat. Lep.
BH. 1.C., p.- 2384 (1857); de Nicé., Butt. Ind.,
p. 112, t. xvi., fig. 56.
* T use the word hyemale here to distinguish the dry-seasou
form, that being, thougna hot, the winter of India.
- x2
304 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
This wide-ranging species is not common in Sikkim,
but occurs in the Terai and up to 8000 ft. Medus is the
rainy season form, which oceurs from May to September,
and runeka from October to March, though, as I said in
speaking of the last species, there may be occasional
instances of either forms being taken out of season.
M. runeka seems more abundant than medus, which is
rather an insect of the plains than the hills.
20. Mycalesis mineus.
Papilio mineus, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., pt. 2, p. 768
(1767).
Mycalesis mineus, Butt. Ind., i., p. 117.
M. visala, Moore, Cat. K.1.C., 1., p. 280 (1877).
M. perseus var. visala, Butt. Ind., i., p. 121, t. xvi.,
fig. 62,3;
Calysisme indistans, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1880, p. 164.
Mycalesis perseus var. indistans, Butt. Ind., i., p. 122.
M. mineus, visala et indistans, de Nice., J.A.8.B.,
1886, p. 235.
Mr. de Nicéville’s recent experiments in breeding have
thrown some light on the seasonal forms of this difficult
species in Calcutta, but I cannot say to what extent his
conclusions are borne out in the different climate of
Sikkim. Moller, however, has little doubt that M. visala
is the dry-weather form, and finds it commonly from the
Terai up to about 5000 ft., at the end of the rains and on
to December. Muineus he takes at the same elevations
from April to September, and he does not distinguish
indistans from it at all. I hardly think that the various
broods will prove to be constantly distinguishable from
.each other, except in localities where the seasons are
better marked than in Sikkim.
21. Mycalesis anaxias.
Mycalesis anavias, Hew., Ex. Butt., iii., Myc., t. iv.,
figs. 25, 26 (1862), ¢; Butt. Ind., p. 106, t. xvii.,
fig. 54, 3g.
Not uncommon in the hot valleys up to 8000 ft. during
the greater part of the year.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 305
22. Mycalesis sanatana.
Mycalesis sanatana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C., p. 231
(1857) ; Butt. Ind., p. 108.
? Gen. ii. M. gopa, Feld., Reise Nov., iii., p. 501 (1867) ;
Butt. Ind., p. 107.
In placing M. gopa as probably the second or rainy
season brood of M. sanatana I rely on the opinion of
Messrs. de Nicéville, Méller, and Knyvett, and, though
occasional specimens of the one may be found during
part of the season of the other, all these gentlemen,
who know the species well in life, agree that sanatana is
the prevailing, if not the only, form during the months
of March, April, and May, and that gopa prevails during
the months of June to October. The observations of
Mr. de Nicéville on the seasonal forms of Mycalesis and
other genera of Satyrine in Calcutta all tend to strengthen
the belief that most of the species of Mycalesis, Yphthima,
and Melanitis have two forms differing principally in the
ocelli and markings of the under side, and he concurs
with Mr. Méller in the propriety of the arrangement
which I have adopted in this catalogue. It is quite
possible that in some cases we may be mistaken, and
that different seasonal and climatic influences may in
other localities produce different effects; but those who
disbelieve in the seasonal variation, which is well known
to exist in some European and American butterflies,
must allow that the causes which produce them are
experienced to a much greater degree in the climate of
India, which is marked by an even greater difference
between the wet and dry seasons of the year than is
found between the climate of spring and summer in
temperate countries. Both these forms occur not un-
commonly in the valleys of Sikkim up to about 8000 ft.
M. gopa has not been found except in Sikkim, according
to de Nicéville, but it is very nearly allied to, and perhaps
hardly distinct from, M. perdiccas, Hew., from Japan.
Moller has several specimens of M. sanatana with
partially-developed ocelli intermediate between it and
gopd.
306 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
23. Mycalesis suaveolens.
Mycalesis suaveolens, W. M. and de Nicé., Butt. Ind.,
p. 125; W.M. and de Nicé., J. A.S.B., 1886,
p. 349, t. xvi., fig. 1, 3.
This species, described from a single specimen taken
at Nemotha, in Cachar, occurs very locally in Sikkim.
Moller has taken it in April and May only in one place
at about 3000 ft. below Tukvar. The female is like the
male, but larger, with rather larger ocelli.
24, Mycalesis malsara.
Mycalesis malsara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 281
(1857); Butt. Ind., p. 129.
? Gen. i. hyemalis, M. rudis, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1880, p. 166.
A common species in Sikkim from the Terai up to
8000 ft. It occurs from March to November in the form
of malsara, but the form known as rudis, which Messrs.
Méller and Knyvett both think is its cold-weather brood,
is only taken in February, March, and April.
The insect described as M. Lepcha, Moore (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1880, p. 167, from Nepal), and which,
according to de Nicéville, occurs also at Mussoorie in
May at 7000 ft., is perhaps another form of this species,
but there is great difficulty in deciding, on our present
limited knowledge, how to classify the very variable
insects of the genus Mycalesis.
25. Mycalesis nicotia. (Pl. IX., fig. 5, 2).
Mycalesis nicotia, Hew., Gen. D. L., p. 394, t. Ixvi.,
fie. 4° (1858), 95 Hx. Butt: aie, Wye. tei. ies
3; Butt. Ind., p. 129.
M. Langi, de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i., p. 180.
According to Moller this is a distinct species, though
allied to M. nicotia. It has a less ocellated form, which
occurs in spring in the same localities as nicotia at
2—5000 ft., and another strongly ocellated brood which
comes out in May and August. I have figured a female
of this form taken by Moller on May 3rd. Having
examined the types of nicotia, I am inclined to think
that, even if Langit can be separated, the specimens in the
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 307
Hewitson collection include both forms, and I do not at
present see my way to distinguish them. WNicotia,
according to Méller, is rare, and occurs in the spring
months only.
26. Neorina margarite.
Lethe? margarite, Elwes, P. Z. §., 1882, p. 405, t. xxv.,
Las
Neorina margarite, Butt. Ind., p. 186.
I am as yet uncertain whether this beautiful species
occurs in Sikkim or not, as my first specimen was
brought by native collectors from some place to the
eastward of the Tista river; but Mr. Knyvett’s collectors
have lately taken others of both sexes near Buxa, in
Bhotan, and I have no doubt it occurs near to, if not
within, British Bhotan, probably at the same elevation
as N.hilda. The female does not differ except in having
a rather broader band on the fore wing.
27. Neorina hilda.
Neorina hilda, Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., p. 370, t. Ixv.,
2 (1851), 3; Butt. Ind., i., p. 184.
This lovely insect is one of those most characteristic
of the dark gloomy oak and chestnut forests of the
Eastern Himalayas, and occurs from the end of June
till September at 7—9000 ft. It flies up and down the
paths in dense forests, and settles on the ground or on
tree-trunks, when it is not so conspicuous as it is on the
wing. ‘The female is either much rarer or more seldom
seen than the male; but I once saw one flying rapidly
over the bare open top of the observatory-hill at Jella-
pahar, which is a very favourite place for the females of
many forest-loving butterflies to fly on sunny mornings
in the rainy season, and, after a stiff race with a burly
bombardier from the depot, who was a regular collector
on this spot, I netted the prize. I found the species
much commoner to the eastward in British Bhotan than
in Sikkim, which is the most western locality we know
for this species.
The numerous species of Lethe which inhabit the
dense forests of the Eastern Himalayas, and which are
very characteristic of this region, are difficult to under-
308 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
stand and discriminate without perfectly fresh speci-
mens of both sexes; but, as my collection now con-
tains very fine series of almost all of them, I will
give a résumé of their characters and distribution, which
may be useful to those who are not so well off, and
which, though much shorter than that given in the
‘ Butterflies of India,’ will, I think, be found correct :—
Group I. Males with patches of raised scales on the
fore wing above, below the median nervure.
a. Males with a conspicuous patch of hairs on the
hind wing above.
1. L. scanda. Male deep indigo-blue; female dark
brown. Sikkim, 6—9000 ft.
2. L. bhairava. Male and female dark brown, the
latter with a transverse band of white spots on
fore wing above. Sikkim, 6000 ft., and West
Bhotan.
3. L. gulnihal, de Nice. Inner margin of fore wing
concave. Bhotan.
4. L. Latiaris. Male and female pale brown, the
latter with faint fulvous band on middle of costa
and across fore wing. Sikkim, 4—5000 ft. through
Assam hills to Tenasserim.
b. With tufts of hairs on hind wing between first
and second median nervules.
5. L. minerva, Fab. (areadia, Cram.). Tenasserim ;
Sumatra; Java.
ce. With three small patches on median nervule.
6. L. tristtigmata, Elwes. Sikkim, 8—10,000 ft.
Group II. Males without sexual glands or tufts.
a. With fore wing long and narrowed at the apex;
hind wing with well-marked tail.
7. L. sinorix. Males with three white spots across
fore wing above, and rufous band on hind wing.
Sikkim (rare), through Bhotan to Upper Assam
(Sibsagor District).
8. L. kansa. Male pale brown, without white spots
or rufous band. Sikkim, 2—3000 ft., through
Assam to Tenasserim.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 309
9. L. vindhya, Feld. (alberta, Butl.), 3; ? L. purana,
Feld. (dolopes, Hew.), 2. Male and female dark
brown above, with dark transverse bands bordered
lilac below.
b. With fore wing broader and less elongate, the outer
margin more or less concave, tails less defined.
Females with transverse irregular white band on
fore wing above.
10. LZ. mekara. Male with narrow rufous band on hind
wing above. Sikkim, 2—5000 ft., to Tenasserim.
11. L. distans, Butl. Male with broad rufous band on
hind wing above. Sikkim to West Bhotan.
12. L. chandica, Moore. Male very dark brown, with
no rufous band.
c. With broad fore wing. Females with transverse
recular white band.
13. L. ewropa, Fab. Male and female paler brown ; no
white spot on costa. Sikkim Terai, all over India,
and Malayana. :
14. L. dyrta, Feld. Smaller; male with whitish spot
on costa.
d. With fore wing not concave. Females with
transverse regular white band.
15. L. hyrania, Koll. Beneath dull brown, without
lilac gloss; transverse band on fore wing below
straight. N.W. Himalaya, 9000 ft.
16. L. davidis, Ob. Transverse band on fore wing below
angled outwardly. Hast Tibet.
17. L. dinarbas, Hew. Glossed with lilac below; dis-
coidal band on fore wing beneath broader. Sikkim ;
West Bhotan.
18. L. brissandra, de Nicé. Glossed with lilac beneath ;
discoidal band narrower. West Bhotan.
e. Both sexes with a white band across the fore wing.
19. L. rohria, Fab. With white spots at apex of fore
wing above. N.W. Himalaya, through Assam
and Tenasserim to Java and China.
20. L. masoni, Elwes. White band broad, and hind
wing bordered with white. N.W. Bhotan.
310 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
21. L. episcopalis, Ob. White band narrow and fore
wing inwardly rufous beneath. East Tibet.
22. L. verma, Koll. No apical white spot. Kashmir to
Tenasserim.
Group III. Males without sexual glands or tufts. Sexes
not differing conspicuously ; of a deep glossy brown.
23. L. serbonis, Hew. Larger, without lilac lunules or
bands beneath. Sikkim, 7—9000 ft.
24, L. sidonis. Ocelliof hind wing beneath not blurred ;
deep brown above. N.W. Himalayas to Sikkim
and Khasia hills.
25. L. nicetella, de Nicé. Ocelli of hind wing not
blurred; smaller, golden brown above. Sikkim,
7—9000 ft.
96. L. siderea, Marsh. Like sidonis, but smaller
beneath; markings duller, and no transverse
bands on fore wing. Sikkim, 7—8000 ft.
27. L. nicetas, Hew. Fore wings more pointed and
narrower; ocelli of hind wing distinct above.
N.W. Himalaya to Sikkim.
28. L. maitrya, de Nicé. Ocelli blurred below, in-
distinct above; costal and apical bar in male
hardly perceptible. N.W. Himalaya to Sikkim,
9—12,000 ft.
99. L. armandia, Ober. Ocelli blurred below, distinct
above; costal and apical bars distinct. Moupin,
E. Tibet.
30. L. visrava, Moore, ¢. Sexes ? very distinct. Male
hind wing with a white marginal band. L. deliades,
Hew., 2. Female white, with rufous markings.
Sikkim ; W. Bhotan.
Besides these there are several species in Ceylon and
Southern India, and several more in China and Japan,
as well as one in the North-west Himalaya, ZL. vaivarta,
Doherty, which is very near to sidonis, and one in
Assam, L. satyavati, de Nicéville, of which the female
only is known, and which I cannot classify; but Sikkim
is evidently the metropolis of the genus, as no less than
93—or, if deliades is not the female of visrava, as I
believe, 24—species, all quite distinct from each other,
occur there, more than twice as many as are found in
any other locality.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 311
My arrangement differs in some respects from that of
Mr. de Nicéville, as I doubt whether his third group is a
natural one, and, though it is very difficult to describe
the characters by which some of the species of the
sidonis group are separated, yet I find but little variation
in any of the species except sidonis, of which the north-
western form might well be separated from that found
in the Khasia hills, if there were no intermediate links.
I never found any of the most nearly-allied forms,
such as nicetas, sidonis, nicetella, and maitrya, under
circumstances which would lead me to suppose they
interbreed : in all except the first, the females are very
seldom seen. Out of hundreds of nicetella, maitrya, and
sidonis, which I took myself, I only have one female of
each of the two first, and five of sidonis; of siderea
I never took either sex, and I think the female is
unknown, as is also the case with tristigmata.
28. Lethe scanda.
Lethe scanda, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C., i p. 218
(857), +o Butt ind. 12, ps 139.
Debis nada, Moore, l..c., p. 218, °.
Zophoessa dirphia, Druce, Cist. Ent., 1., p. 357
(1875), 2; Butt. Ind.,1., p. 168.
This species is not uncommon in the dense virgin
forest on Tendong and near Rikisum, and rarer on the
flanks of Sinchul from 6 to 8000 ft., in the months of
July and August. I have, however, taken a single
female in the end of June, but this sex is always rare,
and flies but little. Having seen the type of Z. dirphia,
I can say that it is identical with scanda. The species
has not been found except in Sikkim and British Bhotan.
29. Lethe bhairava.
Lethe bhairava, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 217
(1857), 23 Butt. Ind.,,1-,.p..139.
Debis anysis, Hew., Ex. Butt., vol. ili., Debis, t. i.,
fig. 1 (1862), 3.
A rare insect in Sikkim, which I have only taken at the
Rangbi Bridge in May, and on the flanks of Dhumsong,
in British Bhotan, at 6000 ft., in August. Modller’s
shikaris have taken it in June, and near Buxa, in Bhotan,
312 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
at 5000 ft., in June. I have seen Hewitson’s type of
anysis, which cannot be separated from bhairava, but
the insect which is placed in the British Museum as the
female of anysis, which is there kept separate from
Lhairava, is L. scanda.
30. Lethe latiaris.
Debis latiaris, Hew., Ex. Butt., vol. iii , Debis, t.1.,
fig. 4 (1862), 2.
Lethe latiaris, Butl., Cat. B. M., Satyride, p. 117
(1868) ; Butt. Ind., i., p. 140.
A rare or local species in Sikkim, but, according to
Moller, found in April and May, and again in October,
at 2—5000 ft. on the Tukvar spur. My shikaris brought
a single female from the interior in 1883, which must,
I think, have been taken ata higher elevation. The
male has a conspicuous patch of hairs on the centre of
the hind wing.
31. Lethe sinorix.
Debis sinorix, Hew., Ex. Butt., vol. iii., Debis, t. iii.,
figs. 19, 20 (1863), 3.
Lethe sinorix, Butt. Ind., p. 144.
This must be a very rare species in Sikkim, as I have
only one old specimen from Wilson’s collection, and
Moller has only one, which differs from Bhotan speci-
mens in wanting the rufous margin of the hind wing.
It occurs, however, more commonly near Buxa, where
Mr. Knyvyett’s collectors have taken both sexes in July
and August. The female, which is undescribed, differs
from the male in having a transverse band showing
through on the fore wing above. It is also paler in
colour than the male. I took it at Cherra Punji in the
Khasia hills, in September.
82. Lethe Kansa.
Debis Kansa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C., p. 220 (1857).
Lethe Kansa, Butt. Ind., p. 145.
A fairly common species at 2—4000 ft., and taken up
to 9000 ft. between April and October. Moore’s descrip-
tion of this species is bad and can hardly be recognised,
but I have seen the type. De Nicéville’s description of
both sexes is good, but a figure is wanted.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 313
33. Lethe vindhya.
Delis vindhya, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vol. iii., p. 402
(1859), 3.
Lethe vindhya, Butt. Ind., i., p. 146.
L. alberta, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1871, p. 283 ; Lep.
Iix., p. 87, t. xxxiii., fig. 5 (1872), ¢ ; Butt. Ind.,i.,
p- 147.
’ Debis purana, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vol. iii.,
p- 401 (1859), ? @.
Lethe purana, Feld., Butt. Ind.,i., p. 146.
LL. dolopes, Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., ix., p. 85 (1872), 2;
Butt. Ind., i., p. 147.
I have little doubt that the four names quoted above
are all synonymous of one species, though, without
seeing Felder’s type, it is impossible to be certain. At
any rate, we have only one species in Sikkim which can
be made to fit any of them, and I have compared this
with the types of alberta and dolopes in the British
Museum. It is very rare in Sikkim and in Bhotan and
in the Khasia hills. Myr. Gammie took a single female
close to his house at 3800 ft. in the month of August ;
Messrs. Knyvett and Méller’s native collectors took two
or three specimens near Buxa, in Bhotan; and I took a
single male myself near Cherra Punji in the Khasia
hills, at the end of September, at about 2500 ft.
34. Lethe mekara.
Debis mekara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1. C., p. 219 (1857);
Butt. Ind., p. 148, t. xi., fig. 24, d 2.
A common species in the low valleys, and up to 5000 ft.,
from March to November. It frequents bamboos, and
when disturbed flies into the thick foliage, where it
settles on a bamboo-stem with closed wings, and is
difficult to see. Like several of its congeners, it prefers
shady to sunny places,
85. Lethe distans.
Lethe distans, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870,
p. 485.5 ep. Ex., p, 87, t..xemin, dig. 4, God,
7 2 (1872).
I know nothing of this species in Sikkim, but two
314 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
specimens in the British Museum, said to be from
Darjeeling, differ from mekara in haying a broader and
more rufous band on the margin of hind wing above, and
the male has five ocelli, whilst five male specimens of
mekara in my collection only have four. The markings
of the under side also are more irregular, as in L.
chandica, to which this species is perhaps more nearly
allied. The figures in ‘ Lepidoptera Exotica’ are not
well coloured. There are two females in Moore’s col-
lection which come nearer to mekara, and Mr. Knyvett
has procured a pair from Buxa.
86. Lethe chandica.
Debis chandica, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 219
(1857).
Lethe chandica, Butt. Ind., p. 149.
Common at the same elevation and in the same
months as D. mekara, and has very similar habits.
37. Lethe Huropa.
Papilio Europa, Fab., Syst. Ent., p. 500 (1775).
Lethe Europa, Butt. Ind., p. 149.
This is not a common butterfly in Sikkim, as Mr. de
Nicéville thinks, but he has taken it in October. It is
probably rather an inhabitant of the plains, and only a
straggler in the low valleys of Sikkim.
38. Lethe dyrta.
Debis dyrta, Feld., Reise Nov., vol. iii., p. 497 (1867).
Lethe dyrta, Butt. Ind., i., p. 152. t. x., fig. 22, 3 @.
Not a common species in Sikkim, but found almost
throughout the year at elevations up to 3 or 4000 ft.
39. Lethe dinarbas.
Debis dinarbas, Hew., Ex. Butt., ii.; Debis, t. iii.,
fig. 15 (18638), 3.
Lethe dinarbas, de Nicé., Butt. Ind., p. 155 ; J. A. 8. B.,
1886, p. 250, t. xi., fig. 4, 2.
Not uncommon in the virgin forest from 7 to 8 or
9000 ft. between the months of June and November.
The female is rare, and resembles that of the very
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 315
nearly allied species or form L. hyrania, Koll., which
replaces dinarbas in the North-west Himalaya. Hewit-
son’s type-specimens, which are perhaps faded, show
but little difference between the two, but in fresh
Sikkim specimens the ground colour of the under side
is much deeper, and the pattern and ocelli more strongly
marked than in hyrania. Lethe brissanda, de Niceville,
is a nearly allied species found with dinarbas at Buxa,
and Debis Davidis, Oberthiir, which is also a close ally,
represents it in Eastern Tibet.
40. Lethe rohria.
Papilio rohria, Fab., Mant. Ins., ii., p. 45 (1787).
Lethe rohria, Butt. Ind., p. 156.
Common in the low valleys up to 5000 ft. from April
till November.
41. Lethe verma.
Satyrus verma, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., iv., p. 447,
t. xvi. (1848).
Tansima verma, Moore, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 235.
Lethe verma, Butt. Ind., p. 158, t. x., fig. 28, 3.
Not uncommon up to 8000 ft. between April and
November, but commonest at about 4000 ft. in the
rains.
42. Lethe Mason.
Debis Masoni, Elwes, P.Z.S., 1882, p. 405, t. xxv.,
2
fig. 2.
Lethe Masoni, Butt. Ind., p. 159.
This species has as yet only been found in the interior
to the eastward by my native collectors, probably in
Bhotan or the Chumbi valley. Debis episcopalis,
Oberthur, from East Tibet, is an allied though perfectly
distinct species, having the fore wing with a narrow
white transverse band above, and the base reddish
brown below.
43. Lethe siderea. (Pl. IX., fig. 8).
Lethe siderea, Marsh., J. A. 8. B., 1880, pt. ii., p. 246;
Butt. Ind., p. 159.
This species has hitherto only been found on Tendong,
in Native Sikkim, by Méller’s collectors at about 7000 ft.
316 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
in the rainy season. The female remains unknown.
In 1886 it was taken as late as November. All that
I have seen are, though very nearly allied to sidonis,
smaller, and distinguished by the different markings and
duller colour of the under side.
44, Lethe sidonis.
Debis sidonis, Hew., Ex. Butt., iii.; Debis, t. iii.,
fig. 16 (1862).
Lethe sidonis, Butt. Ind., p. 159.
The commonest species of Lethe in the zone of forest
from 4 to 8000 ft. between April and November, where
it is constantly seen flitting along the forest paths, and
settling both on the ground and on low vegetation.
The female seems much rarer, and probably flies but
little. Sikkim specimens show the markings of the hind
wing below of a much more distinct and brilliant violet
than those from Mandi in the North-west Himalaya,
and are rather smaller and less brilliant than those I
took in the Khasia.
45. Lethe maitrya.
Lethe maitrya, de Nicé., J. A. §.B., 1880, pt. i,
p- 245; Butt. Ind., t.x., fig. 20, g.
Though described quite recently from the North-West,
this species is very abundant on Tonglo and along the
Singalelah range between Sikkim and Nepal, from
9 to 12,000 ft., in July and August, where it keeps
company with Zophoessa jalaurida, as in the North-west.
Talso found it on the Rishilah, in British Bhotan, at
10,000 ft., and my native collectors brought it in great
numbers from Bhotan in 1884.
L. maitrya is a forest-haunting insect, and has exactly
the same habits as Zophoessa jalaurida. The female is
very rare, and I have only procured one of the sex,
which has the markings of the fore wing more apparent
on the upper side than is the case in the male. A male
specimen from Moupin, in East Tibet, collected by the
Abbé David, and sent me as LL. maitrya, is clearly a
different species.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 317
46. Lethe serbonis.
Debis serbonis, Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1876, p. 151;
Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 2, t. i., fig. 45 (1879), 3.
Lethe serbonis, Butt. Ind., i., p. 155.
Not uncommon in the dense virgin forest on Tonglo,
Tendong, and Sinchul, from 7 to 9000 ft., in the rainy
season between June and September. The female,
which is undescribed, has the wings rounder, and the
bands and ocelli of the under side show more distinctly
on the upper side than in the male.
47. Lethe nicetella.
Lethe nicetella, de Nicé., P.Z.S., 1887, p. 448,
ff RRNIK OE OAs
As a full description of this species is published in the
‘Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society, I need say no
more aboutit ; but I recognised its distinctness from the
type of nicetas directly I saw it. I found it much com-
moner than the latter species, the males being abundant
along the Goompahar and the flanks of Tonglo from 7 to
8000 ft., or upwards, in July and August. They settle
on the roads in wet places on shady paths, but the
female is very much rarer, and I only procured a single
good specimen, which differs very little from the male.
48. Lethe nicetas.
Debis nicetas, Hew., Ex. Butt., vol. iii.; Debis, t. iii.,
L748 (i863), 2 .
Lethe nicetas, Butt. Ind., p. 161.
Though Mr. de Nicéville says that this species is found
from 3 to 6000 ft. in the Himalaya, I never found it so
low myself; but it was rare in July on the Goompahar
ridge near Darjeeling, in virgin forest, at 7 to 8000 ft.,
and has been taken on Sinchul by Mr. Knyvett in June
and August. This species has hitherto been confused
with a much commoner one in Sikkim, L. nicetella, from
which it is, however, quite distinct.
49. Lethe visrava.
Debis visrava, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 768, t. xli.,
fig. 4, g; Butt. Ind., p. 161.
D. deliades, Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., ix., p. 84 (1872), 2;
- Butt. Ind., p. 162.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—paRT WI. (ocT.) Z
818 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
I think there can be but little doubt that deliades
is the female of visrava; the pattern of both is the same,
and only one sex is known of either. It is extremely
rare in Sikkim, where Maller procured a single female
in June. In Bhotan, however, it is commoner, as Mr.
Knyvett’s collectors procured several males on June 20th
in the hills two or three marches north of Buxa.
50. Lethe tristigmata. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 1).
Lethe tristigmata, Elwes, P. Z.8., 1887, p. 444.
Mr. Moller and myself both procured this species in
1886, and it had been already described by Mr. de Nicé-
ville; but this gentleman, in order to avoid its being
published twice over, gave me permission to use his
description. I found the males only in July on the
Singalelah range from about 9 to 10,000 ft. elevation in
open spots in the dense bamboo thicket. Many of them
were then worn, and Moller’s native collectors found it
fresh in June. The insect is not so gregarious in its
habits as some of the other Lethes found with it, and is
quite distinct from anything yet known. ‘The female is
as yet undiscovered, though we have made numerous
attempts to find it at different seasons in the same spots
where the males were taken.
51. Zophoessa sura.
Zophoessa sura, Doubl. Hew., G.D.L., ii, p. 362,
t. lxi; Butt. Ind., 1., p. 164.
Not uncommon in the forest from about 8000 ft. from
the end of June on until November. The males are seen
singly, or in company with other Satyrine, sitting on the
path or low herbage, and if disturbed generally fly up
and settle on the trunk of a tree, where they are difficult
to distinguish among the dark moss. I took males in
June and July on Sinchul: females are rarer and fly
but little, though sometimes taken on the bare top of
the hill at Sinchul and Jellapahar. I found it also in
the Khasia Hills, near Cherra Punji, at 4500 ft., in the
end of September.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 319
52. Zophoessa dura. (Pl. IX., fig. 1).
Zophoessa dura, Marsh., J. A. 8. B., 1882, pt. i1., p. 38,
t. iv., fig. 2; Butt. Ind., i., p. 165.
I have two male specimens procured by Mr. Gammie’s
native collectors somewhere east of the Tista River in
1884 and 1885, which are certainly distinct from Z. swra,
and agree very closely with the description of Z. dura.
There are, however, five instead of four spots on the pale
border of the hind wing, and it is possible that this
species, when compared with the type of Z. dura from
Tenasserim, will prove distinct. It is, perhaps, hardly
to be included in the Sikkim list, but may occur in the
forests of the interior, as do many of the species which
I have procured from the same source.
53. Zophoessa goalpara.
Zophoessa goalpara, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 768 ;
Butt. Ind., p. 165.
I have not found this myself in Sikkim, but Mr.
Moller took it at 6000 ft. in November, and it seems to
be commoner than Z. sura in the forest at 6—8000 ft.
in British Bhutan, where I took it in August near
Rikisum. My shikaris brought it from Tendong and
from Bhotan, and it occurs as far north-west as Simla.
I have not seen the female.
54. Zophoessa atkinsonia.
Zophoessa atkinsonia, Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1876,
p- 151; Moore, Coll. Atk., p. 2, t. i.; Butt. Ind.,
p. 166.
I found this species, which has hitherto been very rare
in collections, not uncommon on the road to Tonglo at
8—9000 ft. in July; and Mr. Moller’s collectors brought
numerous specimens from the same locality in August.
It also occurs in the interior of Bhotan and Sikkim. It
settles on the path and flies into the forest when dis-
turbed. The females are seldom taken, and differ but
very slightly from the male.
Zz 2
820 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
55. Zophoessa baladeva.
Zophoessa baladeva, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 769,
t. xli., fig. 5, d; Butt. Ind., p. 167.
I found this species rarer than either of the last on
the road up to Tonglo in July, a specimen was taken on
the Goompahar in June, anda few others on Tonglo
and Tendong in August. It occurs at from about 7 to
9000 ft., and has the same habits as the other Zophoessas.
My collectors also brought it from the interior in 1881
and 1883. The female, which is rare, only differs from
the male in being larger and paler.
56. Zophoessa ramadeva. (PI. IX., fig. 2).
Zophoessa ramadeva, de Nicé., J. A.S.B., May, 1887.
Of this species, of which I have not yet seen the
description, one specimen was procured in August, 1886,
from the interior of Sikkim by Moller’s collectors. A
single male, which was recognised by him as identical
is in my collection, and was taken either by myself or
by one of my men on Tonglo in July, 1886. It is most
nearly allied to Z. baladeva, but easily distinguished by
the pattern of the under side.
57. Zophoessa jalaurida. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 4).
Z. jalaurida, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1880, pt. i1., p. 245;
Butt. Ind., p. 106, tx, fig. 19.
Though this species was only known from the North-
west, where Mr. de Nicéville discovered it on the Jalauri
Pass at 6—8000 ft. in 1879, I found it very abundant all
along the Singalelah Range between Sikkim and Nepal
from 9 to nearly 12,000 ft. in July and August. It is
the most abundant butterfly here, and frequents the
opener places in the forest, flying quickly in dull and
rainy weather, and settling on the paths, where several
collect together at any ordure. It settles on bamboo,
and also on rocks, where many might be found on wet
days and in the evening, and bottled like moths. I also
found it on the top of the Rishilah, in British Bhotan,
at 10,400 ft., and my shikaris brought it from Chumbi
or Bhotan in 1884 and 1885. A large number of speci-
mens hardly vary, and agree with one from the Jalauri
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 821
Pass. The female is comparatively scarce, and hardly
differs from the male.
58. Zophoessa molleri. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 3).
Zophoessa mélleri, Elwes, P. Z.8., 1887, p. 445.
Found by me on the Singalelah Range from about
9 to 11,000 ft. in July, 1886, mixed with Z. jalaurida,
but not nearly so abundant. The females, of which I
took one or two only, are very rare. It is very near to,
but quite distinct from, jalawrida, as will be seen on
comparing the under sides. It has the same habits, and
does not appreciably vary in the numerous specimens I
collected.
59. Zophoessa yama.
Zophoessa yama, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C.,i., p. 221
(1857): ButtoInd., p. 169, t.. x, fg. 2.
This species seems rare in British Sikkim, where I
never saw it. It occurs on Tendong, however, at
6—7000 ft. in June and July, and to the eastward, where
I saw a single specimen at Rikisum in British Bhotan, in
August. Mr. Knyvett’s collectors also found it commoner
near Buxa, in Bhotan. These eastern specimens are
much larger and richer in colour than those from the
N.W. Himalaya.
60. Neope pulaha.
Lasiommata ? pulaha, Moore, Cat. Lep. H. I. C., i.,
p. 227 (1857).
_ Neope pulaha, Butt. Ind., p. 170, t. xi., fig. 25.
Not rare on the Singalelah Range at 9—11,000 ft. in
July, and common on Tendong and in British Bhotan,
near Rikisum, in August. It settles on ordure in the
paths, and when disturbed flies quickly into the forest,
but returns in a short time to the same place. Mr.
Miller also notes its occurrence in March.
61. Neope bhadra.
Lasiommata ? bhadra, Moore, l.c., p. 227.
Neope bhadra, Butt. Ind., p. 171.
This species is found in the hot valleys from 1 to 3 or
4000 ft. between May and December. I never saw it in
profusion, as Mr. de Nicéville seems to have done, but
322 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
only solitary specimens. It settles on the ground as
well as‘on tree-trunks, and if disturbed goes off at once
into the forest.
62. Orinoma damaris.
Orinoma damaris, Gray, Lep. Nepal, p. 24, t. vii.
(1846) ; Butt. Ind., p. 174, t. xiii., fig. 32.
I never saw this insect myself in Sikkim, but it occurs
at 2—4000 ft. (fide Méller) ; and Mr. Gammie tells me
that it was abundant in British Bhotan at 6000 ft. in
June. At Cherra Punji, in Khasia, I found it common
at 4000 ft. on the edge of the forest, and beat it from
bushes by the path. Its flight is not strong or quick,
but dodging. The female seems rare, but Mr. de Nicé-
ville caught it at 8000 ft. in Sikkim in October. It differs
but slightly from the male.
63. Raphicera satricius.
Lasiommata satricius, Doubl. Hew., Gen. D. L., p. 887,
t. Ixiv. (1851).
Raphicera satricius, Butl., Ann. Mag. N. H., 1867,
p- 164, t. iv.; Butt. Ind., p. 175.
-I found this not uncommon on Sinchul and Tonglo
from 6 to about 8000 ft. in the end of July and August,
and more abundant at 7000 ft. near Rikisum in British
Bhotan. It flies quickly with a darting flight about the
forest-paths, settling on ordure and wet places, and
returning when disturbed. It also settles to rest on
damp shady rocks, and flies in wet and cloudy as well
as in fine weather. I never saw the female.
64. Raphicera Mooret.
Raphicera Moore, Butl., Ann. Mag. N. H., 1867,
p. 164, t. iv,; Butt. Ind., p. 176, t. xv., fig. 88:
This species seems rare in Sikkim, as Mr. Mller had
never seen it until I got three specimens on Singalelah
at 9—11,000 ft. in July. It occurs higher up than its
congener, but seems to have much the same flight and
habits. My shikaris brought a few from the interior in
1888 and 1884, The female is rare, but hardly differs
from the male.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 323
65. Satyrus padma.
Satyrus padma, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 445, t. xv., 1,
2 (1848), 2.
S. avatara, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., p. 229 (1857), 3.
S. padma, Elwes, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1886.
Aulocera padma, Butt. Ind., p. 196.
When writing of this species recently in the Ent. Mo.
Mag. I stated that, though I had specimens from an old
Sikkim collection, I was not certain of its occurrence in
the Eastern Himalaya. On the 24th June, 1886, I was
riding round the north side of Birch Hill on a drizzling
afternoon, and saw a male of this species, which had
apparently only just emerged from the pupa, settled on
a tree by the roadside at about 7000 ft. in a dense sub-
tropical virgin forest. This is certainly padma, and,
like my other supposed Sikkim specimens, is a trifle
larger than those from the N.W. Himalaya. It is
evidently quite rare in the environs of Darjeeling.
66. Satyrus loha. (Pl. IX., fig. 6).
Aulocera loha, Doherty, J. A. 8. B., 1886, p. 118.
Satyrus padma, Elwes, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 406.
S. brahminus (in part), Elwes, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1886.
The confusion which I made between this species and
S. brahminus, in my paper on the Himalayan species of
this section of Satyrus, is now, I think, cleared up by
Mr. Doherty’s description, and, though I have only taken
male specimens of this species in Sikkim myself, and
the smaller ones which I had received from native
collectors from Chumbi are very near to brahminus, yet
I think Iam now able to recognise with certainty this
species as distinct from both padma and brahminus.
I took it only on the Singalelah Range which bounds
Sikkim on the west between Tonglo and Phallut, at
elevations of from 10,000 to 12,500 ft., in July, but it
was most abundant on the grassy ridge beyond Sun-
dukpho above the pine-forest, where it flies strongly
above the trees, resting on their trunks, and settling on
flower-heads in the open parts and on the edge of the
forest. The specimens of both sexes from Chumbi are
somewhat smaller, and have a narrower band on both
324 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
wings than these Singalelah males, resembling brahminus
very closely.
The male may be distinguished from padma by the
sexual patch being hardly visible, and by the fact of the
two white spots—one on the costa of the fore wing and
one between it and the third spot of the band—being
always distinctly marked, just as in the female of padma.
The female, according to Doherty,—and this is borne
out by five females from Chumbi,—is distinguished from
padma by the band of the hind wing below being narrow,
well-defined, and ochreous, whereas in padma it 18
broader ; on the outside very ill-defined and whitish.
From brahminus it is distinguished, as Doherty says,
by the altogether different form of the prehensors and
by the rounder shape of the hind wings. On the under
side the differences are perceptible, but difficult to
describe ; but my series, which consists of seven males
from Sundukpho, and seven males and five females
from Chumbi, when compared with a series of sixteen
brahminus of both sexes from Chumbi and the North-
west, leads me to believe that the differences, though
slight, are reliable.
67. Satyrus brahminus.
Satyrus brahminus, Blanch., Jacque. Voy., iv., p. 22,
t. il., fig. 4 (1844), gs in part.
Aulocera brahminus, Butt. Ind., p. 198, t. xvi., 49 3.
Satyrus brahminus, Elwes, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1886.
Aulocera brahminus, Doh., J. A. 8. B., 1886, p. 118.
I cannot speak certainly of the occurrence of this
species in British Sikkim, but it is common in the
interior to the eastward at high elevations. Mr. Doherty
says that A. scylla, Butl., which, however, he has not
seen, is distinct from brahminus by the form of the pre-
hensors, though he has taken the two flying together in
Kumaon. Whether this is so or not I am only able to
say that among my numerous specimens I can find no
means of defining more than one species.
68. Satyrus saraswati.
Satyrus saraswati, Koll., in Hugel’s Kash., p. 445,
t. xiv., fig. 34 (1844).
Aulocera saraswati, Butt. Ind., i., p. 200,
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 325
I have seen no specimens of this species certainly
from Sikkim, but de Nicéville says that such exist in the
Indian Museum,.and it has been taken by Mr. Knyvett’s
collectors in the interior of Bhutan; so it may very
possibly occur in the drier parts of native Sikkim also.
69. Ypthima philomela.
Papilio philomela, Joh. Amen. Acad., vi., p. 404 (1764) ;
Linn., Syst. Nat., p. 768 (1767).
Ypthima baldus, Fab. Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1864, p. 286.
Y. philomela, Butt. Ind., i., p. 216; de Nicé., J. A.S. B.,
1886, p. 232.
Forma hyemale.
Y. marshalli, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1882, p. 878;
Butt. Ind., i., p. 217.
The commonest species of the genus at low elevations
in Sikkim from the Terai up to about 5000 ft. The cold-
weather brood, which has the ocelli small or obsolete,
agrees very well with those which de Nicéville has bred
from eggs of philomela in Calcutta. In the rains it is more
abundant, and the form with ocelli well-marked is then
the only one found, but the species occurs during the
whole year in greater or less numbers.
70. Ypthima newara.
Ypthima newara, Moore, P. Z.8., 1874, p. 567; Butt.
Ind., i., p. 222.
Y. nareda, Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1864, p. 285,
ec rey
This occurs in Sikkim from the Terai up to about
5000 ft. from May to September. My specimens agree
with those from Cachar and Aracan, but I have none
from Nepal, which de Nicéville says are probably nareda.
71. Ypthima narasingha.
Ypthima narasingha, Moore, Cat. E.I1.C., p. 286
(1857) ; Butt. Ind., i., p. 225; Hew., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1864, p. 291, t. xviii., 19.
This distinct species I have only seen in Hewitson’s
and the British Museum collections. Neither Méller,
326 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
de Nicéville, or Knyvett have ever procured it, and it
may not occur in Sikkim.
72. Ypthima hiibneri.
Ypthima philomela, Hubner (nec Linn.), Zutr. Ex.
Schmett., t. 88, 84 (1818).
Y. hitbneri, Kirby, Cat. Di. Lep., p. 95 (1871); Butt.
Ind., 1., p. 226, t. xvil., 65, 3.
Y. hibneri et howra, de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1886, p. 231.
Occurs in the Terai during the rainy season, but, as
far as we know, not in the hills.
73. Ypthima sakra.
Ypthima sakra, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., p. 286 (1857) ;
Butt. Ind., i:,-p..282; 6. xvii, 670d"
Y. nikea, Moore, P.Z.8., 1874, p. 567; Butt. Ind.,
1. p. 232.
The commonest species of the genus at 4 to 8000 ft.
elevation, and occurs as low as 2000 ft. from March to
November. This is one of the commonest roadside
insects in Sikkim among grass and bushes, and does not
seem to vary much, except in the form and number of
the ocelli, which are larger in the Sikkim and Khasia
insect than in those separated as Y. nikea from the
N.W. Himalaya. In a series of fourteen pairs from all
these localities I find no constant characters by which
two forms can be distinguished. I have a specimen
from Ta-tsien-lo, E. Tibet, in which the ocelli are very
large.
74. Ypthima methora.
Ypthima methora, Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1864,
p- 291, t. xviil., 20, 21, 2.
The species which I take to be the Y. methora of
Hewitson, though it is not the same as that identified by
Marshall and de Nicéville, is a large insect, which seems
to me to be nearest to Y. sakra, and belongs to the
eroup which has no sexual mark on the fore wing of the
male.
It has the ocelli as in Y. sakra, but the double-
pupilled one on the fore wing is usually larger, and those
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 327
on the under side in the commoner cold-weather form
are very small. But I have three specimens taken by
myself at Pashok in Sikkim, and at Mamloo in the
Khasia Hills, in August and September, which I take to
be the wet-season form of this species, in which the
ocelli of the under side are as large and distinct as in
Y. sakra. Y.methora is, however, always distinguished
from sakra by the striation of the under side, and by the
band crossing both wings, which is most conspicuous in
the female ; and my Sikkim and Bhotan females of the
cold-weather brood, taken in February and March, agree
with one from Burmah named methora by Moore. It is
distinguished from philomela of Hubner by its constantly
much larger size—about two inches and over—and,
though in the ‘ Butterflies of India’ the size of Y. philo-
mela is given as exceeding two inches in some specimens,
yet I have none from Sikkim which can be confused with
Y. methora even in the female sex. The types of
methora which I have examined in the Hewitson collec-
tion are three females, and agree with mine.
75. Gineis pumilus.
Chionobas pumilus, Feld., Reise Nov., ii., p. 490,
t. lxix., figs. 6, 7 (1866); Elwes, P.Z.8., 1882,
p. 404, t. xxv., fig. 3.
Gneis pumilus, Butt. Ind., p. 238, t. xv., fig. 87, 3.
Only occurs in the interior at great elevations, and
not in British Sikkim. I have received others from the
same source as those I described above, and though
there is, as de Nicéville says, a considerable difference
between them and Felder’s species from Ladak, both in
the deeper brown colour and in the more conspicuous
bands on both wings, yet all the markings are identical
in form, and I should not like to separate the Sikkim
from the Ladak race without seeing a large series of the
latter.
76. Callerebia annada.*
Erebia annada, Moore, Cat. E. 1. C., p. 226 (1857).
Callerebia annada, Butt. Ind., i., p. 245.
I have no specimens taken in recent years in Sikkim,
* C. annada was taken in 1887 by Mr. Knyvett’s native col-
lectors in the interior of West Bhotan, near the Sikkim frontier.
328 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
but two which were contained in Wilson’s Sikkim col-
lection are somewhat larger than those from Kulu and
Nepal, and are intermediate between it and C. scanda.
The types of annada were taken in Bhotan by Pemberton,
and C.scanda is recorded by Moore from Darjeeling.
Until more specimens are procured it must remain doubt-
ful as to whether a Callerebia exists in Sikkim, and, if
so, to what species it belongs.
C. hyagriva (Ypthima hyagriva, Moore, Butt. Ind., i.,
p. 226, t. xvil., 64, 2) is also recorded from Sikkim, but
[I have never seen a specimen except from Kulu.
77. Zipetis scylax.
Zipatis scylax, Hew., Ex. Butt., iii., p. 100, t. Zipetis,
fig. 7 (1863); Butt. Ind., p. 249, t. xvii., 62, 2.
Not a common species in Sikkim, and only found in
low, hot valleys at 1—38000 ft. from May to November.
I took it near the Tista Bridge in August, and noticed
that its flight and appearance were similar to those of
an Ypthima.
78. Melanitis leda.
Papilio leda, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., p. 773 (1767).
P. ismene, Cram., Pap. Ex., i., t. xxvi., A,B (1775).
Melanitis leda, Fab., Butt. Ind., i., p. 252.
M. ismene, Butt. Ind., 1., p. 256.
M. leda et ismene, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1886, p. 287,
t. XL, 4.
’ M. bela, Moore, Cat. E. I. C., i., p. 228 (1857) ; Butt.
Ind., i., p. 568.
Not so common in Sikkim as in the plains, but it occurs
all the year round at low elevations, and I have taken
M. leda in July as high as 7000 feet.
After de Nicéville has proved by breeding that the two
very distinct-looking insects known as leda and ismene
are, in Calcutta at least, only seasonal forms of the same
species, I confess I do not very well know how to treat
the other forms of the genus occurring in Sikkim, of
which Moller recognises three, namely :—
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 829
Melanitis zitenius.
Papilio zitenius, Herbst, Nat. Schmett., vii., p. 5,
t. elxxxin., 1.,.2°(1776).; Butt. Ind: i3qni25s8.
Melanitis zitenius, Dist., Rhop. Mal., p. 412, t. xxxviil.,
2.5, (1886).
This occurs in Sikkim commonly from April to
November.
Melanitis duryodana.
Melamtis duryodana, Feld., Reise Nov., iii., p. 464
(1867) ; Butt. Ind., 1., 257.
Recorded by Moller in the autumn months only from
September to November, but occurred in 1887 in March.
Melanitis aswa.
Melanitis aswa, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 769; Butt.
Ind., i. p. 258.
This form varies more or less in shape and markings,
and is found at the same elevations as the preceding
three from 2 to 4000 ft. from April to November. I have
only taken it at Mongpo in August. Mller is inclined
to regard this as the wet-season form of duryodana.
I have tried in vain to separate the species by the key
to the genus given in the ‘ Butterflies of India,’ but I
find that, though picked specimens may be separated,
there remain a number of others which combine some
of the characters of the different forms in a greater or
less degree. Neither size, shape, or markings on either
side have any constancy, and some of the forms seem
to be present in almost all the localities of the Eastern
Himalaya, as Assam and Tenasserim, where collections
have been made. If any one can show that any of these
forms can be defined by any fixed characters, however
trifling, or that any characters exist in them which are
only found in specimens from particular districts, or
taken at a particular season, I shall be very ready to
recognise them. Until then I think it is better to keep
them together, as there is certainly less difference
between some specimens of aswa and leda, or of ismene
and duryodana, than there is between leda and ismene,
which are proved to be one.
830 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
79. Cyllogenes suradeva.
Melanitis suwradeva, Moore, Cat. H.1.C., i, p. 225
(1857).
Cyllogenes swradeva, Butt. Ind., i., p. 260, t. xiii., 30,
je ae
Not so rare in Sikkim as supposed, but local, and, as
far as known, confined to an elevation of about 2000 ft.,
where it is taken by Miller’s collectors at Singla from
April to June. An allied species is found in Bhotan,
ih as far as I know, the genus does not occur else-
where.
80. Hlymnias undularis.
Papilio undularis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent., ii., t. x., 1, 2
(1778).
Elymnias undularis, Butt. Ind., i., p. 266, t. xvil.,
59, 3 2.
Found from the Terai up to 3000 ft. more or less
commonly at all seasons of the year.
81. Hlymnias leucocyma.
Biblis leucocyma, God., Enc. Meth., ix., p. 826 (1819).
Melanitis malelas, Hew., Ex. Butt., iii., t. Mel., 6, 7
(1863), 3.
Elymnias leucocyma, Butt. Ind., i., p. 278, t. xvii.,
60, 3 ¢.
Not rare in the low valleys from the Terai up to
3000 ft. during almost every month in the year.
82. Hlymnias (Dyctis) patna.
Melanitis patna, Westw., Gen. D. L., p. 405, note,
t. Ixviii., 2 (1851).
Elymmas patna, Wall., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1869,
p- 327.
Dyctis patna, Butt. Ind., i., p. 277.
Not a common species in the low valleys up to 3000 ft.
between April and October. |
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 831
83. Elymnias (Dyctis) vasudeva.
Elymnias vasudeva, Moore, Cat. EH. 1.C., p. 238.
E. thycana, Wall., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1869,
p. 828.
Dyctis vasudeva, Butt. Ind., 1., p. 278, t. xvii., 61, 3.
Not uncommon in the low valleys at 1—2000 ft. from
May to October.
84. Hlymnias timandra.
Elymnias timandra, Wall., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1869, p. 326.
A single female, which seems to agree with timandra,
Wall., was received by Méller from his Singla collector in
April, 1887. I have not, however, seen this specimen.
MORPHINA.
85. Discophora celinde.
Papilho celinde, Stole, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Ex., t. xxxvii.,
1, la, d (1790).
Discophora celinde, Rhop. Mal., p. 75, t. v., figs. 10,
11, 9 2 ; Butt. Ind., 1., p. 295.
Not rare in the lower valleys of Sikkim up to about
2000 ft. from March to November.
86. Discophora tullia.
Papilio tullia, Cram., Pap. Ex., 1., t. 1xxxi, a, B (1775).
Discophora tula, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., p. 211, t. xii.,
15, 15a; Butt. Ind., p. 298.
Common in Sikkim at the same elevation as the last,
perhaps extending a little higher, and occurring through-
out the year.
87. Discophora spiloptera, de Nicé. & Moller, n. 8.
‘* Expanse: ¢, 3°84 in.; 9, 4:24 in.
3. Upper side: Both wings deep black. Fore wing with the
costa and outer margin narrowly ochreous; a discal series of four
small spots, the upper one in the upper discoidal interspace
yellowish white, the one in the upper median interspace obsolete,
that in the lower median interspace lengthened into a streak, the
lowermost in the submedian interspace round and divided into a
large anterior and small posterior portion by a black line; these
332 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
three latter spots rich ochreous; a submarginal series of five rich
ochreous spots, the three middle ones wedge-shaped, the upper and
lower rounded; beyond these spots are five similar small de-
creasing rounded spots. Hind wing with a rounded discal spot in
the subcostal interspace, and a much smaller obsolescent one in
the interspace below; a submarginal and marginal series of five
spots much as in the fore wing; the outer margin more broadly
ochreous. Under side: Both wings marked much as in D. tullia.
?. Upper side: Fore wing with a discal series of six spots, the
two upper ones tinted with white, the rest ochreous, that in the
lower discoidal interspace a mere line, the two following diamond-
shaped, the lowest spot rounded; a submarginal and marginal
series of five very large ochreous spots, the apices of the three
posterior spots in the marginal series touching the middle of the
outer edges of the three in the submarginal series. Hind wing
with three series of large ochreous spots, the two outer series
almost coalescing. Under side paler than in the male.”
Hab. Sikkim.
“Differs in both sexes from D. tullia in having the
spots of the upper side much larger, and almost all of
them ochreous instead of violet-white. Differs also from
D. zal, of which the female only has been described and
figured, and which is probably a variety or ‘sport’ of
D. tullia, in all the spots of the upper side being larger,
and the two upper spots of the inner series of the fore
wing just tinted with violet-white, instead of the whole
series being of that colour, as in D. zal.
Two males and a female taken in the middle of March,
1887, at about 2000 ft. elevation by my native collectors”’
(Moller).
For the foregoing description I am indebted to Mr. de
Nicéville, never having seen the species in question.
88. Enispe euthymius.
Adolias euthymius, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1845,
p. 179.
Enispe euthymius, Doubl. Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., ii.,
p. 292, t. 40, fig. 2, ¢ (1850).
E. euthymius, Butt. Ind., i., p. 300.
2 E. tessellata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1888, p. 521.
Not uncommon at low elevations in Sikkim from April
to October. I hardly think that the form described from
Nepal as Z. tessellata is distinguishable from this.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 330
89. EH nispe cycnus.
Enispe cycnus, Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., u., p. 3380
(1851) ; Butt. Ind., i., p. 301.
This occurs not uncommonly at Buxa, in Bhotan, but
I know of no specimens having been recently taken in
Sikkim, though a female in the Calcutta Museum is said
to have come from this country.
90. Thaumantis diores.
Thawnantis diores, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1845,
p- 284; Butt. Ind., 1., p. 304.
T. ramdeo, Moore, Cat. E. 1. C., i., p. 215 ; Butt. Ind.,
p- 305.
This fine species is not uncommon in shady ravines
at 2—4000 ft. elevation in Sikkim, and flies slowly
among dense herbage near the ground in the shade.
The form described as ramdeo, which is larger, and has
the blue patch also larger, is not, I think, constant, and
Méller considers it only a second brood of diores, which
he gets from April to June; whilst ramdeo occurs later
in the year from about August to October.
91. Stictopthalma camadeva.
Morpho camadeva, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 9, t. iv.
(1848).
Stictopthalma camadeva, Butt. Ind., i., p. 309.
Not uncommon in suitable localities, which are some-
what similar to those frequented by the last species,
from May or June to October. I found it not uncommon
by the river at Choongtong, below my tea-garden, at
2500 ft. in July, but difficult to take in good condition,
as it flies so close to the ground among thick vegetation
that it is not easy to get a clear stroke of the uet.
92. Stictopthalma nourmahal.
Thaumantis nowrmahal, Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., ii.,
p. 887 (1851).
Stictopthalma nowrmahal, Butt. Ind., 1., p. 312.
The only authority we have for the occurrence of this
species in Sikkim is that of Moore, who has a specimen
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—parRr lI. (ocr.) 2a
834 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
probably collected by Major Sherwill and marked Dar-
jeeling. This, however, may have come from Bhotan,
as the species has been recently re-discovered near
Buxa by Mr. Knyvett, who has procured it in some
numbers, and in both sexes. There are a considerable
number of species recorded from Sikkim, which are
either of doubtful occurrence or extremely rare there,
and which occur not uncommonly at Buxa. As the late
Mr. Mandelli was in the habit of sending his collectors
to the Bhotan Terai, and many officers were employed
there during the Bhotan war, who afterwards came to
Darjeeling, it is impossible to say whether these really
occur west of the Tista or not.
93. Clerome arcesilaus.
Papilio arcesilaus, Fab., Mant. Ins., u., p. 28. (1787) ;
Don., Ins. Ind., t. xxx (1800);
Clerome arcesilaus, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., ii.,
p. 384, t. liv. (1851); Butt. Ind., 1., p. 313.
This also is recorded from Sikkim only on the authority
of Mandelli’s collection, and has never been seen recently
by Moller or myself.
94. Amathusia portheus.
Amathusia portheus, Feld., Reise Noyv., iii., p. 461
(1865) ; Butt. Ind., i., p. 298, cut.
Another species which occurs very rarely, if at all, in
Sikkim, and which I include only on the authority of a
male specimen in the Indian Museum, said to have
come from there.
95. Pareba vesta.
Papilio vesta, Fab., Mant. Ins., ii., p. 14 Aes Don.,
Ins. China, t. xe (1799).
Pareba vesta, Butt. Ind.,i., p. 318.
A very abundant species in tea-plantations and cleared
land in Sikkim at 2—7000 ft., and also very numerous
in some places both in the N.W. Himalaya and in the
Khasias, where I found it in the open grassy hills in
great quantities. It occurs from April to November. I
observed a curious horny appendage to the abdomen of
the female in this species, which does not seem to have
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 335
been noticed, and which is perhaps analogous, if not iden-
tical in character, with the pouch in the genus Parnassius.
Some very fresh and apparently virgin females, which I
took in the Khasias, had not this appendage as yet de-
veloped, and it will be interesting to have closer observa-
tions as to whether it is produced during coitus, as in
- Parnassius, or not.
96. Telchinia viole.
Papilio viole, Fab., Syst. Ent., p. 460 (1775).
Telchinia viole, Butt. Ind., i., p. 820, cut.
Stated by Marshall and de Nicéville to occur not
uncommonly in Sikkim, but not included in Méller’s
Catalogue, and I have no specimens from this country.
If it really is found it is probably only as a straggler
from the plains.
97. Hrgolis merione.
Papilio merione, Cram., Pap. Ex., ii., t. exliv., fig. c, H
(1777).
Ergolis merione, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 8, t. xviii., fig. 70,3.
A common species at low elevations, and more or less
throughout the year.
98. Hrgolts ariadne.
Papilio ariadne, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., p. 778 (1767) ;
Bubiaind.; i... 20.
Rarer than merione, but found occasionally up to
5000 ft. throughout the year.
99. Huripus consimilis.
Diadema consimilis, Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., ii., p. 281,
? (1850).
Euripus consimilis, W. Mason, J. A. 8. B., 1881, pt. ii,
p28, triv.cie. 3; 9 > Butt. Ind. an pease:
This species rarely occurs in the hills, but in the
Terai, and as far out in the plains as Jelpigori, it has
been taken by Messrs. Knyvett and Moller in July,
August, and December.
2a2
336 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
100. Huripus halitherses.
Euripus halitherses, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., i.,
p. 298, t. xli., fig. 2, ¢ (1850); de Nicé., Butt.
Ind .}"i-; p. 26, i. xe., fe, gO,
Hestina isa, Moore, Cat. ep. E.1.C., p. 161, 2.
Diadema nyctelius, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1845,
Dp. 182, 2.
Euripus cinnamomeus, W. Mason, J.A.8.B., 1881,
Pt./ Bopp ATA, t, lV Bs
E. eupleoides, Feld., Reise Nov., ii., p. 415 (1866) ;
Dist., Rhop. Mal., p. 184, t. xi1i.,6 3, 7 ¢ (1882).
The numerous variations to which the females of this
species are subject have rendered its synonymy rather
intricate, but, as the question is ably worked out by de
Nicéville in the ‘ Butterflies of India,’ I need not refer to
them at length.
The variable form isa, which mimics Huplwa rhada-
manthus, and the more constant form nyctelius, which
mimics 17, midamus, male, are both found in the valleys
up to about 8000 ft. with the male, which does not seem
to vary, from April until the end of the year, but are
not abundant at any season.
Dilipa morgiana has been taken in Bhotan by Mr.
Knyvett’s collectors, but has not yet been recorded from
Sikkim.
101. Cupha erymanthis.
Papilio erymanthis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent., 1, ¢. iv.,
figs. 8, 4 (1770).
Cupha erymanthis, de Nice., Butt. Ind., i, p. 22,
f. XX. Helos wads
Not common in Sikkim, but occurs up to 4 or 5000 ft.
from March to October.
102. Melitea sindura, var. (Pl. X., figs.5 3,69).
Melitea sindura, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 496, t. xxx.,
fig. 2; Butt. Ind., i1., p. 25.
M. amenula, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep., u1., p. 392 (1867).
2? M. Jezabel, Ober., Et. Ent. In., x1., p. 17, t. i1,
fig. 14 (1887).
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 337
Though I hesitate to give a new name to a form of so
difficult and variable a genus as Melitea, yet, if all the
insects from Ladak are as different from those found in
the Hastern Himalaya as the typical specimen described
by Moore, one of which is in my collection, I should
consider it necessary to separate them.
Though I have not seen Felder’s type, which came
from the same region as sindwra, I have little doubt that
it is identical ; but this Ladak form is so much lighter
than any of the specimens which I have received through
native collectors from the frontier of Sikkim and Chumbi
that it can be distinguished at a glance.
The Sikkim form, however, is very variable, and, as
the range of the insect doubtless extends all along the
north of Nepal to Ladak, it is probable that whatever
differences are perceptible between specimens from the
extreme localities would be bridged over by intermediate
varieties.
Of twelve males and eight females in my collection,
the average are about the same size, and not unlike
M. aurelia of Kurope; but the males are redder in tint,
and in both sexes the dark markings are much heavier
both on the margins and inner part of the wings.
The silvery markings of the under side distinguish the
species from any other ; the colour and breadth of the
submarginal fulvous band on the hind wings below is
very variable, but the pattern is similar to that of
sindura. J have found all attempts to describe nearly-
allied species of Melitzeas in words useless, so have given
an exact figure of the insect.
Though I cannot give its exact habitat, it is certainly
at a high elevation in the interior of Kastern Sikkim or
Western Bhotan. Melitea Jezabel, Oberthur, resembles
it closely on the upper side, but the under side of that
insect is more like that of typical specimens of sindura
from Ladak.
108. Atella sinha.
T'emios sinha, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 488 (1848);
Putt Ind. H., p--20,'t. xx., De. 87, Be
Not common in Sikkim, where, however, it occurs at
2—3000 ft. between May and October. In the Khasias
it is found up to 5000 ft. in open grassy places.
338 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
104. Atella phalanta.
Papilio phalanta, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent.,i., t. xxi. (1770).
Atella phalanta, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 80, t. xx., fig. 88, 3.
Not common in the hills, but occurs up to 5000 ft.
between March and October.
105. Atella alcippe.
Papilio alcippe, Cr., Pap. Ex., iv., t. 889, fig. a, #
(1782).
Atella aleippe, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 81.
Rare in Sikkim at low elevations in April and May.
106. Cethosia cyane.
Papilio cyane, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent., i., t. iv. (1770).
Cethosia cyane, Butt. Ind., i1., p. 33.
Common in Sikkim up to 3 or 4000 ft. from April to
December.
107. Cethosia biblis.
Papilio biblis, Drury, Ill. Hix. Ent.,1., t. iv. (1770).
Cethosia biblis, Butt. Ind., i., p. 36.
Abundant up to 6 or 7000 ft. at the same seasons as
the last.
108. Cynthia erota.
Papilio erota, Fab., Ent. Syst., ii., p. 76 (1798).
Cynthia erota, Butt. Ind., 1i.,: pi 4h, to Exi, fig, 97, ¢ 2.
Common up to 5 or 6000 ft. from May to December;
the females rarer. Moller found numbers of the larve
of this species feeding, in company with those of
C. cyane and C. liblis, on a creeper (Passiflora sp.) at
3000 ft. in October.
109. Helcyra hemina.
Heleyra hemina, Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1864,
p. 245, t. xv., fig. 1; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 43, t. xix.,
fig. 83, 3.
One of the rarest butterflies in Sikkim, where it occurs
at very low elevations during and after the rains,
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 339
110. Apatura (Sephisa) chandra.
Castalia chandra, Moore, Cat. E. I. C., p. 200, t. vi., a,
4 g (1857); Waterhouse, Aid., i., p. 8, 2 (1880).
Sephisa chandra, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 46.
Not uncommon before and after the rains, but local ;
the female, however, is much rarer, and differs much
from the male. The female form found in Sikkim, how-
ever, though not constant, is different from the one from
Nepal, figured by Waterhouse, and usually has a large
patch of white across the purple of the fore wings, and
the hind wings of a similar deep purple with paler spots.
The range of this supposed genus, which, however, I
do not see my way clearly to separate from Apatura, is
now much extended by the discovery of a new species in
Corea, which is described as Apatura princeps by Fixsen ;
also described by Leech, P. Z.S., 1887, p. 417, as Apatura
cauta. Another species, or variety, occurs in Hast
Tibet, and will no doubt be soon published by Oberthur.
111. Apatura namouna.
Apatura namouna, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1845,
p. 178; Butt. Ind., ii.. p. 50, t. xx., fig. 91, 3.
A. ambica, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 481, t. vil., 3, 4
(1848).
A. zanoa, Hew., Ex. Butt., iv., t. 1., figs. 7, 8 (1869).
A. bhavana, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 8307; Waterhouse, Aid. ii., t. 127 (1883).
Males common at low elevations up to about 4000 ft.,
but the females are quite rare. This is a very bold insect,
and will return to its settling-place after three or four
attempts to catch it have been made; it has a strong,
rather jerking, flight, and is very restless. It is curious
that this, as well as many other species, occur in the
North-west Himalaya at greater elevations than in
Sikkim.
T can see no reason for separating A. bhavana, and,
though an ‘ Aid to Identification’ is very necessary,
in order to understand a great many types in the British
Museum, I think it might be more usefully applied to
less doubtful species than this,
340 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
112. Apatura chevana.
Athyma chevana, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 768, t. xli.,
fig. 1.
Apatura chevana, Butt. Ind., p. 52.
This very beautiful species is seldom found at low
elevations between April and October. The only female
I have seen is in Méller’s collection. It is much larger
and yellower in tint than the male, and quite devoid of
blue gloss.
113. Apatura parvata.
Apatura parvata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 202,
t. vi. a, 6 (1857), ¢; Butt. Ind., i, p. 53.
Very rare in Sikkim, where I do not know its habitat
or season, but common at Buxa.
114. Apatura sordida.
Apatura sordida, Moore, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 765, t. xli.,
2, ¢5 Butt. Ind., i, p..52.
Also a very rare species, which has been taken by
Messrs. Moller and de Nicéville at low elevations in
Sikkim from June to October.
115. Apatura parysatis.
Apatura parysatis, Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., ii., p. 805
(1850) ; Butt. Ind., i., p. 54, t. xx., fig. 92, 2 2.
The male of this small and curiously-coloured insect
is the blackest butterfly I know. The female, which is
much rarer, 1s, however, very unlike it on the upper
side. It occurs up to 6000 ft. from April to November.
116. Hestina nama.
Diadema nama, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1845, p. 232;
Gen. Di. Lep., il., t. xxxix., fig. 2.
Hestina nama, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 56, t. xxii., fig. 99, 2.
Very common up to 6000 ft., but most abundant at
3 or 4000 ft. from March to December. Mr. de Nicé-
ville says that it exactly mimics Danais tytia, but I
cannot see the resemblance myself, as the flight of the
latter is so different that I could distinguish it at a
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 341
glance. I found the female abundant, as well as the
male.
117. Hestina persimilis.
Diadema persimilis, Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., p. 281
(1850).
Hestina persimilis, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 58.
? H. zella, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1869, p. 9;
Moore, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 240.
Quite a rare insect, and apparently only found at low
elevations in Sikkim, though at Simla it occurs from
4 to 7000 ft. I have never seen a female from Sikkim.
118. Herona marathus.
Herona marathus, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., i1.,
p. 294, t. xli., fig. 8 (1850); Butt. Ind., i1., p. 61.
2 H. angustata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 879; Butt.
ind. it, ps1G2%
Not common in Sikkim at 8—4000 ft. during and after
the rains. A specimen from the east side of the Tista,
taken in March, is much smaller and paler in colour,
forming an intermediate link with H. angustata.
119. Precis whita.
Papilio iphita, Cram., Pap. Ex., iii., p. ecix., fig. o, D
(Pega):
Precis iphita, Butt. Ind., p. 68, t. xix., fig. 84, 3.
A very abundant species here as elsewhere in the
wetter parts of India. Occurs up to 7 or 8000 ft., and
all the year round.
120. Junonia asterie.
Papilio asterie, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., p. 472 (1758) ;
Butt. Ind., p. 67.
? Gen. 11. Junonia alana.
Papilio almana, Linn., l.c.; Butt. Ind., p. 68.
Not rare at low levels at all seasons in the year. De
Nicéville’s suggestion that the two insects above quoted
are seasonal forms of each other is confirmed by Moller,
and seems to be most probably correct, though the two
forms do not seem to be invariable, or to occur only in
the wet and dry seasons respectively.
342 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
121. Junonia atlites.
Papilio atlites, Linn., Cent. Ins., p. 24 (1763, fide
Aurivillius) ; Butt. Ind., p. 69.
P. laomedia, Linn., Syst. Nat., p. 772 (1767), et
auctorum. -
Occurs rarely in the hottest valleys, but common in
the Terai at all seasons.
122. Junonia lemonias.
Papilio lemonias, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., p. 478 (1758).
Common up to 5000 ft., and found all the year round.
123. Junonia enone.
Papilio enone, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 294, et auctorum.
Junonia lierta, Fab., Butt. Ind., p. 71, t. xx., fig. 94,
Ris
Rather an insect of the plains than the hills, but
occurs in the low valleys at various seasons. I hardly
think Mr. de Nicéville’s reasons for adopting Kirby’s
change of name of so well-known a butterfly are suffi-
ciently strong; the identifications of such descriptions
must always be somewhat doubtful.
124. Junonia orithya.
Papilio orithya, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 278 (1764); Butt.
itd. Ty) py 13.
A common insect at elevations up to 9 or 10,000 ft.,
but most abundant in cultivated ground and sunny
clearings. It settles on the ground with open wings,
and has a rapid, strong flight. Occurs at all seasons.
125. Neptis hordonia.
Papilio hordonia, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Ex.,
t. xxxiil., fig. 4 (1790); Butt. Ind., p. 78.
? Gen.i. Neptis plagiosa, Moore, P. Z. §., 1878, p. 880;
Butt. Ind., p. 79.
Common at low levels from March to December, but
the form or variety plagiosa, which is by no means con-
stant, and differs principally in the broader ferruginous
bands, has only been taken in the cold weather.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 348
126. Neptis radha.
Neptis radha, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 166, t. iv. a,
fig. 4 (1857); Butt. Ind., p. 84.
A rare species in Sikkim, which I have never taken
myself, but it occurs between April and October at low
elevations.
127. Neptis miah.
Neptis miah, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C., p. 164, t. iv. a
(1857); Butt. Ind., ii., p. 85.
Not uncommon by the river-sides at 1—8000 ft. from
April to October.
128. Neptis ananta.
Neptis ananta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 166, t.iv.a,
fig. 8 (1857) ; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 85.
This beautiful insect is an inhabitant of the forest at
5—6000 ft., but is also taken at lower levels. I took two
females myself in the forest along the Pashok road above
Lopchu in June; they were settled on low herbage by
the roadside, and are larger and paler than the males.
129. Neptis viraja.
Neptis viraja, Moore, P. Z.8., 1872, p. 563, t. xxxil.,
fig. 6; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 86.
A very rare species in Sikkim, but Mr. de Nicéville
has taken it in the Terai in October, and Mr. Moller has
procured it from the Sikkim valleys in March, April, and
May.
130. Neptis zaida.
Neptis zaida, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., il., p. 272,
t. xxxv., fig. 8 (1850); Butt. Ind., i1., p. 86.
This rare and beautiful species is hardly ever taken
by the native collectors now, but I found it in one place
not uncommon in June and July. This was in the
forest above Rangbi at about 6000 ft. The males fly
about the tops of oak-trees in the rare gleams of sun-
shine, sitting on the leaves, but descend seldom to the
ground.
131. Neptis manasa.
Neptis manasa, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., p. 165, t. iv. a,
fig. 2 (1857); P.Z.S., 1858, p.5; Butt. Ind., ii.,
p. 87.
344 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
This rare and beautiful species has not been previously
recorded as occurring in Sikkim, but I took a single
fresh male, which agrees with the type of the species,
in the forest near the Rangbi jhora, on the road to
Serail, at 6000 ft., on June 7th. It is possible that
those I saw flying about the tops of the trees near the
same place may have been N. manasa, and not zaida,
as I at the time supposed.*
132. Neptis amba.
Neptis amba, Moore, P. Z. §., 1858, p. 7, t. xlix., fig. 4;
Butt. Ind., ii., p. 88.
N. carticoides, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 809; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 90.
A rare species in Sikkim, which occurs in the lower
valleys before and after the rains. I have three males
and one female only, which, though they belong to what
Moller and de Nicéyille call carticoides, are, in my
opinion, barely distinguishable from amba of the North-
west Himalaya and Nepal. ‘The wider and purer white
bands of amba, which are considered to distinguish it
from carticoides, vary considerably in both forms. I
have amba from Kangra and Nepal, named by Moore,
and from Chumba and Mandi in both sexes. The four
females of the north-western form are certainly more
fuliginous than in the Sikkim female; and one male
from Mandi, which probably would be called N. amboides
by Moore, has the bands quite as narrow as those from
Sikkim.
133. Neptis cartica.
Neptis cartica, Moore, P. Z.§., 1872, p. 562; Butt.
Ind., ii.; p. 89.
This is a distinct species, intermediate between the
last and N. vikasi, but nearer to N. amba, from which it
is distinguished by the narrower bands, less pure white,
and by the markings of the under side. From vikast
it is easily known by its much paler colour and purer
white bands. It is not uncommon in the lower valleys
from April to October.
* August, 1888. I have just heard from Mr. Moller that a male
of Neptis narayana, previously only known from the North-west,
has been taken on Tonglo last July.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 345
134. Neptis vikasi.
Neptis vikasi, Horsf., Cat. Lep. H.1.C., t. v., figs. 2,
2a (1822); Butt. Ind., 11, p. 91.
Not uncommon up to about 3000 ft. from March to
November.
135. Neptis varmona.*
Neptis varmona, Moore, P. Z.8., 1872, p. 561; Butt.
Ind., 11.,.p. 95.
N. kamarupa, Moore, P. Z.8., 1874, p. 570; Butt.
Ind: 11..0.0e.
N. adara, Moore, P. Z.§., 1878, p. 880; Butt. Ind.,
i, p. 9%.
This, which is one of the widest-ranging of all the
Indian species of Neptis, is not uncommon in the lower
valleys of Sikkim. I have also taken it at Bombay and
in the Khasia Hills, and have it from many other parts
of India, Ceylon, Burmah, and Tenasserim under the
name of adara, and also from China, Formosa, and
Borneo. I see no possibility at present of separating
the varieties under different names, and, though de
Nicéville keeps the two which are called adara and
kamarupa separate in the ‘ Butterflies of India,’ he says
that he cannot distinguish adara; and Méller and de
Nicéville both believe that kamarupa is almost certainly
the dry-weather form of varmona.
136. Neptis astola.
Neptis astola, Moore, P. Z.8., 1872, p. 560; Butt.
tnd... 1.5. p- 99:
N. emodes, Moore, l. c., p. 561, t. xxxil., fig. 2; Butt.
Ind, ti p. 99.
Though this species is nearly allied to varmona, it can
be distinguished, I think with certainty, by the chocolate-
red rather than ochreous-colour of the under side. I am,
however, quite unable, as is de Nicéville, to see how to
distinguish emodes from astola. It is a common species
* I am very doubtful whether this is not identical with N.
Eurynome, West., Don. Ins. China, p. 66. Since writing the above
I have received specimens from Kiukiang, China, identified by
Leech with Hurynome, which only differ in size from Indian and
hardly at all from Burmese specimens of varmona.
346 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
at elevations up to 4000 ft. or more in Sikkim from
April till December.
137. Neptis soma.
Neptis soma, Moore, P. Z.8., 1858, p. 9, t. xlix., fig. 6;
Butt. Ind., ii., p. 102, t. xxiii., fig. 108.
What I believe to be this species is not rare in the
valleys up to 3000 ft. from March to December.
137b. ? Neptis adipala.
Neptis adipala, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 563, t. xxxil.,
fig. 8; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 102.
I have no Sikkim specimens which exactly agree with
the figure of this species, which was described from the
Khasia. De Nicéville says that there is a Sikkim speci-
men named adipala by Moore in the Calcutta Museum.
I have seen specimens in Mr. Moore’s collection so-called,
in which the middle band and discoidal streak are more
smoky and less defined than in N. soma; but I do not
see that they can be separated.
? 138. Neptis susruta.
Neptis susruta, Moore, P. Z.§., 1872, p. 568, t. xxxii.,
fig. 4; Butt. Ind., i., p. 103.
I am also unable to match the figure of this species
with Sikkim specimens, and can only rely on what
de Nicéville says as to Sikkim specimens having been so
named by Moore. I am, however, doubtful whether the
last three species can be separated with certainty ; they
are certainly very nearly allied.
139. Neptis nandina.
Neptis nandina, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 168,
t. iv.a, fig. 7; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 104.
This belongs to a well-marked group, which can easily
be distinguished by the broad bands of the under side.
It is compared by Moore with Aceris, but, though nearly
allied to that species, of which I consider mahendra,
Moore, from the North-west Himalaya, to be the nearest
Himalayan representative, it is perhaps distinct from it.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 347
It occurs not uncommonly in Sikkim up to 4000 ft.
from April to December.
140. Neptis ophiana.
Neptis ophiana, Moore, P. Z.8., 1872, p. 561; Butt.
Ind., i., p. 205.
Not uncommon in Sikkim at low elevations up to
8000 ft. between March and December. It is a question
as to whether this is really distinct from columella,
Cram., and, until a series of Chinese specimens can be
procured for comparison, I do not see that it is possible
to decide the question.
141. Cirrhochroa aoris.
Cirrhochroa aoris, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., 1.,
p. 158, t. xxi., fig. 2, ¢ (1848); Butt. Ind., i,
p. 109.
C. abnormis, Moore, J.A.8.B., 1884, pt. i, p. 19;
Butt. Ind., ii., p. 110.
Common up to about 6000 ft. from April to December.
The insect described as abnormis is no doubt a variety of
this; no characters are given in the description by which
it can be separated from aoris.
142. Cirrhochroa mithila.
Cirrhochroa mithila, Moore, P. Z.8., 1872, p. 558;
Butt. Ind., i., p. 114.
C. rotundata, Butl., Trans. Linn. Soe., 1877, p. 543;
Butt. Ind., u., p. 114.
C. anjira, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 584; Butt. Ind.,
it,3) Pa Lip.
A fairly common species up to 4 or 5000 ft. in some
localities, arfl agrees very well with specimens from
Burmah and Cachar. I agree with de Nicéville in
thinking that rotundata cannot be separated from mithila,
and the same may be said of C. anjira, Moore.
148. Pseudergolis wedah.
Ariadne wedah, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 487 (1848).
Precis veda, Kirby, Cat. Di. Lep., p. 191 (1871).
348 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Precis hara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 148, t. ili.a
(1857).
Pseudergolis wedah, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 120, t. xxiii,
fig. 109.
Common from 2 to 6000 ft. between March and
November. De Nicéville says he has always taken this
species near water, but I have found it in the rains
most abundant in second-growth jungle and open places,
such as the road between Lopchu and Pashok.
144. Stibochiona nicea.
Adolias nicea, Gray, Lep. Nep., p. 18, t. xi. (1846).
Stibochiona nicea, Butl., P. Z.S., 1868, p. 614; Butt.
Ind.; ii, p. 120 s4..xim tie. Sie ods
Common from about 2 to 5000 ft. between March and
November.
145. Hypolimnas bolina.
Papilio Bolina, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., p. 479.
Hypolimnas bolina, Kirby, Cat. Di. Lep,, p. 224; Butt.
Ind., u., p. 128.
Diadema auge, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 158, t. v.,
figs. 9, 9 a, larva.
Apatura jacintha, Moore, Lep. Cey., p. 58, t. xxx.,
fig. la, 2.
Common all the year round in the low valleys up to
about 3000 ft.
146. Hypolimnas misippus.
Papilio misippus, Linn., Mus. Ulv., p. 264.
Hypolimnas misippus, Kirby, Cat. Lep., p. 225; Butt.
Ind:, ii., p. 126; t-'xm;fig: 85, 3°?"
Very rare in Sikkim, where Méller’s collectors have
taken it at 2000 ft. in August. In the N.W. Himalaya
it occurs more commonly, but is an insect characteristic
of the drier parts of India in the plains.
147. Argynnis niphe.
Papilio niphe, Linn., Syst. Nat., xil., p. 785 (1767).
Argynnis niphe, Butt. Ind. 5 Us; ae ke
A. aruna, Moore, Cat. Lep. ELL C., p. 156, t. ili. a,
fig. 4, 3.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 349
A common species up to 5000 ft., but mostly found in
tea-gardens, or places where the forest has been cleared.
Occurs from March to December.
148. Argynnis childreni.
Argynnis childreni, Gray, Zool. Misc., i., p- 33 (1881);
Lep. Nep., t. xi., # (1846); Butt. Ind., ii., p. 182.
A. sakontala, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 489, t. xii., d 2
(1848).
Moller notes the occurrence of this species at 8—4000ft.,
but I have only seen it rarely on Tonglo and the
Singalelah Range in open flowery places in the forest,
where it settles on flower-heads at 9—12,000 ft. It
occurs from June to October.
149. Argynnis lathonia.
Papilio lathonia, Linn., Faun. Suec., p. 282 (1761) ;
Butt. Ind., ii., p. 187.
Argynnis issea, Gray, Lep. Nep., p. 11 (1846).
Not a common insect in British Sikkim, where I have
only taken it on the open parts of the Singalelah Range
beyond Sundukpho in July, but it has been taken at
Darjeeling in winter, and as low as 5000 ft. in February.
Judging from the very numerous specimens brought by
native collectors, it is very common in the interior.
* 150. Argynnis gemmata.
Argynnis gemmata, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist. (1881),
p. 32, t. iv.; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 188; Elwes,
P. Z.8., 1882, p. 404, t. xxv., figs. 6,7, d 2.
I saw this insect first on the high Chola Range in
1870, and have since obtained it in quantity from
natives who had been sent to Chumbi and Western
Bhotan. It varies only in size, as far as I have seen,
and the Sikkim form is the same as the two types
in the British Museum, which probably came from
northern Gurwhal. It has never been found on the
outer ranges.
151. Argynnis altissima.
Argynnis altissima, Elwes, P.Z.8., 1882, p- 403,
t. xxv., fig. 8; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 189.
TRANS. “ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888. Parra. (ocr.) 28
350 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Only found in the high ranges on the eastern frontier,
and in Bhotan; the exact locality and elevation un-
known, as it has never been taken by a Huropean.
Those which I have received recently from Bhotan are
somewhat larger than the type, but do not vary except
in size. The female differs in the same way as that sex
of A. gemmata does from the male.
152. Argynnis pales.
Argynnis pales, Schiff., S. V., p. 177.
A. sipora, Moore, P. Z.§8., 1874, p. 568, t. lxvi., fig. 11;
Butt, Ind., p.. 139, t. xviii., fig. 72.
A. baralacha, Moore, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 242, t. xi.
It is quite impossible to separate the Himalayan form
of this wide-ranging butterfly from those found in
almost all the higher ranges of Turkestan, Siberia, and
Kurope. I have a very large series of both sexes, 70
males and 50 females, from many localities in Kurope
and Asia, and, though the variation is very great, yet 1
do not think that the forms which have been already
separated as varieties are sufficiently constant, though
the form described by Staudinger as var. generator, Stett.
Ent. Zeit., 1886, p. 2385, which was found by Mr. Leech
on the Deosai plateau of Kashmir, seems in both sexes
very different from the form found in Kashmir, Lahoul,
and Sikkim. I have in my collection seven females taken
in one day in a single meadow in the Alps, no two of
which are alike, and, as the majority of those I have
from Lahoul are more like European specimens than
the Central Asian form generator, I do not think
they deserve a separate name. The only specimens I
have from Sikkim are three bad ones brought by natives
with A. altissima from Chumbi and Bhotan, where it no
doubt occurs at great elevations.*
158. Dichorragia nesimachus.
Adolias nesimachus, Boisd., Cuv. Regne An. Ins., i,
t. 149 bis fig. 1 (1886).
Dichorragia nesimachus, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 141, t. xix.,
fig. 82, 3.
* T have since learnt that the variety generator does not occur
on the Deosai plains with the Himalayan form, but was taken on
the Skorolah Ladak.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 351
Not uncommon at low elevations between April and
November.
154. Calinaga buddha.
Calinaga buddha, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C.; Butt.
Ind., ii., p. 148, frontispiece, fig. 122, 3.
C. brahma, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1885, p. 309 (1885).
A rare species, which probably does not occur in
British Sikkim, but has been brought from the central
part of native Sikkim by Moller’s collectors. I have
four specimens in my collection from Sikkim which
differ but little from two taken near Dalhousie in the
North-west. I have seen the types of Mr. Butler’s
C. brahma, which were collected by Dr. Watt probably
in the Naga Hills, on the march from Manipur to
Kohima, where he collected in the spring of 1884. I
mention this, as the locality given ‘‘ near Assam” is one
of the most remarkable that even Mr. Butler has ever
quoted. Kohima and Manipur are certainly near Assam,
so is Calcutta.
155. Penthima lisarda.
Diadema lisarda, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1845, p. 238.
Penthima lisarda, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 144.
This magnificent species is not very rare in May and
June at 2—4000 ft. De Nicéville says that it occurs in
deep forest, but I have never seen it myself.
156. Newrosigma doubledayt.
Acontia doubledayt, Westw., Cat. Or. Ent., p. 76,
$. xxxvil., fig. 4 (1848).
Adolias siva, Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., ., p. 291 (1850).
Neurosigma siva, Butl., P. Z.8., 1868, p. 615; Butt.
Ind giles; pa hdl, t..c1x.,, fie. 80.
This fine insect is rare in Sikkim, where I have
never seen it myself. Moller, who has the female in
his collection, gives the elevation as from 2 to 3000 ft.
in April and May, but it must be double-brooded, as I
have seen it in the end of September near Cherra Punji,
in the Khasias.*
* Moller has since obtained it in Sikkim in October.
2B2
852 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
157. Lebadea ismene.
Timenitis ismene, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., ii,
p. 276, t. xxxiv. (1850).
Lebadea ismene, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 152, t. xix. fig. 79,3.
Not uncommon at low elevations between April and
December. Varies a good deal in size.
158. Limenitis danava.
Limenitis danava, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C., p. 180, t. vi. a, 2
(S57) Butt, Ind.,,ii:, p.Lb ts
Rare in Sikkim at elevations up to 7000 ft. from April
to October. The female, which differs considerably, is
seldom found, the only one I have being from Mr.
Gammie.
159. Limenitis daraxa.
Inmenitis daraxa, Doubl., Gen. Di. Lep., i., p. 276,
t. xxxiv., fig. 4 (1850); Butt. Ind., ii., p. 158.
Moller notes this as found from 1 to 8000 ft. between
April and November, but I have only taken it myself
east of the Tista River, where, along the ridge from
Dumsong to Khumpong, it is common in open places in
the forest in August at 6000 ft. It settles on the ground
with open wings, and is a bold, quick-flying insect,
returning several times to the same spot if missed with
the net.
160. Limenitis zulema.
Limenitis zulema, Doubl., Gen. Di. Lep., ii., p. 276,
t. xxxiy. (1850) ; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 159.
A very rare insect, as neither Moller or I have ever
procured it, though I have two specimens from an old
Sikkim collection.
161. Limenitis zayla.
Limenitis zayla, Doubl., Gen. Di. Lep., ii., p. 276,
t. xxxv. (1850); Butt. Ind., 11., p. 159.
This very lovely insect is found not uncommonly in
dense forest at 6 to 8000 ft. in June, July, and August.
The female, which I have taken myself, does not differ
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 353
from the male except in the slightly-broader wings. It
is a strong flyer, and settles on the ground like daraxa.
162. Limenitis dudu.
Limenitis dudu, Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., i., p. 276
(1850) ; Butt. Ind., ti., p.159,.t. xxiv., fig. 112, 3.
A rare species, which has much the same habits as
zayla, but occurs lower down. The only female which I
have seen was taken on the bare hill-top at Jellapahar
in July by a soldier.
163. Limenitis procris.
Papilio procris, Cr., Pap. Ex., ii., t. evi., figs. B, F (1777).
Limenitis procris, Butt. Ind., u1., p. 163.
Only found in the Terai and lowest valleys, where it
is not so common as in the plains. Flies from March
till December.
164. Athyma perwus.
Papilio perius, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., p. 471 (1758).
P. leucothoe, L., l. c., p. 478, et auctorum.
Athyma perius, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 166, t. xx., fig. 89, 2.
Much rarer in Sikkim than in the North-west Hima-
laya and Khasia Hills. Moller notes it as found up to
3000 ft. all the year round, but I have never observed it
myself.
165. Athyma jina.
Athyma jina, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C., p. 172, t. vi. a
(1857); Butt. Ind., ii., p. 169.
Not a common species, and, as far as I know, confined,
like so many of the species peculiar to Sikkim, to the
zone of heavy forest between 6 and 8000 ft., where
I have taken it in July.
166. Athyma mahesa.
Athyma mahesa, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.I.C, p. 176,
te Vedi me: 7 (1857); Butt. Inds i, p: P71:
A. ranga, Moore, l.c., p. 175, t. v.a, fig. 6; Butt.
Indies. U7:
I cannot see how to distinguish these two supposed
354 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
species, which appear to run into each other. Mr. de
Nicéville, who keeps them separate in his book, suggests
that ranga is the winter or dry-season form of mahesa,
and says that ranga occurs only in the spring and late
autumn; but Mr. Moller finds both of them at various
seasons from March to December in the warm valleys
up to about 3000 ft. Mahesais the commoner form.
167. Athyma orientalis, Elwes, n.s. (P1.IX., fig. 4, 3.)
Athyma opalina, Koll., in part; de Nicé., Butt. Ind.,
dts Did. [ks
The species found in Sikkim, which has been included
by de Nicéville with A. opalina, Koll., from the North-
west Himalaya, is, in my opinion, distinct. In Moore’s
collection it is placed with the female of A. selenophora
as A. bahula, but the description applies to the female
of that insect, and therefore the name bahula cannot be
used for what I now call orientalis. I have eight males
from Sikkim, one from Nepal, and two from the Khasia,
which all agree in being of a much darker colour than
any of my specimens of opalina, which are from Murree,
Simla, Kangra, Mandi, and Chamba; the bands of the
hind wing are also narrower, and of a less pure white,
so that I should have no difficulty in distinguishing the
eastern form if the labels were removed. I have not,
however, as yet been able to procure the female of the
eastern form, which will probably resemble the male, as
does the female of opalina. There is no doubt that
de Nicéville is correct in identifying bahula, Moore, as
the female of selenophora, as it has a distinct dark brown
spot at the base of the hind wing below, which is also
present in the male, but not in orientalis or opalina;
and, though the males of selenophora, as well as zeroca,
are very different from their females above, and want
the white band on the body which is found in other
species of the genus, yet they agree very well on the
under side with what we have no doubt are their females.
A. orientalis is found in the forest at 2—7000 ft.
elevation from April to October, but is not common, and
is difficult to take, as it settles on high trees, and only
descends to the ground at long intervals,
Lepidoptera of Sikkin. 355
168. Athyma selenophora.
Limenitis selenophora, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 426,
t. vil., figs. 1, 2 (1848).
Athyma selenophora, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 175;
Butt. Ind., ii., p. 176.
2, A. bahula, Moore apud de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i1.,
p. 176.
A common species from 1 to 8 or 4000 ft. from March
to December. The female is very unlike the male in
pattern and colour on the upper side, but may be dis-
tinguished by the identity of the markings below;
unless these are closely compared it would rather be
taken for the female of the last species.
169. Athyma zeroca.
Athyma zeroca, Moore, P. Z.8., 1872, p. 564; Butt:
Tad Mls, 8 U7 fos
Found at the same elevation and seasons as the last,
but not so common. The female,. first described by
de Nicéville, is very different from the male above, but
may be recognised by comparing the pattern of the
under side. It is rare, like the females of selenophora
and cama.
170. Athyma cama.
Athyma cama, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 174, t. v.a,
fio. 5; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 178.
Found at the same elevation and seasons as the last.
The females, which are rarer, resemble those of A. inara
more than zeroca or selenophora, but there is some
variation in the colour of the ferruginous bands, which
are always paler than in A. inara, and sometimes whitish.
The male is certainly distinguished from selenophora
and zeroca by the rufous spot at the apex of fore wing,
but the number of spots on the costal band is variable
in all three species.
171. Athyma mara.
Limenitis inara, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., ii.,
t. xxxiv., fig. 8 (1850).
Athyma inara and inarina, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 179.
A. inarina, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1885, p. 30.
356 My. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Though Mr. Butler has separated the species com-
monly known as A. inara, because it does not quite
agree with the original description and figure, yet, as no
specimen is known which does quite agree with that
figure, it is reasonable to suppose that it is either
incorrect or represents an aberration with wider bands
than usual. I prefer therefore to retain the well-known
name until it shall be shown that there is a difference of
sufficient importance in nature to separate the species.
A Nepalese specimen in my collection differs from
Sikkim ones in having the marginal markings on lower
half of fore wing above whitish and not reddish. A. asita,
Moore, from Moulmein and Tenasserim, is hardly sepa-
rable from inara, though the submarginal band on
hind wing above is narrower and sometimes white, or
partly so.
A. mara is common at low elevations in Sikkim from
March to December.
172. Abrota ganga.
Abrota ganga, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., i., p. 178,
t. vi. a, fig. 1.
A.jumna, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 764; Butt. Ind.,
il, t. XXtv., fig. 110; 3 only.
A, mirus (Fab. fide Butler); Butt. Ind., ii., t. xxiv.,
fig. 110, 2 only.
In this instance I have not followed de Nicéville’s
nomenclature, because ] think it most unlikely that
Fabricius ever could have seen the insect in question,
which is confined to Sikkim, a country which in his
time was almost unknown, and from which no insects
are likely to have come. Mr. Butler’s endeavours to
identify Fabricius’ descriptions are often of doubtful
advantage to science, and the raking-up of old names
for species well known under modern ones is a practice
which cannot in such cases be defended.
I must also confess my inability to separate the two
forms described as A. ganga and A. jumna, which do
not seem to me to be constant. Moller and de Nicéville
consider them distinct species, but do not know which of
the female forms belong to the two male forms. Moller
finds both at the same season.
A. ganga is not a common species; it seems peculiar
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 357
to the lower elevations of Sikkim, where it is found at
2—3000 ft. from May to August.
173. Symphadra nas.
Papilio nais, Forster, Nov. Spec. Ins., vol. i., p. 73
(1771).
P. thyelia, Fab., Ent. Syst., iii., p. 142 (1793).
Symphadra nais, Moore, Lep. Cey., i., p. 85; Butt.
Ind., ii., p. 186.
Hardly a Sikkim insect, but may occur in the Terai,
as there are two specimens from Sikkim in Major
Marshall’s collection.
Symphadra dirtea may also occur in Sikkim, as it is
found at Buxa in Bhotan, and is recorded from Nepal ;
but we have seen no Sikkim specimens.
~ 2174. Huthalia wa.
Adolias wa, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C., p. 195; Butt.
Indy. p. 197,
The occurrence of this species is doubtful. The type
in the late EK. I. C. Museum is the only specimen I have
seen, and there is no good authority for its habitat.
175. Huthalia nara.
Adolias nara, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1859,
Pete ts Vill. fie. 1, 2.
Euthaha nara, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 197.
A species which seems to have become much rarer
than formerly. I have never seen it in Sikkim, though
I have taken it in Khasia at 4500 ft. in September. I
imagine that, like the next two species, it is an inhabitant
of that zone of forest between 3 and 5000 ft., which is now
almost everywhere felled in British Sikkim ; further east,
at Buxa, it is not uncommon in the months of July and
August.
176. Huthalia sahadeva.
Adolias sahadeva, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1859, p. 80, t. viii., fig. 3.
Euthalia sahadeva, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 199.
I may say very much the same of this species as of
358 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
the last, but it still oceurs in Sikkim. I procured one
or two males from natives in 1886. I have not seen
the female.
177. Huthalia durga.
Adolias durga, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C., p.196 (1857), £
Euthaha durga, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 199.
Not so rare as the last two species, but seldom found
in late years. Moller’s few specimens were taken in
June, July, and August at about 3 to 5000 ft.
178. Huthalia duda.
Euthalia duda, Staud., Ex. Schmett., pt. 1., p. 152,
t. lili., (1886), ¢; de Nicé., P.Z.8., 1887, p.455, 2.
Two males of this species have been in my collection
for some years, and I had described it for this paper
when I found that it had already been made known by
Dr. Staudinger and Mr. de Nicéville. It is quite distinct
from, though nearly allied to, H. durga, the differences
being noted below. It must be very rare in Sikkim, as
none have been obtained of late years by Moller or
myself.
The band of the fore wing is differently shaped,
having the first white spot on the costa almost obsolete,
and not elongated inwards in a distinct white line, as in
durga. The fourth patch is out of line with the others,
the fifth, sixth, and those below it are much shorter, and
not bordered outwardly with a bluish band, as in durga.
On the hind wing the band is not outwardly bordered
with a black line, as in durga, is shorter and directed
more inwards, and, instead of a distinct bluish band
extending beyond the white one to the anal angle, there
is a fainter, more lilac, and less-defined band. On the
under side the difference is less marked, but the shape
and direction of the white bands are quite distinct, and
the ground colour greenish rather than blue-grey, as in
durga. The black external band on the fore wings of
susanus is broader, more defined, and touches the lower
part of the white band, which is not the case in durga.
The size of my two specimens are nearly half-an-inch
less in expanse than durga.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 359
179. Euthalia francie.
Adolias francie, Gray, Lep. Nep., p. 12, t. xiv. (1846).
Euthalia francie, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 202.
A rare species in recent years in Sikkim, probably
from the same causes as have been mentioned above.
It probably occurs at the same elevations and seasons
as the last. I have taken it near Cherra Punji, in the
Khasia, in September, and find that the Khasia speci-
mens can be distinguished from Sikkim ones by their
narrower white bands.
180. Huthalia phemius.
Itanus phemius, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., i1., t. xli.,
fig. 4, # (1850).
A. sancara, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., p. 195 (1857), 2.
Euthalia phemius, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1859, p. 65, t. i., fig. 3; Butt. Ind., 11, p. 218.
A common species up to 3 or 4000 ft. from April to
December. With regard to the female of this insect,
there is some question. De Nicéville seems positive
that the insect described by Moore as sancara, of which
no male is known, is the female of phemius, though the
difference in the markings is certainly very great.
Moore, on the other hand, is equally sure that what
de Nicéville thinks to be the female of jama is the true
female of phemius, and the markings of this insect, of
which I have seen two specimens only in his own and the
British Museum collection, seem to favour this view. But
as phemius the male sex, and sancara the female, are both
common at similar elevations in Sikkim, whilst jama is
so rare that I have only two old male examples from
Wilson’s collection and no females, I think de Nicéville’s
contention is probably correct, as there is, as far as I
know, no single instance among the Nymphalide of the
female sex being commoner than the male, and there is
no other insect in Sikkim, except phemius, which I can
suppose to be the male of Moore’s sancara*
** Moller writes that he has seen the male phemiws chasing what
Moore calls sancara, whilst of the true jama 2 (phemiws 2 apud
Moore) he has never procured more than one specimen,
360 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
181. Huthalia garuda,
Adolias garuda, Moore, Cat. H.1.C., p. 186, t. vi.,
figs. 2, 2a (1857); Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1859,
p. 64, t. 1i1., fig. 2 (1859) ; Butt. Ind., ii, p. 216.
Occurs in the outer hills and Terai up to 2000 ft.
during the whole of the year.
182. Huthaha jama.
Adolias jama, Feld., Reise Nov., p. 431 (1866); Butt.
Ind., ii., p. 219; Wood-Mason and de Nicé.,
J. A.§.B., 1887, p. 361, t. xvi., 4 3,3 2-
I know nothing as to the occurrence or habits of this
species in Sikkim, though Moller mentions it as being
found rarely from 1 to 3000 ft. during the season. He
has only three specimens in all, and I have two males
which came out of Wilson’s old Darjeeling collection.
188. EHuthalia lubentina.
Papilio lubentina, Cram., Pap. Ex. ii, t. cly., c, D
(1777).
Euthalia lubentina, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 220.
A fairly common species at low elevations from April
to October.
184. EHuthalia lepidea.
Adolias lepidea, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1868, i., p. 71.
A. cocytus, Moore (nec Fab.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1859.
Euthalia lepidea, Butt. Ind., li., p. 203, t. xix., fig.
78, 3.
Rare in the hottest valleys from March to November,
but commoner in the Terai and eastward in Bhotan.
185. Huthalia telchinia.
Adolias telchinia, Men., Cat. Mus. Petr., ii., p. 120,
t. 1x., ¢ (1857).
A. aphidas, Hew., Ex. Butt., iii., Ad., t. ii., fig. 8, @.
Euthalia telchinia, Butt. Ind., i., p. 206.
Rather rare in the valleys at 2—3000 ft. Occurs from
April to October.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 361
186. Euthalia appiades.
Adolias appiades, Men., Cat. Mus. Petyr., ii., p. 120,
iy tx,, tio. 4s oe
A. sedeva, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1859, p. 68,
U. 1V., fig. ae 2".
Euthalia appiades, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 201.
Common up to 8000 ft. from March to December.
187. EHuthalia jahnu.
Adolias jahnu, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 192, 1857 ;
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1859, p. 74, t. vii.,
Hi TG) iO
Euthalia jahnu, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 211; Wood-Mason
& de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1886, p. 860, t. xvi., 5, 2.
Adolias sananda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1859, p. 76, t. vil., fig. 8, 3.
A rare species of late years, though de Nicéville has
taken both sexes at low elevations in October.
188. EHuthalia kesava.
Adolias kesava, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1859,
p- 6T, 4.ais fig. 5:
Euthalhia kesava, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 212.
Common up to 2—8000 ft. from April to December.
Huthalhia alpheda, God., is recorded from Sikkim, but on
no good authority, as far as I can discover, and neither
Moller or myself have ever seen specimens.
189. Huthalia anosia.
Adolias anosia, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., p. 187 (1857).
Luthalia anosia, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 222; Dist., Rhop.
Maljop: 214 xiv 419 «
Very rare in Sikkim. Méller has a single male taken
in October, and Mr. Feilmann took the female in April.
190. Vanessa cardut.
Papilio cardui, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x., p. 475.
Pyrameis cardui, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 227.
Occurs all the year round, but especially in winter, at
362 My. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
the lower elevations; on the higher ground up to
12,000 ft. or more in summer.
191. Vanessa indica.
Papilio indica, Herbst., Nat. Schm., vii., p. 171,
t. clxxx. (1794).
Pyrameis indica, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 229, t. xviii., fig. 74.
P. callirhoe, Hubn., Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 33 (1816).
Not uncommon in open ground, like the last, at all
seasons and elevations up to 12,000 ft.
192. Vanessa canace.
Papilio canace, Linn., Syst. Nat., xii., vol. i., p. 779
(1767).
P. charonia, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent., i., t. xv., 1, 2 (1770).
Vanessa canace, Butt. Ind., i., p. 231.
Occurs, but never commonly, up to 5 or 6000 ft. during
the greater part of the year.
193. Vanessa antiopa.
Papilio antiopa, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., p. 476 (1758).
Vanessa antiopa, Butt. Ind., il., p. 282.
I have no knowledge of the occurrence of this in
Sikkim proper, though I received a considerable number
from native collectors, which were taken in Chumbi or
Bhotan in July and August. I am not aware that it has
been taken in any other part of the Himalaya.
194. Vanessa kashmirensis.
Vanessa kaschmirensis, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., iv., p. 442,
t. xi., figs. 8, 4 (1848): Butt. Ind., i1., p. 233.
Occurs from 2 or 3 up to 12,000 ft. and upwards ;
commoner at low elevations in winter. I have formerly
remarked that Sikkim specimens were darker than those
from Kashmir, but I do not now think that they could
be distinguished, as the colour varies in Sikkim as in
the North-west Himalaya. Though very near to V.
urtice, which occurs in Northern, Western, and Central
Asia, I have specimens from Asia Minor, North Persia,
Namagan, Amurland, and Japan; it is, I think, always
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 363
distinct on account of the colour of the fore wing below,
and Doherty says the claspers are different from those
of V. urtice.
? 195. Vanessa rizana.
Vanessa vizana, Moore, P.Z.8., 1872, p. 559; Butt.
Ind., ii., p. 284.
I hardly know whether to keep this species distinct
from urtice. It agrees very well with that species in
the colour of the upper side, but on the under side has
none of the yellowish colour on the fore wing shown by
all my specimens of wrtice, excepting one sent by Dr.
Staudinger as “var. Turanica”’ from Namagan, which
is intermediate in this respect. I have several specimens
of rizana, viz., two from Kashmir, one of which was
named by Moore; four from Lahoul; and three from
Ta-tsien-lo, in East Tibet, where it is a common and
constant form, judging from the specimens in M. Ober-
thur’s collection. I include this species doubtfully in
the Sikkim fauna on the strength of a bad specimen
received through native collectors from the interior.
196. Vanessa ladakensis.
Vanessa Ladakensis, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist,, 1878, i.,
p. 227; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 234.
V. Ladakensis, Elwes, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 403.
I have nothing to add to what I wrote about this
species, which I have only received from the eastern
frontier in Chumbi or Bhotan. It is more distinct than
either kashmirensis or rizana.
197. Vanessa c-album, var. tibetana, new var.
CPTT XG, tig,
Vanessa c-album, Linn.; Butt. Ind., 1., p. 287; Elwes,
P. Z.8., 1882, p. 403.
When previously writing of this species I had but
one specimen from Sikkim, which I could not identify
with V. agnicula, Moore, or separate from c-albwn.
Since then I have received many more from the same
source viz., native collectors in Chumbi and North-west
Bhotan. Twelve fresh ones now in my collection differ
so conspicuously from all others which I have, viz., 40
from various parts of Kurope, 6 from Turkestan (vay.
364 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
intermedia, Stgr.), 4 from Japan, and 15 from the North-
west Himalaya, that I think they must bear a dis-
tinctive name. The only ones which approach them in
coloration on the upper side are two from Lahoul, but
these could easily be distinguished, though they differ
more on the under side.
This variety may be distinguished by the bright
reddish colour of the wings above and the absence of
any yellowish spots on the dark border of the hind
wing, which are seen in all my North-western and
Turkestan specimens. On the under side there are two
types of coloration, the mottled one with complete
C mark, and the dull brownish one with straight or
imperfect C mark, both of which are seen in European
c-album. The North-western specimens from several
localities vary both on the upper and under sides even
more than HKuropean ones, four from Kashmir being
hardly, if at all, distinguishable from c-album, while
others, one of which is named agnicula by Moore, are
slightly different from the common type, and two from
Lahoul approach the Sikkim form. These fifteen speci-
mens vary extremely on the under side, having, in
addition to the three typical forms in Europe, at least
two other forms of coloration. Before agnicula can be
separated from c-album, it must be defined, and that
seems to me at present impossible.*
198. Symbrenthia hippoclus.
Papilio hippoclus, Cram., Pap. Ex., iii., p. 46, t. ccxx.
c,D (1779).
Symbrenthia hippoclus, Butt. Ind., u1., p. 240.
Common up to about 6000 ft. more or less all the
year round.
199. Symbrenthia hypselis, Godt.
Vanessa hypselis, Godt., Ene. Meth., ix., Suppl.,
p. 818 (1828).
Symbrenthia hypselis, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 241.
Common at elevations up to about 4000 ft. during
most of the year. It seems a very variable species, and
* Since writing the above I have seen other specimens from
Ta-tsien-lo, in East Tibet, which agree perfectly with mine.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 365
several forms have been separated by Moore, which may
not be really distinct. One of them is—
S. cotanda, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1874, p. 569, t. Ixvi., fig. 9,
3; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 242.—I have seen nothing from
Sikkim, whence the type came, which quite resembles
the plate, and agree with de Nicéville that it is hardly
a good species.
200. Symbrenthia niphanda.
Symbrenthia niphanda, Moore, ‘P.Z.S., 1872, p. 559;
Butt. Ind., ii., p. 2438.
This is rare at low elevations, about 3 to 5000 ft. from
March to October, and seems quite distinct from hypselis,
as well as from silana. On the upper side, however, it
most resembles hippoclus.
201. Symbrenthia silana.
Symbrenthia silana, de Nicé., J.A.S.B., 1885, pt. 1i.,
p. 117, t. i, fig. 9, 3 ; Butts Inds; 1.,.p: 243.
This is also rare and local at about 2000 ft. elevation,
where Maller has hitherto only procured it in May. It
is easily distinguished by the broad pale fawn-coloured
bands. It has also been taken at Buxa. The females
in these two last species resemble the males more
closely than is the case with S. hippoclus and S. hypselis.
202. Cyrestis cocles.
Papilio cocles, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii., p. 7 (1787); Don.,
Ins. Ind., t. xxiii., 2 (1800).
Cyrestis cocles, Butt. Ind., i., p. 254.
A single male of this species was taken in the spring
of 1887 by Méller’s men at low elevation, the first, as
far as I know, which has been recorded from Sikkim.
203. Cyrestis thyodamas.
Cyrestis thyodamas, Boisd., Cuv. Reg. An. In, vol. ii.,
t. exxxviii., fig. 4 (1836) ; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 251.
Amathusia ganescha, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 480,
t. vil., 3, 4 (1848).
Common up to about 6000 ft. from March to December.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRT I. (OcT.) 2C
366 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
204. Cyrestis risa.
Cyrestis risa, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., ii., p. 262»
t. xxx1., 4 (1850) ; Butt. Ind., i, p. 256.
Less common than the last, and not extending so
high up; April to October.
205. Kallima inachus.
Paphia inachus, Boisd., Cuv. Reg. An., ii., t. CXXX., 1x.,
3, 2 (1836).
Kallima inachis, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879,
p- 113 Bott. Ind., 1.;p-261.
K. boisduvali, Moore, l. c., p.12; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 262.
K. atkinsoni, Moore, l. c., p. 10.
K. Ramsayi, Moore, l.c., p. 12.
I do not see how more than one species of Kallima can
be distinguished in Sikkim, though three have been
separated by Moore, as well as others from Nepal and
the North-west, only one of which, K. hiigelt, Koll.,
seems to me a good species.
It is common in Sikkim up to about 5000 ft. from
March to November, and varies much both in the extent
to which the apex of the wing is prolonged and in the
colour of the under side. This insect has been specially
noticed by Wallace and later writers as an instance of
protective resemblance to dead leaves, and this is, no
doubt, very striking when settled with the wings closed ;
but this is not the universal habit of the butterfly, which
I have sometimes seen settled on a branch with the
wings open, when it is a very conspicuous object.
206. Doleschallia polibete.
Papilio polibete, Cram., Pap. Ex., lii., t. c¢xxxiv., D, E
(1779).
Doleschallia bisallide, Moore (nee Cram.), P. Z.S%.,
1865, p. 767.
D. polibete, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 268, t. xxiil., fig. 108, 3.
A common species up to about 4000 ft. from April to
December. It settles on rocks and banks of earth with
wings closed, when it is hard to see, but not shy.
The under side of this species varies very much in
the same style of coloration as Kallima inachus; the
prolonged hind wings also resemble a leaf-stalk when
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 367
the wings are closed, but if the habit of settling on the
ground is the usual one, this protective resemblance
does not seem to be of much use.
207. Charaxes dolon.
Charaxes dolon, Westw., Cat. Or. Ent., p. 55, t. XXVIL.,
2, 3°(1848) = Butt.Ind?)i my <p. 272,t.. xxi,
fig. 100, 3.
A rare species at 83—4000 ft. in Sikkim, where Miller
has only obtained it in April and May.
208. Charaxes eudamippus.
Charaxes eudamippus, Doubl., Ann. Soc. Ent. France,
1843, p. 218, t. vii.; Butt. Ind., i, p. 273.
Common at low elevations from April till August.
209. Charaxes athamas.
Papilio athamas, Drury, Ill. Ex, Ent., 1, p. 5, t. il.
(1770).
Charaxes athamas, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 275.
C. samatha, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 831.
~ Hulepis hamasta, Moore, l. c., 1882, p. 288.
Charaxes bharata, Feld., Reise Nov., 11, p. 488 (1867).
This wide-ranging and variable species has received
two most objectionable synonyms from Moore in addition
to Felder’s. Why names which have no apparent
meaning, and are therefore hard to remember, should
be made additionally senseless by transliteration is one
of those points which, though often criticised, Mr. Moore
does not condescend to explain. I have seen his type of
hamasta, and have Ceylon specimens (samatha). In
neither is there anything at all to make them worthy of
distinction even as varieties. The species is common in
Sikkim at low elevations from April to December, and
occurs up to 5 or 6000 ft.
I entirely agree with the conclusion come to by de
Nicéville after a most careful examination of numerous
specimens from all parts of India, namely, that ‘‘ there
is but one species, C. athamas, which is variable in all
the characters which have been taken by different
writers in describing the many species which are said to
be allied to, but distinet from, the parent species, and
\ 26 2
368 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
that these variations are not confined to any particular
geographical ranges of country, nor are they constant.”
210. Charaxes arja.
Charaxes arja, Feld., Reise Novy., iii., p. 488 (1867) ;
Butt. Ind., i., p. 278.
This species, which de Nicéville thinks may be iden-
tified with Felder’s arja, and which is distinguished
from the last by the whitish colour of the discal band,
is rare in the lower valleys at the same season as the
last.
211. Charaxes fabius.
Papilio fabius, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., p. 12 (1781).
Charazes fabius, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 280.
Rather an insect of the plains than the hills, but
occurs sometimes in the Terai and low valleys in i May,
June, and July.
212. Charaxes marmax.
Charaxes marmax, Westw., Cat. Or. Ent., p. 48, t. xxi.
(1848) ; Butt. Ind., i1., p. 281.
Occurs commonly up to about 8000 ft. from April to
October.
2138. Charaxes lunawara,
Charaxes lunawara, Butl., Lep. Exot., p. 99, t. Xxxvil.,
2, ¢ 2 (1872); Butt. Ind., i1., p. 282.
214. Charaxes aristogeton.
Charaxes aristogeton, Feld., Reise Nov., iii., p. 445 ;
Butt. Ind., ii., p. 282.
These two species are both very eee allied to
marmax. I should hardly have considered them distinct
speeies, but Moller, who has taken many of both, says
that he can always separate the three species without
difficulty.
Lunawara is best distinguished by the more con-
spicuous markings of the under side, and aristogeton by
the broader border of the fore wing and darker colour
of the under side.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 369
915. Charaxes hierax.
Charaxes hierax, Feld., Reise Nov., iii., p. 442; Butt.
Ind., ii., p. 290 (1867).
2 C. bernardus, Fabr. apud Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 434,
Tic Xi,
This species, which is probably only a form of ber-
nardus, is rare in Sikkim, and occurs in the lowest
valleys only, where Méller has procured it in May. It
aan. ihe darkest under side of any of those found in
ikkim.
216. Charazes pleistoanax.
Charazxes pleistoanax, Feld., Reise Nov., lil., p. 448
(1867) ; Butt. Ind., i1., p. 292.
C. hindia, Butl., Lep. Ex., p. 99, t. xxxvil., 5, 3 2
(872s Bott, lind). ion De2o Le
This, which is very close to, if not identical with, the
white-banded species described by Cramer as polyxena,
is common up to 8000 ft. from April to October, and by
Moller and de Nicéville is divided into two species.
C. Jalinder, Butl., is also said to occur in Sikkim,
but, as I am not able to discover any constant characters
by which these three may be distinguished or separated,
I keep them as one.
I think that when a large number of specimens of
these tawny Charaxes from different localities are com-
pared, it will be impossible to keep apart even so many
as five species.
LEMONIID.
LYBITHAXINA.
217. Libythea myrrha.
Libythea myrrha, God., Ency. Meth., ix., p. 171 (1819) ;
Butt. Ind., ii., p. 802.
Not uncommon at low elevations from April to October.
218. Libythea lepita.
Libythea lepita, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., p. 240 (1857) ;
Butt. Ind., i1., p. 303.
Rather commoner than the last at similar elevation |
aud season.
370 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
NEMEOBIINA.
219. Zemeros flegyas.
Papilio flegyas, Cram., Pap. Ex., iii., t. eclxxx., E, F
(1780) ; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 308.
An abundant species in Sikkim, as elsewhere; most
numerous in bushy ground or low jungle, and occurring
up to & or 6000 ft. from March to December. It is very
difficult to get examples of this species in a perfectly
fresh condition, as the wings seem to get rubbed almost
as soon as they begin to fly.
220. Dodona dipea.
Dodona dipea, Hew., Ex. Butt., iii., t.i., fig. 8 (1866) ;
Butts Inds ky p. 811))4.. xxiv., fig. 11633.
Perhaps the commonest species of the genus in
Sikkim, where it occurs most abundantly in the forest
at 6—7000 ft. in the rainy season, but goes up as high
as 9 or 10,000 ft., and is out from April to November
or December, but most abundant in autumn. ‘The
females, as in other species of the genus, are much
rarer than the males.
221. Dodona eugenes.
Dodona eugenes, Bates, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., ix.,
p- 371 (1867); Butt. Ind., 11., p. 315.
Much rarer than the last, from which it is easily
distinguished by its tailed hind wings, but found at the
same elevation.
222. Dodona ouida.
Dodona ouida, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 771; Butt.
Ind., u., p. 311.
According to Méller this has a very wide range in
Sikkim from 3 to 10,000 ft., but I have only seen it
myself at about 5 to 7000 ft., where it frequents more
open places than dipea, settling with open wings on
branches of trees, and flying back to the same perch
when disturbed.
The female, which is much larger, has a single broad
white band on the fore wing instead of three fulvous
ones.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 371
223. Dodona egeon.
Taxila egeon, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., ii., p. 422,
t. lxix., fig. 2 (1851); Butt. Ind., u., p. 314.
A very rare species in Sikkim, from whence I have
only a single ragged pair, but seems commoner in Nepal.
Moller has only once procured it at about 1000 ft. eleva-
tion in May.
224. Dodona adonira.
Dodona adonira, Hew., Ex. Butt., iii., Dod., t. i.,
figs. 1, 2, f (1866) ; Butt. Ind., ii., p. 312.
Another rare species, which occurs on paths in dense
forest at 7—9000 ft. in the rainy season. I have only
once taken it myself. It flies fast and settles on the
ground.
225. Abisara fylla.
Taxila fylla, Doubl., Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., il., p. 422,
t. Ixix., fig. 3, ¢ (1851).
Abisara fylla, Butt. Ind., ii., p. 821.
- Not uncommon up to 4 or 5000 ft. from March to
November.
226. Abisara neophron.
Sospita neophron, Hew., Ex. Butt., ii., Sosp., t. i.,
fig. 3 (1861).
Abisara neophron, Butt. Ind., i1., p. 321.
Not uncommon at 2 to 4000 ft. from March to
November.
927. Abisara chela.
Abisara chela, de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1886, p. 252, €. xi.,
fig. 7, d; Butt. Ind., 1., p. 322.
Rarer than the last, from which it is quite distinct,
and found at the same seasons and elevation.
LYCANIDA.
228. Poritia hewitsoni.
Poritia Hewitsoni, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 775, t. xli.,
fig. 10.
Not uncommon up to 3000 ft. from April to December.
372 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Curetis thetys.
Anops thetys, Drury, Ill. Ins., iii., figs. 8, 4 (1778).
2 A. stigmata, Moore, P. Z. §., 1879, p. 188.
Moller notes this as a common species up to 3000 ft.
from March to November, but the only one I have seen
which can be assigned to thetys is a rufous, not grey,
female marked gloriosa 2 by Moore, and labelled by
him “ Darjeeling, Grote.” I have similar ones from
Barrackpore only, and think it much more likely that the
locality of Grote’s specimen is an error, and that Moller’s
supposed thetys is one of the forms of bulis.
229. Curetis bulis.
Anops bulis, Westw. & Hew., Di. Lep., t. 75, fig. 5.
? Curetis dentata, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 187.
2 C. discalis, Moore, l.c., p. 188.
3 C. angulata, Moore, l. c., 18838, p. 522, t. 48, fig. 1.
An extremely variable species which has received
many names from Moore, who divides it on account of
the varied shape of the wings and the colouring of the
upper side. I have about fourteen males and nine
females from Sikkim, three males and a female from
Buxa, two males and a female from Mandi, and a male
and female from Kangra, the latter marked dentata by
Moore, though, if I am not mistaken, the female belongs
to C. thetys. Moller thinks he can distinguish three
species in Sikkim of this group, which have on the
under side in both sexes, and in both wings, but most
conspicuous in the hind wing, a bar of raised silvery
scales across the cell, represented on the upper side by
a more or less conspicuous black mark. But when I
try to divide these specimens into two or three’ species,
which at first would seem to be possible, I find inter-
mediate examples which are neither of one or the other.
The form angulata seems very distinct from some which
have the hind wings shaped as in C. thetys, but there is
no constancy in this character.
230. Loxrura atymnus.
Papilio atymnus, Cram., Pap. Ex., iv., t. ccexxxi., D, E
(1780).
Common up to 5000 ft. from March to December. I
found it most abundant in the Tista Valley in August.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 373
231. Loxura tripunctata.
Loxura tripunctata, Hew., Westw. & Hew., Di. Lep.,
t. 74, fig. 2.
Much rarer than the last, from the Terai up to about
3000 ft. from May to October. I have it also from
Aracan, taken in February.
232. Liphyra brassolis.
Liphyra brassolis, Westw., Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1864, p. 31.
Sterosis robusta, Feld., Reise Nov., ii., p. 219, t. 27,
figs. 10, 11 (1865).
This is one of the rarest and most remarkable insects
in Sikkim, and I have only seen five specimens in all,
of which two formerly in Wilson’s collection are now in
Mr. Godman’s, one, the type, in Hewitson’s collection,
and two in Moller’s. Of its habits and locality I can
obtain no certain information, though Moller’s specimens
were said to have been taken at 6—8000 ft.; but it
seems to be very widely distributed in the Malayan
region, though everywhere rare.
233. Gerydus drumila.
Miletus drumila, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 777, t. xli.,
fed 2. 9,
2 Gerydus drumila, Moore, P. Z.§., 1883, p. 521, 3.
This is also a very rare species, which occurs at about
2000 ft.in March, April, and May, as far as we know at
present. It is a very remarkable insect in its appear-
ance. The hooked hind margin of the fore wing in
both sexes distinguish this species from the next.
234. Allotinus multistrigatus.
Allotinus multistrigatus, de Nicé., J.A.S.B., 1886,
p. 2d0, ty Xt, lg. 11) °o', 2 ¢, Donerty, ic,
p. 181.
This species, though structurally different, according
to Mr. Doherty, from the last, is very like it in general
374 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
appearance, and I had some difficulty in knowing
whether Moore’s description of the male of drumila
does not apply to multistrigatus. The position of the
third costal nervule and the shape of the hind margin
of the fore wing distinguish them.
This species is rare at the same elevation and season
as the last. I found it at Cherra Punji, in the Khasia
Hills, in open places of the forest, settling on bushes.
235. Miletus boisduvalit.
Miletus boisduvalii, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C., p. 19
t. i.a, fig. 1 (1857) ; Doherty, J. A. 5. B., 1886,
D. 102
Not an uncommon species in the low valleys, where I
have taken it at 2—8000 ft. in July. It occurs from
April to October, and is somewhat variable in size.
? 236. Miletus Horsfeldi. ?
Miletus Horsfeldi, Moore, Cat. E. I. C., p. 9, t. i.a,
fig. 2.
Paragerydus Horsfeldi, Dist., Rhop. Mal., p. 207, t. xx.,
fe. 5 28
I have a single specimen of a very small insect allied
to Miletus boisduvalti, which came either out of Man-
delli’s or Wilson’s Sikkim collections. It agrees fairly
with specimens under this name in the British Museum,
but is smaller and paler in colour below than either
Moore’s or Distant’s figures. I do not, however, feel
justified in separating it on a single specimen of doubtful
locality.
237. Neopithecops hamada?.
Miletus hamada, Druce, Cist. Ent., i., p. 861 (1875) ;
Doherty, J. A. S. B., 1886, p. 132.
I am in doubt both as to the genus in which to place
this species, and also as to whether it should be separated
from the Japanese insect described by Druce. Super-
ficially the insect is, according to Doherty, much nearer
the Lycenine, with which he says the structure of the
prehensors agree, but its palpi and antenne are nearer
to those of Gerydus. Mr. Butler considers it to
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 375
belong to the genus Neopithecops, and places it next to
N. zalmora in the British Museum collection.
As regards its identity with hamada, I have six speci-
mens from Sikkim, three from Shillong, six from Japan ;
the latter are all plain dark brown above, whilst all the
Indian specimens have a larger or smaller white patch
on the fore wing. The fringes, antenne, and markings
of the under side agree very well. A specimen from
Tenasserim in the British Museum agrees with the
Sikkim form.
I have taken this insect at about 5000 ft. in July, and,
according to Moller, it occurs at low elevations from
April to October.
238. Neomthecops zalmora.
Pithecops zalmora, Butl., Cat. Fabr., p. 161 (1870).
Parapithecops gaura, Moore, J. A. 8. B., 1884, p. 5.
Neopithecops horsfeldi, Dist., Rhop. Mal., p. 209,
beatin, Leta
Pithecops dharma, Moore, Lep. Cey., i., p. 72 (1881).
I can see no difference either in the neuration or
markings between the insect found in Sikkim and a
specimen from Padang, in Sumatra, which I believe to
be zalmora of Butler; another from Kankaret, in Burmah,
agrees with both.
Those I have from Calcutta have a white patch on
fore and hind wings, which is variable, according to
de Nicéville, though used to distinguish the form named
gaura by Moore. Horsfeldi, Dist., from Singapore, and
Dharma, Moore, from Ceylon, are both so nearly allied
that the incomplete and indifferent figures and descrip-
tions given by their authors are of no use in distinguishing
between the species of this difficult group, if, indeed,
they are possible to distinguish. And, as I agree with
de Nicéville in thinking that they are all one species, I
leave it to their authors to show the contrary.
It is common in Sikkim at low elevations from May
to October.
239. Megisba malaya.
Lycena malaya, Horsf., Cat. E.1.C, p. 70 (1828),
Pathalia albidisca, Moore, J. A. 8. B., 1884, p. 6.
376 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Pathalia ? malaya, W. M. & de Nicé., J. A S. B., 1886,
p. 864. :
Megisba Thwaitesi, Moore, Lep. Cey., p. 71, t. 84,
figs. 8, 3a, d, 6,6a, °.
M. sikkima, Moore, J. A.8. B., 1884, p. 6.
This species is found in the lower valleys from April
to November, and in the form described by Moore as
P. albidisca is not uncommon. In the form described as
Megisba sikkima it is rarer. I have some difficulty in
deciding as whether to treat these two forms as distinct
species, and, judging by the Sikkim specimens alone,
should be inclined to do so, though I cannot for a
moment allow that either of the Sikkim forms are
separable from those found in other parts of India under
the names of P. malaya and M. Thwaitesi.
The differences noted by Moore are inconstant, and
the generic difference between Pathalia and Megisba,
namely, the presence of a caudal appendage, is certainly
not constant even in the same species. The amount of
white on the upper side is very variable, but the under
sides seem to separate the insects found in Sikkim into
two groups, though a specimen taken by myself at
Khandalla, in the Western Ghats, and marked M.
Thwaitesi by Moore himself, is intermediate between
the two.
De Nicéville’s remarks on the species referred to above
should be studied, and his opinion is that all the three
forms described by Moore are identical with the one
variable tailed or tailless species found in the N.E.
Himalaya, and which we believe to be a form of Lycena
malaya of Horsfeld, which is from Java and Sumatra.
I have a specimen from Mr. Moore marked by him
Neopithecops todara, Moore, which also appears to me to
belong to this species, though the upper side has more
the aspect of N. zalmora.
Doherty says of this species, in J. A. 8. B., 1886,
p. 184 :—‘‘ All my Kumaon specimens are tailed, as well
as those taken in Burmah and Chittagong, while in
Orissa, Ceylon, and the Eastern and Western Ghats,
their place seems to be taken by a tailless form. Of
this last those from Ceylon and the Western Ghats are
apparently Megisba Thwaitesi, but those from Orissa
and the Eastern Ghats seem to me identical with malaya,
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. | 377
except in the absence of a tail. The occurrence likewise
of the tailless form of Nacaduba ardates in those districts
is worthy of remark.”
240. Spalgis epius.
Lucia epius, Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., p. 502, t. 76, f. 5,
@ (1852).
Spalgis epius, Moore, Lep. Cey., p. 71, t. 34, figs. 1, 1a, b.
Found in the lower valleys, but not common, between
the months of May and October.
241. Cyaniris puspa.
Polyommatus puspa, Horsf., Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 67
(1828).
This species is variable on both surfaces, but, as
restricted by de Nicéville and Moore, is perhaps the
commonest at low elevations, and distinguished by the
darker, more numerous and irregular markings of the
under side. Moller notes it as found from 1 up to
10,000 ft. It has a wide range in India.
Mr. Moller writes, in May, 1886 :—‘“‘I have, during
the month of March last, received specimens of the
above species of this group, viz., C. alboceruleus, trans-
pectus, marginata, placida, dilectus, jynteana, and puspa,
and am perfectly satisfied that they are all good and
distinct species. C. transpectus, marginata, and puspa
vary a good deal according to season, the broods occur-
ring during the rainy season having a broader dark
margin to both the wings, and all the spots on the under
side better developed, whilst specimens taken in spring
and autumn are characterised by a paler coloration and
diffused patches of white on both wings.”
242. Cyaniris marginata.
Cyaniris marginata, de Nicé., J. A.S.B., March 6th,
1883, p. 70, t. 1., fig. 9, ¢; Moore, P. Z.8., April
1st, 1883, p. 523, t. 48, fig.6; Doherty, J. A S.B.,
1886, p. 134, 2.
I was inclined to unite this form also with C. puspa,
as the broad dark margin, which is supposed to dis-
tinguish it, is a variable character. Doherty, however,
an
378 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
who describes the female from Kumaon, says that it is
distinguished from puspa by the shape of the prehensors.
He found it from 7 to 10,000 ft., whilst in the same
region puspa was only taken below 7000 ft.
243. Cyaniris alboceruleus.
Polyommatus alboceruleus, Moore, P. Z.8., 1879, p. 139-
Cyaniris alboceruleus, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1883, p. 71,
b. 1s, LG. 4, ‘a, 2, -9
This very beautiful form occurs both at Simla, Khat-
mandu, and in Sikkim, whence I have a male taken in
December and females in January and August. I found
it in the dense virgin forest at 6000 ft., but it occurs at
from 2 to 8000 ft., according to Moller, all through the
season. Doherty found it rare in Kumaon at 7000 ft.
244. Cyaniris transpectus.
Polyommatus transpectus, Moore, P. Z.8., 1879, p. 139.
Cyaniris transpectus, de Nicé., l.c., p. 70, t.i., fig. 6,
So Dh Se
? C. latimargo, Moore, P.Z.8., 1883, p. 523, t. 48,
fig. 9.
This seems, by the form of the wings, more nearly
related to C. puspa, and I have intermediate forms which
seem to connect it with that species. The females
are very variable. According to Moller it occurs at
1—9000 ft. elevation from April to November. The
figure of latimargo shows no characters which can be
relied on.
A form of this species, which Méller considers to be
the cold-weather brood, has the border of the hind wings
in typical examples completely wanting, and the centre
of the wings much paler in colour. The markings below
are, with the exception of the conspicuous black spot on
the costal margin of the hind wing, almost obsolete.
245. Cyaniris placida.
Cyaniris placida, de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1883, p. 68, t. 1.,
fig. 8, ¢; Moore, P. Z.S., 1883, p. 528, t. 48,
fig. 4.
This seems fairly constant as regards the male, which
I have taken at 3—5000 ft. in May, June, and August.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 379
The female was not known by de Nicéville when he
described the species, and I am only able to guess whether
what I have placed with it is really the female of this or
another form; the under side, however, agrees.
246. Cyaniris dilectus.
Polyommatus dilectus, Moore, P. Z.S., 1879, p. 189.
Cyaniris dilectus, de Nicé., J. A.8. B., 1888, p. 68,
tei. fie. bs:
The male of this also is easy to separate, but the
same difficulty arises as to its female, though I believe
what de Nicéville has assigned to it is correct. I got this
form from the interior with my Chumbi collection, and
have it also from Shillong in the Khasias. Doherty
found it in Kumaon at from 2 to 7000 ft., whilst Moller
gives its range up to 9000 ft.
247. Cyaniris jynteana.!
Cyaniris jynteana, de Nicé., l. c., p. 69, t.1., figs. 7, 3,
Ta, 2; Moore, P. Z. 8S., 1883, p. 524, t. 48,
fig. 10.
? C. sikkima, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1883, p. 524, t. 48, fig. 8.
This is common at 4—6000 ft. in the Khasias, and
also occurs in Sikkim at 2—9000 ft. most commonly in
the rains; but I have a female specimen taken in January,
and males taken at Shillong in May and September do
not differ in any way from those taken in August in
Sikkim. I cannot separate the specimen described as
sikkima either by the description or figure; the blackish
disco-cellular streak is a very variable character as far
as I have seen, but the figure represents no specimen
that I have seen, exactly.
248. Zizera trochilus.
Lycena trochylus, Frey., n. Beit., p. 440, 1, v., p. 98
(Aug., 1844); Herr.-Schaff., t. 224—6.
L. puth, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 422 (1848).
Has been taken in the Terai and outer hills only in
the winter months, and is hardly an inhabitant of
Sikkim proper.
I should hardly have ventured to unite the Indian
with the Western form but for the assurance of Mr. de
Nicéville that he has every gradation between the two.
380 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
? 249. Zizera pygmea.
Lycena pygmea, Snell., Tijdschr. Ent., xix., t. vii.,
fig. 3 (1876).
Moller includes this species as one taken formerly by
him in the Terai, but I have seen no specimens that
I can identify with it.*
250. Zizera sangra.
Polyommatus sangra, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 772,
t. 41, 8.
Lycena indica, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1854,
p. 525.
This species is so close to L. lysimon of Hubner that
I have great doubts about separating it, but the speci-
mens I have from Sumatra, the Andamans, Calcutta,
Buxa, and Sikkim seem to be of a paler blue above with
a narrower dark border than my series of lysimon from
Algeria, Andalusia, and the Canary Islands. What is
usually called ZL. indica, which I have from Ceylon,
Central India, Bombay, and the N.W. Himalaya, are
so close that I cannot certainly distinguish them from
sangra, though, as a rule, the markings below are more
distinct, and the spots on the fore wing below larger.
The species occurs in the Terai and outer hills in the
cold weather, and I have taken it in the Tista Valley in
August, but it is rare in the interior of the hills.
251. Lycena (Zizera) maha.
2 Lycena otis, Fabr., Mant. Ins, i, p.73; Butl., Cat.
Fabr., t ii. fig 8 (1870).
LL. maha, Koll, Hugel’s Kash., p. 422 (1848).
L. argia, Men., Cat. Mus. Petr., 125, t. x., fig. 7 (1857).
L. japonica, Murr , Ent. Mo. Mag, xi., p. 167 (1874).
L. diluta, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep., i1., p. 280, t. 35,
figs. 62, 13 (1865).
L. similis, Moore.
Zizera, sp. nova, Moore MSS., ex. coll. Elwes.
If my series of this species was not a very large one
(85 specimens), I should feel hardly justified in uniting
so many supposed species, but I see no way by which
they can be separated with certainty.
* Mr. de Niceville writes to me that this species is identical with
L. Gailsa, Trim., of South Africa.
+
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 381
From Japan I have five pairs, among which two
males have moderate black borders, as in the autumn
brood of the N.W. Himalayas; one has a moderate
border, as in some Sikkim specimens taken in December ;
and two males have no border at all. Three of the
females are dark, as in the summer broods of the
N.W. and Sikkim Himalayas, and the other two with
bluish shading on both wings. Three pairs from China are
very similar to the first-mentioned Japanese, but smaller
in size. Four pairs taken by me in Sikkim in December,
one of which is marked ‘“‘n. sp.” by Moore, are all much
paler in tint than three pairs taken in Sikkim in May
and June; the border of the males is almost obsolete in
three out of four. The December females are all
marked with blue, whilst the June ones are plain dark
brown. I have some specimens from the North-west
Himalayas which agree with both the summer and
winter forms in Sikkim, but the distinctions do not seem
so well-marked. From Calcutta I have one pair, diluta,
Feld., of de Nicéville’s list, which agrees very well with
Kangra and Sikkim specimens, also three pairs taken by
myself at Shillong in September, and two pairs from
Cachar in June and August, which are like the Sikkim
summer brood, though rather smaller. From the
Nilgiri and Arnamallay hills I have four males and two
females, which resemble the Sikkim winter brood. From
Poona four males and one female, marked Z. ossa by
Swinhoe, which are like the smallest of the Sikkim
winter brood, and one female from Indore taken by
myself in November, which is also very small. The
shade of blue of these South and Western Indian speci-
mens is perhaps rather more grey and lighter than in
the average of Himalayan specimens, and the markings
of the under side in these and in the winter Sikkim
brood are less distinct, and the black spots much fainter
than in the summer brood.
252. Lycena Theophrastus.
np piee Ta eat Fabr., Ent. Syst., 1i1., 1, p. 281
Bass ae Koll., Hugel’s Kash., iv., 2, p. 421
(1848).
I have no specimens of this common plains’ insect
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—parT I. (ocT.) 2D
382 Mr. H. Je Elwes’ catalogue of the
from Sikkim, but Moller notes it from the Terai. After
comparing a long series, viz., three pairs from Algeria,
one from Bushire, two from Karachi, ten from the N.W.
Himalaya, two from Malabar and one from Tonghoo,
and one from Bombay, I do not see how to distinguish
nara from Theophrastus, though there is much variation
in the different specimens.
253. Lycena plinius.
Hesperia plinius, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 1ii., 1, p. 284 (1793).
This, like the last, is hardly an insect of the Sikkim
hills, as it belongs to the dryer and hotter parts of
India; but Méller notes it as occurring in the Terai.
254. Lycena betica.
Papilio beticus, Linn., Syst. Nat., xii., 1, pt. 2, p. 789
(1767).
Not common in Sikkim, where the climate is too wet
for it, but occurs up to 10,000 ft., and is commoner in
the interior towards Bhutan, whence my native collectors
have brought it.
255. Lycena pheretes, var. asiatica.
Lycena pheretes, Hb., var. asiatica, Elwes, P. Z.8.,
1882, p. 402.
Since writing the above description I have received no
more of this form from Sikkim, but have three speci-
mens agreeing with them from Ladak, and also three
pairs from Mongolia and Turkestan, which are like the
Kuropean insect. These confirm my opinion that the
Himalayan form of pheretes is distinguishable from others
by its more pointed fore wings and a somewhat deeper
shade of blue.
256. Lycena parrhasius.
Hesperia parrhasius, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii., 1, p. 289
(1783).
Lycena dipora, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 506, t. 32,
fig. 8.
This is a tropical form of the wide-ranging LL. argiades,
Pall., which occurs in the North-west Himalaya under
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 383
the name of dipora, Moore. It seems rare in Sikkim at
low elevations, but is very common in the Khasia hills
in August and September at 4—6000 ft. on the grassy
downs, and I have taken it also at Galle, in Ceylon.
A comparison of my Indian series, namely, ten pairs —
from the N.W. Himalaya, six pairs from Khasia, three
from Ceylon, and one from Java, with six pairs from
Japan, two from Shanghai, and twelve from Germany,
leads me to doubt whether parrhasius and argiades can be
distinguished with certainty. The summer brood in the
Himalayas and Khasias are certainly darker below, and
have a broader dark border to the wings above than
argiades. The red patch on the anal angle of hind wing
below is also better marked ; but the spring brood in
the N.W. Himalaya differ from the summer one as the
German spring form (polysperchon) does from argiades,
and I see no alternative between placing them all under
one species, or separating several local races which do
not, as far as my material serves me, seem to be con-
stant.
257. Jamides bochus.
Papilio bochus, Cram., Pap. Ex., iv., t. 391, ©, p
(1782).
Common at low elevations in Sikkim, and also found
in great numbers on sunny days in June on the top of
Sinchul and other wooded ridges up to 8 or 9000 ft.,
where it probably ascends from below, as the insect is a
purely tropical one, and I doubt its breeding in these
cold, damp, misty forests, though on some occasions it
seemed to be quite at home there.
258. Chilades laius.
Papilio laius, Cram., Pap. Ex., iv., t. 819, p, B (1782).
Polyommatus varunana, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, Dall 2;
t. 41, fig. 6.
Chilades varunana, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., p. 77, t. 35,
fig. 3; Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1886,
p- 365.
Only occurs in the Terai. According to de Nicéville
C. laus is almost certainly the cold and dry-weather
form of varunana.
2d2
384 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
259. Chilades ? pontis. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 5).
Chilades pontis, Elwes, P. Z.§., 1887, p. 446.
Of this curious little species I know four specimens
only, of which one is unnamed in Mr. Godman’s col-
lection, and the other three were taken by myself on the
bridge over the Rangbi jhora, on the road from Darjeeling
to Serail, at an elevation of 6000 ft., on May 27th, 1886.
The locality was in the middle of a dense damp forest, and
the insects settled on the wooden bridge which was carried
away by the torrent during the heavy rain (twelve
inches in eight hours) which occurred on the night of
June 18th, and which caused much destruction to life
and property at Mongpo.
The illustration, which faithfully represents the species,
makes a detailed description unnecessary, but I may say
that it is most nearly allied to a species discovered by
Maries at Kiukiang, in Central China, and described by
me in P.Z.§., 1887, p. 446. From this, however, it is
easily distinguished by the narrower border to the wings,
which have a green reflection and less rounded apex.
The markings beneath are very similar but less regular,
and there is an extra band on the hind wing not found
in the Chinese insect.
260. Lampides elianus.
Hesperia elianus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii., p. 280 (1798).
Common up to 4000 ft. from March to December.
261. Lampides elpis.
Polyommatus elpis, God., Enc. Meth., ix., p. 654 (1823).
Common with the last at the same elevation and
seasons.
262. Catochrysops strabo.
Hesperia strabo, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii., p. 287 (1798).
Not so common as in the plains, but occurs up to
8000 ft. from April to November. I took it below
Mongpo in June.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 385
263. Catochrysops enejus.
Hesperia enejus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 480
(1798).
Found in the Terai and lower hills, but not commonly.
264. Catochrysops pandava.
Lycena pandava, Horst., Cat. Hep: Bele. py G4
(1829).
’ Catochrysops bengalia, de Nicé., J. A.S.B., 1884,
p. 47.
Fairly common in the hills up to 3000 ft. from April
to August. The latter broods, which, according to
Moller, replace it from September to December, differ in
the markings of the under side, and are called bengalia
by him.
Pandava is common in Calcutta in April, May, and
October, but the females seem rarer both there and in
Sikkim. Mr. de Nicéville now regards bengalia as the
winter form of pandava.
265. Castalius decidia.
Lycena decidia, Hew., Ex. Butt., v., Lye:,'t.-1., fig. 4
(1876).
A rare species in Sikkim up to 5000 ft. from April to
October. It agrees very well with specimens from the
Nilgiri hills, whence the type of decidia came.
266. Castalius interruptus.
Castalius interruptus, Moore, P. Z.8., 1883, p. 523,
t. 48, fig. 4; de Nicé., J. A.S.B., 1883, p- 74,
te ee los y
This species seems of very rare occurrence in Sikkim,
where it has once or twice been obtained by Moller’g
collectors. It occurs more commonly in the plains of
Maldah, in Orissa, and was described from Bombay by
Moore. Moller thinks that it is only a seasonal form of
C. decidia.
267. Castalius ananda.
Castalius ananda, de Nicé., J. A. Dets., obs, pr Td,
trl oso Dg. Ma. Se,
386 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
This pretty species is not uncommon in the valleys of
the Rungit and other streams at 1—3000 ft. from April
to October.
268. Castalius roxus.
Polyommatus roxus, Godt., Ene. Meth., ix., p. 659
(18238).
Common up to 4 or 5000 ft. from April to October.
2 Castalius elna.
Lycena elna, Hew., Ex. Butt., v., Lyc., t. i., 8 (1876).
Mr. de Nicéville notes this as occurring in Sikkim,
and I have three specimens which agree with what he
calls elna from the Andamans, but do not see how to
distinguish them from C. roxus.
269. Castalia rosimon.
Papilio rosimon, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 523 (1775).
An insect of the plains rather than the hills, but it
occurs in the Terai, and occasionally up to 3000 ft.
almost all through the year.
270. Nacaduba ardates.
Lycena ardates, Moore, P. Z.8., 1874, p. 574 (t. 67,
fig. 1 not recognisable).
A common species in wet sandy places in river-beds,
where they fly round and round close to the ground in
little swarms like flies, constantly settling on the sand,
and easy to take in quantity. I found these flocks
composed of males alone, and never took a female
myself; they are rare in all the species of this genus.
271. Nacaduba macropthalma.
Lycena macropthalma, Feld., Zool. Bot. Ges., xii.,
p. 483 (1862); Reise Nov., i, p. 273, t. 34,
fig. 35.
Fairly common at 1 to 3000 ft. from April to
November.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 387
272. Nacaduba atrata.
? Lycena atrata, Horsf., Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 78
(1828), °. .
IL. Kurava, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.I.C., p. 22 (1857).
A rare species, which occurs in the low valleys with
the last, from which it is distinguished by the additional
markings on the inner part of the hind wing below, and
by the lighter, more slaty-blue colour which resembles
the tint of N. dana. I have seen no females from
Sikkim, and am not certain whether it is the same as
Horsfeld’s species, as the single specimen which I have
from Padang, in Sumatra, is not fresh enough for an
accurate comparison. I took a male in the Khasias,
however, which agrees with Sikkim specimens, and have
a female from there which agrees with it. Two females
in Moller’s collection differ from the same sex of N.
macropthalma in having a broader dark margin to the
fore wing, the base of which is strongly overlaid with
glossy blue. The hind wing is darker, and the marginal
bands more prominent.
273. Nacaduba bhutea.
_ Nacaduba bhutea, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1888, p. 72,
tT ne. £8. og 4
This species, though very close to ardates, may be
distinguished without difficulty, if fresh specimens are
compared. The best character is in the lower spots of
the discal series on the fore wing below, which form a
bar right across the wing in ardates, and in bhutea are
less in number, and do not reach the hind margin.
De Nicéville says truly that the band crossing the middle
of the cell on the fore wing below does not extend below
it in bhutea, and, though in ardates it usually does, yet I
find. some specimens in which this bar is variable in
length.
Bhutea is not so common as ardates, and, like it,
frequents wet sandy spots in the beds of rivers at
1—3000 ft. I took it below Mongpo in June, and
Moller gets it from April to October.
388 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
274. Nacaduba dana.
Nacaduba dana, de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1888, p. 78, t.1.,
fig. 15.
This species is easily distinguished when fresh by the
violet shade of the upper side and absence of tails,
though, as ardates is sometimes tailless, I do not see
why, as de Nicéville suggests, this should remove it
from the same genus. It occurs from the Terai up to
7000 ft., but is not common, from April to October.
Doherty found it in Kumaon up to 5000 ft. The female
of dana has recently been procured by Moller in late
autumn.
9275. Nacaduba viola.
Lampides viola, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist., 1877, p. 340.
Nacaduba viola, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., p. 89, t. 38,
figs. 1, la, b; Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J. A. 5. B.,
LOS6, %. XVike, AS ais
Rare at 2 to 3000 ft. from May to October.
276. Lycenesthes bengalensis.
Lycena bengalensis, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 773,
t. 41, fig.-9:
Not uncommon up to 2000 ft. from April to October.
277. Lycenesthes lycambes, Hew.
Lycenesthes lycambes, Hew., Ill. Lyc., p. 220, t. xe.,
11, 12.
Rarer than the last at the same elevation and seasons.
278. Lycenesthes 2 eymbta.
Niphanda ? eymbia, de Nicé., J. A. 5. B., 1888, p. 76,
t..ds.4' figs 83d 8ia,¢,26
N. plinioides, Moore, P.Z.8., 1883, p. 524, t. 48,
fig. 8.
A not uncommon species in the low valleys up to
2 or 3000 ft. from April to October. De Nicéville’s name
was published on March 6th, according to him; Moore’s
on April Ist; so the former has priority.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 389
279. Catapecilma elegans.
’ Hypochrysops elegans, Druce, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 850,
t. 82, f. 12.
Catapecilma elegans, Dist., Rhop. Mal., p. 235, t. xxii.,
fig. 17.
The specimens I have from Sikkim, some of which
were taken in March and others by me on May 29th,
1886, near Mongpo, at about 3000 ft.—do not perfectly
agree with that figured by Druce, though the under side
of this insect is extremely difficult to depict well; they
are also considerably smaller than the one figured by
Distant, but if not the same insect, it is very close to it.
I have both sexes, and since writing I have seen the
types in Godman’s collection, which are both worn
females from Sandakan Bay, N.E. Borneo; they are
much smaller, and seem to differ in the markings below,
but are not fresh enough for an accurate comparison.
280. Catapecilma delicatum.
Catapecilma delicatum, de Nicé., P. Z.S., 1887, p. 455.
C. bubases, Hew. apud de Nicé., J.A.S.B., 1885,
p: PIS) ti figs! 1D)-s 5 TF,’ S.
This species, which seems very rare in Sikkim, is well
described and figured by de Nicéville, but as Distant has
pointed out that it is not the same as that described by
Hewitson, he has afterwards given ita new name. It
was found by Moller’s collectors in April and May at
2—3000 ft.
281. Horaga onyx.
Thecla onyx, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 30, 3 (1857);
P.Z.58., 1882, p. 247; de Nicé., J. A.S. B., 1883,
p- 96.
Myrina ciniata, Hew., Ill. Di. Lep., p. 35, t. xiv.,
figs. 80, 81 (1862).
Myrina syrinx, Feld., Hew. Ill. Di. Lep., Lyc., t. xiv.,
figs. 32, 33.
Not uncommon at 1 to 3000 ft. from May to October.
I have two specimens from Dhurmsala (IZocking) which
I cannot distinguish from ciniata.
390 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
282. Horaga viola.
Horaga viola, Moore, P.Z.S., 1882, p. 248; de Nicé.,
J.A. 8. B., 1883, p. 96.
I have both sexes of this species, named by Moore,
from Kangra, whence the types came, anda male from
Shillong, which agrees. The male is a smaller, darker
insect than onyx, but the female has, to my eye, no
perceptible difference, and, though de Nicéville keeps it
distinct from onyx, neither he or Moore give any
distinguishing characters. It is rare in Sikkim.
283. Horaga sikkima. .
Horaga sikkima, Moore, P. Z.8., 1888, p. 525.
This also seems to me barely distinguishable from
H. onyx, from which it is said to differ in the lower
basal and discal areas being of a darker blue tint, the
discal white spot on fore wing intermediate in size. I
have seen the type in Moore’s collection, but am not
able to say whether the supposed characters are constant.
Moller says this may be distinguished by the shorter
band of the fore wing below, which does not reach the
costa; and, if this character is constant, it would be
sufficient, but my specimens are not numerous enough
to judge.
284. Aphneus himalayanus.
Aphneus himalayanus. Moore, J. A. 8. B., 1884, p. 11.
This, which seems to be the commonest form of the
genus in Sikkim, is here distinguishable from the other
forms mentioned below, but whether these distinctions
can be found constant in other localities I am unable to
say, and I entirely disbelieve in the existence of so many
forms as are described. It is found up to 3 or 4000 ft.
from April to November.
285. Aphneus elima.
Aphneus elima, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist., 1877, p. 51.
A species which agrees with what I have from Kangra,
so-named by Moore, and also found near Calcutta, is
found not uncommonly in the low valleys. It may be
distinguished from either of the others in Sikkim by the
dull brownish ground colour of the under side.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 391
286. Aphneus syama.
Amblypodia syama, Horsf., Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 107
(1829).
Spindasis syama, Dist., Rhop. Mal., p. 248, t. xxiii.,
figs. 8, 9. 5, Su
_ Distinguished from himalayensis by the yellower ground
colour of the under side. Varies considerably in Sikkim.
Note. — Since this was written I am informed by
Mr. de Nicéville that he has described three new species
of this genus from Sikkim, namely, Spindasis rukma,
S. rukmini, and S. sani, which will appear in the
‘Journal’ of Asiatic Society of Bengal.
287. Tajuria longinus.
- Hesperia longinus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 430
(1798).
Iolaus longinus, Hew., Ill. Lyc., p. 45, 2 (1865).
Must be somewhat rare in Sikkim, as I have never
Seen specimens in any of the older collections; but
Moller gets it occasionally from the lower valleys. I
believe it is rather an insect of the plains than the hills.
288. Tajuria dieus.
Iolaus dieus, Hew., Ill. Di. Lep. Lye., p. 45, t. xx.,
27, 28,3; 26, 2 (1865).
I have seen no specimen of this species, which was
described from North India, and, from the plate, should
not have been able to say that it was distinct from the
next; but de Nicéville appears to have got male specimens
from Sikkim, as he compares 7’. albiplaga with it.
289. Tajuria albiplaga.
Tajuria albiplaga, de Nicéville, P. Z. §., 1887, p. 459,
by XaRIX,, HO. ds Dyes
Described from a single pair in Méller’s collection,
De Nicéville considers it a very distinct species, though
I should not have thought so, from the plate and de-
scription.
290. Tajuria melastigma.
Tajuria melastigma, de Nicéville, P. Z. §., 1887, p. 460,
boekle hiet as
392 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Described from a single male specimen in Moller’s
collection. De Nicéville thinks it may be the male of
T.. ister, Hew. It occurs also in the Nilghiri hills.
291. Tajuria istroidea.
Tajuria istroidea, de Nicé., P. Z. 8., 1887, p. 458,
$. x1. fig.3; Qa¥
Described from a single female in Moller’s collection,
and nearly allied to Jolaus ister, Hew.
292. Bindahara phocides ?.
? Hesperia phocides, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ui., p. 282
(1793), ¢; Don. Nat..Repr, is4. xliv., fig. 1.
Bindahara phocides, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i., p. 112,
te Sd; fips SD, o's) 0a, 2.
I have a single male specimen of an insect which
agrees very fairly with what is figured under this name
by Moore. The type, which is a female, I have seen,
and, though said by Fabricius to have come from Africa,
is so like the female of the Ceylon insect that I do not
see how to separate it; but the species described by
Horsfeld from Java as Amblypodia sugriva, which is con-
sidered identical with phocides by Moore, has, instead of
a narrow blue band on the outer edge of the hind wing,
a large blue patch; and I believe it to be a distinct
species. The specimen, which is the only one I have seen
from Sikkim, was collected by me in July, 1870, and
given with the rest of my insects of that year to Mr.
Godman, in whose collection I recently found it. De
Nicéville says it is also found near Buxa, Bhotan.
293. Lolaus illurgis.
Tolaus illurgis, Hew., lll. Lyc., Suppl., p. 10, t. iv.,
fies. 37, 38, J (1869).
Cophanta illurgis, Moore, J. A. 8. B., 1884, p. 20.
Of this rare species I have seen only the type-
specimens, which were collected by Atkinson in Sikkim ;
and one female, which is in Mr. Godman’s museum.
** The male will be soon described also by Mr. de Niceville in the
‘Journal’ of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 393
294. Iolaus maculatus.
Tolaus maculatus, Hew., Ill. Lye., p. 47, t. xxi., figs.
29, 30 (1865).
Cophanta maculata, Moore, l. ¢., p. 21.
This is also a rare species, of which I have a pair,
taken near Mongpo in July, I believe, at an elevation
of 5—6000 ft., but of this I cannot be sure. Moller’s
collectors take it rarely in May and June at a low eleva-
tion. It is a beautiful insect, very distinct in the
markings of the under side, which is white, with round
black spots. The female is much larger, and the upper
side is whitish, with a tinge of blue at the base only.
295. Lolaus cotys.
Tolaus cotys, Hew., Ill. Di. Lep., p. 48, t. xix., figs.
19, 20 (1865).
I have a single male of this rare species, taken in the
valley of the Rungit in August, 1886. It agrees with
Hewitson’s type specimen, which is a female, and with
two from Lidderdale’s collection in the British Museum.
Of the nearly-allied Dacalana Burmana, Moore, I have a
single female from Akyab, which is of a pale violet-blue,
showing the white band of the lower surface through
both wings.
296. Sithon jangala.
Amblypodia jangala, Horsf., Cat. E.1.C., p. 118 (1829) ;
Moore, Cat. E. I. C., t. i.a, fig. 11 (1857).
Not uncommon up to about 3000 ft., from April to
October. The female, which does not seem to have been
described, is in Moller’s collection, and resembles the
male, except that there is no purple on the upper side of
the hind wing.
297. Sithon jalindra.
? Amblypodia jalindra, Horsf., Cat. E. I. C., p. 109
(1829).
Myria jalindra, Hew., Ill. Lye., Suppl., p. 24, t. ili. a,
ngs 9659p t0T, 98, 2h
A very rare species, which has only once or twice been
taken by Méller in November. Described from Java and
Sumatra. I have seen no Sikkim specimens, and do not
know whether what Moller calls jalindra is the same as
Horsfeld’s species.
394 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
298. Sithon mandarinus.
Myrina mandarinus, Hew., Ill. Lye., p. 28, t. xi., figs.
CY re ae
This fine species is found in the Khasia, and, according
to Moller, occasionally occurs in the low valleys of Sikkim
during and after the rains. Perhaps this is the same as
fabronia, Hew., but I have no Sikkim specimens for com-
parison, and those from the Khasia hills in my own and
the Hewitson collection are not sufficient for comparison.
299. Camena ctesia. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 6, 2).
Camena ctesia, Hew., Ill. Di. Lep., p. 48, t. xx., figs.
1, 2 (1865).
Not an uncommon insect up to 3 or 4000 ft., from
April to October. The female, which I here figure, has
not been, as far as I know, previously described, and was
taken by me in August at Rikisum, 6000 ft. elevation,
in British Bhotan. The species also occurs in the
Jaintia hills.
300. Cheritra freja.
Hesperia freja, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii., p. 203 (1798).
Myrina jaffra, Horsf., Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 118, t. i.,
figs. 5, 5a, (1829).
Not at all so common an insect in Sikkim, as it seems to
be further east, and found only at the foot of the hills.
801. Cheritra (Ticherra) acte.
Myrina acte, Moore, Cat. E. I. C., i., p. 47, 2 (1877);
Hew., Ill. Di. Lep. Lyc., p. 30, t. xii, figs. 8,
9, d, dry season form (1863).
Ticherra acte, de Nicé., P. Z.8., 1887, p. 457, t. xl.,
fig. 5, ¢, wet season form.
I was on the point of describing the form figured by
de Nicéville, when I received the MSS. of his paper, in
which he pointed out that the marked difference in the
colour of the under side of the two forms was probably a
seasonal variation, and my own specimens confirm this
opinion. I have one taken by Mr. Gammie’s collector
on February 28th, which is at least a third smaller than
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 395
the remainder of my series, five pairs; and shows the
extreme effect of the dry season in reducing the size and
dulling the colour of the under side of this species. Itis
so different from those taken in J uly that no one would
consider it as the same species, if it stood alone. It
occurs at low elevations almost all the year, at least from
January to November.
302. Cheritrella truncipennis.
Cheritrella truncipennis, de Nicé., P. Z. S., 1887, p. 456,
t. Xxxix., figs: 4,5; 3, 2.
I have only seen this rare species in Moller’s col-
lection; it was taken by his native collectors at a low
elevation in June.
803. Myrina ? symira.
Myrina symira, Hew., Ill. Lye., Suppl., p. 26, t. iid,
figs. 107, 108 (1869).
This very curious little species is unknown to me,
excepting by the unique type specimen which I have
seen in the Hewitson collection, and which ig said to
have been collected by the late Mr. Atkinson at Dar-
jeeling. It much resembles a small form of acte, with
the same yellow under side, but has no white spots on
the hind wing. Possibly it is an aberration of acte.
304. Myrina? Cyara.
Myrina Cyara, Hew., l. ¢., t. iii. b, figs. 109, 110 (1869).
This, which appears to be the female of a to me un-
known species, is also unique in Hewitson’s collection,
and said to be from Darjeeling. The marking of the
underside is quite unlike that of any other known to me.
305. Myrina? Melisa.
Myrina Melisa, Hew., l. c., t. iii., figs. 82, 83, ? (1869).
This species also is unknown to me, except in Hewit-
son’s collection ; the types were collected by the late Mr.
Atkinson at Moulmein and Darjeeling,
396 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
306. Myrina fabronia.
Myrina fabronia, Hew., l.¢., p. 23, t. iia, figs. 90, 3;
89, 91, 2° (1869.)
I have never seen any other specimens than the types
in Hewitson’s collection, for which no locality is given ;
but, according to Moore, the species occurs in Sikkim.
307. Hypolycena kina.
Hypolycena kina, Hew., Ul. Lyc., Suppl., p. 18, t. v.,
figs. 82, 3; 33, 34, 2 (1869).
Rare in the low valleys during the greater part of the
year.
308. Hypolycena othona.
Hypolycena othona, Hew., Ill. Lye., p. 50, t. xxii,
fies. 17, 18 (1865).
Common in the low valleys from March to October.
All these beautiful insects are found in similar situations,
namely, banks by the sides of streams in deep hot gorges.
They frequently settle on the wet sand or mud on the
paths or by water, and keep their long and delicate
caudal appendages out of the wet without apparent
difficulty. The females of all of them, which are less
active than the males, are therefore more seldom seen,
and rarer in collections. The female of othona has lately
been obtained by Moller. He describes it as follows :—
‘‘Larger than the male; fore wing fuscous, darker on
outer margins, with a patch of bluish white almost
reaching the inner margin ; the upper third of hind wing
fuscous, the rest bluish white; on this wing only there
is a very fine anticiliary black line, bordered inwardly by
an equally fine white line. Underside as in the male.”
809. Hypolycena (2 Sinthusa) virgo. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 7).
Hypolycena virgo, Kilwes, P. Z. §., 1887, p. 446.
A single female of this beautiful insect, which I have
been unable to identify with any described species, was
taken by myself on May 27th, 1886, by the side of the
path close to the Rungbi bridge, which I have previously
mentioned as such a good place for. forest insects.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 397
Moller’s collectors have never found it, so I presume it
is an inhabitant of the zone of forest from 6—8000 ft.
310. Hypolycena (Sinthusa) chandrana.
Hypolycena chandrana, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1882, p. 249,
t. xi., figs. 2, 2a, 3.
Hypolycena Grotet, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1883, p. 527,
b Six hie. ob.
The type of chandrana, which I have examined in the
British Museum, is said to come from Lahoul; but I
think this locality must be a mistake, as the insect is a
tropical one, and Lahoul is a cold elevated valley in
the North-west Himalaya; but I have two specimens
taken in the adjoining valley of Kulu, at 5000 ft., on
August 13th, by Capt. Young. I cannot see any
difference between it and what is named Grotet in the
' British Museum collection, which is said to come from
N.E. Bengal (Grote). I have, however, taken specimens
of both sexes myself both in Sikkim and the Khasia
hills. In the former district it was found in dense
tropical jungle, at 2500 ft., in June and July; but it is
out from March to October, and occurs up to 5000 ft.
In the Khasia I found it among bushes in the more open
country, at about 4000 ft., in September. A perfectly-
fresh female taken here differs somewhat from the
similar sex in Sikkim, but only in minor and variable
characters; and I see no way of separating the Kulu,
Sikkim, and Khasia specimens. Nothing is said by
Moore on the subject, the descriptions of both species
being nearly the same.
311. Hypolycena (Sinthusa) nasaka.
Thecla nasaka, Horsf., Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 91 (1829).
Rare in Sikkim, at 1—5000 ft., during the rainy season.
Does not differ from a Kangra specimen in my collection.
312. Hypolycena erylus.
Polyommatus erylus, Godt., Ene. Meth., ix., p. 638.
Hypolycena erylus, Hew., Ill. Lyc., p. 49, t. xxi,
figs: 1, ¢; 2, 4,.-2 (1866).
Common at low elevations from April to December.
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—parT 1. (ocT.) 2
398 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
313. Hypolycena (Cheritra) etolus.
Papilio etolus, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii., p. 66 (1787).
Hypolycena etolus, Hew., Ill. Lyce., t. xxii., figs. 19, 20
(1865).
Common at same elevation and seasons as the last.
314. Deudorix (Rapala) orseis.
Deudoriz orseis, Hew., Ill. Lye., p. 28 (1863).
? Deudorix grisea, Moore, P. Z.8., 1879, p. 140.
Not uncommon at low elevations from April to
November. No figure having been given of either of these
species, I have examined the specimen of orseis in
Hewitson’s collection, and agree with de Nicéville in
considering D. grisea probably the same, though the type
of the latter comes from the N.W. Himalaya, and that
of the former from Sumatra. I have this species also
from the Khasia hills and Andaman islands.
315. Deudorix (Rapala) schistacea.
Deudorix schistacea, Moore, P. Z. §., 1879, p. 140.
I have never taken a specimen of this in Sikkim, but
de Nicéville and Moller have both procured it with the
last. I have it also from Malabar, Burmah, Bhutan,
Cachar, and the Philippine islands.
316. Deudorix (Rapala) distorta.
Rapala distorta, de Nicé., P. Z.8., 1887, p. 461, t. xl.,
fig): 250
Two female specimens of this species were taken by
Moller on March 22nd, at 1500 ft.; another female in
August. The male as yet is unknown.
317. Deudorix (Bidaspa) jarbas.
Papilio jarbas, Fabr., Mant. Ins., i1., p. 68 (1787).
Thecla sorya, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 414, t. v., figs.
1, 2 (1848).
Common at low elevations from June to December.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 399
318. Deudorix (Bidaspa) nissa.
Thecla nissa, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 412, t. iv., figs.
3, 4 (1848).
Deudorixz nissa, Hew., Ill. Lye., t. x., figs. 42, 48 (1863).
Not rare up to about 3000 ft. from February to October.
There are two very distinct-looking forms of this species,
but a large series from the N.W. Himalaya, Sikkim, and
Khasia, leave me no doubt that they cannot be separated.
In the Khasias it is one of the commonest species.
319. Deudorix epijarbas.
Dipsas epijarbas, Moore, Cat. EK. I. C., i., p. 32 (1857).
Deudorix epijarbas, Hew., Ul. Lyc., t. vii., figs. 16 —18
(1863).
Common up to 3 or 4000 ft. from April to December.
320. Deudorix (Vadebra) petosiris.
Deudorix petosiris, Hew., Ill. Lyc., p. 22, t. ix., figs.
30, 31 (1863).
Common in Sikkim at low elevations.
321. Deudorix amyntor.
Papilio amyntor, Herbst., Nat. Schmett., t. 800, figs.
5, 6, 2 (1804).
Deudorix amyntor, Hew., Ill. Lye., p. 17, t. viii., figs.
19, 20, ¢ (1863).
A very rare species in Sikkim. Méller had only pro-
cured two specimens until 1887, but this year has had
several from his native collectors.
822. Deudorix (Virachola) perse.
Deudorix perse, Hew., Ul. Lyc., p. 18, t. viil., figs. 24,
25, 3; 26, 2 (1863).
Moller says that this species occurs up to 9000 ft., but
I think it must be but a straggler at this elevation ;
and it is not common in Sikkim, though found almost
all through the season.
oR 2
400 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
8323. Deudorix (Iraota) timoleon.
Papilio timoleon, Stoll, Suppl. Cram., t. xxxii., figs.
4, 4d.
2 Amblypodia rochana, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. KE. I. C.,
fr 112, te, Oy
Rare in Sikkim at low elevations from May to October.
824. Deudorix (Iraota) mecenas.
Hesperia mecenas, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i., p. 271;
Don, Ins. China, t. xl.., fig. 2.
Thecla nila, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 413, t. iv., figs. 5, 6.
Also rare at same elevation and seasons as the last.
3825. Pratapa Bhotea.
Pratapa bhotea, Moore, J. A. 8. B., 1884, p. 22.
An insect described under this name from Sikkim is
in the Caleutta Museum, and also in Miller’s collection,
but seems very rare. Moller includes P. deva in his list,
but I have no specimen to identify, and suspect it is the
above species.
326. Ilerda epicles.
Flerda epicles, Godt., Ene. Meth., p. 646 (1823).
This is a very common species up to about 4000 ft.
from April to December. Both sexes vary considerably,
the males in the size of the red lunules on the hind wing,
which are sometimes quite absent on the upper side; and
in the colour of the fore wing, which in one form is deep
purple, with a broad black border, whilst in others it is
of a much duller purple, with a red blotch more or less
distinct onthe disc. The females also vary in the size
of the red patch on the fore wing, and in the extent of
the red band on the hind wing.
327. Ilerda androcles.
Ilerda androcles, Doubl. Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., t. Ixxv.,
fig. 2 (1852).
Ilerda Hewitsoni, Moore.
A very abundant species in the forest at 6—9000 ft.
during the rainy months, where it collects in groups on
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 401
sunny spots on the road, settling with open wings and
flying very rapidly round and round. I have taken it as
early as May 27th, and as late as December, but July
and August are the height of the season. I have speci-
mens of the female, marked Hewitsoni, Moore, from
Hocking’s collection, though neither androcles nor
Hewitsont are included in the list of this collection
published by him, and I have it also from Kulu and
Pangi, taken at 4000 ft. in March. I took this species
among bushes on the edge of the forest in one or two
places on the Khasia hills, at 5—6000 ft., in September.
The females are very difficult to distinguish from those
of tamu and Moorei, but I never found two species flying
in the same localities in Sikkim.
328. Ilerda brahma.
Ilerda brahma, Moore, Cat. Lep. EH. I. C., i, t. i. a,
figs 24,5
This lovely insect is common at about 3—6000 ft.
from June to December, but most abundant in July and
August. I found it on forest-paths in sunny places, and
it has the same habits as I. androcles.
829. Ilerda Mooret.
Ilerda Moorei, Hew., Ill. Di. Lep., p. 58, No. 5
(1865).
Ilerda saphir, Elwes, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 403, t. xxv.,
figs. 9, ¢ , 10, 2 (nec Blanch.).
Though the impossibility of depicting the metallic
shade of colour in these nearly-allied species makes the
figure of this species referred to very like what I take to
be tamu of Kollar. = coruscans, Moore, yet in the shade
of its blue, which is purplish rather than greenish, it is
very distinct. Since I first received it in 1881 from
native collectors, I have had other specimens from the
interior to the eastward, but never from British Sikkim.
I have received a specimen of I. saphir from Paris, taken
at Moupin, in Kast Tibet, which shows that I was wrong
in my identification, as saphir seems to be much nearer
to, if not identical with, Oda, Hew., from the N.W.
Himalaya.
402 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
330. Thecla duma.
Dipsas duma, Hew., Ill. Di. Lep., Suppl., p. 15 (1869).
This species is common on Sinchul at 7—8000 ft.,
and I have also taken it on the Gumpahar road. It
flies during the height of the rainy season in June, July,
and August, and settles on the road or on ordure in open
places. The female, which I have only once seen alive, is
much rarer, and a very different insect in appearance,
being uniform dark brown, with a large patch of reddish
yellow on the disc of the fore wing, resembling the female
of T’. icana, though larger.
331. Thecla syla.
Thecla syla, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 414, t. iv., figs.
7, 8 (1848).
Dipsas syla, Hew., Ill. Di. Lep., t. xxvi., fig. 3 (1865).
This species is much rarer than in the N.W. Himalaya,
and I have seen no specimen of it myself in Sikkim ;
but Moller notes it as found from 8—10,000 ft. in July
and August.
332. Amblypodia camdeo.
Amblypodia camdeo, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 41,
t. ica, fig. 6 (1857).
This species, which is not uncommon in the Khasia
hills and Assam, is of doubtful occurrence in Sikkim,
though Moller has taken it in the Terai.
333. Amblypodia amantes.
Amblypodia amantes, Hew., Cat. Lyc. B. M., p. 4,
t. i1., figs. 1, 8 (1862).
Also confined to the Terai.
334. Amblypodia eumolphus.
Papilio eumolphus, Cram., Pap. Ex., iv., t. 229, g, h
(1782).
Amblypodia eumolphus, Hew., Cat. Lye. B. M., t. viii.,
figs. 8, 9 (1862).
This beautiful species, the male of which is of a
brilliant green, like T’hecla dwna, whilst the female is of
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 403
the usual blue-black colour of the genus, is not uncommon
at low elevations from March to December.
335. Amblypodia centaurus.
Papilio centaurus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p- 520 (1775).
Amblypodia centaurus, Hew., Cat. Liyes; Bs M., t. ii.,
figs. 10—13 (1862).
Common at low elevations from April to December.
336. Amblypodia anita.
Amblypodia anita, Hew., Cat. Lyc. B. M., p. 14, t. 8,
figs. 90, 91 (1862).
Of this very distinct-looking species I have a single
specimen only, which I brought from Sikkim in 1871,
and gave with the rest of my first collection to Mr.
Godman. I have compared it, and find that it agrees
with the type of anita, Hew., which is from Siam, whilst
other specimens in the Hewitson collection placed under
this name differ considerably.
307. Nilasera? asoka.
Nilasera? asoka, de Nicé., J. A. S.B., 1883, p. 78, t. ix.,
Hs. 6s a OUD).
Not uncommon at from 1 to 3000 ft. from June to
October. |
338. Nilasera? adriana.
Nilasera? adriana, de Nicé., l.c., p. 79, t. ix.. figs.
5, SP Say 2 «
One of the commonest of the Amblypodias in the low
valleys, with the last. It is very like the last on the
upper side, but the male has a broader black border,
and the absence of the green anal spots on the hind
wings beneath is a good and constant difference.
Satadra luzula.
Satadra luzula, Moore, J. A. S. B., 1884, p- 25.
I am unable, from the description of the species, to
tell whether it is distinct or not, as it is only compared
404 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
with a newly-described and doubtful species, S. chola,
and no figure of either is given.
339. Amblypodia areste.
Amblypodia areste, Hew., Cat. Lyc. B. M., p. 10, t. v.,
figs. 43, 44 (1862).
? Satadra chola, Moore, J. A. 8. B., 1884, p. 24.
This beautiful species occurs, but not commonly, at
3—4000 ft. from July to October, and I have a single
specimen taken below Mongpo at about 2000 ft. on
February 2nd by Mr. Gammie’s collector. I cannot, by
the description, distinguish S. chola. When Mr. Moore
says, ‘ closely allied,” and gives no figure, there is a very
strong probability of identity in my opinion ; de Nicéville,
however, thinks it may be the same as asoka.
3840. Nilasera? Molleri.
Nilasera? Moelleri, De Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1883, p. 80,
t. ix., figs. 4, ¢; 4a, 2.
Nearest to, but quite distinct from, the last; it is found
at 2—8000 ft., but not commonly, during the rains from
June to October. I also have a specimen from the
Jaintea hills.
341. Nilasera? fulgida.
Amblypodia fulgida, Hew., Ill. Lyc., p. 11, t. v., fig.
31, ¢ (1863).
Nilasera? fulgida, de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1883, p. 80,
tb; ix, figes8; de Sian? z
Not uncommon at 1—4000 ft. I have only taken it
below Mongpo on May 29th, but its season is from the
beginning to the end of the rains.
342. Nilasera? bazalus.
2 Amblypodia bazalus, Hew., Cat. Lye. B. M., t. iv.,
figs. 37, 88 (1862).
A rare species, which has only been taken in Sikkim
by Mr. de Nicéville, and by Méller’s men at 2—38000 ft.
during and after the rains. Méller now thinks that what
is recorded by de Niceville as buzalus is the female of
eumolphus.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 405
343. Nilasera? abseus.
Amblypodia abseus, Hew., l.c., t. v., figs. 51, 52.
Though I have never taken it myself, this species is,
according to Moller, common up to 8 or 9000 ft., and
occurs from June to November.
344. Satadra? e@enea.
Amblypodia aenea, Hew., Ill. Lye., p. 14¢, t. iii.c,
fig. 55 (1869).
Not a common species, but it is found at low elevations
in the cold weather as well as in the rains, as I have
three specimens taken by Mr. Gammie’s collector at
1500 ft. in December and February.
Satadra bupola.
Amblypodia bupola, Hew., Ill. Lye., Suppl., p. 21, t. vii.,
figs. 64, 65.
A rare species, which occurs at low elevations. A
female specimen in my collection does not show the
gold-green on the three caudal spots mentioned in
Hewitson’s description, but very slightly shown in his
figure, and agrees with some of the specimens in his
collection.
345. Satadra singla.
Satadra singla, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1885, p. 119,
O30) NPG, Se Fark >
This species has only been recently discriminated by
de Nicéville, who distinguishes it from bupola by the
narrower and longer fore wing, the darker shade of
purple on the upper side, and the violet-whitish powdering
of the hind wing below. It is found rarely at the same
elevation and seasons as most of these nearly-allied
species, which seem, however, to keep quite distinct from
each other.
346. Satadra teesta.
Satadra teesta, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1886, p. 258, t. xi.,
fig. 3, d.
A rare species, which is taken by Moller’s collectors
in the Teesta Valley. It is very near the last, and |
406 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
do not yet know how the females can be distinguished ;
but de Nicéville separates it on account of the fore
wing being shorter and truncated instead of produced
at the apex, the marginal black border only a quarter as
wide, and the colour of both wings above of a deeper
shade of purple than in any other species of the group
known to him.
347. Satadra atrax.
Amblypodia atrax, Hew., Cat. Lyc. B. M., p. 18, t. vil.,
figs. 80, 82 (1862).
A rare species, occurring up to 8000 ft. from April to
October.
348. Amblypodia (Surendra) Quercetorum.
Amblypodia quercetorum, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C.,
p. 42, t. la, fig. 7 (1857).
A common species up to about 4000 ft. almost all
through the year.
349. Amblypodia (Panchala) rama.
Thecla rama, Koll., Hugel’s Reise, p. 412, t. iv.,
figs. 1, 2 (1844).
This species seems much rarer in Sikkim than in the
North-west, where it occurs from 1 to 8000 ft., and,
though it belongs to a tropical group, it was found flying
over ground at 7500 ft., powdered with snow in December,
by Mr. Doherty. In Sikkim its range is only up to
about 3000 ft., according to Moller, and its season from
April to October.
350. Amblypodia (Panchala) perimuta.
Amblypodia perimuta, Moore, Cat. E.I.C., p. 42;
Hew., Ill. Lyec., Suppl., t. vii., fig. 61.
Rare up to about 3000 ft. from June to October.
851. Amblypodia (Panchala) paranvta.
Panchala? paramuta, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1888, p. 81,
t. 1x., figs. 7, di, Way oe |
Rare up to 8000 ft. from April to October.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 407
352. Amblypodia (Acesina) paraganeesa.
Amblypodia paraganeesa, de Nicé., J. A. S.B., 1882,
p- 63.
A. ganeesa, Hew., Cat. Lye. B.M., t. vii., fig. 72 (nec
Moore).
Not so rare as the last, at the same elevation and
season. It is very distinct from ganeesa, and occurs
also in the Khasia hills.
PAPILIONIDA.
PIERINAE.
358. Pontia xiphia.
Papilio xiphia, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., p. 48 (1781).
P. nina, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 1, p. 194 (1793).
Not common in Sikkim, but I have taken it below
Mongpo in June, and it occurs up to 4 or 5000 ft. from
April to October.
054. Delias pasithoe.
Papilio pasithoe, Linn., Syst. Nat., ii., p. 755 (1767).
Not uncommon up to about 8000 ft. from April to
December.
305. Deltas pyramus.
Thyca pyramus, Wall., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1867,
p. 347.
Pieris thisbe, Gray, Lep. Nepal, p. 8, t. vii., f. 1, 3;
P. thisbe, 3, Boisd., Sp. Gen., p. 449, @.
Wallace separates the Indian form from the Chinese
species (thysbe, Cram.), but I have been unable to make
a comparison on account of the rarity of Chinese insects,
which seem to come to Hurope much less frequently
than they did formerly. Itis an extraordinary thing that,
as far as I know, no modern entomologist has seriously
collected the insects of South China, which would have
the greatest scientific value, as the types described by
old authors are now often difficult to identify.
356. Delias eucharis.
Papilio eucharis, Drury, Ins., ii., t. x., f. 5, 6; Cram.,
201, B, c, 202, c (nec Fab.).
Occurs at low elevations from April to October, but
an insect of the plains rather than the hills.
408 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
357. Delias descombest.
Pieris Descombesi, Boisd., Sp. Gen., p..465 (1836).
Common at low elevations, and up to 38000 ft., from
March to December. I found it with P. hippoides and
other Pieride fond of settling on the sweet-scented
flowers of Cinchona Ledgeriana in the lower plantations
at Mongpo. I have a very curious hermaphrodite of
this species, in which the right-hand wings are those of
a female and the left-hand ones those of a male; the
corresponding sides of the extremity of the abdomen
also appear to be those of the two sexes, but in their
dried and somewhat shrivelled condition I cannot see
whether the male clasper on the left side is perfect.
858. Delias hierte, var. indica.
Thyca hierte, var. indica, Wall., Trans. Ent. Soe.
Lond., 1867, p. 351.
Not uncommon at the same elevation and seasons as
the last.
359. Delias agostina.
Pieris agostina, Hew., Ex. Butt., vol. i., Pieris, 1.,
figs, 1,2, dos nWall., «les; p.. B55;,.2 «
Not uncommon in the lower valleys from March to
December.
359. Delias belladonna.
Pieris belladonna, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., p. 180 (1798) ;
Don., Nat. Rep., 1., t. xxxv. (1823).
P. Horsfeldii, Gray, Zool. Mise., i., p. 832; Ins. Nep.,
{. vill., fig. 2.
Delias ithiela, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1869, iv., p. 242.
D. Hearseyi et D. Boylee, Butl., l.c., 1885, xv., p. 58.
D. berinda, Moore, P. Z.8., 1872, p. 566, 2.
D. belladonna, Elwes, Ann. Nat. Hist., 1886, p. 157,
et seq.
Having recently written on this species, I was careful
to take especial notice of its habits during my last visit
to India, and, though I am not able to change my
opinion that there is only one species under the several
names which have been given to it, yet I am able to add
something to our previous knowledge. I found the dark
form ithiela most common in Sikkim from May to
~ Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 409
August at low elevations, 2—4000 ft., where it frequents
the banks of streams in hot, thoroughly tropical valleys,
and flies slowly about the water-side, resting sometimes
on mud and pebbles almost in the water. Some speci-
mens of the variety with yellow on the abdominal margin
occur here with the pure black one, and some have
white or only a yellow tinge in the same part of the
hind wing. But neither Moller or I have ever taken
females with the males in these places, and all the
five females I possess of this form were procured from
native collectors, and vary in the same particulars
as the males. I never saw a typical Hlorsfeldii at these
low elevations, but found it in the dense forest on
Sinchul at 6 to 8000 ft., where it settles on paths and
in damp places on the ground, and flies slowly in
the same manner as ithiela. The only female of this
form which I got was taken by my native assistant at
an elevation of nearly 11,000 ft. on the road between
Tonglo and Sundukpho, where it had probably been
driven up by the wind, and both this and another
similar female given me by Moller are intermediate
between the ithicla females and those of the typical
Horsfeldii_ from the North-west Himalayas. In the
Khasia hills I was fortunate enough to find Belladonna
in its breeding-places, which are the small patches of
natural forest left on the higher parts of the hills at
from 4000 to 6400 ft. elevation. Here itisin some places
abundant, and I found the females almost as plentiful
as the males. In the wood which crowns the summit
of the Shillong peak I had several Opportunities of
observing the habits of the insect, which are quite
different from what I saw in Sikkim. They fly on sunny
days about the tops of the trees, and make little excur-
sions into the open country round, always returning to
the shelter of the wood, and frequently descending to
settle on the flowers of a species of Euonymus, and of a
large species of Scabiosa which grew on its outskirts.
The flight is slow, graceful, and soaring, and the
butterflies are not at all shy. Here I found hardly
any variation in the insects, all being true ithiela,
excepting two specimens, which were slightly tinted with
yellow on the abdominal margin. I figure a female of
the Khasia form, which has also been named berind: by
Moore, and a female of the Horsfeldii type from Sikkim,
410 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
which closely resembles the North-western Horsfeldii
from the Mandra plateau, in Kulu, taken at 8500 ft.
by Capt. Graham Young. These are selected from
35 males and 18 females in my collection.
The facts as to the geographical distribution of this
species which we know are as follows :—In E. Tibet, and
probably S. China, the typical Belladonna of Fabricius is
the dominant form.* In Sikkim, at 6—10,000 ft., the
same form, somewhat darker. In Nepal and the North-
western Himalayas Horsfeldii of Gray is found. In the
Khasias, and at low elevations in Sikkim, we have
the dark variety ithiela varying in the colour of the
abdominal margin, which is sometimes yellowish and
sometimes white.
In the North-western Himalayas, Simla, Kulu, and
elsewhere, we have sanaca, Moore, a much paler form,
which may be distinct, but I do not know enough of it
to speak certainly on this point. Capt. Lang says of it,
P.Z.§8., 1865, p. 491 :—‘‘ Very rare; obtained only in
one richly-wooded glen far in the interior. Its flight
was very strong and fast.”
360. Prioneris thestylis.
Pieris thestylis, Doubl. Gray, Zool. Mise., p. 76 (1842) ;
' Doubl. Hew., Gen., t. vi. fig. 2 (1847).
? Prioneris seta, Moore, P.Z.§8., 1857, p. 102, t. 44,
TOS Pa ae
P. seta, Wall., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1867, p. 384.
P. watsoni, Hew., l. c., 1868, p. 100.
This is, as Mr. Wallace remarks, a very puzzling
species, which, if I had only seen the two extreme
forms, I should not hesitate to separate; but, as he
remarks, there are a series of variations by which
watsoni or seta is brought nearer and nearer to thestylis.
From Sikkim I have six males and five females, of
which four males are thestylis, and two approach watsont.
From Buxa, in Bhotan, I have a male which is typical
thestylis. From the Khasias. I have a female which is
so large and dark, showing caly a trace of yellow at the
* In: a soleeaad ae received by ‘Mr. Tccoh fae near Ichang,
on the middle course of the Yang-tse-kiang river, are many speci-
mens of Belladonna which, though unset when I saw them, seem
identical with those from E. Tibet.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 411
anal angle, so that it might well be supposed to belong
to a different species from the Sikkim one. This specimen
mimics Delias belladonna vay. ithiela so well that until
it was set I did not recognise it as thestylis. From
Burmah and Tenasserim I have fifteen males, of which
some are like the Sikkim watsoni and some the extreme
form of it. Moller is of opinion that they cannot be
separated in Sikkim, and I agree with him; but I could
not at present decide as to the Tenasserim insect. My
Sikkim females show much variation in the amount of
yellow on the upper side, and I have seen no specimen
like that described by Wallace.
The males are not uncommon in Sikkim up to 4000
or 5000 ft. throughout the season ; the females rarer.
361. Prioneris clemanthe.
Pieris clemanthe, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., xvii., p. 28
(1846),
Occurs, but not commonly, in the lower valleys from
April to October ; the female, however, seems quite rare.
362. Catopsilia pyranthe.
Papilio pyranthe, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 245 (1764).
Callidryas pyranthe, Boisd., Sp. Gen., i., p. 611 (1836).
Comnion up to 3000 ft. from March to December.
363. Catopsilia gnoma.
Papilio gnoma, Fab., Syst. Ent., App., p. 828, 3
(1775).
P. philippina, Cram., Pap. Ex., iv., t. 361, c, D (1782).
Not uncommon up to 3000 ft. from March to December.
364. Catopsilia catilla.
Papilio catilla, Cram., Pap. Ex., iii,, t. 229 D, E (1782).
Not uncommon up to 5000 ft. from March to December.
3865. Catopsilia crocale.
Papilio crocale, Cram., Pap. Ex., i., t. 55 C.D 779).
I have no specimens from Sikkim, but I have it from
Nepal and Bhotan, so that I have no doubt it occurs
occasionally, if not regularly.
412 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
366. Terias hecabe.
Papilio hecabe, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 11, p. 763 (1767).
I shall not attempt to give the synonymy of this
species here, because the number of names which has
been applied to the various forms of this insect by
Messrs. Butler and Moore is so great that it would cover
half the page, and moreover, I should be unable to
say, without having seen the so-called types of these
species, that they were certainly identical with hecabe,
though some of mine have been otherwise named by
Swinhoe and Moore; but, after examining carefully
about 200 specimens from all parts of India in my
collection, of which 40 are from Sikkim, I do not see
my way to define more than one species. It is as
common here as elsewhere, and extends from the Terai
to at least 10,000 ft. elevation.
The most marked varieties are as follows: a large
lemon-yellow insect, which Swinhoe and Moore call
hecabeoides, having a broad border extending round the
posterior angle of the fore wings and half-way down the
costa, with a border of about a line wide on the hind
wings, and no brown patch at the apex of the fore wing
beneath. The females are paler, more or less flecked
with dark scales on both wings above, and have a
broader, less-defined border on the hind wings. This
form occurs during the rains in the lowest and hottest
valleys, and agrees perfectly with what I took at Teria
Ghat, in the Khasias. At Mongpo, 3—4000 ft., the
prevalent form is smaller and rather brighter yellow
above, but otherwise similar; and a very dwarf form,
not more than two-thirds the size of the common one,
occurs in both sexes in June, and probably at other
seasons. At higher elevations, and up to the top of
Tonglo, the same form, but usually smaller, occurs
during June, July, and August.
In the spring months, at low elevations, the band of
the fore wings in the male is reduced to a narrow edging
of black on the posterior half, and does not extend round
the angle, but this is not constant. In the hind wing
the border is reduced to a very narrow line, sometimes
only showing in the form of specks at the ends of the
veins.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim, 413
The under side has a conspicuous brown patch at the
apex of the fore wing, and the brown markings are
more distinct than during the rainy season, sometimes
showing through on the upper side. The female of this
form, however, has the black borders of both wings
fully as broad as in the later broods, and though I am
not in a position to say that this extremely broad-
bordered female belongs to the almost borderless male,
yet I have no other specimens which agree so well with
them on the under side.
In some of these large females, which are like nothing
I have from other places, the patch on the disk of the
fore wing below shows plainly on the upper side as a
short blackish bar at the end of the cell.
All these facts go to prove that climate, season, and
temperature are influences which can modify to a great
extent the size, colour, and markings of Terias hecabe ;
and, until the advocates of the subdivision of species
have shown facts tending in the opposite direction, I
shall refuse to recognise the validity of their undefined,
and, as. I maintain, undefinable species.
367. Terias rubella.
Terias rubella, Wall., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1867,
p- 8258.
2 T. drona,. Horsf., Cat. BH.) 1. Ci, p. 187, t. 66. £18
(1829).
This, though one of the commonest T'erias in the
North-west Himalaya, the Khasias, and Western India,
is very rare in Sikkim. I have but one or two speci-
mens of it, and, according to Moller, it is only found at
the foot of the hills. If the Himalayan insect is really
distinct from the Malayan, as Wallace says it is, it must
bear the name of rubella, which Wallace described from
China, Calcutta, and Darjeeling. I have not the same
material from the Malay Islands which Wallace had for
comparison, but I cannot allow that two species of this
form exist in the Himalayas, as Moore says.
868. Terias leta.
Terias leta, Boisd., Sp. Gen. Lep., i., p. 674 (1836).
T’. santana, Feld., Reise Nov., 1., p. 211 (1865).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PpaRT III. (ocT.) 2F
414 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
This species occurs, but not abundantly, in Sikkim at
7 to 9600 ft. elevation in July, August, and September,
but I have never taken it myself.
869. Terias venata.
Terias venata, Moore, Cat. E.1.C., p. 65, t. 2a, fig. 2
(1857).
Found at 6—9000 ft., but locally, and not so common
as in the Khasias or N.W. Himalayas. There is some
question as to whether the species is really distinct, but
a large series of it is easily distinguished from drona
and leta by the shape of the border of the fore wing.
870. Terias harina.
Terias harina, Horsf., Cat. E. 1. C., p. 187 (1829).
Rare at low elevations up to about 3000 ft. from April
to December.
871. Colias Feildi.
Colias Feildi, Men., Cat. Mus. Petr., p. 79, t. i., fig. 5.
C. Feildu, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 7.
? C. Edusa, Gray, Lep. Nepal, t. 5, fig. 2.
C. Edusa var. myrmidone, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865,
“4. p. 292.
C. myrmidone, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 411; Elwes
(nec Esp.), P. Z.8., 1882, p. 401.
Very abundant in the interior at high elevations in
the rains, and found more rarely near Darjeeling during
the whole year, according to Moller. I have only seen
it myself in July at a small clearing called Lepcha-jaga,
on Goompahar, about 7000 ft., and on the open parts of
the Singalelah range from 10 to 12,000 ft.; but I also
found it not common in the Khasias at 5—6000 ft. in
September.
372. Dercas verhuelli.
Colias verhuellit, Hoev., Tjid. Nat. Gesch., v., t. vili.,
figs. 3, 4 (1838).
Gonepteryxz verhuellii. Doubl. Hew., Gen. Di. Lep.,
t. vul., fig. 3 (1847).
Not uncommon in certain places up to 4000 ft. from
May to October.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 415
373. Dercas Wallichii.
Gonepteryx Wallichii, Doubl., Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
v., p. 47 (1849).
? Dercas Wallichii, Elwes, P. Z. S., 1882, p. 402.
? Gonepteryx urania, Butl., P.Z.8., 1865, p. 458,
t. xxvi., fig. 5, 2.
The single specimen which I mentioned before as
having been brought from the interior by native collectors
is the only one I have ever seen or heard of from Sikkim.
On comparing it again with Butler’s plate, I think that
his species is probably the female, as the differences
shown in it are much the same as those which are found
in the two sexes of D. verhuelli, but the abdomen being
wanting in the type of urania, it is not possible to say
this with certainty.
374. Pieris (Aporia) agathon.
Preris agathon, Gray, Zool. Mise., p. 383 (1831); Lep.
Nep., t. 8, fig. 1 (1846).
A single specimen of this species was brought by my
native collectors from the interior towards Bhutan in
1883, but it has not been obtained certainly in Sikkim.
375. Pieris Dubernardi.
Pieris Dubernardi, Ober., Et. Ent., ie, patsy £, 1,
fig. 6.
This species is only known to me from some eight or
nine specimens, which were brought by a native employed
by the late Capt. Harman, R.E., in surveying the Tibetan
frontier, and may not occur on this side of the passes.
It agrees very well with Oberthir’s figure and descrip-
tion, taken from two specimens obtained at Tsekou, in
Eastern Tibet, which, like my own, were all males.
376. Pieris canidia.
Pieris canidia, Sparrm., Amen. Acad., vii., p. 504,
note (1768).
P. gliciria, Cram., Pap. Wx ilies 171, &, F (1779).
Common in Sikkim at 4 to 12,000 ft. during the rainy
season, and found, according to Moller, as low as
F2rF
A16 Mr, I. J. Mlwes’ catalogue of the
8000 ft. from Mareh to December, The form found in
Sikkim is variable in size, the smallest 1 have being
lakon at Mongpo, 4000 ft., in June, and the largest in
Decomber, but none of them are so heavily marked on
the hind wings as those | have from the Khasias and
Nilgiri hills, and none of them are so small and lightly
marked as the spring brood found in the North-west
Himalaya, some of which come very close to the var.
palearctica, Star., from Namagan, in ‘Turkestan. 1 have
a single, very heavily-marked fomate from Ladak, with
an additional spot below the cell on the hind wing, and
no yollow at the base of the hind wing beneath, which L
considered as a varioty of canidia, but L now think it is
more probably the undeseribed female of 2. deota,
do Niceville, as eanidia has not to my knowledge been
takon in the dry climate of Ladak.
877. Dieris brassice.
Pieris brassica, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., 467.
P, brassice var. nipalensis, Doubl., Lop. B. M., ii,
p. 82; Gray, Lep. Nepal, p. 9, t. vi., figs. 1, 8.
I, nepalensis, Moore, P. 4. 8., 1865, p. 49.
| cannot separate this from brassicae, as lL have before
romarked, It is commoner in the interior than at
Darjooling, but occurs there from March to December,
and as low as 8000 ft.
878. Pieris melete.
Pieris melete, Mon., Cat. Mus. Potr., i, p. 118, t. x.,
1, 2 (1855).
P, ajaka, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 490, t. xxxi.,
fig. 16; Kiwes, P. Z. 8., 1882, p. 401.
[have had considerable doubt as to the name to be
givon to the form of this insect found in Sikkim, It is
cortainly not distinguishable as a species from melete, of
which Lt have numerous specimens from Amurland,
Japan, and Corea, but is a rather dark mountaim variety
of that species analogous to the variety bryonie@, which
ropresents 2. napi in the high Alps of urope and in
Lapland, Aelete has, in’ Amurland and Japan, a
summer and a spring brood, the latter of which is
not at all unlike some of the smaller specimens of melete
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 417
found in the North-west Himalaya, but [ have never
seen any 80 large, so dark beneath, or so heavily
marked with black on the veins as the form which 1s
found in the interior of Sikkim. Ajaka of Moore is a
form from the North-west, the figure of which does
not agree exactly with anything I have seen, and
though I have little doubt it is a similar insect to the
Sikkim one, | cannot believe that it is distinet: from
melete. here appears to be no brood in India like the
one found in Amurland and Japan in summer and
autumn, and though | found melete in the Khasias in
September not uncommonly, differing only from the
Sikkim one in being less yellow on the under side,
| never took this insect in the outer hills of Sikkim,
where it seems to be unknown ; but it is common in the
interior towards Bhotan and the Chumbi valley.
379. Pieris mesentina.
Pieris mesentina, Cram., Pap. Iix., f. 270, a, B (1782).
Not common in the inner hills of Sikkim, but I have
taken if in tea-gardengs at about 8000 ft. in July, and it
occurs from April to October.
380. Pieris phryne.
Papilio phryne, Vab., Syst. Mint, p. 478 (1775).
DP, evagete, Cram., Pap. Ex., ili, t. cexxi., figs. r, d.
A common species up to 5000 ft, throughout the season,
The Sikkim form is larger and darker than those from
any other locality which I have seen.
"2881, Pieris nerisea.
Papilio nerissa, Vab., Mint, Syst., ii., 1, p. 192 (1775).
P. amasene, Cram., Pap. I4x., t. xliv., fig. 4, ¢ (1776).
Recorded by de Nicéville from fikkim, but 1 have
never seen #@ specimen.
882. Pieria nama,
Pieris nama, Doubl., Lep. B. M., pt. 1., p. 28 (1844).
P, nama, Moore, 2. Z.., 1857, p. 102, t. 44, 1, 2,
SE»
’ P. nadina, Lucas, Rey. et Mag. Zool., 1852, p. B35.
418 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Common up to 8 or 4000 ft. nearly all the year round.
The specimens found in the cold weather from December
till March have the under side of a pale greyish brown,
with hardly any green tint, and the markings almost
obsolete.
383. Tachyris paulina.
Papilio paulina, Cram., Pap. Ex., ii., t. ex., f. n, F
(1779).
Recorded by Moore from Darjeeling, but I have seen
no recent specimens of this species. Moller notes it as
rare in April and May at the lowest elevations, but it is
an insect of the plains rather than the hills.
384. Tachyris hippoides.
Appias hippoides, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.,
1881, p. 312.
This species, which is separated from the Sumatran
and Javan 7’. hippo by Moore on account of the narrower
dark band of the hind wing below, is very common at
low elevations, 2—5000 ft., in Sikkim from March to
November. My specimens agree with those from Nepal,
the Khasias, and Tenasserim. ‘The females are usually
smaller than the males.
A species described as Appias vacans by Butler is
recorded by him from Sikkim, and figured in ‘ Lep.
Exotica,’ t. 84, figs. 5,6. This is said to be a female,
and its supposed male is figured by Moore in ‘ Lep.
Ceylon,’ t. 52. Ido not see any difference between this
latter figure and Appias hippoides, and, if Butler’s figure
is really that of a female, can only suppose it to be an
aberration of the ordinary form. I have seen nothing
hike it in Sikkim.
385. Tachyris nero.
Papilio nero, Fab., Ent. Syst., iii., 1, p. 153.
Of very rare occurrence in Sikkim, where I have never
seen a specimen; but Méller has one or two from the
low outer hills.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 419
386. Tachyris lalage.
Pieris lalage, Doubl., Gen. Di. Lep., t. vi., fig. 5
(1847).
P. durvasa, Moore, P.Z.§8., 1857, p. 103, t. 44,
ng. 6, dys
Common at low elevations from April to October. The
females, which are rarer than the males in their proper
habitat, have the habit of flying up to great heights on
the mountains. I took females of this species on Tonglo
at 8500 ft., on the Rishilah in Bhutan at 10,400 ft.,
and in the Khasia hills at the highest peak on the
Shillong plateau, 6400 ft.; but saw no males in any of
these places. Why this very curious habit should be so
marked in some species of purely tropical butterflies in
Sikkim, I cannot say. It would seem to be a sort of
instinct tending to decrease rather than increase the
number of individuals of these species, as it is im-
probable that these females could regain their natural
breeding-places. I shall be curious to learn whether
the same habit has been noticed in other mountainous
parts of India.
887. Tachyris indra.
Pieris indra, Moore, P.Z.§., 1857, p. 103, t. 44,
O70, Sis
Tachyris indra, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1867,
p- 881, 3.
The male is not uncommon at low elevations from
April to October, but the female seems much rarer, and
I have not seen more than two or three specimens in
Moller’s collection.
388. Hronia avatar.
Eronia avatar, Moore, Cat. E.I.C., p. 61, t. 11a,
£5) Pig 857).
Common up to about 5000 ft. from April to November.
389. Hronta hippia.
Papilio hippia, Fab., Ent. Syst., i1., 1, p. 59 (1787).
Ironia gea, Feld., Voy. Nov., i., p. 190 (1865).
This species occurs in the Terai, and has been taken
in the Tista valley in May, but is hardly to be called a
hill insect.
420 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
390. Hebomoria glaucippe.
Papilio glaucippe, Linn., 8. N., ii., p. 762.
Common up to 4 or 5000 ft. from March to November.
391. Ixias pyrene.
Papilio pyrene, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 241 (1764).
Papilio enippe, Cram., Pap. Ex., t. ev.e, d (1779).
Papilio evippe, Don, Tl. Ex. Ent., 1., t. v., fig. 2 (17738).
Papilio rhexia, Faby., Syst. Ent., p. 476 (1775).
' Thestias enippe, Lang in P. Z. §., 1865, p. 491.
Thestias pyrenassa, Wall., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1867,
(poo ibe Ik. HeLa.
This insect is very common up to about 5000 ft. from
March to December. The first brood is small, and the
males vary considerably in the amount of black on the
hind wings; in some cases there is absolutely none; in
others it extends in the form of a macular band to the
anal angle. The females of this early brood are so
different from those of the later one that they could
not be supposed to belong to the same species by anyone
who was not acquainted with the fact that they are only
found in the early spring. The broods, which come
out in June, and continue flying till December, vary
little in either sex. Some very interesting remarks to
the same effect by Capt. Lang are referred to above;
but he seems to have found the varieties to the North-
west Himalaya to be rather local than seasonal, and finds
ereat differences between those taken in the plains and
the hills.
The form described as pyrenassa, var. a, by Wallace,
from Darjeeling and Sikkit, is not exactly matched by
any in my collection, but the characters by which the
species is defined are very inconstant.
Wallace says that some specimens of pyrene from the
plains of the Punjab are hardly distinguishable from —
some of pyrenassa. ‘*'The two may in fact well be con-
sidered as one abundant and variable species which has
become segregated into several forms, and which may be
divided into two pretty well-marked groups.” I venture
to think that if Mr. Wallace had had before him the
numerous so-called species which have been recently
deseribed, he would have said that it was not possible to
define them.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 421
PAPILIONIN@.
392. Teinopalpus imperialis.
Teinopalpus imperialis, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soe., 1843,
p- 131, t. i1., figs. 1,2; Westw., Are. Ent., ii.,
t. 59 (1843).
This splendid insect is peculiar to Sikkim,* and is
found only in the forest region from about 6000 to
10,000 ft. elevation. Unless its habits are known, it is
most difficult to capture, on account of its remarkably
strong, rapid, and darting flight, and its habit of resting
on high trees, from which it flies only during a few
hours of the morning, during the rare intervals of
sunshine which prevail in these cloudy, damp, and
rainy forests. The female, which seldom or never flies
in the same places as the male, is so extremely rare that,
though for many years high rewards have been offered
for it to the natives who make a business of catching
insects, only six or seven in all are known to have been
taken, and these mostly by chance in places outside the
forest.
In order to take the male, one must go early in the
morning in the months of June, July, or August, to one
of the few spots in the neighbourhood of Darjeeling,
where a little cleared space is found on the summit of a
mountain-top. Birch Hill, Sinchul, and Tonglo are all
suitable places; but the top of Sinchul, called Tiger
Hill, which is over 8000 ft. elevation, is the best, as it is
surrounded by a large tract of virgin forest. If the
morning is bright and sunny, about 8 o’clock one may
expect to see T'einopalpus flying round the tops of the
trees, and occasionally settling, but usually out of reach.
The natives lay baits of some evil-smelling nature to
attract the insect, as is done in Kurope to attract Apatura
[ris,and with patience and the skilful use of a long-handled
net sometimes succeed in taking two or three in a
morning in this manner. The insects are so strong and
active in the net, however, that they are difficult to get
in a perfect state, and always command a high price,
even at Darjeeling. The flight is usually over by 11 a.m.,
even if the morning continues fine, which is very rarely
* I have just seen a specimen of 7’. imperialis from Ichang, in
Central China, received by Mr. Leech.
422 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
the case during the rainy season. I have seen and taken
Teinopalpus as high as 10,500 ft. on the top of Tonglo,
and also at Tendong and Rikisum, and I believe it
occurs as far eastward as Buxa. The pupa has been
found by Mr. Knyvett attached to the leaves of Daphne
nipalensis, a plant which is used for making a fine,
strong paper in Nepal, and a female has been bred by
him from one of these pupe. This plant is probably the
food-plant of the larva, and grows at 7—9000 ft. in the
virgin forests where the insect occurs.
393. Ornithoptera rhadamanthus.
Ornithoptera rhadamanthus, Boisd., Sp. Gen., i., p. 180
(1836).
Common in the hot valleys at 2—3000 ft., where it
flies with a slow sailing flight about the flowering trees,
which it frequents from May to October.
394. Ornithoptera pompeus.
Ornithoptera pompeus, Cram., Pap. Ex. i., t. 25 a@
(1775).
Not so common as the last, but has a wider range of
elevation, and occurs during a longer period of the year.
395. Papilio Astorion.
Papilio Astorion, Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist., ix., p. 37
(1842) ; Are. Ent., ii., t. 66, fig. 1 (1844).
? Papilio chara, Westw., l.c., p. 37, l.c., fig. 2.
2 Papilio varuna, White, Entom., i., p. 280 (1842).
This species is not uncommon in both sexes at low
elevations in Sikkim, and found up to 7000 ft. It occurs
from April till December. The question of priority of
nomenclature is doubtful, but, bearing in mind that the
female of the Malayan form or species described by
White differs from the Himalayan one, and has not
been found at any intermediate point, I prefer to keep it
under Westwood’s name, which was undoubtedly given
to the Himalayan one. Seven females of the Malayan
form varuna in the British Museum all have a distinct
and well-marked whitish patch on the hind margin of
the fore wing, which I have never seen in Sikkim speci-
mens. ‘The male also seems to differ somewhat in the
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 423
fold of the hind wing in the male, but this cannot be
examined unless it is completely expanded.
396. Papilio aidoneus.
Papilio aidoneus, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., xvi., p. 178,
(1845), 3.
Papilio erioleuca, Oberthir, Et. Ent., iv., p. 33, t. iii,
1879, 3.
? Papilio erioleuca, de Nicéville, J. A. 8. B., 1883, ii.,
p. 98.
This species is not uncommon in Sikkim at 2—3000 ft.
from April to November, and the females, as pointed out
by Mr. de Nicéville, are easily distinguished from those
of astorion by their larger size, different ground-colour,
and colour and size of the abdomen. Col. Lang was
right, I think, in attributing the species to aidoneus, as
a specimen so named, which is probably the type of
aidoneus, exists in the British Museum, and is identical
with the Sikkim insect here spoken of.
The males are easily distinguished from those of
astorion by the very differently-shaped fold of the hind
wing, and the longer and narrower shape of tbat wing,
which has a cell shorter in proportion than is the case
in P. astorion.
I have seen the type of erioleuca, Oberthur, and have
no doubt whatever that it is simply the male of aidoneus
with the anal fold of the hind wing opened out so as to
show the curious pink-and-white patch of scales which
are concealed beneath it. I can see no difference what-
ever between this and several males of aidoneus in
my collection. The length of the cell on the hind wing
of this species, which is shorter than in astorion, and
the narrower wings, enable one to distinguish the species
even when the hind wings are folded.
397. Papilio Ravana.
Papilio Ravana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., i., p. 96
(1857), no description.
Papilio Philoxenus, var., Westw., Cat. Or. Ent., t. 40,
fig. 4.
Papilio Philoxenus, var. B, Gray, Cat. Lep. B. M.,
Bleek Dai
424 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
The evidence of the occurrence of this species in
Sikkim is doubtful. I have two specimens from old
collections marked Sikkim, and Moore’s types were
supposed to be from there, but no recent specimens
have been procured by Moller or myself. It seems rare
also in the North-west, though Capt. Young finds it in
Kulu.
Note.—Since this was written, I have received, in
January, 1887, but dated December, 1886, a copy of M.
Oberthur’s ‘Etudes d’Entomologie,’ Liv. xi., in which
Papilio Chentsong, from Yerkalo, in South-east Tibet, is
figured. Three months later I received Messrs. Wood-
Mason’s and de Nicéville’s paper on butterflies of Cachar
from the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal’ for
1886, pt. i., No. 4. This is dated 1887 on the cover.
In it is figured Papilio Nevilli, from Cachar, described by
Wood-Mason in the ‘Annals’ for 1882, p. 105. As far
as I can judge from the plates, the two species are
identical, though the different way in which the hind
wings are expanded gives an apparent difference to the
ficures. Wood-Mason says that Nevilli is nearly allied
to Ravana. Oberthtr says that Chentsong is a geo-
sraphical variety of the same. The principal, if not the
only, difference between these forms and Ravana lies in
the tails, which are said to be longer and less spathulate,
though in these particulars I find some variation in
Ravana, and in the absence of the pink spot on the end
of the tail, which is sometimes present above and always
below in Ravana. If the species is distinct, it must be
known under the name of P. Nevilli, Wood-Mason,
which has priority.
398. Papilio plutonius.
Papilio plutonius, Oberthur, Et. Ent. ii., p. 16, t. i.,
io. 2. .
Of this species I have only two females in bad con-
dition, brought by my native shikaris from the interior,
perhaps from Bhotan, in 1884. They strongly resemble
small dark females of the Japanese P, alcinous in all but
their shorter spathulate tails, and are probably the
females of a western form of this species; but, as Mr.
Oberthur points out, are distinguished from the nearly-
allied P. Lama, of which he figures the female, by their
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 425
brownish green colour, and from the same sex of
Mencius, Feld., which is the Chinese form of alcinous,
by the shortness and form of the tails.
399. Papilio Latreilli.
Papilio Latreillii, Don, Nat. Rep., iv., t. 140 (1826).
Papilio minereus, Gray, Zool. Mise., p. 32 (1881) ;
Lep. Nepal, p. 5, t. i. (1846).
A not uncommon species at 7—9000 ft. in Sikkim,
where I have several times seen and taken it on Jella-
pahar, on Sinchul, and the Goompahar ridge. It fre-
quents dense forest, where it flies high over the tops
of the trees, from April or even sooner on into July and
August, when most of the females are worn and much
broken. It may best be taken, like most of the high-
flying forest-insects, by waiting on a sunny day at an
open space at the top of a hill, or when it occasionally
comes down to settle on the path.
I am not aware why Donovan’s name for this species,
which has priority over Gray’s, has been generally
ignored by recent writers, except Kirby. The plate,
though not a good one, is, I think, quite unmistakeable.
400. Papilio dasarada.
Papilio dasarada, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C., p. 96
(1857), no description.
Papilio Philoxenus, var., Westw., Cat. Or. Ent., t. 40,
fig. 5.
This form, which was separated from Philoxenus by
Moore, is a larger and probably distinct species, which
occurs not uncommonly in Sikkim, Bhotan, and the
Khasia hills. In Sikkim it seems rarer than Philoxenus,
and is found from 1 up to 8000 ft., and from April till
November. It may be distinguished almost invariably
by the single large white spot between the second sub-
costal and discoidal nervules of the upper hind wing,
which is not accompanied, as in Philoxenus, by a smaller
white spot below it; on the under hind wing there is an
additional spot of variable size above the large one
between the first and second subcostal nervules, which
is present in one only out of fourteen specimens of
Philoxenus. There are also marked differences between
426 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
the pink lunules of the hind wing, and I think the
abdominal fold is less developed in dasarada. I have
not observed in this species the nauseous odour which,
according to Wood-Mason, is characteristic of Philoaenus,
but Mr. de Nicéville says it has the strongest smell of
any butterfly he knows. The flight of this butterfly is
much less swift than that of many Papilios. It may
be seen sailing with a very soft, graceful flight along
the edge of the clearings and round the flowering trees
in the open places. A species of Albizzia is one of its
favourite trees, but to get fresh specimens one must
search for those which, having recently emerged from
the pupa, may be found settled on the low herbage and
flowers at the side of the forest-path.
401. Papilio philoxenus.
Papilio philoxenus, Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 82 (18381) ;
Lep. Nepal, p. 5, t. 2, 2 (1846).
Papilio polyeuctes, Doubl., Gray’s Zool. Mise., p. 74 ;
Di. Lep., t. ii., fig. 3, ¢; Westw., Cat. Or. Ent.,
t. iv.a, fig. 3.
This species seems to have a much wider range than
the last, as I have specimens from Hazara, in the
extreme N.W. Himalaya, to Mooleyit, in Tenasserim.
It is common in Sikkim at the same elevations and in
the same mouths as the last, but I am unable to say
whether the species mix together.
402. Papilio Janaka.
Papilio Janaka, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C., 1, p. 97
(1857); P. Z.8., 1857, p. 104, t. 45.
2 P. sikkimensis, Wood-Mason, Ann. Nat. Hist., 1882,
p- 103.
A rather rare species in Sikkim, where it is found at
3—5000 ft.in May and June. I am doubtful whether
P. sikkimensis is really distinct or not. Mr. Wood-
Mason describes it as having the fore wings and basal
half of the hind wings of a greenish black, which is not
the case in any specimens I have seen from Sikkim. He
does not, however, give any comparison of it with Janaka,
and as only one species is known to us in Sikkim to ~
which these two names can be applied, I cannot help .
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 427
thinking some change of colour may have taken place.
The males vary considerably in the number and
position of the white patches on the hind wing, which
are normally three in number; but the outer one is
sometimes wanting, and an additional one is sometimes
found towards the abdominal angle. The female is
unknown to me.
403. Papilio aristolochie.
Papilio aristolochie, Cram., Pap. Ex., ii., t. 128, a, b
(1779).
Common up to 2 or 3000 ft. from April to December.
404. Papilio paris.
Papilio paris, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 184 (1764).
The commonest of the green Papilios in the low valleys,
and taken up to 5000 ft. Settles on flower-heads, and
the damp sand in river-beds, and flies rapidly up and
down their banks. The female is very seldom taken,
but does not differ from the male, except in its paler
coloration.
405. Papilio Krishna.
Papilio krishna, Moore, Cat. eps B. 1C.,\‘p. 108,
t. 2a (1857).
A common species in some seasons at certain places,
and found from 8 up to 8 or 9000 ft., but hard to catch
in good condition. I have seen it most often on or about
the bare tops of hills, like Sinchul, which are clothed
with dense chestnut, oak, and magnolia forest, in which
it probably lives and breeds, and comes out on sunny
mornings into the openings, where alone it can be taken.
The female is extremely rare, only one or two specimens
being known to us. Its season is from May to August.
406. Papilio arcturus.
Papilio arcturus, Westw., Ann. Nat. Hist., ix., p. 37
(1842); Arc. Ent., i., t. xxvii. (1848).
Found in very similar places at the same time of year,
and has very similar habits to the last, but less abundant
428 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
as arule. I have sometimes seen it in the forest-paths,
where it occasionally settles. The female is also rare,
but does not differ from the male, except in being rather
larger.
407. Papilio ganesa.
Papilio ganesa, Doubl., Gray, Zool. Mise., p. 73 (1842) ;
Gray, Cat. Lep. B. M., 1., p. 16, t. iii. )
This is an inhabitant of the lower valleys, like P. paris,
and occurs from April to December in successive broods,
whilst arcturus and krishna are probably single-brooded.
408. Papilio androgeus.
Papilio androgeus, Cram., Pap. Ex., t. 91, f. a, b (1779).
Common in the lower valleys, and found as high as
4 or 5000 ft. from April until December. The common
form of female in Sikkim is tailed, with a considerable
amount of white in and beyond the cel] of the hind wing ;
but tailless females are also found without any white
markings, and others with a broad white patch on the
hinder margin of the fore wing.
409. Papilio protenor.
Papilio protenor, Cram., Pap. Ex., i., t. 49 (1779).
Moller records this species as occurring from 2 to
3000 ft., and from April until October; but it occurs at
much higher elevations in the N.W. Himalaya, and in
Khasia I have seen it up to at least 6000 ft. It is not,
however, so common in Sikkim as in some other parts
of the Himalaya, and the female is decidedly rare. I
have never taken it myself in Sikkim.
410. Papilio Rhetenor.
Papilio Rhetenor, Westw., Arc. Ent., i., t. xvi. (1842).
? Papilio Icarius, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., t. 2 (1848).
Found not uncommonly in the lower valleys, and up
to 5 or 6000 ft. from April to October. Two forms of
the male exist, which I am not able to separate, except
by the colour of the hind margin of the fore wing, which
in one form is more or less overlaid with grey or white
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 429
scales close to the angle. There is also some variation
in the white lunules which are present at the abdominal
angle of the hind wing, and in some specimens show
more or less on the upper surface. The female form
described as Icarius is, without doubt, the female of this
Species. It is rare in Sikkim.
411. Papilio helenus.
Papilio helenus, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 185 (1764).
One of the commonest species of Papilio at all eleva-
tions up to 5 or 6000 ft., but most humerous in the low
valleys from April till October.
412. Papilio chaon.
Papilio chaon, Westw., Arc. Ent., lin» Sling ite iti. ol
(1845).
Not uncommon in the low valleys, and often seen
flying up and down the course of the rivers, in company
with helenus and many other species, from April on till
October.
413. Papilio polytes.
Papilio polytes, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 186 (1764).
Papilio pammon, Linn., l. c., p. 189.
Found in Sikkim at low elevations only, and not so
common as in the plains, from March all through the
year.
414. Papilio erithonius.
Papilio erithonius, Cram., Pap. Ex., iii., . 2324, B
(1782).
Rather a species of the plains than the hills, and only
found in the Terai and outer hills at low elevations.
415. Papilio Slateri.
Papilio Slateri, Hew., Ex. Butt., ii., Pap., t. 4(1859).
This is a very rare species, which I have never seen in
Sikkim. It seems only to occur in the outer hills at a
very low elevation, and the few specimens Moller has
procured were taken at Sivoke in May. Moller describes
the female as having the wings conspicuously broader,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888,.—parr it. (ocr) “2a
430 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
and the colour a shade paler than the male, but other-
wise like it.
416. Papilio polymnestor.
Papilio polymnestor, Cram., Pap. Ex., i., t. 53.4 (1779).
A single specimen only of this species was taken in
1887 by Moller’s collectors, probably a straggler from the
plains.
417. Papilio clytia.
Papilio Clytia, Linn., Mus. Ulv., p. 296 (1764).
Papilio dissimilis, Tuinn., l. ¢., p. 801.
A common species from the plains up to 3000 ft., and
occurs from March till November. I am assured by
Mr. Aitken, of Bombay, who has bred this species, that
clytia and panope are produced from similar larve found
together, and are probably two forms of one species.*
418. Papilio panope.
Papilio panope, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 782 (1767).
Common at the same elevation and same season as
the last.
2419. Papilio megarus.
Papilio megarus, Westw., Arc. Ent., ii., t. 72 (1845).
I have no direct evidence of the existence of this spe-
cies in Sikkim, and though a single specimen of it in my
old collection bears a Sikkim label, Moller has never
obtained it there.
420. Papilio xenocles.
Papilio xenocles, Doubl., Gray, Zool. Mise., p. 74
(1842) ; Hew., Gen. D. L., t. i., fig. 2.
A common species in the lower valleys up to 3000 ft.,
** In the ‘ Journal’ of the Bombay Natural History Society, No. 1,
vol, ii., 1887, p. 37, the following passage occurs :—‘‘ Among the
larvie of the last species (dissimilis) which I reared was one not
distinguishable from the rest, which to my astonishment turned
into this (? panope). I am quite satisfied that the two are one
species. I have never recognised another specimen of panope in
this Presidency, but have little doubt that I have often let it pass
for 1. core” (Aitken).
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 431
from April till November. Females are rare, and differ
slightly.
421. Papilio macareus.
? Papilio macareus, Godt., Enc. Méth., ix., p. 76 (1819).
The form of P. macareus found in Sikkim is so different
from the Bornean one, that I hardly like to retain the
same name for it. It differs materially in the much
greater breadth of the whitish bands on both surfaces of
both wings, in the much more abundant hairy clothing
of the abdominal margin, and in the smaller size; in all
these respects agreeing better with Tenasserim and
Burmese specimens, though some of these have the
bands narrower than Sikkim specimens. It is not
uncommon at low elevations during the months of May
and June, but the females, as in the case of so many
species of Papilio, are extremely rare.
422. Papilio agestor.
Papilio agestor, Gray, Zool. Mise., p. 32 (1831); Lep.
Nepal, p. 6, t. 4 (1846).
P. agestor, Westw., Arc. Ent., p. 59, t. 16, fig. 2.
? Var. P. govindra, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865. p. 486.
2, Cadugoides gopala, Moore, P. Z.§., 1882, p. 260.
This is a rare species in Sikkim, which I have never
seen myself, but Moller has taken it on Birch Hill at
6—7000 ft. in May, and records it from a lower elevation
in April as well. I can hardly tell whether the North-
western form which Mr. Moore has separated as govindra
is distinct or not, as, though four specimens from
Landour are easily distinguished by their smaller size,
different tint, and dark outer margins of the hind wings,
yet the differences are just those which might be expected
to be produced by a colder climate, or in an earlier
brood, supposing there are two. PP. agestor also occurs
in the North-west, and in the same localities as govindra.
I have it from Kangra and Landour, but I do not know
whether it appears in the rains or dry weather. I have
a female from Chumba in April, which agrees with Mr.
Moore’s C. gopala, and which is clearly inseparable ;
but as it appears to combine the characters of both
forms, I do not know to which to assign it, as I have no
2a2
432 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the.
females from Landour or Sikkim. I have, however,
a female of agestor from Bhotan wnich resembles it in
all but the dark markings on the margin of the hind
wings. M. de Nicéville and Mdller believe that, both
at Simla and in Sikkim, P. govindra and P. agestor are
single-brooded, and occur in spring only, and I have
seen no males like govindra from Sikkim.*
423. Papilio epycides.
Papilio epycides, Hew., Ex. Butt., ii., Pap., t. 6, fig. 16
(1864.
Occurs not uncommonly in some seasons at 2 to 3000 ft.
in April and May. The female is unknown to me, but
is described by Moller as like the male, but with broader
wings, and all the white markings comparatively larger.
This species seems to have been found nowhere but in
Sikkim, and is said by Moller to frequent the sandy beds
of streams, like other species of the genus, and to be
single-brooded,
424, Papilio Glycerion.
Papilio Glycerion, Gray, Zool. Mise., p. 32 (1831);
Lep. Nepal, p. 6, t. 3 (1846).
This species is not very abundant in Sikkim, but occurs
at about 2—4000 ft. elevation in May and June. I saw
it on several occasions in the valleys below Mongpo in
those months, but found it difficult to take, on account
of its very quick flight.
425. Papilio paphus.
Papilio paphus, de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1886, pt. iz,
p. 254, t. x1., fig. vi.
This species has been in my collection as distinct from
Glycerion for some years, but, excepting Dr. Staudinger,
I do not know that anyone else had distinguished it from
* Moller describes the female in Sikkim as like the male, but the
wings conspicuously ampler (? broader), markings as in the male,
except that the marginal row of spots on the fore wings and arrow-
shaped marks on the hind wing are larger and more prominent.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 433
that species.* Whether it was more abundant in Sikkim
in 1886 than formerly, or not, I cannot say, but at least
a dozen male specimens were taken in May, June, and
July, some of them near Mongpo and some on the top of
Sinchul. Mr. Méller says its range is from 8 to 7000 ft.,
but, as far as I can judge, it is found at higher elevations
than Glycerion, and is more of a temperate than a
tropical species.
None of the specimens I have seen show the slightest
tendency to vary, and the pattern of the hind wing below,
well-figured by Mr. de Nicéville, distinguishes it with
- certainty from Glycerion. The females of both these
species are unknown to me.
426. Papilio agetes.
Papilio agetes, Westw., Arc. Ent., ii., t. 55, fig. 3 (1848).
A rare species, which I have never seen in life. Moller
notes it as occurring at Sivoke, where the Teesta
debouches into the plains, in April and May.
497. Papilio antiphates.
Papilio antiphates, Cram., Pap. Ex., i., t. 72 (1779).
Papilio antiphates, var. pompilius, Fab., Dist., Rhop.
Mal., p. 327, t. xxxi., fig. 5.
Common in the lower valleys up to 8000 ft. from April
till October. The characters by which Mr. Butler
attempts to separate the forms of this species, and
quoted by Distant, seem, in my series of sixteen speci-
mens,—two from Borneo, one from Canton, six from
Sikkim, one from Cachar, and six from Tenasserim and
Tavoy,—too variable to be relied on. The Sikkim spe-
cimens, however, have the fourth costal triangular band
short, not reaching more than half across the cell.
>
* T recognised in his collection what I believe to be the same
insect as paphus with the MSS. name of Glycerides. M. Oberthiir
has also described, in Kt. Ent., Liv. iv., p. 115, an eastern form of
Glycerion from Moupin, which he calls mandarinus, distinguished
by the pattern of the under side being reproduced above; whilst
in Glycerion it only shows through the transparence of the wing.
434 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
428. Papilio anticrates.
Papilio anticrates, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., p. 871
(1846) ; Gray, Cat. Lep. B. M., p. 29, t. 3 (1852).
Rare in the lowest valleys of Sikkim, but found in
abundance by Méller’s collectors at Sivoke in May. The
bands across the cell of hind wing in these specimens is
almost obsolete, which distinguishes them readily from
Tenasserim specimens, and the Assam form figured by
Doubleday is also different in this respect. The second
band on the fore wings is also shorter. I do not know
how the form or species described as orestes, Fab., and
which is quoted by Felder as occurring in Sikkim, differ S,
and whether Nomius, Esp., of which orestes has been
considered a synonym, ever occurs in the Sikkim Terai
or not.*
429. Papilio cloanthus.
Papilio cloanthus, Westw., Arc. Ent., i., t. i. (1842) >
Kollar, Hugel’s Kash., i., p. 405, t. 2 (1848).
Moller gives the habitat of this species as from
2—4000 ft., and its occurrence as from April till October,
but I should consider it as rather a temperate than a
tropical butterfly, having only seen it at about 6000 ft.
Capt. Lang says in the N.W. Himalaya it occurs from
5 to 7000 ft., and Doherty found it in Kumaon from
2 to 7000 ft. I saw it in Khasia at 6000 ft., flying on
sunny days round the tops of trees with very rapid
flight, and hard to catch.
430. Papilio sarpedon.
Papilio sarpedon, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 196 (1764).
Common in Sikkim at low elevations, and occurs up
to 7000 ft. between April and October. A very strong
flyer, and only caught when settled on wet places in
the sun.
= The female, which was hitherto saaderetient| is thus described by
Moller :—‘‘ Expanse, 3°06 in. Like the niale, but with broader
wings. The black band next to the basal band on the fore wing,
which in the male goes right across to the hind margin, stops short
in the female at the submedian nervure. The next band across
the discoidal cell reaches only to the median nervure, whilst in the
mile it goes a little beyond it.”
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 435
431. Papilio eurypilus.
Papilio Eurypilus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x., p. 464
(1758) ; Clerck’s Icones, ii., t. xxviii., fig. 2 (1764).
P. eurypilus, Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1886,
D- Of D-
P. telephus, Feld., Reise Nov., i., p. 64 (1865); Dist.,
Rhop. Mal., p. 361, fig. 109.
P. mecisteus, Dist., Rhop. Mal., p. 361, fig. 108.
? P. doson, Feld., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges., xiv., p. 805
(1864); Moore, Lep. Cey., p. 145, t. 61, 3.
Common in the low valleys from April to October. In
identifying the Sikkim form with P. Hurypilus of
Linneus I follow Messrs. Wood-Mason and de Nicéville,
who say that the one found in Cachar agree with Clerck’s
figure of the type of this species, except in being a little
larger, and have the discal macular band even wider.
Distant says that the typical Hurypilus is found in the
eastern islands of the Malay Archipelago, and, not
satisfied with the numerous names which the older
authors and Felder have already given it, adds another.
My own series contains four specimens from Sikkim, three
from Bhotan, one from Cachar, one from Calcutta, three
from the Andaman Islands, three from the Nilghiri
hills, four from Tenasserim, and four from the hills on
the frontier of Siam and Burmah. Among these I find
no constancy. The Himalayan, Cachar, and Andaman
specimens are generally rather larger, and have broader
bands than those from S. India, Tenasserim, and Siam,
which have been distinguished as telephus and doson.
The character by which mecisteus is distinguished,
namely, the junction of the short red-spotted costal
band of the hind wing below with the longitudinal band
of the inner margin, is variable, especially in Sikkim
specimens. Before the various names quoted above can
be recognised by me as distinct species, it will be
necessary for those who make no allowance for varia-
tion to define the various forms, and show that they are
confined to certain areas.
436 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
432. Papilio bathycles var. chiron.
Papilio bathycles, Zincken-Sommer, Nova Acta Ac.
Nat. Cur., xv., p. 157, t. 14, 6, 7 (1837); Wall.,
Trans. Linn. Soc., xxv., p. 66 (1865); Dist.,
Rhop. Mal., p. 362, t. xxxi., 2.
P. Bathycles, Guer., Belang. Voy. Ind. Or. Ins., p. 505,
t. v., figs. 1, la (1844).
Var..? chiron, Wall., Trans. Linn. Soc., xxv., p. 66
(1865).
Var. bathycloides, Honr., Berl. Ent. Zeit., xxviil.,
p. 396, t. x., 8 (1884).
Var. chironides, Honr., l.c., p. 397, t. x., 4.
The form of bathycles, which occurs not uncommonly
in Nepal, Sikkim, Bhotan, and the Khasias, but which
is not included in the list of Cachar butterflies by
Messrs. Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, or in that of
Tenasserim butterflies by Moore, was separated by
Wallace under the name of P. chiron, but though I
have not been able to compare large series of the Hima-
layan form with a corresponding number from the
Malay peninsula and islands, I do not see that the points
relied on by Wallace are of specific value. And though
it might be possible to distinguish the typical specimens
of chiron from typical specimens of bathycles with
certainty, yet we have the same difficulty which occurs
in so many wide-ranging species, of intermediate forms
and varieties which combine more or less of the characters
of both extremes. Distant’s figure of bathycles, when
compared with my Sikkim specimens, is such an inter-
mediate, and Honrath adds further to the strength of
my argument by figuring what he calls var. bathycloides
from Malacca and Borneo, which he separates from
Bathycles of Java, as well as chironides, which he says
occurs with chiron in Sikkim. If we begin to pick out
of a large series specimens to match these figures in
the way which Mr. Moore commonly does, we shall find
. ourselves left with a number which belong strictly to
none of them, and though chiron is not in Sikkim
subject to much variation, yet I cannot see good grounds
for separating it at present. ‘The male is not uncommon
at 2—8000 ft. from April to October, but I have never
seen the female.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 437
433. Papilio agamemnon.
Papilio agamemnon, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 202 (1764).
Common up to 8000 ft. from April till December.
434. Papilio Gyas.
Papilio Gyas, Westw., Arc. Ent., i., t. xi. (1841).
_ This is a decidedly rare species in Sikkim. I have
seen it once only flying round the top of a hill at
6000 ft. at Rikisum in August. Méller has seen it on
Birch hill at 7000 ft. in July, and Mr. Knyvett has taken
the very rare female on Sinchul in August. It seems
therefore to be a single-brooded species, inhabiting the
same zone of elevation as most of the peculiar Sikkim
species do. The female, which has never been described,
differs very markedly from the male in its pale whitish
colour above.
435. Papilio machaon.
Papilio machaon, L., var. asiatica, Mén., Cat. Mus.
Petr, .1...p. (0.(1855).5. Elwes, P.Z.S., 1882,
p. 399, ef. Hagen, Papilio, ii., p. 151 (1882).
P. Sikkimensis, Moore, J. A. 8. B., 1884, p. 32.
Neither Méller or myself have ever seen this species
in British Sikkim, and I believe it only occurs in the
higher, dryer hills of the interior, whence our native
skikaris have brought very numerous specimens-in July
and August.
The interesting papers on the varieties of this species
by Prof. Hagen and Mr. W. H. Edwards in Papilio,
1882 and 1883 show how hard it.is to come to any just
conclusion as to the variation of wide-ranging species like
machaon; but I see no reason to alter what I formerly
said as to the Sikkim form, viz., that itis darker and
more heavily marked than in Europe, smaller and more
uniform in co’our thanin Japan. It must be remembered
that only one brood is found, as far as we know, in the
Eastern Himalaya, and that at a great elevation, pro-
bably from 8 or 10 to 12,000 ft. and upwards.
436. Papilio castor.
Papilio castor, Westw., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix.,
p. 87 (1842); Arc. Ent., i1., t. 80 (1848).
9, PB. pollux, Westw., l.c.
438 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Not uncommon up to 2 or 38000 ft. from April till
October, but the females are less often procured than
the males.
PARNASSIIN #.
437. Parnassius Hardwickei.
Parnassius Hardwicket, Gray, Cat. Lep. B. M., p. 76,
t. x1i., figs. 8—11 (1852); Elwes, P. Z.8., 1886,
p- 38.
Not uncommon in the higher ranges of the interior,
but not obtained in British Sikkim.
438. Parnassius Jacquemontit.
Parnassius Jacquemontii, Boisd., Sp. Gen., p. 400
(1836), in part, ?.
P. -epaphus var. sikkimensis, Elwes, P. Z. §., 1882,
p. 399, t. xxv., figs. 4—6.
P. Jacquemontii, Elwes, P. Z.§., 1886, p. 36, t. ii.,
fie. 1.
Occurs at great elevations in the interior. I have
taken it myself in September as high as 18,000 ft. near
the Donkia pass. I do not now see anything to distinguish
the Sikkim insect from that found in the North-west,
excepting its smaller size.
439. Parnassius acco.
Parnassius acco, Gray, Cat. Lep. B. M., 1, p. 76,
t. xil., figs. 5, 6 (1852).
P. acco, Elwes, P. Z.S., 1882, p. 400; P. Z. §., 1886,
p. 35.
The single specimen, which I formerly mentioned as
having been received with the last species from native
collectors in the Chumbi valley, remains unique as
regards this part of the Himalayas.
HESPERIDA.
440. Badamia exclamationis.
Papilio Exclamationis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 530 (1775).
Common up to about 6000 ft. from April to October.
Varies considerably in size and in the number and size
of the spots on the fore wing.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 439
441. Choaspes Benjamini.
Thymele Benjamini, Guer., Del. Souy. Ind., ii., p- 79,
t. 22, fig. 2 (1848).
Hesperia xanthopogon, Koll., Hiigel’s Kash., p. 453,
t. xvii. (1844).
Not a common species, but found up to 7000 ft. from
April to October. I have only seen it in virgin forest at
6000 ft., where, owing to its rapid flight, it is very hard
to take. It is larger and brighter in Sikkim than in
Japan, and is somewhat variable in colour, some speci-
mens being of a much darker green than others, which
show a bluish tinge.
442. Choaspes gomata.
Ismene gomata, Moore, P. Z.§., 1865, p. 783.
Choaspes gomata, de Nicé., J. A.8. B., 1883, p. 83,
Lek sr EGoTe Ot,
Not a common species, frequenting the valleys up to
3000 ft. between May and October. The female is
unknown to me, though described by de Nicéville from
the Wynaad.
443. Choaspes harisa.
Ismene harisa, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 782.
Choaspes harisa, de Nicé., J.A.S.B., 1883, t. x.,
We Ode
Found with the last; not common. Moore describes
the female as dark purple-brown, the base of wings
greyish, with steel-blue gloss ; but either his specimen
Was very worn, or he was describing anotier species.
A single fresh and perfect female in my collection is
blackish brown, brilliantly glossed over with steely
green, which extends nearly to the border of the hind
wing and over more than half of the fore wing. It has
no costal streak like the male.
444. Choaspes ? anadi.
Choaspes? anadi, de Nicé., J. A.8.B., 1883, p. 83,
bee hipa: O, Gls
A rare species found by Méller’s collectors, which
seems most nearly allied to C. harisa, but differs in the
440 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
fore wing being much narrower, and the pale costal
patch on the hind wing much more restricted. The
female, however, is much more like the male than in
the case of harisa.
445. Choaspes vasutana.
Ismene vasutana, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 782.
Rare at the same elevations and seasons as the last
two. The male in three cases out of five has on the upper
side indications of the two glossy spots on the fore wing
which are usually seen in the female, though some have
only one, and all of my specimens show them on the under
side. My only female specimen has the inner half of the
wings glossed with bright, steely, greyish blue-green, as
in harisa. The thorax is covered with hairs of the same
colour, but de Nicéville says that in his specimens the
upper side of both wings is clothed with rich orange
setee, without any trace of bluish green. If. he has
correctly identified his specimens the female must there-
fore be dimorphic.
446. Choaspes amara.
Ismene amara, Moore, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 783.
Found up to 3000 ft. during the summer months. I
have’not seen the female, which is described by Moore
as like the male.
447. Ismene edipodea.
Ismene edipodea, Swains., Zool. Il., i., t. 16, 1820—1.
Rare in Sikkim, where it occurs with the previous
species at low elevations. 1 have two pairs of this
species from Hocking’s Kangra collection. The male
from Sikkim differs from these in having the costal
margin of the hind wing above distinctly white. The
black velvety sexual patch is very distinct, whereas in
the next species it is faint. This species was described
from Sumatra, but I have not been able to compare it
with specimens from that country.
448. Ismene jaina.
Ismene jaina, Moore, P. Z.S., 1865, p. 782.
A larger insect than the last, and, like it, rare in the
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 441
hot valleys. I have only males, but the female is said
by Moore to be without the red costal streak, which in
the female of edipodea is present.
449. Pirdana Rudolphei.
Pirdana Rudolphei, de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1887, p. 488,
te Mie 6" gs
Described from a single female in Col. Lang’s collection,
taken in Sikkim by the late Dr. Jerdon. A male also
from Tavoy.
450. Hasora badra.
Goniloba badra, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p..7(8:
Hasora badra, Dist., Rhop. Mal., p-. 374, t. xxxv.,
His. '3, x".
Common up to 4000 ft. from April to November.
451. Hasora alezis.
? Papilio alexis, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 588 (1775).
Parata alexis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., p. 161, t. 65, fig. 2,a, b.
Papilio chromus, Cram., Pap. Ex., iii., t. 284, » (1782 as
Not uncommon in the low valleys and up to 5000 ft.
during the rains. I cannot distinguish between what
Moore figures as alexis and chromus. He says of the
Ceylon alexis, ‘‘ Smaller than chromus, with broader and
more prominently marked band on the under side of the
hind wing.” I-have a large series of specimens,
including two males and a female from Ceylon, one pair
from Bangalore, four pairs from Sikkim, one male and
two females from Andaman Islands, one pair from
Shillong, one male from Barrackpur, and two males
from Burmah ; but I find too much variation in the s1ze
and in the band of the under side to allow me to separate
two forms. De Nicéville considers them distinct, and
says that alexis occurs only in South India and Ceylon.
If, however, they are identical, alexis, being the older
name, should be used; and, if they are distinct, the
Sikkim form will bear the name of chromus.
452. Bibasis sena.
Goniloba sena, Moore, Cat. HE. 1. C., p. 245 (1857).
Bibasis sena, Moore, Lep.-Ceyl., p. 160, t. 65, figs. 3,34.
A rare species in Sikkim, but seems commoner in
Assam,
412 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
453. Matapa aria.
Ismene aria, Moore, P. Z.'S., 1865, p. 784.
Hesperia aria, Hew., Ex. Butt., iv., Hesp., ii., figs. 22,
25 @ (1868).
Moller has found this species only in the Terai. It is
a much smaller insect than shalgrama, which occurs in
the lower hills, as well as the Terai.
454. Matapa shalgrama.
Matapa shalgrama, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1883, p. 85.
Not uncommon up to 8 or 4000 ft. from April to
October.
455. Matapa sasivarna.
Ismene ? sasivarna, Moore, P. Z.§., 1865, p. 784.
Rarer than the last, in similar localities and seasons.
The female differs in having somewhat longer wings and
no sexual streak.
456. Matapa druna.
Ismene druna, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 784.
Noted by Moller as occurring up to 8000 ft. from April
to October, but not at all common.
‘ 457. Capila jayadeva.
Capila jayadeva, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 785, t. xlii.,
fig. 3.
A rare species at low elevations, taken between April
and October. The female is without the orange on the
thorax and base of wings, and has much broader, rounder
wings than the male.
458. Pizzola zennara.
Pizzola zennara, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 786, t. xlii.,
fig. 4.
Still rarer than the last, and found between April and
August in the low valleys. The antenne of the female
are much less hooked at the tip than those of the male,
a character also found in C. jayadeva.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 443
459. Pithauria murdava.
Hesperia murdava, Moore, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 784; L.c.,
1878, p. 689, t. xlv., fig. 13.
Not uncommon up to 8000 ft. from May to October.
460. Pithauria stramineipennis.
Pithauria stramineipennis, Wood-Mason & de Nicé.,
J. A. 5S. B., 1886, p. 388, t. xv., 5, °s,
P. murdava, Dist., Rhop. Mal., p. $78, t. xxxv., 9, 3.
Differs from murdava in the lighter straw-colour, not
yellowish olivaceous, as in murdava. It has been treated
by Moore as the female of murdava, but the females of
both species are known to de Nicéville, and are in my
collection. That of murdava differs in having the darker
wings richly purple-glossed, and in the very scanty
setulose clothing at the base, conforming in colour to
the male. It is also not uncommon at low elevations.
461. Baoris oceia.
Pamphila oceia, Hew., Desc. Hesp., p. 31, No. 22
(1868).
Hesperia oceia, Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J. A. 8S. Baa
1881, p. 258.
Baoris unicolor, Moore, P. Z S., 1883, p. 583; de Nicé.,
J, Ay Dobe 1668, t. x., fe. Lon
B. scopulifera, Moore, l. ¢., p. 332.
This species is the type of a genus in which the male
has a conspicuous patch of velvety hairs on the centre
of the hind wing. Both sexes vary very much in
Sikkim, as in the Andamans. Of seven males in my
collection, no two specimens agree in the number of
spots. Of six females, three are spotless, as in unicolor,
Moore; the other three have from five to eight spots
on the fore wing. It seems incredible that Moore
should have given two new names to this species without
the slightest reference to the minute description of
these variations given by Wood-Mason and de Nicéville.
It is common up to 4 or 5000 ft. during the greater part
of the season.
444 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
’ 462. Chapra mathias.
Hesperia mathias, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 4383
(1798) ; Butl., Cat. Fabr. Lep. B. M., p. 275, t. 3,
Ly elo PS ih
H. agna, Moore, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 791.
2 Pamphila subochracea, Moore, P. Z. §., 1878, p. 691;
Wood-Mason and de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1887,
p. 384.
This species, which occurs up to 7 or 8000 ft. from
April to December in Sikkim, is distinguished in the
male sex by a brand on the fore wing characteristic of
the genus, and in both sexes by a spot on the middle of
the under side of the hind wing near the base. In
some examples a spot or more shows on the upper side
of the hind wing. I have it from China, Japan, and
almost all parts of India. #H. agna, of which I have
numerous specimens from the Bombay Presidency,
seems identical, and though some supposed differences
are pointed out in the ‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ I think
it impossible to recognise them as distinct.
463. Chapra prominens.
Chapra prominens, Moore, P. Z.§8., 1882, p. 261.
2 Gegenes sinensis, Mab., Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
1877, p. 232.
A common species in Sikkim up to about 5000 ft.
from April to October. I have taken it in virgin forest
at 7000 ft., as well as at low elevations in sunny places.
The sexual brand is conspicuous in the male. In the
female there are two additional spots near the hind
margin of the fore wing.
Parnara, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i., p. 166.
The numerous species of Parnara which occur in
Sikkim and elsewhere are very difficult to distinguish,
unless a numerous series of both sexes, in good condition
and well-set, are examined in a good light; and, as I
have been able to do this, mainly owing to the Sikkim
specimens collected by Moller, I shall now endeavour to
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 445
make it possible for others to know the species when
they get them.
Though an anatomical examination may possibly
change this arrangement, I think it will be found
accurate as far as it goes, and probably other insects,
a now included in the genus, may be found to belong
O it.
The type of the genus is Hudamus guttatus, Brem., a
Species which, though occurring in Japan and North
China, has not been included in the excellent monograph
of the Genera of Palearctic Hesperide, by Dr. Speyer,
Stett. Hnt. Zeit., 1878, p. 167; and 1879, p. 477.
464. Parnara guttatus.
Eudamus guttatus, Brem., Grey. Schmett. N. China,
p. 10 (1858).
Goniloba guttatus, Men., Cat. Mus. Petr. i., t. v., fig. 4
(1855).
Pamphila mangala, Moore, P. Z.§., 1865, p. 792.
? Hesperia bada, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 688.
2 Pamphila fortunei, Feld., Verh.z B. Ges., xii., p. 489
(1862) ; Reise Nov., t. 72, fig. 11.
I have specimens from Shanghai (Pryer), Japan
(Leech), Kashmir (Stoliczka), named mangala by Moore,
from Mandi (Young), Sikkim (Elwes & Moller), which
all agree very well. They may be known by the nearly
straight line of four transparent spots on the hind wing,
and the curved discal series of six or sometimes only
five spots on the fore wing, as well as two, one or both
of which are sometimes wanting, in the cell.
Parnara bada, Moore, of which I have specimens from
Cachar, Bombay, Poona, Sikkim, and Ceylon, and
which also occurs in Malacca, is distinguished by the
less conspicuous markings on the hind wing, usually
smaller size, and absence of the two spots in the cell ;
but I am not sure that these characters are constant.
P. guttatus occurs in Sikkim up to about 7000 ft. during
the whole season, and at Mandi up to 6000 ft. from
April to October. It seems, however, to be commonest
at low elevations. The female hardly differs.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888. PART II. (ocT.) 2H
446 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
465. Parnara colaca.
Parnara colaca, Moore, P. Z.§8., 1877, p. 594, t. lviii.,
eer
This species is so near P. beavani, Moore, that I
hardly know whether it will prove distinct, but both
Moller and myself think we can recognise two forms in
Sikkim, and though the figure of colaca is bad, and the
description of little help, yet I have specimens from the
Andamans, from whence colaca was described, which
agree with the Sikkim insect. It may be known from
beavani by its longer fore wings and differently shaped
hind wings, and by the spots on the upper side of fore
wing and under side of hind wing being different in
number and position, though in neither form is this
character constant. These differences are shown in the
Fia. 1.—Parnara colaca.
woodeut (fig.1). This form is found at low elevations in
Sikkim, but seems less common than the next. In
Cachar it is common, according to de Nicéville.
466. Parnara beavani.
Hesperia beavani, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 688.
The description of this species is not of much use,
and there is no figure; but I have a specimen from
Sikkim named by Moore, and numerous others of both
sexes from Mandi, N.W. Himalayas (Young), Khasias
(Elwes), and Sikkim (Elwes ¢ Moller). The woodcut
(fig. 2) shows the upper and under sides of a typical
Sikkim male, but there are frequently two or three of
the spots absent on the fore wing. It is quite common in
Sikkim, in the low valleys during the rains. The female
is a little larger, but hardly differs.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 447
Next to these three small species we have a set of
larger ones, which run very close together, but seem to
be constant, and not variable in Sikkim. Of these the
Fic. 2.—Parnara beavani.
first is easily recognised by its large size, and the. good
description and figure of both sexes.
467. Parnara assamensis.
Parnara assamensis, Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J.A.S.B.,
1886, p. 382, t. xviil., 5, 5a, 3, xvii., 7, Ta, 2.
Not uncommon at 2—4000 ft., where I have found it
in virgin forest, as well as in open places. It occurs in
Cachar and the Khasia hills.
468. Parnara pagana.
Parnara pagana, de Nicé., P.Z.8., 1887, p. 465, t. xl.,
Hert, os
A common species at low elevations during most of
the year. Smaller than assamensis, and differing from
that and P. narooa in the under side being unspotted.
‘The female is large and more tinted with greenish
fulvous above than the male. Ihave not seen P. narooa
from Sikkim, but it occurs in the district of Bakarganj
in Bengal, and in Bombay, Ceylon, and Cachar; so it
may probably turn up in Sikkim. P. jansoni from
Japan is very close to narooa, but the hind wing seems
to be broader and the spots of hind wing below larger.
469. Parnara plebeia.
Parnara plebewa, de Nicé., P. Z. 8., 1887, p. 466, t. x1,
fig. 2, 3.
This species is very close to, if not identical with,
P. kumara, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 687, which occurs
2H2
448 Mr. H.-J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
in Canara and Ceylon. I have a female from Coonoor,
in the Nilghiri hills, named by Moore, which agrees
with one of my seven females of plebeia from Sikkim
almost exactly, but differs from the other six in having
a spot on the under side of the hind wing between the two
lower median branches. The male as described agrees
with plebeia, except in having this spot, which I do not
find in any of my five Sikkim males. De Nicéville does
not allude to this species in his description of plebeia,
though he rightly says that it is distinct from P. austent,
cahira, and farri.
470. Parnara austent.
Baoris austeni, Moore, P. Z.8., 1888, p. 538.
I have five males from Sikkim which agree with
Moore’s description, though in three of them only one
instead of two discal spots appear. I give a woodcut
Fic. 3.—Parnara austeni.
(fig. 8) showing the typical insect, as no figure is pub-
lished. It seems not uncommon in Sikkim, and is also
found in Cachar and the Khasias.
In this group there are also described Hesperia farri,
Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 688, from Calcutta and the
Khasias; and H. cahira, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 593,
lviii., fig. 8, from the Andamans. The latter, which is
not constant in the number of spots on the fore wing, is
hardly, if at all distinct, from austeni. I have two males
and two females from the Andamans, a female from
Moulmein, and a pair from Tenasserim and Tavoy.
The latter was identified with P. moolata, Moore, P. Z.S.,
1878, p. 848, from Tenasserim, but as it is said by
Moore to be allied to kwmara and cahira, whilst no
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 449
distinctive characters are given to separate any of these
forms, I am inclined to think that some of them will
prove identical.
471. Parnara tulsi.
Parnara tulsi, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1888, p- 86, t. x.,
1,
_ This species, which is rarer in Sikkim than either
austent, pagana, or plebeia, is very like the latter species
above, but easily distinguished by the dull purplish
colouring of the hind wing below.
Then we have two nearly allied but quite distinct
species, both of which range through Bhotan to the
Khasias on the east, viz. :-—
472. Parnara toona.
Hesperia toona. Moore, P. Z. S., 1878, p. 689, 3g.
Parnara toona, Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J.A.8.B.,
1886, p. 388, 2.
Not so common as in the Khasias, but found locally
up to 7000 ft. from April to November.
473. Panara eltola.
Pamphila eltola, Hew., Ex. Butt., iv., Hesp., t. iv.,
fig. 40 (1869).
Parnara eltola, Wood-Mason & de Nieé., J.A.8.B.,
1886, p. 384, t. xviii., 6, 64,3
Common about gardens at 5000 ft. in Sikkim, and
also in the low valleys and up to 7000 ft. during the
whole season.
There are some other species referred to this genus by
Moore and de Nicéville, which I do not know, viz. :—
P. ornata, Feld., W. M. & de Nicé.; J: A. 8. B., 1886,
t. xvili., 7, 7a, from Cachar and Java, which seems
nearest to assamensis. 4
P. seriata, Moore, P. Z. S., 1878, p. 688, from Ceylon,
which probably is the same as kumara ; and P. cinnara,
Moore, from Formosa, which seems to have never been
450 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
fully described, and is perhaps identical with colaca or
beavant.
474. Suastus gremius.
Hesperia gremius, Fabr., Cat. Fabr. Lep. B. M., p. 271,
Caos Ty Sic
H. divodasa, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 791.
Rare in Sikkim. De Nicéville has taken it in October,
and I have a specimen from Moller.
475. Suastus swerga.
Hesperia swerga, de Nicé., J. A.S.B., 1883, p. 89, t. x.,
fig. 12. 3.
Suastus mélleri, Moore, J. A.8. B., 1884, pt. 2, p. 34.
Rare in the low valleys between June and October.
I cannot tell from the description what S. Mdlleri is, as
no comparison is given with any allied species; de
Nicéville, however, considers it identical with swerga.
476. Suastus aditus.
2 Suastus aditus, Moore, J. A.S. B., 1884, lv., p. 49.
This species was described from the Andamans, and
has been identified by Mr. de Nicéville. My two Sikkim
specimens do not, however, agree with the description
exactly. It has only been found by Moller’s collectors
in the low valleys during the rainy season.
477. Sarangesa dasahara.
Nisoniades dasahara, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 787.
Not uncommon up to 3000 ft. from April to December.
It seems distinct from the S. purendra which is found in
the North-west and Bombay. I have both species from
Mandi, in the outer hills of the North-west Hima-
laya; S.dasahara also extends its range to Burmah and
Tenasserim.
478. Telicota bambuse.
Pamphila bambuse, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 691,
t. HIV., 107 05 oS ee
Not common in Sikkim up to about 5000 ft. from
April to December.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 451
479. Telicota augias.
Papilio augias, Linn., Syst. Nat.,i, pt. 2, p. 794.
Telicota augias, Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J.A.S B.,
1886, p. 384, t. xvii., 1, 3.
Though I have no Javan specimens of this species
with which to compare mine from Sikkim, yet I have
them from the Andaman Isles, Burmah, Cochin, and
Bombay ; and I can only say that the differences noted
in Moore’s description of bambuse seem to me insufficient,
though the two species may be distinct. In de Nicé-
ville’s list of the butterflies of Calcutta, from whence
the type of bambuse came, he notes it as very common
at all seasons, and includes augias as a rare species.
The insect is not rare in Sikkim up to 5000 ft. from
April to December.
480. Telicota dara.
Hesperia dara, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., p. 455 (1844).
Pamphila mesa, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 509, t. xxx.,
fig. 9.
2 P. flava, Murr., Ent. Mo. Mag., xii., p. 4 (1875).
Padraona sp., Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J.A.8.B.,
1886, p. 385.
A common species up to 5000 ft. from April to
December. After comparing a long series of this species,
namely, twelve from the North-west Himalaya (mesa,
Moore) ; eight from Sikkim, one named mesa by Moore ;
four from Khasias taken by myself, three from Japan,
and three from China, I believe they are all the same
species; and I see that in Moore’s paper on Hocking’s
Kanera collection he has identified mesa with dara.
481. Telicota mesoides.
Pamphila mesoides, Butl., Trans. Linn. Soc., 1877,
Zool., 1., p. 554.
This wide-ranging species, though very near the last,
seems constantly smaller in all localities. I have it
from Sikkim, Bhotan, Khasia, Burmah, the Andamans,
and Philippine Isles, Java, and Ceylon.
452 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Telicota gola.
Telicota gola, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 594, t. lvii.,
fig. 9, 3.
I have a specimen from Buxa, Bhotan, marked gola by
Moore, and also one from the Andamans, whence the
type of gola came, which appear to be very close to, but
distinct from, mesoides, though less marked with yellow
both on fore and hind wings. It will probably be found
to occur in Sikkim.
482. Pamphila ? avanti.
Pamphila avanti, de Nicé., J.A.8.B, 1886, p. 255,
ts xiytign 10; >.
Of this species two males only were brought by Moller’s
native hunters from the interior of Sikkim, where it
probably occurs at high elevations. The type, which is
before me, seems very nearly allied to, but quite distinct
from, Carterocephalus argyrostigma, Eyers., from the
Amur, of which I have a typical specimen.
483. Cupitha purrea.
Pamphila purrea, Moore, P. Z.§., 1877, p. 594, t. 58,
fig. 10.
Cupitha tympanifera, Moore, J. A. S. B., 1884, p. 33.
A rare species in Sikkim at low elevations. The form
from Pegu, described as tympanifera, is, according to
de Nicéville, the same; but I have not been able to
compare Sikkim specimens with the type from the
Andaman Islands.
484. Thanaos stigmata.
Thanaos stigmata, Moore, P. Z.§., 1878, p. 694;
de Nicé., J: A. 8. B., t. ii, fig. 2.
Though this seems one of the commonest and most
wide-ranging of its family in the Himalaya, it was over-
looked until very recently by collectors. In the North-
west it occurs from 2 up to 7000 ft., and, according to
Mr. Doherty, varies considerably; but in Sikkim it
seems to be rather an inhabitant of the lower zone, as
Moller notes it up to 4000 ft. only.
Pyrgus inachus, Men., from the Amur, of which I have
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 453
only two bad specimens from Shanghai and one from
Japan, is probably of this genus, and may be identical
with TJ’. jhora, but fresh and perfect specimens are
necessary to decide this point.
485. Thanaos kali.
Thanaos kali, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1885, p. 128, t. ii.,
fig. 3.
Rare at about 8 to 4000 ft. from April to October.
486. Thanaos jhora.
Thanaos jhora, de Nicé., l. c., p. 122, t. ii., fig. 4, 2.
Both these species are found in the beds of the deep
valleys below Darjeeling at about 3—4000 ft,, and appear
not uncommon. I have also taken what I believe to be
T. jhora at Shillong, in the Khasia hills, where it
frequents damp spots near water at 4—5000 ft. The
absence of the brand on the fore wing in the male
distinguishes it from 7’. stigmata, to which it is otherwise
very close.
487. Cyclopides subvittatus.
Cyclopides subvittatus, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 693.
C. subradiatus, Moore, J. c., p. 692.
A common species in the Tista and Rungit valleys up
to 2000 ft. from April to October. I have also taken it
in the Khasias at 8—4000 ft., and cannot distinguish
that form which Moore names subradiatus from the
Sikkim one. The size and the yellow mark on the fore
wing above are both variable. The species also occurs
in Bhotan and the Salween district.
488. Halpe sikkima. (Pl. XI., fig. 3, 3).
Halpe sikkima, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1882, p. 407.
This species, which I first procured from my native
collectors, and which was described with the Chumbi
butterflies, proves to Le common at low elevations up to
about 5000 ft. in Sikkim, and occurs from April to
November. In one male, which I took near Mongpo,
1200 ft., on May 28th, the spot in the cell is absent, and
there are three instead of two near the apex of the wing.
This may be a distinct species, so I give a figure of it
454 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
(fig. 4), as well as one of a typical male. The female
is unknown to me.
489. Halpe separata. (Pl. XI., figs. 5, g, 6, 2).
Halpe separata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 407.
This species, which came in the same collection as
the last, I have found pretty common in August on
Sinchul, Gumpahar, and other roads in the heavy forest
at from 6 to 9000 ft. It flies during dull and wet days
from June or July to the end of August. The female,
which I have figured, has an additional spot near the
hind margin of the fore wing not found in the male; the
other spots vary in number. It is easily distinguished
from other species in the genus by the pale patch on
the outer half of the hind margin of fore wing below.
Both this and sikkima are quite distinct from H. beturia,
which I have from Tavoy and the Andamans.
490. Halpe kumara.
Halpe kumara, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1885, p. 121, t. ii.,
fig. 10, dx
A recently-discovered species, which is, I think, quite
distinct from the rest, and has the under side uniform
dark brown, with a greenish shade on the hind wings.
It is found, according to Moller, at the same elevation
and season as the last.
491. Halpe gupta.
Halpe gupta, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1886, p. 254, t. xi.,
1 el Lea
A rare species, which seems to be most nearly allied
to H. separata, but easily distinguished by the double
sexual mark on the fore wing of the male.
492. Halpe cerata. (Pl. XI., fig. 8, 3).
Hesperia cerata, Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1876, p. 152.
This is one of the commonest of the genus, and is
found up to 8000 ft. from April to November. The
female is rare and difters from the male.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 455
493. Halpe zema. (Pl. XL, fig.7, 3}.
Hesperia zema, Hew., Ann. Nat. Hist., xix., p. 83
(1877).
I have taken this in the Tista valley in August, and
it seems to be fairly common at similar elevations and
seasons as the last.
494. Halpe dolopia.
Hesperia dolopia, Hew., Desc. Hesp., p. 27 (1868) ;
Ex. Butt., Hesp., t. vi., f. 60, 61.
A rare species at low levels from April to October.
495. Taractocera mevius.
Hesperia mevius, Fab., Ent. Syst., ili., p. 852 (1798).
Taractocera mevius, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville,
J. A. 8. B., 1886, p. 385, t. xvii., 8, 3.
T. sagara, Moore, P. Z.§., 1865, p. 792.
Hitherto found in the Terai only by Moller, but will
probably occur also in the outer hills.
496. Isoteinon atkinsoni. (Pl. XI., fig. 9, 3).
Isoteinon atkinsoni, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 698,
t. xlv., fig. 10.
I. subtestaceus, Moore, l. ¢., p. 844.
Moore’s figure of atkinsont by no means corresponds to
the description, and may be the under side of Halpe
ceylonica, which is figured just above it. It may also
represent the form I figure, which is rare in Sikkim,
and which Moller considers to be the spring brood of
I. atkinsoni. I. khasiana, Moore, of which I have seen
the type in Moore’s collection, appears to be the same
species.
497. Isoteinon masuriensis.
Isoteinon masuriensis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 698,
tb. xiv. iss 8.
This species, which, according to Major Lang, is found
at 7000 ft., frequenting clover in the North-west Hima-
laya, is found also in the interior of Sikkim at 5 to 6000 ft.,
but seems local, as I have never observed it, though I
have collected two seasons in the months of June to
456 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
August, when it occurs. Sikkim specimens agree well
with those I have from the North-west..
®
498. Isoteinon satwa.
Isoteinon satwa, de Nicé., J. A. S. B., 1883, p. 86, t. x.,
fig. 15, 3.
Not uncommon at 1—8000 ft. from April to October.
Kasily distinguished by the colour of the under side
from any other species.
499. Isoteinon cephala. (Pl. XI., fig. 10, 3).
Hesperia cephala, Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1876, p. 152.
Described from Darjeeling by Hewitson, and not
uncommon at low elevations from April to October.
500. Isoteinon pandita.
Isoteinon pandita, de Nicé., J. A.S.B., 1885, p. 121,
t. i, fig. 14, 3.
A rare species, lately discovered by Moller’s collectors
at 2—8000 ft.
501. Isoteinon flavipennis.
Isoteinon flavipennis, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1885, p. 122,
t. ii., fig. 4, 2.
This species, which is also found in Bhotan and the
Andamans, was discovered with the last, and must be
very rare in Sikkim.
502. Isoteinon flavalum.
Isoteinon flavalum, de Nicé., P. Z.8., 1887, p. 468,
ticlsnge
A single specimen of this only exists in Méller’s
collection, which was taken in native Sikkim.
503. Satarupa gopala.
Satarupa gopala, Moore, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 780, t. xlii.,
fig. 1.
Rare in Sikkim from 1 to 8000 ft., June to October.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 457
504. Satarupa sambara.
Satarupa sambara, Moore, l. c., p. 781.
Commoner than the last at the same elevation, but
occurs as early as April.
505. Satarupa bhagava.
Satarupa bhagava, Moore, l. ¢., p. 781.
What I take to be this species is fairly common at
same elevations as the last; but I am not at all sure
whether it is rightly identified, as the description, when
read with those of the two following species, is not all
clear. I should not myself be inclined to recognise
more than two species under the three names, one which
I call phisara, with narrower yellowish bands on hind
wing, and one which I call narada, with pure white
and broader bands.
506. Satarupa phisara.
Satarupa phisara, Moore, J.A.S.B., 1884, pt. ii,
p. 35.
S. phisara, Wood-Mason & de Nicé.,. J. A.S. B., 1886,
p. 890, t. xvii., fig.4, d.
S. bhagava?, 2, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 18838, p. 90, t. x.,
fig. 14.
This small species is common in some seasons in
March at low elevations. I have only taken it at
Mongpo, 3500 ft., but it occurs throughout the rains.
507. Satarupa narada.
Satarupa narada, Moore, J. A. 8. B., 1884, pt. i1., p. 85.
Also a rare species, of which I have two specimens
only, taken by Moller’s collectors. The abdomen is
white, excepting the anal extremity, and more slender
than in the other species of the genus.
508. T'agiades atticus.
? Hesperia atticus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ui., 1, p. 339
(1793).
Pterygospidea menaka, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 778.
458 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
Common in Sikkim up to 4000 ft., and from March to
December. It occurs all along the Himalayas. Some
specimens from Bhotan have no black spots within the
white patch on the hind wing as usual. It is a variable
species, and I am unable to distinguish menaka.
509. Tagiades gana.
Not common in the hot valleys, but found from April
to December.
510. Pterygospidea syricthus.
Pterygospidea syricthus, Feld., Reise Nov., iii., p. 580,
t. 72, 22, 28 (1867).
? Abaratha agama, Moore MSS.
Mr. Doherty mentions this species as having been
taken in Sikkim. Moller also has taken what 1 believe
to be this species in the Terai during the rains.
511. Antigonus sura.
Achylodes sura, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 786.
Abaratha sura, Dist., Rhop. Mal., p. 890, t. xxxiv.,
fig. 16, d.
Not uncommon up to 8000 ft. from April to October.
512. Antigonus vasava.
Achylodes vasava, Moore, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 786.
Not uncommon at Darjeeling up to about 3000 ft. in
April and May. A very nearly allied, if not identical,
species occurs in Central China, and I have two speci-
mens of another perhaps new species from Akyab and
‘Tenasserim.
518. Darpa hanria.
Darpa hanria, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 781, t. xlii.,
fig. 2.
Of this very rare species I had but one specimen from
Wilson’s old Sikkim collection, but Moller has recently
obtained others in April and May at low elevations.
The genus, if distinct, appears to be monotypic and
peculiar to Sikkim.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 459
514. Telegonus thraz.
Papilio thraz, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 794 (1767);
Don., Ins. Ind., t. 49, fig. 2 (1800).
Not a common species at low elevations during the
rains.
515. Telegonus thyrsis.
Papilio thyrsis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 332 (1775).
Hesperia pandia, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., p. 254,
t. 7, figs. 10, 10a (1857).
Rarer than the last. Ihave never seen a specimen
from Sikkim. ,
516.? Telegonus acroleuca.
Telegonus acroleuca, Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J.A.8.B.,
Aug., 1881, p. 260, 3.
Hesperia hiraca, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., Sept.,
1881, p. 313, 2.
A single specimen obtained by de Nicéville from a
native collector.
517. Cheticneme? Lidderdali, n. 8.
This remarkable species is only known to me from a
single specimen in the British Museum, which came out
of Lidderdale’s collection, and though it may possibly
have come from Buxa, is more probably a Sikkim insect.
Colour olive-brown, darker towards the apex, with yellowish
olive hair on thorax and hind wings. A series of irregular trans-
parert spots near the apex of fore wing, and five larger ones in a
band across it, the largest of which closes the end of the cell. On
the hind wing above is a series of eight oblong black spots margined
with light olive. Fringe of hind wings light olive. Beneath the
markings are similar, with the addition of a black oblong spot
across the end of the cell of the hind wing. Abdomen dark, with
olive bands. Antenne brown. Expanse, 2 in.
The species is placed without a name in the genus
Cheticneme in the British Museum collection.*
* A species which seems allied to this has recently been de-
seribed from the Tippera hills by Doherty in J. A. 8. B., 1886,
p- 263, as Erionota lalita.
460 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
518. Plastingia noemt.
Plastingia noemi, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1885, p. 120,
t. i., fig. 15, f.
The male only of this species, which seems to resemble
in form and colour the females of P. augias, has been
discovered by Moller at low elevations, where it is found
from May to August.
519. Hyarotis adrastus.
Hesperia adrastus, Cram., Pap. Ex., iv., t. 319, f. F,@
(1780).
Plesineura praba, Moore, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 790.
Not a common species in the valleys up to 3 or 4000ft.
from April to October.
520. Coladenia dan.
Papilio dan, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii., p. 88 (1787),
Hesperia fatih, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., iv., p. 454,
t. xvili., figs. 5, 6, 2.
2 Plestoneura dhanada, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 789.
I cannot separate the Sikkim race, which has been
identified with dan, from the North-western form de-
scribed by Kollar, though it is usually rather larger in
Sikkim and Khasia. I have three specimens from
Burmah smaller than any of the North-western speci-
mens. It occurs not uncommonly in Sikkim up to about
4000 ft. from March to October. De Nicéville, however,
thinks they are to be distinguished, and also identifies
as a Sikkim species Plesionewra dhanada, Moore, which
by the description seems to me to be the same as C. dan.
521. Coladenia indrani.
Plesioneura indruni, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 789.
Found with the last at similar elevations. It varies
somewhat, but agrees with Burmese and Tenasserim
specimens.
522. Coladeniu tissa.
Coladenia tissa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., p. 180, t. 67, fig. 6.
I have not seen this rare species, which is recorded
from Sikkim ; but from the plate I should have imagined
that it was not separable from indrani. Moller has a
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 461
single male, which is paler and smaller than indrani,
and, if distinct, may be called C. tissa.
523. Coladenia pralaya.
Pterygospidea pralaya, Moore, P. Z. S.LS65, pe 119:
Rather rare at low elevations during the rains.
According to Distant, the C. trichoneura of Feld., from
the Malay region, is distinguished by the pearly-white
colour of the hind wings beneath.
524. Udaspes folus.
Papilio folus, Cram., Paps Bxs-is t: 74; fio. (1779).
Not so common in Sikkim ag it seems to be in other
parts of the Himalaya, but fouud up to 4 or 5000 ft.
from April to October.
525. Plesioneura alysos.
Plesioneura alysos, Moore, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 789.
P. paralysos, Wood-Mason & de Nicé,, JA. S, B.,
LS8h, p. 257.
Common up to 4 or 5000 ft. from March to December.
526. Plesioneura restricta.
Plesioneura restricta, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., p. 178 (1881);
Wood-Mason & de Nicé., J A. 9. B, 21886; t.xyiis,
He ore
I was long disposed to consider this a form of alysos,
but a comparison of sixteen specimens of the former
from such widely-scattered places as Kangra, Sikkim,
the Andamans, Philippine Islands, and Foochow, with
twenty-two of P. restricta from various parts of India,
the Andamans, and Burmah in my collection, lead me
to think that they can be certainly defined as distinct
species.
527. Plesioneura nigricans.
Plesioneura nigricans, de Nicé., J. A. §. B., 1885, pt. ii.,
p. 128. t. ii., fie. 6, 2.
A rare species, which Mdller’s collectors have recently
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—part mi. (ocr.) 21
462 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
discovered. Judging from the plate, it seems allied to
lewcocirca rather than to alysos.
528. Plesioneura badia.
Pterygospidea badia, Hew., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1877,
p. 822; id., Desc. Lep. Atk., p. 4 (1879) ; de Nicé.,
dic A. 62.5. 1888, 4. x5 ue, 10.
A very rare species, of which I have a single specimen
only from Wilson’s collection. According ‘to Miller it
occurs at low elevations.
529. Plesioneura leucocirca.
Hesperia leucocirca, Koll., Hugel’s Kash., iv., p. 454,
t. xvill., figs. 3, 4 (1844).
Plesioneura leucocirea, W. M. & de Nicé., J. A. 8. B.,
1881, p. 257.
ae munda, Moore, J. A. 8. B., 1884, p. 33.
This species occurs at low elevations up to about
4000 ft. from March to October. It varies in the number
of yellow spots on the hind wing, which are sometimes
entirely absent. Its range from 6000 ft. in the North-
west Himalaya to Burmah and the Andaman Islands is
remarkable.
580. Plesioneura chamunda.
Plesioneura chamunda, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 788.
Not so common, but found at similar elevations and
seasons with the last. The colour of the hind wings,
which are olive-green bordered with black, seem to dis-
tineuish it in a satisfactory manner. The antenne also
are never white, as in leucocirca, which sometimes, how-
ever, has only the club white.
581. Plesioneura agnt.
Plesioneura agni, de Nicé., J. A. 8. B., 1883, p. 87,
t. Xiy Uae Os.
Rare at low elevations in Sikkim; differs from P.
chamunda in having the hind wing marked with black
spots above and below, and the cilia not alternately
brown and white, as in that species,
Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 463
532. Plesioneura pulomaya.
Plesioneura pulomaya, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 787.
This species is common in the zone of virgin forest
from 7 to 10,000 ft., occurring, like most of the insects
of that elevation, only during the rainy season. It
frequents dense brushwood by the side of the paths,
settling on flowers of Rubus, and flies, like many of the
insects of the forest, on dull and even on wet days. Its
flight, like that of many other Hesperids, is so extremely
rapid that it is almost impossible to follow it with the
eye; but, after darting round for a few minutes in circles,
it generally returns to the same perch. It varies some-
what in size, but is easily disiinguished from other
species of the genus. The antenne are black, with a
yellow or whitish band below the club. It occurs in the
interior of Sikkim, and up to 10,000 ft. in the Simla
district. Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, in their paper
on the butterflies of the Andamans, formerly considered
this, as well as P. chamunda, to be inseparable from
leucocirea ; but in Sikkim, at least, 1 think they are
separable, and this species is restricted to the higher
zone, where I never saw any of the other forms.
533. Plesioneura sumitra.
Plesioneura sumitra, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 787.
I was at first inclined to place this form as a variety
of leucocirea, but now think it can be distinguished by its
larger size, much larger and more numerous spots on
the hind wings, and bright yellow, not greyish yellow,
spotted fringes. It is more like pulomaya in general
appearance, but differs from that species in the colour of
its antenne, and the absence of the yellow spot constantly
present on the hind margin of the fore wing. It seems
a rare species in Sikkim. I have only three specimens
taken by myself in the forest near Rikisum, in British
Bhotan, at an elevation of 5—7000 ft. in August.
534. Astictopterus diocles.
Nisoniades diocles, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 787.
A fairly common species up to 8000 ft. from April to
November.
Pe ae
464 Mr. H. J. Elwes’ catalogue of the
535. Astictopterus Butleri.
Astictopterus butleri, W. M. & de Nicé., J. A.8.B.,
1888, p: 98, t..x:, fie. 5,)d3 J. A.B eee,
p- 880, 3 2.
Rarer than diocles, and occurs at the same time and
elevation. Though very near olivescens, Moore, from
Burmah and Assam, it seems to differ in the under side
of the hind wing sufficiently to be distinguished.
536. Astictopterus salsala.
Nisoniades salsala, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 786.
Astictopterus stellifer, Butl-«. Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool.,
1877, p. 555.
Not uncommon in the low valleys from March to
October. It varies a good deal in the spots of the fore
wing above, which are sometimes white, sometimes
rufous, and sometimes absent, as in stellifer, Butl. It
agrees with Ceylon and Burmese specimens.
Baracus septentrionum.
Baracus septentrionum, W. M. & de Nicé., J. A. 8. B.,
1886, p. 879, t. xviil., figs. 4,4 a, 3.
A rare species, which has only been found in the
Terai by Moller, and which I have not yet seen.
It must be remembered that many of the species of
Hesperide and Lycenidé mentioned in this catalogue
are rare and little-known species, which cannot be
classified properly until they have been examined in a
more thorough manner than has been possible for me to
do. As, however, Mr. de Nicéville’s third volume con-
taining the Lycende is in the press, we may hope to
have before long a better knowledge of their distribution
and affinities.
Lepidoptera of Sikkim.
Expanation oF Prares VIIL., TX XS ie
PLATE VIII.
. Lethe tristigmata, 3.
. Saturnia Royi, g.
. Zophoessa jalaurida, 3.
- Z. molleri, 3.
. Chilades pontis, 3.
. Camena ctesia, ?.
. Sinthusa virgo, ?.
Fic.
SIO Oo PB Oo De
PHATE IX.
. Zophoessa dura, 3.
. Z. ramadeva, 3.
. Lethe siderea, 3.
. Athyma orientalis, 3.
. Mycalesis nicotia, 2.
. Satyrus loha, 3.
Oo Ot Rm OC DD pe
PAGAUUBY OXe
- Grapta c-albwm var. tibetana, 3.
. Delias belladonna vay. ithiela, 2
. D. belladonna var. horsfeldi, ? .
. Melitaa orientalis, 3.
” ” 2.
oR WO De
PLATE XI.
. Megisba malaya, 3.
. Neopithecops hamada?, 3.
. Halpe sikkima, 3.
a var. vel sp. nov., ¢.
. H. separata, 3.
” ” 2 ~
. Hf. zema, 3.
. Hl. cerata, 3.
. Isoteinon atkinsoni, 3.
. I. cephala, 3.
SON o& PB ow re
1
oO
2
‘ . in oe are ;
¥ rey % a tier ee a af ba ¥ ey ad
Z ” - : i eu) > ja
Sa ' ICV at TA a His ae a
if, , ‘ y fiat A}
. . , ; i
; ula res vil i ies
, ‘ ij
7 ? > r+
>i ‘ k 4 » eX, oy: $+ +" A iy a Thies aie pire
. ad . » bi ;
, = rae it VARA aN a is
elt’ ey oi Ary .¥ ++
Ns els
* my “\.} ie Cal >
é .
2 re
5 6. *
e
. . : i--. .
¥ , + ; Ow ,
i ‘
1 As ene c
:
bd a ‘
be. ' i.
%
-
& t ~ $
i iby .
‘ a®
afc -
- »* i]
. a
cal : )
¢ ’
z “ . -
i ’ 7
| A
it »
-
s é
i othe +
] * 4 *
ba '
4 J
nat | : 4 + «as ‘<3
1 4 "
‘ ‘ ~} - a
a! {
a -
« 4 *
’ ‘ wt } :
. 55} DS ’
.
nf ; . yids Ve at 4)!
Gata Lag La ik
re a . ' 4 Mi *
‘ : 7 ~ a “ + * P ‘ 7.
| ~ AV bs
u *
é 7 toe
Ceetorcp)
XII. List of Diurnal Lepidoptera collected in Northern
Celebes by Dr. Hickson. By J. O. Wxsrwoon,
M.A., F.L.S., Hon. Life Pres. Ent. Soc. Lond.
[Read August Ist, 1888.]
Puate XII.
Tux following is a list of the butterflies collected in the
islands of Northern Celebes by Dr. Sydney Hickson, now
Deputy-Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Oxford, during a short visit to those islands,
whither he had gone with the view of studying Marine
Biology, especially the various species of corals which
abound there. The precise localities of the insects are
carefully recorded, as well as the times of their capture,
both of which circumstances are important, as the orni-
thological fauna of these islands offers several interesting
geographical peculiarities.
PAPILIONIDA. Amblypodia centaurus, NYMPHALIDA.
PapILIoNnrpEs. var. Diadema Lasinassa.
Papilio Blumei. Polyomm. evanescens. D. Dionea.
P. Polytes. P. Cnejus. Messaras Mwonides ?.
P. Severus. P. Otis. M. ophthalmicus.*
P. Telephus. DANAIDA. Laogona Hippocla.
P. Agamemnon. Danais Ismare. Precis Idas, var.
PIERIDEs. D. Ishma. Neptis Antara.
Catopsilia Catilla. D. Cheaspes. Cynthia Arsinoé.
Terias Hecabe. D. luciptena. Adolias Nesimachus.
T. Tilaha. D. aftinis. Clerome chitone.
T. Talissa.* D. fulgurata. Cyllo Leda, var.
Tachyris Phestus.* Euplea Kadu. Mycalesis Janardana.
LYCAINIDA. Ideopsis vitrea. M. mutata.
Liphyra Brassolis. I. Horsfeldii. Ypthima Kalelonda.*
Fam. 1. PAPILIONIDA.
Subfam. 1. PAPILIONIDES.
1. Papilio Blumei, Boisduval, Sp. G., i., p. 206 (1836).
Hab. Kalelonda, 3000 ft., April 6th, 1886.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—parr mr. (ocr.)
468 Prof. Westwood’s list of Diurnal
2. Papilio Polytes, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 106 (1764) ;
Cramer, iii., pl. 265, fig. c.
Hab. Talisse Island, Noy. 2nd, 1885.
3. Papilio Severus, Cramer, iii., pl 277, f. a, B (1782).
Hab. Celebes, 1886.
Var. Maculis pallidis multo minoribus.
4. Papilio Telephus, Wallace, Trans. Linn. Soce., xxv.,
tab; 7,4. 4, 1865:
Papilio Eurypylus, Linn., var.
Hab. Senger, Nov. 24th, 1885.
5. Papilio Agamemnon, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 202 (1764).
Papilio A’gistus, Cram., ii., pl. 106, f. c, p.
Hab. Great Sengir.
Subfam. 2. PIERIDES.
6. Catopsilia Catilla, Cramer, 11i., pl. 229, f.p, 5 (1779) ;
Moore, Lep. Ceylon, pl. 47, f.3 ¢,3a, 2.
Hab. Manarang, Kabroecken Island (Talauer Islands).
Nov. 21st, 1885.
Obs. Males only of this species were collected. Their
wings are yellow mustard-colour, the outer portion
beyond the middle gradually whiter (paler) coloured,
with a very slender black apical margin. The fore
wings in this sex have a tuft of very fine white decumbent
hairs, capable of erection on the under side near the
base of the inner margin, and the hind wings are
furnished near the base of the costal margin on the
upper side with a small oval silky patch. The under
side of the wings are entirely concolorous and destitute
of any discoidal marking.
7. Terias Hecabe, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 249 (1764) ;
Moore, Lep. Ceylon, pl. 45, f. 1.
Hab. Talisse Island, April 20th, 1886; Kalelonda,
April 6th, 1886.
Lepidoptera collected in Northern Celebes. 469
8. Terias Tilaha, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. Ind. Comp.,
p. 186 (1829); Vollenh., Mon. Pier., p. 65.
(Expans. alar. antic. unc. 21).
Hab. Talisse Island, Sept., 1885.
Syn. Terias Tondana, Felder, Novara, pl. 26, f. 1.
Var. Dimidio minor. (Exp. alar. antic. unc. 12) aliter omnino
congruit.
Hab. Talisse Island, Sept. 21st, 1886.
Obs. The two individuals of this species, notwith-
standing their great difference in size, agree in the
relative proportions of the yellow and dark colours of
the wings. In both the yellow in the hind wings forms
a large oval patch (more than half the size of the entire
wing) occupying the whole of the costal margin, and
differing from 7’. Celebensis of Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe.
Lond., ser. iii., t. 6, f. 1, in having the inner margin of
the fore wings broadly black.
9. Terias Talissa, Westw., n. 8s.
Parva, alis anticis rotundatis, omnibus supra fuscescentibus,
striola tenui obliqua discoidali parum curvata, nec costam nec
angulum analem attingente pallide flava; alis posticis supra plaga
magna costali (tertiam partem ale occupante) pallide flava angu-
lum externum haud attingente; alis infra pallide flavescentibus,
anticis nubila obscura vix determinata subapicali, margine interno
pallide nigricanti, cellula discoidali lineola tenuissima bipartita,
terminata; alis posticis macula parva fusca pone medium coste
notatis. Expans. alar. anticarum une. 13.
Hab. Talisse Island, Oct. 14, 1885.
10. Tachyris Phestus, Westw., n. 8.
Tachyris agrippine, Wallace & Neroni affinis.
Alis omnibus fuscis, fulvo variegatis; anticis apice subacumi-
natis; fascia dimidiata fulva e medio ale (in cellulam haud
extensa) et in medio disci posticarum continua; ibi sensim acumi-
nata et ante angulum analem terminata; maculis quinque fulvis
inter medium et apicem anticarum et quinque inter fasciam et
marginem externum ; alis anticis infra basi fulvis, medio irregu-
lariter fusco-nigricanti, apice griseo-flavescenti; ad apicem posti-
cum fulyo irregulariter maculatis, maculis versus costam magis
470 Prof. Westwood’s list of Diurnal
lutescentibus; alis posticis lutescentibus, fascia irregulari pone
medium margine parum saturatiori. Exp. alar. antic. une. 3§.
Hab. Talisse Island, 1886.
Fam. 2. LYCANIDA.
11. Liphyra Brissolis, Westw., Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
p- 31 (1864).
Sterosis robusta, Felder, Novara, p. 219 (1865), t. 27,
figs. 10, 11.
Hab. Manarang, Kabroecken Island (Talauer Islands),
Nov. 21st, 1885.
Obs. The unique specimen captured is much paler
than my original types, or than the insect figured by
Dr. Felder. Itis of arich orange-buff on the upper side
of the wings, with a dark brown apical margin scarcely
extending along the inner margin of the fore wings, the
dise with a rather large conical blackish spot at the
anterior end of the discoidal cell, and a larger oval
one of the same colour divided in two by the second
branch of the median vein; the hind wings with two
small, oval, blackish spots on the dise just below the
middle, each attended by a smaller spot on its inner
edge ; these spots are wanting on the under side of the
hind wings.
12. Amblypodia Centaurus, var. ?, Fabricius, Syst. Ent.,
p- 520 (1775).
Amblypodia Anunda ?, Hew., Ill. D. Lep., t. 3a, fig. 82.
A. Aglais, Felder, Novara, pl. 29, f. 11.
Hab. ‘'alisse Island, Sept. 10th, 1885.
Obs. ‘The only specimen captured is in bad condition.
It is above blackish brown, with a rich purple oval patch
scarcely occupying half of the disc of the fore wings,
and another of the same colour not extending beyond
the basal half of the hind wings, which have the margin
and analangle much torn. On the under side the wings
are paler brown, with a number of circular white lines
and curved striole forming a series of spots more or
less confluent. The anal angle marked with silvery-
green scales. :
Lepidoptera collected in Northern Celebes. 471
13. Polyommatus (Plebeius) evanescens, Butler, Proc.
Zool. Soc., 1875, p. 615 (fs 2).
Hab. Talisse Island (Oct. 19th, 1885, ¢; May 19th,
1886, 3; Dec. 3rd, 1885, ¢’).
14. Polyommatus (Cupido) Cnejus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst.,
Suppl., p. 480 (1798) ; H.-Schaffer, Exot. Schm.,
Were igi 03
Hab. Talisse Island (Oct. 14th, 1885; Oct. 16th,
1885). Great Senger (1886).
15. Polyommatus (Cupido) Otis, Fabricius, Mant. Ins.,
Hepes (Lona bublem Cat. Mabe to Aoi 8, 11.
Hab. Talauer; Great Senger (Nov. 2nd, 1870.
Manarang, Kabroecken Island (1886).
Fam. 3. DANAIDA.
16. Danais Ismare, Cram, iii., pl. 279, 5, F (1782) ;
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. ((1866), p. 178, f. 1.
Hab. Talisse Island (Aug. 9th, 1885; Sept. 5th,
1885; Oct. 13th, 1885). Senger (Nov. 24th, 1885).
17. Danais Ishma, Butler, Cist. Ent.,1., p. 2 (1869) ;
Lep. Exot., 1., t. 20, f. 3 (1871).
Hab. Talisse (Sept. 4th, 1885; Sept. 5th, 1885;
Sept. 6th, 1885; Sept. 19th, 1885).
18. Danats Cheaspes.
Hab. Manarang, Talauer Islands, Nov. 21st, 1885.
19. Danais (Ravadeba) luciptena, Butler.
Hab. ‘Talisse, July 9th, 1885; Kalelonda, April 14th,
1886.
20. Danuais affinis (plexippus, Linn., var. ?), Fabricius,
Syst. Ent., p. 511 (1775) ; Donovan, Ins. Ind.,
t. 25, f. 2 (1800).
Obs. D. Loti Cramer similis sed maculis discoidalibus
albis alarum multo majoribus.
472 Prof. Westwood’s list of Diurnal
Hab. Cockatoo Island, Celebes; Talauer Islands ;
Nov. 17th, 1885.
21. Danais fulgurata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1866,
t. Ant
Przecedenti similis sed disci medio alarum rufo, macula unica
oblonga alba inter cellulam et medium marginis interni alarum.
Hab. Senger, Nov. 24th, 1885.
22. Huplea (Salpinx) Kadu, Eschscholtz, Reise, 111.,
p 210, t. 6, f 15,-a,b (1821).
Euplea Hewitsoniit, Butler MSS.
Var. Maculis subapicalibus alarum anticarum, cum maculis
tribus parvis pone medium cost, albis nec cxrulescenti tinctis.
Hab. Senger, Nov. 24th, 1885.
23. Ideopsis vitrea, Blanchard, Voy. Pol. Sud., p. 385,
t. 2) 172-@1858):
Dan. Enopia, Felder, Wien. Ent. M., ii, p. 182, pl. 4,
f. 2 (1859).
Hab. Kalelonda, April 6th, 1886.
24. Ideopsis Hewitsonti, Kirsch.
Precedenti minor, alis anticis angustioribus absque colore flavo
inter medium et apicem. An prec. varietas? Expans. alar. ant.
une. 33.
Hab. ‘Talisse Island, April 24th, 1886.
Fam. 4. NYMPHALIDA.
25. Diadema Lasinassa.
gf, Cramer, Pap. Ex., iii.,t. 205, a, B (1782).
Papilio Bolina, Linn., Mus. Ulr, p. 295.
Hab. Talisse Island, Oct 10th, 1885.
¢, P. Nerina, Fab., Syst Ent., 509; Don., Ins. N.
Boll: 27 ted
Hab. Talisse Island, Oct. 27th, 1885; Dec. 13th,
1885.
26. Diadema Dionea, Hewitson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861,
t. Bp fae
Hab. Kalelonda, April 14th, 1886.
Lepidoptera collected in Northern Celebes. 473
27. Messaras Meonides ?, Hewitson, Exot. Butt.
(Mess., t. i., f. 1, 2 (1859).
Fore wings with basal half fulvous-brown, a broad oblique
whitish-buff fascia extending from the middle of the costa (beyond
the cell) nearly to the anal angle, where it ends in a round black
Spot; apex of wings dark brown, with a small obscure paler spot
towards the apical angle ; hind wings with the basal half reddish
brown, apical portion redder brown, with a row of six black dots and
two rows of submarginal black scallops. Expans. alar. antic. unc.
2192. :
Hab. Cockatoo Island, 1886.
28. Messaras ophthalmicus, Westw., n.s.
Alis supra saturate fulvis, anticis costa apiceque late fuscis colore
fusco ad angulum analem sensim angustato et macula obscura
rotundata notatis ; alis posticis concoloribus, rudimentis ocellorum
pagine infer vix distinctis lineaque tenui nigricanti, margine
apicali parallela in omnibus alis; subtus tulvo-albidis, singula ala
ocellis duobus rotundis magnis nigris puncto minuto medio notatis,
. circulo externo fulvo-fuscescente, arcu brunneo-fulvo inter ocellos
et medium alex, striga angulata subapicali lineaque marginali
nigra; ocelloque minuto precedenti ad angulum analem posticarum
adjecto. Expans. alar. une. 24.
Hab. Talisse Island, Sept. 21st, 1885.
29. Laogona Hippocla, Cram., iii., + 220, f. O<D;
Var. Laogona Hyleus, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1869, p. 345.
Hab. Kalelonda, April 20th, 1886.
30. Precis Ida, var. Iphata, Cramer, il., t. 209. f. c,d.
Hab. Kalelonda (April 20th, 1886), Senger (Nov. 24th,
1885), Talisse (Sept. 5th, 1885).
31. Neptis Antara, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1858,
te 49) fF, 2:
Hab. Talisse Island, Sept. 6th, 1885 ; Sept. 9th,
1885 ; Sept. 12th, 1885.
Obs. The type-specimen of this species in the British
Museum is a male measuring nearly 2 in. in expanse.
474 Prof. Westwood’s list of Diurnal
The specimens collected by Mr. Hickson are larger
(23 in.), and with richer and somewhat more varied
orange-red markings. The tripartite spot between the
middle and apex of the fore wings is larger, and followed
by a curved orange-red streak and a narrower subapical
one. The larger spot between the middle of these wings
and the posterior angle is followed by another curved
narrow one, which ascends to the third branch of the
median vein, and is followed next the anal angle by a
still more slender curved streak. The two orange-red
bands of the hind wings are of nearly equal width, and
between them and also outside of the second is a narrow
obscurely paler brown striga.
32. Cynthia arsinoé, Cramer, Pap. Exot., t. 160, B, o
(1F79)%
Hab. Kalelonda (April 20th, 1886), Talisse (April
20th, 1886).
38. Adolias Nesimachus, Boisduval, Cuv. R. An. Ins.,
t. 189 bis, f. 1 (1886).
Argynnis Hippomenes, H.-Schiff., Exot. Schm., f. 11,
12 (1850.
Hab. Kalelonda, April 14th, 1886.
84. Clerome Chitone, Hewitson, Exot. Butt.,
Pl. Clerume, figs. 2, 3 (1863).
Hab. Kalelonda, April 20th, 1886.
35. Cyllo Leda, Linn , Syst. Nat., 1., 2, 773 (1769).
Var. Pallide fusca, apice alarum anticarum albido-fusco,
macula ovali subapicali nigra albo-bipunctata, posticis macula
parva nigra, medio puncto albo notatis.
Hab. Kalelonda, April 26th, 1886.
36. Mycalesis Janardana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. Ind., t. i.,
p. 234 (1857).
Hab. Senger, Nov. 24th, 1886.
7
Lepidoptera collected in Northern Celebes. 475
37. Mycalesis mutata, Butler, Proc. Z. Soc., 1875, p. 612.
Hab. Manaranga.
38. Ypthima Kalelonda, Westw., n. s.
Alis supra fuscis, pone medium paullo pallidioribus, anticis
ocello nigro vix distincto ante apicem, posticis etiam unico versus
angulum analem; subtus anticis pallide fuscis nigro transversim
striolatis, ocello unico subapicali nigro circulo fulvo cincto, posticis
fuscis pone medium albis, similiter striolatis, ocellis tribus, uno
minori versus angulum externum, altero majori rotundato nigro
circulo fulvo cincto versus angulum analem, tertioque minuto in
ipso angulo anali. Exp. alar. antic. circ. unc. 2.
Hab. Kalelonda, April 6th, 1886.
EXPLANATION oF Prare XII.
Pie. 1. Terias Talissa, Westw. ; upper side. 2a, under side.
2. Tachyris Phestus, Westw. ; upper and under sides.
2a, veins of fore wings.
3. Messaras ophthalmicus, Westw.; upper and under
sides. 34a, veins of fore wings.
4. Ypthima Kalelonda, Westw.; upper side. 4a, under
side.
a kid r
aka) DA noe Tne soe
;
Ny rene 3
‘ t lage: roe i
nt > ee n io ea hed Lit o6 ae = erreaeN
- » a pd Me, Wlopy Ai ondlinal’s nrauy,9 ‘nl he
gw Miteineeya ses eimbiAae |) taper sa al ,
Sia TEL gt ep ae ake as resp treiie
Aelita ors lion ales Ling she ti, Soars Fe web
peat wien oteietie oe) dl are aveghy Hung oe keh Filho
+
35,
7
ain
itis
aoeey cl lnh eae e Ni Pirig . ae is itasthd agit, alse ut
* ' P nV ‘ae
-i of ait2 Ra wins karo ie: 7
‘ ‘3 ¥ tre rr oo ad ini rsh Sf: eS
= ¥ ve ”» iy s] ; ys mi: 7 i ieadva
- y ‘
é ‘ Ps row #1 &
i
: cal
a od od ' =
. My ¥
; . ‘ ye, 4
' = i 7
i ie > ee ra eal: Z
‘ > *
. +
( 475 )
XII. An enumeration of the Rhynchota received from
Baron von Miiller, and collected by Mr. Sayer in
New Guinea during Mr. Cuthbertson’s Expedition.
By W. L. Distant, F.E.S.
[Read October 3rd, 1888. |
PLATE XIII.
Tur Rhynchota collected by Mr. Sayer, though few in
number, are of great interest, and add considerably to
our knowledge of that portion of the entomological
fauna of New Guinea in which they were collected.
The largest number of species from the island, of
which we have record, were described by Mr. Walker,
collected by Mr. Wallace, and are now contained in
the British Museum. The late Dr. Stal has also con-
tributed some scattered descriptions, and Dr. Signoret
more recently gave a short descriptive paper of New
Guinea Heteroptera belonging to the collection in the
Genoa Museum. Consequently, even witb the additions
made by this paper, our knowledge is still very limited
as to the Rhynchotal element in this entomological
fauna.
In the Heteroptera of this collection are 39 species ;
of these I have identified 87 species, 138 being
hitherto undescribed and embracing 5 new genera. The
Homoptera comprise 9 species; of these 8 are identi-
fied, 4 being hitherto undescribed, including one new
genus. Other species in both groups were represented
by larval forms only, and it would be presumption to
attempt their identification.
In this collection the Australian element or affinity is
exceedingly slight, a considerable relationship exists with
the fauna of the adjacent islands, and a few species are
probably peculiar to New Guinea; but our present know-
ledge is so very limited, and the available collections so
very small, that it is futile to hazard any dogmas as to
geographical distribution.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRTIy. (DEC.) 2k
476 Mr. W. L. Distant’s enumeration of the
RHYNCHOTA HETEROPTERA.
PENTATOMIDA.
PLATASPIN AS.
Coptosoma ramosa.
Coptosoma ramosa, Walk., Cat. Het., 1, p. 93 (1867).
This species was originally described from Wagiou.
SCUTELLERINAS.
Cantao ocellatus.
Cimex ocellatus, Thunb., N. ins. Sp., 3, p. 60, f. 72
(1784).
The specimen here enumerated is an example of the
variety in which the pronotal angles are not produced,
or, in other words, not spined. This, however, is no
local peculiarity, as I possess specimens from the Hima-
layas and the Malay Peninsula in which precisely the
same character is found.
The species has a wide range, its area extending from
Continental India to New Guinea
Philia aureocincta.
Callidea aureocincta, Walk., Cat. Het., 1, p. 41 (1867).
This species was originally described from New Guinea.
I possess examples from Duke of York Island.
SCUTELLERIN ZA,
Asopus micans, n. 8. (Pl. XIII, fig. 6).
Above ochraceous ; a large lunate spot at base of pronotum, a
similar spot reversed at base of scutellum, and two small spots near
apex of scutellum, dark shining blue ; membrane bluish black, the
margins fuscous. Legs bluish black, the coxw, trochanters, and
apices of the femora beneath ochraceous. Body beneath ochra-
ceous. Antenne blackish, second joint longer than the third,
which is again slightly shorter than the fourth. The rostrum is
ochraceous, and just passes the posterior coxe. The scutellum and
pronotum are somewhat coarsely punctate, the corium and head
more finely punctate. Long. 12 mm.
Rhynchota collected in New Guinea. 477
PENTATOMIN &.
Allocotus sayeri, n.8. (Pl. XIII, fig. 1).
Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; apices of spines at base
of antenne, a spine at about middle of each lateral margin of
pronotum, two transverse discal central spots to pronotum, a
rounded spot at each basal angle of scutellum, and the apex of
seutellum, bright shining luteous. Corium brownish ochraceous,
the margin pale luteous, and with a subcostal fuscous streak.
Membrane dark fuscous. Head and body beneath dark bluish
black, disk of abdomen luteous, legs ochraceous, apices of the
intermediate and posterior femora blackish. The antenne are
fuscous-brown, the second joint longest, the third and fourth sub-
equal in length; the eyes are strongly exserted, a strong spine at
inner margin of antenniferous tubercles, another long spine at
middle of each lateral margin of pronotum, the lateral pronotal angles
are produced into long, convex, recurved spines. Long. 7 mm.
The structure of the pronotal spines, in addition to
the differences of coloration, will at once distinguish
this species from the Australian A. Rogenhoferi, Mayr,
and the New Guinea A. Mayrit, Sign.
Spudeus parvulus.
Halys parvula, Hope, Cat., 1, p. 22 (1887).
This species has been recorded from Northern Australia.
I possess specimens from Port Moresby.
Kopicivs, n. g.
Head with the central lobe about as long as the lateral lobes,
which are somewhat obtusely angulated at apex, giving the anterior
margin of the head an emarginate appearance ; eyes inserted near
base; antenniferous tubercles spinous externally; basal joint of
antenne extending beyond apex of head (number of joints unknown
owing to mutilated condition). Pronotum longer than head,
posterior lateral angles slightly prominent and subacute, and with
an obtuse tooth at anterior lateral angles. Scutellum subtriangular,
its apex reaching interior angle of corium; lateral margins of
corium somewhat ampliated and covering connexivum ; membrane
with the venation reticulated. Rostrum reaching the posterior
coxe, second joint a little longer than third, but much shorter than
third and fourth together. Abdomen not perceptibly furrowed.
Mesosternum with a central longitudinal ridge.
I place this genus near Pecilotoma, Dall.
2K 2
478 Mr. W. L. Distant’s enumeration of the
Ecdicius typicus, n.s. (Pl. XIIL., fig. 3).
Obscure ochraceous, thickly covered with dark, coarse, fuscous
punctures. Head with the ocelli red, the eyes dark fuscous;
antenne ochraceous, third joint fuscous towards apex (remainder
mutilated). Pronotum with the anterior half of lateral margins,
and the posterior margin of lateral angles, narrowly ochraceous.
Anterior portion of lateral margins of corium and apex of scutellum
narrowly ochraceous; corium with the disk darker in places by
confluent punctures and fuscous shadings. Membrane pale fuscous,
inner two-thirds much suffused with pitchy-black, the outer margin
spotted and marked with fuscous, the venation reticulated at inner
basal area. Body beneath brownish ochraceous, much suffused
with pitchy-black on sternum, base and near apex of abdomen,
remaining surface darkly punctate, with a marginal segmental
series of small black spots. Legs ochraceous, femora and bases
of tibiz more or less spotted with black, apices of tibize and the
tarsi (excepting the bases of joints) fuscous-black. Rostrum
(excluding basal joint) more or less fuscous. Antenne with the
second and third joints subequal in length, the remainder muti-
lated. Long. 11 mm.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 mm.
ACCARANA, 0. g.
Allied to Hetenws, Dall., but having the head less elongated, the
central lobe only very slightly projecting in front of the lateral
lobes. Antennie five-jointed, slender, inserted a little in front of
the eyes, the antenniferous tubercles prominent and obtusely sub-
spinous; the basal joint distinctly passing the apex of the head.
Eyes prominent and globose. Rostrum not extending much
beyond the posterior cox, with the second joint not equalling in
length the third and fourth joints combined. Pronotum with the
lateral angles strongly produced into moderately stout spines, the
lateral margins concave, the anterior lateral margins obscurely
crenulate. Ventral furrow short, not extending beyond the second
abdominal segment; other characters generally as in Hetenws.
Accarana metallica, n.s. (Pl. XIIL., fig. 4).
Ochraceous, thickly covered with coarse bronzy-green punctures.
Head with the basal margin and the posterior lateral margins of
central lobe purplish red; eyes purplish red, the margins ochra-
ceous; antenne fuscous, the basal joint more or less ochraceous.
Pronotum with the anterior and posterior margins very narrowly
ochraceous, the produced pronotal angles purplish red. Scutellum
Rhynchota collected in New Guinea. 479
with the apex ochraceous and very sparingly punctate, a small
foveate dark metallic-green spot at each basal angle. Corium
tinged with purplish, except at costal area. Membrane shining
fuscous, the veins, base, and lateral margins bluish black, the apex
pale fuscous. Connexivum ochraceous, with a few dark punctures,
the segmental angles narrowly dark bluish black. Body beneath
and legs ochraceous; legs spotted with black, a submarginal fascia
to prosternum and abdomen metallic-green, surrounded with
purplish punctures, a broad submarginal fascia to meso- and meta-
sterna purplish. Antenne with the fourth and fifth joints
longest and subequal in length, second and third joints subequal or
third joint a little longer than second, third, fourth, and fifth joints
pilose. The pronotal angles subacute and directed outwardly.
The membranal veins are longitudinal, and not reticulated. The
rostrum is ochraceous, streaked with fuscous above, and just
passes the posterior coxa. The anterior femora are obscurely
spined beneath towards apex. Long. 15 mm.; exp. pronot. angl.
9mm.
Agonoscelis rutila.
Cimex rutilus, Fabr., 8. Ent., p. 714, 88 (1775).
Somewhat generally distributed throughout the Malay
Archipelago, and found in Australia. I possess speci-
mens from Port Moresby and Duke of York Island.
NovaTILLA, Nn. g.
Head large, broad, about as long as pronotum, lateral margins
moderately and concavely sinuate, central lobe very slightly pro-
jecting in front of lateral lobes. Antenne five-jointed, eyes some-
what exserted. Pronotum twice as broad as long, lateral margins
slightly sinuate. Scutellum subtriangular, shorter than corium,
narrowed beyond middle, the apex rounded and extending a little
beyond the base of membrane. Corium outwardly and moderately
convexly laminate, and coarsely punctate. Connexivum projecting
beyond middle of corium. Rostrum passing the posterior coxe.
Abdomen somewhat obscurely sulcated near base. Tibi sulcated.
I place this genus near Afrania, from which the
sulcated tibize will alone at once distinguish it. It also
includes the Pentatoma virgata, Dall.
480 Mr. W. L. Distant’s enwmeration of the
Novatilla fasciata, n.s. (Pl. XIIL., fig. 2).
Head reddish ochraceous, margins of the central lobe and eyes
somewhat blackish; antenne black, with the basal joint ochraceous.
Pronotum olivaceous, tinged with reddish anteriorly, the anterior
and lateral margins luteous, and crossed by six broad black fascie,
of which the second on each side is shortest and slightly curved.
Scutellum pale olivaceous, with two broad longitudinal black
fascize, and with a small black punctate spot at each basal angle.
Corium reddish ochraceous, with a broad irregular black fascia.
Membrane black, with the apical margin pale fuscous. Body
beneath reddish ochraceous or pale violaceous, lateral margins of
sternum and abdomen broadly black, and a broad central fascia to
abdomen (sometimes not reaching base) also black. Legs bright
olivaceous, the tarsi infuscated. Antenne with the fourth joint
longest, second slightly shorter than third. Head obscurely trans-
versely striate. Pronotum, scutellum, and corium coarsely punc-
tate, apex of scutellum almostimpunctate. Long. 8 mm.
This species is allied to the Australian N. virgata,
Dail., from which it not only differs by the more fasciate
markings, but also by the structure of the antenne,
which in N. virgata have the second and third joints
subequal in length.
Plautia affinis.
Plautia afinis, Dall., List. Hem., 1, p. 252, 50 (1851).
Originally described from Australia; also found in
Duke of York Island.
Cuspicona ? ampla.
Cuspicona ampla, Walk., Cat. Het , 2, p. 381, 9 (1867).
Originally described from Wagiou.
TESSARATOMIN A.
Agapophyta bipunctata.
Agapophyta bipunctata, Boisd., Voy. de l’Astrol., Ent.,
il., p. 626, t. u1., f. 5 (1835).
A somewhat local species.
DINIDORIN A.
Megymenum papuensis, n. s.
Allied to M. swbpwrpurascens, Westw., but differing by the
Rhynchota collected in New Guinea. 481
truncate, and not concave outer margin of the lateral pronotal
angles, and by the lateral lobes of the head being not distinctly
cleft anteriorly. Long. 12 to 13 mm.
COREIDA.
COREIN ZL.
Div. Mictarta.
MycILuus, n. g.
Head emarginate between the antenniferous tubercles. Antenne
with the basal joint about equal in length to the fourth joint, which
is longer than the third. Pronotum with the lateral angles
moderately produced, the lateral margins obscurely crenulated.
Rostrum with the fourth joint about equal in length to the second
joint, third joint shortest. Abdomen beneath (in the male) with
the first and second segments elevated, and centrally somewhat
produced posteriorly, prolongation of first segment emarginate,
that of second segment convex, second segment with a somewhat
acute and robust tubercle on each side, third segment with a small
tubercle on each lateral margin. Posterior femora (in male) robust,
curved, obscurely spined beneath, more prominently so at apex ;
posterior tibiz flattened and dilated on each side, outwardly convex
for nearly the entire length, and terminating in a short recurved
spine at apex, inwardly dilated for nearly half its length, with its
inner margin crenulate.
This genus is allied to Plectrocnemia and Pternistria.
Mycillus eaplicatus, n.s. (Pl. XIIL., fig. 11).
3. Dark fuscous, finely and more palely pilose. Antenne with
the apical joint greyish brown and thickly pilose; apex of the
scutellum ochraceous. Antenne with the first, second, and fourth
joints subequal in length, the third joint shortest; lateral angles of
the pronotum moderately and subacutely produced; rostrum
reaching the intermediate coxe. Long. 20 mm.; exp. pronot.
angl. 7; mm.
Div. CLORESMARIA.
Priocnemicoris flaviceps.
Nematopus flaviceps, Guér., Voy. Coq. Ins., p. 177,
Atl., t. 12, £. 10 (1830).
Apparently confined to New Guinea and the adjacent
islands.
482 Mr. W. L. Distant’s enwmeration of the
Div. GoNocERARIA.
Cletomorpha alternata.
Gonocerus alternatus, Dall., List. Hem., 2, p. 495, 6
(1852).
Originally described from Java, but a New Guinea
specimen is also contained in the British Museum
collection.
Div. LEProcorisarRiA.
Leptocorisa acuta.
Cimex acutus, Thunb., N. ins. Sp., 2, p. 84 (17838).
A very widely-distributed species, recorded ffem China,
Philippine Islands, Java, and Australia, but not pre-
viously from New Guinea.
Div. Anyparta.
Riptortus linearis.
Cimex linearis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 710, 62 (1775).
A very widely-distributed species, already recorded
generally from Continental India to New Guinea.
Div. SERINETHARIA.
Serinetha fascicollis,
eee ® fascicollis, Walk., Cat. Het., iv., p. 148
(1871).
The typical specimens are from the island of Mysol.
LYGAIDA.
LYGHIN A.
Astacops plagiatus.
Astacops plagiatus, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., ser. 4,
vol. 5, p. 186, 1 (1865).
Described from specimens received from the island of
Mysol.
Astacops australis.
Astacops australis, Boisd., Voy. Astr. Ent., 2, p. 687,
fA, f. 15 (1835).
This species is already recorded from New Guinea.
Fhynchota collected in New Guinea. 483
Monrat tus, n. g.
Metasternum behind obliquely truncated. Eyes prominent, but
not stylated ; ocelli about the same distance apart as from eyes;
head grooved on each side before eyes ; basal joint of the posterior
coxe longer than the second and third joints together. Scutellum
with an apical raised central carina. Rostrum with the third and
fourth joints subequal in length. Femora unarmed.
I place this genus near Graptostethus, Stal.
Montaltus tricolor, n.s. (PI. XIII., fig. 9).
Head, antennex, anterior third of pronotum, legs, and abdomen,
red: posterior two-thirds of pronotum, scutellum, apex of corium,
and base of membrane, black; eyes, and corium excluding apex,
luteous ; sternum dark violaceous. Antenne with the first joint
short, the second and fourth joints subequal in length and a little
longer than the third joint, the fourth joint palely pilose ; head and
pronotum finely and sparingly pilose. Long. 10 mm.
PYRRHOCORIDA. .
PYRRHOCORINA.
Lictatops ruficosta.
Lictatops ruficosta, Walk., Cat. Het., Vi., p. 27 (1873).
Originally described from New Guinea.
The specimens collected by Mr. Sayer have the pale
markings yellow and not red, as in the typical specimen
described by Walker.
Dindymus varius.
Dindymus varius, Walk., Cat. Het., vi., p. 9 (1873).
In the British Museum collection are specimens from
Aru, Ké, and New Guinea ; I also possess specimens
from the Duke of York Islands.
In the specimen collected by My. Sayer, as well as in
those from the Duke of York Islands, the pale coloration
is yellow and not red, as in those described by Walker.
Dindymus nigellus, vn. s.
Head above and beneath, antenne, pronotum, scutellum, base of
corium to about apex of scutellum, rostrum, sternum, legs, and
484 Mr. W. L. Distant’s enumeration of the
central base of abdomen, bluish black; abdomen, corium, mem-
brane, and basal half of apical joint of antenne, ochraceous ; tibie
and tarsi somewhat brownish. Pronotum behind the anterior
transverse impression and the corium somewhat coarsely punctate ;
scutellum somewhat gibbous at base; anterior femora spined
beneath near apex; antenne with the basal joint longest, second
and fourth joints subequal in length, and a little longer than the
third joint. Long. 12 mm.
This species is placed near D. albicornis, Fabr.
Dysdercus cingulatus.
Cimex cingulatus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 719, 108 (1775).
A very widely-distributed species, found in Continental
India and China, and distributed throughout the whole
length and breadth of the Malayan Archipelago.
Dysdercus papuensis, n. 8.
Body above black; anterior area of pronotum reddish ochraceous ;
margins of prgnotum and costal, claval, and apical margins of
corium ochraceous, posterior margins of membrane narrowly
greyish. Body beneath reddish ochraceous; head, legs, a large
spot on’meso- and metasterna, and disk of basal segments of
abdomen, black ; anterior and posterior margins of prosternum,
posterior margins of meso- and metasterna, outer margins of
coxe, and posterior margins of abdominal segments, pale shining
ochraceous-white ; outer margins of sternum and corium beneath
ochraceous. Rostrum reddish ochraceous, basal joint and apex
black, the last extending to the second abdominal segment.
Antenne with the first and fourth joints subequal in length, apex
of the first joint slightly incrassated, second and third joints
shortest, second longer than third. Long. 16 mm.
Allied to D. philippinus, H.-S., and D. decussatus,
Boisd. I possess a specimen of this species from
Murray Island.
Dysdercus mesiostigma, n.s. (Pl. XIIL., fig. 12).
Dysdercus mesiostigma, Walk. (MS8.).
Reddish ochraceous ; antenne, eyes, basal margin of scutellum,
a spot at basal angle of membrane, rostrum (excluding base), tibie,
tarsi, anterior margin of mesosternum, and a lateral series of
ventral spots, black or blackish. Membrane brownish ochraceous
Rhynchota collected in New Guinea. 485
Antenne very narrowly reddish at base, first, second, and fourth
joints subequal in length, third joint shortest, rostrum long,
reaching the penultimate segment of the abdomen.
Var. a. Abdomen beneath without the blackish lateral series of
spots. Long. 20 to 22 mm.
This species is arranged in the British Museum
collection under the above apparently manuscript name.
Dysdercus simplex, n. 8.
Head red; eyes, antenne, and a basal spot behind each eye,
black. Pronotum ochraceous, a transverse spot before anterior
margin red, narrowly bordered with fuscous, the posterior disk
sparsely punctured with fuscous. Scutellum black, the apex
triangularly reddish ochraceous. Corium pale fuscous, the costal
margin broadly ochraceous, the claval and inner margins very
narrowly ochraceous. Membrane dark fuscous. Body beneath
castaneous, margins of prosternum, posterior margins of meso-
and metasterna, and posterior margins of abdominal segments,
very pale luteous. Legs and rostrum blackish. Antenne with the
first and fourth joints longest and subequal in length, second
longer than third, which is very short. Rostrum passing the
posterior coxe. Long. 12 mm.
REDUVIIDA.
REDUVIINA.
Helonotus exsugiens.
Helonotus exsugiens, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., ser. 4,
vol. 8, p. 29, 2 (1868).
Previously recorded from New Guinea and the neigh-
bouring islands.
Paloptus bicolor, n.s. (Pl. XIII, fig. 10).
Shining blackish ; posterior lobe of the pronotum and the corium
brownish ochraceous. The head, rostrum, anterior lobe of pro-
notum, and legs are somewhat very dark castaneous, the scutellum
and abdomen more bluish black. The lateral margins of the
anterior lobe of the pronotum are unarmed; the posterior lobe
possesses two discal, long, suberect spines, the lateral angles are
also strongly spinous, all the spines subacute, slightly recurved,
and blackish in hue. The abdomen on each side is angularly
ampliated. Long. 13 to 14 mm.
Allied to P. longispinus, Stal.
486 Mr. W. L. Distant’s enwmeration of the
Paloptus nigriscutis.
Paloptus nigriscutis, Stal, Stett. Ent. Zeit., pl. 22,
p. 188, 1 (1861).
Hitherto recorded from New Guinea and its adjacent
islands.
ACANTHASPIDIN AL.
Durganda nigripes.
Durganda nigripes, Sign., Ann. Mus. Genov., xv.,
p. 548 (1880).
Described from New Guinea.
Velitra interruptus.
Pirates interruptus, Walk., Cat. Het., vil., p. 124
(1873).
Described from New Guinea.
STENOPODINE.
Oncocephalus annulipes.
Oncocephalus annulipes, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Forh.,
1855, p. 44, 1.
A very widely-distributed species, already recorded
from Southern and Tropical Africa, China, Philippine
Islands, Australia, and New Caledonia, and the limits
of its range of distribution still undetermined.
PELOGONIDA.
Peltopterus sp. ?
One specimen, which may probably prove to be the
P. macrothorax, Montr., described from the island of
Woodlark.
NOTONECTIDA.
Einithares sp. ?
One specimen only, rendering determination doubtful.
Rhynchota collected in New Guinea. 487
RHYNCHOTA HOMOPTERA.
CICADIDA.
Beturva exhausta.
Cicada exhausta, Guér., Voy. Coq. Ins., t. 10, f. 6.
Appears to be somewhat generally distributed in the
eastern area of the Malayan Archipelago.
Beturia beccarit.
Beturia beccarti, Dist., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov., ser. 2a,
vol. vi., p. 524 (1888).
I originally described this species from a specimen
collected by Dr. Beccari on Mt. Singalang in Sumatra.
FULGORIDA.
FULGORIN A.
MyriILa, n. g.
Allied to Polydictya in having the whole venation of the tegmina
reticulated. The face possesses three longitudinal carine, the
central one extending across its whole length, the other two some-
what oblique and not reaching apex, which is not broader than the
clypeus. Tegmina four times longer than broad, much longer than
wings. Rostrum long, about reaching the penultimate segment of
abdomen.
Myrilla obscura, n.s. (Pl. XIII., fig. 8).
Head and thorax above ochraceous or olivaceous, more or less
spotted and marked with black, abdomen above with rather more
than basal half black, remainder pale olivaceous. Head and thorax
beneath black, spotted with ochraceous; legs black, femora with a
subapical, and anterior and intermediate tibiz with two ochraceous
annulations, posterior tibiz almost wholly dark ochraceous; abdo-
men beneath blackish. Tegmina with more than basal half
fuscous, the reticulated venation ochraceous, apical area pale
hyaline, with irregular black markings, a few linear black spots on
costal margin. Wings with basal two-thirds black, apical area pale
hyaline, extreme base tinged with carmine. Long. excl. tegm.
17 mm.; exp. tegm. 43 mm.
488 Mr. W. L. Distant’s enwmeration of the
Desudaba scylla, n.s. (Pl. XIIL., fig. 5).
Head and thorax above olivaceous, eyes fuscous, abdomen above
blackish, shaded with bright green at base and apex ; body beneath
and legs more or less olivaceous-brown. Tegmina with more than
basal half reddish brown, with some small scattered irregular paler
spots, with a small black spot near base, and the apical area darker,
with two rather prominent black spots. Wings with a little less
than basal half blackish, with a central bright greenish patch,
remaining area pale hyaline, the venation and extreme apex pale
fuscous. Long. excl. tegm. 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 36 mm.
DICTYOPHARINA.
Acarna tessellata, n.s. (Pl. XIII., fig. 7)..
Black; abdomen sanguineous, with its apex black, sternum and
cox ochraceous ; tegmina pale brownish ochraceous, the venation
spotted with blackish, and with a subquadrate black spot a little
before middle of inner margin, a smaller spot on disk, the apical
third mostly blackish, with ochraceous markings.
This species has the head non-protuberant, or only moderately
prominent beyond the eyes, thus easily distinguishing it from
A. rostrifera, Stal (a species described from Mysol), but to which
it is somewhat allied in the pattern and coloration of the tegmina.
‘ Long. excl. tegm. 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 24 mm.
CERCOPIDA.
Cosmoscarta basistriga (var.).
Cercopis basistriga, Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. x.,
p. 280, n. 802 (1867).
Originally described from Mysol.
JASSIDA.
Tettigonia sayert, i. 8.
Tettigonia maculicollis, Walk., Journ. Linn. Soe.,
vol. x., p. 802, n. 3862 (1867).
Dr. Signoret, in 1858, having used the specific name
of maculicollis for a Central America species of T'etti-
gonia, Walker’s name cannot stand, and I therefore
‘propose that of 7’. sayert for the New Guinea species.
Bythoscopus ? sp.
Rhynchota collected in New Guinea. 489
MEMBRACIDA.
Centrotus ? alticeps.
Centrotus alticeps, Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. x.,
p- 188, n. 257 (1867).
Originally described as from the island of Aru.
EXPLANATION OF PuatE XIII.
ry
eal
Q
fj
. Allocotus sayert.
. Novatilla fasciata.
. Eedicius typicus.
Accarana metallica.
. Desudaba scylla.
. Asopus micans.
. Acarna tessellata.
. Myrilla obscura.
. Montaltus tricolor.
. Paloptus bicolor.
11. Mycillus explicatus.
12. Dysdercus mesiostigma.
bo
oD
=
ono Onto n
4 tony ae et tied ae 5
e .
a aes ow
- shld sins ‘af ete
- ‘ ' 2 i a Wi ge & _
cat ———_— day Aes A
me M 4 a lhe re ri
‘et
is at i se
’ Pe
ol
; i w i» oy
t ‘iro 4.
| DL ost
- - ip : Hy :
| | eae
, ¥ P - ' / eo
ay are
ad |
' * ’ é&¢@
} . LG, oll
. Ti
¢ -
; . “
wb i
il iA
.
7
a”
‘ot
je e
Lo
7
: e ‘
*8
.
- = .
\
#, *
j y .
; ' 2 DOYS
uf - ‘T,
A o
iA ‘
‘ a
— ¥ vv od a
oe : eon?
~ ia i -
‘+ < 3 ca
’ j < ete
( 491 )
XIV. On some new Longicorn Coleoptera. By Francis
P. Pascoz, F.L.S., &e.
[Read November 7th, 1888. ]
CERAMBYCIDA.
Neocerambyx sordidus.
Zamium crocatum.
Xystrocera promecoides.
Bethelium puncticolle.
Zathecus Batesii.
Ceresium lineigerum.
Pempsamacra argentata.
“6 condita.
Mecaspis simulatrix.
of dives.
Promeces auratus.
i longicollis.
e austerus.
Eroschema affine.
Icariotis, n. g.
», unicolor.
» fulvicornis.
» scapularis.
Eccrisis, n. g.
», abdominalis.
Apheledes, n. g.
oa velutinus.
Antigenes, n. g.
re funebris.
LAMIIDZ.
Psaromaia Renei.
PuatTE XIV.
Eryalus, n. g.
5 polyspilus.
Grynex, n. g.
- lineatus.
Grammeechus ligatus.
Ecyroschema rugata.
Atybe nigritarsis.
Ropica cylindrica.
Amblesthis geminus.
Sophronica, reducta.
a amplipennis.
os oblonga.
Corus, n. g.
» annulicornis.
Pachypeza marginata.
oF teres.
Sparna macilenta.
Chrysaperda collaris.
Glenea Celia.
Volumnia morosa.
Ochresius, n. g.
5 sticticus.
Orica, n. g.*
PRIONIDA.
Syennesis, n. g.
3 dispar.
* For Zygocera ? albo-virgata, Fairm.
Neocerambyx sordidus.
N. piceo-fuscus, pube brevi grisea omnino tectus; prothorace
valido, interrupte plicato; elytris paulo planatis, haud ampliatis.
Long. 13 lin.
Hab. Laos.
Pitchy brown, everywhere covered with a short greyish pube-
Scence; scape of the antenne short, stout; prothorax broadly
transverse, roughly rounded at the sides, anterior border smooth,
the rest interruptedly plicate; scutellum transversely triangular ;
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRTiv. (DEC.) 2.
492 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
elytra subparallel, flattish, not broader than the middle of the
prothorax, posteriorly bordering the suture areolate; prosternum
raised, truncate, and pointed behind.
This species has the facies and peculiar pubescence of
Taurotagus Klugii, but the characters are more in accord
with Neocerambyx. The whole subfamily are, as Lacor-
daire observes, ‘‘ rebels to classification.”
Zamium crocatum.
Z. angustum, depressum, omnino nitide fulvum, breviter
pilosum ; prothorace obsolete quadri-tuberculato ; elytris parallelis,
irregulariter subtiliter punctatis. Long. 6 lin.
Hab. Natal.
Narrow and depressed, everywhere glossy fulvous, with short
inconspicuous hairs; head and prothorax finely but not closely
punctured, the latter with four very faintly-marked tubercles, the
base fringed with short greyish hairs; scutellum small, scutiform ;
lytra parallel, finely and irregularly punctured ; abdomen covered
with long golden hairs.
The coloration and narrower outline will at once dis-
tinguish this species.
Xystrocera promecoides.
X, angusta, cyanea, subnitida, antennis nigris ; elytris confertim
punctatis, pedibus tenuatis; femoribus clavatis, vix compressis.
Long. 6 lin.
Hab. Malacca (Patani).
Narrow, dark blue, somewhat glossy, head and prothorax lighter,
the latter subtransverse, slightly bicallous on each side; antenn
black, setose beneath; scutellum inconspicuous; elytra not broader
than the prothorax, very closely and minutely punctured, the apex
entire ; legs slender, purplish; hind femora scarcely compressed,
slightly extending beyond the body; body beneath brilliant blue ;
propectus closely punctured.
Allied to X. alcyonea, but, inter alia, its very slender
legs will at once distinguish it. It has a marked resem-
blance to certain species of Promeces.
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 493
Bethelum puneticolle.
B. angustum, testaceo-piceum ; prothorace ovato, fortiter areo-
lato-punctato ; elytris parallelis, flavescenti-bifasciatis ; femoribus
brevibus, pedunculatis. Long. 2 lin.
Hab. Fremantle (Western Australia).
Narrow, sparsely hairy, testaceous-pitchy; head rugose; eyes
distant above; antenne slender ; prothorax ovate, somewhat longer
than broad, with areolated coarse punctures; scutellum scutiform ;
elytra parallel, unevenly depressed, and irregularly punctured,
each with two pale yellowish bands, the first—antemedian—not
meeting at the suture, the second—postmedian—oblique ; femora
short, pedunculate.
A narrower species than its congeners, and with an
oblong prothorax, not so gradually constricted at the
base, and coarsely and somewhat peculiarly punctured.
Zathecus Bates.
Z. oblongus, parce pubescens, testaceus, capite, prothorace
lineisque elytrorum piceis; prothorace utrinque modice rotundato ;
elytris singulis lineis duabus elevatis testaceis. Long. 9 lin.
Hab. Aguana (Ecuador).
Oblong, sparingly pubescent, testaceous, the head, prothorax,
and lines on the elytra pitchy ; antenne much longer than body,
joints, except the first two and last two, brown at the apex; pro-
thorax uneven, rounded from the anterior third, its disk with five
oblong tubercles (:-: ); scutellum triangular; elytra irregularly
punctured, each with two raised lines, the outer well-marked,
nearly prolonged to the apex, the inner very slight and confined to
the base; body beneath and apical half of the femora chestnut-
brown; mesosternum triangular.
Mr. Bates pointed out this species to me as a new
member of his genus Zathecus (Entom. M. Mag., iv.,
p. 26, 1867), differing from his Z. graphites in coloration
and sculpture. The upper surface has a varnished
appearance; the raised lines on the elytra are semi-
transparent, and are entirely testaceous.
Ceresium lineigerum.
C. brunneo-testaceum; prothorace cylindrico, lateribus vix
rotundatis, basi quam apice haud latiore; elytris parallelis, lineis
22
494 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
albo-pilosis longitudinaliter indutis; femoribus modice crassis.
Long. 6 lin.
Hab. Queensland.
Brownish testaceous; upper surface finely punctured; antenne
rather shorter than the body, third and fifth joints longest, sixth
and seventh equal and shorter, the rest gradually shorter; pro-
thorax nearly cylindrical, sparsely pubescent, the base not broader
than the apex; scutellum semicircular; elytra parallel, rounded
at the apex, each with six or seven longitudinal lines of obliquely-
placed white hairs, those at the side and apex not in lines; body
beneath and legs sparsely pubescent ; femora moderately stout.
The well-developed lines of obliquely-placed hairs are
characteristic of this species.
Pempsamacra argentata.
P. fusca, squamis subargenteis tecta; prothorace oblongo, lateri-
bus in medio paulo rotundatis; antennis longiusculis, articulis 3,
4, 5 tenuatis, sequentibus conjunctim clavatis. Long. 4 lin.
Hab. Kclipse Island (Australia).
Allied to P. swbawrea, but with longer antenne, especially the
third, fourth, and fifth joints, which are also obviously more
slender, the remaining joints forming the club less compact, and
the prothorax more oblong; head, prothorax, and elytra finely and
closely punctured, covered with yellowish metallic scales, with a
brown spot in the middle of each, and another near the apex;
scutellum transverse and slightly rounded behind; apical half of
the fifth joint of the antenne silvery.
Pempsamacra condita.
P. fulva, squamis aureis parvis aspersa; prothorace minus
angusto, basi constricto; antennis longiusculis articulis 3—8
tenuatis, sequentibus tribus conjunctim clavatis. Long. 43 lin.
Hab. Queensland.
Fulvous, sprinkled with small golden scales, the upper surface
minutely punctured, the intervals raised; antenne rather long,
the third, fourth, and fifth joints longest, the sixth, seventh, and
eighth gradually shorter, the last three forming a well-marked club ;
prothorax scarcely longer than broad, slightly rounded at the
sides, constricted at the base; scutellum triangular; elytra mode-
rately broad, an antemedian spot of golden scales on each; body
beneath and legs with silvery scales.
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 495
This species may be placed near P. pygymea, which
has stouter antenne not clubbed as in the species here
described.
Mecaspis simulatrix.
M. elongata, violacea, antennis nigris; scutello valde elongato,
levi; femoribus muticis; corpore infra ad latera argenteo-pube-
scente. Long. 11 ln.
Hab. West Africa.
Closely allied to M. violacea, but with all the femora entire, and
the scutellum smooth, not transversely corrugated, the third joint
of the antenne as long as the two next together; prothorax trans-
verse, with two broad impressions on each side; elytra minutely
punctured ; body beneath glossy violet, the sides of the metathorax
and of the abdominal segments with thin silvery pubescence ;
femora and tibiz violet, tarsi with white pubescence.
Mecaspis dives.
M. nitidissime aureo-cuprea; prothorace disco rugoso-elevato ;
scutello transversim plicato; elytris ampliatis; segmento ultimo
abdominis paulo emarginato. Long. 16 lin.
Hab. Delagoa Bay.
Very glossy golden copper, the elytra varying to green; antenne
black, a little more than-half the length of the body, the third joint
as long as the two next together; prothorax with a large conical
spine on each side, the disk elevated into two slightly corrugated
callosities ; scutellum transversely wrinkled; elytra broad, finely
punctured, the sides with a slightly expanded margin; femora
glossy iuteous, blackish at the apex, the middle femora emarginate
beneath ; intermediate and posterior tarsi with a whitish pile;
body beneath golden, varying to coppery; last abdominal segment
slightly emarginate.
In the broad elytra this species agrees with M. expla-
nata, but it has no ‘‘ velutine”’ patches nor stripes. The
specimen here described is a female.
Promeces auratus.
P. angustus, viridi-aureus, antennis—articulo basali excepto—
tarsisque nigricantibus ; prothorace in medio et ad basin latiore,
Long. 8 lin.
Hab. Grahamstown,
496 My. F. P. Pascoe on some
Closely allied to P. longipes, but more richly coloured, the pro-
thorax broader in the middle, and the base much broader than the
apex; the antenne of the male more than twice as long as the
body, the last five joints especially longer compared to the same
joints in P. longipes.
Promeces longicollis.
P. angustior, nitide viridis vel cyaneus, antennis nigris; pro-
thorace elongato, tenuato, disperse punctato; elytris corrugatis,
dense punctatis. Long. 5 lin.
Hab. Natal.
Allied to P. viridis, but at once distinguished by its much longer
and narrower prothorax, not densely punctured, and its longer
muzzle. Colour as to violet, green, or dark blue, is subject to vary.
Promeces austerus.
P. (2) elongatus, saturate cyaneus; prothorace #reo-viridi;
antennis nigris, articulo ultimo subulato; corpore infra viridi ;
femoribus nitide violaceis. Long. 9 lin.
Hab. Natal.
Elongate, dark blue, nearly opaque, prothorax brassy green,
antenne black; body beneath glossy green ; femora dark blue or
violet, the four anterior strongly clavate, the posterior, as well as
their tibiz, long and slender ; head and basal joint of the antennze
coarsely punctured ; antenne longer than the body (¢?), mode-
rately thicker upward, the last joint subulate, scarcely longer than
the preceding one; prothorax stout, rounded at the sides; scutellum
triangular ; elytra closely and minutely punctured, a faint longi-
tudinal line on each; under surface glossy blue, abdominal segments
with their posterior margins black.
A somewhat dull-coloured species, the prothorax only
slightly glossy, and in a certain light blackish. The
male of P. longipes has 12-jointed antenneg ; species with
eleven joints Lacordaire would exclude from the genus.
Fauhreus has apparently done so in his genus Hypocrites,
but, until we know the sexes of all the species, I am not
disposed to adopt it. Promecidus of the same author is
not adopted in the Munich Catalogue.
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 497
Eroschema affine.
E. angustum, atrum, infra nitidum, prothorace, scutello, ely-
trisque rubris; scutello triangulari; antennis articulis 6—11
attenuatis. Long. 54 lin.
Hab. Queensland.
Allied to H. Poweri, but narrower, the prothorax and scutellum
the same colour as the elytra, the antennz with the joints from the
sixth to the eleventh inclusive more slender and cylindrical, and
the scutellum triangular, not broad and rounded behind. The
elytra have four strongly raised lines on each, exactly as in
E. Poweri, with the intervals strongly punctured; the body
beneath is also glossy black.
Icarroris.
Caput ante oculos breve; clypeus distinctus. Antenne setacen,
corpore longiores, prope oculos insertx, articulis tertio quartoque
breviusculis, scapo claviformi, vix elongato. Oculi ovati, supra
distantes, subtenuiter granulati. Prothorax oblongus, inermis.
Elytra subtrigona, humeris prominulis. Pedes sat elongati ;
femora clavata, mutica; tibix recte; tarsi elongati, validi ; ungui-
culi tenues. Metasternum breviusculum. Coxe antice separate;
postice contigue.
This genus differs from Toxotus principally in the form
of the prothorax, which is rounded at the sides, and not
dilated at the base; the female, however, of J. scapularis
has a rather conspicuous tubercle at the sides. The
antenne of the three species here described are some-
what variable.
Icariotis unicolor.
I. opaca, omnino nigrescens, pube pallide silacea leviter induta;
elytris lineis tribus fere obsoletis instructis ; antennis (3) corpore
paulo longioribus, articulis tertio quartoque qualibus. Long.
6 lin.
Hab. Madagascar.
Dull brownish black, with a thin silaceous pubescence; head
and prothorax finely and closely punctured, the latter rather longer
than broad, the disk slightly convex on each side; scutellum
triangular, covered with coarse white hairs ; elytra much narrower
towards the subtruncate apex, each with three nearly obsolete
longitudinal lines; body beneath and legs with pale greyish
pubescence; the hind femora extending a little beyond the elytra.
498 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
The claw-joint is very slender at the base, but scarcely
spatulate as in Logisticus rostratus ; the usually minute
joint at its base—really the fouwrth—is very conspicuous.
The pubescence to the naked eyes has a whitish appear-
ance.
Icariotis fulvicornis.
I. nigricans, pube brevi albida induta; antennis corpore brevi-
oribus, articulis a tertio fulvis; elytris a basi fere ad apicem late
suleatis. Long. 5 lin.
Hab. Madagascar.
Blackish, with short Whitish pubescence; antenne fulvous
from the third joint; head and prothorax finely and closely punc-
tured, the latter scarcely longer than broad, the base not narrowed ;
scutellum rounded at the apex; elytra moderately narrower
towards the somewhat obliquely truncate apex, each with a groove-
like depression from the base, gradually growing fainter posteriorly ;
body beneath with silvery pubescence; hind femora not passing
beyond the elytra.
Allied to I. unicolor, but with shorter femora, grooved
elytra, and fulvous antenne. My specimen is appa-
rently a male.
Icariotis scapularis. (Pl. XIV., fig. 4).
I. subnitide nigra, humeris luteis, pube tenuissima induta;
elytris’ haud lineatis; antennis (g) corpore paulo longioribus,
articulis tertio quartoque brevioribus, fere equalibus. Long. 4 lin.
Hab. Madagascar.
Narrower than the last, black, slightly glossy, with minute
scattered pubescence; head and prothorax finely and closely punc-
tured, the latter conspicuously longer than broad, the disk with a
with whitish hairs; elytra minutely punctured, without raised
small tubercle on each side at the base; scutellum triangular, covered
lines, the apex truncate; body beneath and legs with a sparse
ashy pile,
What I take to be the female, has shorter and more
linear antenne, the third joint nearly twice as long as
the second, and the apex of each elytron spined at the
sutural angle; itis also much larger, the prothorax
broader, with a distinct tubercle on each side. It may
possibly be the female of another species. I have
another species with much larger eyes, &c., but with
imperfect antenne,
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 499
Ecorisis.
Caput ante oculos elongatum. Oculi ovati, supra distantes.
Antenne lineares, ad oculos haud contigue ; scapo paulo elongato,
curvato ; articulis tertio quartoque brevibus. Prothorax oblongus,
inermis, supra valde convexus, basi expansus. Elytra subtrigona,
ad suturam postice divergentia, humeris prominulis. Pedes medi-
ocres ; femora clavata, intermedia et postica subtus dentata; tibie
rect ; tarsi graciles. Coxe antice fere contigue. Mesosternum
convexum, inter coxas declive.
In Anthribola—to which Eccrisis is nearly allied—the
elytra are dehiscent from the base, and the scape, longer
and nearly straight, extends nearly to the posterior
margin of the eye. The specimen here described is
probably a female.
Kcerisis abdominalis. (Pl. XIV., fig. 3).
E. opacus, nigrescens, elytris fuliginosis; abdomine subnitide
nigro, segmento primo basi dense ochraceo-pubescente; femoribus
posticis basi testaceis. Long. 7 lin.
Hab. Madagascar.
Dull blackish, thinly pubescent; antenne about half the length
of the body, the scape extending to about the middle of the eye,
the third and fourth joints short and nearly equal, the remainder,
except the last two, longer and thicker, the fifth longest ; head
and prothorax finely and closely punctured; scutellum triangular ;
elytra smoky-brown, shoulders prominent, posterior two-thirds of
the suture incurved, the divergent portion subulate, and its inner
margin at the base with a pale yellowish pubescence; posterior
femora testaceous at the base; abdomen glossy black, the first
segment covered at the base with ochreous scale-like hairs,
APHELEDES,
Caput breve; palpi securiformes. Oculi leviter emarginati,
infra distantes, grosse granulati. Antenne setacez, ad oculos con-
tigue. Prothorax oblongus, utrinque spinosus. Elytra subcuneata,
apicibus rotundatis. Pedes modice elongati; femora paulo in-
crassata; tibie rect, elongate ; tarsi angusti, elongati; unguiculi
yvix divergentes, Abdomen breviusculum,
This genus is differentiated from all the genera of
Toxotine, to which it belongs, in its emarginate eyes,
and the insertion of the antenne close to them, The
500 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
species described below has a dense pubescence, accom-
panied on the elytra with scattered erect white hairs.
Apheledes velutinus. (Pl. XIV., fig. 9).
A. subelongatus, niger, supra pube subtilissima rufo-fusca
tectus ; prothorace ad latera longitudinaliter trituberculato ; elytris
apice albo-marginatis. Long. 8 lin.
Hab. Madagascar.
Subelongate, black, with a reddish-brown, closely-set pubescence;
head with an annular impression between the antenne, the sides
above the mouth with a fascicle of longish white hairs; antenne
pubescent, all the joints from the fourth nearly equal in length ;
prothorax subcylindrical, with a longitudinal row of three blackish
tubercles towards each side; scutellum rounded behind; elytra
much broader at the base than the prothorax, gradually narrowing
from the shoulders, the apex of each rounded and bordered with a
narrow line of white hairs; body beneath and legs with a pale
silky pubescence.
ANTIGENES.
Caput exsertum, haud rostratum; oculi reniformes, laterales.
Antennz corpore breviores, setacee, prope oculos inserte. Pro-
thorax ad latera tuberculatus. Elytra parallela, leviter convexa.
Coxe antic product, separate. Pedes graciles; tibie calcarate ;
tarsi articulo ultimo elongato; unguiculi tenuati, approximati.
Mesosternum depressum. Abdomen segmentis tribus basalibus
longitudine equalibus.
An ambiguous genus, for which, I think, no better
place can be found than among the Lepturine, and
those forms which Lacordaire calls the ‘“ Toxotides.”
There is a peculiarity in the long, slender, and approxi-
mate claws.
Antigenes funebris. (Pl. XIV., fig. 1).
A. oblongus, obscure niger, capite postice, prothoraceque in
medio et margine antico rufis ; elytris pube brevissima flava leviter
tectis. Long. 6 lin.
Hab. Madagascar.
Oblong, dull black, on the elytra a very short yellowish pube-
scence, giving them a brownish tint ; the back of the head, anterior
margin, and disk of the prothorax in the middle, yellowish red ;
head with a transverse impression in front, clypeus fringed with
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 501
silaceous hairs; antenne black, third and fourth joints equal in
length, the following longer, slightly angular at the apices; pro-
thorax slightly longer than broad, with a stout conical tubercle on
each side ; scutellum small, triangular; elytra much broader at
the base than the prothorax, apex broadly rounded; legs black,
pro- and mesosterna reddish.
Psaromaia Rener.
P. oblonga, nigra, pube alba tenuiter tecta; antennis nigro-
annulatis; elytris conspicue punctatis, basi granulis nitidis nigris
instructa. Long. 10 lin.
Hab. Kodeicanel Mts. (Southern India).
Oblong, black, thinly covered with delicate white pubescence;
head grooved between the eyes; antenne not longer than the body,
all the joints, except the first, black at the tips; prothorax very
transverse, sharply spined on each side, a few irregularly scattered
punctures on the disk; scutellum cordiform; elytra subcylindrical,
with numerous conspicuous glossy black punctures, and with ten
or twelve granules—also glossy black—at the base of each; body
beneath and legs with a denser white pubescence.
This species has all the characters of Psaromaia,
except that the mesosternum is rather less elevated.
The genus without doubt belongs to the Monochamus
group. I am indebted for my specimens to M. René
Oberthur.
ERYALUS.
Tuberes antennarum breves, basi contigue. Pedes longitudine
equales. Mesosternum productum. Czeteris fere ut in Mono-
chamo.
The short antennary tubercles, contiguous at the base,
and, necessarily the approximation of the antenna,
together with the elevated mesosternum, are characters
which are not found—so far as I am aware—in any
other of the Monochamus forms. ‘The exponent of the
genus is remarkable for the way in which the pubescence
on the elytra is cut up into numerous well-defined
irregular spots.
Eryalus polyspilus (Pl. XIV., fig. 10).
E. oblongus, pube pallide grisea omnino dense tectus, sed lineis
numerosis irregularibus, plerumque transversis, notatus; prothorace
spina lata breyiarmato. Long. 15 lin.
Hab. Sumatra.
502 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
Oblong, a pale greyish pubescence throughout, interrupted above
by numerous well-defined flexuous or irregular mostly transverse
blackish lines; front and cheeks with vertical and oblique lines;
lower lobe of the eye small; antennz much longer than the body,
the third joint longest, the rest to the tenth very gradually shorter,
the last nearly as long as the third and subulate; prothorax deeply
grooved anteriorly, the sides with a short broad spine; scutellum
scutiform ; elytra much broader than the prothorax at the base,
gradually narrower to the apices, shoulders not produced; legs
rather short; tibiz nearly straight; tarsi gradually broader to the
third joint.
GRYNEX.
Caput antice breve, transversum; oculi fortiter emarginati,
supra distantes, grosse granulati. Antenne setacez, corpore
breviores, articulo basali pyriformi. Prothorax ad latera spinosus,
Elytra prothorace latiora, cuneiformia, ad apicem intus oblique
scissa. Pedes mediocres; femora mutica, modice crassa; tibix
intermedize emarginate ; tarsi equales, breviusculi. Pro- et meso-
sterna elevata. Abdomen segmentis quatuor basalibus gradatim
brevioribus.
The exponent of this genus has a peculiar facies, not
unlike Pterichthya, but its characters, except for its
shorter antenne, agree more with the Homonea group.
The anterior cotyloid cavity is prolonged into a narrow
slit externally. I owe my specimen to M. René Oberthiir,
who received this and many other novelties from his
collector, M. Castets.
Grynex lineatus. (Pl. XIV., fig. 2).
G. oblongus, postice gradatim angustior, fusco-piceus, lineis
pubescentibus griseis ornatus; prothorace spina conspicua pone
medium instructo. Long. 7 lin.
Hab. Kodeicanel Mts. (Southern India).
Oblong, gradually narrower posteriorly, pitchy-brown, sparingly
pubescent, but the pubescence condensed into greyish lines on the
prothorax and elytra—sc. a line on each side of the former con-
tinued on the base of the latter, followed by two narrower lines, the
outer terminating towards the apex; head with few punctures, an
impressed line in front; antennz with the third joint nearly twice
as long as the first, the rest gradually shorter ; prothorax trans-
verse, slightly punctured; scutellum small, twice as broad as long;
elytra broader at the base than the prothorax, slightly rounded at
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 503
the sides, and tapering to an obtuse point at the apex, the scutellary
region somewhat concave and conspicuously punctured ; legs
pubescent, all the tarsi of nearly equal length; body beneath
glossy brown, all the abdominal segments with a pubescent spot
on each side,
Grammechus ligatus.
G. oblongus, fuscus subnitidus, antennis pedibusque brunneis,
supra albo-lineatus, sc. prothorace una linea utrinque ad medium
elytrorum prolongata, una transversa pone medium, alteraque
obliqua posticis. Long. 44—6 lin.
Hab. Labuan.
Oblong, dark brown, slightly nitid, antenne and legs reddish
brown, marked above with narrow white lines, on the prothorax
one on each side of the disk prolonged to the middle of the elytra,
a transverse arched band behind the middle and another oblique
line towards the apex; prothorax transverse, rounded posteriorly,
and finely corrugated ; scutellum semicircular; elytra loosely punc-
tured; body beneath and legs finely pubescent.
G. polygrammus, Thoms. (Syst. Ceramb., p. 59), has a
longer prothorax, the sides fully rounded, nearly smooth,
and with two median lines in addition: and the elytra
are relatively longer. In redescribing the genus (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., ser. 8, vol. ili., p. 681), I used the
words “ Klytra trigonata,” but this only applies to the
male; ‘‘cuneata”’ would have been better.
Ecyroschema rugata.
E. oblongo-cylindrica, indumento obscure fuscescente tecta;
prothorace latitudine et longitudine fere equali; elytris lineis inter-
ruptis elevatis transversis, quasi reticulatis, munitis. Long. 4 lin.
Hab. N’Gami.
Oblong, cylindrical, covered with a dull brownish indumentum ;
head slightly convex and produced in front of the eyes, rising
above into two well-marked vertical and approximate tubercles ;
antenne much shorter than the body, the second joint contracted
at the base (cyathiform), the first three much shorter than the rest
together ; prothorax nearly equal in length and breadth, cylindrical,
thinly punctured, the disk with two prominent nearly median
tubercles; scutellum transverse, broadly rounded behind; elytra
much broader than the prothorax, parallel at the sides, with stout
transverse interrupted ridges occasionally connected by longitudinal
ones, the intervals punctured; legs short; anterior coxe with a
504 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
short spine directed inwardly; penultimate joint of the tarsi deeply
bilobed, the last joint broader from the base, claws divaricate.
It is with some hesitation that I refer this species to
Echyroschema (Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 48), as Lacor-
daire (Gen., ix., p. 503) gives ‘‘ divergent antennary
tubercles”? as one of the characters of the genus, nor
does M. Thomson, who devotes less than two lines to
the description of the species (#. favosa), nor, indeed, to
any of the characters given above. In the remarkable
net-like sculpture of the elytra and the two callosities at
their base, as well as the shortness of the antenne, the
two species agree. It may be added that the legs are
furnished with short stout hairs resembling small
eranules.
Atybe nigritarsis.
A. oblonga, picea, fusco pubescens, fasciculata, medio elytrorum
griseo; prothorace basi quam apice latiori; tibiis intermediis et
posticis medio apicali, tarsisque nigris. Long. 8 lin.
Hab. Madagascar.
Closely resembling A. Plantii (Pascoe, Journ. Ent., vol. ii.,
p. 281, pl. 13, fig. 6), but with broader tarsi, a stouter scape, and
with the sides behind the middle nearly parallel and rather broader
at the base than at the apex, the minute spines on the disk of the
prothorax of the former being replaced by nearly obsolete tubercles,
the broad band on the elytra greyish or ashy, with scattered punc-
tures; femora at the apex and tibie whitish, tarsi deep black ;
abdominal segments—except the last—with two spots at the
margins; composed of reddish-brown hairs.
Ropica cylindrica.
R. attenuata, fusca, pilis brevibus griseis omnino tecta ; pro-
thorace cylindrico elongato; elytris parallelis elongatis, apicibus
truncatis, pone medium fascia pallida fere obsoleta notatis. Long.
5 lin.
Hab. India.
Narrow, dark brown, everywhere covered with short greyish
hairs; head concave between the antennary tubercles; antenne
scarcely longer than the body; scape rather stout, cyathiform ;
prothorax cylindrical, much longer than broad, coarsely and
remotely punctate; scutellum semicircular; elytra elongate,
parallel, the apex of each somewhat obliquely truncate, seriate-
punctate, the punctures larger at the base, behind the middle a
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 505
broad oblique pale and almost obsolete band; femora moderately
stout.
Differs from the other species of the genus in its
narrow elongate form, the concave front caused by the
divergence of the antennary tubercles, and the less
approximate anterior coxe.
Amblesthis geminus.
A. elongatus, pube grisea, elytrorum basi excepta, dense
vestitus ; prothorace utrinque spina anguste-cylindrica armato,
dorso tuberculis quatuor munito; elytris apice singulatim rotun-
datis. Long. 7 lin.
Hab. Grahamstown (S. Africa).
Elongate, densely covered with a greyish pubescence, the base
of the elytra excepted; a deeply impressed line between the
eyes and on the vertex; antenne with the fourth to the tenth
joints brownish towards the apex; prothorax about as long as
broad, the sides with a narrowly cylindrical spine, and with two
approximate tubercles on each side of the disk; scutellum in-
distinct; elytra rather more than three times as long as the pro-
thorax, the apex of each rounded, at the base a large triangular
naked patch, thickly punctured; body beneath with a grey
pubescence.
Form and size of A. alutacea, but with a large tri-
angular patch on the base of the elytra, as in Ambles-
thidus plagiatus. Amblesthidus, Fahr., differs from Am-
blesthis in having the antennary tubercles approximate,
and in its narrower form.
Sophronica reducta.
S. brunnea (prothorace fusco) pallide griseo pilosa; scapo anten-
narum breviusculo ; prothorace valde transverso, basi quam apice
multo latiore; elytris latiusculis. Long. 3 lin.
Hab. Grahamstown.
Yellowish brown (prothorax dark brown), with long greyish
hairs; upper surface coarsely punctured; eyes widely apart; scape
of the antenne rather short, ovate-oblong, third joint much
shorter ; prothorax very transverse, the base much broader than
the apex; scutellum truncate behind; elytra rather short, broader
than the prothorax; abdominal segments glossy, with the sides
pubescent.
506 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
In S. carbonaria—to which the above is allied—the
base of the prothorax is narrower than the apex, and
the eyes are not so coarsely granulate as in that species.
Sophronica amplipennis.
S. fusco-picea, albo-pilosa; scapo antennarum elongato; pro-
thorace parvo, modice transverso, lateribus rotundato; elytris
elongatis, convexis, prothorace multo latioribus. Long. 6 lin.
Hab. Angola.
Oblong, pitchy brown, with long white hairs; head small, eyes
approximating above; scape of the antenne elongate, somewhat
fusiform ; prothorax small, rounded at the sides; scutellum broad,
truncate behind; elytra long, much broader than the prothorax,
convex, with coarse distant punctures; body beneath slightly
pubescent.
A very distinct species, remarkable for the size of its
elytra. The eyes are very coarsely granulate.
Sophronica oblonga.
S. anguste oblonga, nitide fusco-nigra, leviter pilosa; prothorace
modice transverso, lateribus angulato-rotundato; elytris prothorace
paulo latioribus. Long. 4 lin.
Hab. Grahamstown.
Narrowly oblong, glossy pitchy black, with slender blackish
-hairs; head broad, eyes distant above; scape of the antenne
moderately long, cylindrical; prothorax transverse, rounded and
slightly angulate at the sides; scutellum broad, rounded behind;
elytra not much broader than the middle of the prothorax ; body
beneath pitchy ; anus fulvous.
A narrow form with a fulvous anus, as in S. calceata,
but without the sutural stria. These three species are
all coarsely and irregularly punctured; the eyes with large
facets, and the antenne scarcely more than half the
length of the body.
Corus.
Sophronice affinis, sed antenne setacesr, haud pilose; coxe
antice transverse; et prosternum elevatum. Caput late, breve.
Scapus antennarum breviusculus, subeylindricus. Prothorax spina
minuta laterali instructus. Pedes breves, equales; tarsi articulis
tribus basalibus latis, unguiculis divaricatis.
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 507
In facies generally resembling Sophronica, but its large
transverse anterior coxe and elevated prosternum on a
level with them is an important structural peculiarity.
The setaceous antenne, free of the long hairs charac-
terising Sophronica, is perhaps less important.
Corus annulicornis.
C. robustus, supra subnitide niger; antennis albo-annulatis,
articulis tertio quartoque conjunctis sequentibus fere longitudine
equalibus. Long. 4 lin.
Hab. Grahamstown.
Stout, moderately glossy, black, slightly pubescent; head and
prothorax coarsely punctured; antenne much shorter than the
body, the second and succeeding joints ringed at the apex with
close-set coarse white hairs; prothorax transverse, a minute spine
towards the base on each side; scutellum semicircular; elytra
subeylindrical, rounded at the apex, the surface with large irregular
but shallow sparsely-punctured depressions; body beneath and legs
pitehy.
Pachypeza marginata.
P. elongata, picea, sparse pubescens; prothorace basi quam
apice latiore, vitta alba laterali ornata; elytris subparallelis ad
latera albo-marginatis. Long. 8 lin.
Hab. Brazil.
Elongate, pitchy brown, sparsely pubescent; head with two
fulvous lines in front between the eyes; antenne longer than the
body, uniformly ciliated beneath; prothorax longer than broad,
and broader at the base than at the apex, transversely wrinkled, a
white stripe at the side continued to the eye; scutellum transverse ;
elytra nearly parallel, closely punctured, and sprinkled with small
silaceous spots, the outer margin edged with pure white; epi-
pleura of the meso- and metathorax also pure white and continuous
with the stripe on the prothorax; body beneath with a fulvous
pubescence.
This species differs from P. pennicornis in its shorter
antenne, uniformly ciliated throughout; its only mode-
rately compressed and comparatively longer tibie ; and
coarser punctuation.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) 2M
508 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
Pachypeza teres.
P. anguste elongata, picea, supra pube silacea albaque vittatim
ornata; elytris cylindricis, haud albo-marginatis; pedibus brevis-
simis. Long. 6 lin.
Hab. Brazil.
Narrowly elongate, pitchy, with sparse pubescence, which on
the prothorax and elytra is condensed into narrow silaceous and
whitish stripes; antenne as in the last; prothorax longer than
broad, slightly wrinkled; elytra parallel, closely punctured, sides
unicolorous: legs very short, the posterior pair not extending
beyond the abdomen; epipleura of the meso- and metasterna pure
white.
A narrower species than the last, the prothorax less
wrinkled and not broader at the base than at the apex ;
the elytra without the margins, &c. Pachypeza tr-
vittata, Newm. (‘ Entomologist,’ p. 382), from the
Philippine Islands, is probably a Pothyne.
Sparna macilenta. (Pl. XIV., fig. 5).
S. angusta, nigra, dimidio postico elytrorum fulvo; antennis
articulo basali quam articulis tertio, quarto, quintoque conjunctis
vix,breviore. Long. 4} lin.
Hab. Sarayacu (Ecuador).
Narrow, black, not shining, the posterior half—or thereabouts
—of the elytra brownish yellow; antenne slender, but the first
joint stout, hairy beneath, and as long as the third, fourth and fifth
joints taken together, the fourth yellowish, black only towards the
apex: each elytron with two raised lines, the apex with an acute
spine on the outer margin; body beneath and femora, except at the
base, glossy black.
The character “elytra suture hiantia” (Thomson,
Syst. Ceramb., p. 80) appears to me to be due to an
accidental divergence as often happens, and is not men-
tioned by Lacordaire. 8S. lycoides, the type, has a super-
ficial resemblance, especially as regards colour, to
certain Lyci, but this species fails in that respect, being
a narrow form with the elytra only moderately dilated
towards the apex; the third joint of the antenne is
scarcely stouter than the fourth, in which it disagrees
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 509
with the character of the genus as given by Lacordaire
and Thomson, but as it appears to me, this is very little
stouter than the fourth, and is partially due to its hairi-
ness beneath. The prothorax is alike in both species.
Chrysaperda collaris.
C. mediocriter oblonga, supra nitida, flava, capite, margineque
apicali prothoracis nigris; elytris parallelis, apice et margine
externo exceptis, nigro-cyaneis; antennis testaceis, versus apicem
infuscatis. Long. 5 lin.
Hab. Sarayacu (Ecuador).
Moderately oblong, glossy above, head, except a small portion
above the clypeus, and anterior margin of the prothorax black,
rest of the prothorax reddish yellow; elytra closely punctured,
blackish blue, the apex and exterior margins whitish; antenne
and legs pale testaceous, the former finely setose, the basal joint
with a black longitudinal line on the inner side, the last three
apical joints brown; body beneath fulvous ; mesosternum blackish.
This species was pointed out to me by Mr. Bates as a
second member of his genus Chrysaperda (Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. vill., p. 152). It seems closely
allied to C. metallica.
Glenea Celia.
G. lete cerulea, elytris nigro-plagiatis ; antennis nigris, articulis
tribus basalibus exceptis, prothorace in medio linea nitide nigra
notato. Long. 7 ln.
Hab. Sumatra.
Clear cobalt-blue, the elytra with black patches ; antenne black,
except the three basal joints ; prothorax convex, the sides rounded,
finely punctured, the middle with a short glossy black line;
scutellum scutiform, the apex slightly bilobed; elytra with larger
dispersed punctures, flattish, each with two spines at the apex, the
inner short, and with two large black patches on the basal half, and
two smaller patches or spots posteriorly—eight altogether—legs
and body beneath blue, the metasternum with a black curved
band.
There is no other Glenea known to me, to which I
can approximate this species.
2mM2
510 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
Volumnia morosa.
V. oblonga, brunnea, griseo-varia, antennis nigris, scutello
brunneo; elytris basi fere obsolete punctatis. Long. 3 lin.
Hab. Angola.
Oblong, brown varied with a greyish pubescence, sc. a stripe on
each side of the prothorax continued obliquely on the elytra, but
not quite meeting at the suture, a broad band in the middle
narrowly prolonged down the suture and spreading out at the
apex; head brown, except two reddish-grey stripes in front; pro-
thorax slightly punctured; elytra on the basal half and towards
the apex nearly obsoletely punctured, the band only showing a few
small but distinct punctures, apex of each elytron rounded, but
with a minute spine on the outer side; body beneath with a coarse
reddish pubescence on each side, but with a naked spot on the
abdominal segments.
In V. Westermanni the very pale grey is differently dis-
posed, the antenne are ringed with white, the three basal
joints are conspicuously shorter, the base of the elytra is
very coarsely punctured, &c. Mr. Gahan thinks that all
other species hitherto referred to Volumnia belong to
Glenea. Although Lacordaire places the first in his
‘“‘tribu Phyteeciides,’ and the latter in his ‘“tribu
Lamiides vrais,” it would be difficult to say where, taken
as a whole, they differ. Glenea, however, has a different
facies to Volumnia, and more slender legs and antenne.
OcHR#ESIUS.
Caput antice breve, quadratum: tuberes antennarum diver-
gentes. Oculisupra distantes, tenuiter granulati. Antenne scapo
crasso, subcylindrico, cicatrice obsoleta, articulo tertio quam scapo
vix breviore, cxteris gradatim brevioribus. Prothorax breviusculus,
eylindricus. Elytra elongata, prothorace basi multo latiora, ad
apicem gradatim angustiora. Pedes breves; femora leviter in-
crassata, mutica; tibie rect; tarsi latiusculi; unguiculi haud
divergentes, fissiles. Sterna angusta.
Mr. Bates has an undescribed species of A¥renica,
which bears a slight resemblance to this fine species,
but this has much shorter legs, the hind tibie not
extending beyond the fourth abdominal segment, the
tarsi broader, and the third joint strongly lobed.
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 511
Ochresius sticticus. (Pl. XIV., fig. 8).
O. elongatus, pube flavescenti sat dense tectus ; elytris basi con-
fertim punctatis, punctis nitidis, aliis conspicuis dispersis, apice
singulorum acute spinoso. Long. 15 lin.
Hab. St. Catharine’s (Brazil).
Elongate, black, nitid, rather closely covered with a pale
brownish yellow pubescence ; head and prothorax finely punctured,
the latter shorter than the breadth ; antenne rather longer than
the body, pubescent, with short slender hairs beneath; scutellum
semicircular; elytra about five times longer than the prothorax,
and nearly twice as broad at the base, the apex of each terminating
in an acute spine, the base closely punctured, also some granules
near the scutellum, the rest of the elytra with larger and irregularly
scattered punctures; body beneath and legs finely pubescent.
ORICA.
This generic name is proposed for ‘‘ Zygocera? albo-
virgata” of Fairmaire (‘ Le Naturaliste,’ Jan. 15, 1888,
p. 28, with fig.). I place the genus in the ‘‘ Phrynetides ”
of Lacordaire, but it differs from all the other genera of
the “‘groupe”’ in the antenne, the basal joint being
oblong-pyriform, the fourth—and longest—slender and
curved, the remainder short and gradually thicker to the
last, which, from the middle, is suddenly and shortly
subulate; the intermediate tibiz are notched, as in
Pachystola, while the coloration approximates it to
Mallonia albo-signata. Itisfrom Madagascar. Zygocera
of Dejean’s Catalogue was first characterised by Erichson
(Wiegm. Arch., 1842, p. 223) with Z. cwnosa as the
type, but merely in an incidental way, so that Thomson
first (Kssai, p. 111), then Westwood (Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., ser. 3, vol. 1., p. 626), and lastly Lacordaire
(Gen. Coleopt., t. ix., p. 499) ignored his description,
each giving one of his own; Thomson’s, however, was
founded on Newman’s Callipyrga, as he, himself, after-
wards recognised.
SYENNESIS.
3. Caput breve; oculi infra et supra fere contigui; palpi maxil-
lares articulo ultimo breviter subtriangulari. Antenne elongate,
articulo basali pone oculos extenso, tertio et sequentibus sulcatis
et apice intus productis. Prothorax brevis, ad latera angulatus.
ate, Mr. F. P. Pascoe on some
Elytra oblonga, apicibus integris. Pedes graciles; cox antice
exert, approximate ; femora linearia, compressa; tarsi angusti.
Abdomen segmentis longitudine fere equalibus. Processus inter-
femoralis angustus.
@. Caput magnum, breve; oculi supra haud approximati ;
infra valde distantes; palpi breves. Antenne corpore breviores,
levigate, haud suleate, apices integri. Prothorax brevis, antice
latior. Elytra depressa, apicibus rotundatis abdomine breviora.
Tarsi minus angusti. Abdomen segmentis primo ad quartum
gradatim brevioribus. Processus interfemoralis latus.
As will be seen from the above, there is a very con-
siderable difference between the sexes, but not more than
occurs between several other genera of Prionide ; and it
is, I think, one reason why they should be treated as
a family rather than as a subordinate group. I refer
this genus to the neighbourhood of Monodesmus, the
female of which is unknown according to Lacordaire,
although Serville speaks of the two sexes as having
similar antenne.
Syennesis dispar. (Pl. XIV., figs. 6, 3, 7, 2).
3. $8. oblongus, piceo-fuscus, antennis corpore infra, pedi-
busque pallidioribus, his pubescentibus; prothorace rude et sub-
confertim punctato. Long. 9 ln.
‘2. Latior, omnino rufo-castaneus, nitidus ; prothorace leviter
et sat parce punctato; elytris depressis, minus punctatis, basi pro-
thoracis vix latioribus. Long. 18 lin.
Hab. St. Catharine’s (Brazil).
The male rather narrow, pitchy-brown above, body beneath,
antenne, and legs paler; prothorax more than twice as broad as
long, closely and coarsely punctured, its posterior angles acute ;
scutellum small, triangular; elytra much broader than the pyro-
thorax, closely punctured; tarsi, especially the posterior, linear.
The female is much broader, more depressed, reddish chestnut,
the head nearly as broad as the prothorax, which is nearly as
broad as the base of the elytra, and finely and somewhat sparsely
punctured; elytra not closely punctured, each having, as in the
male, a slightly-raised line not extending to the apex, and covering
the abdomen only to the middle of the penultimate segment.
new Longicorn Coleoptera. 513
EXPLANATION oF PuatE XIV.
Fie. 1. Antigenes funebris.
2. Grynex lineatus.
3. Hccrisis abdominalis ; 8a, side view of the head.
4. Icariotis scapularis ; 4a, ditto; 4b, penultimate and
claw-joint of anterior tarsus.
. Sparna macilenta.
. Syennesis dispar (3), ditto.
” 9 ( ? Ie
. Ochresius sticticus.
. Apheledes velutinus.
10. Hryalus polyspilus.
OomamnANaAan
en ‘i ;
a it
ae
: ; a) . x
as. ee ;
1 ae oN eo
Py ae, ee y. eta a
' rs i?) yan Me Sie ii at eg
- on ae 5
‘ Mee y rare Abe : e a 7
4 i] im pa a
GR Sole ehh
4 - PY. Lave
> rl . ? ibe 3 a@ hog Th ¥, | vor 5 al
i nae heed
» “hii eae)
io pete is peered
ar we is ne a
*
( 4085) |)
XV. Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc., including
oo er)
a complete account of the life-history of the larve of
Sphinx convolvuli and Aglia tau. By Epwarp
Be POuRrONe Mins, ob). Uo, eh Guo, ft .Zie., <OL
Jesus and Keble Colleges, Oxford.
[Read October 3rd, 1888. ]
Puaris XV., Vi, & XVI.
CONTENTS.
. The ontogeny of Sphinw convolvult.
. The ontogeny of Aglia tau.
. The natural position of the Sphingide.
. The cause and meaning of the Sphinx-like attitude.
. The graphic method of representing the growth of lepidopterous
larve.
. The means of defence adopted by the larva of Stawropus fagi.
. The meaning of the black colour of the eggs of Paniscus cephalotes.
. The defensive value of “ tussocks
”
and the associated black inter-
segmental markings.
. The meaning of the peculiar method of progression in the larve of
Cochliopodide.
. The protective resemblances of the larve of Geometra papilionaria.
. A proof of the protective value of dimorphism in larve.
. The protective resemblance of the pupa of Apatura iris.
. The defensive secretion of the larva of Cresus varus.
. The geometriform structure and attitudes of the larva of Huclidia mi.
. The determination of sex in certain living lepidopterous larve.
1. Tue OntrocEeny oF SPHINX CONVOLVULI.—Ever since
the summer of 1884, when I had the pleasure of working
out the ontogeny of Sphinx ligustri, I have been ex-
tremely anxious to obtain the fertile ova of two of our
British Sphingide, viz., those of Sphinx convolvuli and
Acherontia atropos. Through the great kindness of my
friend and former pupil Mr. EH. D. Y. Pode, of Slade,
Ivybridge, who has helped me with material on many
previous occasions, I have been able to work out the
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRTIV. (DEC.)
516 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de.
ontogeny of the first-named species in the most satis-
factory manner.
Mr. Pode captured a female S. convolvuli, flying over
geranium in the garden at Slade, in the evening of
Aug. 26th, 1887. Having previously obtained speci-
mens in the same locality, and knowing my wish to
work out the life-history, Mr. Pode placed the living
female in a large box, in the hope of obtaining eggs.
On the evening of Aug. 27th two eggs were laid, which
were preserved by Mr. Pode: on the 29th, however,
eighteen eggs were laid upon the paper bottom of the
box, near together, but not in contact, being scattered
over an area 18mm. long by 10mm. wide. These
eighteen were sent to me, and constituted the material
upon which this part of the paper was written. After
this date the moth did not lay any more eggs. The only
reference to the early part of this ontogeny, in any
previous work, is that contained in Mr. Buckler’s account
of the larve of Sphingide (Ray Society, 1886). Mr.
Hellins there mentions (p. 109) two occasions on which
fertile eggs were obtained, but in both cases the larve
died in the first stage, without any notes of interest
having been taken.
If the amount of care and work bestowed upon the
details of this life-history should appear to any one to
be excessive, and perhaps unnecessarily minute, I would
point out, in extenuation, that I was dealing with a
species which has never been previously described,
except in the first and the last stages, and which I may
never have the opportunity of investigating again. The
immense difficulty in obtaining fertile ova of this species
caused me to work at the material so kindly provided
by Mr. Pode as if it were a last and final opportunity.
Ovum.—The ova are of the colour and shape (when
looked at from above) shown in Plate XV., fig. 1 x 9.
This deep bluish green colour is very unlike the brighter
yellower shade of all the ova of Sphingide with which I
am acquainted. Mr. Hellins, however, describes the
egg as ‘“‘pale green” (l.c.). It is possible that Mr.
Hellins only noted the colour when it had changed
as a result of the development of the larve. ‘The
shape is also different from that of closely related
species, being relatively broader. But the most
peculiar point about the ovum is its extremely small
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de. 517
size, when considered in relation to that of the adult
larva and the perfect insect. The two main axes of the
ovum measure respectively 1°3 and 1:15 mm., while
those of the closely-allied but much smaller S. ligustri
measure 1°75 and 15 mm. (See Trans. Ent. Soc.
. Lond., 1885, p. 281). (I may here call attention to an
absurd misprint in this description of the ovum of
S. ligustri: on the 12th line from the bottom of the
above-quoted page, the word sexes has been substi-
tuted for axes). Mr. Hellins also states that the ovum
is not more than two-fifths of the size of that of
S. ligustri.
Stage I.—Times of hatching.—The first larva emerged
on the evening of Sept. 5th, the second on the morning
of September 7th. On the 8th, examination with the
lens showed that the larve were fully formed in the
remaining ova, which appeared somewhat wrinkled. I
was therefore afraid of the larve dying before hatching,
and accordingly, in the evening, the ova were placed in
a room with a fire, in order that the moderate warmth
might hasten emergence. By the next morning (9th)
eleven larve had emerged, and the remaining four
appeared a few hours later, in the afternoon, thus
making seventeen larve altogether. One of the eggs
did not undergo development, but subsequently changed
colour and dried up.
The length of time occupied in development within
the ovum was therefore as follows :—
1 larva, 7 days.
11 larve, rather over 10 days.
fase » under 11 days.
17
Hence the development is at about the same rate as
that of “S. ligustri, which occupied 8—10 days (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, pp. 281, 282). Mr. Hellins
(J. c.) puts the time of development at ‘‘ rather less than
three weeks.” This is probably a mistake.
Amount of egg-shell eaten.—The habits of the larve
must vary excessively in this respect, as was also the
case with S. ligustri (l.c., p. 282). Of the 17 empty
ego-shells, three had become detached from the paper
(probably in the post). Of the remaining 14 :—
518 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
5 exhibited apertures of a size to admit of emergence, but not
larger.
1 had been nearly half devoured.
; 7] about three-fourths devoured.
xa entirely devoured, except for the small part of the
under surface by which they were fixed to the
paper.
= |
He Ore
The newly-hatched larva.— The body is very pale
yellow, with a slight greenish tinge on the anterior part
of some larve: the head is of a very pale, brownish yellow
colour, and of rounded shape. Mr. Hellins describes
the larve as ‘‘ at first white,’ (J.c.). The caudal horn,
which from the first is held very nearly upright, is
quite pale and transparent immediately after leaving
the egg, but it very soon darkens and becomes black. It
is very surprising that the deep colouring-matter of the
ova should produce so little effect upon these pale and
colourless larve. This is entirely contrary to my
experience with Smerinthus ocellatus, in which I have
observed that darker ova produce larve of a deeper
ereen, and vice versd. (See ‘Journal of Physiology,’
vol. viil., 1887, containing ‘‘ Proceedings of Physiological
Society,” pp. xxv and xxvi.).
_ The newly-hatched larva when extended is 3°75 mm.
in length, and there is very little individual variation.
The newly-hatched larve of S. ligustri were found (J. c.)
to‘be 5°25 mm. in length. When placed upon the food-
plant, the young larve almost invariably rested on the
underside of the leaf, stretched along the mid-rib (as in
other Sphingide). A more minute description is better
deferred until later in the stage; and will equally apply
to the newly-hatched larva, except for a few points
which will be obvious on comparing these with the
succeeding paragraphs.
The larva during Stage I.—Shortly after the first meal
the larve became green, and by Sept. 12th they had
acquired a glistening appearance quite unlike ariything |
have hitherto seen in Sphingide. On Sept. 13th micros-
copic examination of the two oldest larve shewed that
the colour had extended to the blood, which was of a
pale yellowish green colour in the claspers and other
parts remote from the digestive tract. The lateral
longitudinal tracheal vessel can be distinctly seen with a
lens, upon each side of the transparent larva, and the
dorsal vessel and Malpighian tubules are also plainly
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 519
visible. The dorsal vessel forms a very distinct feature
throughout the stage. The fact that the green colour of
the larve is at this stage chiefly dependent upon the
contents of the digestive tract, was well seen on Sept.
14th, when a single one out of the fifteen younger larvee
was found at the end of a shoot, where it had been
eating the young yellowish leaves. This larva was of a
much paler green than all the others which had been
eating the older darker leaves.
The caudal horn is not so long as in S. ligustri:
it tapers very slightly from base to apex, and it is held so
as to nearly make a right angle with the line of the
back. During this stage it is characterized by a very
slight curve, with the concavity directed anteriorly,
conferring upon it a very unusual appearance; for the
curve in the horn of other Sphingide, and in the two last
stages of this species, is in the opposite direction. (For
the general appearance of the horn see Plate XV., fig, 2,
x 5°8). The bifidity of the horn varies immensely, and
this is probably true of the younger stages of all other
Sphinx larve, although they have not been examined
with equal care. ‘These extreme individual differences
are to be expected because of the vestigial nature of the
part in question. The larva hatched Sept. 7th possessed
the most strongly marked fork: it is shown from the
front in Plate XV., fig. 3, x 50. The terminal bristles
are seen to be stout; and each ends in a very slight
knob, while the rest of the horn (of which only the
upper part is shown in detail in fig. 3), is clothed with
thickly crowded minute short hairs, each springing from
a tubercular base. ‘The structure is thus very different
from that of the two next stages in which the horn
presents a thorny appearance, due to the presence of a
much smaller number of far larger hairs and tubercles.
\Compare figs. 3 and 4, with 9 and 16, Plate XV.). Iam
now able to state that the caudal horn of S. ligustri, in
the first stage, is similar to that just described, and
bears the same relation to the stages which immediately
follow. One of the younger larve also possessed a
deeply-notched horn, but not so pronounced as that repre-
sented in fig.3. The ends of all the horns of other larve
were much like that shown in fig. 4, x 50, some having
a rather deeper notch. The dark colour of the horn
520 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
slightly suffuses the larval surface around the base of
this structure.
The well-known tubercles and bristles are distinct
from the very first, having the arrangement shown in
fig. 2, x 5°8. EKach abdominal segment, from the Ist to
the 7th, bears five of these prominent structures upon
each side, and there are a large number of them upon
the indistinctly separated segments posterior to the 7th
abdominal. The arrangement upon this part can be
seen in figs. 2 and 6, and upon the thoracic segments in
figs. 2 and 5. There are at first no other shagreen
tubercles upon the larva, but at the end of the stage,
just before the resting period, there is an indistinct
appearance of these structures. A fairly high power
only shows that the green larval surface is mottled with
white, and does not support the view that tubercles are
present. It is probable that the effect is due to the
partially-formed shagreen dots of the next stage, showing
through the transparent skin. The head is thinly
covered with short hairs. (Figs. 2 and 5).
The subdorsal line is certainly absent at first, but
there is no doubt about its appearance at the end of the
stage. It is very difficult to see clearly because of the
glistening larval surface, and its borders are very ill-
defined. It is possible that this feature also belongs to
the next stage and is only seen through the skin.
Knowing that these larve subsequently become
brown, I was very interested to find that five of them
(the first hatched, and four of the fifteen younger larve),
possessed a well-marked brown area, bounded by tuber-
cles bearing bristles, upon the dorsal surface of the
prothorax (see fig. 5); another brown triangular area,
similarly bounded, on the anal flap, and a brown
quadrangular area on each side of the anus (fig. 6). The
anal claspers were also brown. ‘These marks were pre-
sent through the whole stage: the posterior patches
were of a much darker brown colour than that upon the
prothorax. The tubercles and bristles were, of course,
similarly arranged in the larve without the brown areas.
The prothoracic area is, I feel sure, the homologue
of the hard plate which occupies this position in wood-
boring and burrowing larve, in Tortrices, &c. This
plate is evidently a very ancient feature of the lepidop-
terous larva. Traces of it can, I believe, be found
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de. 521
almost universally at one or other of the larval stages.
It will be again referred to in this ontogeny. These five
larve were isolated in order to determine whether the
differences would be increased in succeeding stages.
The mature larva is about 8°25 mm. in length when
extended, although it can stretch to 86 mm. Their
length was very uniform. In the resting period before
ecdysis the larva is cylindrical in shape, long and
narrow, with a very uniform diameter, but tapering very
slightly and evenly, from the 8th abdominal segment to
the anterior extremity. This appearance is especially
well seen when the larva is somewhat contracted. The
Sphinx attitude was never witnessed in this stage, but
the larve stretch themselves along the mid-rib on the
undersides of the leaves. The positions of all seventeen
larvee were noted several times in this stage: two or
three exceptions were always observed, a small propor-
tion of the larve being stretched along the stem of the
plant or along a leaf-stalk, and very occasionally upon
the upper side of a leaf. It is very probable that many
of the exceptions and all of the latter kind, were caused
by the frequent disturbance to which the larve were
subjected. Although the greatest care was always
observed, the frequent removal for examination must
have produced some effect. On one occasion a larva
fell during removal, but remained suspended by a
thread. ‘The use of silk did not, however, seem to be so
common as in the young SV. ligustri.
I now append some data in a tabular form, indicating
the length of the stage, and the dates at which any
changes occurred. It will be seen that the dates lead
to the very remarkable fact that Stage I.is considerably
longer in the larve which hatched first, thus tending
towards an equalisation of the periods of development,
from the time at which the eggs were laid. It is to be
hoped that this interesting result will be tested upon
other larve.
Aug. 29th, evening, 18 ova were laid.
Sept. 5th, evening, first larva hatched: 3°75 mm. long.
», 7th, morning, second larva hatched: first larva 5°25 mm. long.
ay inae 3 11 larve hatched.
vn watternoon), \4.°5: Fe
,, 12th, first larva showing traces of approaching ecdysis. Indications
of shagreen dots noticed in first and second lary,
522 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, &c.
Indications of sub-
dorsal line and green
colour of blood no-
ticed in first and
second larvie.
Sept. 13th, first larva showing more distinct traces |
r PRECCOMG) Meyer traces of ecdysis |
5, 14th, first larva 8:25 mm. long when extended.
AA ,», length of the fifteen youngest larve from 7:75—8:25 mm.,
being about at the close of the stage: subdorsal can be
made out.
,», 17th, the first larva has changed skin in morning, Stage I. = 114
days ; the second in afternoon, Stage I. =-104 days. The
youngest larvee have now been preparing for ecdysis for
some time: very uniformly of a length of 8-25 mm. when
extended.
», 18th, 9.30 a.m., 8 had changed skin. Stage I.—9 days.
7; yy) 030 *ar me F, - + - ie :
” 9 1.30 p-m., 2 ’”? 99 ” ” 9? 94 9
. 3.0 p.m., 1 se rn 5 oe Ree (fisutee le 8)
iy egg MONO) Geyiaelsgp al % es, ie os ladys:
=) Oth, 9:25 asm. 2 3 5 (probably some time) (Stage IL=93
| days (about).
15
Stage II.—Immediately after ecdysis the horn is
colourless, but it deepens into black (except for the
median zone) in the course of an hour or two, and this
is also true of the dark patches and shades present on
most of the larve. The head retains the rounded form,
but loses it in subsequent stages. |
This stage opened with a great surprise. I had fully
expected that the five larvee which exhibited dark marks
in the last stage, would still continue to be the darkest
varieties in this, and that the differences would even
increase. To my great astonishment these five larve
were much lighter than the others as a whole, so that the
relations were completely reversed. It will be shown
below that similar reversals occurred in the later stages.
The caudal horn is held as in the last stage, but it is
now very nearly straight. It is still bifid, but the fork
is much smaller and less conspicuous. Its surface is now
thorny, from the presence of relatively few large tubercles
which terminate in bristles: a section of its length
nearer the tip than the base is now white and partially
transparent. The general appearance of the structure,
from the anterior side, is seen in Plate XV., fig. 9, x 24°5.
The larva is still green and is covered with white
shagreen dots, each terminating in a bristle exactly as in
Smerinthus and Sphinx ligustri in this stage. ‘The sub-
dorsal is present, but is not so conspicuous as it becomes
later in the stage. All other characters present at the
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de. 528
beginning of the stage varied greatly. The main tracheal
trunk is quite visible through the whole of this stage,
and the dorsal vessel still forms a very prominent dark-
green median line.
On September 20th, when the average length of the
seventeen larve was 10.5 mm., they were all carefully
compared together, with the following results :—
Eleven of the larve without dark markings in Stage I.—
Dark pigment (black in the extreme varieties, smoky in
others) is now present in some of the larve, on the
head, prothorax, thoracic legs, claspers, near the anus,
and round the spiracles.
The four lightest larve had the dark pigment only
slightly developed on the claspers, thoracic legs, (in one
of them the claspers were free from dark pigment, and
the thoracic legs comparatively pale), round the spiracles,
and along the lower edge of the furrow running below
each lateral margin of the anal flap: from this furrow
the dark colour tended to spread downwards. There
was also a very slight dusky shade over the region of the
ocelli in two of these larve.
The remaining seven larve were much darker: in
only one of them was the pigment on the head confined
to the ocellar area. The darkening below the anal flap
was strongly marked, and in a few of the darkest larvee
it extended on to the flap itself, although chiefly
developed upon the edges of the latter. The previously
described dark marking on the dorsal surface of the
prothorax was distinct in one of the darkest larve and
just indicated in one or two others. One of these larve
is represented in Plate XV., fies, Tie: S,
Six of the larve, of which fe possessed the dark markings
im Stage I.—These larvee were much lighter than those
described above. Only one possessed the dark shade
(and this not strongly marked) on the side of the head,
other than on the ocellar area: only one (not the same
larva) shewed some slight indications of the prothoracic
darkness which was marked in five of these larve in the
last stage. There was a slight cloud over the ocellar
area of four larve. The lightest of all the seventeen
larve was included in this division: in it the dark colour
was absent from the region of the anus and the claspers,
and was very slight on the thoracic legs and round the
spiracles. All the larve except this, and one from the
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PaRY Iv. (pEc.) 2N
524 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, cc.
former division, had the dark shade more or less marked
on the claspers.
The transparent zone on the caudal horn was
especially distinct in this division and in the lightest
larve of the other division.
The larve were now (Sept. 20th) re-arranged in two
new divisions, according to the presence of dark pigment
in this stage. There was an obvious contrast between
the seven darkest larve of the first division and all the
others: the new division of ten light larve was of course
constituted by adding the four palest of the old first
division to the old second division.
On September 21st I observed the presence of a row of
brown spots on each side of the larva in the light division,
which possessed traces of the prothoracic darkening.
There was a spot on each of the abdominal segments,
1—7 (inclusive), situated just above the spiracle and
below the lower margin of the subdorsal line. This
marking could not have belonged to the next stage, as 1
thought at first, for the larva was still feeding, and con-
tinued to feed for two days.
On Sept. 22nd the subdorsal line became much more
distinct on all the largest larve. It had also become
very broad by extending upwards, being thus gradually
transitional into the broad green dorsal band. Its lower
margin remaining sharply defined, it follows that the
ground colour of the body is somewhat sharply divided
into a dorsal and ventral shade. The brown-spotted
larva was carefully examined: it had a dusky tinge in
the region of the ocelli, from which a faint cloud
extended up the side of the head: there was a fair
amount of dark pigment on the thoracie legs, which
became red towards their extremities, on the claspers,
and below, and (by this time) upon the anal flap. The
seventh white stripe which terminates upwards at the
base of the caudal horn could now be just made out in
its upper part, in this and most of the other larve.
This stripe was always the first to become conspicuous
in S. ligustri and in Smerinthus. An excessively faint
brown border to this stripe was continued downwards
and forwards from the seventh brown spot. Similar
indistinct borders extended from the 4th,-5th, and 6th
spots, but the stripes themselves could not be seen. The
homology between these spots and those described upon
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc. 525
many Smerinthus larve is obvious, and hence the fact
that the brown borders are certainly connected with the
spots, becomes of great importance. There will be far
more evidence of this in the next stage. The faintest
trace of brown spots could now be seen upon another
larva of the same division, but they were so slight that
their presence would not have been noticed except for
the clue afforded by the former larva. The seventh spot
was only represented by a darkening of the green ground
colour. The seven dark larve were also carefully
examined, and traces of one or two brown spots were
perhaps present upon two of them, but I could not feel
sure of this. The upper part of the seventh stripe was
present, probably upon all of them.
On Sept. 23rd the seven dark larve were again
minutely examined, and it was noticed that the upward-
extending part of the subdorsal line,—in mature larve
which had not yet entered the resting-stage before
ecdysis,—was distinctly divided into oblique white
stripes, of which each pair tended to meet and form a
V, with the backward-directed apex interrupted by the
dorsal line, due to the underlying dorsal vessel. In
some larve five distinct, oblique, white stripes could also
be made out below the subdorsal, and two more very
faint ones in the most strongly marked individuals. The
continuity between the upper and lower sections of an
oblique line, above and below the subdorsal, was obvious
in two or three of the segments.
Very slight traces of brown spots,—often a mere dark-
ening of the ground colour, with sometimes the faintest
brownish tinge,—could now be made out on most of these
larve. Hach spot was always placed just below the
lower edge of the subdorsal, in such a position as to
form the upper part of a dark border to the oblique
white stripe, whether the stripe itself was present or not.
The ten light larve were also examined at the same
time. The brown-spotted larva was now in the resting-
period. The dark pigment upon it had not undergone
any further change since the last description of the
larva on Sept. 22nd. There were now distinct traces of
brown borders extending from the three posterior. spots,
and very slight traces extending from the four others.
No stripes could be seen except the upper part of the
last, which was distinct. This larva in which the spots
2n2
526 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, cc.
and associated borders were developed to a far greater
extent than in any of the others, was now removed to a
separate cylinder, in order to test its relation to the
other larve in the next stage. This larva is represented
in outline on Plate XV., fig. 8, x 5°8. The shagreen
tubercles are omitted, except in profile: all the dark
marks represent pigment. The dark mark between the
2nd and 8rd thoracic segments probably belongs to the
next stage, and is seen through the transparent cuticle.
The oblique white lines above the subdorsal were less
distinct in these light larve, but they could be made out
by comparison with the more decided appearances in the
other set. They were best seen by looking at the larve
with the naked eye and from a little distance.
The Sphinz-like attitude is rarely, if ever, assumed in
either of the two first stages: the larve still stretched
themselves along the midrib on the under sides of leaves,
but especially along the leaf-stalks and stems of the food-
plant. When disturbed they wriggled from side to side,
and often fell from the food-plant. I have never before
met with larve which manifested so little disposition to
wander. On Sept. 28rd I noted that no larva had ever
been found off the food-plant, and this in spite of
continual disturbance during examination.
The larve were fond of eating the leaf-stalks and
stems as well as the leaves of the food-plant. Towards
the end of the stage, as the skin became stretched, the
larve began to assume a somewhat glistening appear-
ance. During the resting-period before ecdysis the
ground colour became lighter, and of a more trans-
parent and yellowish green: the change is almost
certainly due to the comparative absence of food from
the digestive tract at this time.
The mature larve were about 14 mm. in length when
moderately extended, but the largest could stretch to
15 or even 16mm. During the resting-period the
length was very uniformly 14 mm.
I now add data from which the length of the stage
and of the resting-period can be calculated. The
average length of the stage appears to be about eight
days, and the variations are not more than one day on
each side of this.
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 527
The lot of 10 pale larve. The lot of 7 dark larve.
Sept. 23rd. | 9.30a.m. 4 larve had entered | 10.30 a.m. 2 larve had en-
resting-period before chang-| tered resting-period before
ing second skin (including | changing second skin; the
the brown-spotted one); the | rest practically mature in
rest practically mature in| stage.
stage.
1.20 p.m. 1 more had en-| 5.40 p.m. 2 more had en-
tered resting-period. tered resting-period.
Sept. 24th.| 9.5 a.m. 83 morehad entered | 10.0 a.m. 3 more had en-
resting-period; 2 feeding | tered resting-period.
still.
6.15p.m. 1 larvahadchanged
skin.
9.10 p.m. 1 more larva had
changed skin (this was the
brown-spotted one).
Sept. 25th.) 9.0 a.m.. 1 more larva had | 9.0a.m. Allin resting-period.
changed skin.
1.10 p.m. 1 more larva had | 3.30 p.m. 1 larvahad changed
changed skin. second skin.
5.0 p.m. 1 more larva had | 5.0 p.m. 1larva had changed
changed skin. second skin.
Sept. 26th.| 9.0a.m. 2 more larve had | 9.0 a.m. 3 larve had changed
changed skin. second skin.
10.45 p.m. 2 more ijarve had | 11.40a.m.1larvahad changed
changed skin. second skin.
Sept. 27th. | 2.30 p.m. 1 more larva had | 3.15 p.m. 1larvahad changed
changed skin. second skin.
Stage III.—All the individuals were healthy at the
beginning of this stage except the darkest of those de-
scribed in the last stage, as the division of 10 pale larvae.
This larva died Sept. 27th. On the 29th all the larve
were carefully compared and described. The larve re-
mained shagreened as in Smerinthus and Sphinzx ligustri,
although the character is not represented in the figures.
THE TEN PALE LARVH OF STAGE 11.—Three of these
larve were bluish green, like the well-known tint of
S. ocellatus, although not so bluish as the extreme
varieties of the latter. One was bluish green inclining
towards intermediate. In describing these larve the
ones with the smallest amount of the dark markings are,
with one exception (the 10th larva), taken first.
(1). The least-marked larva possessed a somewhat
lighter horn than that shown in Plate XV., fig. 10, x 3: in
other respects it was similar, with the yellowish transpa-
rent zone near the tip, and the light pinkish area at the
side of the base. Red spots, like those of Smerinthus larvee
528 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc.
were present ; upon the 7th abdominal segment the spot
was only represented by darkened ground colour ; upon
the 6th abdominal it also possessed a very faint reddish
tinge, which was rather more distinct upon the spots on
the other abdominal segments, although the red area
was always extremely small. There was a faint dark
cloud on the anal flap, and a dark mark below its
lateral margin. Each of the four anterior claspers
possessed a dark semilunar mark. The thoracic legs
were red, becoming black at the base, and the ridge to
which each pair of these legs is attached, was also dark.
The first and the two last spiracles were brown, the
others very dark brown, producing the effect of black.
There were two slight smoky patches, the one anterior
and the other posterior to each of the spiracles; espe-
cially faint in the case of the prothoracie, and especially
pronounced in the case of the 1st abdominal spiracle.
Upon the head the ocellar area was dark and an
almost imperceptible tinge spread upwards from this
area over the side of the head. The subdorsal line was
faint except in its anterior part; the oblique white
stripes and their borders were also faint, but distinctly
visible. No traces of an 8th stripe could be made out,
as in the early stages of Smerinthus and S. ligustri. A
faint dark tinge was present between the 2nd and 3rd
thoracic segments at the spiracular level, and this,
spreading outwards, formed a somewhat distinct patch
on each side of the larva. This patch was separated
from the prothoracie spiracle in front, and the Ist
abdominal spiracle behind, by a distance which corres-
ponded to that between the abdominal spiracles, and
thus the existence of an additional spiracular patch,
making a complete series with equal intervals, was sug-
gested, as in the case of certain varieties of Smerinthus
populi. (See Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 305).
The ground colour was yellowish green beneath, light
bluish green above, the demarcation being sharp, and
taking place at the subdorsal level, as in many larve of
Smerinthus ocellatus. A median dorsal line, somewhat
darker than the adjacent ground colour, was present.
(2). The second larva was rather bluer beneath: the
white stripes and their borders of dark ground colour
were very distinct, as was the whole length of the sub-
dorsal line. The red spots were very distinct but very
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 529
small, especially on the 7th abdominal segment. The
anal flap was without the dark cloud, and+he dark mark
below it and on each of the four anterior claspers, was
very faint. The thoracic legs were paler than in the
last individual. Upon the head there was only a faint
cloud on the ocellar area. The latera] mark between
the 2nd and 8rd thoracic segments was present; the
patches on each side of the spiracles were fainter and
very slight, and they were entirely absent in the case of
the 1st spiracle. On the other hand the 6th abdominal
spiracle was dark-brown, almost black.
(3). The appearance of the 3rd larva is represented in -
Plate XV., fig. 10, x 8. There was a slight dark cloud
upon the border to each oblique white stripe ; it appears
upon the border just as it enters the posterior of the
two segments in which its course lies, and just above
the level of the subdorsal line. The stripes and borders
were less distinct than in the larva last described, but
they are represented more distinctly in the figure, so that
in this respect the appearance of the 2nd larva is given,
rather than that of the 38rd. The red spots were much
larger than in the two larve described above. The last
spot was much fainter than the others. The head was
bright yellowish green, as in the other bluish larve ; and
as in the young bluish or whitish larve of Smerinthus
ocellatus. The dim lateral shade was developed to the
extent shown in the figure. The spiracles were like
those of the 2nd larva, but the patches were more
distinct. The distinction between patch and spiracle
could not be indicated on a drawing of the size of the
figure. The smoky patch was very faint in the case of
the prothoracic spiracle, but it tended to pass backwards,
so as to nearly fuse with the patch between the 2nd and
8rd thoracic segments. The median dorsal line was pre-
sent, as in all these larve. The ground colour was not
quite such a whitish blue-green as in the last individual.
The extremely Smerinthine appearance of these three
larvee is well shown in fig. 10.
(4). The fourth larva was less decidedly bluish green,
and tended somewhat towards an intermediate variety.
The horn was very black, and the transparent zone was
only slightly marked. The red spots were rather larger
than in the larva last described, but they were otherwise
similar. There was only a slight dark shade upon the
530 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, cc.
anal flap, but below it there was much of the dark
colour (more ‘than in any of the three larve hitherto
described), and a dark shade appeared, for the first
time, at a still lower level, upon the last clasper. The
patches around the spiracles were larger and darker,
and the three lightest spiracles (1st and the two last)
were also darker. The claspers were blacker, and a
dark shade spread upwards from the semilunar mark.
The dark spiracular line extending backwards from the
first spiracle was more marked than in fig. 10. The
thoracic legs were blacker and less red. The lateral
marks on the head were very black, and there were
rather faint lines in front of and parallel with the
former. These marks were more distinctly shown in
other darker larve (see figs. 11, 12, 18, and 15). The
subdorsal line, oblique stripes and their borders were
very much as in the 8rd larva, except that there was a
distinct, although faint, dark cloud upon the borders,
below the red spots; this character is plainly shown in
another larva represented in fig. 11.
(5). The fifth larva was, like the fourth, a long way on
the bluish side of an intermediate variety. The horn
was very black; the light zone being small but bright
yellow in colour. The spiracles were black, except the
first and last, which were dark brown; the patches
surrounding them all were large but not very dark. The
red spots were large, becoming somewhat larger ante-
riorly. The borders to the stripes, above and behind
the spots, were very faintly reddish, especially in the
posterior of the two segments crossed by each border,
and also in the anterior part of the anterior segment.
(This arrangement is shown in a far more pronounced
form in fig. 11). This character was less distinct in the
last two stripes. The other parts of the borders were
distinct and of a dark green colour. The spiracular
line upon the thoracic segments, and the mark between
the 2nd and 8rd of these, were distinct, although
not very black. The broad lateral line on the head was
dark and distinct, and traces of the anterior line were
also present. The subdorsal line was very indistinct
except anteriorly ; the stripes were fairly distinct, espe-
cially the last. The shade on the anal flap was faint
and of small extent, but large and dark below it. The
thoracic legs were very dark above and red below, like
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larva, dc. 581
those of the larva last described. There was a faint sub-
spiracular cloud, corresponding to that which was more
distinct in other larve (figs. 11, 12, 13). There was a
tendency in this and all the other larve, towards the
fusion of the posterior parts of the dark borders with
the dark dorsal line.
(6). The sixth larva was very similar to the last, only
rather darker throughout. ‘The traces of red borders
to the stripes were somewhat more distinct. The trans-
parent zone was very small, although bright yellow.
(7). The seventh larva was a distinct yellowish green
variety. The spots were still reddish, although darker
in colour than in previous larve; the dark parts of the
borders were also of a dark reddish colour. The fusion
between the dorsal line and posterior parts of the
borders, had now caused the appearance of a broad
dark green dorsal band. ‘The stripes were distinct and
of a yellowish white colour. The zone on the horn was
slight and dim. The spiracles were all black except the
last, which was nearly so. The last red spot was small
and indistinct, and the last but one was also smaller
than the others. The anterior line on the head was
distinct, as well as the lateral band. There was no
trace of an anterior extension of the upper part of the
dark borders along the upper margin of the subdorsal
line, as in other larve to be described below (see figs. 11,
12,18). In all the points not specially alluded to, this
larva was about as dark as the one last described.
(8). The eighth larva was also distinctly yellowish
green, and its appearance is indicated in fig. 12, ( x 8).
It was much darker than the last and the spots were
black and not red. The amount and distribution of the
dark markings is sufficiently indicated in the figure.
Although so different from the larve hitherto described,
some of the varieties of the next division of larva, of
which one is represented in fig. 11, form a very perfect
transition from this to the lighter larvae. The very
different and darker ground colour of the area above the
subdorsal, is very striking.
(9). The ninth larva was the darkest obtained except
one (the 7th of the next division): it was the larva
which died Sept. 27th.
(10). The tenth larva was the one which was separated
in the 2nd stage, because of the especial development of
532 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc.
brown spots (see fig. 8). Under these circumstances it
might have been expected that the larva would be among
the dark varieties of the succeeding stage; but, as
in other cases, the reverse took place.
This larva was examined and compared Sept. 29th ; it
was a distinct bluish green variety, ranking with the 1st,
2nd, and 3rd larve already described, The red spots
were distinct, becoming larger and more distinct ante-
riorly ; the last was far the smallest, and the last but
one intermediate between this and the others. The
stripes and borders were very distinct and Smerinthus-
like, as in the 2nd larva. The subdorsal line was very
distinct anteriorly. The larva was therefore a very
light variety, and it would rank between the 2nd and
3rd of those described.
On Oct. 2nd it was again examined. There was
no dark shade on the head, very little on the claspers ;
the thoracic legs and the horn were as in the other
light varieties. There was a very slight shade on the
anal claspers, and hardly any on the anal flap. The
whole appearance was extremely Smerinthine. The
stripes were of a bright yellowish green colour (some-
what deep in tint as compared with other larve).
THE SEVEN DARK LARVH oF Stace I].—Upon the whole
these larvae were somewhat darker than the ten larve
just described, and hence the effects witnessed in the
last stage have, in this case, passed on into the suc-
ceeding stage; but it will be seen that the differences
are very small.
As before, the bluish, lighter larve will be described
first. The larve were compared Oct. 2nd.
(1). A bluish green larva, about equal to the
lighter of those described. The shade upon the head
was almost confined to the ocellar area, an almost
imperceptible cloud extending upwards from the latter.
The increase in the size of the red spots anteriorly was
well seen, the last spot being very minute. The first
and two last spiracles were light brown, and the sur-
rounding patches were in all cases very small. The
amount of dark colouring elsewhere was very slight,
although distinctly traceable in the usual positions.
There was hardly any dark pigment between the Ist
and 2nd spiracles.
(2) and (3). These two larve, although bluish green,
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éce. 583
would rank with the 5th and 6th of the previous
divisions, for there were distinct red marks upon the
borders to the stripes, below the red spots, in both larve,
and also above the spots in the 8rd larva. The 2nd
larva had a slight transparent zone in the horn, and a
very dark head; while the 8rd had the zone even
less marked, but the head lighter. Both larve were
fairly dark around the anus, but the flap of the 3rd was
much the darker. The stripes and dark green borders
were quite distinct in the 2nd, fairly so in the 8rd larva.
(4). Then followed a larva with a ground colour of an
intermediate tint. (This larva is represented in fig. 11,
x 3). The condition of the borders made this larva
decidedly darker, for the dark-red shade was not only
present upon the borders above and below the red spots;
but in the former locality a dark smoky shade extended
from the central red mark, stretching along the upper
edge of the subdorsal line, and forming a very con-
spicuous feature. In addition to this, there was a highly
conspicuous oblique dark patch above the subdorsal,
upon each of the 2nd and 8rd thoracic segments, and
upon the 1st abdominal (see fig.).
The degree of development of the dark markings in
other parts of this larva is shown in fig. 11. This larva
would be quite as dark as the 7th of the previous
division, but it was not of the same distinct yellowish
green colour. The elongation of the red spots along the
borders (see fig. 11) is a very interesting feature, indica-
ting the relation of these characters to the coloured
borders of Sphingide. It should also be noted that the
transparent zone in the horn was well-marked.
(5). This larva was very similar and an intermediate
variety, although with a slightly yellower tint of ground
colour. i
(6). This larva was also an intermediate variety. In
darkness it would be intermediate between the 7th and
8th of the other division. These last three larve were
very similar, although their relative darkness is expressed
by their order. :
(7). This was the darkest of all the larve in the 3rd
stage. It was a yellowish green larva, and is repre-
sented in fig. 18, x 8, and also in fig. 14, x 5°25. The
latter figure being larger, it has been possible to introduce
534 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, cc.
the shagreen dots, which were omitted from all the other
figures of this stage. The distribution and amount of
the dark markings is sufficiently indicated in the figures.
The easy transition from the degree of darkness indicated
in fig. 12 (the 8th larva of the last division), to that
shown in fig. 13 is very clear. The larger scale of fig.
14 has permitted the representation of two of the chief
tubercles, which are quite distinct upon most of the
segments. These have the appearance of black points,
one above and one below each spiracle except the last,
in which one is above and one behind. The hairs
which spring from them are long. The shagreen tubercles
are generally darker on the dark parts of the larva, e.g.
the horn.
The head is very black, and its green ground colour has
become dark, while the black markings have extended
greatly. Its appearance from the front is seen in fig.
15, x 9. The area above the subdorsal is now almost
completely black, the green ground colour being chiefly
traceable along the median line.
Although the markings have the effect of black at a
little distance, and are thus represented in the figures, a
careful examination in a strong light on Sept. 29th,
showed that all the dark markings upon the borders and
above the subdorsal are of a purplish brown colour, but
of so dark a shade that they appeared to be black. On
Oct. 2nd, when the larva was in the resting-period before
ecdysis, this purplish tint had become more distinct,
and it could now be recognised everywhere except on the
darkest places,—viz., the horn, upon and below the anal
flap, and upon the head. At this time there was also a
prothoracic dorsal plate distinctly demarcated from the
surrounding surface, like that described in Stage I., and
shown in fig. 5. This structure also became especially
distinct in the resting-period of the next stage. In the
5rd stage the plate was traversed by the subdorsal line,
and hence became mottled with white upon each side,
while the plate regained its black colour below the line.
This appearance only became distinct during the resting-
period, and is not shown in figs. 13 and 14, which were
drawn at an earlier period.
The apparent black marks of the other larve could
also be resolved into purplish brown tints in a strong
light, especially towards the end of this stage.
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ée. 585
The caudal horn is still thorny and distinctly bifid,
although not so deeply or widely notched as in the last
stage. The notch was uniformly present in the larve.
The appearance of the horn of the 8rd stage, as seen
from the front, is shown in fig. 16, x 14°5. The horn
figured was one in which the transparent zone was well-
- marked; it is quite straight, and held at the angle
shown in figs. 10—13.
The results of this comparison of the darkness and
the shades of ground colour in this stage may be
expressed in the following tabular form. The intervals
between the larve indicate breaks in the transitional
series :—
: Inter-
Palest and bluest. | mediate.| Yellowest and darkest.
ron ie Sueno oe aon
The 10 pale larve { ) m
of the last stage. ios rae i elena | aaa tira Tie
The 7 dark larve of) | ~
the last stage. J Lentini Lael (ds cade sm] Sa Pe ED
if i RE III.
The larve with asterisks affixed were those represented
in figs. 10,11, 12,18 (and 14). The divisions I., II., III.
indicate the new arrangement, which was adopted on
Oct. 2nd, after the comparison of colours.
If the larve were arranged with reference to the shade
of ground colour alone, the following series would be
obtained (omitting the 9th in the division of 10 pale
larvee) :-—
‘ Yellowish
Bluish green. Intermediate. green,
1 5
The 10 pale larve 3 — 4 — — (7
Pp pales 6 (8
10
The 7 dark larve..... tah heauaes 4 ie} 7
There are several points of extreme interest in this 8rd
stage. The resemblances to Smerinthus larve are very
marked, in the variability of the ground colour, in the
variable development of red spots, and the relations of
the latter to the borders of the stripes. The association
5386 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc.
of a bluish green ground colour with the absence of
pigment and a general Smerinthine appearance, is very
striking, when compared with the dark markings and
greater peculiarity of the yellowish larve. Nevertheless, ~
there is a very gradual transition from ihe one type to
the other, and this can be clearly seen in the series of
four larve represented in figs. 10—18, although there
were other larve intermediate between some of these
(see the above table).
The stages of this transition probably represent the
steps by which the dark variety has arisen from the
green one. These stages are :—
1. A green Smerinthus-like larva with a red spot on
the border to each stripe.
2. The increase in the dark part of the borders both
in size and in depth of tint. The red spots elon-
gate along the border, and at the same time
distinct dark reddish patches appear above and
below the elongating spots. Dark patches and
bands appear and increase elsewhere.
3. The borders become still darker, and their upper
part tends to spread anteriorly along the upper
edge of the subdorsal, thus shutting off a band of
dorsal ground colour.
4. The ground colour thus shut off first becomes much
darker than the rest by a deepening in the tint
of the ground colour itself, finally nearly black,
from the gradual intrusion of the black borders
of the band.
The further continuation of this process of darkening
will be seen in the following stage. It must be remem-
bered that the purplish-brown colour of the markings
connected with the borders, together with the elongation
of the red spots and the red colour of the additional
dark marks on the borders, seems to clearly support
Prof. Weismann’s conclusions that the red spots are
connected with the coloured borders to the stripes.
These facts also serve to connect together Sphina and
Smerinthus in a most interesting manner.
Data as to the third change of skin and the lengths
of the larve are given below :—
Sept. 30th.
Dates.
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc.
CLASSIFICATION AS IN STAGE II.
537
1 of the palest of the lot of 10 larve has entered the
resting-period, and one or two others are mature.
Oct. 1st, evening. 3 of this division have now entered resting-period.
», 2nd, 9.15 a.m. 6 of this division have now entered resting-period.
The brown-spotted larva of Stage II. (No. 10) is mature,
but not yet in the resting-period.
, 11.15a.m. The darkest of the lot of 7 larve has entered the
resting-period.
CLASSIFICATION OF Stace III. apoptep Oct. 2Np.
I. The 6 lightest and
bluest larve.
II. The 4 interme-
diate larve.
Oct. 2nd
Oct.
Oct.
”»
7.40 p.m. 3 in resting-
period; 1, 25:0 mm.
long, and 2 about
22-0 and 23:0 mm., but
not stretched. The
larva which is nearest
to ecdysis has become
quite dark beneath the
old skin.
8.30 p.m. This larva had
now changed its skin,
and was quite dark. It
had been about the
palest of the lot of 10,
viz., No. (2).
3rd |9.30a.m. Another changed
4th
skin, and also dark.
The 4 others all in rest-
ing-period, and mea-
suring 23°25, 23°5, 23°6
and 25-0 mm. inlength.
5.30 p.m. Another just
changed skin: not dark
like the others.
ey
.| 3.30 p.m. All 4 in rest-
ing-period, and mea-
suring 24:5, 24:5, and
22 mm. in length (the
4th not in appropriate
attitude).
9.35 a.m. Still in rest-
ing-period, and mea-
suring 22°5, 24:0, 24°25
and 24:5 mm. in length.
12.20 noon.
changed skin, and an-
other is now changing.
1 has just |
III. The 6 darkest
and yellowest larve.
7.35 p.m. 2inresting-
period ; both measur-
ing about 23°6 mm.
9.40 a.m. 4 in resting-
period, and measuring
23:0, 23°3, 25°0 and
25:4 mm. in length.
11.50 a.m. 1 larva has
just changed skin, and
the darkest variety is
now changing; the
process had been com-
pleted when examined
half an hour later;
both became dark va-
rieties.
588 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
Nate I. The 6 lightest and Il. The 4 interme- III. The 6 darkest
nn bluest larve. diate larvee. and yellowest larvae.
Oct. 4th | .eseee sevesevcevecesne 10.20 p.m. 1 larva has | 10.15 p.m. 1 larva has
darkened beneath the| just changed skin: a
old skin, and is there- | dark variety.
fore almost ready for
ecdysis.
Oct. 5th | 11.50 a.m. 1 has just|9a.m. All4larvehave|9 am. No further
Oct. 7th | 6.
changed skin. changed their skins} change.
some little time: the
last to change is a
light variety.
OD Dit, CMe TST TWO.) Vb edanles ed os ones Ve ane 6.35 p.m. 2 more had
larve have changed changed skin, 1 some
their sking some time, time and dark, 1 re-
and are both dark cently and light, al-
varieties. though the darkest of
the 3 light varieties
obtained. The 6th
larva did not change
On the evening of Oct. 5th many of these larve, at
the beginning of Stage IV., including examples of all
the varieties, and the one from division III., which had
not yet entered the resting-period, were shown at the
meeting of the Entomological Society of London.
There were some indications that the slow growth of
this last larva, which fell so far behind the others, was
due to weakness and ill-health, which indeed is the
rule in larve. On one oceasion (Oct. 4th) I saw that
it had some difficulty in getting rid of the excreta
during defecation; it turned round and pulled the
mass off with its mandibles.
It is interesting to note that the larve darken to
a considerable extent just before changing the skin; in
certain other cases (¢.g. dark lepidopterous pupe, the
black head of the larval Crasus septentrionalis, &c.), the
dark parts are white’or pale yellow, until after exposure
to the air for some few hours. Certain observations
made at the beginning of the last stage render it
probable that the air gains access to the new cuticle
shortly before eedysis. The old cuticle is probably at
this time dry, and not sufticiently continuous or dense
to exclude the presence of air.
Stage IV.—On Oct. 8th, all the larve were carefully
its skin until Oct. 12.
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de. 589
compared, except the single one in Division III., which
was still in the 3rd stage.
I. The six lightest and bluest larva of the 8rd stage.—
Of these larve three were large (about 88 mm. long),
and three small (about 80 mm.). They are arranged in
the order of relative darkness, the lightest larva being
described first.
(1). The lightest and greenest larva was one of the
small ones mentioned above ; it was painted Oct. 10th,
and is represented in Plate XVI., fig. 1, x 2. The
arrangement of the dark markings and relation to the
green ground colour is sufficiently indicated in the
figure. This was the lightest of all the larve in the 4th
stage, and it is seen to be transitional from the darker
larvee of the last stage, while it is also connected with
the darker larve of this stage by a very complete series
of gradations, the chief of which are indicated in figs. 1,
2, 3, 4,5, of Plate XVI. The larve were still covered
with shagreen tubercles as in Smerinthus and Sphinx
ligustri; these are not shown in the figures.
(2). All the five remaining larve were dark varieties ;
the least dark of these was (2), one of the small larve,
which possessed distinct stripes and borders, together
with faint traces of the green ground colour, while the
subdorsal became distinct in its anterior part. This larva
is represented in Plate XVL., fig. 8, x 2, and it is seen
to afford a beautiful transition towards the darker larve.
(3). One of the larger larve possessed a very distinct
subdorsal line, and a fairly distinct subspiracular, both
these lines remaining light and contrasting strongly
with the dark larval surface. The red spots could be
made out plainly, but they were very dark, almost black.
(4). Another of the large larve was similar, only the
two longitudinal lines (subdorsal and subspiracular)
were not so bright and distinct.
(5). The third of the larger larve, in which the
stripes and red spots were so dark that they could
hardly be distinguished from the general surface of the
larva. The two longitudinal lines were distinct, and of
a bright yellow colour, as in Plate XVL., fig. 4, which
represents one of the larve of Division III.
(6). The third of the smaller larvee was much like the
last only still darker, although the stripes were more
distinct.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—parr iv. (pEC.) 20
540 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
The difference between the 6th and the other larve
decreased, and that between the 2nd and the others
increased subsequently, for the dark colour becomes
rather less deep during growth. ‘The real line of
demarcation was, however, between the Ist larva and all
the rest; this great difference dwarfed all the minor
differences between the latter.
The horn in this stage is slightly curved, and
possesses the shape shown in Plate XVL., figs. 1—5. It
will be noticed that the curve is now the reverse of that
seen in the 1st stage. The surface is shining, although
still rough, with comparatively small tubercles, which
represent the far larger thorns present in the two previous
stages. The colour is black, with a dark reddish brown
patch on each side of the base, especially bright in
the green variety (1), and hardly present at all in the
case of (4) and (5). There was a very faint trace of the
light transparent zone on the horns of (1), (8), and (4).
The tip was slightly but distinctly bifid in all except (4)
and (5).
The spiracles were bright orange and extremely con-
spicuous in all the larve.
II. The four intermediate larve of the 8rd stage.—
These larve were of very uniform size on Oct. 8th,
being about 30 mm. long.
_ (1). This larva was a green variety, but not so bright
or with so much of the green colour as (1) of the
previous division. There wasrather less green on the head
and much less along the median dorsal line. The green
was duller and less yellowish in tint. The dark borders
were much wider, and were of considerable breadth at
the point where they became continuous with the black
dorsal band; whereas these two dark markings were
almost discontinuous in (1) of the previous division, thus
nearly allowing the subdorsal line to pass between them.
The transparent zone on the horn was slightly marked ;
there was hardly any of the reddish brown colour at the
base. This larva was carefully re-examined on Oct. 11th,
when nearly mature in this stage, and was again
compared with the lightest of the previous lot (shewn in
Plate XVI., fig. 1); the larva formed a beautiful but
gradual transition from the latter in the direction of the
darker larve. All the points in the comparison made
above continued to hold at this later date. It was also
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 541
noted that the dark spiracular band on the thoracic
segments was wider and that the horn was blacker. The
oblique stripes were white.
(2). A dark variety about equal to (4) of the previous
lot. An exact comparison was very difficult, especially
because of the change of colour during growth, and also
- because the darkness varied in different parts of the
larve, so that extreme darkness in one part might
be compensated by unusual lightness in another. Thus
this larva retained the traces of the green ground colour
as in (2) of Division I. (fig. 3). Nevertheless the differ-
ences between the dark larve were insignificant compared
to the differences between them and the green larva.
There was no trace of the transparent zone on the horn.
(3). A dark variety about equal to (5) of the previous
division. The ground colour was dark, but the two longi-
tudinal stripes were very distinct, and the transparent
yellow zone on the horn very conspicuous; but there was
hardly any reddish brown colour at the side of the base.
(4). This larva was darker than any of the previous
division. The transparent zone on the horn was
slightly marked. The larva is represented in Plate
XVL., fig. 5.
There were faint traces of a bifid termination to all
the horns except that of (1) which was somewhat dis-
torted.
Ill. The six darkest larve of the 8rd stage.—Five of
these larve were compared Oct. 8th, the 6th being still
in the previous stage. The lengths of the larve are
given below.
(1). The lightest larva was an extremely interesting
green variety, transitional from the 1st of the last
division towards the dark varieties. It is represented in
Plate XVI., fig. 2 x 2. Although much darker than
either of the other two green varieties, there was never-
theless a large amount of green colour spreading from
the stripes. The reddish brown patch at the base of the
horn was very distinct in this and the other four larve of
this division. This larva was about 27 mm. in length.
(2). This larva was about equal to the 5th of Division
IT. Length 36 mm.
(8) and (4). These larve were very dark, but the two
longitudinal stripes were very distinct and of a bright
yellow colour. The larve would be classified with (6) in
202
542 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, é&c.
Division I., and their appearance is represented in Plate
XVL., fig. 4. One of these larve exhibited no trace of a
bifid extremity to the horn, which was present in all the
others of this division. Length of both larve 386 mm.
(5). This larva was equally dark and with the longitu-
dinal stripes less strongly pronounced. It would be
classified with the darkest larva—(4)—of Division II., and
may be represented by the figure of the latter larva (fig. 5).
The yellow transparent zone on the horn was very distinct
in this larva and (1), very slight in one of the last two
larve, and absent from the rest. Length 30 mm.
The comparison between figs. 1—5 (Plate XVI),
shows the chief steps of the transition from the greenest
to the darkest larve, but many intermediate steps are
necessarily omitted. These are, however, indicated in
the tabular form given below, which summarises the
results of the comparison made above. The real break
is between the three green larve and all the rest, and the
differences between the former far outweigh those between
the latter. Hence the following classification expresses
the relation between the varieties :—
Green oe
i Garsnties, Dark varieties.
Degrees of colour ....// 1] 2, 3 4) 4a) 4b] 4c 4d 4e
Division I. of the last
nine no opcud one 1!) Fy Siete al fetal ede (2)*| (3) | (4) | (5 6
Division II. of the last ( ( ©) ©)
aT) eke yc Sha) ef sati|ledoe ese 8 I 3 AA ee (4)*
Division III. of the
IES HRUENT So slot aallod lngcc [GAA » fib fata fess paeiate (2) | (3)* (4) | (5)'
The asterisks indicate the larve which are figured on
Plate XVI. It is very curious that each of the three
divisions should have produced a single green variety.
In this stage, for the first time, the shade of the larve
followed, upon the whole, the arrangement of the last
stage; although the parallelism was far from being
complete, as we see in the appearance of a green variety
in the darkest division (IlI.). The bright orange
spiracles form a very prominent feature in this stage,
together with the bright yellow longitudinal stripes in
some of the dark varieties (see fig. 4). At the close of
this stage, during the resting-period, the prothoracic
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 548
dorsal plate became very conspicuous, the cuticle around
it being thrown into wrinkles from the strain to which
it was exposed, while the denser and thicker plate was
able to resist the strain. Its appearance is shown in
Plate XVI., fig. 11x 7. The plate, being darker in
colour and without wrinkles, is very prominent against
the surrounding cuticle.
The 6th larva of Division III. was mature in Stage III.
on Oct. 8th; on Oct. 10th it had entered the resting-
period ; on Oct. 12th (4.30 p.m.) it had just changed its
skin. The larva was that known as (8) in the division
of 10 pale larve of the 2nd stage (see comparison at
end of 3rd stage). It is represented, in the 3rd stage,
on Plate XV., fig. 12. This larva died on Oct. 16th: it
was apparently a very dark variety, but was not suffi-
ciently advanced in the 4th stage for a safe comparison
with the other dark larve.
Data as to the 4th change of skin and the lengths of
the larve are given below :—
Dates. Division I.
Oct.10th| 11 p.m. 3 largest larve
in resting-period ; 40:0,
40-25, and 42:5 mm. in
length.
2 of the larve are more
extended, reaching a
length of 41:25 and
45:0 mm.
Oct. 11th
Oct. 12th
is now in
ao resting-
period.
Oct. 13th} 9.15a.m. 1 dark variety
has just changed skin ;
the other 5 all in rest-
ing-period.
Hvening : same.
Morning : same.
5.30 p.m. Another dark
variety was changing |
its skin.
5.30 p.m. A dark larva
just changed skin.
Oct. 14th
Oct. 15th
Division II.
9p.m. The green variety | 2 larvein resting-period,
including the green
variety; latter 39:0 mm.
when not much ex-
tended; former 43:0
mm.
Morning : 1 more in rest-
ing-period.
Evening : same.
Morning: same.
Evening. The last larva
in resting-period.
Division III.
1 larva in resting-period,
39°25 mm. in length,
but not greatly ex-
tended.
2 more in resting-period.
Morning. 4 larve now
in resting-period: the
green variety the only
one still feeding.
Same.
Evening. The green
variety is now in rest-
ing-period.
Oct. 17th) 8.30 a.m.
The green
larva has changed skin
some hours, and is now
a dark variety. The two
dark larve in the rest-
ing-period were 35°75
mm. in length when
contracted, and 38:5
mm. when extended.
just changed skin.
8.30a.m. 2 larve have
changed skin, the green
one being among them.
The last larva in rest-
ing-period is the light-
est of the dark varieties.
It is 43:0 mm. in length
when thoroughly ex-
tended.
544 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc.
Dates. Division I. Division II. Division ITI.
OGt. LGU) Wee kiielertereie slat etatetetorearers 4.15 p.m. 1 larva had| Morning. 1 dark larva
had changed skin some
little time.
3 p.m. Another larva
just changed skin.
10.40 p.m. Another has
changed some few
hours.
The green larva in rest-
ing-period is 36°5 mm.
long, being rather
small; the other 40°5
mm. when contracted,
43-3 mm, when ex-
tended.
8.15 p.m. The latter
has nearly changed its
skin.
12.30 noon. 1 of them
is changing its skin.
8.15 p.m. The last has
almost finished chang-
ing skin.
steraisieraraicteis 10.25 a.m. The last
larva was changing its
skin: at 10.35 a.m. the
change was complete,
and the appearance of
the 6th abdominal seg-
ment was painted by
11.45am. (Pl. XVI,
| fig. 12 x 7).
Oct. 18th 1.40 p.m. The green
larva changed its skin,
eeeeerereees
Stage V.—AIl the larve became dark varieties in this
stage. Immediately after change of skin the colour had
not darkened into its permanent shade. Thus the head
was yellow and green. The dorsal prothoracic plate,
the anal flap and horn, were the lightest parts of the
larva, immediately after ecdysis. It is probable that
this is due to the protection afforded by the thickness or
density of the cuticle over these parts, including the
head. The darkening of the larva being due to the
action of the air, it is probable that these parts alone
would be completely protected from it until after ecdysis
had taken place.
The shagreen tubercles of the previous stage are very
distinct before the colours have darkened, appearing as
white circular areas, surrounded by a rather deeper
shade of ground colour, each containing a dark point in
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 545
the centre. This appearance is shown in Plate XVI.,
fig. 12 x 7, representing the 6th abdominal segment
immediately after ecdysis. The areas are the scars of the
old tubercles, the dark central points are the rudimentary
tubercles of the 5th stage which still continue to bear
- minute hairs. It is probable that many of these fall off
later in the stage. The explanation of the circular scar
is as follows:—The comparatively light purplish or
yellowish ground colour alone present after ecdysis, is swb-
cuticular in position, being contained in the hypodermis
cells. This colour is not formed in the hypodermis
cells which are beneath the comparatively large shagreen
tubercles of the previous stage. The dark colour which
subsequently appears, is cuticular in position, and extends
over the colourless hypodermis, and thus conceals the
great majority of the circular areas.
Above the subdorsal line the ground colour is at first
purplish, the borders to the stripes are also purplish,
deepening into blue in the centre of the darkest part,
corresponding to the position of the red spot in earlier
stages; (see Plate XVI., fig. 12 x 7, illustrating the
arrangement and tints of the ground colour, and the
scars of the shagreen dots, as seen immediately after
ecdysis, in the 6th abdominal segment). Below the sub-
dorsal the ground colour is yellow or yellowish green.
The thoracic legs are red, black at the tip. The horn is
reddish orange at its base, yellow at the upper part and
tip. The head is yellow, but the parts which will become
dark, are green. The prothoracic plate is at first much
swollen and green. Three of the chief tubercles are black
and distinct on each side of each abdominal segment
(see fig. 12, in which two of these structures are shown) ;
the tubercles bear long and prominent hairs.
This examination of the larva immediately after
ecdysis is evidently of great importance, the stripes and
borders bearing much resemblance to those of the larva
of Acherontia atropos in the last stage. It is probable
that this method of examination will yield interesting
and important results, if extended to larve generally.
As hinted above, it gives us the opportunity of describing
the colours due to pigment in the hypodermis cells,
before everything is concealed beneath the superficial
pigment which is formed in the cuticle.
Comparison of larve in the 5th stage.—The larve were
546 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ée.
compared on Oct. 20th, when they had apparently
taken their permanent colour. There were, nevertheless,
some few modifications due to slight changes which
happened subsequently. The larvee were examined in
the following order.
Division IT. of the earlier stages (omitting the green
variety of the last stage).—All three larve were very dark,
the ground colour being black; the subdorsal line was
represented bya single spot on the anterior margin of each
segment, except anteriorly, where it was continuous; the
subspiracular line was light and prominent. All three
were very similar, except for slight differences in the size
and distinctness of the light subdorsal spots, and in the
distance over which the subdorsal formed a continuous
stripe. There were very faint traces of oblique stripes
on two of the larve. The length varied from 50°0 to
65°0 mm. .
Division I. of the earlier stages (omitting the green
variety of the last stage).—Of the five larve, three were
dark like those last described, one of them being even
darker, and possessing no indication of the oblique
stripes, while the subdorsal was very slightly repre-
sented by a single spot on each segment. This larva is
represented on Plate XVI., fig. 10, natural size. The
two other dark larve possessed traces of the oblique
stripes like the two larve of Division II.
The two remaining larve were lighter varieties, one of
them with the subdorsal distinct for its whole length,
and expanded into a distinct spot at the anterior margin
of each segment. Above it was a dorsal line upon each
side, similarly expanded into spots; traces of stripes
were present. This larva is represented on Plate XVL.,
fig. 7 (natural size). The other larva only exhibited
traces of the dorsal line, and the subdorsal was less
distinct ; the stripes were similar.
Division IV. (including the two greenest varieties of
the last stage). These two larve weré separated from
their divisions, shortly after ecdysis, on Oct. 17th. The
darker variety was the larva removed from Division II.
The latter larva was dark; the subdorsal being only
represented posteriorly by a single large distinct spot
upon each side of each segment, but it was continuous
upon the thoracic segments. Traces of the stripes were
present. This larva is represented in fig. 9 (matural size).
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 547
The other larva was light, and (at this time) interme-
diate between the two lightest larve of Division I.
Its appearance is represented in fig. 6 (natural size). Both
these larve were kindly preserved by Lord Walsingham,
and are now placed in the Natural History Museum, so
so that they will be always available for comparison.
Division LIT. of the earlier stages (omitting two larve,
one having died in the 4th stage, while the green
variety was put in spirits shortly after ecdysis: it is
quite clear that the latter larva would have been dark).
All four larve were dark varieties; three being very dark
indeed, with small spots representing the subdorsal line,
and hardly any trace of the oblique stripes. In one case
these spots were almost absent, and there was no trace of
the stripes. The fourth larva was remarkable, in that the
subdorsal line and stripes were distinct, the former for its
whole length, although the larva was a dark variety.
This latter larva is represented in fig. 8 (natural size).
All the fourteen larvee were arranged in the order
of relative darkness as follows :—
>it mM > wl Ho H oO
~ ‘4 2's © 438 =} = eee ee
a gd2#3 | 3888] 93. | S88 |S3e2
2. |Sess,|ssae | S82 | SES |SEuas
mn m ro x i
Degrees of S2 |BSays| Paea | yas soz [gong
colour. og |ghaae| Sbe2| sha | gS |e mes
a” Sds2u| 58 | Foe San (8345s
Sch Se es RES E SE oloee sols ta,
aor ete Ss ml a is 3 &
Division II. ..| 1 a!
i
aes | 1* Dy lah. sage Inty ests Kes 1%
12
et ee ee Jot SA SD
lal EN pah icy beable Sw The Ait. uesciol bouts Ee
spl atare il 1 ie
1
The asterisks are affixed to the larve which were
figured ; they are shown in figs. 6—10 on Plate XVI.
The larve marked ° possessed a light-coloured and
extremely prominent subspiracular line; in the others
this line varied from a light brown colour, almost like
the marked larve, up to a distinct brown tint; but
this feature was always extremely distinct, and formed
by far the most prominent marking of the larve. The
horn is now curved and shining, like that of Sphinx
ligustri_in the last stage. The prothoracic dorsal plate
is very distinct and polished (see figures).
548 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
The larvee were re-compared Oct. 25th, when the four
largest were 80—90 mm. in length, varying with the
degree to which they were stretched. The relative
darkness was the same as on Oct. 20th, except in the
case of the two lightest larve, of which the position
was now the reverse of that previously noted. The
lightest larva was, therefore, the lighter of the two in
Division IV. (Plate XVL., fig. 6) ; while the next lightest
larva was the lightest of Division I. (Plate XVL., fig. 7).
This relative position is indicated in the order of the
figures on Plate XVI., but the arrangement of the pre-
viously-given tabular form requires to be modified in this
respect, if it is to represent the order of the mature larve.
Comparison with other descriptions. — From a com-
parison with Mr. Buckler’s four figures of this larva
(Ray Society, 1886, Plates XXI. and XXII.), it appears
that either his larva was exceptionally light, or mine
were exceptionally dark; for the lightest of my larve
were much darker than that figured by him. The sub-
spiracular line, although very prominent, was not nearly
so wide and distinct as that figured by Mr. Buckler. The
other differences will be best seen on comparing the
figures.
The appearance of my larve was also very different
from that figured by Weismann (Studies in the Theory
of Descent—‘ On the Origin of the Markings of Cater-
pillars.’ Translated by Prof. Meldola. Plate IIL., fig. 16),
especially in the tint of the ground colour. The sub-
spiracular line was much like that shown in Professor
Weismann’s figure.
Habits of larve in last stage.—It has been stated that
the larve conceal themselves in the earth or among
brown leaves during the day. I think that this is most
improbable, for I did not see the least tendency towards
such habits, although I surrounded the larve with appro-
priate materials during the last stage. Mr. Buckler
and others have made similar observations leading to
the same conclusion (J. ¢c. p. 28).
The larve are extremely irritable when touched,
ejecting from the mouth, on the slightest provocation,
large quantities of a green fluid, containing fragments
of leaves. This habit is quite unknown in Smerinthus,
Acherontia, or Sphinx ligustri, except when the larve are
excessively irritated. It is, however, well known to
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 549
occur in Deilephila ewphorbie. The habit did not take
place in the earlier stages of S. convolvuli. When
irritated, the mature larve curled up and remained in
this position for a very long time.
They were fond of drinking the drops of water which
were sometimes introduced on the food-plant.
They freely ate the brown and withered leaves which
were occasionally introduced when the plant became
frost-bitten in late autumn.
The antenne were in a state of continual and rapid
vibration.
The Sphinx attitude was never observed in the large
larve. This fact is, doubtless, due to the usual
horizontal position upon a food-plant, which chiefly
creeps along the ground. This will be again alluded to
in discussing the significance of the attitude.
Lengths of mature larve and times at which they ceased
to feed. Seven out of the fourteen larve were preserved
at various times in the last stage.
Oct. 29th.— Division III.: 3 out of the 4 larve had
been preserved, the remaining larva No. (8) in the table
of comparison, probably ceased feeding Oct. 27th, or
even a day or two earlier; it had certainly ceased
feeding on Oct. 28th. This larva was 73.0 mm. long
when extended in walking, but it was somewhat con-
tracted by this time.
Division I.: 2 out of the 5 larvee (Nos. (1) and (6) in
the table) had been preserved; of the remainder, the
lightest larva (No. (4)) ceased feeding at about the same
time as the larva mentioned above. The 2 larve still
feeding at this date were 72°0 mm. when at rest, about
76°0 mm. when extended in walking.
Division II.: Of the 3 larvae, 1 ceased feeding pro-
bably on Oct. 28th; 1 of the 2 still feeding was 75:0
mm. when moderately extended at rest.
Division IV.: Both of these larve were preserved.
Oct. 80th.— Division I.: 1 larva still feeding, 1 walk-
ing about hurriedly as if preparing for burying; the
former, 75° mm. in length when comfortably extended, ©
the latter rather larger, but in a somewhat contracted
state. Both larve, if stretched, would reach 80°0 m.m.
Oct. 31st.—Dwision II.: Another larva had ceased
feeding at this date ; the larva still feeding was 85°0m.m. —
long when extended, and was thus considerably larger
550 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ée.
than those which had ceased feeding (which were respec-
tively about 70°0 and 75°0 mm. long when extended
in walking.
Nov. 1st.—Division I.: The last larva ceased feeding
Oct. 31st.
Division II.: The last larva ceased feeding at this
date, or on Oct. 31st.
Although the larve burrowed, and in one or two
instances constructed earthen cells, not a single one
pupated. Their dead bodies were found when the earth
was examined at the time when the moths should have
emerged in 1888. This could not be traced to any
treatment which they had received; the earth was
moist, and besides their death took place at too early a
date to have been produced by dryness. The lengths of
the mature larve were certainly less than in those which
are found in the wild state. Thus Mr. Buckler describes
a larva as being 4 in. in length (J. c.), while mine were
not much over 8 in. in any case.
The larve were fed upon Convolvulus arvensis, except
during the last few days, when it was difficult to obtain
a sufficient supply of food, because of the frosts.
Convolvulus sepiwm was then supplied with the former
food-plant, and the larve ate both indiscriminately.
GENERAL ConcLusions.—Duvration oF Larva Lire.—
The duration of the stages and the lengths of the larve
may be estimated as follows .—
Development in the egg 10 days. | Length of newly-hatched larva,
3°75 mm.
Duration of Stage I. .. 93 ,, | Length atend of Stage I., 8:25 mm.
” ” . oi Ae) ” ” ” ” 1UEY, 14:0 ”
4 Lo TEDicher SY 4, + ib MiG, ban Sass
” ” IV. -- 12 ” ” ” ” BYig 41:0 ”
Ae Nis -- 13 ,, ” ” i Wa Oy,
Each of these figures was estimated from the data
given at the end of each stage. The whole period of
larval life may be taken as extending from about Sept.
8th to about Oct. 29th—a period of fifty-one days. If
the estimated lengths of the five stages be added up, it
will be found that they also come to fifty-one days. It
is therefore almost certain that the estimated lengths of
the stages are very nearly correct, and they were obtained
on the supposition that the larve which first changed
their skins at the end of any stage would be the first to
change them at the end of the succeeding stage. This
Notes in 1887 wpon lepidopterous larve, de. 551
conclusion is also based on a very general experience of
larve. It is therefore probable that an unusually short
development in the egg only causes a corresponding
protraction of the first stage. It is probable that larve
emerge from the egg with very varying amounts of
unassimilated nutriment, and that those with the smaller
amounts have carried on the process of assimilation to a
creater extent in the egg itself, and therefore emerge at
a comparatively late period; while, conversely, those
with the larger amounts hatch comparatively early, but
are compelled to continue the process outside the egg.
Hence the length of the first stage would be correspond-
ingly greater in the latter case, but no effect would be
produced upon the later stages. It is to be hoped that
these possible conclusions may be tested by observations
especially directed towards this point.
It is probable that the length of larval life was unusually
ereat, and that the larva becomes mature at an earlier
period in the localities in which it breeds regularly.
The closely-allied S. ligustrt has a larval period of about
five weeks, and the same is true of Smerinthus ocellatus.
In this country the leaves of the food-plant are extensively
killed by frost during a period which corresponds to the
last part of the larval life—a time when growth is espe-
cially rapid. I could only obtain food by searching here
and there in many places, and my larve would certainly
have perished of starvation in the wild state. In addition
to this, the larval life would have been somewhat longer
in the latter state, for the larve were kept indoors at a
comparatively high temperature. They were fed so care-
fully throughout, and the food was kept so fresh, that
there was no protraction of life owing to the causes
which frequently operate upon larve in captivity. Tem-
perature has a very great influence upon the length of
larval life, as I have especially observed in the case of
Smerinthus ocellatus during the past cold summer (1888).
It therefore seems probable that this larva pupates com-
paratively rarely in this country, and that in warmer
countries the larval life is shorter, approaching that of
S. ligustrv.
The alternation of dark and light varieties in the suc-
cessive stages. — This alternation was very marked in
many larve in all the stages except the last, in which all
the larve became dark varieties.
Stage II. Stage ITI. Stage IV. Stage V.
Stage I.
DIAGRAM I.
li
in
Dark varieties. Light varieties.
The accompanying diagram (I.)
serves to show in a graphic
manner the way in which the
larve oscillated backwards and
forwards between the dark and
light varieties during the succes-
sive stages. It must be under-
stood that the dark varieties of
(e.g.) Stage I. do not contrast
with the light varieties of the
same stage in the same marked
manner as the two varieties of
(e.g.) Stage IV. contrast together.
Nevertheless the two varieties of
the former were very different in
this respect, and we should have
expected that the darker larvee
exhibited traces of the darkness
which became more manifest in
later stages. So also we might
well have supposed that the
single larva which exhibited
marked indications of the dark
borders in Stage II. would have
been among the number of those
in which this character was
principally developed in the next
stage, instead of among those in
which it was least developed.
It is much to be hoped that
these surprising results will be
carefully tested in other species.
It would be well to keep a large
number of individuals entirely
separate, in order that the results
may be analysed with greater
accuracy.
No variable colowr-relation be-
tween these larve and their sur-
roundings. — It is well known
that the green form of these
larvee often persists into the last
stage. Thus I was assured that
this variety is commoner than
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 558
the other in the Canary Islands and in Madeira. In the
larvee above-described it has been seen that three indi-
viduals retained the green ground colour in the 4th stage,
while all the others lost it. Under these circumstances,
it might well have been supposed that the larve would
exhibit the power of variable protective resemblance
which so many species are now known to possess. Thus
Rumia crategata can be rendered brown or greenish ;
while greater or less variation in the depth of the brown
ground colour can be caused in Crocallis elinguaria,
Ennomos angularia, HE. lunaria, Boarmia rhomboidaria,
B. roboraria, Catocala sponsa; and variations in the
green colour of Smerinthus ocellatus and S. ligustri.*
Other instances occur, and this power is doubtless very
widely spread among larve.
It is, however, certain that S. convolvuli does not
possess this power in any marked degree, and it is
probably entirely wanting. My larve were fed in
glass cylinders placed upon white plates, and the food
was always kept green and fresh. Only in the last
stage were brown surroundings (earth and dead leaves)
introduced, in order to test the opinion that the
larve conceal themselves. The complete absence of
brown surroundings in the earlier stages would have
produced light-brown or green individuals of nearly all
all the species above-mentioned, and yet the convolvuli
larve became exceptionally dark. It is therefore probable
that the predominance of dark varieties in one locality,
and green in another, is due to the ordinary operation
of natural selection upon the two forms of a dimorphic
Species, tending to exterminate a relatively larger
number of the variety which harmonises less with the
surroundings in each locality.
The regular food-plant of the species in this country and
over the great part of Europe is Convolvulus arvensis (the
larva being comparatively rare upon C. sepium). The
* Professor Meldola was the first to bring together the scattered
examples of this kind, and to draw attention to the general principle
which they involve: see his paper, ‘On a certain class of variable
protective colouring in insects’ (Zool. Soc. Proce., 1878, p. 153).
Since then, many further details have been worked out: although
some of the above-mentioned examples have not yet been published.
See my papers in Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. xxxvili., p. 269, and xL.,
p- 135; also ‘Report of British Association,’ 1887, p. 756. The
case of Boarmia rhomboidaria has been investigated by my friend
and pupil, Mr. R. C. L. Perkins, of Jesus College, Oxford.
554 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
small size of the leaves of the former small species, and
its habit of creeping along the ground, renders it a less
efficient protective back-ground for a very large larva,
than the brown earth itself. Accordingly, we find that
the larve are green in the early stages, when they are
comparatively small, but become brown in later: stages.
But in the Canary Islands and Madeira the conditions
are different in that there are many species of Convolvulus,
including several large-leaved forms, which do not, as a
rule, creep along the ground, and which would make a
far more continuous back-ground of green. Thus, in
Madeira, Dr. Grabham informs me that the species very
commonly feeds upon the Sweet Potato (Batata edulis)—
a large-leaved Convolvulus. Again, the specimens of the
moth which were shown to me in the Canaries were far
smaller than those found in Europe, being, in fact,
smaller than S. ligustri. In Madeira, also, Dr. Grabham
showed me a living pupa which had been obtained from
a wild larva which had been found when full-fed, and
which was probably therefore of normal size. The pupa
was very small for this species, and, I believe, smaller
than that of S. ligustri. Hence the smaller size of the
mature larva in these islands, and the more efficient
back-ground afforded by the food-plants, cause the green
varieties to gain more protection than the brown ones,
and we therefore see that the former predominate.
‘Such cases help us to understand the value of di-
morphism, quite irrespective of its obvious use when the
species possesses the power of variable colour-relation to
the surroundings.
The red spots and coloured borders in Sphingide.—
Although it seems probable that the red spots are con-
nected with the origin of coloured borders in this species,
I do not yet see sufficient reason for the belief that these
spots are on the way to become borders in the larve of
Smerinthus, although the observation appears to tend in
this direction. I believe that a careful investigation of
the ontogeny of the larve of the genus Sesia is greatly
wanted, and would help to throw light upon this and many
other points. During the past summer, the materials for
such an investigation were supplied me by George Tate,
of Lyndhurst, but the press of other work prevented me
from doing more than enough to lead to the opinion
expressed above. I hope to be able to work at these
species next year, if larve are still obtainable.
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc. 555
2. THe Ontogeny or Aaiia TaAv.—My attention was
first directed to this species through the kindness of
Mr. William White, who showed me some preserved
larve of different ages in his possession. The immense
difference between the young and the mature larve,—
the forked caudal horn in the former, considered in
relation to the general spinous covering of many larve
on the one hand, and on the other to the forked horns
of young Sphinx larve, which are placed in precisely
the same position,—the terrifying marks of the older
larve,—were some of the interesting points suggested
by the examination of Mr. White’s specimens. 1 there-
fore determined to work out the ontogeny of this species
of larva as soon as the opportunity permitted. Il
obtained twelve living pupe in the autumn of 1886 from
Messrs. Watkins and Doncaster, and I was also supplied
with living ova from the same quarter in 1887. Dr. F.
A. Dixey consented to take half of these ova, and the
larvee which hatched from them were reared by him ; so
that I have the satisfaction of knowing that my results
are confirmed by those obtained by this careful observer.
In the following account especial attention will be paid
to comparison with the known ontogenies of Sphinx
larvee.
Halits of the moths in confinement.— Although this
species belongs to a group in which the males ‘‘assemble,”’
I found it very difficult to induce the moths to pair. In
many cases the males and females emerged at nearly
the same time, and ultimately died without having taken
any notice of each other. In one single case, however,
I found two moths paired, about 3 or 4 a.m., but they had
separated a few hours later. The relative development
of the male antenne seems to indicate that their habits
must be very different in the wild state, and it is probable
that the freshly-emerged female is scented from a very
great distance by means of these highly specialised
sense-organs. Dr. Dixey has also noticed very similar
facts in the captive imagos of Saturnia carpini.
Ova.—In addition to the purchased ova, I obtained
about sixty eggs from the single fertile female mentioned
above. These were laid as follows :—April 15th, 2; 16th,
4; 17th, many; 18th, many; 19th, a few; 20th, the
moth died.
The ova were of very large size, being about 2°5 mm.
TRANS. ENT. 80C. LOND. 1888.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) 2P
556 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, cc.
by 1:9 mm.: they were rather flattened on the upper
surface, and a slight central depression appeared. ‘The
ovum shown in Plate XVII., fig. 2, x 7, was drawn from
the edge. The shape was very like that of Smerinthus
or Sphinx, but the size was somewhat larger, and the
dark brown colour very different from that of any
Sphinx hitherto described. This colour is, however, an
obvious adaptation to the habit of oviposition upon bark
instead of leaves.
Stage I.—The following observations were conducted
upon seven sets of larve, arranged and fed as follows:
—One set of 15 larve upon birch; three sets of 4, 4, and
7 larvee upon beech; three sets of 8, 8, and 9 larve upon
copper-beech. The larve hatched upon the following
dates :—
May 16th,—15 larve.
», L7th, 18th, 19th,—15 larve.
», Oth, 21st, 22nd,—12 larve.
», 2rd, 24th,—13 larve.
Hence the period of development in the egg appears to
occupy about 31 days. The lengths of the stages will
be chiefly taken from the larve which hatched May 16th,
as these were kept together, and constituted the set fed
upon birch.
- The newly-hatched larve are 6°25 mm. long, this and
all other measurements being taken from the anterior
part of the head to the posterior end of the short red
spine which terminates the anal flap. The caudal and
thoracic spines were always excluded from the measure-
ment, because the length of the larva would have varied,
according to the angle at which they were held.
Although the size of the aperture through which the
larve emerged varied considerably, they did not eat large
amounts of the shell as in Sphinx, Smerinthus, &c. An
examination of the empty shells makes it probable that
the larve do not eat the egg-shells after emergence.
The long caudal horn of the young Sphinx larva is of
the full length immediately after hatching. Before
hatching it is quite soft, and is curved round inside the
egg-shell, and closely pressed against the latter, so that
it can be plainly seen by the use of a lens. In Aglia,
however, there are the four long thoracic spines in
addition to the caudal horn, and they are all disposed
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 557
in a very different manner in the egg. They take the
form of comparatively small curved tubercles, the
cuticle of which is thrown into wrinkles. See Plate
XVII., figs. 1, x 9 and 2, x 7, showing the appearance
of the newly-hatched larva; compare with fig. 3. The
spines possess this appearance when the larva first
hatches, and are gradually expanded in the course of
about twenty minutes by the contraction of the walls of
the body, which forces blood into them. When thus
expanded to its full extent the cuticle becomes hard and
rigid, so that the shape is permanently fixed. This
interesting arrangement is doubtless an adaptation
rendered necessary by the size and number of the
spines, which in their expanded form would occupy too
large a space in the egg. The process is, in fact,
entirely analogous to that by which the large wings of
the lepidopterous imago are contained within the rela-
tively small wings of the pupa. The advantage has
been conferred and the difficulty met by similar adapta-
tions. It is probable that a similar method for the
production of rigid bristles or spines, after emergence
from the egg, or after change of skin, will be found to be
not uncommon among lepidopterous larve. A superficial
examination of the larve of Vanessa Jo immediately after
the last ecdysis seemed to indicate that the same process
occurs in them, but I have preserved some of the larvee
at various stages, and hope to investigate the subject by
the microscopic examination of prepared sections. It
is probable that the process is not in all cases one of
expansion alone, but that there is also a partial eversion
of the structures or of the secondary spines upon them.
The striking appearance of the larva in this stage is
shown in Plate XVIL., fig. 3, x 7.
It will be necessary to enter into a somewhat minute de-
scription of this stage of which the appearance is almost
identical with that of the two following stages. The
eround colour is bright green, with a darker median
dorsal stripe caused by the underlying dorsal vessel :
along each side is a white subspiracular line, which
terminates anteriorly in the base of the prothoracic
spine, while posteriorly it passes along the margin of
the anal flap, and ends at the base of the red terminal
spine. ‘There are seven complete oblique white stripes
upon each side sloping in a posterior direction, with the
2p 2
558 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
appearance and relation to the segments indicated in
fig. 38. The first stripe begins on the Ist abdominal
segment; the last ends on the 8th: there is also the
posterior lower part of an additional stripe on the 1st
abdominal segment. Too much importance must not
be attached to the fact that the stripes slope in a
reverse direction to that commonly occurring in
Sphingide, for undoubted Sphina larve (e.g. the
genus Sesia) possess similarly reversed stripes. Hach
stripe consists of two halves,—the upper and anterior
upon one segment, the lower and posterior upon the
segment immediately behind the latter. Hence each of
the first seven abdominal segments is crossed by the
upper part of one stripe, and also by the lower part of
the stripe which is immediately anterior to the former.
In the thoracic dorsal region there are two parallel and
nearly horizontal white stripes upon each side, which
seem to represent the similarly-placed white lines in
the young Sphinx ligustri: (if this comparison holds,
the lower of the two must constitute the persistent
anterior part of a lost subdorsal line, as in the last
stage of Smerinthus ocellatus). Four white spine-bearing
tubercles occur upon each abdominal segment from the
1st to the 7th inclusive. These tubercles bear a con-
stant relation to the two parts of the oblique stripes and
the subspiracular line upon each segment. The upper-
most or first and largest tubercle is placed upon the
anterior part of the upper division of an oblique stripe:
the second and smallest tubercle is situated midway
between the two divisions of a stripe: the third (and
second largest) tubercle is placed upon the lower division
of a stripe: while the fourth (and third largest) tubercle
rises from the subspiracular line. ‘Two large diverging
bristles spring from the summit of the first tubercle,
and each of the others also bears a bristle which is
forked to a greater or less extent; even the rudimentary
second tubercle bears a bristle with a bifid extremity.
In addition to these chief terminal bristles, other
smaller ones can be made out upon the tubercles.
Towards the end of the stage each abdominal segment
from the 1st to the 8th becomes strongly marked by a
transverse dorsal ridge, which forms a very promi-
nent feature in all the other stages (see fig. 5). Hach
tubercle of the first pair rises from a fleshy elevation
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 559
upon this ridge, and thus becomes even more con-
spicuous. Posterior to the second tubercle, and on a
rather lower level, are two minute white dots, one
or both of which may perhaps represent the additional
tubercle seen in Sphinx larve ; but more probably the
posterior of the two strongly-marked bristles on the
first tubercle represents the posterior of the two dorsal
bristles which rise from separate tubercles in young
Sphingide. The arrangement above described will be
found to closely resemble that present upon the larva of
Sphinx convolvuli in the first stage (see Plate XV., fig. 2),
and other previously described Sphinx larve (S. ligustri,
S. ocellatus, &c.). During the past summer I have had
the opportunity of examining the newly-hatched larve of
Sesia fuciformis, and the very remarkable furcate spines
on the dorsal tubercles evidently represent and strongly
suggest the double spines on the first tubercles of Aglia.
I have described the tubercles of Aglia in some detail,
because it is impossible to fully represent them in a
drawing of the size represented in fig. 3. The single
median spine which certainly represents the caudal
horn of Sphingide, and which will in future be called by
this name, takes the place of the two first tubercles on
the 8th abdominal segment. The two branches into
which the horn diverges at its extremity, probably repre-
sent, as Wilhelm Muller suggests, the essentially double
nature of the structure, which has arisen from the
coalescence of two dorsal tubercles. The only apparent
objection to this homology is the precisely similar struc-
ture and appearance of the four thoracic spines, which
at first sight seem to render it difficult to consider
that each of these latter is morphologically equivalent
to only one half of the caudal horn. It is, however,
probable that they may represent the two dorsal
tubercles on each side fused together in a longitudinal
direction, just as the caudal horn represents a single
pair which has coalesced in a transverse direction. The
planes in which the bifurcation of the spines takes
placé respectively, seems to support this interpretation.
Furthermore, the two highest dorsal tubercles are
represented by a double tubercle on each side of the
2nd and 38rd thoracic segment in the young S. convolvult
(and in many other larve: see, for instance, the figure
of Huclidia mi, Plate XVII., fig. 8, x 24°5).
560 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc.
The five spines are covered with large thorn-like pro-
cesses, each of which emits a single bristle, while
especially large bristles project from the extremities of
each prong of the terminal fork. The structure is
therefore essentially similar to that of the caudal horn
in all young Sphingide hitherto described. As far as
the thorny appearance is concerned, the resemblance is
to the caudal horn of the second and third stages of
Sphinx rather than the first stage, while the bifurcation
of Aglia is chiefly recalled by the condition of the first
stage of Sphingide, in which it is most marked. These
differences in the condition of the horn in successive
stages have, however, only been carefully studied in
S. convolvuli among Sphinx larve, although there is no
reason to doubt their occurrence elsewhere (compare
Plate XYV., figs. 3, 9, and 16, with Plate XVIL.,
fig. 4, x 50). The five spines of Aglia are bright red
(like the caudal horn of Smerinthus ocellatus in the three
first stages), except for one section of their length, in
which the pigment is absent, and the structure is white
and comparatively transparent. This section is situated
nearer to the fork than the base of the spines (see
Plate XVII., figs. 3 and 4). I was greatly interested to
find even this character represented in the caudal horn
of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th stages of Sphinx convolvuli,
which is deeply pigmented (in this case with black) at
the tip and base, but of which a short section, nearer to
the former, is white and more or less transparent (see
Plate XV., figs. 9 and 16, &c.).
When the larve are irritated they move their spines,
especially the 3rd thoracic pair. The usual position of
the spines during rest is shown in Plate XVIL., fig. 3.
It will be remembered that the caudal horn of the
larval Sphinx ligustri in the 1st stage is also movable
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 288).
In addition to the tubercles already described, and the
spines which represent certain of these structures, there
are also other similar tubercles on the thoracic seg-
ments, and on the abdominal segments posterior to the
7th. The appearance and arrangement of these is to
some extent shown in fig. 3, but peculiar interest
attaches to the two pairs of tubercles between the caudal
horn and the spine on the anal flap (anal spine).
Entirely independent investigations (upon the |lepi-
dopterous pupa) have long since convinced me that
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc. 561
Lepidoptera possess distinct traces of ten abdominal
segments, that there are clear indications of two
segments behind the 8th abdominal,—the last seoment
which bears a spiracle. These two rudimentary seg-
ments are clearly separated from each other in Aglia,
and in many other larve, by a distinct constriction,
parallel with that which separates them from the 8th
abdominal segment. Each of these two additional
segments is further emphasised by the possession of a
pair of strongly-marked tubercles unmistakeably homo-
logous with the 1st tubercles already described upon
other abdominal segments. Similar homologies ex-
tending to other tubercles also can be traced in other
larve : (see, for instance, the structure of these parts in
a Sphinx, a Noctua, and a Pyrale, as shown in Plate
XV., fig. 6, Plate XVII., figs. 8 and 9, respectively).
But the distinctness of the 9th and 10th abdominal
segments was especially impressed upon me in Aglia,
because of the characteristic structure and appearance of
the Ist tubercles, which are repeated upon each of them.
(See also the accurate representation of these parts in
many South American larve by W. Miller ‘ Sidameri-
kanische Nymphalidenraupen,’ Fischer, Jena, 1886,
Plate I.).
The head of the larva is green and rounded, and bears
a few scattered hairs in this and all other stages. The
head thus possesses a very generalised shape and
appearance, like that of the majority of Sphinx larve,
and like the young form of those Sphingide in which
this part has a peculiar and specialised shape in the
older stages (Sphinx and Smerinthus).
Another very remarkable resemblance between Aglia
and the Sphingide is seen in the characteristic Sphinz-
like attitude assumed by the former. This attitude is
assumed for the whole of larval life, but it is especially
well-marked in the 1st stage, and I have noticed the
same fact in Sphingide. The young Aglia larva always
rests on the under side of the leaf, stretched along the
midrib, or one of the chief lateral veins, exactly as in
the young Sphinx or Smerinthus. No one of the many
points of resemblance between these larve and the
Sphingide so greatly impressed me as the absolutely
characteristic Sphina-like attitude which they invariably
assumed at rest.
562 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc.
The first stage was very unusually long. I was able
to calculate its exact length in the case of several larve
with the following results :—
In 2 larve the stage lasted for 14 days.
oy 1 99 S 4 15 days (the rest before ecdysis occupy-
ing 7 days).
” 3 ” ” ” 15—16 days.
” 7 ” ”
5 16 days (the rest before ecdysis occupy-
ing 8 days in the case of 4 larve).
» 10, 9 over 16 days.
Hence it seems that 16 days is the most usual duration
of the first stage, but nearly half this time is spent in
the extraordinarily protracted rest before ecdysis. It
therefore follows that the time spent in growth is by no
means unusual. The larve at the close of this stage
are between 10 and 11 mm. in length.
Stage II.—Several larve were measured immediately
after the first ecdysis, and the length was found to be
very uniform, not varying more than °75 mm. The
average length was 10°5 mm.
The old skin is eaten. On one occasion I saw a larva
nibbling the cast skin of one of the spines; the upper
red part and a portion of the white zone were eaten.
Immediately after change of skin the head and spines
are pale, although otherwise of the usual colour; they
rapidly darken after exposure.
~The colour and marking in this stage are almost iden-
tical with those of the last; and the Sphinw-like attitude
is equally characteristic, as well as the position on the
undersides of leaves. The most important difference is
the appearance of shagreen dots, exactly like those of
Smerinthus and Sphinx, in which these structures also
become prominent in the second stage. A further
resemblance is shown in the fact that each shagreen
tubercle is terminated by a short bristle with a clavate
end. The abdominal segments become more strongly
marked off by an increased prominence of the transverse
ridge upon the dorsal aspect of each of them. The
upper and anterior part of each oblique white stripe is
bordered posteriorly by a darker shade of ground colour
(green). ‘The first traces of the terrifying marks which
become prominent in later stages, now appear, but they
are probably absent at the beginning of the second
stage. Upon the Ist abdominal segment, above the
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 568
white subspiracular line, which is composed of prominent
fleshy lobes, a white area extends into the ground colour,
over a segment of a circle. In the centre of this area is a
dark reddish patch, which is usually slightly invaginated,
and therefore hidden during rest behind the lobed upper
margin of the subspiracular line. When the larva is irri-
tated, increased contraction of the body-walls produces
greater pressure upon the fluid contents of the body, and
unfolds the shallow pouch-like invagination behind the
lobes, thus exposing a greater surface of the white area,
and rendering the dark centre visible. I observed that
one larva in this stage possessed only the slightest
trace of the terrifying mark upon one side, while it
was entirely absent from the other. The size of the
dark centre varies greatly, and when least developed no
red pigment is formed, but a dark green centre is
enclosed by a pale, whitish border. It will be remem-
bered that the first appearance of the terrifying marks,
in relation to the white subdorsal line, as described by
We'smann (i. c., Plate IV. and description), in the larve
of Cherocampa elpenor and C. porcellus, is strikingly
similar to that in Agha tau. The differences chiefly
follow from the arrangement by which the eye-like
marks are concealed in the latter species, except when
they are actually needed.
The terminal fork on the five spines is not so marked
in this stage, and it becomes less so in the next. Ina
small proportion of the spines in this stage, and a much
larger proportion in the next, the fork is entirely absent.
This does not necessarily take place in both spines
of either thoracic pair. Sometimes the result is due to
the end having been nibbled or injured in some other
way, but this is by no means always the case.
The larve varied from 15°5 to 17° mm. in length
at the end of this stage, when resting before the 2nd
ecdysis.
The 2nd stage lasted for about nine days in the
majority of cases, about three days out of this time
being occupied in the rest before the change of skin.
Stage I1I.—The larve are, as usual, about the same
length at the beginning of this stage as at the end of the
last, attaining an average measurement of about 16 mm.
The appearance is almost identical, and the attitude
and position exactly so. Some slight differences have
564 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc.
been already alluded to. The terrifying mark becomes
slightly more distinct ; the red anal spine is relatively
shorter and less conspicuous. Distinct differences in
the shade of green which forms the ground colour are
now seen in some of the larve, but they are more
common in the next stage.
The larve varied in length from 22°25 to 27 mm.
in the resting-stage before the 8rd ecdysis. The 3rd
stage lasted for about seven days.
Stage IV.—The larve were, on the average, about 24
to 25 mm. in length at the beginning of the stage,
although they varied above and below these limits. The
appearance of the larva is shown in Plate XVIL., fig. 5 (nat.
size), and the differences between this and all previous
stages are seen to be very striking, for the conspicuous
spines are lost, together with the red anal spine and the
small tubercles. The shagreen dots, oblique stripes, and
sub-spiracular line remain, the latter being especially
conspicuous and edged above with a dark border.
Smerinthus is similar in retaining the shagreen dots in
the last stage, while Sphinx loses them. ‘The shade of
green ground colour is different above and below the sub-
spiracular, being much darker below, and the surface of
the three thoracic segments above the subspiracular, is
of a deeper green than the corresponding part of the
abdominal segments. Both these distinctions are also
characteristic of certain Sphingide (Sphinx ligustri, and
the green form of Acherontia atropos: Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 144). The ground colour also
varies considerably in the different individuals, and
the tints are almost exactly similar to those which
have been the subject of experiment in Smerinthus
ocellatus, and which also occur in S. populi. The differ-
ences may be best classified as bright yellowish green,
dark bluish green, and intermediate. The yellowest
larve possess a distinct bright green colour below the sub-
spiracular line, while those which are of a duller green
above, are characterised by a deep bluish green colour
below. This almost exactly corresponds with the differ-
ences in Smerinthus ocellatus, where the shade of the
under surface is always the most extreme test of the
individual variations.
The strongly-marked separation between the abdo-
minal segments remains, while the thoracic segments
Notes in 1887 wpon lepidopterous larve, dc. 565
present a very different contour on a lateral view (see
Plate XVIL., fig. 5). The whole anterior part of the larva
is not unlike a caricature of a vertebrate head, with the
terrifying marks in the appropriate position for eyes.
The effect is increased by its suddenness for, as above-
stated, these latter features are very nearly concealed
during rest, and are only exposed upon irritation. The
larva in fig. 5 is represented in its terrifying attitude. In
fig. 6, x 5°25, the terrifying mark is shown during rest,
when it is almost concealed. Its relation to the sub-
spiracular and to the spiracle on the 1st abdominal
segment are distinctly seen, together with the differences
in the shades of the larval ground colour. The mark
itself is intensely black, and it is in this stage, sur-
rounded by a reddish area.
The spiracles are ochreous like those of S. ligustri. I
did not note their colour in the earlier stages, but
they are not then conspicuous. ‘The larve now abandon
the undersides of the leaves, and seek the twigs during
rest. The Sphinx-like attitude is still distinct (see fig. 5),
but is not so strongly pronounced as in the earlier stages.
There was some evidence that the tint of the ground
colour can be modified by the surroundings, as in S.
ocellatus. The following results were obtained with the
food-plants employed :—
Larval tints. Yellowish Inter- Bluish
green. mediate. green.
IS sie o) Sree 5 SSeS 2 1 8
Beachiesarnccsteken tas 2 2 5
(Cle poeeeeean, Gagsllacosbonccollanndccadcce 18
It seems probable that the effects produced by the
purple leaves of the copper beech on the one hand, and
by the green leaves of the beech and birch on the other,
indicate a certain amount of larval susceptibility to the
surrounding colours.
To my great surprise the 4th stage proved to be the
last in the ontogeny. I have never before met with
a lepidopterous larva with only four stages. Just before
pupating and after the cessation of feeding, the larve
became brownish upon the back, exactly as in the case of
S. ocellatus and S. populi.
The mature larva is about 45 mm. in length. (That
566 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larvae, cc.
figured in Plate XVII., fig. 5, is rather larger, being
45°5 mm. in length). The 4th stage generally lasts
from ten to twelve days, and the whole larval life, from
hatching up to the change of colour before pupation,
occupies from forty-two to forty-four days, although
in some cases it may continue two or three days longer.
I have already shown that the markings of the mature
larva can be plainly seen upon the homologous parts of
the freshly-exposed and still undarkened pupa (see
Pros. Roy. Soc., Vol. XXXVIII., p. 278). These mark-
ings form, in fact, a valuable guide to homologies. In
the green, freshly-exposed pupa of Aglia tau, all the
markings of the larva are very distinct, and the sub-
spiracular line which forms so prominent a feature of
the larva, and which is continued along each side of the
anal flap to its extreme apex, is equally conspicuous in
the pupa, and occupies an identical position in relation
to the terminal anal spine, which in this species is blunt
and covered with an immense number of irregular hook-
like cuticular processes. Hence the position of the
marking affords valuable confirmation of Mr. W. H.
Jackson’s identification of the anal flap of the larva,
with the anal spine of the pupa. (See ‘ Forms of Animal
Life,’ by G. Rolleston and W. H. Jackson, 1888, p. 153).
The shape and texture of the rough, dark pupa in this
species, also strongly suggests that of Smerinthus populi,
but its affinities are evidently still closer to the pup of
Endromis and Saturnia, inasmuch as one unique (as far
as | am aware) anatomical point unites together the pupz
of these three genera—viz., the situation of the first or
prothoracic spiracle at the bottom of a comparatively
shallow pit, so that the spiracle itself is distinctly
visible. In all other pupe with which I am acquainted,
this spiracle is deeply placed at the end of a channel, the
external end of which is often closed, and when open is
sometimes defended in a special manner. When the
mouth of the channel is closed, there is generally the
indication of a former opening in the sculpture or shape
of the pupal surface at this point.
Conclusions.—It will be well to shortly review this
most interesting ontogeny, and to summarize the points
of resemblance between the larve of Aglia tau, and
those of Sphingide, also calling attention to anything
which is peculiar to the former.
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 567
Resemblances.—
ti
Ov He © po
Caudal horn : Changes of size during growth ; 2 ter-
minal bristles ; bifurcation; longest and moveable
in early stages; colour and white zone; thorn-like
processes.
. Oblique stripes: as in Sesia.
. Subspiracular : as in Sesia, Macroglossa &c.
. White thoracic lines: as in Sphina ligustri, &c.
. The appearance and arrangement of the chief
tubercles.
. Shape of head: asin young Sphinx and Smerinthus,
and adults of many other genera.
7. Sphinx-like attitude; and also the fact that it is
13.
14.
15.
chiefly marked in young larve.
. Position on leaves and twigs of food-plant, at different
times in larval life.
. Shagreen dots, with bristles, and the times at which
they appear and persist (Smerinthus, Sphinx).
. Individual differencesin shade of ground colour: asin
Smerinthus.
. Distribution of shades of ground colour: as in
Smerinthus, Acherontia, Sphinx.
. Probable slight susceptibility of larval tints to
surrounding colours (Smerinthus, Sphinx).
The colours of the spiracles in the last stage: (Sphinx).
Change of colour before pupation: (Smerinthus).
The shape and texture of the pupa: (Smerinthus
popult).
Nearly all these points of resemblance are very
striking, and appear to prove that the larve have the
closest affinity to the Sphingide, and especially to the
genus Smerinthus.
Peculiarities and apparent differences.—
iE;
. Expansion of spines immediately after hatching.
. The presence of four thoracic spines and the anal
Ne) co Ao © bo
Ova: very different colour.
spine.
. Absence (?) of subdorsal line.
. The length of the first stage.
. The ridges on abdominal segments.
. The terrifying mark: position and concealment
during rest ; but origin much as in Cherocampa.
. Loss of caudal horn in last stage; but certain
Sphingide also lose the horn.
. Only four stages in Ontogeny.
568 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
The points (1), (2), (6), and (7), are evidently adapta-
tions to the peculiar conditions of the larva, and cannot
be considered to prove any great divergence in affinity,
any more than the various adaptations which form
such sharp characteristics within the group of Sphingide
themselves (such as the terrifying marks of Cherocampa,
&c.). In the present state of our knowledge, we cannot
venture upon an opinion as to the meaning of points
(5) and (9). So small a number of larval ontogenies
have been carefully worked through, that it is impos-
sible to decide whether such characters are adaptive.
The subdorsal line (4) may be represented in part, as I
have already suggested. Points (8) and (8) in reality
indicate affinity quite as much as divergence. Thus the
caudal horn degenerates in size and shape in the later
stages of many Sphinx larve. It nearly disappears in
the last stage of Cherocampa porcellus; it is absent
from all except the earliest stages (if indeed it is present
in these latter) of Deilephila vespertilio and Pterogon
cenothere (Weismann, I. c., pp. 209 and 259). The
ontogeny of Agha is more exaggerated than that of
any Sphinx larva. It commences with amore specialised
caudal horn than that which any Sphinx possesses, and
associated with a specialised remnant of the spinous
covering of allied Bombyx larve ; and suddenly at the
last ecdysis, all these prominent features are lost, as
completely as the horn is lost in the later stages of
certain Sphinx larvee.
The character indicated in (8) is of extreme interest, —
not, indeed, as showing affinity with the Sphingide,—
but with allied Bombyx larve, with which the Sphingide
are thus brought into association through Aglia. This rela-
tionship will be discussed in the next paragraph.
3. THE NATURAL POSITION OF THE SPHINGIDA.—The most
interesting question raised by the ontogeny of Aglia tau
is that of the position of the Sphingide. I have enume-
rated a large number of important characters, in which
this larva is related to the Sphingide and especially to
the genus Smerinthus. These characters are so numerous,
that it is, | think, impossible to explain them as due to
recent convergence caused by adaptive changes. The
pronounced condition of some of the most striking
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc. 569
of these characters in the early stages, and their subse-
quent diminution or complete disappearance, in both
Aglia and Sphingide, is strongly opposed to such an
interpretation.
I have examined a large number of figures of the
larve of tropical Sphingide, and of genera allied to
Aglia, in order to see if further light can be thrown
upon the subject.
The results of this comparison lead to the following
conclusions. The tubercular covering of Saturnian
larvee is frequently developed into a spinous covering,
especially in the genus Attacus, the change being
doubtless protective. There is a tendency towards the
special development of a single median dorsal spine
on the 8th abdominal segment, and of several spines
upon the thoracic segments. As these spines increase
in size, they usurp the protective functions of those
upon the rest of the body, which begin to lessen in
size. The most complete transition between the extremes
can be made out. As the thoracic spines become more
important, further specialisation takes place, and the dor-
sal pair upon the 2nd and 8rd thoracic segments become
far more important than the others. Finally the speciali-
sation reaches a pitch equal to that attained by Aglia,
with four large thoracic spines, and the large caudal
horn, all the other elements being reduced to a minimum.
There is, however, this difference, that the anterior pair
of thoracic spines is upon the prothorax of Aglia, and
upon the mesothorax of the species of Ceratocampa
(Attacus). Furthermore, the five chief spines of certain
species of Attacus, do not possess the forked terminations
and certain other details which unite Aglia so closely to
the Sphingide. In one species (Rhescynthis erythine),
evidently closely allied to Ceratocampa, and placed
immediately after it by Burmeister (‘ Atlas of the Lepid-
optera of the Argentine Republic.’ Plate XXI., figs. 1
and 1 a), the young larva (fig. 1 4) has a distinct caudal
horn, and a smaller horn behind it (probably upon the
9th abdominal, like the anterior of the bifid tubercles
alluded to in Aglia), while the four spines upon the 2nd
and 5rd thoracic segments are immensely large. All the
six spines are thorny. Noother spines are shown in the
figure, and if present, they must be quite rudimentary.
The older larva (fig. 1) has lost all the spines, just as Aglia
570 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc.
does at the last ecdysis. In certain species of Ceratocampa,
figured by Burmeister (Plate XX.), the pair of dorsal
spines on each segment are moderately developed, while
those upon the 2nd and 38rd thoracic segments, and the
caudal horn, are slightly predominant (Ceratocampa
wardu, C. principalis, and C. argyracantha, the latter
upon Plate XXIII., fig. 7). In others again (C. imperialis
and C. penelope, Plate XX.), the caudal horn and thoracic
spines are short and inconspicuous, while the others are
very small indeed. In C. phoronea, C. ixion, and C.
Regalis, Plate XIX., the thoracic spines and caudal horn
are very much developed, the others small. There are
several spines on each thoracic segment in these species,
but the dorsal pair upon the 2nd and 8rd thoracic seg-
ments, corresponding to those upon the Ist and 8rd
thoracic segments of Aglia, are much the largest. These
spines on the 2nd and 8rd thoracic segments of the
last-named species (C. Regalis) are immensely developed,
but not proportionately more so than in Aglia. I have
to thank Lord Walsingham for kindly sending me Bur-
meister’s beautiful work.
“Abbot and Smith, in their ‘ Natural History of the
Rarer Insects of Georgia,’ have arranged the moths of the
above-mentioned genera, immediately after the Sphin-
gide, as if to express their ideas as to the mutual
affinities. The first moth after the Sphingide is
Phalena cecropia, of which the larva is another good
example of the same kind of development. No spines are
figured on the ist thoracic segment; while the caudal
horn and the dorsal spines on the 2nd and 8rd thoracic
segment are rather larger than the others, which are
nevertheless distinct on all abdominal segments anterior
to the 8th. In Phalana promethea, also figured by these
authors, the five most prominent spines are also
coloured differently from the others.
An extremely interesting larva from Lake Tanganyika
was kindly sent me by Dr. Sharp. It is probably allied
to Ceratocampa, or it may be a Smerinthine larva, allied
to Lophostethus. Three strongly-developed spines are
present on each side of every segment, from the 2nd
thoracic to the 7th abdominal, both inclusive. On the
8th abdominal, the two dorsal spines are fused into a
forked caudal horn, the only forked spine on the larva,
and hence there are only five spines on this segment.
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de. 571
There are six spines on the 9th abdominal as on the
segments anterior to the 8th. Minute rudiments of some
of the spines are present on the 1st thoracic segment.
All the spines are very uniformly developed, those in the
dorsal rows being rather larger than the others, especially
anteriorly. There is a much smaller spine beneath the
inferior long spine on each segment.
The presence of a distinct forked caudal horn, with a
complete, uniformly developed, spinous investment is
most interesting and suggestive.
The larve here alluded to, and many more, make a
very perfect transition from the condition found in
Aglia tau, to that in which the spinous covering is
uniformly distributed and uniformly developed. In
Aglia and many of species of Ceratocampa, concentration
and specialisation has led to extreme developments at
either end of the larva, and diminution elsewhere. It
seems to me that Sphinx has gone further in the same
direction. The uniform spinous covering, certainly
present in a rudimentary form in the youngest Sphinx
larve, has become reduced to a far greater extent than
in Aglia, and many species of Ceratocampa, so that at
last only the caudal horn remains. ‘Tendencies in the
same direction are seen in Aglia and Rhescynthis, which
lose all the spines in the last stage. Other methods of
protection are developed—terrifying marks, protective
resemblances leading to concealment, &c.,—and the
older mode of defence is abandoned, the caudal horn of
Sphingide remaining as a remnant of the former condi-
tion.
If this be true, we should expect to find traces of the
thoracic spines in certain Sphingide: we should expect
that a remnant of the ancestral condition would be
retained in some species. This appears to be the case
with the North American genus Ceratomia, which is
placed next to Smerinthus. The larva of C. quadricornis
is described by T. W. Harris (‘‘Catalogue of North
American Sphingide,” ‘The American Journal of Science
and Arts,’ vol. 36, 1889, p. 282) as possessing a pair of
short denticulated horns on the 2nd and 8rd thoracic
segments, and a long bluish caudal horn. Traces of
the other less-developed spines of Ceratocampa are
also probably present, for he describes “‘two parallel
series of little teeth on the first four segments,” and
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—PART IV. (DEC.) 2Q
572 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, §c.
“‘a dorsal row of larger teeth extending to the tail.”
The author evidently recognises the significance of the
characters, for he states that ‘an analogous and still
more imposing form is found in the larve of the
Phalene, belonging to the genus Ceratocampa.” The
larva is also described by B. Clemens in his “ Synopsis
of North American Sphinges” (‘ Journal of the Academy
of Natural Science of Philadelphia,’ vol. iv., 2nd series,
p- 97). This author also places Ceratomia next to
Smerinthus, and speaks of “four thoracic fleshy granu-
lated horns, caudal horn rather short, straight, and
roughened” in C. quadricornis. This description con-
veys an impression that the four thoracic horns and the
caudal horn belong to one series, an impression not
conveyed in Harris’s account. Both descriptions refer
to the mature larva: it would be most important and
interesting to have the ontogeny of this and other
species of Ceratomia carefully worked out. I trust that
some American lepidopterist will shortly undertake this
work, or will send me living pupe of the species, which
I believe to be quite common. It is interesting to note
that the thoracic spines of Ceratomia follow Ceratocampa
rather than Aglia, although the latter is Sphina-like in
s0 many minute details.
There is also the extremely interesting African
Smerinthine larva, Lophostethus Dumolinii, described
from Roland Trimen in Prof. Meldola’s Appendix to his
translation of Weismann’s Essays (l.c., pp. 527—528).
Spines are present on all segments except the 1st
thoracic. The two dorsal rows of spines are the longest,
and the longest of these are on the 8rd thoracic and 1st
abdominal segments, thus differing from Ceratocampa.
The caudal horn is shorter than the dorsal spines, but
similar in structure, being covered with prickles. The
other rows of spines are also present below the dorsal
rows, but much smaller, as in many species of Cerato-
campa.
The condition of the young larva is most significant.
The 1st thoracic segment (or head, but the former is
almost certainly intended) possesses a pair of short
dorsal spines. The other dorsal spines are much longer
and bear prickles. The dorsal spines of the 2nd and 3rd
thoracic segments and the caudal horn are longer than the
rest, and the caudal horn longest of all; and all five
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 578
possess forked tips. Hence the young form of this larva
combines the characters of Ceratomia, Ceratocampa, and
Aglia in the most beautiful manner.
Prof. Meldola informs me that he has long considered
that the caudal horn of Sphingide is to be looked upon
as a remnant of a general spinous covering. Wilhelm
Muller (‘“‘Sudamerikanische Nymphalidenraupen,” pages
949—250) identifies it, in the most convincing manner,
with the dorsal tubercles upon the 8th abdominal seg-
ment of Saturniade (‘‘dsdorn”). The two terminal
bristles are the chief bristles No. 1 carried up on the
summit of the spine or horn itself.
We have therefore an accumulated body of facts and
conclusions which seem to render it certain that the
Sphingide are a specialisation of the group of Satur-
nian Bombyces, and that the following order repre-
sents the nearest affinity, and is an approach towards
the expression of genetic relationship.
Sphinx.
Acherontia.
Smerinthus.
Ceratomia.
Lophostethus.
Aglia.
Ceratocampa (Attacus).
Saturnia.
The other genera of Sphingide will precede Sphinx as in
the usual arrangement; but some of them, especially
Sesia, may be altered in position, when the ontogenies
have been worked out. Acherontia also may be modified
in position, but not, I think, to any great extent.
Endromis and the so-called Bombyx mori (which Mr.
Kirby tells me he has never considered as a Bombyx)
will also be included between some of the gaps in the
above-mentioned list, but their exact position is uncertain
until the ontogenies have been worked out from this point
of view.
The imaginal condition of the Sphingide, which come
nearest to Agha, &c.,is also strongly in favour of the
above arrangement. They alone do not feed in the
perfect state, and do not fly in the characteristic manner
of other hawk-moths: in the strict sense of the word
2Q2
574 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
they are not hawk-moths. Their mode of flight, and
especially their rudimentary and unused mouth-parts,
are further points of affinity to the Saturnians.
It therefore follows that the chief peculiarities of the
Sphingide, as opposed to the main body of Bombyces,—
the fact that they feed largely and are greatly specialised
in relation to flowers,—are characters which were absent
from their Bombyciform ancestors, and are still absent
from Smerinthus, while they have been re-acquired com-
paratively recently in the phyletic history of the majority
of Sphingide.
The most natural arrangement would be for the
Sphingide to form the end of one special line of
Bombyces, the order being the exact reverse of that
given above.
If, however, in view of their size and importance, it be
preferred to begin the series of Heterocera with the
Sphingide, the order within the group itself should be
the reverse of that usually adopted in descriptive works,
and should end with Smerinthus and the genera allied to
it, and then the Saturnian genera should follow as in the
list given above.
I trust that these conclusions will stimulate entomolo-
gists to carefully work through the life-histories of other
species, so that the complete series may be constructed,
and the affinities between the existing species of Bombyces
may be expressed in the most satisfactory manner.
4, THE CAUSE AND MEANING OF THE SPHINX-LIKE ATTI-
tupE.—The extremely marked and characteristic Sphinx
attitude assumed by the larve of Aglia, together with
the fact that this attitude is most pronounced in the
early stages of this genus and of Sphingide—when the
larve habitually rest on the under sides of the leaves—
led me to consider whether there might not be some
causal relation between the position selected and the
attitude assumed. Putting together all the facts, and
collecting fresh observations, the following explanation
suggested itself to me. In larve which assume this
attitude the thoracic legs are not employed for the
support of the body; hence, when the larve cling to a
leaf or twig so that the dorsal surface or posterior ex-
tremity is lowest, the weight of all parts anterior to the
3rd abdominal segment is only indirectly supported by
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de. 575
means of the claspers. The young larve of all species
which exhibit this attitude habitually rest on the midrib,
or one of the chief lateral veins on the under sides of
leaves, and therefore with the dorsal surface downwards.
When older the larve rest upon twigs, with either a
vertical or a horizontal direction: in the former case
the posterior extremity is lowest, in the latter the dorsal
surface may be either above or below, according as the
larva clings to the upper or under side of the twig.
When the larva rests on the upper side in a horizontal
position, the Sphinx attitude is never strongly marked.
Hence it is clear that in all the younger stages, and
for a large part of the last stage, such larve are subject
to strains which tend to bend the anterior part of the
body downwards. Under these circumstances the
organism reacts upon the strain, and the muscular
body-walls strongly contract upon their fluid contents in
such a manner as to produce compensating rigidity, and
giving to the body the curve which is characteristic of
the attitude. The Sphinx attitude is to be explained as
the combined effect of gravity and of muscular reaction
upon the anterior unsupported parts of the body. The
muscular arrangements which are most favourable for
counteracting these strains are also made use of in the
older larve for the maintenance of a feebly-marked
Sphinx attitude, when the larva is seated on the upper
side of a horizontal twig. The attitude is most strongly
marked when the larva is resting on a vertical twig,
because gravity tends to draw the anterior part of the
body backwards as well as downwards. These large
larve habitually rest on vertical twigs with the head
uppermost, because the twig itself is approached from
its base, and gradually stripped of leaves towards its
apex. The essential dependence of the attitude upon
eravity is well seen when a vertical twig, with a larva
upon it, is carefully bent downwards so that the strain
is in the opposite direction, and tends to bend the
anterior part forwards instead of backwards: under
these circumstances the larva begins to yield to the
strain in a few minutes. When the larve of Smerinthus
ocellatus are kept in large numbers, it is common for
many of them to suffer from a disease of which the first
symptom is a partial failure in the tonic contraction of
the body-walls. The anterior part of the body, there-
576 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
fore, yields entirely to the influence of gravity, and
bends sharply, forming a right angle with the rest of
the body when the larva is in a horizontal position on
the under side of a twig or leaf, less than a right angle
when the larva is vertical. If, however, the larva be
touched, the stimulus instantly causes muscular con-
traction, and the normal Sphinx attitude is temporarily
assumed. Perfectly healthy larve, in a vertical position,
may sometimes also be seen to so far yield to the strain
that avery extreme form of the attitude is produced,
with less than a right angle between the anterior and
posterior parts of the body, but I believe that the bend
is never sharp except in diseased larve. Touching such
healthy larve also causes them to take the more normal
position for a time. It is curious that the term Sphinx,
employed to describe this attitude, only really applies to
the one position, which does not clearly exhibit its real
meaning and significance. The muscular adjustments
which are suited to counteract the strains chiefly felt in
other positions are the cause of the attitude when the
larva is in the true position of the Egyptian Sphinx,
viz., extended horizontally along the upper side of a twig.
But it will be observed that the attitude is never strongly
marked under these circumstances. Thus in fig. 5 of the
plate illustrating my paper on the ontogeny of Sphinx
ligustri (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, Plate VII.), the
larva is represented in an unnatural position, for I now
see that a larva in which this attitude is so pronounced
must have been seated on the wnder side of the twig, or
more probably on a vertical twig, with the head upper-
most. Plate XVII., fig. 5, of the present paper repre-
sents the Sphinz-like attitude as it is commonly assumed
on the upper side of a twig. Further support for these
conclusions is found in the fact that the attitude does not
appear to occur in the larve of Sphinx convolvuli, which
feed on a creeping food-plant.
5. THE GRAPHIC METHOD OF REPRESENTING THE GROWTH
OF LEPIDOPTEROUS LARV&.—I was led to apply this
method to larve in order to institute a comparison
between the rates of growth in the two English species
of Sphinx. The fact that S. convolvuli is so much
smaller than S. ligustri at the beginning of the larval
ontogeny, and so much larger at the end, seemed very
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc. 577
remarkable, as the species are so closely allied. In
Diagram II. (p. 578) the rates of growth in these two larve
are shown by the graphic method. It must be remembered
that the mature S. convolvuli certainly attains a much
greater length than that indicated by the ordinate VI’.
Thus Mr. Buckler describes a full-grown larva as 4 in.
~ in length,—more than one-fourth as long again as the
average length of my mature larve. As, however, my
measurements are the only ones available for the other
stages, it is better to retain the length given in the
diagram. The curve thus represents the true lengths
measured during the life-histories of one set of larve.
I believe, however, that the lengths of the other stages
are about normal, and that the effect of artificial sur-
roundings, or the naturally small size of my larvae,
became manifest in the last stage only. The lengths of
the larvee and the duration of the periods are those given
at the end of the account of the ontogeny. The corre-
sponding data for S. ligustri are taken from my paper in
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 281 et seq. The length
of the last stage (75°0 mm.) is taken from Mr. Hellins’s
account of the larva in Mr. Buckler’s volume (J. ¢., p. 111).
The length of the larva at the beginning of the 5th stage
is estimated at 36°0 mm., as the measurement (33°0 mm.)
given in my paper was taken from the larva in the Sphinx
attitude (l. c., p. 288). The data for Aglia tau are to be
found in the present paper.
In order to facilitate comparison between the growths
of the two Sphinx larve, the lengths of S. ligustri have
been marked on the ordinates of S. convolvuli, and con-
nected by a dotted line, and conversely those of the
latter upon the ordinates of the former. If the duration
of the larval stages were the same, then the comparison
between the dotted and continuous lines would represent
the real relation between the larval growths. I have
already given reasons for the belief that the duration of
larval life in S. convolvuli is abnormally long in this
country, and it is therefore possible that the dotted line
which crosses the ordinates of S. ligustri more nearly
represents the normal condition of S. convolvuli than the
line which represents the observed condition of the latter
species.
The most remarkable fact shown in the diagram is the
manner in which the rate of growth in S. convolvuli
‘adBIS TG JO pud ye 2naAZoauod "gy pure 2.1789nb2) *¢ 66 “ TA TAL
"2najoauod *s Jo
(‘nm *F Jo AueS0yu0 JO pues of) s i fe . re ” a # eeu eee BAIR] poyoyey-ATMou jo yySue, = ,j
acl ‘6 &“ pba “ “ ‘6 ‘“ ‘“ 66 ‘“ Cire aie Aree NY} *F pus 2.198nb2) *¢ Jo BAIBT
sei “c 6 bar ‘“ “c 6“ ‘ce «& ‘ec Ts “ Tr om TI peyoyey-A, Mou pe ea rll Sl
“pug Jo Suruurseq 10 004s 4ST JO pus ye nvz "PF pu ‘27NAZ0AU0I “g *2.4sNHY “gf JO BAIT JO YSuary Slt elt foo SAV wUO] =O
wil
AA ah jlo, Lak wAT A AT wIII ANU MIL 7A UT
sh Triyt Ue VE
Typos Te TI
gs
Sane “UU ¢ JO YJSUE] B 0} Spuodsarioo Lep your
*S9S81S oY} JO SySue[ oy} pus (nv2 “PF Jo osvo ey} Ur 4ydaoxe)
3 $58 ay} UL yueudojeAep Jo UOTeANp oy} Aart BSSIOsqeB at,
eo *SODBIS JUOIYIP oy} 4v
of BAIL] OY} JO SyASu] ent} oY} 07 puodsestoo soyvurpro OY,
e ‘nD)
f pus “2najoauos gy “nusnby *s JO BAIB] oy} JO T}MOIT OIL,
y. ‘Il NVYOVIG
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larva, éc. 579
sradually overtakes and passes that of S. ligustri. The
newly-hatched S. ligustri is much larger than the other
species, and its rate of growth during the Ist stage is
much greater: in the 2nd stage the growth is almost
exactly equal: in the 3rd stage S. convolvuli rapidly
overtakes S. ligustri, so that the larve are of nearly equal
lengths at the end of this stage: soon after the beginning
of the 4th stage S. convolvuli passes the other larva, and
in the last stage the differences are increased to a much
ereater extent, in the normal condition, although the
diagram indicates an equal rate of growth.
Such facts seem to indicate a comparatively recent
increase in the size of S. convolvuli, an increase which is
only manifest in the later stages, and has not yet passed
back to the younger larve or the egg. In two such closely-
allied species the relative sizes at the beginning of ontogeny
probably indicate (unless they are explicable as adapta-
tions) the former relative sizes at the end of larval onto-
geny, and the relative sizes of pupz and imagines. And
there may be good reasons for a recent alteration in the
size of S. convolvult. I have shown that size in itself may
be a protection against the smaller enemies of a species
(Proc. Zool. Soc., March, 1887, pp. 240, 241). A larva
which feeds upon a creeping food-plant comes especially
within the reach of insect-eating reptiles and mammals,
and it would certainly stand a better chance of escaping
these by an increase from a medium to a large size; and
this is also true of the imago, which lays eggs on the
plant, and emerges from the pupa near to the plant.
It is probable that a similar explanation holds in the
case of Acherontia atropos, and it would be most in-
teresting to obtain measurements of this latter larva in
all stages. The fact that other small Sphingide feed
upon low-growing plants is no objection to this argument.
Difficulties are met by different species in various ways.
There will be a frequent tendency towards reduction in
size in order to assist in concealment; but a large larva,
which, by a change of food-plant, or a change in the
habit of its food-plant, was brought within reach of a
large number of the smaller insect-eating vertebrates,
would sometimes tend to seek protection in the opposite
manner; and the diagram strongly supports the suppo-
sition that such changes have actually taken place in
S. convolvult.
580 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc.
Further support is given by the small size of this
species as found in Madeira and the Canaries. We may
have the ancestral size preserved unchanged in these
islands, or reversion may have taken place. The fact that
other species do not seem to be similarly reduced in size
is in favour of the former alternative. Careful investi-
gation of the conditions under which the larve exist in
these islands would doubtless show why they can there
maintain the smaller size without danger, although they
cannot do so in other places. In the meantime the
following facts deserve attention:— the only insect-
eating vertebrates in these islands are birds and lizards:
in Madeira there is only one small species of lizard,—so
small that the mature larva, pupa, and imago would
certainly be sufficiently protected by the size which is
usual in the island. Furthermore, these lizards, and the
more numerous and larger species of the Canaries, have
become largely frugivorous,—an almost certain result of
the insufficiency of insect-food. It is therefore probable
that such lizards, having learnt to eat other food, are
not, like most of these reptiles in other places, inveterate
enemies of all insect-life, although it is probable that they
still eat a great many insects. The kestrels in these
islands also eat large numbers of insects. I saw the crop
of one of these birds which had been shot in Madeira: it
contained hundreds of larve of some species of Noctua,
a larva which is very common among the roots of the
erass on the higher parts of the island. There was also
a small lizard in the crop. The larve did not approach
the size attained by S. convolvuli in the island.
These conclusions may be met by the objection that
the larvee must pass through all the smaller sizes in order
to become mature. Of course this is true; but a larva
which is protected by size, in addition to concealment,
during part of its life, may gain advantage over a larva
which depends upon the latter method alone for the
whole of its life. Again, size would be especially ad-
vantageous in the critical time during which the larva is
wandering about before burying, and also in the imaginal,
and, perhaps to a small extent, in the pupal stage.
There are also some other interesting conclusions to
be reached by a study of the diagram.
The gradually increasing rate of growth in the
successive stages is seen in the increasing steepness
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterouslarve, de. 581
of the curve of all three larve. There is only one
exception to this: the unusual rate of growth during
the 1st stage of S. ligustri.
The extraordinary length and small amount of growth
during the 1st stage of A. taw is very remarkable,
but this is largely accounted for by the immense
protraction of the resting-period before the 1st ecdysis
in this species. The fact that the larva of this species
is at first so much longer than the other two, is not
open to the interpretation which was given in the case
of the two species of Sphinx, because the affinity
between the former and the two latter species is so
much more distant. The length of the egg of A. tau
and the duration of development could not be indicated
on the diagram. If, however, the line be prolonged to
the left of ordinate I.” for a distance of 98 mm., the rela-
tive length of development will be expressed, while the
line will be found to come within 2°5 mm. of the abscissa
line (also prolonged to the left)—a distance corresponding
to the length of the egg.
It is to be hoped that data may be available for repre-
senting the growth of many species of larve and espe-
cially the Sphingide, by this method.
6. THE MEANS OF DEFENCE ADOPTED BY THE LARVA OF
Sravropus Faci.—Hermann Miller pointed out long ago
that the irritated larva assumes a spider-like attitude for
the purpose of alarming its enemies. Having the oppor-
tunity of watching a number of these larve last summer,
I am able to add a few more details to H. Miiller’s
description. I am indebted to my friend Prof. Meldola
for directing my attention to H. Muller’s paper in
‘Kosmos,’ Novy., 1879, p. 114.
When at rest and unalarmed the larva is certainly
very difficult to detect: it is protected by resembling a
withered beech-leaf, irregularly curled up. The body,
which is often held asymmetrically, represents the leat,
being about the appropriate diameter, colour, and length.
The two caudal processes, modified from the last pair of
claspers, are always applied together during rest, and
thus, looking like a single process, they represent the
leaf-stalk. The 2nd and 8rd pairs of thoracic legs are
folded at the middle of their length, and hang down ina
bunch, resembling, in the most beautiful manner, a
582 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc.
bunch of the brown scales (the stipules of the foliage-
leaves) which enclose the buds of the beech, and hang
down after the latter are unfolded. These persistent
brown scales, dependent from the branches in little
clusters, are very characteristic of the beech. Hach
scale is rolled up, so that its edges are nearly, but not
quite, in contact at the base and along the whole
length, while they pass into each other at the tip.
Hence, when looked at from the side, a chink is seen,
leading into the hollow of the fold; the chink dis-
appears at the tip, and ceases to be recognisable even a
little before the tip is reached. A very similar effect is
produced in the case of the four long thoracic legs, for
each of them is bent upon itself in the middle, so that
there is, of course, a furrow between the two halves,
which disappears at the bend itself. The point where
the furrow ceases 1s, in both leg and scale, at the
dependent end of the structure. The legs are of the
appropriate length and colour for this purpose, and I
made some special observations to prove that their
number is also an additional aid to protection. The
numbers of scales in nine clusters upon a single beech-
bough were as follows:—5 (4 dependent, 1 raised), 8
(4 dependent, 4 raised), 4 dependent, 3, 4, 3, 2, 1, 2, all
dependent. Thus nearly all the scales were dependent,
and four was by far the commonest number, if we
remember that the dependent scales in the first two
clusters would have the appearance of separate bunches.
In another bough many of the scales were irregular,
viz., neither dependent nor raised, but at various inter-
mediate positions. The first three clusters were irregular,
the numbers in succeeding clusters being as follows :—
4 dependent, 1 irregular, 1 irregular, 6 (5 dependent,
1 raised), 8, 1, 7, 5, 1, 6, all dependent, 2 raised; then
followed two irregular bunches with very small scales,
4 dependent, 6 (4 dependent, 2 raised), 4 dependent. It
must be remembered that these numbers represent the
condition of the boughs in the middle of September,
1887, and that much of the irregularity may be due to
the loss of some of the scales. The larve feed in August
and often in to September, so that the numbers would
nearly represent the actual condition of their sur-
roundings in that year. The brown scales do not persist
for long, but it is common for fresh buds to open late in
Notes in 1887 wpon lepidopterous larvae, dc. 583
the year, at a time when the larve are feeding. This
was the case in 1887, when these observations were
made. It is clear from these examples that the bunch of
thoracic legs, dependent from the anterior end of the
larva, gains in protective value by being made up of
the four elongated legs, instead of the normal number
—six. But it will be shown that this very arrange-
ment has also a special value in the terrifying atti-
tude—a good example of the remarkable way in which
larve may be perfectly adapted to entirely different
methods of protection. The extreme development of
four thoracic legs has a most important meaning in
the spider-like position, but, while entirely adequate
for this purpose, the legs have been kept at a length
which, when halved by the fold in the resting position, is
most appropriate for the protective resemblance to the
scales. For quite other purposes the first pair of legs
are not lengthened like the other two, and this also
causes resemblance to a bunch containing the commonest
number of scales.
There are also one or two additional points to be noted
in the terrifying attitude. ‘The anterior unlengthened
thoracic legs are held apart, and certainly suggest the jaws
of a spider-like animal. In the case of S. fagi, as in other
examples of this mode of protection, the points seized
upon are the ones which most influence the imagination,
and these are exaggerated for the sake of effect. Thus
the supposed jaws are larger and more widely gaping
than would be natural, and yet additional effect is thus
gained. Then quite novel touches are added with the
same object. Thus the posterior abdominal segments
are turned so far over the head that the two caudal
appendages project over it, and they are at the same
time rendered divergent. They thus occupy the appro-
priate position for a pair of antenne, which, indeed,
they suggest most strongly; and they add an ideal
finish to the suggested monster, which is, indeed, exactly
hke nothing upon earth, but which is, nevertheless, most
effective in its appeal to the imagination. The four
elongated legs are well known to be extended widely,
and to quiver in the most terrific manner, as if pre-
paring to seize the enemy. A suggestion is here, doubt-
less, made of the legs which a spider uses in attack ;
the other legs by which these animals gain support are
584 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc.
less conspicuous, do not appeal to the imagination, and
are altogether unrepresented in the larva. The ventral
surface of the posterior abdominal segments, of course
becomes, in the terrifying attitude, the dorsal surface of
the abdomen of the supposed spider, and it is coloured
in the most appropriate manner for such an end; and,
furthermore, has a suggestion of plumpness and con-
vexity which greatly assists the resemblance. It must be
admitted, however, that the supposed abdomen is some-
what deficient in breadth, although I do not think that
anything is lost, inasmuch as I have already suggested
that the larva does not exactly resemble any spider, but
only an ideal monster which embodies all the most
alarming points in a spider’s organisation. If the larva
be greatly irritated, the posterior abdominal segments
are gently moved over a short distance from side to
side, and, of course, with them the antenna-like pro-
cesses. This movement also adds to the general effect.
It may be urged in criticism of these remarks and
conclusions, that I am attributing to the enemies of the
larva, powers of imagination hardly possessed by man
himself. But I think we have actual evidence that, at
any rate, the vertebrate enemies of insects have the
keenest imagination, at least as regards an object, which
even distantly suggests any of the dangers which
naturally surround them. And doubtless this imagina-
tive power is a most valuable safeguard to them. Weis-
mann’s well-known experiments with the larva of Chero-
campa elpenor (subsequently confirmed by Lady Verney),
clearly showed the fear felt by birds for an object which
looked as if it might be dangerous, although it exactly
resembled nothing that they had previously seen. I have
repeated these experiments with a large lizard (Lacerta
viridis), and found precisely the same results ; the lizard
only attacked the larva with the greatest care, and after
many preliminary attempts. As soon as the larva was
found to be harmless, it was devoured with the greatest
relish. It is hardly likely that the various appeals to the
imagination detailed above, can be meant for the insect
enemies of Stawropus fagi; but the fact that the larva
does suggest the appearance of a spider, must probably
serve to terrify them. ‘This is rendered very probable by
H. Muller’s observation that ichneumons are rarely seen
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de. 585
in the webs of spiders: hence it appears that they keep
out of the way of these animals. And we have some grounds
for the belief that the additional refinements may not be
entirely lost upon the insect enemies. At any rate, I have
shown that if we are to accept the theory of sexual selection
(and no other theory has yet been suggested which can serve
- as an adequate explanation of all the facts of the case),
the comparison between the colours and patterns which
are due to this principle, and those which are due to the
various defensive needs of the insect, leads us to the
inevitable conclusion that ‘four own sense of what is
beautiful, entirely comcides with that of an insect” (See
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., March, 1887, p. 216). I should
not, however, have ventured to speak so plainly of the
meaning of the various details in the defensive attitude
of the larva, if I had not been able to rely upon the best
support attainable—the support yielded by direct experi-
ment.
In the first place, my interpretations were obtained
from the careful study of the living larva—at rest and
after various degrees of irritation. The terrifying atti-
tude is often imperfectly assumed at first, and the full
meaning of the details is only seen after continued
irritation ; but at the same time this very fact carries
conviction with it. The larva at first relies on the effect
of its outstretched quivering legs, and the posterior part
of the body is not usually completely doubled over. As
the irritation is repeated and increased, the larva
gradually adds the various details which go to make up
the terrifying attitude in its most perfect and elaborate
form.
In the second place, I offered the larva to two of its
vertebrate enemies, and actually witnessed the effect
produced upon the latter. The larva was placed upon a
table, and was made to assume the terrifying attitude in
a very complete manner. The attention of a marmoset
was then directed to the larva, and although the former
is excessively fond of insects, and seizes caterpillars with
greatest avidity, it was much impressed by the alarming
sight, and only ventured to attack the larva after the
most careful examination, and even then in the most
cautious manner. Meeting with no resistance, the larva
was soon devoured and greatly relished. I then tried a
similar experiment with a lizard, and the same results
586 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc.
were witnessed, although not to an equal extent. This
is, however, what we should expect from the comparative
intelligence of the two animals. ;Hence the interpretation
of the attitude offered by H. Muller, and further elaborated
in the present paper, may be said to rest upon a basis of
experimental proof (See ‘Report of the British Associa-
tion,’ 1887, p. 764, for a short account of these
experiments, and others of the same kind).
The final means of protection possessed by the larva
was also discovered by H. Miller, and it is directed
entirely against insect enemies. On each of the 1st and
2nd abdominal segments, below and rather behind the
spiracles, is a shallow pouch-like involution of an intensely
black colour. Each black area is entirely concealed during
rest by a triangular flap, formed as an outgrowth of the
lower margin of the area. The flap is directed upwards
and completely covers the area, but upon irritation it is
depressed, and the pouch itself is at the same time ren-
dered shallower by partial eversion, so that the black
patches become very conspicuous (see Plate XVIL., fig. 7,
x 4°5, where the larva is represented with the flaps de-
pressed, and the patches visible). It is in every way pro-
bable that, as H. Muller has suggested, these black marks
are intended to imitate ichneumon stings, or at any rate
the results of a struggle with some insect enemy, in which
the larva has been wounded. The marks evidently sug-
gest the scars made by some insect, because the attacks
of other enemies are nearly always immediately fatal. The
larve are certainly often wounded incidentally during
the oviposition of parasitic Hymenoptera, the wounds
being caused by the sharp curved claws of the latter,
which must hold very tightly in order to render oviposi-
tion possible during the struggles of the larva. I have
also seen an ichneumon (Paniscus) bite a larva most
savagely, at a time when it may have been attempting to
lay eggs; but this is uncertain. (See Trans. Ent. Soc.,
Lond., 1887. p. 807). In the paragraph just referred
to, 1 remarked that I had never seen scars upon the
larve of Cerura vinula, such as would indicate that
wounds were incidentally inflicted. Since then I have
observed this on more than one occasion. I have seen
so large a scar in the neighbourhood of the eggs of
Paniscus affixed to the larva in question, that it seemed
clear that the wound had been inflicted by the mandibles
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 587
of the Hymenopteron, and was not a mere scratch from
one of its claws. The blood of the lepidopterous larva
forms a black clot, so that wounds are nearly always
black until after the next change of skin. On these
accounts I think it is clear that the black marks exposed
by the larva are calculated to suggest to the approaching
enemy that the individual in question is already occu-
pied. This interpretation will receive further support
in the next section, in an instance of the use of the
same colour by the ichneumon itself for an entirely
analogous purpose.
The black marks of S. fagi are also very interesting
from a morphological point of view. In common with
the terrifying marks of A. tau, previously described,
they have the structure of eversible glands, which are
so common in larve, and of which I have described
many in earlier papers. It is possible that this may
have been their original significance, but whether this
be so or not, I think it is almost certain that they have
played the part of terrifymg marks in some different
form of alarming attitude formerly adopted by the
larva. Their exact similarity to the marks of A. taw
is in favour of this view, for there is no doubt about the
meaning of the character in the latter species. The
only difference between the two larve is the presence of
the mark on the Ist and 2nd abdominal segments in
Stauropus, andonthe 1st abdominal onlyin Aglia. Other
reasons for this opinion are to be found in the facts that
the marks arestill very large for their purpose (inasmuch
as the scars are rarely of such a size), and that the
opening and closing apparatus still remains in perfect
working order. The latter has a definite meaning for a
terrifying mark, but it is difficult to see how it can have
been developed in connexion with the imitation of a
scar, which is, of course, persistent. There is no
difficulty, however, in understanding why it should have
been retained in connexion with such unnaturally large
scars, for continued irritation of the larva shows that
this is one of the last resources adopted when the
enemy has already discovered it. The continued display
of such large marks would certainly interfere with the
protective resemblance in the passive resting-condition.
The same objection would hardly apply to a mark
which resembled a scar of the commonest size, viz., such
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888. PaRTIv. (DEC.) 2R
588 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de.
as would follow from the puncture through which the
egg is inserted by an ichneumon’s ovipositor. UH,
therefore, the marking originally possessed its present
meaning, it is difficult to see why it should not be of
the appropriate size—a size which would not need to
be concealed during the protective attitude.
The larva of Stawropus fagi therefore bristles with
defensive structures and methods. When at rest it is
concealed by a combination of the most beautiful
protective resemblances to the commonest objects which
are characteristic of its food-plant. Attacked, it defends
itself by a terrifying posture, which is made up of
many distinct and highly elaborate. features, all contri-
buting to this one end. Further attacked by an insect-
enemy, it reveals marks which suggest that it is of no
interest to its enemy, for another parasite is already in
possession.
It may not unreasonably be objected that the larva is
far from common, and that the small efficiency of the de-
fensive measures throws doubt upon their interpretation.
I have, however, already answered this objection in the
case of the larva of Cerura vinula (Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886. pp. 158, 159). I argued then as I do
now that such an “‘exceptional standard of defence was
only attained by an exceptional need.” The means of
defence have been the response on the part of the
organism to the increasing attacks of enemies; and the
latter, on their part, have met the response by increasing
cunning or boldness.
7. THE MEANING OF THE BLACK COLOUR OF THE EGGS
or Paniscus cepHaLoTEs.—The shining black ova of this
parasitic species are well known to every collector of the
larva of Cerura vinula, for they are most conspicuous
against the green background formed by the larval colour.
Although the ova are partially hidden in the inter-
segmental furrows, they are revealed at every movement
of the larva, while some of them can usually be seen
at all times. When Prof. Weismann was staying with
me in the summer of 1887, I showed him one of these
larve with the eggs affixed. This led to a discussion as
to the meaning of the colour, in the course of which we
both independently arrived at what I believe to be the
correct interpretation, viz., that the colour is adapted
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de. 589
to serve as a warning to other insect parasites be-
longing to the same and other species, that the larva
is already occupied. It is most interesting to note that
the colour is such as to suggest that the larva contains
the eggs of some internal parasite, for the black eggs
very much resemble the small black scars which are
produced by oviposition. Thus the species which lay
eges within the body of the larva are warned off, as well
as those which lay external eggs. In one case I bred a
single dipterous imago from a larva of Cerwra vinula,
which had been also attacked by Paniscus. But the
time at which the former made its appearance seemed
to indicate that the dipteron had laid its eggs before the
hymenopteron.
8. THE DEFENSIVE VALUE OF ‘‘ TUSSOCKS,’” AND THE
ASSOCIATED BLACK INTERSEGMENTAL MARKINGS.—A “ tus-
sock” may be defined as a tuft of fine hairs, very closely
placed, and of approximately equal length, so that the
structure is flat-topped. Microscopic examination shows
that the constituent hairs bristle with minute lateral
branches (in Orgyia pudibunda and O. antiqua, and
probably in other species also). It is, therefore, clear
that they would be extremely unpleasant if brought
into contact with the tender skin of the mouth, and the
experiments described below prove that this is the case.
At the same time the hairs are so closely packed, and
the ‘‘ tussock” appears to be so dense and continuous,
that it does not seem to be made of hairs at all, but
rather to be a projection from the dorsal surface of the
larva, and a most feasible part for an enemy to seize
upon. If seized, the fine hairs come out in immense
numbers in the mouth of the enemy, and produce such
an effect that the larva escapes unhurt.
The following notes show that the ‘‘ tussocks”’ are held
in an especially conspicuous manner when the larva is
irritated, while the black markings are also revealed,
and assist by rendering the tussocks more obvious, and
by giving an appearance of increased projection.
The larva of O. pudibunda possesses a large black
intersegmental semilunar mark, between each of the
four ‘‘tussocks,’ and a small one behind the last
of these. The black marks are all shown to their full
extent when the larva rolls into a ring. When the larva
2R2
590 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
is at rest on a straight surface, but little of the first mark
can be seen, and hardly any of the others, while
the four tussocks appear to be continuous. In walking,
the first mark becomes more distinct, and a little of the
others can be seen. [If the larva be slightly irritated by
gently blowing upon it, or by tapping the surface on
which it is crawling, it stops instantly; the head is
tucked in, so that its anterior surface becomes horizontal,
while the dorsal surface of the anterior segments forms
a curved outline. In consequence of this attitude, the
first black mark becomes very large and conspicuous,
and the second mark also, although not to an equal
extent. The two anterior ‘‘tussocks” are separated,
while the two posterior are approximated, and appear
like a single structure. In this way the three apparent
tussocks (counting the two posterior as one) become
extremely prominent. The attitude is soon abandoned
if the larva is not further irritated, but if the
irritation is more violent (such as that produced by
brushing the larva with a leaf), it is maintained for a
comparatively long time. If the irritation be still more
violent the larva falls and rolls into a ring, and then the
tussocks,—completely separated and thrown up by the
black surface around them—become the feature of the
larva; equally effective in affording an apparent oppor-
tunity for the inexperienced enemy, and in aiding the
memory of those which are more experienced.
In O. antiqua the same object is achieved by seg-
mental rather than intersegmental dark markings,
apparently a modification of a broad black dorsal band.
The habits of these larve when irritated are exactly like
those of O. pudibunda, the two anterior tussocks being
separated, the others approximated, although they are
sometimes separated in this species.
This interpretation is entirely due to experiment. A
larva of O. antiqua was introduced into a lizard’s cage,
and when attacked, instantiy assumed the defensive
attitude. An unwary lizard seized the apparently
feasible part of the larva; most of the “ tussock’’ came
out in its mouth, and the lizard seemed greatly troubled
by the fine hairs, and did not touch the larva again.
On another occasion a full-grown larva of O. pudi-
bunda was offered to a hungry adult Lacerta viridis.
The lizard evidently knew the danger, and kept trying to
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc. 591
find some part of the larva which could be seized with
safety. The larva remained motionless in the defensive
position during the whole process, which lasted for some
minutes. In this position the protection was very
remarkable, the body bristling everywhere with sharp,
stiff spines, except in the region of the tussocks. This
experienced lizard finally seized the larva on the dorsal
surface a long way behind the tussocks, evidently
preferring the bristles. Although killed, the larva was
not swallowed, and it had only been seized after many
attempts and the closest examination. It is quite clear
that the hairy covering would have saved it from any
except a very hungry enemy.
9. THE MEANING OF THE PECULIAR METHOD OF PRO-
GRESSION IN THE LARVH OF CocHLIopopipz.—It is well
known that these larve rest on the upper surface of the
leaves of their food-plants, and that the body is inflated,
so that a peculiar dome-like shape is produced. The
larve are thus quite unlike caterpillars, and may
sugeest the appearance of some kind of gall on the
surface of the leaf, and there is also a certain degree of
resemblance to the pupe of Coccinelide. It is probable
that careful investigation of the larve in their natural
surroundings, will, perhaps, reveal the object which is
resembled for purposes of protection, although it is
possible that the object is not now to be found in our
country. George Tate, who supplied me with larve of
Heterogenea asellus, could not remember any object
which they resembled, but special attention must be
directed to the point before we can accept this testimony
as final. The terrifying appearance of the larval
Cherocampa elpenor is founded upon that of a cobra-like
serpent, which is quite unlike any of our native reptiles.
The latter larva, nevertheless, gains protection because
of the instinctive fear of anything snake-like felt by its
enemies ; and the Cochliopodide certainly gain protection
by assuming a form which is quite unlike that of a cater-
pillar, and does not suggest the appearance of the food
of any insect-eating vertebrate. When the movements
of these larve (H. asellus) lead to their detection, they
are greatly relished by lizards.
If, then, protection is gained by the remarkable aiti-
tude assumed upon the upper surface of the leaf, the
592 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc.
meaning of the method of locomotion becomes clear.
Lepidopterous larve can walk on the under surface of
leaves because of the presence of projecting veins, but
the upper surface is smooth, and affords no foothold.
Hence larve often spin a foothold upon the upper
surface (young Cerura vinula, &c.), while the vast
majority rest upon the under surface; although this
is chiefly due to the more perfect concealment which
is thus rendered possible. There is, however, a method
by which small larve, which weigh little, can walk
freely over the smooth upper side of a leaf: that is
by the substitution of adherence by a sticky surface, for
adherence by clasping. The motion of the larva is
brought about by the same movements in both cases ;
the larval body, or part of it, is thrown into undulations,
which bring the anterior clasping legs in the one case,
and the anterior part of the sticky surface in the other,
within reach of new parts of the object over which the
larva is walking; while the posterior claspers, and the
posterior part of the sticky surface are simultaneously
withdrawn from a corresponding length of the object. The
motion being thus essentially the same, the conversion of
the one method into the other would offer little difficulty.
The larve, doubtless, first walked with adhesive claspers,
and these would gradually become shorter and broader,
thus yielding increased support by extending the area by
means of which they adhered. Finally, the claspers
would be altogether lost, and the whole of the ventral
surface, from which they formerly projected, would take
part in locomotion.
Such is a probable history of this method of pro-
eression, but its use appears to be beyond doubt: it is
to enable the larve to move freely over the smooth upper
surface of the leaves, and thus to assume their charac-
teristic position.
My only experience of the larva of Limacodes testudo
is founded on an examination of the prepared specimens
in the collection which Lord Walsingham has generously
presented to the Natural History Museum. ‘There
seems little doubt, however, that the larve are essentially
similar in the points here alluded to.
10. THE PROTECTIVE RESEMBLANCES OF THE LARVE OF
GrOMETRA PAPILIONARIA.—The “‘ seasonal adaptation ” of
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, éc. 598
the larve of this and other species has already been
pointed out by Prof. R. Meldola (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878,
p- 155, and editorial notes to the translation of Weis-
mann’s Essay, ‘On the Origin of the markings of
Caterpillars,’ p. 305). In the former paper the author
calls attention to the interesting fact that the young
larve are brown, and remain brown during hybernation,
when the trees are bare, while many of them become green
when older, after the leaves have expanded in spring.
A purely accidental observation has enabled me to
showthat the younger larve possess the power of adjusting
the shade of their brown colour to that of the twigs
of their food-plant. In the autumn of 1887 a number
of these larve, which had been reared from ova, were
placed in two muslin bags, tied upon different branches
of the same birch-tree. The larve were examined on
May ist, 1888. In one bag 27 larve were found, in the
other 4, while 4 larve were found upon the tree, having
evidently escaped from the second bag. The 8 larve
were much lighter in colour than the others, the difference
being independently noticed by my wife and myself.
Examination of the twigs which had been enclosed in
the bags at once showed that their colour corresponded
with that of the larve. The bag containing the 8 larve
had been tied on to a part of the tree which had been
largely pruned earlier in the year, and the enclosed
twigs were young and comparatively light-coloured.
The necessity for such protection is especially important
in this species during hybernation, when its enemies
are often compelled by hunger to search for food in the
most careful manner.
After hybernation the larve grow rapidly, and in the
last stage become dimorphic, some of them being
green and some brown. After experimenting for two
seasons I failed to obtain evidence of any susceptibility
on the part of the larve during this stage: dark
surroundings did not make a larger proportion of larvae
brown, nor did green surroundings make a larger pro-
portion green. It will be shown below that these colours
are certainly hereditary, like those of the Ephyride.
The larve in the last stage are protected by their
close resemblance to catkins. They feed upon catkin-
bearing trees, hazel and birch. The brown posterior
end of the body exactly suggests the brown scale at the
594 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de.
base of a catkin; the short stout body of the larva is of
the appropriate shape and size, and is held in the
appropriate attitude; the edges of the segments, seen
in profile, project a little, and are very distinct all round
the larva, thus suggesting the overlapping scales of the
catkin ; and the resemblance is heightened by the pro-
jecting edges being tipped here and there with brown, in
the green larve. The brown larve similarly resemble
the older brown catkins.
There is some evidence for the appearance of these
varieties at slightly different times, corresponding to
changes in the colour of the catkins, but confirmation
is needed before this can be accepted as proved. Of
12 larve sent me, in the spring of 1887, by Mr. W. H.
Harwood, about half were green, and the rest brown:
the former pupated much earlier, while the latter lived
on until the birch-catkins were brown, and then died
before pupation. The evidence suggests that observa-
tions should be directed to this point, and that large
numbers of larve should be employed. Unfortunately
my experience this year (1888) did not much help
matters, for there was only a single brown larva, and in
this case no difference was observed between the times
of maturity in the two varieties. Mr. Harwood informs
me that he has not observed such differences, but that
he believes the larve on hazel are somewhat different in
appearance from those on birch. My own experience
is limited to the latter food-plant.
The protective methods of this larva seem to be very
remarkable, and to call for further observation.
11. A PROOF OF THE PROTECTIVE VALUE OF DIMORPHISM
IN LARVH.—Whatever be the value of the dimorphism of
the older larve of Geometra papilionaria, it is quite
certain that this mode of appearance is useful to the
species. From the pupe obtained from green larve in
1887, moths were bred and fertile eggs obtained: about
30 young larve grew up to maturity, and of these only
a single one was a brown variety. If, therefore, either
of these varieties had any advantage over the other, and
continued to have advantage, whatever the proportionate
numbers might be, it is quite clear that such variety
would very soon be the only one. The fact that both
varieties exist, demonstrates that the dimorphism is
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 595
advantageous to the species,—that each variety becomes
of especial advantage when a certain proportion between
the numbers of the two forms is reached. Whatever be
the advantage afforded,—whether it be that suggested
in an earlier paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884,
pp- 50—56), or because of a difference in the times at
which the two varieties respectively appear,—it is
perfectly certain that the advantage is real. The
breeding experiment with moths from larve of one colour
clearly shows that if either form were less useful, it
would be exterminated in a very few seasons.
12. THE PROTECTIVE RESEMBLANCE OF THE PUPA OF
APATURA IRIs.—During the past summer (1888) I suc-
ceeded in obtaining a single fine female pupa of this
species from larve sent me in the autumn of 1887, by
George Tate.
The pupa was suspended from a sallow-leaf, and it
resembled a leaf in the most perfect manner. The
twig of sallow was on several occasions offered to
friends in order to ascertain whether they could detect
the pupa, and it was almost invariably overlooked.
Even when the pupa was pointed out, the observer
frequently failed to see any difference between it and
a leaf.
The most extraordinary thing about this resemblance
was the leaf-like impression of flatness conveyed by a
pupa which was in reality very far from flat. Thus the
length of the pupa was 30°5 mm.; the greatest breadth
(dorgo-ventral diameter), 11°5 mm.; the greatest thick-
ness (from side to side), 8°5 mm. The following notes
were taken July 12th, 1888 :—
The midrib of the supposed leaf is represented by a
white line along the upper wing, corresponding to its
upper edge posteriorly, but below the true edge
anteriorly: in the latter region the midrib is repre-
sented by a ridge (corresponding to the costal margin
of the future imaginal fore wing), which extends along
the (pupal) wing horizontally, and meets the antenna
obliquely at the junction of the meso- and prothorax.
Posteriorly to the upper wing the line crosses the
exposed narrow strip of the hind wing, obliquely, on its
way tothe abdominal segments, over which it is con-
tinued backwards as a white stripe immediately above
596 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, cc.
the spiracles. On the dorsal side of the midrib the
lateral veining of a leaf is represented by seven oblique
stripes, sloping as in most Sphinx larve, and situated
on the first seven abdominal segments, the stripes being
very small and slight on the 1st and 7th segments, and
especially long and distinct on the 2nd, 8rd, and 4th.
The effect is aided by a deepening of the green ground
colour below, and (especially) above these stripes. The
increased depth of colour is caused by the relative
absence of white dots in this position. On the ventral
side of the midrib the wing-veining and the obliquely-
directed antenna assist in the general effect by pro-
ducing a subdued appearance of leaf venation, although
the slope is in the wrong direction.
The shape is also modified in a very interesting
manner. Dorsally the pupa is flat and greatly com-
pressed, the sides meeting in a thin sharp dorsal ridge
extending from the posterior edge of the 9th abdominal
segment (close to the part which bears the hooks by
which the pupa is suspended) to the anterior edge of
the 8rd abdominal. Immediately anterior to this point,
at the posterior edge of the 2nd abdominal segment, the
single ridge divides into two ridges, which at first form a
very acute angle with each other. Along the centre of
the furrow between them there is a distinct, although
slight, trace of a median ridge. The two ridges pass
anteriorly, gradually diverging, to end at the apices of
the two divergent horns, which form the anterior termi-
nation of the pupa.
Partly in consequence of this conformation, and partly
because of the general shape, the slope on the dorsal
side of the midrib, anterior to the 3rd abdominal seg-
ment, is very considerable, for the pupa does not come to
a thin edge, and is very far from flat at this part. And
the same is also true for the whole length of the ventral
side of the pupa.
But exactly in these places, where the obvious thick-
ness would destroy the resemblance to a leaf, the whole
effect of the roundness is neutralised by the increased
lightness of these parts—a lightness which is so disposed
as to just compensate for the shadow by which alone we
judge of the roundness of small objects. (Much larger
objects can be judged of by the change of focus, which
becomes necessary as their near or distant parts are
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 597
observed.) In shading the drawing of an object so as
to represent roundness, the shade is made to become
gradually less and less deep as the tangential planes
represented come nearer and nearer to a right angle
with the axis of vision. So here, the converse of shading,
—the whiteness neutralising the shadow which shading
is intended to represent,—dies off gradually as the
midrib is approached.
The whiteness is produced by the relative abundance
of white dots and a fine white marbling of the surface
which is present everywhere, mingled with the green.
The effect is, in fact, produced by a process exactly
analogous to stippling.
By this beautiful and simple method a pupa, which is
8°5 mm. from side to side in its thickest part, appears
flat, and offers the most remarkable resemblance to a
leaf which is a small fraction of 1 mm. in thickness.
13. THE DEFENSIVE SECRETION OF THE LARVA OF CR&SUS
varus.—The secretion of the ventral glands is distinctly
acid to litmus paper. The smell caused by eversion of
the glands after irritation, is said to be ‘‘ sour, like bruised
sorrel-leaves.” It therefore seems clear that the de-
fensive substance is a volatile acid, but the small size of
the larve renders any further determination of its
nature extremely difficult.
14. THE GEOMETRIFORM STRUCTURE AND ATTITUDES OF
Hucuip1a m1.—A very complete account of the Geometri-
form structure of young Noctua larve, and of its bearing
upon classification, was written by Professor Meldola
(‘Trans. of the Epping Forest and County of Hssex
Naturalists’ Field Club,’ June, 1881). The object of
this note is to call attention to certain peculiar points
in the Geometriform movements of the young larve of
the genus Huclidia, and to introduce a figure of the
young larva of H#. mi, in the 1st stage, in the Geometri-
form attitude (Plate XVII. fig. 8, x 24:5). When I
first saw the young larve of this latter species, I felt
sure that they were Geometers, and yet I was struck by
the extraordinary activity with which the larve whipped
about the anterior part of the body several times
between each stride, which was taken with extreme
rapidity. I have never seen these movements con-
598 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
ducted with anything like the same energy by a true
Geometer. When disturbed the larve contract into a
curious irregular zigzag, in one plane, and remain
motionless for some considerable time. This attitude is
not unlike that assumed by many young Geometers
under similar circumstances. I have also noticed the
same movements and the same attitude in the young
Euchdia glyphica during the past summer. A careful
drawing was made of the young larva of H. mi, after
having been fed for a few days in the 1st stage, and is
represented in fig. 8. The absence of the 1st and 2nd
pairs of claspers is distinct, and the whole appearance
strongly suggests that of aGeometer. The chief bristles
and tubercles are very clearly seen, and possess a very
typical arrangement.
15. THE DETERMINATION OF SEX IN CERTAIN LIVING
LEPIDOPTEROUS LARVH.—It has long been known that the
essential reproductive glands are to some extent diffe-
rentiated in the larval state. The changes undergone
in this and the succeeding stages are beautifully repre-
sented in the plates of Herold’s work on the development
of Pieris brassice (‘Entwickelungsgeschichte der Schmet-
terlinge,’ 1815).
The testes and ovaries occupy similar positions rela-
tively to the segments of the larva, being found beneath
the skin of the 5th abdominal segment, as paired
bodies, placed one on each side of the dorsal vessel,
just above the digestive tract. The testes form two
distinct reniform or lobate masses, while the ovaries
have the form of two relatively minute and somewhat
twisted tubes. In addition to this, the testes are gene-
rally highly coloured, being very commonly yellow or
brown, and sometimes even bright red. Hence it follows
that these organs can be easily seen beneath the skin of
all fairly transparent larve, such as most of the Micro-
Lepidoptera. By careful examination they can often be
made out in moderately transparent Geometer, Noctua,
and also other larve. The ovaries, on the other hand,
can only be doubtfully seen in the most transparent
larve with the aid of alens. Knowing the anatomical
position and structure of the organs, I felt sure that the
yellow bodies I had so often seen in the larve of Tor-
trices must be the testes; but, before calling attention
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 599
to this easy means of distinguishing the sexes, I wanted
to test my conclusions by experiment.
Mr. Sidney T. Klein brought a large number of the
larve of Ephestia kiihmiella to one of our meetings in
the autumn of 1887. I saw that the supposed testes
were very distinct, being of a dark brown colour in
_ these larve. Mr. Klein kindly gave me a large number
of the larve, and from these I selected a considerable
number with, and about an equal number without,
the brown organs. They were separated, and eventually
males were alone produced from the former and females
from the latter, so there was no doubt about the validity
of the conclusion.
This fact will doubtless be of use to entomologists in
breeding experiments with certain species. The appear-
ance of the testes of the larval HE. kiihmiella, from above
and from the side, is shown in Plate XVIL., figs. 10 and
9 (both x 9). It will, however, be found that the organs
are often somewhat asymmetrical, one being rather
behind the other. In the movements of the larva the
skin glides backwards and forwards over them to a very
considerable extent, producing a very peculiar and
characteristic appearance. The testes in fig. 10 are
rather more separated than in the normal larva, owing
to the application of slight pressure.
The presence of these bodies must have been observed
by every entomologist ; while every morphologist knows
that the testes oceupy such a position, although unaware
that the organs are visible in many living larve. The
object of this note is to bring together the knowledge
obtained by two different classes of observers.
EXPLANATION OF Puates XV., XVI., & XVII.
Illustrating Mr. E. B. Poulton’s paper, ‘ Notes in 1887
upon lepidopterous larve, &c., including a complete
account of the life-history of the larve of Sphinx
convolvuli and Aglia tau.’
Puarte XV. The ontogeny of SPHINX CONVOLVULI wp to the end
of the 3rd stage :—
Fie. 1, x 9. The ovum of S. convolvuli, as seen from above.
This ovum appears to have been somewhat smaller than the
600 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, ce.
measurement given in the paper. The deep bluish green colour is
peculiar, and the size very small for so large a species.
Fic. 2, x 5:8. The larva of S. convolvuli, as seen from the
right side, and at the end of the 1st stage. The larva, which was
stretched to rather more than the average length, was in the
resting period before ecdysis: it was nearly ready for the change ;
the head of the 2nd stage has been drawn out of that of the
1st stage, and is now seen beneath the swollen anterior part of the
prothorax: the 6 ocelli are distinctly visible beneath the skin of the
prothorax. The black caudal horn, with its bifid termination, and
very peculiar, although slight, forward curve, is distinctly shown ;
but the fine hairs upon it could not be indicated with this degree
of magnification. The chief bristles springing from tubercular
bases, are quite distinct. The subdorsal is visible, although it is
probably a feature of the next stage, seen through the transparent
skin.
Fie. 8, x 50. The horn of a similar larva in the Ist stage, as
seen trom the front. The shape is shown in outline ; the details of
the structure are throughout similar to those indicated in the
upper part. The taper from base to tip is seen to be slight. The
fork at the tip is very marked, the figure representing the larva
with the deepest notch. The commoner form of termination is
that shown in the next figure. The two terminal bristles are stout
and large; their ends slightly clavate. The horn is thickly
covered with fine short hairs springing from small tubercles.
‘Fie. 4, x 50. The tip of the horn of a similar larva seen
from the same aspect. This represents the commoner form of tip,
with the notch slightly indicated. In other respects the structure
is identical with that represented in the last figure.
Fie. 5, x 245, The prothorax and head of a larva, similar
to that shown in fig. 2, in the resting-period, as seen from above.
The head of the next stage being drawn back, the ocelli are visible
upon each side of the anterior part of the prothorax. Posteriorly,
upon the same segment, the first spiracle is seen, upon each side.
The figure represents one of the five larve which, in the 1st stage,
possessed the brown prothoracic dorsal plate, and the brown anal
patches. The plate is distinctly shown, together with the bristles
which border it, which are similarly placed in larve without
the brown plate. This structure evidently represents the plate
which is so conspicuous in wood-boring and burrowing larve, Tor-
trices, &e.
Fic. 6, x 24°5. The parts around the anus in one of the same
five larve, as seen from above and behind. This larva was also in
he resting-period before the 1st ecdysis. The triangular brown
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, dc. 601
patch on the anal flap, and the quadrangular brown patches above
each brown anal clasper, are distinctly shown, together with
the arrangement of the bristles and their tubercles. The segment
of which the posterior part is just indicated, is the 8th abdominal;
the narrow 9th abdominal is very distinct, and it is seen to be
clearly marked off from the 10th abdominal segment, which is
-made up of the parts around the anus, and the anal claspers. The
bristles possess a very well-marked arrangement upon the dorsal
part of the 9th abdominal segment.
Fic. 7, x 5°8. A larva rather more than half through the 2nd
stage, as seen from the left side. The white shagreen dots have
now appeared and are distinct ; the white subdorsal line is promi-
nent, and part of the 7th oblique white stripe can be seen. The
horn is still curved very slightly forward, although this character is
not indicated in the figure (see fig. 8). The tip is still bifid,
and the surface is covered with thorn-like tubercles bearing
bristles (see fig. 9).
The head is still rounded and, of a generalised larval shape, as in
the previous stage.
The larva represented was one of the seven darker varieties,
with dark pigment strongly developed on the head, thoracic legs,
claspers, below the anal flap, and round the spiracles. The horn
was black in all the larve.
Fic. 8, x 5°8. A larva at the end of the 2nd stage, in the
resting-period before ecdysis, drawn from the left side. The head
is in the condition described in fig. 1. The larva was stretched to
slightly over the average length. The figure is merely represented
in outline, and the dark parts indicate the arrangement of the pig-
ment.
The subdorsal and 7th oblique stripe are indicated by a line
along the lower edge in each case. The larva represented was that
one of the ten lighter larve of stage II., which first developed brown
spots in the position of the red spots upon Smerinthus larve. The
spots subsequently extended into faint stripes, and the whole feature
was far more developed in this than in any other larva of the 2nd
stage. It is shown at its maximum in the figure. The relation of
the spots to the borders is quite distinct and unmistakeable. The
patch of pigment between the 2nd and 8rd thoracic segments, pro-
bably belongs to the next stage, in which it becomes especially
prominent. The shagreen dots are only seen in profile. The shade
along the dorsal edge represents the dorsal line, due to a deeper
shade of ground colour.
Fie. 9, x 24°5. The caudal horn of the 2nd stage as seen from
the front. The horn is still bifid, and terminates in two divergent
602 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, cc.
bristles. The thorny tubercles covering the surface are distinctly
shown. The colour is black, with a light semi-transparent zone
near the tip. In this respect the horn resembles that of the young
Aglia tau, the red pigment being absent from a similarly placed
zone in this species (compare Plate XVII., figs. 8 and 4).
Figs. 10, 11, 12, and 18, all x 3. These four figures represent
different varieties of the larve, rather more than half-grown in the
3rd stage; all seen from the right side. The larve figured are
indicated in the paper. They were chosen to represent a transition
from one of the lightest larve of this stage (fig. 10) to the darkest
(fig. 13). The former is seen to be extremely Smerinthine in appear-
ance, possessing the characteristic red spots, and very little pigment
except upon the horn. The traces of dark borders to the stripes
above the subdorsal line are noteworthy. In fig. 11, the amount
of pigment has greatly increased in depth and extent; the dark
borders tend to pass anteriorly along the upper margin of the sub-
dorsal. In these two larve the light zone on the horn is marked.
In fig. 12, the borders have exteyded along the subdorsal, thus
shutting off a dorsal area of ground colour, which becomes of a
deeper green. In fig. 13, this area has become suffused with dark
pigment, of which the depth diminishes towards the dorsal line.
The larva is very dark as compared with the others, the head and
anal region being especially black. The larva represented was the
darkest of all in this stage.
The change in tint of the ground colour of the larve, from
bluish green in the palest larve, through intermediate tints to
yellowish green in the darkest larve, is very remarkable.
The shagreen dots are not represented in the figures. The dark
mark between the 2nd and 3rd thoracic segments apparently com-
pleting the series of spiracular marks, into a system with equal
intervals, is especially noticeable in figs. 10 and 11. The head has
now assumed a more characteristic shape. The caudal horn
is straight.
Fic. 14, x 5°25. The same larva as that represented in fig. 13,
seen from the left side and above, in a somewhat curved position.
This was much the darkest of all the larve in the 3rd stage. _ The
broad dark dorsal band is a very striking feature, of which not a
trace is visible in the paler larve (fig. 10). The shagreen dots are
represented in this figure. Two of the chief tubercles (from which
the chief bristles spring) of the first stage (fig. 2) are seen upon
each abdominal segment, one being above and one below each
spiracle, except upon the 8th segment, in which one is above and
one behind the spiracle. The others are also present, but less con-
spicuous, so that they could not be shown in the figure. The
Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous lavve, de. 6038
shagreen dots are darker in colour upon the blacker parts of the
larva.
Fiag. 15, x 9. The head of the last larva, as seen from the
front. The black bands have spread so as to cover by far the
greater part of the surface, while the green ground colour, which
is uncovered by them, is far darker than in the other larve.
Fie. 16, x 14:5. The caudal horn of the 3rd stage, as seen
from the front. The anterior side of the base is represented by the
curved mark; below this mark a small part of the dorsal surface of
the 8th abdominal segment is represented. The horn is still bifid,
although the notch is not so marked as in the last stage (fig. 9).
In other respects the structure is similar. The transparent zone,
present in many larve of this stage, is represented in the figure.
PuateE XVI. The ontogeny of SPHINX CONVOLVULI, 4th and
5th stages :—
Fries. 1, 2, 8, 4, and 5, all x 2. These five figures represent dif-
ferent varieties of the larve at the end of the 4th stage; all seen
from the right side. The larve represented are indicated in the
paper. These also represent a transition from the green to the
dark larve.
The transition is, however, of greater extent than this series
alone, for it is continuous through the darkest larva of the
last stage (Plate XV., figs. 13 and 14), to the lightest Smerin-
thine larva shown in Plate XV., fig. 10. The gradual disap-
pearance of the green ground colour is very beautifully traced in
this series of larve in the 3rd and 4th stages. Fig. 1 was the
lightest of all the larve in the 4th stage; there was, however, a
single larva intermediate between it and fig. 2. These three larvwe
were the only green varieties which occurred in this stage. In
fig. 3, the lightest of the dark larve is represented ; distinct traces
of the green ground colour can still be seen. Tig. 4 is one of the
dark varieties, with very prominent subdorsal and subspiracular
lines. Fig. 5 is one of the darkest of the larve in this stage.
The horn is now curved backwards, and appears to be smooth
and shining, although it still retains small tubercles. The trans-
parent zone is still present in many larve, and traces of the
forked tip are very generally present. The larve were still
distinctly shagreened, but this is not indicated in the figures. The
distinct subdorsal and subspiracular are very conspicuous in many
of the dark larve. The orange spiracles also form a very promi-
nent feature.
Fies. 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10, all natural size. These five figures
represent the five chief varieties of the larvee when approaching
maturity ; all seen from the right side. The differences are now
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1888.—paRT IV. (DEC.) 258
604 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larvae, é&c.
much less than in the earlier stages. The chief variations are in
the shade of ground colour, which passes from brown to black, in
the prominence of the subdorsal, subspiracular, and oblique
stripes and their borders. The subdorsal is often represented by
a single spot on each segment posterior to the 1st abdominal. In
the lightest varieties there is a dorsal stripe above the subdorsal,
also tending to form spots (above the subdorsal spots); this is
indicated in figs. 6 and 7. The larve represented in the figures
are described in the paper.
The horn is now smooth, polished, and curved like that of
S. ligustri. There is no trace of the bifid extremity and the
tubercles of earlier stages. The dorsal prothoracic plate is very
distinet and polished. Traces of shagreen dots can be distinctly
seen immediately after ecdysis, as in S. ligustri; but most of them
disappear or become very inconspicuous in the course of a few
hours. They can still be detected, and are represented in the
figures, in the faintly marked oblique stripes.
Fig. 11, x 7. The head and prothorax of a larva in the resting-
period before the last ecdysis, as seen from the right side and
above. The prothoracie dorsal plate, which is not conspicuous
earlier in the stage, now comes out with great distinctness. Its
colour is darker than the surrounding cuticle, and its rigidity
prevents it from being thrown into wrinkles by the strain which
affects the cuticle in this way. The wrinkles are especially
distinct round the margin of the plate. The shagreen dots are
especially large on the plate; they are small and dark on the black
head, and are absent from the anterior neck-like part of the
prothorax, into which the head of the next stage is being retracted.
The subdorsal line is shown in outline on both sides; the pro-
thoracic spiracle on the right side only.
Fic. 12, x 7. Part of the 6th abdominal segment of a larva, in
the 5th stage, immediately after the last ecdysis, as seen from the
left side. The appearance represented only remains for an hour
or two after ecdysis, for the rapidly darkening cuticular pigments
cover up and hide the subcuticular pigment upon which the first
appearance depends. The shagreen tubercles are seen to be still
present, although very small, each being surrounded by a circular
white area, which corresponds to the tubercles of the previous
stage. The ground colour is purplish above and yellowish below ;
the border to the stripe is purplish, but blue in the central part.
The appearance somewhat suggests that of Acherontta atropos.
Two of the chief tubereles and bristles are very prominent. The
eight annuli of the segment are distinctly shown.
Notes in 1887 wpon lepidopterous larva, de. 605
Puate XVII. The ontogeny of Auta TAv, &c.
Fie. 1, x 9. The newly hatched larva of A. tau, seen from
‘above, and slightly from the left side, showing the five charac-
teristic spines in a wrinkled and contracted state. In about twenty
minutes they are expanded to their full size (as shown in fig. 8),
by the pressure of the larval blood; they then become stiff
and rigid. The dorsal tubercles are pressed down flat on the
back of the larva, with their apices directed towards the middle
line. The details of the whole of the tubercular coverings are not
indicated, the magnification being insufficient to represent the
indistinct condition of these structures immediately after hatching.
Fic. 2, x 7. A larva of Aglia tau, crawling out of the egg-
shell, as seen from above. ‘The four thoracic spines are in the con-
tracted state as iu the last figure. The egg-shell is seen from one
of its long sides.
Fic. 8, x 7. The larva of A. tau, after having fed for a few
days in the first stage, as seen from above. The five horns are very
characteristic in appearance; the one on the 8th abdominal seg-
ment corresponds in every way to the caudal horn of Sphingida.
The transparent area corresponds to that shown in Plate XV., figs.
9 and 16, &., in the case of 4. convolvuli. The forked tip, with
its two terminal bristles, is like that of all young Sphingida
hitherto described (see Plate XV., fig. 3, &c.). Four hair-bearing
tubercles are seen on each side of each abdominal segment.
Fic. 4, x 50. The caudal horn of a similar larva showing the
details of its structure, as seen from the front. The four thoracic
horns are essentially similar.
Fic. 5, natural size. The adult larva of A. tau, at the end of
the 4th (and last) stage, as seen from the right side. The differ-
ences between this and the earlier appearance (fig. 3) are very
striking, and appear suddenly at the beginning of the last stage,
the three previous stages being very uniform. The shagreen dots
are like those of Smerinthus and Sphina, and appear in the 2nd
stage. The anterior part of the larva bears some rough resem-
blance to the head of a vertebrate animal; and there is a black
mark on the Ist abdominal segment, which is in the appropriate
position for the vertebrate eye. This terrifying mark is only
exposed when the larva is irritated (as shown in the figure). The
subspiracular line is very distinct and prominent, being composed
of fleshy lobes. The terrifying mark is situated just above this
line, and is in the form of a pouch, which can be opened, and thus
rendered visible.
Fic. 6, x 5°25, Part of the 1st abdominal segment of a similar
larva, seen from the right side. The terrifying mark is almost
606 Notes in 1887 upon lepidopterous larve, de.
concealed in this case, although the red margin can be seen. The
pouch is drawn downwards and inwards behind the fleshy lobes of
the subspiracular line. The shagreen dots are distinctly shown,
together with the different shades of green ground colour, above
and below the subspiracular. The larva represented was a yel-
lowish green variety.
Fie. 7, x 4:5. The Ist and 2nd abdominal segments of the
larva of Stawropus fagi, as seen from the right side. The details
of structure are only shown in the posterior part of the 2nd
abdominal segment. The two black marks which are exposed
when the larva is irritated are distinctly indicated. They resemble
the single mark of A. taw, being in the form of pouches, which can
be opened and closed. The lower lip takes the form of a projecting
flap, which conceals the pouch when it rises, and exposes it when it
is depressed. The black marks are only exposed, as in the figure,
after extreme irritation. These marks, doubtless, represent the
black scars caused by ichneumon stings or wounds, and afford the
larva protection from parasites by suggesting that it has been
already attacked.
Fic. 8, x 24°5. The young larva of Huclidia mi, after having
crown for a few days in the Ist stage, as seen in the geometriform
attitude from the left side. The chief bristles and tubercles are
very distinct. The 9th abdominal segment is clearly marked off
from the 8th and 10th. The 1st and 2nd claspers are absent, and
the larva closely resembles a geometer in structure and move-
ments.
Fie. 9, x 9. The posterior part of the larva of Ephestia
kiihmiella, as seen from the right side. The larva had been
somewhat compressed, so that its dorso-ventral diameter is greater
than in the normal state. The dark squarish body on the upper
part of the 5th abdominal segment (the anterior segment figured)
is the right testis; it is of a brown colour. The chief bristles and
tubercles are plainly seen. The 9th and 10th abdominal segments
are very sharply marked off and distinct.
Fic. 10, x 9. The 5th and 6th abdominal segments of the same
larva, as seen from above. The larva had been compressed so that
the diameter from side to side is greater than normal, and the
testes are separated by an unusual distance. These organs are
distinctly seen beneath the skin of the 5th abdominal segment,
just projecting beyond the posterior margin of this segment into
the 6th abdominal. The dorsal vessel is faintly seen. The chief
bristles are distinct.
PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For tHE YEAR 1888.
————
February 1, 1888.
Dr. Davip Suarp, M.B., F.Z.S., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.
Nomination of Vice- Presidents.
The President nominated Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M.P.,
F.R.S., Mr. Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S., and the Rt. Hon.
Lord Walsingham, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Presidents for the
Session 1888 to 1889.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. Henry F. Dale, F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., of Miserden,
Gloucestershire, and 2, Savile Row, W., was elected a Fellow.
Exhibitions, dc.
Mr. F. Pascoe exhibited two specimens of a species of the
Hemipterous genus Ghilianella, one of which he found crawl-
ing over a low bush at Para with the young larva—whose
long and slender abdomen was coiled round the thorax—
securely riding on its back. He said it was the only occasion
he ever saw the species with the larva, which was new to
Mr. Bates.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., I., 1888. B
(tay
Dr. Sharp exhibited a number of insects forwarded to him
by Mr. Kidston, of Stirling, collected by Mr. Alexander Carson
on Kavalla, an island in Lake Tanganyika: they were sent in
spirit, and unfortunately were much damaged in transit.
The Coleoptera were nearly all well-known species, exemplify-
ing the fact that many of the commoner insects of tropical
Africa have wide distribution there, some of these species
being common both to Natal and Senegal. The most
remarkable of the insects received from Mr. Carson was a
large lepidopterous caterpillar, which Dr. Sharp had given to
Mr. Poulton ; it was covered with very thick sharp spines, all
pointed, except the terminal one in the mesial line which was
furcate.
Mr. Champion exhibited specimens of Casnonia olivieri,
Buq., Qdichirus unicolor, Aubé, Paussus favieri, Fairm.,
Colydium elongatun, Fab., Endophleus spinulosus, Latyr.,
Hetarius arachnoides, Fairm., Pseudotrechus mutilatus, Rosenh.,
Singilis bicolor, Ramb., and Phyllomorpha laciniata, Will., all
recently collected by Mr. J. J. Walker, R.N., of H.M. ship
‘ Grappler,’ at Gibraltar, Tetuan, and Tangier.
Mr. R. South exhibited a remarkable variety of Polyom-
matus phiwas, caught by him in North Deyon in 1881.
_ Mr. R. W. Lloyd exhibited a living specimen of a species
of Ocnera taken in London amongst merchandise imported
from Ispahan.
Mons. Alfred Wailly exhibited four cases containing a large
number of cocoons of Anthere@a assamensis, A. roylei, Attacus
ricini, and Actias selene. The first case contained a number
of dead moths which had emerged on the voyage, paired, and
laid eggs which had hatched, the young larve being alive on
the arrival of the case. In the second case only about
ten moths had emerged, some of which were alive at the
time of its arrival. In the third case all the moths had
emerged, and were broken to pieces; some of the ova which
had been laid had hatched, and the larve were alive on their
arrival. Mons. Wailly said it was evident that to have any
chance of obtaining cocoons alive, they must be sent, as
soon as formed, in small boxes by Sample Post.
Mons. Wailly also exhibited seven bags, or nests, of the
f
( “ii. ¥)
cocoons of Bombyx rhadama (the silk of which is used by the
Hovas in the manufacture of their stuffs called « Lambas”’)
which had been sent to him from the island of St. Mary,
Madagascar. He stated that only a comparatively small
number of moths had emerged on the voyage; and he remarked
that the cocoons were small, of a pure white colour, and sur-
rounded by a quantity of silk of a buff-colour.
Mr. H. Goss observed that, according to Mr. Poulton’s
experience, it was a remarkable feature of these nests that
the silk forming the outer covering should be a dark buff-
colour, while the cocoons enclosed in them were pure white.
Paper read.
Mr. H. J. Elwes read a paper on ‘the Butterflies of
Sikkim,” the result of many years of collecting in that
wonderfully rich district of the Himalayas. He said he had
been enabled to complete his observations during the enforced
delay at Darjeeling of Mr. Macaulay’s Mission to Thibet, of
which he was a member. He stated the number of species
occurring in this small district to be about 530, which is
greater than the number hitherto found in any locality in the
Old World. Of these the greater part only occur in the hot
valleys at an elevation of 1000 to 3000 feet, and these are for
the most part of a purely Malayan character, whilst those
found in the middle zone are in many cases peculiar to the
Himalayas; and the few species from the alpine parts of the
country at 12,000 to 16,000 feet are of a Kuropean or North
Asiatic type. An important feature in this paper was the
numerous observations taken on the habits, variation, seasons
of appearance, and range of altitude, of the various species, for
which Mr. Elwes said he was largely indebted to Herr Otto
Moller, of Darjeeling. The paper concluded with an analysis
of the species and genera as compared with those found in
the North-West Himalayas and in the Malay Peninsula.
Mr. J. H. Leech, Dr. Sharp, Mr. Elwes, and others took
part in the discussion which ensued.
( tiv})
March 7, 1888.
Dr. Davin Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.8., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. Frederic Pennington, jun., of Broome Hall, Holm-
wood, Surrey; Mr. W. Crush, of Ulundi Road, Westcombe
Park, Blackheath, S.E.; and Mr. James Plumer Cregoe, of
26, Rutledge Avenue, Charleston, South Carolina, U.S§.A.,
were elected Fellows.
Exhibitions, dc.
Mr. J. H. Leech exhibited, and made remarks on, a num-
ber of butterflies forming part of the collection made for him
during last summer by Mr. Pratt at Kiukiang, Central China.
The specimens included Papilio macilentus, hitherto only
recorded from Japan; a series of varieties of Papilio sarpedon,
selected from over a hundred specimens, in most of which
the blue spots of the hind wings were entirely absent; also a
pale green variety of this species which Mr. Leech believed
to be a new or very rare form; a supposed new species of
Papilio with very broad tails, traversed by two nerves
instead of one; a series of Sericinus telamon, selected from
over 800 specimens, no two of which were alike; varieties
of Acrea vesta; examples of Charaxes narceus and the
variety mandarinus, which latter Mr. Leech said was the
common form at Kiukiang; Ypthima sakra, a species new
to China; Paleonympha opalina, Butl.; some new or un-
known species of Lethe, Neptis, and <dApatura; and a
series of Argynnis paphia with the variety valezina of the
female. Mr. Leech stated that all the females of A. paphia
taken at Kiukiang belonged to the variety valezina, the
typical form of the female being unknown there. He also
remarked that in studying Chinese Lepidoptera it was of
great importance to have a long series of every species, as in
many cases the varieties intermediate between the typical
form of a species and its local forms are extremely rare, and
C ay)
without large numbers of examples for comparison mistakes
In the identification of species were sure to occur.
Mr. E. B. Poulton expressed great interest in Mr. Leech’s
statement that the female of Argynnis paphia was apparently
only represented at Kiukiang by the dark valezina form.
In this country the dark variety was well known in the
New Forest, and a single specimen had been captured on
Streatly Hill, Berkshire. It probably also existed in other
localities in the South of England. On the other hand,
the typical form of the species was excessively abundant in
Devonshire, and yet the valezina form had never been seen
there. The facts that the dark variety is the only form
at Kiukiang; that in many European localities there is a
small percentage of dark females; and that again in other
Kuropean localities these dark varieties are never found,—
seem to bear, in an important manner, upon the difficult
problem of the origin of dimorphism in Lepidoptera.
Such dimorphism is probably to be explained in the same
manner as the dimorphism of Lepidopterous larve, the
question being complicated by the existence of sexual selec-
tion in the former ease. It is probably due to the variability
of a form which is represented by one of the two varieties
now known: the disappearance of intermediate varieties led
to the existence of two well-marked and clearly separated
forms; finally, the gradual predominance of one of these
forms over the other, of the new over the old, is probably
taking place in many localities, and has already taken place
in others. The fact of the relative abundance of A. valezina
in different localities would seem to imply that it is the older
form, which has been replaced in most English localities,
It is to be noted that intermediate varieties still occur,
although very rarely. Mr. Poulton further said he thought
it would be of extreme interest to trace the same facts still
further in other localities, over the whole range of the species,
and to look for kindred phenomena in other fritillaries. The
case of Colias edusa would also yield most interesting and
important results if carefully studied from the same point of
view.
Mr. Jenner Weir stated that he had bestowed much time,
C wD
for several years in succession, in collecting A. paphia and
the form of the female known as valezina in the New Forest,
and that he had obtained a series of forms intermediate
between the typical form of the female and the variety
valezina.
Mr. H. Goss said that about eighteen years ago he had
seen a specimen of A. paphia, var. valezina, caught in Ash-
down Forest, Sussex; but that, with the exception of this
specimen, he had never seen valezina out of the New Forest.
The typical form of the species was very abundant in Mon-
mouthshire, but he believed there was no record of the
capture of valezina in that county.
Mr. McLachlan suggested that possibly some entomologists
might regard the species from Kiukiang referred to by Mr.
Leech as Argynnis paphia, as not identical with the species
known by that name in Europe.
Mr. Champion exhibited about 950 species of Coleoptera
recently collected by Mr. J. J. Walker, R.N., near Gibraltar.
Mr. McLachlan called attention to the large number of
species of water-beetles included in Mr. Walker’s collection.
Mr. Kirby suggested that the attention of the Imperial
Institute should be called to the interest and importance
attaching to the exhibition of local collections of insects from
British Colonies and possessions.
Mr. Verrall exhibited living specimens of Aspidomorpha
sancte-crucis, and another species unnamed, from the caves of
Elephanta.
Mr. Slater exhibited specimens of a species of weevil
which had been doing much damage to maize sent to the
Colonial Exhibition.
Paper read,
Mr. William White read a paper entitled ‘‘ Experiments
upon the Colour-Relation between the pupe of Pieris rape
and their immediate surroundings,” which comprised a
detailed account and discussion of a series of observations
carried on by Mr. George C. Griffiths at Bristol, at his
instigation. The various experiments were intended to act
as a further test of the conclusions arrived at by Mr. E. B.
(° My)
Poulton in his ample paper on the subject, which was read
before the Royal Society last year, and recently published in
the Philosophical Transactions of that Society; and to effect
such test different and additional influences were adopted,
so that an analogy might be drawn between the two sets of
results.
Previous observers had freely stated that it was the habit of
chrysalides to assume the precise colouration of whatever
surface they were attached to, and the untested facts
of the case had been considerably exaggerated. Professor
Meldola, however, had modified such statements by declaring
that in the process of pigmentation there was no analogous
relation whatever to external photographic agency, the action
of light upon the sensitive skin of a pupa being of a special
nature altogether. The conclusions drawn by Mr. Poulton
from very extensive practical tests fully bore out the truth of
Prof. Meldola’s opinion, and it was interesting to apply
additional experiments to the point.
Between 80 and 90 larvee were employed by Mr. Griffiths
in these experiments, and of this number 74 pupz resulted
which were properly available for precise analytical treat-
ment. These were spread over a series of four orders of
condition, namely :—The influence of ‘Single Colours ”’
proper; ‘‘ Parti-colour”’ tests (of secondary importance) ;
‘True Conflicting-colour’”’ experiments; and ‘ Miscel-
laneous ” conditions.
Mr. White said the methods of analysis, and standards of
estimation which had been devised by Mr. Poulton in the
course of his researches, were closely adhered to throughout
Mr. Griffith's experiments, so that a true comparison of
the results of the two series of experiments might be duly
made. Mr. White further acknowledged his indebtedness to
Mr. Poulton for the personal aid he had afforded him in the
classification of the pupe.
The range of colours employed as influences included
black, white, blue (two shades), pink, red, yellow, green,
gold, &c.
An important point in relation to the period when the
pigment is chiefly developed in pupe, had been discovered
(( vir ~)
by Mr. Poulton in the course of a large number of experi-
ments which he made upon larve during the period preparatory
to pupation, which period he supposed to consist of three
stages; and this discovery that the second and early part of
the third stage of the ‘ Pre-pupational Period” (as Mr.
White proposed to call it) is the time of chief susceptibility,
had been applied to these experiments. The results of
these recent experiments were entirely confirmatory of Mr.
Poulton’s discovery, which is found to throw much lght
upon the subject. Most of the colours employed affected
the pups very materially, while some few, chiefly blue,
produced only “normal” pupe. Black, green, and yellow
were found to be the most potent influences; black sur-
roundings producing much pigment, and completely covermg
the surface of the pups in many cases; green produced in
most cases pale green pup, while yellow was still more
efficient in the production of an intense green colour without
any pigment spots.
The results of each group of experiments were separately
considered in the paper according to Mr. Poulton’s Standard
Grade of pupal colouration, and afterwards collectively
tabulated for the purpose of comparative analyses of the
different colour-factors, and again for comparison with the
results of Mr. Poulton’s similar experiments. The various
results were finally delineated* by means of a ‘ curve,”
which followed the lines of that obtained by Mr. Poulton
so closely as to add very strong testimony indeed to the
efficiency of the causes as constant factors.
The living pup experimented on were exhibited, together
with a number of normal specimens for comparison with
them, and also sample pieces of the coloured papers employed
in the experiments.
Mr. Poulton said that he was very much interested in the
results of Mr. Griffith’s experiments. When he had himself
experimented upon the colours of the pupe of the Pieridae,
by means of papers of various colours, the results were so
astonishing that it was in every way satisfactory to have
them confirmed. Special interest attached to the colour-
* A diagram was exhibited.
( &/)
effects of the orange, yellow and green parts of the spectrum.
The predominance of rays from this region in the light
incident upon the larva before pupation hindered the formation
of dark pigment, and tended towards the production of green
varieties of the pupa. But it was very remarkable that the
orange and yellow light produced stronger effects in both
these directions than the green itself. It seemed probable
that the explanation might be found in the theory that the
orange and yellow rays existing in the impure mixed greens
found in Nature were the really efficient stimuli which pro-
duced effects of protective resemblance to the green colour
itself. Mr. Poulton said he had suggested this explanation when
he published the account of his experiments; but it was very
satisfactory to find the explanation further supported by Mr.
Griffiths’ facts. Mr. Griffiths’ yellow paper also produced
much stronger effects than the green paper used by him.
The extremely sensitive nature of the larve before pupation
was shown by the marked effects following from the pale
tissue paper used by Mr. Griffiths. In his (Mr. Poulton’s)
experiments much stronger colours were employed, so that the
test of larval susceptibility was not nearly so severe.
Mr. Poulton further said that as we now know that the
colour-influence is efficient for many hours of the period
before pupation, and that it probably ceases for most of the
third stage when the larva is motionless and fixed by the
silken girdle and anal pad, it is clear that Mr. Griffiths’
experiments with particoloured surroundings did not afford
any true test of the effects of such a stimulus; for his
colours were applied during the third stage only, and without
special care to ensure their application as early as possible in
the period. In view of statements about parti-coloured pupx
found upon red brick and grey mortar, and considering Mr.
Barker’s observation of a parti-coloured pupa of Papilio niveus
supposed to result from the effects of brick and wood, it would
be well to test the Pieride thoroughly with two colours pro-
ducing as opposite an effect as possible. Black and orange
would be the best colours for the purpose, and a box might
be lined with a small chess-board pattern of those colours,
the squares being so small that a larva would be compelled
PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., 1., 1888. Gn
Gr ae
to rest upon two squares at the same time. Thus the con-
flicting colours would operate during the second and third
stages. Mr. Poulton said he hoped to make such an experi-
ment during the present season, and he should be extremely
glad if others would do the same. In conclusion he remarked
that the thanks of the Society were certainly due to Mr.
Griffiths for his careful experiments, and to Mr. White for the
trouble he had taken in arranging and bringing out the notes.
Lord Walsingham observed that pigment took longer to
form when the surroundings are dark than when they are
light; and that dark colours absorb and radiate heat more
than light colours.
Mr. Jacoby, Dr. Sharp, Mr. White, and others continued
the discussion.
April 4, 1888.
Dr. Davip Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.
Election of Fellows.
The Rev. J. H. Hodson, B.A., of Torquay, Devon; Mr.
A. J. Croker, of New Cross, S.E.; Mr. G. C. Griffiths, of
Cotham, Bristol; and Mr. Albert H. Jones, of Eltham, Kent,
were elected Fellows.
Exhibitions, &c.
Mr. H. Goss exhibited a large number of insects lately
received from Baron Ferdinand von Mueller, K.C.M.G.,
#.R.S., of Melbourne, which had been collected by Mr. Sayer
on Mount Obree and the adjoining ranges in New Guinea,
during Mr. Cuthbertson’s recent expedition there under the
direction of the Royal Geographical Society of Australia.
The collection comprised about 240 species of Coleoptera,
150 species of Lepidoptera, 48 species of Hemiptera, and a
few species of Diptera, Hymenoptera and Orthoptera. The
Lepidoptera included twenty species of butterflies, viz. :—
Calliplea Sawnviersit (Felder), Chanapa angasti (Felder), Hama-
(dat *)
dryas Moorei (McLeay), Melanitis Solandra (Fabr.), Mycalesis
cacodemon (Kirsch.), Hypocysta Osiris (Boisd.), Tenaris onolaus
(Kirsch.), 7. bioculatus (Guér.), Hypolimnas deois, male
(Hewits.), H. nerina, male (Fabr.), Cyrestis achates (Butler),
Neptis venilia, var. (Linn.), N. praslini (Boisd.), Acrea andro-
-macha (Fabr.), Lampides nemophila, female (Butler), Danis
Seba, male (Westwood), Pithecops dionysius (Boisd.), Appias
delicata (Butler), Ornithoptera pronomus (Gray), Hurycus troilus
(Butler). Mr. Goss said he had to express his thanks to Mr.
Arthur G. Butler, and Mr. W. F. Kirby, of the British
Museum, for their assistance in comparing the specimens
with types in the National Collection, and identifying the
species.
Mr. Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., exhibited, and made remarks on,
about sixty specimens—no two of which were alike—of a
species of butterfly belonging to the genus Hypolimnas, all of
which had been caught by Mr. Woodford near Suva, Viti
Levu, Fiji, on one patch of Zinnias.
Mr. H. T. Stainton, F.R.S., exhibited, on behalf of Mr.
G. C. Bignell, cases of Thyridopterya ephemereformis, Haworth,
collected near Charleston, U.S.A. Mr. Stainton said he
hoped Mr. Bignell would not introduce this pest into England.
Mr. W. F. Kirby exhibited about twenty species of South
African dragonflies lately received from Mr. Roland Trimen,
F.R.S., of Cape Town. Mr. Kirby said the collection included
several species unrepresented in the National Collection, some
of which were probably new to Science.
Mr. A. Sich exhibited a bred specimen of a variety of
Plusia gamma.
Mr. Goss read the following letter from Mr. Bignell, cor-
recting a statement made by Mr. Poulton at the March
meeting of the Society, to the effect that the variety Valezina
of the female of Argynnis paphia did not occur in Devonshire :—
‘¢7, Clarence Place, Stonehouse, Devon,
“94th March, 1888.
“‘ Dear Sir,—On reading the ‘ Proceedings’ of the 7th inst.,
I see Mr. Poulton is reported to have said that the typical
form of Argynnis paphia ‘ was excessively abundant in Devon-
shire, and yet the Valezina form had never been seen there.’
(¢ xi)
I cannot understand how a gentleman of Mr. Poulton's
reputation could have made such an assertion without first
making some inquiry of those who are connected with the
district. Two lists of the Lepidoptera of Devonshire have
been published: the first (part 1, 1862; part 2, 1863; the last
1865, to the end of the Noctue) by ‘The Council of the Ply-
mouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural History
Society,’ compiled by J. J. Reading, of Plymouth; the second,
1878, written by E. Parfitt, of Exeter, and published by ‘The
Devonshire Association.’ In both of these lists mention is
made of the capture of Valezina in Bickleigh Vale. I have
also taken it in that locality, and at the present moment
possess two specimens captured there. If you will kindly
make this correction in. your next issue of the ‘ Proceedings,’
I should fee] obliged.
‘‘T am, Dear Sir, Yours truly,
‘‘H. Goss, Esq., ‘©G, C, Binet.
‘« Secretary of the Entomological Society.’
Mr. Goss read the following letter from Mr. I. C. Cotes, of
the Indian Museum, Calcutta, asking for the assistance of
British Entomologists in working out certam groups of
Coleoptera, Neuroptera, Orthoptera, Diptera, and Hymeno-
-ptera in the Indian Museum :—
‘‘TIndian Museum, Calcutta,
‘1st March, 1888.
‘‘Dear Sir,—I venture to ask for your assistance in the
following matter. The rough arrangement of the fine col-
lections of insects in the Indian Museum of Caleutta is fairly
complete. But to make these collections, and especially the
specimens which are connected with Economic Entomology,
of real value to the people of India, more precise determination
is necessary than can be attempted in the absence of type-
specimens. I therefore venture to ask you to assist me in
making known to the entomologists of your Society—some of
whom inay be in want of material for working at the special
groups of insects in which they are interested—that the
Indian Museum contains large collections of insects from all
parts of India, besides Burmah, the Andaman Islands, and
(sin 4
Ceylon; and that help is asked for, in determining them, in
exchange for the duplicates which the Museum contains.
Help is specially needed in the case of the groups Coleoptera,
Neuroptera, Orthoptera (except Mantidw), Diptera, and Hy-
menoptera (except /ormicida), Communications on the
subject addressed to me at the Indian Museum, Caleutta,
will in all cases be acknowledged, and any assistance in my
power gladly given.
“Yours faithfully,
“i. C. Corss.
“To the Secretary of the Entomological Society of London.”
Mr. McLachlan, I’.R.S., Dr. Sharp, Mr. Waterhouse, Mr.
Jacoby, and Mr. Distant took part in the discussion which
ensued.
Papers, &c., read.
Mr. Kirby read the following Notes on the Dragonflies
exhibited by him :—
The collection includes about twenty species in all, belonging
to five subfamilies. The Libellulida (subfamily Libelluline) are
represented by eight species.
1. Pantala flavescens, Fabr., a cosmopolitan species.
2-4, The characteristic African genus Palpopleura is repre-
sented by three species; the common and widely-distributed
P. lucia, Dru. (male, female), and P. portia, Dru. (male),
and the §. African P. jucunda, Ramb. The series of the
latter is interesting, as it includes both the mature and
immature male, as well as the female.
5. Trithemis arteriosa, Burm., and 6. Crocothenis erythraa,
Brullé, both widely distributed in Africa, and the latter
extending to the South of Europe and Asia,
7, 8. Orthetrum fasciolatun, Ramb. (female), and O. sub-
fasciolatum, Brauer (male, female), two closely allied §. African
species.
9,10. The A’schnida (subfamily Gomphina) are represented
by two species, probably new.
11, 12. The A’schnida (subfamily A’schnine) are also repre-
sented by two species ; the common Anaw mauricianus, Ramb.,
and a new species of d’sehna, which will, 1 presume, be
( miv’”)
described by Baron de Selys-Longchamps in his forthcoming
synopsis of the subfamily.
13. There is only one species of <Agrionide (subfamily
Calepterygine). It belongs to the curious African genus
Libellago, in some of which the tibie are broadly dilated. as
in Platycnemis. The present specimen appears to be the
male of an insect which has hitherto stood in the British
Museum as the female of L. caligata, De Selys; but I suspect
that a series would show that it was distinct.
Among the dgrionide (subfamily <Agrionine) I find the
following species :—
14. Chlorolestes tessellata, Burm. (male).
15. C. conspicua, De Selys (male, female).
16. Allocnemis leucosticta, De Selys (male).
Three well-known S. African species; the first remarkable
for its banded wings, and very similar in size and general
appearance to Calepteryx virgo, L.; the last distinguished by
the curious white stigma.
17. Disparoneura, a new species, differing in neuration from
any noticed by De Selys, as the upper section of the triangle
extends on the fore wings for four cells beyond the nodus,
and on the hind wings for three.
18-20. One or two small species allied to Agrion of authors,
which may or may not be new.
Mr. Waterhouse read a paper entitled ‘‘ Additional Observa-
tions on the Tea-bugs (Helopeltis) of Java,’ and exhibited a
number of specimens of these insects. He said that the spe-
cies infesting the Cinchona in Java was supposed to have been
introduced from Ceylon in tea, but that he had discovered
that the species on the Tea and on Cinchona in Java were
distinct, and that both species were distinct from Helopeltis
Antoni of Ceylon.
Mr. Jacoby read a paper entitled ‘‘ New, or little-known,
species of Phytophagous Coleoptera from Africa and Mada-
gascar.”’
( cme )
May 2, 1888.
Dr. Davin Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.
Election of Fellows.
Major J. W. Yerbury, R.A., of the Army and Navy Club,
Pall Mall, S.W.; and Mr. P. W. Mackinnon, of the Old
Brewery, Masuri, Western Himalayas, India, were elected
Fellows.
Exhibitions, de.
Dr. P. B. Mason exhibited an hermaphrodite specimen of
Saturnia carpint from Lincoln, and another specimen of the
same species with five wings, bred at Tenby.
Mr. Jacoby exhibited specimens of Chrysomela japana,
collected by Mr. J. H. Leech in Japan, and called attention
to a sexual structure in the middle of the abdominal segment.
Mr. Adkin exhibited a variety of Hubolia bipunctaria, taken
at Box Hill, in July, 1886.
Mr. W. F. Kirby exhibited, for Dr. Livett, a curious dis-
coloured female specimen of Ornithoptera minos, Cramer.
Mr. H. Goss exhibited, for Mr. W. Denison-Roebuck, a
number of specimens of an exotic species of Bee obtained by
the Rev. W. Fowler, of Liversedge, from split logwood. The
cells or pouches were very irregular and rough, and altogether
unlike those in the ‘‘comb”’ of any known British species of
Bee or Wasp.
Dr. J. W. Ellis exhibited a number of specimens and
drawings of Aphodius melanostictus, Schmidt, and of Aphodius
inquinatus, F.
Papers read,
Dr. Ellis read the following paper: ‘On the British speci-
mens of (so-called) Aphodius melanostictus, Sclmidt”’ :—
On the last page of the fifteenth volume of the ‘ Hntomolo-
gists’ Monthly Magazine’ Mr. EK. C. Rye introduces, as new
to the British insect fauna, an Aphodius under the name of
melanostictus, Schup. (= Schmidt, Kr.), specimens of which
(. ae)
had been sent to him by Mr. Joseph Chappell, of Manchester,
who had collected them in that district, and who at the time
believed them to be a form of Aphodius inquinatus. Mr. Rye
remarks :—‘* Compared with inguinatus, the majority are con-
spicuously larger, with more developed limbs, and the ground
colour of a darker testaceous colour, the sides of the thorax
entirely reddish testaceous, and the black streak in the second
interstice of the elytra reaching farther towards the middle.
In all but one of my specimens, also, the black line connected
with this streak is carried towards the apex and connected in
the lower third with the lateral black line, which is not the
case in any of my varieties of inquinatus.”’
Aphodius inquinatus is a very abundant insect on the coast
sandhills of Lancashire and Cheshire, and I had for some
time in my collection two specimens which I referred to its
var. centrolineatus, Panz., but on sending one of these to the
Rev. Canon Fowler he informed me that the specimen was
one of dA. melanostictus. Although my remaining specimen
agreed with the description given above by Rye, I could.
find no structural difference between it and inquinatus, and
I have had it in my cabinet as melanostictus only under
protest.
I have recently had an opportunity of examining Mr.
Chappell’s specimens of A. melanostictus, and have carefully
compared them not only with the description of that and
allied species of Aphodius in Mulsant and Rey’s ‘ Coleoptéres
de France,’ but also with undoubted specimens of 4. melano-
stictus obtained from Herr Reitter, of Vienna.
There is a great general resemblance between the two
species, and though Rye italicises the remark that in melano-
stictus the sides of the thorax are entirely reddish testaceous,
which is the case in typical specimens (except that there is a
distinct black spot in the centre of the side, as in our 4. sordidus),
yet, since I have specimens of this species which have the
sides of the thorax obscure, and also specimens of inguinatus
which have the whole side of the thorax bright testaceous-
red, this character cannot be considered as of any value for
diagnosis.
If we compare specimens of 4. melanostictus with ordinary
( xvik )
specimens of 4. inquinatus, we find a difference in the dis-
position of the elytral spots :—
(1) In melanostictus the anterior internal group (or spot)
is situate at the junction of the anterior third with the
remainder of the elytra. In inquinatus this group is evidently
much nearer the base, at the junction of the anterior fowrih
with the rest of the elytra.
(2) The anterior internal spot in melanostictus consists of
a square or oblong (always rectangular) spot in the third
interstice, with frequently a similar spot, joined to it, in the
fourth interstice, but never any spot or mark in the second
interstice. In inquinatus this group consists of two irregularly
shaped united spots in the third and fourth interstices and,
usually, one in the second interstice.
(3) In inquinatus there is a tendency for the posterior
group of spots to become united in an arched manner, and
with a streak from the side to form an annulus, which, with
the one of the opposite side and the dark suture between,
sometimes gives rise to a grotesque resemblance to a face.
In melanostictus there is never any trace of such annulus.
By far the most important point of difference between the
two species lies in the condition of the lozenge-shaped meta-
sternal plate of the male, but the distinction is confined to
that sex. In male melanostictus this plate is extremely finely
punctured, and completely destitute of hair. In male inqui-
natus, which alone among this group of the genus possesses
this character, the metasternal plate is thickly and deeply
punctured, and distinctly hairy.
On submitting my own specimens, and those of Mr. Chappell,
of the (so called) Aphodius melanostictus to a careful examina-
tion, and more especially after examining a number of
males and comparing them with males of inquinatus and of
melanostictus, I find that they most distinctly agree with the
former in having the metasternal plate densely punctured
and hairy; therefore, taking this character together with the
fact that specimens having their character of elytral marking
have been already described by Mulsant as varieties of inqui-
natus, I feel justified in asserting that the British specimens
of so-called Aphodius melanostictus are but varietal forms—
PROG. ENT. SOC. LOND., I1., 1888. D
( xvi -)
produced by elongation and coalescence of the elytral spots—
of the protean Aphodius inquinatus, and that the true Aphodius
melanostictus has yet to be found in Britain.
Dr, P. B. Mason, Mr. Champion, Dr. Sharp, and Dr. Ellis
took part in the discussion which ensued.
Mr. E. Meyrick communicated a paper ‘‘On the Pyralidina
of the Hawaiian Islands,” the materials for which paper con-
sisted principally of the collection of Lepidoptera Heterocera
formed by the Rev. T. Blackburn during six years’ residence
in the Hawaiian Islands. Mr. Meyrick pointed out that the
exceptional position of these islands renders an accurate
knowledge of their fauna a subject of great interest. He
stated that of the fifty-six known species of Hawaiian Pyralidina
nine had probably been introduced through the agency of man
in recent times; but he believed the remaining forty-seven to
be wholly endemic: of these latter the author referred twenty-
six species to the Botydide, twelve to the Scopariade, four to
the Pterophoride, three to the Crambide, and two to the
Phycitide.
Dr. Sharp, Mr. McLachlan, Dr. Mason, and Mr. E. B.
Poulton took part in the discussion which ensued.
June 6, 1888.
Dr. Davin Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. George Meyer D’Arcis, of 82, Central Hill, Upper Nor-
wood, was elected a Fellow.
Exhibitions, dc.
Mr. Pascoe brought for exhibition a book of fine plates of
Mantide, dvawn by Prof. Westwood, which it had been hoped
would have been published by the Ray Society.
Mr. E. Saunders exhibited a species of Hemiptera, Monanthia
i
angustata, H.-S., new to Britain, which he had captured by
sweeping near Cisbury, Worthing. The insect is rather
closely allied to the common Monanthia cardui, L.
Mr. M‘Lachlan exhibited a species of Halticide, which had
been sent to him by Mr. D. Morris, Assistant-Director of the
~ Royal Gardens, Kew, who had received them from Mr. J. H.
Hart, of the Botanic Gardens, Trinidad, with a note to the
effect that they had attacked young tobacco- and ege-plants
badly in that island. Mr. Jacoby had, with some reserve,
given as his opinion that it might possibly turn out to be
Epitrix fuscata, Duy., a species which had been described
from Cuba.
The Rev. H. 8. Gorham exhibited a number of beetles
lately captured in Brittany, including Diachromus germanus,
L., Onthophagus taurus, L., Hister sinuatus, Ill., and other
species which are exceedingly rare, or altogether wanting
in Britain, and yet occur very commonly in the North of
France.
Mr. Enock exhibited specimens of the Hessian Fly bred
by himself and mounted for the microscope.
Mr. W. White exhibited, on behalf of Mr. G. C. Griffiths,
two living larve of Hndromis versicolora in their third stage,
illustrating their strongly protective resemblance to the
catkins and leaves of their food. Mr. Griffiths had noticed
it to be the habit of the insect at this period to congregate
at the ends of the twigs of birch, with their heads nearly
always in the direction of the end of the spray: in their
favourite resting attitude, in which the fore part of the body
was elevated at a curve, they bore a great similitude to the
young catkins. On more than one occasion he had also
noticed, when feeding a number of them, that one or two
ejected from the mouth a greenish fluid, which he concluded
to have a protective value, and to be produced under sudden
alarm; but he had not been able to induce them to repeat
the act. It was, however, a common habit for them to
swerve their heads sharply round in a threatening manner
whenever the anal hump was touched. As the specimens
exhibited had just passed out of the second stage, they had
lost the character of chief interest in their ontogeny, for in
(aed)
the earlier stages the larval surface is densely covered with
minute black specks, rendering it almost black in appearance,
with a continuous black dorsal line. By way of illustration
Mr. White showed some preserved specimens of the larva in
the second stage, which are not often to be seen in this
state, together with a fully-matured specimen.
Mr. White also exhibited two preserved larve of the ‘‘ Essex
Emerald Moth,” Phorodesma smaragdaria. He had recently,
in company with Messrs. Fitch, Harwood, and others,
succeeded in obtaining several of these curious larve near
Brightlingsea on the Essex coast. The larval form of this
insect had only lately become fully known, and it was well to
preserve it with care, as otherwise collectors would soon exter-
minate it. Mr. G. Elisha had exhibited living examples of
it at a meeting of the Society two years ago, when he first pub-
lished many interesting particulars of its life-history (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, pp. 465-468), and Mr, William Cole had
recently drawn up a full historical account of the species as
known in England, which appeared in ‘ The Essex Naturalist’
for June, 1887. Mr. White wished to correct two errors
which had been made in descriptions of the larva which had
been given in various text-books. It had been wrongly
described as living in a case formed from its food-plant,
whereas its habit is to cover itself with pieces of its food by
a special means, the particles being bitten off apparently in
order to enable it completely to resemble its food-plant. It
was quite true that these particles adhere to the surface of
the larva by means of a sticky exudation, as stated by
Mr. Elisha, but the end is attained by the highly special
method of actual excretory glands, which are developed
irregularly upon various segments of the body. These
glands are seen, by means of a good lens, to be prominent
elongate processes, of an almost pure white colour, each
bearing at the top a single, rather long, stiff hair, which
doubtless serves to spike the fleshy substance of the Artemisia:
sketches were shown in illustration of this point. Although no
result could be produced artificially by applying gentle pres-
sure externally to a gland, there could be no doubt that they
possess the functional value claimed for them, as evidenced
( weit)
by the presence of the fine dusty particles and large pieces
of leaf firmly attached to them. The gummy exudation,
whatever its nature as a product may be, possesses a
tenaciousness so extreme that none of the particles were
in the least disturbed in the preserving process, although
the glandular protuberances were considerably flattened by
the rolling. Mr. White also stated that there are not any
particular ‘“‘humps’’ upon certain segments, as had been
stated in some descriptions, unless the small glands just
noticed are intended, which is improbable; the skin, how-
ever, is much wrinkled in the subspiracular region, forming
an irregular and somewhat flattened fringe upon the sides of
the. anterior segments, adding greatly to the general pro-
tective resemblance of the larva to its food-plant. It was,
moreover, interesting to find that this species, —so highly
protected, as it is, that it requires long and patient searching
to discover any larva whatever,—is much subject to the
attack of enemies, as evidenced by the appearance of several
parasitic flies, which Mr. White included in the exhibition,
illustrating the fact that the more an organism is liable to
danger the more will it develop, under natural selection,
protective devices which will be proportionate to, and in
direct relation with, the attacks of its foes, with the effect of
becoming more specialised. With regard to the generic
name, the insect had generally been referred to under the
common term Geometra (of Linneus and Boisduval), while in
Curtis’s ‘ British Entomology,’ 1830, vol. vii., it is figured
(pl. 800) under the name Hipparchius smaragdarius ; but the
consensus of opinion is in favour of that recognised on the
Continent, viz., Phorodesma (Boisd.) smaragdaria (Fab.).
Mr. Lewis exhibited about three hundred specimens of the
genera Hetarius, Kr., and FHretmotes, Mars. The most
remarkable of these was Heterius acutangulus, Lewis, dis-
covered last year by Mr. J. J. Walker near Tangier, and
recently taken by him at S. Roche, in Spain. The names of
the other species exhibited are :—Heterius bedeli, Lewis,
Hi. punctulatus, Lucas, H. comosellus, Fairmaire, H. pluri-
striatus, Fairmaire, H. setulosus, Reitter, Hretmotes sociator,
Fairmaire, from Algeria. Heterius acutangulus, Lewis, H.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 111., 1888. E
(; xmr -)
arachnoides, Fairmaire, H. ,n.8., Eretmotes tangerianus,
Marseul, from Morocco. Heterius hispanicus, Rosenh., H.
marseuli, Brisout, Hretmotes ibericus, Brisout, from Spain,
and Heterius ferrugineus, Oliv., from France.
July 4, 1888.
Dr. Davin Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.
Election of a Fellow.
The Hon. Lionel Walter de Rothschild, of 148, Piccadilly,
and Tring Park, Tring, Hertfordshire, was elected a Fellow
of the Society.
Exhibitions, &e.
Mr. Enock exhibited male and female specimens of a spider
received from Col. Le Grice, R.A., who had captured them at
Folkestone in May last. They had been submitted to the
Rey. O. Pickard-Cambridge, F.R.S., who identified them as
Pellenes tripunctatus or P. crucigerus (described under both
names by Walckenaer), which had not been hitherto recorded
as occurring in Great Britain. Mr. Enock said this spider
was first seen on May 27th by Master W. Kerr, who
pointed it out to Col. Le Grice, and he captured it; a female
was next seen by Mr. Kerr, sen., and captured by Col. Le Grice.
The males of this beautiful spider are found during the
brightest sunshine, sitting on bits of chalk scattered about on
sloping banks facing south; the female is more retired in her
habits. The bright scarlet hairs which surround the four
anterior eyes of the male make this spider the most strikingly
beautiful of all the British Salticide.
Mr. Enock also exhibited specimens of Merisus destructor
(Riley), an American parasite of the Hessian Fly, bred from
British specimens of that insect. He said that in the autumn
of 1887 he bred between fifty and sixty parasites of the Hessian
Fly from puparia collected on the 5th and 8th of August, four
( “sem ¢)
of which appeared to him to agree with Prof. Riley’s descrip-
tion of Merisus destructor given in his pamphlet on ‘The
Parasites of the Hessian Fly.’ Mr. Enock said his opinion was
further strengthened by that of Dr. Lindeman, who identified
some Russian species from examples sent to him by Miss EK. A.
Ormerod. Mr. Enock further stated that during May and June
he had bred a very large number of various parasites from
puparia; amongst them were about a hundred specimens of
the one which he was inclined to think was Merisus destructor,
specimens of which he sent (alive) to Dr. Lindeman, who, in
his reply, states that ‘‘ The specimens of parasites sent, bred in
England from the Hessian Fly, seem to me to be Merisus
destructor of Riley; they differ from my M. intermedius by the
more compressed and broader shape of the body in the female,
by their less intense green lustre, and by the brown or almost
black antenne.’’ Mr. Enock also said that he had bred
several specimens of another parasite, which he is inclined to
think will prove to be identical with Platygaster herrickit of
Riley, and, should this be correct, it suggests that some of
the attacks of Hessian Fly may have come from America.
Mr. Wallis-Kew exhibited a number of larve of Adimonia
tanaceti (Fab.), found in Lincolnshire, feeding on Seabious.
Mr. Porritt exhibited a number of variable specimens of
Arctia mendica, bred from a batch of eggs found last year on a
species of Iwnex at Huddersfield. Mr. Porritt said that this
species, in the neighbourhood of Huddersfield, was often more
spotted than the typical form, but he had never before seen
anything approaching in extent the variation exhibited in
these bred specimens. Out of forty-four specimens (twenty-
five males and nineteen females) not more than eight were
like the ordinary type of the species.
Mr. M‘Lachlan exhibited specimens of Palingenia longicauda
(in alcohol) from Holland—the largest of the European Ephe-
merida (May-flies), and at the same time one of the most local.
Mr. Jacoby exhibited the following species of Phytophagous
Coleoptera from Africa and Madagascar, recently described by
him in the ‘Transactions’ of the Society, viz. :—Lema lati-
collis, Cladocera nigripennis, Oedionychis madagascariensis, Ble-
pharida intermedia, B. nigromaculata, Chrysomela madagascart-
( iy =)
ensis, Sagra opaca, Blepharida ornaticollis, B. laterimaculata,
Mesodonta submetallica, Schematizella viridis, Spilocephalus viri-
dipennis, Apophylia smaragdipennis, and Aethonea variabilis.
Mons. Alfred Wailly exhibited a large number of species of
Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, recently received by him from
Assam, from the West Coast of Africa, and from South Africa;
also a large and brilliant locust from Accra, West Coast of
Africa. He also exhibited eggs and living larve of Bombyx
cytherea. He stated that ova of B. cyther@a sent to him on
the 16th of April arrived on the 8th of May; fifty-seven
hatched on the day the box arrived, and a batch of forty eggs,
all laid on the same leaf, hatched on the 18th of May, ten
days later than the others. The larve, after being offered
various kinds of foliage, were ultimately fed on plum alone.
They were very slow in growing, and, with few exceptions, they
died. The larve of the batch of forty all hatched on the
morning of the 18th of May; they reached their second stage
on the 5th of June, and the third stage on the 26th of June.
The larve in the first stage are red, with black shining head,
black legs, and black tubercles round each segment; second
stage, the larve are of a light buff-colour, head black,
tubercles black, covered with white hairs. In the third
stage the larve are of a light red, but in other respects
the third stage resembles the second stage.
August 1, 1888.
Dr. Davin Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.
Election of a Fellow.
The Rey. A. Walton Lewis, B.A., of Kamastone, Cape
Colony, was elected a Fellow of the Society.
Exhibitions, dc.
Mr. F. Du Cane Godman, F.R.S., exhibited a large number
of species of Lepidoptera and Diptera recently collected for
him in Mexico by Mr. Herbert Smith.
( taxy |)
Mr. White exhibited parasites bred from Bombyx neustria,
and a living example of Hetrodes guyoni, found at Dartford,
and believed to have been introduced with Esparto grass
from Tunis.
Mr. Enock exhibited a stem of barley, showing the appear-
ance of the plant under an attack of Hessian Fly.
Mr. Samuel Stevens exhibited a number of galls collected
at Byfleet, Surrey, in July last, by Mr. Leonard Stevens ;
also a specimen of Coleophora solitariella, with ichneumons
bred from it.
Mr. Edward Saunders exhibited a specimen of Catephia
alchymista, captured by his son at St. Leonards, in June last.
He also exhibited specimens of a rare Ant (Anochetus
ghiliani), taken at Tangier by Mr. G. Lewis. One of these
he had submitted to Dr. Emery, of Bologna, who thought
that, although ocelli were present, the specimen was probably
intermediate between a worker and a female, and that
possibly the true female did not exist.
Mr. Pascoe exhibited a number of species of Coleoptera
recently collected in Germany and the Jura Mountains,
and read a note correcting the synonymy of certain species
of Brachycerus recently described and figured by him in the
‘Transactions’ of the Society. He stated that the following
corrections had been suggested by Mons. Péringuey and
Mons. Aurivillius :— Brachycerus cinnamonomeus = annulatus,
Gerst.; B. sutwralis = eckloni, Gyll.; B. capito = stellaris,
OL., fasciculosus, Germ., apicatus, Gyll. (all vars. according to
Péringuey); B. faustii = oblongus, 9, Fahr.; B. precursor
= oblongus, g, Fahr.; B. electilis = sculpturatus, Fahr. ;
B. draco = ? impressicollis, Péringuey.
Paper read.
Prof. Westwood communicated a paper entitled ‘A List
of the Diurnal Lepidoptera collected in Northern Celebes by
Dr. Sydney Hickson, with descriptions of New Species.”
¢ ee)
September 5, 1888.
Dr. Davin Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.8S., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks
voted to the respective donors.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. M. Stanger Higgs, of the Mill House, Upton St.
Leonard's, Gloucestershire, was elected a Fellow of the
Society.
Exhibitions, dc.
Dr. Sharp mentioned that he had received, through Prof.
Newton, F.R.S., a collection of Coleoptera from St. Kilda,
consisting of Carabus catenulatus (1), Nebria brevicollis (12),
N. gyllenhalii (8), Calathus cisteloides (20), Pristonychus terri-
colla(1), Pterostichus nigrita (71), P. niger (31), Amara aulica (4),
Ocypus olens (1). The species being nearly all large Geode-
phaga, he thought it probable that many other Coleoptera
inhabited the island. He remarked that these specimens
showed no signs of depauperation, but were scarcely dis-
tinguishable from ordinary English specimens.
Mr. South exhibited a melanic Aplecta nebulosa from
Rotherham, bred with five others of ordinary form, and an
albino of the same species from Devonshire; a very curious
dark variety of Plusia gamma; two dark vars. of Eubolia
limitata from Durham; and Dicrorhampha consortana from
North Devon.
Mr. Champion exhibited Harpalus cupreus, Leptusa testacea,
and Cathiomocerus socius from Sandown, Isle of Wight.
Mr. Elisha exhibited the following Tortrices :—Argyrolepia
aneana, A. zephyrana, Eupecilia atricapitana, H. amandana,
Retinia turionana, Catoptria juliana, Phoxopteryx derasana,
Ephippiphora trigeminana, and Carpocapsa pomonella, the last-
named bred from berries of the white beam-tree; also the
following Tine :—Nematois fasciellus, Cerostoma horridella, C,
alpella, Gfcophora unitella, Coleophora therinella, and Gelechia
semidecandrella, the last-named bred from Cerastium tetrandrum.
Mr. Jacoby exhibited three boxes of Coleoptera, containing
some rare C’ctoniada, Paussidea, &e., collected by Mr. Friih-
stroffer.
( ? -xxyine;)
Mr. E. Saunders exhibited Amblytylus delicatus, Perr., a
new British bug, taken at Woking.
Mr. Jacoby mentioned that he had taken the larva of
Vanessa cardui on a narrow white-leaved plant in his garden.
Mr. Enock stated that out of a batch of two males
and six females of the Hessian Fly kept together, all six
females had laid fertile eggs, so that each male must have
impregnated more than one female.
October 3, 1888.
Dr. David Sharp, F.L.S., F.Z.8., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced and thanks
voted to the respective donors.
Exhibitions, éc.
Mr. F. P. Pascoe exhibited a number of new species of
Longicornia from Sumatra, Madagascar, and South Africa.
Dr. P. B. Mason exhibited, for Mr. Harris, a specimen of
Cherocampa nerii, recently captured at Burton-on-Trent.
Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a specimen of Vanessa antiopa,
which he caught in the Isle of Wight in August last. Mr.
Stevens asked whether Mr. Poulton or any one else present
could inform him why, in British specimens of this species,
the border of the wings was almost invariably a pale straw-
colour. A discussion ensued, in which Mr. F. D. Godman,
Mr. M‘Lachlan, Mr. Kirby, and Dr. Mason took part.
Mr. E. B. Poulton exhibited a living Jarva of Smerinthus
ocellatus in the last stage, which had been hitherto fed upon |
nut—an entirely new food-plant. Thirty eggs had been put
upon the plant, but only two of the larve would eat it; of
these one died at the beginning of the last stage. Mr.
Poulton said the result was very interesting, as a further proof
that the specialization of larve to certain food-plants largely
grows up in the life of the individual, the young larva being
comparatively free to choose. Smerinthus vcellatus is a very
specialized larva, and is never found on more than two or
three species of food-plant; hence the fact that over 6 per
( xxvili )
cent. of the larve could eat an entirely new plant was of great
significance, and much helped to explain the changes which
must have occurred during the spread of these insects into
countries with a different flora. He also exhibited fourteen
larve of Bourmia roboraria, of which seven had been sur-
rounded by oak-leaves and green twigs, while the other seven
had been surrounded by many brown twigs, in addition to
the food; the latter became dark brown, but the former were
without any exception much lighter. Mr. Poulton further
exhibited some cocoons of Rumia crategata, the colours of
which had been influenced by their surroundings. He
observed that on a previous occasion, when he had exhibited
the cocoons of Friogaster lanestris and of Halias prasinana, it
had been remarked that the larve should be exposed to some
permanent green colour during the construction of their
cocoons, in order to test whether the same results would be
produced as those which followed the presence of green
leaves. The latter produced brown cocoons, and this result is
protective, because the leaves turn brown, and so the cocoons
are in contact with a surface with which they harmonize in
colour; but of course the change in the colour of the leaf
takes place long after the cocoon is constructed. Mr. Poulton
had argued that the permanent green colour would produce
‘the same effect as the leaves, if it affurded stimulus which
sufficiently resembled that of the latter in character, while the
converse supposition, that the larve spun the brown cocoons
from choice, and because of their knowledge of the sub-
sequent changes which the leaf would undergo (long after
their pupation), seemed to him to be on the face of it utterly
untenable. And so the cocoons of Rwnia crategata had
proved it to be, for some of them were spun upon green paper,
and these were (with one exception) light brown in colour,
like those spun among leaves, while the cocoons spun against
white muslin were quite white.
Mr. M. Jacoby exhibited a varied series of Titubea sanguini-
pennis, Lac., from Central America. He stated that many of
the varieties exhibited had been described as distinct species.
Mr. Billups exhibited specimens of Bracon brevicornis,
Wesm., bred from larve of Kphestia hithniella. He remarked
( mex )
that this rare species had only been recorded as bred on
four previous occasions, viz., by the Rev. T. A. Marshall,
who got three females from galls of Andricus terminalis, Fab.,
obtained near London; in October, 1884, Mr. W. F. Kirby
succeeded in breeding six males and one female from Ephestia
elutella, Hub.; Brischke obtained one male from Dioryctria
abietella, Zinck.; while Mr. Sydney Webb, of Dover, suc-
ceeded in rearing another male on August 10th, 1884, from a
larva of Myelois ceratonia, Zell.
- Mr. W. Warren exhibited specimens of Antithesia ustulana
end A. fuligana ; also bred series of the following species :—
Kupecilia degreyana, Stigmonota pallifrontana, Cacacia decre-
tana, and Gelechia peliella.
Lord Walsingham exhibited specimens of several species
of the genus Cryptophasa belonging to the family Crypto-
lechide of the Tineina, some of the most remarkable being
males and females: of Zitua balteata, Walker, bred by Mr.
Sidney Olliff, from pupz found in January last, at Newcastle,
New South Wales, in burrows in branches of a species of
Acacia. Lord Walsingham also exhibited a male specimen
of Zelotyphia stacyt, received from Mr. Olliff.
Mr. F. D. Godman exhibited a larva of a Cicada, from
Mexico, having a fungoid growth on the head.
Messrs. F. D. Godman and H. J. Elwes exhibited a collec-
tion of butterflies, including upwards of a hundred species,
made by them in California during the month of May, and
in the Yellowstone Park, Wyoming, during a few days in the
beginning of June. Mr. Elwes remarked that many of the
species were of considerable rarity and interest, especially
those taken in the Yellowstone Park, which appears to have
been but little worked by American entomologists. Among
those from Southern California were the lovely Lycena
sonorensis, Feld., a species which, though local, is not so rare
as has been supposed, and has been bred from the larva
recently by Mr. Wright, of San Bernardino. It has usually
been taken in early spring, in warm situations on the coast
of Southern and Lower California, but was found by Messrs.
Godman and Elwes in the open pine forest on the San
Bernardino Mountains, at an elevation of about 4000 feet.
PROC. ENT. 80C. LOND., u1., 1888. F
( ae )
A considerable series of specimens of Colias chrysotheme,
with its varieties ariadne, keewaydin, and eurytheme were
shown, in order to prove that though these seasonal forms
are characteristic of particular seasons as a rule, yet that
they are also to be found in many cases out of season. For
instance, among several pairs of typical C. ariadne (which is
the winter brood in the southern and warmest parts of the
United States), taken at New Orleans, in Louisiana, a few of
keewaydin occurred, and amongst numerous specimens of
keewaydin taken at San Bernardino in May, were some of the
larger and more brilliantly coloured C. eurytheme, which is
the summer and autumn form, in those localities where
several successive broods occur. At the same time that
keewaydin and eurytheme were flying together in a perfectly
fresh state in the San Bernardino Valley specimens of
ariadne were taken in the mountains, 3000 feet higher up;
but there appeared to be much less constarcy among the
broods in a mountainous country like California than is said
to be the case in Texas and some of the South-western States.
Mr. Elwes remarked that another interesting species of Colias
was C. harfordi, which was only captured at the Cajon Pass,
on the borders of the desert on the eastern side of the San
Bernardino Mountains, though it occurs in other parts of
this region. It is one of those very difficult species of Colias
in North America, which, though affording certain characters
by which an experienced eye can distinguish it from other
forms, is yet so nearly allied to several that its classification
is a matter of great uncertainty. As illustrative of this
point Mr. Elwes showed specimens of Colias hageni, from
Colorado, which outwardly resembles C. philodice very nearly,
though its larva is said to be different, and which is at the
same time believed to be most nearly allied to C. chrysotheme,
Mr. Elwes alluded to the doubts which are expressed by
American lepidopterists as to the identity of the Colias
chrysotheme of Kurope (a single-brooded species found most
commonly in Austria and Hungary, which varies but little)
with the extremely variable, wide-ranging and many-brooded
Colias chrysotheme of North America. He stated that though
male specimens could be picked out of an American series,
( xxxi )
which could not be distinguished from European examples,
yet that a number of specimens together could be certainly
recognized as having come from either America or Europe.
Among the butterflies from the Yellowstone Park, the
rarest and most interesting was Erebia haydeni, which has
been recently figured in Edwards’ ‘ Butterflies of North
America,’ but which, in Mr. Elwes’ opinion, probably belongs
to the genus Cenonympha, and is most nearly allied to
C. Nolckeni from Turkestan, whilst there is no species of
Erebia in any part of the world to which it has any outward
resemblance.
Mr. Elwes further stated that Thecla spinetorum, a species
described from California, but hardly known in any American
collections, was also found very abundant in glades in the
forest in the Upper Geyser basin of the Yellowstone Park. In
the same place was taken Pieris occidentalis, which is hardly
separable from the Alpine and Himalayan Pieris callidice; also
a form, called oleracea, of Pieris napi, which varies in such a
wonderful manner in North America, and has been the subject
of an excellent monograph by Mr. W. H. Edwards in “ Papilio.”
Mr. Elwes remarked that Chionobas uhleri, C. chryaus,
Erebia epipsodea, Argynnis eurynome, helena, and freja were
other Alpine forms taken in the National Park, the latter so
nearly identical with Scandinavian specimens, that it would
be hardly possible to separate them. He said that not less
than forty species of butterflies were taken in the four or
five days, or parts of days, on which the weather, and the
wonderful scenes of interest with which the Park abounds,
allowed collecting to be prosecuted; and as the season was
only then beginning, he thought it probable that a diligent
collector would reap a very rich harvest during the latter half
of June and July. The elevation being considerable, and
the climate very cold in winter and sunny in summer, whilst
no cattle are allowed to graze in the Park, all the conditions
for an abundant harvest of insects were present; and though
the flora has much of an alpine character, yet the variety of
herbaceous plants is very great.
In conclusion, Mr. Elwes said that a branch line from the
Northern Pacific Railway made the Park very easy of access,
( xxxii )
and the few days spent there would always be remembered
by him as some of the most agreeable and profitable in a tour
of unusual interest.
Lord Walsingham, Mr. Kirby, and Dr. Sharp took part in
the discussion which ensued.
Mr. H. Goss exhibited, for Mr. W. J. Cross, an extraordinary
melanic variety of a species of Agrotis,—believed to be either
segetum or corticea,—caught by the latter near Ely in July last.
Mr. White exhibited specimens of preserved larve of S.
convolvuli, A. tau, and other species referred to in Mr. Poulton's
paper.
Papers read.
Mr. W. L. Distant read a paper entitled ‘‘ An enumeration
of the Rhynchota, received from Baron von Miller, and
collected by Mr. Sayer in New Guinea, during Mr. Cuthbert-
son’s expedition.”
Mr. Poulton read a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes in 1887 upon
Lepidopterous Larva, &c., including a complete account of the
life-history of the larve of Sphina convolvuli and Aglia tau.”
1. The Ontogeny of Sphina convolvuli.—The life-history of this
larva was worked out with very great care. The egg is much
smaller than that of S. ligustri, and the young larva is also
smaller, although at some point in the ontogeny it overtakes
and finally passes the size of the larva of S. ligustri. The caudal
horn is at first bifid, the depth of the fork varying greatly.
There was a most interesting transition from the green to
the brown varieties of the larve, from which it was possible
to reconstruct the phyletic steps by which the latter has
arisen from the former. Red spots, homologous with those
on Smerinthus larve, are certainly present, and are connected
with the borders to the stripes.
2. The Ontogeny of Aglia tau.—The most interesting points
about this history were:—The marked Sphinz-like appearance
and attitudes of the larve ; the fact that only four stages are
present; the extraordinary change at the third ecdysis, the
previous stages having been very similar; the existence of a
terrifying eye-like mark in the last stage, capable of being
opened and closed. The relation of these larvex to the Sphingide
is very close, and especially so to the genus Smerinthus, and the
( ska”)
North-American Smerinthine genus Ceratonia, in which the
larva possesses four thoracic spines in addition to the caudal
horn. The comparison leaves no doubt that the Sphingide are
a specialized offshoot from the not very remote ancestors of
the Saturnian Bombyces, and that they are connected with this
- group through Aglia, on the side of the Bombyces, and the
Smerinthine genera on the side of the Sphingide.
3. The cause and meaning of the Sphina-like attitude.—This
attitude, which is equally marked in Aglia, is due to the
strain caused by gravity upon the anterior unsupported part
of the body, together with the compensating muscular
reaction. It is most marked in the vertical position of the
larva with the head upwards, and also in the horizontal
position with the back downwards, and least of all the
position of the Sphinx,—horizontal with the back upwards.
4. A graphic method of representing the growth of larve.—
Attention was called to the fact that many important points
in the ontogeny could be seen by a glance at a properly-con-
structed ‘‘curve’’ of larval growth, in all stages.
5. The means of defence of the larva of Stauropus fagi.—The
larva, when undisturbed, is extremely well protected by re-
sembling a withered beech-leaf; disturbed, it assumes an
alarming attitude, in which it resembles a highly-idealised
spider ; further alarmed, it exposes two black marks on each
side, which probably suggest ichneumon stings and thus
warn off an insect enemy.
6. Meaning of the black colour of the eggs of Paniscus
cephalotes. — These external eggs are of a shining black
appearance, and highly conspicuous against the skin of many
larve ; they doubtless serve to warn off other ichneumons
which lay similar eggs, and also those which lay internal
eggs, for the black eggs resemble the scars (which always
become black) made by the latter ichneumons in the act of
oviposition.
7. Defensive meaning of ‘* tussocks”’ and associated black inter-
segmental markings. — The ‘‘ tussocks” are defensive struc-
tures; they are held very conspicuously when the larva is
alarmed, and look like solid outgrowths, which would be
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv., 1888. G
( ‘xxxiv 4
very feasible objects of attack; the black markings help to
make them more conspicuous and to appear more projecting.
When seized, large numbers of the hairs come out without
injury to the larva, and with unpleasant consequences to the
enemy.
8. Protective resemblance of the larva of Geometra papilio-
naria.—These larvee, which always feed on catkin-bearing
trees, resemble catkins in colour, shape and attitude. Of
twelve larvee in my possession the green ones spun first, and at
the time when the catkins around were green ; the brown ones
lived longer until they became brown. Greater numbers
would be necessary to prove that this is invariable. The
dimorphism is certainly of value, for if not, one form would
very soon disappear. I have found by experiment that the
moths from the green form produce a vast preponderance of
green larve in the next generation.
9. Defensive secretion of larve of Cresus varus. — The
secretion was certainly acid; but its chemical nature could
not be made out.
10. Geometriform structure and attitude of the young larve
of Euclidia mit.—The appearance of the larva was shown in a
figure.
Al. The determination of sex in certain living lepidopterous
larve.—In all transparent larve the testes are distinctly
visible as two lobate bodies side by side on the back of the
fifth abdominal segment. They are generally brown or
yellow in colour. They are especially distinct in the trans-
parent larvee of Tortrices.
November 7, 1888.
Dr. Davin Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.8., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted
to the respective donors.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. H. Stuart Fremlin, M.R.C.S., of Mereworth, Maid-
( bmxxy |)
stone, and Mr. George Vernon Hudson, of Wellington, New
-Gealand, were elected Fellows.
Exhibitions, éc.
Mons. A. Wailly exhibited a large and interesting collection
of Butterflies recently received from the Gold Coast and
other parts of West Africa. The collection included speci-
mens of the following species:—Papilio menestheus, P. merope,
P. erinus, P. phorcas, P. cynorta, Diadema salmacis, Salamis
aglatonice, S. anacardii, 8. cacta, Euryphene phantasia (male
and female), Romalaosoma sarcoptera, R. themis, R. agnes,
R. janetta, R. inanum, R. ceres (and a variety), R. pratinas,
Hamanumida dedalus, Charaxes brutus, C. tiridates (male and
female), C. berenice, C. lucretius, C. cartert, Harma egesta,
Cyllogenes chelys, Amauris niavius, Tirumala petiverana, Junonia
clelia, Aterica cupavia, Hypanis goetzius, Hurytela ophione, Myca-
lesis martius, Cyrestis camillus, Nepheronia thalassina, Phrissura
sylvia, Mylothris rhodope, Belenots calypso (male and female and
var.), and Nychitona medusa. In addition to the above-named
there were several undescribed species which Mons. Wailly said
were not represented in the British Museum Collections.
Mr. Jenner Weir exhibited four bred specimens of Ant-
lions, two of which were from Saxon Switzerland, and the
other two from Fontainebleau. He stated that he believed
the specimens belonged to two distinct species. Mr. M’Lachlan
said that the specimens all belonged to one species, viz. Myr-
meleon formicarius, Auct. = europeus, M‘Lach.
Mr. W. C. Boyd exhibited an example of Pterophorus
zetterstedtti, taken at Sydenham. He remarked that this
species had hitherto only been recorded from Lynmouth and
Folkestone.
Mr. Enock exhibited specimens of Cecidomyia destructor
(Hessian Fly), illustrating the life-history of the species, and
made remarks on them.
Mr. Wallace Kew exhibited a specimen of Dytiscus margi-
nalis having a small bivalve shell attached to one of its legs,
The bivalve had apparently attacked the Dytiscus and refused
to relax its grasp. A discussion ensued, in which Dr. Sharp,
Mr, Stainton, and Mr. Kew took part.
( Sexe -)
Mr. W. E. Nicholson exhibited several specimens of Act-
dalia immorata, Linn., caught by him near Lewes. Mr.
Jenner Weir remarked that the species had only recently
been added to the British list, and that it was remarkable how
so comparatively large a species could have been hitherto
overlooked. It was also remarked that a specimen of this
species from the collection of the late Mr. Desvignes had
been exhibited by Mr. Stevens at the meeting of the Society
in November, 1887.
Dr. Sharp exhibited a large number of species of Rhyncho-
phora, collected by Mr. George Lewis in Japan.
Papers read.
Mr. F. P. Pascoe read a paper entitled ‘‘ Descriptions
of new Longicorn Coleoptera.”’
Dr. Sharp read a paper entitled ‘‘The Rhynchophorous
Coleoptera of Japan.’ The author said that the Rhyncho-
phora brought by Mr. George Lewis from Japan, fifteen years
ago, were examined by M. Roelofs, and described by him in
some papers that appeared in the ‘ Annales de la Societé
Entomologique de Belgique,’ 1874 and 1880. Since then
Mr. Lewis had obtained a much more extensive collection,
and as M. Roelofs was no longer occupied with entomology,
he had undertaken the task of revising the collection by the
assistance of this much richer material; and he now dealt with
the first two families, Attelabide and Rhynchitide. Dr. Sharp
remarked that he was surprised to find, on examining the first
of these groups that they formed an exception to the other
Rhynchophora in the structure of the prosternum. Leconte
recently drew attention to the importance of this part of the
body as a means of separating the Rhynchophora from other
Coleoptera; and it was very curious that he should not have
noticed that this family, which he correctly placed at the
commencement of the series, differed from his definition of
Rhynchophora in this important particular. In order to define
the structure of the prosternum in these insects, Dr. Sharp
said he had been obliged to make use of a new term, which
he would explain.
( “aaxvin- <)
December 5, 1888.
Dr. Davin Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.8., President, in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced and thanks
voted to the respective donors.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. B. A. Bower, of Eltham, Kent, was elected a Fellow
of the Society.
Exhibitions, dc.
Mr. W. F. Kirby exhibited, for the Rev. Dr. Walker, a
variety of the female of Ornithoptera Brookiana; he also
exhibited, for Major Partridge, an undetermined species of the
genus Hadena, captured last summer in the Isle of Portland.
Mr. R. South exhibited a series of specimens of Tortria
piceana, L., from a pine-wood in Surrey; also—for com-
parison—melanic forms of Tortrix podana, S.
Prof. Meldola exhibited, for Dr. Laver, a melanic specimen
of Catocala nupta, taken last September at Colchester.
Mr. EK. B. Poulton exhibited preserved larve of Sphina
convolvuli, showing the extreme dark and light forms of the
species. The specimens had been prepared by Lord Walsing-
ham and presented to the British Museum.
Mr. M‘Lachlan called attention to a plate, representing
species of the genus Agrotis, executed by photography,
illustrating a memoir by Dr. Max Standfuss, in the Corres-
pondenz-Blatt, Verein ‘ Iris,’ in Dresden, 1888. He considered
it was the best example of photography as adapted for ento-
mological purposes he had ever seen, especially as regarded
its stereoscopic effect.
The Rev. Canon Fowler exhibited a specimen of Mycterus
curculionoides, L., sent to him by Mr. Olliff, and taken by
Mr. Gunning near Oxford about 1882.
Mr. W. E. Nicholson exhibited several melanie varieties of
Argynnis niobe and A. pales, collected by himself last summer
in the Engadine.
Mr. J. H. Leech exhibited a collection of Lepidoptera formed
last year by Mr. Pratt at Kiukiang, Central China. It in-
( -EXxxvi \ )
cluded several new species, also specimens of a variety of
Papilio sarpedon and other interesting forms.
M-. H . Goss exhibited, for the Rey. T. A. Marshall, fifteen
undescribed species of British Braconidae.
Mons. A. Wailly exhibited a collection of Lepidoptera
lately received from Assam, containing upwards of thirty-
five species of Papilio, Ornithoptera, Charaxes, Diadema,
Cyrestis, and other genera.
Mr. Meyer-Darcis exhibited specimens of Sternocera tricolor,
Kerr, and S. variabilis, Kerr, from Lake Tanganyika; also
two new species of Julodis from Syria.
Mr. F. Merrifield exhibited, and made remarks on, a long
series of Selenia illustraria, S. illunaria, and FE. alniaria, in
illustration of his paper on ‘‘ Pedigree Moth-breeding.”’
Lord Walsingham exhibited, and made remarks on the
following species belonging to the genera Snellenia, Wlsm.,
(idematopoda, Z., and Eretmocera, Z.:— Snellenia coccinea,
Wilsm., sp. n., 9. lineata, W1k., S. latipes, Wlk., S. bimaculata,
Wlsm., sp. n., Gidematopoda princeps, Z., di. clerodendronella,
Stn., CH. ignipicta, Btl., Gi. leechii, Wlsm., sp. n., Hretmo-
cera fuscipennis, Z., EH. carteri, Wlism. sp. n., E. derogatella,
Wilk., H. dorsistrigata, Wlsm., sp. n., EH. miniata, Wlsm.
sp.n., H. scatospila, Z., E. basistrigata, Wlsm., sp. n., EL. ex-
tissima, Z., FE. impactella, Wlk., E. chrysias, Meyr., and E.
medinella, Stgr. These species were from New South Wales,
Brazil, Borneo, Natal, India, Japan, Zanzibar, Ceylon,
Spain, &e.
Papers read.
The Rev. T. A. Marshall communicated a paper entitled
«A Monograph of British Braconidae. Part III.”
The Rev. Dr. Walker communicated a paper entitled ‘‘A
Description of a variety of Ornithoptera brookiana (female).”
Lord Walsingham read a paper entitled ‘‘ A Monograph of
the genera connecting Tinageria, W1k., with Hretmocera, Z.”
Mr. Stainton observed that the insects to which Lord Wal-
singham’s paper referred were extremely interesting in many
respects. From their gay colouring he was of opinion that all
would be found to fly in bright sunshine. It was unfortunate
(. } xx 7)
that at present only the larva of a single species (Cleroden-
dronella), was known; but Lord Walsingham had well shown
that the botanical genus Clerodendron occurred in all the
parts of the globe, whence specimens of these insects had been
received, and now that the attention of collectors had been
called to this fact, there was a better prospect of our learning
the early stages of other species. Mr. Stainton also observed
that as the genus Butalis had been alluded to more than once
in the remarks of Lord Walsingham, he ought perhaps to
mention, that he had never been able to persuade himself that
it was rightly placed amongst the Hlachistide ; in his idea,
the more robust habit of the imago, and the general appear-
ance and habit of the larva, ill accorded with such a location.
Mr. F. Merrifield read a paper entitled ‘‘ Incidental Observa-
tions on Pedigree Moth-breeding.”” He said the forced Selenia
illunaria of the fifth generation of 1887, exhibited as larve
at the meeting in December, 1887, had come to an end.
Thirty moths appeared between Dec. 26th and Jan. 28th,
showing signs of deterioration. From one pair of these he
had 179 eggs, which turned red and were exposed to winter
cold until 14th April, when they were forced. On the 17th
they changed colour, showing the young larve through the
shells, but never actually hatched. This would seem to
indicate that this insect, which now hybernates as a pupa,
might possibly under changes of climate hybernate as an
egg. As tothe larger size of the male S. dllunaria in the spring
emergence, suggested last year, subsequent measurements on
a large scale confirmed it; the excess was small, but it com-
pared with a large excess in the opposite direction in the
summer emergence. He had tried experiments with refer-
ence to the effect of high and low temperature on the larva,
as well as on the pupa. It appeared that the temperature
most conducive to development of size of the larva in
8. illunaria and illustraria was one rather higher than that of a
warm Enelish summer. All his unforced broods of both
species in the very cold summer of 1888 were decidedly -
smaller than the corresponding ones of last year, and the pro-
portion of healthy insects pupating and emerging was con-
siderably less. This could not be ascribed to interbreeding,
(ah 2)
&c., because it also extended to larve of a moth caught in
the woods. He exhibited specimens of illustraria illustrative
of the extremes in size and colour yet attained by him; there
were forms, in both sexes, of a chestnut colour with few
markings on the upper surface and of a bright orange
beneath. This showed an advance in colouring, but not a
very great one, on the original stock bred from, which
showed considerable variations both in colour and in intensity
of marking. The experiments next described were as to the
effect of cold on the pupa. Out of 174 pupa, offspring of a
single pair, 89 were subjected, for a fortnight in July, toa
steady temperature of 83°-34° Fahr. The moths of which the
pupe were so treated showed a noticeable but not great dark-
ening of hue, and, in the females especially, there was a
tendency to the contrast between the dark inner portion
and the light outer portion of the wings, which is so marked
a feature in the spring emergence. Some pupe which had
been kept at a forcing temperature in the autumn of 1887,
produced moths considerably lighter in their colour than
some of the same batch which were exposed to the open air from
Noy. 7th to Jan. 1st. Out of another batch of some 50 or
60 pup obtained by Mr. Jenner from eggs laid in the spring,
two of which emerged as moths in July, the rest showing no
signs of emerging, some were lent by Mr. Jenner for experi-
ment, and were forced from Sept. 10th; eight or nine came
out at various intervals from Sept. 27th to Oct. 19th; these
were intermediate between the spring and summer colouring,
and showed an almost regular darkening in colour according
to lateness in emerging. Mr. Merrifield said that so far the
results of experiment were quite in accordance with those of
Prof. Weissman and others, but other experiments seemed to
show that the temperature to which the larva in its growing
stages was exposed had much to do with the colour of the
perfect insect. Forty eggs of EF. alniaria (now autumnaria)
were forced, and forty eggs from the same source were
sleeved. From the former 29 moths appeared, in an average
period of about 46 days; from the latter 25 were reared, in
an average period of over 90 days, these last having been
brought indoors before several of the later ones pupated, and
¢ shy)
all the pupxe being brought indoors for all or the greater
part of their existence as such. The forced ones, which he
exhibited, were strikingly different in appearance from the
others, being of a warmer, yellower tint and much less
spotted and marked with dark. His experiments were by no
means completed; so far as they had gone, they seemed to
show that retardation in the earlier stages was a cause of
darkness of hue in the perfect insect, a retardation that
would be the result of cold; and perhaps this threw light on
the tendency to melanism often noticed in North-country
examples of generally-distributed moths. The experiments
with alniaria seemed very strongly to indicate, that the tem-
perature to which the growing larva is exposed influences the
colouring of the moth either directly or, more probably, by
producing retardation, since the temperature was not a very
low one, and the gradual darkening of the colour in the
illustraria moths emerging from the pup lent by Mr. Jenner,
and all kept at a summer or forcing temperature, seemed
some evidence that retardation without cooling will originate
the dark hue. Mr. Merrifield said he had not had facilities
for bringing up so many separate broods as he should have
liked to do, and that he would gladly hand over eggs from
varieties, to those likely to follow out the results of breeding
in any particular lines; and he would also be glad to be
himself supplied with living specimens (for breeding) of
illustraria from any other parts than the east and south of the
United Kingdom, from which his original stock had come.
Lord Walsingham said he had observed the readiness with
which a dark-coloured insect responded to a transient gleam
of sunshine; and it was probably an advantage to a moth in
a cold country to be of a colour which readily absorbed heat;
and it would be interesting if it were established that the
game cause, a cold climate, which made darkness of hue a
valuable quality, was also a means of causing it.
Mr. Poulton said he had noticed in some experiments
which he had conducted some years since upon Selenia
illunaria, the same tendency of a brood of larve to divide
into various detachments feeding up at different rates.
Although his experiments were on a much smaller scale
PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND., V., 1888. H
(i xi
than those conducted by Mr. Merrifield, they had yielded
results which were in every way confirmatory of those
described by the latter observer. Concerning the variation
in the period of larval life Mr. Poulton thought it probable
that, just as dimorphism or polymorphism in colour and
appearance was beneficial to the species by giving it an extra
chance against its enemies, so dimorphism or polymorphism
in the duration of life was advantageous in giving the species
an extra chance of a favourable season as regards climate or
prevalence of enemies. Mr. Poulton could quite endorse
Mr. Merrifield’s observation that when an individual pos-
sessed the tendency towards a rapid or a protracted develop-
ment, it had a great power of resisting those conditions of
temperature which tended to modify the rate of its develop-
ment. This observation pointed towards the conclusion that
the variation was innate in the individual, and was doubtless
predetermined in the egg from which it developed, and was
not produced by any of the surroundings in the larval or
other states. Mr. Poulton congratulated the author upon his
results, and trusted that the experiments would be continued.
Prof. Meldola said that this was the first successful experi-
ment in the way of modifying the seasonal forms of a British
seasonal dimorphic species that had been carried out in this
country. Such results he had long been waiting for, and he
congratulated Mr. Merrifield upon the thoroughly pains-
taking manner in which he was carrying on the investigation.
Referring to Prof. Weismann’s theory of seasonal dimorphism
Prof. Meldola said that the dark form must, in accordance
with this view, be regarded as the ancestral form retained
from the Glacial Period, and that artificial refrigeration had
a tendency to cause reversion to this darker type. The
reason why the Glacial form was the more darkly coloured
was a question quite distinct from the present line of inquiry,
but he could not help repeating the opinion which he had
already expressed elsewhere, that the darker coloration had
been acquired (through natural selection) because of the
advantage conferred upon the species in enabling the indi-
viduals to make the most of the sun’s radiant energy, at a
time when the atmosphere was probably highly charged with
¢ xh j
water in different states of condensation. This was substan-
tially the theory first put forward by Lord Walsingham, and
he (Prof. Meldola) had already expressed his concurrence
therewith.
Mr. White asked whether Mr. Merrifield had observed that
a variation in the colour of the moth was associated with
any corresponding variation in the colour of the larva.
Mr. Merrifield said the larva of illustraria varied much in
colour. The summer-feeding larva was brighter and had more
variety in colour than the autumn-feeding brood, which are
of a more uniform and duller tint, a shining grey-brown,
looking very like a knotty ash-twig. He had not observed
any connexion between the colour of the larva and that of
the moth.
Dr. Sharp said he thought the experiments described were
very interesting, and he hoped they would be continued and
followed up by others in different directions.
Mr. J. H. Leech read a paper ‘‘On a Collection of Lepi-
doptera from Kiukiang.” He said the collection had been
made for him during the months of April, May, June and
July, 1887, by Mr. A. E. Pratt, in the neighbourhood of
Kiukiang, which was situated on the Yangzee river, about
500 miles from the sea. Mr. Leech remarked that the
collection was not rich in species, and probably only repre-
sented a third part of the lepidopterous fauna of the district ;
it, however, contained a fair proportion of new species, and
also many that had not hitherto been recorded from that
region. It was stated that the larger proportion of species
were common to the eastern coast of China and Japan, but
that many occurred also in the Himalayas. The chief point
of interest in the collection was the variation exhibited in so
many species, especially in Papilio sarpedon.
Mr. Elwes said he had examined the collection with great
interest, and was much struck with the similarity of many
of the forms to those from Sikkim.
(. xine 4
ANNUAL MEETING.
January 16th, 1889.
Dr. Davip Suarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., President, in the chair.
An abstract of the Treasurer’s accounts was read by Mr.
Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., one of the Auditors.
Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, read the following :—
Report of the Council.
In accordance with the Bye-Laws, the Council beg to present
the following Report :—
During the year 1888 five Fellows have died, viz., the Rev.
J. H. Brown, M.A.; Mr. Philip Henry Gosse, F.R.S.; Mr.
R. M. Lingwood, M.A.; Mr. H. J. §. Pryer; and Mr.
George R. Waterhouse. Four Fellows have resigned ; and
seventeen new Fellows have been elected.
The number of Fellows elected during the year, although
small in comparison with the number elected in 1886, is equal
to, if not above, the average. At the same time the Society
is in need of a larger number of members to enable it to
publish more papers, and in other ways to advance its
interests and promote its objects; and the Council earnestly
hope that the Fellows will do their utmost to induce their
friends to join the Society.
At the present time the Society consists of an Hon. Life-
President, 10 Honorary Fellows, 46 Life Fellows, and 247
paying the Annual Subscription, making the total number of
Fellows now on the Society’s List 304, which, after allowing
for the losses by deaths and resignations, is an increase in
number of 8 since the date of the Annual Meeting last year.
The Transactions for the year 1888 form a volume of
606 pages, containing 15 memoirs contributed by the follow-
ing 14 authors, viz., Professor Westwood, M.A. (2 papers) ;
Mr. James Edwards; Mr. Arthur G. Butler; Mr. Geo. 'T.
Baker; Mr. Frederic Merrifield; Mr. G. F. Mathew, R.N. ;
Mr. Martin Jacoby; Mr. C. O. Waterhouse; Mr. Edward
Meyrick, B.A.; Mr. William White; Mr. H. J. Elwes;
() Fxlye 4)
Mr. W. L. Distant; Myr. F. P. Pascoe; and Mr. E. B.
Poulton, M.A. Of these 15 papers 9 relate to Lepidoptera
(or to enquiries in which Lepidoptera were the subjects
of experiment), 3 to Coleoptera, 2 to Hemiptera, and 1 to
Neuroptera.
The memoirs above referred to are illustrated with 17
plates, of which 11 are coloured. The Society is indebted to
Mr. Elwes for contributing £25 towards the cost of Plates
VIII, TX., X. and XI.; to Mr. Paseoo for Plate XIV.; and
to Mr. Poulton for Plates XV., XVI. and XVII.
The Proceedings, containing an account of the exhibitions
and discussions at the Meetings in addition to abstracts of
several of the papers published in the Transactions, and also
one or two papers not published in the Transactions, extend
to over 68 pages.
The publication of a Catalogue of the Books and Pam-
philets in the Society’s Library has long been under consider-
ation, and on the 6th day of June last a Library Catalogue
Publication Committee was nominated by the Council,
consisting of Dr. Sharp, Mr. Stainton, Mr. Salvin, Mr.
M’Lachlan, Mr. Grut, and Mr. J. W. Dunning.
The Report of this Committee, in which the publication of
the Library Catalogue was recommended, was submitted to
the Council on the 5th day of December last, and the
estimated expense being not too heavy, and the Honorary
Librarian having kindly consented to undertake the prepara-
tion of the manuscript, the Council have decided to print the
Catalogue. In view of the expense of printing the Catalogue
three Compositions, in lieu of Annual Subseriptions, received
during the year were retained by the Treasurer, instead of
being invested in the usual way. Some portion of the amount
of these compositions has been expended, but the remainder
is in hand. Consequently the Treasurer’s balance is above
the average; but, as a result of the non-investment of the
compositions, the Society’s capital has not increased since
the date of the last Annual Meeting.
During the past year about one hundred Books, Pamphlets,
Journals and Papers have been added to the Library; the
Meetings have been better attended than in any previous
( Xivi 7)
year of the Society’s existence; there has been a steady in-
crease in the number of Fellows; and the financial position of
the Society compares favourably with that of past years,
the year 1886 being of course excepted.
On the whole, therefore, the Council have reason to be
satisfied with the progress made by the Society during the
year 1888.
The following is an Abstract of the Receipts and Payments
during 1888 :—
REcEIPTs. PayMENTS.
EG) eeu Le.
Balance in hand Ist Rent, Office Ex-
Jan., 1888 - E 81li 7 pensesandSalaryto} 134 6 5
cig aed Assistant- Librarian
Contributions of Fel-) .,
lows” - 4 a 322, 7 0 Printing - , Salo eh al
Sale of Publications - 10112 5 | Plates,&e.- - - 9418 1
Donations - - - 1512 6 | Books, Binding, &. - 1318 6
Interest on Consols - 15 8 2 Balance in hand - 2712 7
£463 14 8 £4163 14 8
11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W.,
January 16th, 1889.
‘The Secretaries not having received any notice proposing
to substitute other names than those in the lists prepared by
the Council, the following Fellows constitute the Council for
1889 :—Henry W. Bates, F.R.S,; Henry J. Elwes, F.L.S. ;
William H. B. Fletcher, M.A.; the Rev. Canon Fowler,
M.A., F.L.S.; Frederick DuCane Godman, M.A., F.R.S.;
Herbert Goss, F.L.S.; Ferdinand Grut, F.L.S.; P. Brooke
Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.8.; Prof. Raphael Meldola, F.R,S. ;
Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.; Edward Saunders, F.L.S.;
Dr. David Sharp, F.L.8.; and the Right Hon. Lord Wal-
singham, M.A., F.R.S.
The following are the officers elected :— President, the
Right Hon. Lord Walsingham; Treasurer, Mr. Edward
Saunders; Secretaries, Mr. Herbert Goss and the Rev. Canon
Fowler; Librarian, Mr. Ferdinand Grut.
The President then delivered an Address, at the conclusion
( xivin -)
of which Mr. Elwes proposed a vote of thanks to Dr. Sharp
for his services as President during the year.
was seconded by Mr. Salvin, and carried.
A vote of thanks to the Treasurer,
The proposal
Secretaries, and
Librarian was moved by Mr. Dunning, seconded by Lord
Walsingham, and carried.
Mr. Saunders, Mr. Goss, and Mr. Grut severally replied.
Abstract of Receipts and Payments for 1888.
Receipts.
d.
Balance Ist Jan., 1888 814 7
Subscriptions » 230 4 0
Entrance Fees 35 29 8 0
Arrears 5 10 10 O
Compositions + 47 5-- 0
Donations 3 15 12.6
Sale of Transactions 10112 5
InterestonConsols - 15 8 2
£463 14 8
ASSE
Subscriptions, considered good -
Consols, £395 9s. 4d. - i A
Payments.
8.
Rent, Salary to As-
ssn Lira, 134 6
Office Expenses
Printing - - - 193 4
Plates, Colouring, &c. - 94 13
Books, Binding, &. - 138 18
Balance in hand 27 12
£463 14
T Sit
- - - - - 10
7
8.
10
° - - (cost) 377 4
LIABILITIES.
(Nil.)
Audited and found correct,
January 9th, 1889.
H. T. Srartnton.
A. ELAND SHAW.
J. W. DuNNING.
R. McLacutran.
OSBERT SALVIN.
d.
5
1
oO =
8
d.
0
0
(; xm =)
THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
>)
GENTLEMEN,
Ir is agreeable to learn, from the reports of the Council and
Auditors, that our Society is in a satisfactory condition as
compared with previous years. If indeed we extend our view
to a longer period than that of a single year, I think it is
clear that we have much reason for congratulation. Twenty
years ago the Entomological Society consisted of only 200
members, now it has just over 800, an increase of 50 per
cent., and the larger part of this increase has been in the
later years of the period. In 1868 we had only £100 of in-
vestments, and now we have nearly £400. Thus we have
undoubtedly made a steady though slow progress in material
prosperity. In regard to scientific activity I do not think
there is much change: the range of subjects discussed at our
meetings, and recorded in our annual volume, is about the
same as it was at the commencement of the period, and the
volumes are on the whole similar in size or quantity to what
they were in 1868; but it should not be forgotten that in that
year a new era in the Society’s existence was inaugurated
under the skilful management, and aided by the generous
liberality of our then Secretary, Mr. Dunning. Previous to
the year 1868 we did not publish any annual volume, but
only such parts as the Council from time to time felt them-
selves able to do; and in the period of thirty-two years from
1836 to 1867 the Society published only fifteen volumes in
all; we have in the subsequent twenty years published twenty
volumes, so that the change instituted by Mr. Dunning has
resulted in just about doubling the amount of matter annu-
ally published by the Society. Moreover, every Fellow who
pays his subseription now receives the volume we publish,
Ci xi? }
whereas formerly, most of the members who wished for it had
to pay an additional sum for its possession. As the annual
‘volume is now well worth the small subscription we exact from
our Fellows, there is good reason for expecting that as the
existence and advantages of the Society become more widely
known, the number of our Fellows may continue to increase.
We have lost by death during the year five Fellows. One
of them, George Robert Waterhouse, who died at an advanced
age, was mongst the most distinguished of the entomologists
of this country; he was one of the founders of our Society, and
was formerly one of its Presidents; his name is of prominent
importance in Zoology, and he rendered great services to our
own division of that branch of science; a brief memoir
of his life has been drawn up by one of his sons, and will be
published in our annual volume. Philip Henry Gosse had
been one of our Fellows since 1879; he also died at a very
advanced age; he resided in Devonshire and I believe did not
appear at our meetings, but he was well known to naturalists
in connection with the natural history of Jamaica; he pub-
lished a very pleasing book, that contains much information
on entomological subjects, descriptive of his residence there ;
and his paper on the clasping organs of some Lepidoptera,
published in the Transactions of the Linnean Society, at-
tracted much attention amongst lepidopterists. Mr. H.J.S.
Pryer had belonged to the Society since 1867; he died in the
prime of life, in Japan, where he had been resident for
fifteen or sixteen years. During this period he devoted much
attention to Entomology, more particularly to Lepidoptera,
and published lists of the species found there. He was
actively engaged in working at the Japanese Lepidoptera at
the time of his unexpected and regretted decease. The Rev.
Henry Thomas Browne, of High Wycombe, had belonged to
the Society for twenty-six years; and Robert Maulkin Ling-
wood, of Cheltenham, was a member for no less than fifty-
three years. I regret that I had not the pleasure of the
acquaintance of either of these gentlemen, and can give you
no information about them. I am not aware that either of
them published anything on entomological subjects.
John Scott, who died in 1888, had an extensive knowledge
Cie)
of the order Hemiptera, and was Mr. Douglas’s co-labourer in
the production of the volume published by the Ray Society,
descriptive of our native species of the insects of that order.
I have heard in 1888 of few deaths of entomologists in
foreign countries ; the only prominent names that I recall are
Bellier de la Chavignerie of Evreux, and Donckier de Donceel,
senior, of Liége.
Among the subjects that have attracted the attention
of entomologists in recent years, the senses and instincts of
insects are prominent, and I have myself been much interested,
as an attentive reader, of what has been written about them.
Sir John Lubbock has just published a book dealing with
the subject, with which you all are probably acquainted,
and with which, like myself, you probably have been much
pleased. Ihad decided on addressing you on the subject before
the appearance of our esteemed ex-President’s interesting
work, and have decided not to abandon my intention because
of its publication : for though I discuss the same topics, and
entertain on the whole similar views, yet the subject is so
extensive that I hope my address will be found not to bea
mere repetition of what is said in ‘‘ The Senses and Instinct
of Animals.” The object of my brief review will be to recall
to you that we have little positive knowledge of the functions
of the sense-organs of insects, and that some of the views
that have been expressed in a very positive manner, to the
effect. that insect instincts are inexplicable on the theory of
their gradual evolution, are certainly premature and probably
erroneous.
The most important of the senses of insects is that of vision.
The higher insects are remarkable for their activity, and for
the facility and perfection of their movements; and there is
little doubt that the perceptions of their optical organs are
their chief guides in the execution of their remarkable evolu-
tions; these organs, as you all know, are of two kinds, com-
pound eyes and ocelli.
It would occupy us too long if I were to sketch the various
views that have been expressed as to the function of sight,
and more especially of the compound eyes in insects; but
there is a brief and very fair summary of the subject,
extending to the year 1875 or thereabouts, in Grenacher’s
(20's)
‘ Untersuchungen tiber das Sehorgan der Arthropoden,’ from
which it will be gathered that Miiller’s theory of mosaic
vision is the one that has proved most generally acceptable.
The earlier entomologists appear to have been contented with
the simple statement that insects possess the sense of sight,
or that they see; but Johannes Miiller, about sixty years ago,
propounded a theory as to the nature of their vision, and this
has been known since as the mosaic theory. It may be
briefly described by saying that he thought an insect saw by
means of a picture, as our own eyes do; and that the picture
in the insect eye was composed of a large number of separate
pieces, each facet contributing a small piece.
This is evidently the simplest view that can be at all main-
tained, and we may tale it for granted that it was pretty sure
to be the one that would first occur. There is no way of
explaining insect-vision so easy as that of saying it is
like our own, and then adding that it is broken up somewhat
because of the numerous facets of the insect-eye; and it is
probably owing to this primitive simplicity that the mosaic
theory has had so long a career; for though it has been
frequently opposed and even altogether buried, it has always
recurred again when rival theories proved unsatisfactory ; and
I am of opinion that the vitality of the theory is chiefly due to
its ease of comprehension by making the vision of the insect-
eye so very similar to that of our own eye. But...
I believe that my much-gifted and ever-to-be-remembered
friend, the late W. K. Clifford, once stated that the human
or vertebrate eye is a very imperfect optical apparatus;
and he was undoubtedly correct in this, as he also was
in explaining that the defects of the apparatus itself are in
part removed, and its deficiencies in part supplemented, by
secondary means. The vision of the human eye is by picture
cast on the retina, which is practically a highly sensitive
recipient screen, placed at the back of a camera obscura; but
the picture so limned is, as a representation of external
nature, very imperfect: for instance, everything is flat, and
it is indistinct except in its centre. Now if picture-vision
is to be of much use to the insect it should have the
secondary means of making it useful. What are they?
(- te 4)
Amongst the most important is undoubtedly individual experi-
ence. In the early period of life of which we have no memory,
the mind is learning to supplement some of the deficiencies of
the eyes by associating with their impressions the impressions
derived from other senses, notably that of touch: objects are
touched and it is found that they are not flat, and it is also
found that certain distinctions of light and shade go with the
not-flatness, and so there gets to be established a mental
association between certain delicacies of light and shade and
not-flatness, and when this is thoroughly established we,
being unaware of the association, and perceiving the shade
delicacies by the eye, infer that the eye itself sees the non-
flatness. That this is the case is proved by well-known facts,
which it is unnecessary to trouble you with, as they are to be
found in many physiological text-books. Individual experi-
ence and the association of tactile impressions with the
ocular impressions are amongst the important means by
which the defects of picture-vision are remedied. Another
indispensable aid to our sight is the mobility of the eyes:
this is wonderfully perfect, and as the eyes are spherical in
form and the muscles are attached at several points, a very
beautiful capacity of moving the eye is the result; and the
extreme and perfect mobility of our eye is one of the chief
factors in its utility.
Another very important feature in our vision is that we
have two eyes and combine them on one object: the result is
that we see single though our eyes really see double, the two
pictures being slightly different; and by the unconscious in-
ferences made from the slight differences between the two
pictures we obtain some valuable properties of material
objects which we think the eye directly perceives. The very
important property of estimation of size of an object is also
in us a mental and not an ocular power, the size of an object
as pictured on the retina bearing but little proportion to its
real magnitude. There are also other deficiencies in the
nature of picture-vision to which I need not allude. But I
will ask you to bear in mind the fact that the insect is
destitute of the all-important secondary means I have alluded
to, for rendering picture-vision adequate. Its life is but
Crip, 9)
short, and is in most insects cut up into stages, the experience
gained in one of which would be of little use in a following
stage, where the creature is provided with a different set of
structures; and in point of fact we see, from observation,
that the butterfly, directly after it has come into possession
of its beautiful compound-eyes, knows well some of those
properties of space and matter that we learn only from expe-
rience. So, again, with size; we may be sure that the insect
does not infer this by a mental process: and it cannot
associate tactile experiences with its ocular impressions, as we
do, for not only must any tactile powers it may possess by
inheriting its ancestors’ associations be of a very specialised
and limited nature owing to its hard external covering, but
its life is too limited to allow it to acquire such associations
individually. Its eyes, too, are fixed and immovable, directed
mainly one to one side and one to the other, so that it
receives two very distinct sets of impressions from the two
eyes.
Under these circumstances it is clear that flat-picture vision
is not a satisfactory function to assign to the compound eye
of the insect. And even from this there is a most important
deduction to be made. As yet we have not considered the
mosaic part of the question. The picture formed on our
retina, if defective in various other ways, is, at any rate,
continuous; but in the insect, on the Mullerian theory, it is
certainly broken up, and must be on this account less
valuable. The perfection of a mosaic picture depends largely
on the amount of cement there is in it in proportion to the
marble, and where the seams of cement are coarse, the per-
fection of the picture is greatly marred. The supporters of
the mosaic theory state that the perfection of the mosaic
picture in the insect’s eye depends on the number and the size
(or coarseness, as entomologists say), of the facets; these
vary excessively, and probably would be found in many
insects to greatly reduce, if not altogether destroy, the value
of the picture, which would indeed at best be, not a picture,
but pieces of a picture separated by intervals of blindness.
I am not aware whether any attempt has been made to
calculate what proportion the cement would bear to the
(¢ lyi-)
marble in the picture formed in the insect’s eye; if so, I
have not met with it: indeed, I may say, in passing, that
Grenacher devotes the larger part of his chapter on the
function of vision to demolishing the theories of others,—
that is to say, showing how insects do not see,—and when
he comes to the positive aspect, confines himself to some
vague generalities; but, though it may be the case that the
lines of separation in the mosaic would be very fine, yet they
would be very numerous, and I wish to urge that their
existence, taken in conjunction with the immobility of the
insect’s eye, appears to me absolutely to destroy what little
value the flat-picture without secondary adjuncts might other-
wise possess. In point of fact, in order to see anything, the
insect must come to a dead standstill, for to a moving insect
with a fixed eye the lines of interruption of the mosaic would
appear to move, and cause the flat-picture to become a com-
plete blur. I attach considerable importance to this con-
sideration, because we know that the compound eye attains
its highest perfection in insects with great powers of flight,—
in other words, that the compound eye is a guide during rapid
motion. Now let me ask you to recall that when we our-
selves are in movement it is a great obstacle to the satis-
factory exercise of our function of picture-seeing; indeed,
when we are in rapid motion, we can only see at all by
keeping up a constant movement of the eye, so as to counter-
act the motion of our body, and this causes such fatigue that
the effort to look at near objects, amongst which we are
moving, cannot be for long carried on. How, then, can an
insect in motion, with two separate and different flat pictures
in its fixed eyes, each picture blurred by the passage across
it of the lines of cement in the mosaic, guide itself with the
absolute perfection it actually exhibits? Taking all the above
points into consideration, I think mosaic vision for insects
must be relegated to that domain where first attempts
towards elucidating very difficult subjects generally go. And
I think we may go farther than this and view any theory of
flat-picture vision for insects with very great suspicion.
This conclusion almost renders it unnecessary to discuss
in detail some of the other theories that have been put
( dv)
forward, and more or less abandoned ; but I must rapidly say
a few inadequate words about one or two of them.
Gottsche stated that an insect’s eye does not make a
mosaic picture, but that it actually makes a large number of
pictures of the same object, or, as Graber puts it, that when
an insect looks out of its eye at a man (or something that to
it is of equivalent value), it sees not a man, but a whole
army of men. This does not appear encouraging, and sti!
less does it do so when it is further suggested that the men
composing this Falstaffian* army would appear to be standing
on their heads. But recollect that our retine see two men
instead of one, and yet we only see one man,—nay, that we
see that one man more correctly than we should do if the
retinee only saw one man; the duplicity of the two figures is,
in fact, one mode by which we see correctly: the difference
between the two pictures being of great value. Is it not,
then, within the bounds of possibility that if two pictures can
be made to give a better result than one, one hundred
pictures (or something-elses) may be made to give a better
result than two? I do not think the theory of compound
vision should be altogether lost sight of.
Of late years Exner has made what I consider to be some
very valuable suggestions as to insect-vision; he thinks it
probable that the insect-eye is specially adapted for the per-
ception of movement, that in this capacity it is superior to
the vertebrate eye, but inferior to it in definition of objects
and in capacity for distinguishing the environment generally :
he still, however, maintains the mosaic theory with certain
modifications. EZxner’s views, as I have said above, I con-
sider very valuable, and I think it probable that further
investigations on his lines may have important results,
especially if the idea of picture-seeing be abandoned more
completely than it has been by him. He and Grenacher
refer to a paper by Schmidt which I have not had an oppor-
tnnity of consulting, but it appears that it also expresses
dissent from the camera obscura theory.
Notthaft, too, has published some suggestions that I think
certainly of value; he considers the sight of the insect
* Referring to the multiplied men in Kendal-green, not the ragged
array.
( iep.-)
compound-eye must be very different from that of the vertebrate
eye; that itis inferior in perception of plane surfaces, but
superior in distinguishing objects in the third dimension of
space, that is, depth.
Patten is the last, but by no means the least, of the
investigators of the insect-eye: his papers are chiefly
anatomical, and are more especially directed to questions
connected with the development and common origin of
different invertebrate eyes; but he has a chapter on the
function of the compound-eye of the insect, chiefly remark-
able from its going a long way towards recognising the
extreme difficulty of settling this: his special contribution to
the anatomy of the organ I shall briefly mention further on.
Here I will take the opportunity of mentioning that there
is on record a very curious observation relating to the vision
of insects, though it has apparently escaped the attention of
recent writers. It is an article by Mr. Spence,—in fact, the
very first memoir published by our Society,—-and forms
Article I. of the first volume of the first series of our
‘ Transactions.’
Lubbock, whose opinion is of great value, because of his
skill and experience as an observer of the habits of insects,
says, in his recently-published book, ‘‘ We know as yet very
little with reference to the actual power of vision possessed
by insects.”
From the above I think we may fairly conclude that it is
quite uncertain what insects do see, or whether they see at
all, if we use the word seeing in association with the idea of
our own plane-picture seeing.
Here, so far as my chief object to-night is concerned,
I might leave the question, for I hope I have made it clear
that we are quite ignorant on the subject of the sight of
insects—the most important of their senses—and have, in
fact, no knowledge whatever such as we ought to possess
previously to coming to any general conclusions of importance
about their habits, so far as these are affected by sight. I
think it probable that the sense of sight in insects is, in so
far as the eye is concerned, a more complex matter than it is
in the Vertebrata: such ocular perceptions as are requisite
for the orientation of the creature must be sought in the
( clmat )
insect in direct connection with the eye, it being impossible
that it can learn by individual experience, and in the
highest degree improbable that deficiencies in the optical
instrument can, in the insect, be remedied by mental opera-
tions as they are in ourselves, and, if so, it becomes
necessary to inquire whether the insect may not be able, by
means of its eyes, to directly perceive certain important con-
ditions of material objects that we only obtain a knowledge
of by the aid of our mind. Or, to put it more correctly—as
I believe—certain cerebral structures in connection with the
Vertebrate sense of sight being not present in insects, other structures
to compensate for their absence may be eapected to occur in more
direct connection with the eye. If so, it becomes highly probable
that the functions of the insect-eyes are not only dissimilar
from ours, but are also more complex. If an insect is aware
of the presence of objects when it is at rest, if it is able to
guide itself during rapid movement by discriminating with
delicacy rapidly occurring differences of lights and shades, to
perceive the direction and rapidity of movement, and to dis-
tinguish so much of the outline of objects as to give it an
idea of extension in the three dimensions of space; if it
has all these capacities, and perhaps others in addition, and
if these are due to the eyes and not to the mind, then it
certainly is highly probable that the direct functions of the
optic organs may be not simple but complex; that whereas
our vision is a very perfect development of one process,
insect vision may be developments of two or three processes
of perhaps different degrees of perfection? If this be the
case, we have scarcely commenced to get any exact knowledge
of the ways in which the world appears to insects. As an
eye in its primitive form is an organ sensitive to light and
shade, it is probable that perceptions of light and shade have
become perfected in the insect’s eye; and, though these may
not be integrated into any continuous picture, they may be
excessively perfect, and it is not improbable that insects are
largely guided in their movements by direct perceptions of
lights and shades. There seems considerable reason for
supposing that some insects, at any rate, take as the main
guide to any particular series of movements the direction of
greatest light; some species of insects now immolate them-
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., V., 1888. I
( lviii )
selves actually by millions on the electric lights established in
some of the small towns of America. Forel’s experiments on
varnishing the eyes of insects also seem to point to the
probability that perception of the direction of light is a main
factor in guiding movement. Diptera, whose compound-eyes
he covered with an impenetrable varnish, did not, when first
released, direct their movements in any definite direction,
but ended by flying straight up in the air quite out of sight,
—that is, in the direction in which they would still perceive
light by their ocelli or simple eyes.
If the direction of some particular light, or amount of light,
play the part of a mariner’s compass in guiding each flight
of an insect, and if it possess an accurate perception of lights
and shades by means of its facets,—that is, perceive the
direction in which some shade cast on its eye is most intense,
and that in which itis least intense,—it could avoid an object
perfectly, although never perceiving anything more than a
part of the shadow affecting the optic organ, and by which the
source of light was partially, or more or less completely,
eclipsed. Toa creature of this kind refractions of light will
be most important, and one of the most pressing series of
considerations about the compound-eye will be its properties
as a set of refracting instruments.
The multiplicity of facets must clearly be a great advantage
in the perception of movement. Between the insect’s eye
and some set of rays of light a shade commences to appear ;
at the first moment one set of facets is affected, at the next
instant adjoining facets are occupied; surely not only may a
movement make itself thus felt by the ocular organ, but also the
direction of the movement may be determined. I have already
said that Exner advocates the seeing of movement as one of the
functions of the insect’s eye. Patten has criticised in an un-
favourable manner Exner’s views as to the perception of motion,
but Icannot myself see the force of his arguments, if it be
understood that itis not the lights and shades of a retinal picture
that are affected; the whole cmmatidia* are, as I put it, in
equilibrium with the amount of light falling on them, and each
may have a separate perception of a change in this amount.
* The ommateum of recent anatomists.
Before quitting the subject of vision, I must say a few
words, if only by way of recognition and admiration, as to the
work that has been done at the compound-eye by anatomists.
There is, perhaps, no object more difficult to investigate
minutely by the aid of the microscope than the compound-
eye of an insect. I need not refer in detail to the difficulties,
for you all no doubt have some idea of them. These diffi-
culties have, however, been to a considerable extent overcome
by the skilful application of the great resources of modern
microscopy. Grenacher, Hickson, Lowne, and Patten have
published descriptive memoirs on the subject, accompanied
by plates that are of the greatest value to entomologists, who,
like myself and many of you, have neither time nor skill for
personal research in such ways. But there still remains much
to be done; indeed, the structure of each ommatidium,—that
is, the part behind and connected with each facet,—is very
complex. The details I shall not attempt to allude to, but
there are certain points that have a special bearing on the
functions of the organ, or aggregate of organs, that I may
briefly mention. In the first place, they have detected
nothing that can be looked on as an apparatus at all suitable
for the formation and perception of a continuous picture.
The percipient parts of the nervous portions of the organ
are, indeed, the parts about which there is most discrepancy
in their views. Grenacher considered certain parts that he
called retinule, in connection with the rods, to be the per-
cipient portions of the eye; but they are so different from
the retina and membrana jacobi of our own eye, that they
must have a very different function. Lowne rejected
Grenacher’s view, and considered that a dense nervous
structure that he styled bacilla, with the parts behind it,
are the true—indeed the sole—percipient part of the eye, and
he gave a figure showing the manner in which he supposed a
picture was formed on this retina. Hickson followed with a
memoir investigating more particularly the nervous structures
in the more interior part of the eye, or, to speak more
correctly, lying between the eye proper and the optic ganglion :
these structures he found to be most wonderfully complex ;
he rejected Lowne’s view as to the parts immediately behind
12
(2 tie)
the basilar membrane being a retina or commencement of the
percipient portions of the eye, and called the parts in
question the terminal anastomoses and the periopticon; he
also re-affirmed very strongly as correct the views of Grenacher
and the numerous authors who had agreed with him, that the
retinule are the percipient parts. Patten has more recently
made an investigation of the structure of the ommatidium,
and states a totally different view; he locates, in a most
positive manner, the seat of perception in the crystalline
cones, a view which had been asserted by one or two earlier
authorities, but had been almost abandoned. Thus, then,
we have the latest three authorities locating the seat of vision
in three totally different parts of the eye.
It is not my province, even if I were capable of doing so,
to attempt to determine how much value there is to be
attached to all or either of these views; but I will just
recall the fact that the compound-eye, speaking roughly, may
be divided into three parts: 1, the outer part consisting of
the structures from the outer facets to the apices of the
crystalline cones; 2, the intermediate structures between the
cones and the basilar membrane: and 3, the structures
within the basilar membrane. Now, the authorities I have
mentioned are confident that a percipient layer exists in each
of these different zones. It is clear, then, that the function
of the compound-eye cannot at present be determined by
anatomical knowledge, but that it is probable that the func-
tions of the eye may be complex,—indeed, that there may
actually be two or three different sets of perceptive structures.
It is true that each of the anatomists I have named is pretty
confident as to the correctness of his own view, but I am
inclined to think that it is possible that neither of them has
given sufficient attention to the idea that the existence of one
percipient layer does not necessarily prove the non-existence
of another. Whether this prove to be the case or not, it is
quite certain that the nervous structures in connection with
the compound-eye are most remarkably perfect and complex.
Hickson does not hesitate to express his admiration of their
extent, and it is evident that the number and variety of the
nervous structures of the insect’s eye are not the least amongst
( st hxr 4)
the factors that make comprehension of its function so
difficult.
Anatomical knowledge, then, like the other methods of
inquiry, tells us that at present we know very little about how
or what an insect sees. It is highly probable that its sight is
very different from our own, and that continuous picture-
vision forms no part of it; while it appears to be even
possible that the compound-eye may have two or three
distinct kinds of perception. There is every reason for sup-
posing that the ocular powers of insects are very perfect in
their way, although that way may be very different from ours.
Indeed, it would seem to be quite possible, if not probable, that
a company of gnats dancing in the rays glinting through the
bushes on a summer evening or in the afternoon of an autumnal
day, may by means of acute perceptions of lights and shades
be enjoying an ocular treat as varied and as exhilarating to
them as the prospect we enjoy from the summit of Righi or
Pilatus is to us; while at the same moment, by means of an
extreme sensitiveness to movement and its direction, they
may be taking part in a rhythmical concert of no mean
order of excellence.
I have devoted so much time to the consideration of the
sense of sight, that I must not attempt to discuss the other
senses at any considerable length. Probably the one next
in importance to insects is that of smell. The earlier
naturalists began trying to understand the sense of smell in
insects by supposing it to be similar to our own. In the
Vertebrata the organs of smell are invariably placed in con-
nection with their respiratory organs, a free current of air
through the olfactory organs being absolutely essential. This
being known, a habitat for the sense of smell in insects was
sought at the commencement of the air-passages, especially in
the stigmata; this, however, has now been nearly abandoned,
chiefly because no adequate nervous structures have been de-
tected there; and the sense of smell in insects is now thought
to be located in the antennex or in some of the parts of the
mouth. Investigation has revealed a number of remarkable
minute structures in the antenne that are pretty certainly
sense-organs, but to what extent they can properly be called
(C ‘Esti7)
organs of smell is still doubtful. One point, however, is
clear, namely, that if the organs I have alluded to are really
for olfactory purposes, their functions must be exercised in
a very different way from that in which we smell. For
instance, it is difficult to imagine that any sense of smell can
exist without the passage of air over the sensitive surface, for
the minute particles of some odorous substances must be
extremely rare; hence, as there is in ordinary circumstances
no such current of air in contact with the antenne of insects,
it would seem that their functions in many cases can only be
exercised fully when the insect is moving rapidly through the
air: at least so far as contact with odorous particles goes it
could be effected in this manner; so that we are brought to
the strange conclusion that an insect may smell acutely when
it is flyimg through the air, and be unable to perceive the
Same odours when it is quiescent. In another respect the
insect antenne may be superior to our olfactory organs, for
these latter can only smell odorous substances when these
are in a dynamical state, that is when their particles are being
or have been recently dispersed ; but it is quite conceivable,
nay probable, that many substances only disperse their odorous
particles under certain circumstances, and yet the odorous
particles are there ; well, in such a case it is possible that the
insect can still perceive the smell, though to us there is
none, for the insect can go to the object and lay its olfactory
organ on the quiescent odours and so detect them. But I
must not detain you by speaking at greater length on this
point. The knowledge of insect olfactory organs is even
more primitive and uncertain than that of their optic
organs, and you will therefore readily understand that im-
proved knowledge on this point may quite change our views
as to some of the phenomena of insect life.
In regard to the other senses I must content myself with
the assertion that we know very little about them. The
sense of touch insects can scarcely be considered to possess
at all, owing to the fact that their skeleton is external ;
nevertheless these creatures undoubtedly receive some tactile
impressions by means of sete, or structures approximating to
setze, whose bases pass more or less completely through the
( Ign?)
insensitive external layers of the body, and are in contact
with the nervous system in the interior. Of the senses
of hearing and tasting we know remarkably little, though
some good work has been done at them recently. I cannot,
however, quit this part of my subject, without reminding you
of the very interesting chapter in Sir John Lubbock’s book
‘On the Senses of Animals,’ in which he deals with the question
of unknown senses. If there should be any of you who have
not read it, I should advise you to repair the omission as
soon as possible.
There is perhaps no word in the English language more
vague in meaning than ‘instinct’: it is used with a variety
of meanings attached to it, and frequently with almost
no meaning at all. It is used by some to indicate their
impressions as to the nature of the mental processes in
insects or other animals; by some, as that condition which
in animals replaces our own reason; while others use it
simply as a term to be applied to a series of animal actions ;
others impersonify it and give it an objective existence, as
when they say, “‘ instinct teaches them ”’; and yet again, the
word is in use by scientific men to indicate a certain limited
class of our own actions. This latter is its primary use, and
it ought also to be its sole use. The application of the word
in Entomology gives rise to a great deal of confusion. I am
not aware, however, that any terms have yet been proposed
to replace it, and I shall to-night use it as meaning ‘‘ some
connected series of insect actions.”
There seems to be a widely spread impression, to the
effect that instinct cannot be accounted for by any theory of
evolution.
M. Fabre has published, at intervals, three volumes of
studies on the habits and instincts of insects: the second
volume of the series was noticed at considerable length by
Sir John Lubbock, in his presidential address to this Society
eight years ago, and a third volume has been since published
by the talented French naturalist. As an observer of the
habits of insects, M. Fabre stands, I think, facile princeps
in our generation: in literary ability he has never been
surpassed, and rarely equalled by any writer on Entomology :
( lxiv )
the patience and ingenuity he has displayed in his investiga-
tions, and the brilliant style in which he has described the
latter, can be only understood by his readers. Undoubtedly
his recent volume is a most valuable addition to entomo-
logical literature. M. Fabre considers that his observations
on instinct shew it to be quite irreconcilable with the modern
theory of organic evolution, and constantly expresses this
opinion in the most frank manner. Still I am of opinion
that he has completely failed to establish this view.
Undoubtedly there is very much that we cannot yet under-
stand in insect instinct. This is due, I believe, in part, to
our complete ignorance of the nature of their senses, and in
part also to the fact that we do not sufficiently realise the
profound differences that exist between the most fundamental
of the vital functions of insects and those of the Vertebrata,
including ourselves. The most important of the peculiarities
of instinct are, perhaps, its limited range of adaptability,
that is the small amount of variability according to circum-
stances, and its perfection within its own limits. Lubbock
has already, if I recollect right, suggested that these charac-
teristics are probably a consequence or correlative of the
short life of the individual insect, and I think it is possible to
get a glimpse, although a very imperfect one, of the ways in
which they may have been evoluted. If it is shown that the
abbreviation of the individual life of the insect may have
been conducive to the preservation of the race, and that the
peculiarities of their instinct may be consequential to, or
correlative with the short life-cycle, I think that is all that
evolutionists need require at present.
That the abbreviation of the life-cycle may be an advan-
tage is shown by the case of the flesh-feeding Muscide ; the
competition in nature for flesh-food is so severe, ranging from
micro-organisms to carnivorous mammalia, that itis perfectly
certain that a larva of a Sarcophaga that can eat enough in
two days to serve the purposes of its metamorphosis, must
have a great advantage over those that are slower: this is so
evident, that it is unnecessary to dwell on it. But it may be
said that this is an exceptional case; and it certainly is so ;
but there are other considerations which show us that
( iby
abbreviation of the larval period may be of service: for
instance, an army of caterpillars will have a great advantage
if their period of feeding can be reduced, so that the eggs
shall only require to be deposited when there is plenty
of food ready for them, and yet their life shall not extend
into the period when vegetation fails in vigour; clearly, too,
defenceless caterpillars, without means of escaping from
their numerous enemies, had better make this stage as short
as possible. I think it will not be altogether lost time if we
pursue this analysis a little farther: forif we do so I believe
we shall find that abbreviation of the larval stage is to some
extent connected with abbreviation of the duration of exist-
ence in the perfect state. In order to make this clear, I
must briefly recall to you the conditions under which the
great functions of life are exercised in insects. In them the
functions of growth and development are more completely
separated in time than they are in the Vertebrata, and are
more sharply divided from the period of reproduction: this is
no doubt associated with—is possibly a specialization resulting
from — certain remarkable peculiarities in their function
of nutrition. In the Vertebrata waste and repair of the
tissues are carried on by means of a single medium, the
blood, which takes to the tissues at each moment, in the
form of oxygen, the means for exercising function, that is
deteriorating themselves, and the means for repairing that
deterioration ; hence tear and repair go on pari passu. In
the insect it is not so: the function of oxygenation is carried
on by a separate medium, unconnected with the circulation
of the blood ; hence waste can be carried on without repair.
Turning now to the means of circulation of the blood, this
is undoubtedly the weak point of the insect economy: there
is no system for carrying the biood minutely into the tissues,
and we have in the insect the curious phenomenon of indirect
assimilation and the accumulation of unformed tissue to an
enormous extent. These characters permit the phenomena
of growth and development to be much separated, without
being altogether independent. In the larval stage the
tracheal system is less developed, and the accumulation of
unformed tissue is carried to a most extraordinary extent; in
( kw )
this stage of life the insect is to a considerable extent an
organism for the accumulation of property in the shape of
unformed tissue: this unformed tissue is in the stage de-
voted specially to development,—the pupal stage,—partly
changed into the structures of the perfect insect, but in part
carried over in the shape of still unformed tissue for the advan-
tage of the final or reproductive period. But in the final stage
of existence there is found a great change in the balance of
the grand functions of life. There is a great demand on
the organism by the function of reproduction ; the activity of
the individual is much greater, the tracheal system facili-
litating deterioration of the tissues is largely developed, while
on the other hand, not only is there no corresponding im-
provement in the modes for repairing waste, but there is an
actual diminution of activity in this respect: many insects
take little or no food while in the perfect condition, and it is
probable that few take anything like enough to compensate
for the great drain on the system during this stage, and they
carry on the vital functions probably very largely by the aid
of the unformed tissue they acquired during the earlier
stage.
This very rough and imperfect sketch enables us, I think,
to,see that there may be direct relation between the lengths
of the stages of the insect’s life. It will be in some respects,
as we have previously seen, a disadvantage for the larval
stage to be prolonged, but if the activity of the final stage is
to be great, it is requisite that the larval stage should be
sufficiently prolonged to allow of a large quantity of unformed
material being carried over to the final stage; thus the
strange paradox is established that limiting the activity in
the final stage of the insect’s existence, other things being
equal, will permit of the larva doing with a less amount of
food,—that is, will allow it to shorten its period of existence.
Now, is it not unreasonable to expect that under such circum-
stances, during a long series of generations, an organism
shall have developed any unnecessary variety of action ?
Perfection within a limited range is what will be favourable
to the continuance of the species. And this is the dominant
feature of insect-instinct.
( ee yo
I am well aware that the above sketch is extremely im-
perfect, and that the actual facts are enormously more com-
plex than I have put them, and that there are other things
that ought to be taken into consideration: but I am also
aware that there are conditions that tend to intensify the
action of the factors I have mentioned.
M. Fabre has devoted one chapter of his delightful work
on the habits of Hymenoptera to a special argument against
transformism, and gives it the rather witty heading, “a sting
for transformism.” I have not been able to gather very dis-
tinctly from his writings what he means by transformism ;
but in the chapter I am alluding to his argument leaves no
doubt at all that he is referring to the theory of descent of
several existing species from a common ancestor. I have
myself elsewhere stated that I am inclined to think that
theory will prove to be to a great extent erroneous, and have
given reasons for my opinion ; I should therefore have gladly
welcomed M. Fabre’s support, if I found it possible to accept
his argument as good, but, I regret to say, I fear it is likely
to prove invalid: it amounts briefly to this, that if several
species of Scolia that now feed their young each with a
different and distinct kind of insect-food are descended from
a common ancestor, then that ancestor must have been in
the habit of feeding its young, not with some particular
species of insect-food, but with a variety of kinds; and, if
this was the habit of the original Scolia, M. Fabre urges that
its offspring could never have abandoned this advantageous
course of living, which he calls ‘‘ régime varié,” for the habit
of living on a single species, or ‘‘ meals of a single dish,” as
he styles it. The basis of this argument is that régime varié
is a great advantage to the insect; if it is not, then
M. Fabre’s argument fails completely,—the sting proves to
be without point or venom. He cites instances to show that
régime varié is an advantage, but every one of them is taken
from the Vertebrate class. Now, it may be highly probable
that régime varié is an advantage in the case of Vertebrata,
but is it so in the case of insects? I fear we must say
probably it is not: in the first place, it is comparatively rare
among insects, one of their peculiarities being their extreme
« lxvui )
specialisation in the matter of variety of food; and, in the
next place, the function of nutrition shows a most important
difference in insects and in Vertebrata. Immediate per-
fection of tissue-assimilation is the point of importance in the
nutrition of Vertebrata, and for this régime varié is, on the
whole, probably favourable. But in insects in the larva-
stage, tissue-assimilation is subordinate in importance to the
accumulation of unformed tissue for the purposes of a fnture
stage: is it not probable that ‘‘meat from a single dish’”’
may be favourable to this curious and imperfect form of
assimilation ? Ifso, M. Fabre’s argument, instead of shaking
the theory of common descent, actually helps to support it.
But whether this be the case or not, it is at least certain that the
hypothesis on which M. Fabre bases his argument is a very
doubtful one, for there may be, —indeed, I think there are,—
other reasons for supposing that meat from a single dish
may be more advantageous to the insect larva than régime
varié.
I must now briefly apologise to you for the imperfect
manner in which I have treated the great subject I have been
discussing. Insect-instinct, indeed, is one of the most difficult
problems that the biology of the future will have to deal with,
and it must be very long before we can pronounce any very
positive opinion as to whether it is favourable or unfavourable
to the theory of evolution. To many it no doubt may seem
unsatisfactory that we should have discussions on discussions
and never come to a positive conclusion on any important
point. Nevertheless, the subject is undoubtedly somewhat
advanced by such means, and the fact that a long time must
elapse before a clear comprehension can be attained is no
sufficient reason for abandoning the attempt to comprehend.
The value of such societies as ours consists, indeed, partly in
the fact that they facilitate the extension of discussion beyond
the period of a single life, and their existence is to some
extent a guarantee that any efforts we may make towards
the elucidation of difficult subjects will not be thrown away.
It now only remains for me to thank you, gentlemen, for
the unvarying consideration you have exercised towards me
during the period of my presidency, and most cordially to
(C cha)
congratulate you on your ratification of the choice the Council
has made of my successor in the Chair. Lord Walsingham
is well known to you, and you all know, too, that it is but
rarely the Society can expect to find one so well qualified by
social position, by natural disposition, and by entomological
attainments for its president. We may feel confident that
under his presidency the Society will continue to flourish.
(dee 9
APPENDIX.
S UEEEEEEEEEEEEED aE
MEMOIR OF GEORGE ROBERT WATERHOUSE.
BY HIS SON
CHARLES OWEN WATERHOUSE.
Grorce Ropert WatERHOUSE was born at Somers Town
on March 6th, 1810. When a child he appears to have
had a fancy for straying from home, and an advertise-
ment for his recovery on one of these occasions (when
he was two years old) is still in the possession of his
family. This fancy had an important bearing on his
after life, as on one occasion he was found by a Mr.
Irwin, who thus became acquainted with his father, and
later on (in 1821) advised his being sent to a school at
Kekelberg, near Brussels, close to which Mr. Irwin had
a house. Whatever may have been the character of the
education received (and in one of his early letters he
complains greatly of his school, styling it a prison—
‘*a prison I may justly call it, as we have eleven hours’
class in a day’’), there is no doubt that the knowledge
of French acquired was of the greatest service to him in
his after life as a naturalist, in his frequent visits to
Paris, and in his voluminous correspondence and con-
stant intercourse with French naturalists who visited
him, to whom he was always ready to offer every hos-
pitality and any assistance in his power.
A taste for Entomology (inherited from his father,
who was a lepidopterist), developed itself at an early
age ; and in a note-book, in which he recorded incidents
of his life, he mentions the indelible impression made
on his mind by the capture of a pair of poplar hawk-
moths on some trees in a nurseryman’s garden (a spot
now occupied by New St. Pancras Church), which was
opposite to the house in which he then lived. Being a
child, he placed them in a bird-cage. In a letter dated
Memoir of George Robert Waterhouse. Ixxi
May, 1824, from Keekelberg, he writes to his father :—
‘“*T have not got many moths as yet, but luckily a great
many beetles. I hope to get more moths as the season
advances. I shall want more cork, pins, and another
large box, with as many small ones as you can send.”
Almost immediately after this, however, he returned
to England, and was articled to an architect, but devoted
his spare time to the study of Natural History. He
appears only to have followed this profession between
the years 1831—1835; the only recorded works being
the building of a house in King’s Road, Chelsea, the
laying out of Charles Knight’s garden in the Vale of
Health, Hampstead, and the designing of the orna-
mentation of St. Dunstan’s Church. No doubt his
training as an architect was of value to him as a
naturalist ; his eye, accustomed to designing ornaments,
at which he was very skilful, enabled him to notice and
appreciate differences in form in insects, &c. He was
also able to make his own drawings, several of his
papers being illustrated by himself. It is not unlikely,
moreover, that the ‘‘nervous striving at scientific
accuracy in all his writings,’ which has been noticed
as one of his peculiarities by one writer, may have
arisen from the same cause.
In his note-book, already referred to, he has an entry
under the year 1883 as follows :—‘‘ The great event of
‘“‘this year, to me, was the establishment of the Entomo-
“logical Society. Talking about entomological subjects
‘at home one evening, my father said, ‘ Why do not you
‘entomologists form a society ?’ Full of theidea, I went
“to Mr. Hope next day (I saw him almost daily at this
‘time, and, indeed, arranged his collection of British
“Coleoptera for him), and told him of my father’s
‘suggestion. The idea pleased him, and he immediately
‘communicated with some of the leading entomologists.
“A meeting was called at the ‘Thatched House,’ St.
‘‘James’s Street, soon afterwards (May 22nd, 1888),
‘‘and the Society was then established, and I was elected
‘honorary curator.”
For a long time he was engaged in writing articles on
mammals, fishes, and insects in Knight’s ‘ Penny Cyclo-
edia.’
. In 1835 he accepted the appointment of Curator to
the Museum of the Royal Institute at Liverpool, which
Ixxil Memoir of George Robert Waterhouse.
appointment he exchanged, in 1836, for the Curatorship
of the Zoological Society of London. He commenced
at once to make a catalogue of the mammals in that
Society's Museum, and by the spring of 1837 had com-
pleted it. The catalogue, however, was not published
until the next year, owing to his having introduced into
it his own classification, which met with strong oppo-
sition from those who considered it better to keep to the
quinary system, then much in vogue, and according to
which the Museum collection had previously been
arranged. About this time he wrote the volume on
Marsupials in Sir W. Jardine’s ‘ Naturalist’s Library.’
My father was invited to accompany Mr. Charles
Darwin on the expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Beagle,’ but was
unable to do so; and Mr. Darwin, on his return to England,
placed the mammals and coleopterous insects in my
father’s hands to work out. An account of the mammals
was published as an Appendix to ‘The Voyage of the
Beagle.’ Several papers, chiefly on Carabide and Rhyn-
cophora, were published in the ‘ Magazine of Natural
History,’ as well as an account of the interesting series
collected in the Galapagos Islands.
It is not generally known that he devoted much time
to the study of the Heteromerous Coleoptera, and made
out a scheme for their classification. He had prepared a
paper for publication, and proceeded to the Entomological
Society to read it, but unfortunately it dropped from his
pocket and was lost, and he never had the heart to
re-write it. Some of the chief points used in the
classification were fortunately noted elsewhere,* and
have since been taken up by Lacordaire in his ‘ Généra
des Coleoptéres.’ The dissections which he made for the
purpose are now in the British Museum. It is not im-
probable that the examination of the Heteromera was
mainly due to the study of the new genera and species
collected by Mr. Darwin, particularly those from the
Galapagos Islands, and the Nyctelide. An account of
these latter was published in the ‘ Proceedings of the
Zoological Society,’ and others in the ‘Ann. & Mag. of
Natural History’; but many more already dissected
and some named in manuscript show that he had given
much attention to them.
* See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi. (1845), pp. 817, 318.
Memoir of George Robert Waterhouse. Ixxiil
In November, 1848, he was appointed an Assistant
_ in the Department of Mineralogy and Geology in the
British Museum. In 1844 he commenced his work on
the ‘Natural History of Mammalia,’ which occupied all
his available spare time until 1848, when, chiefly owing
to the outbreak of the French Revolution, the publisher,
Mr. Hippolyle Bailliére, was unable to continue the
work. According to the agreement made with the
publisher, the work was to have been completed in three
volumes ; a task which it would have been impossible to
fulfil without greatly curtailing the descriptions in the
third volume. The two volumes which were completed,
containing the account of the Marsupials and Rodents,
would have been sufficient to establish my father’s
reputation as a naturalist. It is perhaps not too much
to say that the work has never been surpassed, and it
holds its place as one of the most valuable contributions
to the knowledge of the mammals.
He was President of the Entomological Society for
the years 1849 and 1850, and in this latter year he was
elected an Honorary Fellow of the Zoological Society in
recognition of his services as a zoologist. In 1851 he
was appointed ‘‘ Keeper of the Mineralogical Branch of
the Natural History Department” in the British Museum,
the fossils being at that time associated with and sub-
ordinate to the minerals.
In 1852 his youngest brother, Mr. F. G. Waterhouse,
went to §. Australia, where he afterwards became
Curator of the South Australian Institute Museum at
Adelaide. At this time the Coleoptera of South Australia
were not much known, and Mr. F. G. Waterhouse spent
much time in collecting them. Collections were sent
home from time to time in tin canisters, the insects
being arranged in layers between pieces of linen, and in
this way they arrived, for the most part, in excellent
condition. Much of my father’s leisure was at this
time occupied in mounting the specimens he received in
this way. As the tins were opened, the specimens were
laid on damp blotting-paper on a plate covered with a
bell-glass, and placed near the fire, by which means they
were rapidly relaxed so that they might be pinned with
safety. At this work, when afresh consignment arrived,
he sometimes sat till the small hours of the morning.
These collections, moreover, naturally led him to the
PROC, ENT, SOC. LOND., v., 1888. K
Ixxiv Memoir of George Robert Waterhouse.
study of the Australian Coleoptera, particularly the Rhyn-
cophora, and he described several new genera and species,
besides writing a monograph of the family Amycteride.
Among his note-books was found a manuscript catalogue
of all the described Australian Coleoptera known to him,
which must have taken much time to compile.
In 1855 he prepared an article on the geographical
distribution of Rodents for Keith Johnston’s ‘ Physical
Atlas.’ In 1858 he was sent by the Trustees to Germany
to examine a collection of fossils offered to the Museum.
This collection he immediately recommended them to
purchase, as it contained the remarkable ‘‘Archeopteryx,”’
which he thus succeeded in acquiring for the Museum.
Having taken with him a considerable number of British
Coleoptera which were difficult of determination, he
was able to compare them with the specimens in the
Berlin Museum, which he visited on his return journey.
He also had an opportunity of seeing some parts at
least of Dr. Kraatz’s collection; his note-book contains
particularly memoranda of the Aleocharide. A number
of Malacoderms he left with Dr. Kiesenwetter, who
kindly named them and sent them to him afterwards.
This work was done with a view to his Catalogue of
British Coleoptera, which at this time was commenced.
To this Catalogue, which gave such an impetus to the
study of this order of insects among English entomo-
logists, he gave all his energy for the following years
until 1861. Those who have taken up the study of
British Coleoptera only of late years, can scarcely
realise the difficulties which beset the coleopterist before
the publication of this Catalogue. The difficulty also
of preparing the Catalogue itself will be imagined when
we remember that some of the best works on Kuropean
Coleoptera, which we now use, and which would have
been of such valuable assistance, were then not published.
The nomenclature in vogue in England was greatly at
variance with that used by continental coleopterists, and
even the continental nomenclature was in a less satis-
factory state than we now see it.
Stephens’ ‘ Manual’ and that author’s collection were
supreme in England. The first and not the least difficult
task was to examine and decide upon the value of the
multitude of this author’s so-called species ; and, in the
Brachelytra especially, to identify Kirby’s species. But
Memoir of George Robert Waterhouse. xxv
first of all a collection had to be formed of the smaller
insects, such as Homalota, Oxypoda, Atomaria, Cercyon,
Cryptophagus, Pselaphide, &c., enormous numbers of
which had to be collected and set in order to ascertain
how many species might properly be considered British ;
the great stumbling-block to be got over was Homalota,
and for a long time he devoted himself most perseveringly
to this genus, every locality within his reach likely to
yield additional species being visited. When collecting
he made a rule of not remaining in one spot (unless he
was looking for some particular species), but divided his
time first to moss, then roots of grass, dead leaves, bark
of trees, heaps of rubbish, hay-stacks, wood-stacks, &c.,
his object being to secure as many species as possible,
rather than long series of a few species. Every speci-
men mounted was marked with a number corresponding
with his register, in which the date and place of capture,
and any circumstance of interest, were noted, the names
of the rarer species often being added. In his tirst List
of Aleocharide (‘ Zoologist,’ June, 1857), he states that
all the species not marked with an asterisk were taken
by himself in the two preceding years. Of the eighty-
one Homalote, only nine are so marked.
Besides the works already alluded to, he was the
author of some 120 articles in various scientific journals.
After the completion of the Catalogue of British Coleoptera
he gave comparatively little attention to Entomology,
partly on account of his eyesight, which had been
somewhat injured by the constant examination of small
species, and partly because he had been led by a friend
to take up some literary researches.
In his official capacity in the Museum, he was much
engaged in the preparation for the removal to South
Kensington of the geological collections, which since
1857 had been separated from the minerals. The
examination of the plan of the new museum soon con-
vinced him that the space allotted to him was inadequate
for the increasing collections, and by his advice, which
his early training as an architect qualified him to give,
the building was considerably altered so as to give
increased accommodation for the collections in the
gallery now occupied by the Reptilian remains. The
general arrangement, and the position of all the larger
specimens in the new building, is now much as he
K2
Ixxvi Memoir of George Robert Waterhouse.
planned it. This work harassed him much, and, feeling
unequal to the anxiety of the approaching removal, he
resigned his appointment in 1880, after thirty-seven
years’ service. Although, in his official position, he was
a paleontologist, he never published any works on this
subject, but devoted himself to the very necessary,
but unobtrusive, work of arranging the collections
under his charge, and, when he became Keeper, to the
superintendence of his department. He was always
most enthusiastic in the acquisition of interesting new
forms for the Museum collection, and, out of his family,
few persons, except those immediately around him,
knew of the great pains he exercised in considering the
best way of utilismg the grant at his disposal for the
purchase of specimens, and the care that he took in
selecting from collections offered to the Museum. And,
although it does not appear that the Trustees ever
refused to purchase any collection which he recom-
mended, he often manifested great anxiety while waiting
to know their decision when any important collection
was before them.
In 1885 he had a paralytic stroke, from which he
never entirely recovered, and he died on January 21st,
1888, in his 78th year.
With reference to his private life, it is only needful
to‘mention that in 1834 he married a daughter of
Mr. G. L. J. Griesbach, of Windsor, and sister of the
Rev. A. W. Griesbach, whose name appears in the list
of the first Council of the Entomological Society. He left
three sons and three daughters. The second daughter
married the late Mr. E. C. Rye, the well-known author
of ‘ Rye’s British Beetles,’ in the preparation of which
work Mr. Rye had the benefit of my father’s advice
and assistance.
My father’s collections were at one time extensive,
although he professed to restrict himself to genera so
far as the exotic Coleoptera were concerned, except in a
few groups in which he was particularly interested.
When he removed from the Museum, on his retirement
in 1880, he disposed of all these collections, after having
presented to the Museum all his actual types. His
collections of British Coleoptera and Hymenoptera
remain in the possession of his sons.
Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE.
C sbhexvin )
INDEX.
Nore.—Where the name only of an Insect or Genus is mentioned,
the description will be found on the page referred to.
The Arabic Figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the Roman
Numerals to the pages of the * Proceedings.’
PAGE | PAGE
GENERAL SUBJECTS ...... Ixxvii | HiyMENOPTERA ..........- lxxxili
ARAGHNIDA ...... fet beeen Ixxvili | LmprpopTERA ........... 5 lkewannt
Commopmranae sey, 6 55k. Ixxvill | NeEUROPTERA ............ XCV
IDIODTIDIN 25.4 Se ee ee Ixxx | ORTHOPTERA ....... Ma Age XCV
EVIE MUPIE: RAC a) si) < «8s 2k Ixxx |
RS 5 Saree
GENERAL SUBJECTS.
Address of President, xlviii.
Annual Meeting, xliy.
Apatura iris, protective resemblance of the pupa of, 595.
Aphodius melanosticus, notes on the British specimens of (so called), xv.
A proof of the protective value of dimorphism in larve, 594.
Argynnis paphia var. valezina, v, xi.
Cochliopodide, meaning of the peculiar method in the progression of the
larve of, 591.
Cresus varus, defensive secretion of the larva of, 597, xxxiv.
Endromis versicolora, protective resemblance of the larva of, xix.
Luclidia mi, geometriform structure and attitudes of the larva of, 597,
XXX1V.
Experiments upon the colour-relation between the pup» of Pieris rape
and their immediate surroundings, vi.
Geometra papilionaria, protective resemblance of the larve of, 592, xxxiv.
Hessian fly, parasites of, xxii.
Incidental observation on pedigree moth breeding, xxxix.
Memoir of the late G. R. Waterhouse, by his son, C. O. Watarhouse, Ixx.
Mr. Poulton’s standard of the degrees of colour in the pupe of Pieris
rape, 254
Notes on a collection of Lepidoptera from the Yellowstone Park, Wyoming,
Xxix.
( Txxvia ~))
Notes on certain dragonflies, xiii.
Ontogeny of Aglia tau, 555, xxxii.
Ontogeny of Sphinx convolvuli, 515, xxxii.
Phorodesma smaragdaria, notes on the larvie of, xx.
President’s Address, xlviii.
Smerinthus ocellatus, feeding on the nut, note on, xxvii.
Stauropus fagi, means of defence adopted by the larva of, 581, xxxiil.
The cause and meaning of the Sphinx-like attitude, 574, xxxiil.
The defensive value of ‘ tussocks,’”’ &¢., 589, Xxxili.
The determination of sex in certain living Lepidopterous larve, 598
XXXIV.
The graphic method of representing the growth of Lepidopterous larva,
576, xxxiii.
The meaning of the black colour of the eggs of Paniscus cephalotes, 588,
XXX.
The natural position of the Sphingide, 568.
The red spots and coloured borders in larve of Sphingide, 554.
Waterhouse, G. R., Memoir of the late, lxx.
ARACHNIDA.
Pellenes tripunctatus (crucigerus, exhibited), xxii.
COLEOPTERA.
Adimonia tanaceti, larve exhibited, xxii.
Asthonea, alluded to, 199. 4. variabilis, n.s., 199.
Amblesthis geminus, n.s., 505.
Antigenes, n.g., 500. A. funebris, n.s., 500.
Apheledes, n.g., 499. A. velutinus, n.s., 500.
Apophylia smaragdipennis, n.s., 204.
Atybe nigritarsis, n.s., 504.
Bethelium puncticolle, n.s., 493.
Blepharida intermedia, n.s., 197.—laterimaculata, n.s., 195.—nigro-
maculata, n.s., 194.
Brachycerus cinnamonomeus and other species, exhibited, xxv.
Carabus catenulatus and other Carabidae, exhibited from St. Kilda, xxvi.
Casnonia olivieri, exhibited, il.
Calthormiocerus socius, exhibited from the Isle of Wight, xxvi.
Ceresium lineigerum, 0. s., 493.
Chrysaperda collaris, n.s., 509.
Chrysomela japana, exhibited, xv.—madagascariensis, n. s., 193.
Cladocera nigripennis, n. s., 197.—zanzibarica, n.s., 199.
Colasposoma foveipenne, n.s., 192.—humerale, n.s., 193.
Colydium elongatum, exhibited, ii.
Corus, n. g., 506. C. annulicornis, n.s., 507.
Kecrisis, n.g., 499. EE. abdominalis, n.s., 499.
Eeyroschema rugata, n.s., 503.
Epitrix fuscata (?), exhibited, xix.
Of eam 7)
Eretmotes ibericus and tangerianus, exhibited, xxii.
Eroschema affine, n.s., 497.
Eryalus, n.g., 501. FE. polyspilus, n.s., 501.
Glenea Celia, n.s., 509.
Grammechus ligatus, n.s., 508.
Grynex, n.g., 502. G. lineatus, n.s., 502.
Hallirhotius, n.g., 202. H. africanus, n.s., 203.
Harpalus cupreus, exhibsted from the Isle of Wight, xxvi.
Heterius arachnoides, exhibited, ii. — acutangulus and other species,
exhibited, xxi.
Hovalia, Fairmaire = Aphidia, Clark, 205.
Teariotis, n.g., 497. I. fulvicornis, n.s., 487.— scapularis, n.s., 498.—
unicolor, n.s., 497.
Lema apicicornis, n.s., 191.—cribraria, n.s., 190.—laticollis, n.s., 191,
exhibited with other species, xxiii.
Leptusa testacea, exhibited from the Isle of Wight, xxvi.
Mecaspis dives, n.s.,495.—sinudatri«, n.s., 495.
Mesodonta submetallica, n.s., 200.
Mycterus curculionoides, exhibited from near Oxford, xxxvii.
Neocerambyx sordidus, n.s., 491.
Ochresius, n.g., 510. O. sticticus, n.s., 511.
Cdionychis madagascariensis, n.s., 194.
Ootheca cyaneovittata, alluded to, 205.—serricornis, alluded to, 199.
Orica, generic name discussed, 511.
Otacilus, n.g., 200. O. fulvus, n.s., 201.
Pachypeza marginata, n.s., 507.—teres, n.s., 508.
Paussus Favieri, exhibited, ii.
Pempsamacra argentata, n.s., 494.—condita, n.s., 494.
Phyllomorpha laciniata, exhibited, ii.
Promecus auratus, n.s., 495.—austerus, n.s., 496.—longicollis, n.s., 496.
Psaromaia Rene, n.s., 501.
Pseudotrechus mutilatus, exhibited, ii.
Ropica cylindrica, n.s., 504.
Sagra opaca, n.s., 189.
Schematizella, n.g., 208. S. viridis, n.s., 203.
Singilis bicolor, exhibited, ii.
Sophronica amplipennis, n.s., 506.—carbonaria, alluded to, 506.—oblonga,
n.s., 506.—reducta, n.s., 50d.
Sparna macilenta, n.s., 508.
Spilocephalus, n.g., 201. 8. viridipennis, n.s., 202.
Sternocera tricolor and variabilis, exhibited, xxxviil.
Syennesis, n.g., 511. 8. dispar, n.s., 512.
Tropidophora tripartita, identical with Physoma Dohrnii, 205.
Volumnia morosa, n.s., 510.
Xystrocera promecoides, n.s., 492.
Zamium crocatum, n.s., 492.
Zathecus Batesii, n.s., 493.
( lee’)
DIPTERA.
Cecidomyia destructor (Hessian Fly), parasites of, xxii; alluded to, xxvii
exhibited, xxxv.
HEMIPTERA.
Acarna tessellata, n.s., 488.
Accarana, n. g., 478. A. metallica, n.s., 478.
Acocephalide, 16. Acocephalus, 19. A. albifrons, 21 (synonyms,
arcuatus, concinna, confusus, nitidula, testudo, 21, interruptus,
nigropunctatus, polystolus, 22).—bifasciatus, 20 (synonyms, dispar,
interruptus, nigritus, tricinctus, trifasciatus, 21). — brunneo-
bifasciatus, 23 (synonym, serratule, 23).—flavostriatus, 24 (syno-
nym, rivularis, 24).—histrionicus, 23 (synonym, arenicola, 23).—
nervosus, 19 (synonyms, adustus, bicinctus, cardui, fasciatus,
obscurus, pallidus, rusticus, sparsus, unicolor, 19).
Agaophyta bipunctata, alluded to, 480.
Agonoscelis rutila, alluded to, 479.
Alebra, 79. A. albostriella, 79 (synonyms, discicollis, elegantula, eximia,
fasciata, fulveola, Wahlbergi, 79).
Allocotus Sayeri, u.s., 477.
Allygus, 59. A. commutatus, 60 (synonyms, atomarius, reticulata, 60).—
mixtus, 61 (synonym, reticulata, 61). — modestus, 61 (synonym,
atomarius, 61).
Amblytylus delicatus, exhibited, xxvii.
Anomia, alluded to, 95,
Aphrodes juvenca, synonym of Deltocephalus abdominalis, 44.—testudo,
synonym of Acocephalus albifrons, 21.
Asopus micans, n.s., 476.
Astacops australis, alluded to, 482.—plagiatus, alluded to, 482.
Athysanus, 35. A. brevipennis, 36 (synonyms, depressus, porrectus, 36).—
communis, 39 (synonym, plebejus, 39).—grisescens, 38 (synonyms,
cognatus, validinervis, 38).—melanopsis, 41 (synonym, Scotti, 41).—
obscurellus, 39 (synonym, agrestis, 39).—obsoletus, 40 (syrionym,
sexpunctatus, 40).—obsoletus, var. piceus, 41.—russeolus, 36.—
Sahlbergi, 37 (synonyms, @mulans, confusus, 37).—sordidus, 37
(synonym, confusus, 37).
Beturia beccarii, alluded to, 487.—exhausta, alluded to, 487.
Cantao ocellatus, alluded to, 476.
Centrotus ? alticeps, alluded to, 489.
Chlorita, 84.—flavescens, 84.—viridula, 85 (synonym, Solani, 85).
Cletomorpha alternata, alluded to, 482.
Coptosoma ramosa, alluded to, 476.
Cosmoscarta basistriga, alluded to, 488.
Cuspicona ? anapla, alluded to, 480.
(. thee)
Deltoeephalus, 42. D. abdominalis, 46 (synonyms, balteata, bicolor,
juvenca, 44).—argus, 56.—citrinellus, 47 (synonyms, assimilis,
brachynotus, cephalotes, 47).—coroniceps, 57.—coronifer, 48.—
costalis, 57 (synonym, bipunctipennis, 57). — distinguendus, 51
(synonyms, pseudocellaris, propinquus, 51).—Falleni, 52.—Flori,
50,— Linnei, 51 (synonym, I-album, 51).—maculiceps, 58.—
Normani, 55.—ocellaris, 47 (synonym, ocellatus, 47).—oculatus, 49,
—pascuellus, 46 (synonyms, fuscosignatus, luteolus, Minki, 46).—
picturatus, 50.—pulicaris, 59 (synonym, pulicarius, 59).—punctum,
55 (synonym, costalis, 55).—repletus, 49.—sabulicola, 53 (synonym,
arenicola, 53).—socialis, 53 (synonym, quadrivittatus, 53.—striatus,
54.—striifrons, £5 (synonyms, longicaput, Mulsanti, 45).
Desudaba scylla, n.s., 488.
Dicraneura, 80. D. aureola, 83 (synonym, chlorophana, 83).—citrinella,
81 (synonyms, forcipata, gracilis, Schmidti, 81).—flavipennis, 81.
mollicula, 82 (synonyms, citrinella, facialis, Flori, 82).—pygmea,
82.—similis, 81. — variata, 83 (synonyms, aridella, cephalotes,
citrinellus, 83).
Dindymus nigellus, n. s., 483.—varius, alluded to, 483.
Doratura, 28. D. stylata, 28.
Durganda nigripes, alluded to, 486.
Dysderus cingulatus, alluded to, 484.—mesiostigma, nu. s., 484.—papuensis,
n.s., 484.—simplex, n.s., 485.
Ecdicius, n.g., 477.—E. typicus, n.s., 478.
Ectatops ruficosta, alluded to, 483.
Hupelix, 25. EH. cuspidata, 25 (synonyms, depressa, producta, spathulata,
25).—depressa, 26.—producta, 26.
LHupteryx, 86. E. abrotani, 93.—auratus, 90 (synonyms, fulva, picta, 91).
—carpini, 91 (synonyms, aureola, picta, 91). — collinus, 90.—
concinna, 95.—filicum, 93.-—Germari, 94.—melisse, 90.—notata, 88
(synonyms, diminuta, Wallengreni, 88),—pulchellus, 94 (synonym,
ornatipennis, 94).—signatipennis, 92.—stachydearum, 89 (synonyms,
Curtisii, hortensis, Zelleri, 89).—tenellus, 92 (synonym, pulchella, 92).
—urtice, 88 (synonym, tarsalis, 88).
Evacanthus, 13. EH. acwminatus, 14 (synonyms, interstincta, Germari, 14).
—interruptus, 14.
Glyptocephalus, 31. G. proceps, 31 (synonym, canescens, 31).
Gnathodus, 77. G. punctatus, 77 (synonyms, clypeata, punctata, spreta, 77).
Graphocrerus, 27. G. ventralis, 27.
Helonotus exsugiens, alluded to, 485.
Helopeltis Romundei, u.s., 207.
Jasside, family characterized, 32.
Kybos, 83. K. smaragdula, 84 (synonym, viridipes, 34).
Leptocorisa acuta, alluded to, 482.
Limnotettiz, 70. L. antennata, 71 (synonyms, frontalis, 71, longicornis,
72).—intermedia, 72 (synonym, lunulifrons, 72).—metrius, 74.—
nigricornis, 73.-— quadrinotata, 73 (synonyms, spilotocephala,
¢( bewxti")
strigipes, 73).—septemnotata, 75.—seanotata, 76 (synonyms, alpina,
frontalis, 76).—striola, 71 (synonym, frenatus, 71).—sulphurella,
74 (synonym, virescens, 74).— variata, 76 (synonyms, fumatus,
sexnotatus, 76).
Megymenum papuensis, n.s., £80.
Monanthia angustata, exhibited as new to Britain, xix.
Montaltus, n.g., 483. M. tricolor, n.s., 485.
Mycillus, n.g., 481. MM. explicatus, n.s., 481.
Myrilla, n.g., 487. M. obscura, n.s., £87.
Novatilla, n.g., 479. N. fasciata, n.s., £80.
Oncocephalus annulipes, alluded to, 486.
Paloptus bicolor, n.s., 485.—nigriscutis, alluded to, 486.
Paramesus, 29. P. nervosus, 80 (synonyins, obtusifrous, Verralli, 30).—
phragmitis, 30.
Philea aureocincta, alluded to, 476.
Platymetopius, 26. P. undatus, 26 (synonym, undulatus, 26).
Plautia afinis, alluded to, £80.
Friocnemicoris jlaviceps, alluded to, 481.
Riptortus linearis, alluded to, 482.
Serinetha fascicollis, alluded to, 482.
Spudeus parvulus, alluded to, 477.
Stictocoris, 34. S. Preyssleri, 34 (synonym, adumbrata, 34).
Strongylocephalus, 17. S. agrestis, 18.—Megerlei, 18.
Tettigonide, 13. Tettigonia, 15. T.maculicollis, synonym of 7. Sayeri,
488.—Sayeri, n. s., 488.—viridis, 15 (synonym, jlavicatella, 15).
Thamnotettiz, 2. T. attenuata, 70 (synonyms, croceus, rupicapra, T0).—
crocea, 69 (synonyms, attenuatus, oxypterus, 6)).—cruentata, 67.—
dilutior, 64.—prasina, 63 (synonyms, confinis, simplex, stupidula,
sulphureus, tincta, 63).—plebeja, 66 (synonym, Schenkii, 66).—
splendidula, 68.—striatula, 67 (synonym, corniculus, (7 ).—subfus-
cula, 64 (synonym, pectoralis, 64). — Torneella, 68 (synonym,
punctifrons, 68).—variegata, 65 (synonym, irroratus, 65).—Zelleri,
alluded to, 63.
Typhlocybide, 78. Typhlocyba, 95. T. aurovittata, 9).—crategi, 100.—
debilis, 98.—Douglasi, 100.—geometrica, 103 (synonyms, lineatella,
plagiata, 103).—gratiosa, 100 (synonyms, apicalis, suturalis, 100).
jucunda, 97 (synonym, Zetterstedti, 97).—Lethierryi, 101 (synonyin,
sulphurella, 101).—nitidula, 103 (synonyms, bifasciuta, Norgueti,
103).—quereus, 102 (synonym, fasciata, 102).—rose, 101 (synonyms,
lactea, 102, pteridis, 101) .— salicicola, 102.—sexpunctata, 97
(synonym, 10-punctata, 97).—tenerrima, 99 (synonyms, misella,
rubi, 99).—ulmi, 98 (synonym, ocellata, 98).
Velitra interruptus, alluded to, 486.
Zygina, 104. Z. alneti, 104 (synonym, coryli, 1U4).—blandula, 105
(synonyms, flammigera, quercus, 105).—hyperici, 106 (synonyms,
coronula, placidula, 106).—parvula, 106 (synonym, 10-punctata,
106).—scutellaris, 107 (synonym, pullula, 107 ).—tilie, 105.
( Ixkxini )
HYMENOPTERA.
Anochetus ghiliani, exhibited, xxv.
Bracon brevicornis, exhibited, xxviii.
Merisus destructor, exhibited, xxii.
LEPIDOPTERA.
? Abaratha agama, synonym of Pterygospidea syricthus, 458.
Abisara chela, alluded to, 371.— fylla, alluded to, 371.—neophron, alluded
to, a0 1\.
Abrota ganga, aliuded to, 356.—jumna and mirus, synonyms of A. ganga,
356.
Acidalia Algeriensis, n.s., 118.—immorata, exhibited, xxxvi.
Achrwa grisella, alluded to, 246.
Acrea andromacha, life-history, 143.
Adolias nesimachus, alluded to, 474.—sananda, synonyin of Euthalia
jahnu, 361.
Allotinus multistrigatus, alluded to, 373.
Amathusia ganescha, synonym of Cyrestis thyodamas, 365.—portheus,
alluded to, 334.
Amblypodia aglais, synonym of A. centaurus, 470.—amantes, alluded to,
402.—anita, alluded to, 403.—anunda?, synonym of A. centaurus,
470.—areste, alluded to, 404.—camdeo, alluded to, 402.—centaurus,
alluded to, 403, var.? alluded to, 470.—ewmolphus, alluded to, 402.
—ganeesa, synonym of A. paraganeesa, 407.—paraganeesa, alluded
to, 407.—paramuta, alluded to, 406.—perimuta, alluded to, 406.—
quercetorum, alluded to, 406.—7ama, alluded to, 406.
Anadebis himachala, alluded to, 303.
Antherea assamensis and A. roylei, exhibited, ii.
Antigonas sura, alluded to, 458.—vasava, alluded to, 458.
Antithesia ustulana and other species, exhibited, xxix.
Apatura ambica and bhavana, synonyms of A. namouna, 339.—chandra,
alluded to, 339,—chevana, alluded to, 340.—jacintha, synonym of,
Hypolimnas bolina, 348.—namouna, alluded to, 339.—parvata,
alluded to, 340.—parysatis, alluded to, 340.—sordida, alluded to,
340.—zanoa, synonym of A. namouna, 339.
Aphneus elima, alluded to, 391.—himalayanus, alluded to, 390.—syama,
alluded to, 391.
Argynnis altissima, alluded to, 349.—aruna, synonym of A. niphe, 348.—
childreni, alluded to, 3849.—ygemmata, alluded to, 349.—issea,
synonym of A. lathonia, %49.—lathonia, alluded to, 349.—niphe,
alluded to, 348.— pales, alluded to, 350.—paphia var. valezina,
alluded to, iv., v., vi., xii—sakontala, synonym of A. childreni,
349.
Argyrolepia eneana aud other Tortrices and Vinee, exhibited, xxvi.
( Ixxxiv )
Ariadne wedah, synonym of Pseudergolis wedah, 347
Asopia gerontialis, alluded to, 212.
Astictopterus Butleri, alluded to, 464.—diocles, alluded to, 463.—salsala,
alluded to, 464.—stellifer, synonym of 4d. salsala, 464.
Atella alcippe, alluded to, 338.—phalanta, alluded to, 338.—sinha, alluded
to, 337.
Athyma bahula, synonym of A. selenophora, 355.—cama, alluded to, 355.
—inara, alluded to, 355.—jina, alluded to, 353.—leucothoe, syno-
nym of A. perius, 353.—mahesa, alluded to, 353.—opatrina, synonym
of A. orientalis, 354.—orientalis, 354.—perius, alluded to, 353.—
ranga, synonym of 4. mahesa, 353.—selenophora, alluded to, 355.
—-zeroca, alluded to, 355.
Attacus ricini, exhibited, 11.
Badamia exclamationis, alluded to, 438.
Baoris oceia, alluded to, 443.—scopulifera, synonym of B. oceia, 445.—
unicolor, synonym of B. oceia, 443.
Baracus septentrionum, alluded to, 464.
Bibasis sena, alluded to, 441.
Bindahara phocides ?, alluded to, 392.
Bombyx cynthia, larve of, exhibited, xxiv.—rhudama, cocoons of,
exhibited, iil.
Cadugoides gopala, synonym of Papilio agestor, 451.
Calinaga brahma, synonym of C. buddha, 351.— buddha, alluded to, 351.
Callerebia anada, aliuded to, 327.
Callidryas Gorgophone, life-history, 158.
Calliplea Saundersi and other species from New Guinea, exhibited, x.
Cumenia ctesia, alluded to, 394.
Capila jagadeva, alluded to, 442.
Castalius ananda, alluded to, 385.— decidia, alluded to, 385.— elna,
alluded to, 386.—interruptus, alluded to, 385.—rosimon, alluded to,
386.
Catapecilma bubases, synonym of C, delicatum, 389.—delicatum, alluded
to, 389.— elegans, alluded to, 389.
Catephia alchymista, from St. Leonard’s, exhibited, xxv.
Catochrysops ? bengalia, alluded to, 385.—enejus, alluded to, 385.—
pandava, alluded to, 385.—strabo, alluded to, 384.
Catopsilia catilla, alluded to, 411, male described, 468.—crocale, alluded
to,411.—philippina, synonym of C. gnoma, 411.—pyranthe, alluded
tO, 4a10N
Cethosia biblis, alluded to, 338.—cyane, alluded to, 338.
Cherocampa nerii, from Burton-on-Trent, exhibited, xxvii.
Cheticneme ? Lidderdali, n.s., 459.
Chapra mathias, alluded to, 444.—prominens, alluded to, 444.
Charaxes arja, alluded to, 368.—aristogeton, alluded to, 368.—athamas,
alluded to, 367. — ? bernardus, synonym of C. hierax, 369.—
bharata, synonym of C. athamas, 367.—dolon, alluded to, 367.—
eudamippus, alluded to, 367.—fabius, alluded to, 368.—harasta
(imexy’)
synonym of C. athamas, 367.—hierax, alluded to, 369.—hindia.
synonym of C. pleistoanax, 369.—Jalinder, alluded to, 369.—
lunawara, alluded to, 368.—marmaxz, alluded to, 368.—pleistoanaz,
alluded to, 369.—samatha, synonym of C. athamas, 367.
Cheritra acte, alluded to, 394.—freja, alluded to, 394.
Cheritrella truncipennis, alluded to, 395.
Chilades laius, alluded to, 383.—? pontis, alluded to, 886.—varumana,
synonym of C. laius, 383. :
Choaspes amara, alluded to, 440.—? anadi, alluded to, 439.—Benjamini,
alluded to, 439.—gomata, alluded to, 439.—harisa, alluded to, 439.
vasutana, alluded to, 440.
Cirrhochroa abnormis, synonym of of C. aoris, 347.—anjira, synonym of
C. mithila, 247.—aoris, alluded to, 347.—mithila, alluded to, 847.
—rotundata, synonym of C. mithila, 347.
Clerome arcesilaus, alluded to, 334.—Chitone, alluded to, 474.
Coladenia dan, alluded to, 460.—indrani, alluded to, 460.—-tissa, alluded
to, 1460.—pralaya, alluded to, 461.
Coleophora solitariella, exhibited, xxv.
Colias ariadne and other species, exhibited, xxx.—edusa var. myrmidone,
synonym of C, Feildi, 414.—Feildi, alluded to, 414.—myrmidcne
synonym of C. Feildi, 414.
Cupha erymanthis, alluded to, 336.
Cupitha purrea, 452.—tympanifera, synonym of C. purrea, 452.
Curetis ? angulata, synonyms of C. bulis, 372. — bulis, alluded to, 372. —
? dentata and discalis, synonyms of C. bulis, 372.—thetys, alluded
to, 372.
Cyaniris alboceruleus, alluded to, 378. — dilectus, alluded to, 379.—
jynteana, alluded to, 379.—marginata, alluded to, 377.—placida,
alluded to, 378.—puspa, alluded to, 377.—transpectus, alluded to,
378.
Cyclopides subradiatus, synonym of C. subvittatus, 455. — subvittatus,
alluded to, 453.
Cyllo Leda, 474.
Cyllogenes suradeva, alluded to, 330.
Cynthia arsinoé, alluded to, 474.—erota, alluded to, 438.
Cyrestis cocles, alluded to, 365.—fratercula, alluded to, 165.—risa, alluded
to, 366.—thyodamas, alluded to, 365.
Danais afinis, alluded to, 471.—aglea, synonym of D. melanoides, 299.
Cheaspes, alluded tw, 471.—chrysippus, alluded to, 360.—Enopia,
synonym of Ideopsis vitrea, 472.—fulgurata, alluded to, 472.—
genutia, alluded to, 300.—Ishma, alluded to, 471.—Ismare, alluded
to, 471.—limniace, alluded to, 300.—luciptera, alluded to, 471.—
melaneus, alluded to, 300.—melanoides, alluded to, 299.—plexippus,
synonym of D. genutia, 300, var.? of D. afinis, 471.—septentrionis,
alluded to, 300.—sita, synonym OD. tytia, 299.—tytia, alluded
to, 29%).
Darpa hanria, alluded to, 458.
Cdxxvi ))
Debis, generic synonym of several species of Lethe, 311, &e.
Delias agostina, alluded to, 408.—belladonna, alluded to, 409.—berinda,
Boylee, Harveyi, Horsfieldii and ithiela, synonyms of D. belladonna,
408.—descombesi, alluded to, 408.—euwcharis, alluded to, 437.—
hierte var. indica, alluded to, 498.—pasithoe, alluded to, 407.
Dercas verhuelli, alluded to, 414.—IVallichii, alluded to, 415.
Deudoriz amyntor, alluded to, 399,—distorta, alluded to, 398.—epijarbas,
alluded to, 399.—? grisea, synonym of D. orseis, 398.—jarbas,
alluded to, 898.—mecenas, alluded to, 400.—nissa, alluded to, 399.
—orseis, alluded to, 398.—perse, alluded to, 399.—petosiris, alluded
to, 359.—schistacea, alluded to, 398.—timoleon, alluded to, 400.
Diadema auge, synonym of Hypolimnas bolina, 348.—Dionea, alluded to,
472.—Lasinassa, alluded to, £72.—nyctelius, synonym of Huripus
halitherses, 336.
Dichorragia nesimachus, alluded to, 350.
Dicrorampha consortana, exhibited, xxvi.
Discophora calinde, alluded to, 331.—spiloptera, n.s., 331.—tullia, alluded
to, 331.
Dodona adonira, alluded to, 371.—dipea, alluded to, 370.—egeon, alluded
to, 371.—eugenes, alluded to, 370.—ouwida, alluded to, 370.
Doleschallia bisallide, synonym of D. polibete, 366.— Herrichii, life-
history, 147.—polibete, alluded to, 366.
Elodinus angulipennis, life-history, 154.
Elymnias leucocyma, alluded to, 330.—malelas, synonym of EH. leuco-
cyma, 330.—patna, alluded to, 330.— thycana, synonym of LE.
vasudeva, 331.—timandra, alluded to, 331.—undularis, alluded to,
330.—vasudeva, «lluded to, 331.
« Endromis versicolora, larve of, exhibited, xix.
Enispe cycnus, alluded to, 333.—euthymius, alluded to, 332.—? tessellata,
synonym of E. euthymius, 332.
Ephestia albosparsa, synonym of Home@osoma humeralis, 244. —desuetella,
alluded to, 244.—elutella, alluded to, 244.—interpunetella, alluded
to, 244.
Epinephele abeona, life-history, 141.
Erebia haydeni, exhibited, xxxi.
Ergolis ariadne, alluded to, 335.—consimilis, alluded to, 335.—merione,
alluded to, 335.
Erionota lalita, allied to Cheticneme ? Lidderdali, 459.
Eromene bella, synonym of E. ocellea, 241.—ocellea, alluded to, 241.
Eronia avatar, alluded to, 419.—g@a, synonym of FE. hippia, 419.—hippia,
alluded to, 419.
Euchromia emulina, alluded to, 110.—africana, alluded to, 113.—arwica,
alluded to, 110.—celebensis, alluded to, 114.—ce@lipennis, alluded
to, 11l.—ereusa, alluded to, 111.—formosana, n,s., 114.—fraterna,
alluded to, 1l4.—fulvida, n.s., 112.—ganymede, 111.—gemmata,
alluded to, 111.—horsfieldii, alluded to, 113.—interstans, alluded
to, 113.— isis, alluded to, 110.—laura, alluded to, 114.—leonis,
( Ixxxvii )
alluded to, 113.—lethe, alluded to, 112.—lurlina, n.s., 110.—
madagascariensis, alluded to, 118.—Mathewi, n.s., 111.—enone,
alluded to, 111.—orientalis, alluded to, 114.—polymena, alluded
to, 114.—rubricollis. alluded to, 109.—semiluna, alluded to, 115.—
stamensis, alluded to, 115.—sperchius, alluded to, 113.—splendens,
eh, 2u18},
Hulepis hamasta, synonyin of Charazes athanas, 367.
Kuplea aleathoe, alluded to, 302.—binotata, synonym of EL. hopei, 302.—
Browni, alluded to, 165.—core, alluded to, 302.—deione, alluded to,
302.—Hewitsonii, synonym of LH. Kadu, £72.—Kadu, 472.—Kollari,
alluded to, 301.—Klugi, alluded to, 300.—linnei, synonym of E.
midamus, 301.—poeyt, synonym of E. deione, 302.—pumila, alluded
to, 165.—rhadamanthus, alluded to, 301.—sinhala, synonym of E.
Kollari, 302.—Treitschkei, alluded to, 163.
Huripus cinnamomeus and eupleoides, synonyms of EH. halitherses, 336.—
halitherses, alluded to, 336.
Eurycreon litorea, 230.
Eurycrus cressida, life-history, 159.
Kuthalia anosia, alluded to, 361.—aphidas, synonym of EH. telchinia, 360,
—appiades, alluded to, 361.—cocytus, synonym of EF, lepidea, 360.
—duda, 358.—durya, alluded to, 358.—francie, alluded to, 359.—
garuda, alluded to, 360.—iva, alluded to, 357.—jahnu, alluded to,
361-—jama, alluded to, 360.—kesava, alluded to, 361.—lepidea,
alluded to, 360.—lubentina, alluded to, 360.—nara, alluded to, 357.
phemius, alluded to, 359.—sahadeva, alluded to, 357.—sancara,
synonym of HL. phemius, 359.—sedeva, synonym of E. appiades,
361,—telchinia, alluded to, 360.
? Gegenes sinensis, synonym of Chapra prominens, 444.
Genophantis, n.g., 245. G. todora, n.s., 246.
Gerydus drumila, alluded to, 373.
? Gonepteryx urania, synonym of Dercas Wallichii, 415.
Halpe cerata, alluded to, 454.—dolopia, alluded to, 455.—gupta, alluded
to, 454.—kumara, alluded to, 454.—separata, alluded to, 454.—
sikkima, alluded to, 453.—zema, alluded to, 455.
Hasora alexis, alluded to, 441.—badra, alluded to, 441.
Hebomoria glaucippe, alluded to, 420.
Hednota floricolans, 212.—hydrophila, 242.—oxyptera, 0.8., 243.
Helcyra hemina, alluded to, 338.
Herona ? angustata, synonym of H. marathus, 341.—marathus, alluded to,
341.
Hesperia? bada, synonym of Parnara guttatus, 445,.—divodasa, synonym
of Suastus gremius, 450,—fatih, synonym of Coladenia dan, 460.
—hiraca, synonym of Telegonus ? acroleuca, £59.—pandia, synonym
of Telegonus thyrsis, 459.—aanthopogon, synonym of Choaspes
Benjamini, 439.
Hesperilla ornata, life-history, 167.—picta, life-history, 185.
(| Ixxxvili_ )
Hestina isa, synonym of Huripus halitherses, 336.—nama, alluded to, 340.
— persimilis, alluded to, 341.—? zella, synonym of H. persimilis,
341,
Homeosoma humeratlis, 244.
Horaga ony, alluded to, 389.—sikkima, alluded to, 390.—viola, alluded
to, 390.
Hyarotus adrastus, alluded to, 460.
Hymenia fascialis, synonym of Zinckenia recurvalis, 217.
Hypolimnas bolina, life-history, 149, alluded to, 348, female very variable
= montrouzieri, mosleyi, naresii, otaheite, pallescens, pulchra, 151.
misippus, alluded to, 8348.—nerina, name alluded to, 188.
Hypolycena chandrana, alluded to, 397.—erylus, alluded to, 397.—etolus,
alluded to, 398.—Grotei, synonym of H. chandrana, 397.—kina,
alluded to, 396.—nasaka, alluded to, 397.—othona, alluded to, 396.
virgo, alluded to, 396.
Ialmenus evagoras. life-history, 1538.
Ideopsis Hewitsonti, 472.—vitrea, alluded to, 472.
Ilerda androcles, alluded to, 400.— brahma, alluded to, 401. — epicles,
alluded to, 400. — Hewitsoni, synonym of JI. androcles, 400.—
Moorei, alluded to, 401.—saphir, synonym of I. Moorei, 401.
Ino orana, n.s., 117.
Tolaus cotys, alluded to, 393.—illurgis, alluded to, 392.—maculatus, alluded
to, 393.
Ismene jaina, alluded to, 440.—edipodea, alluded to, 4-10.
Tsoteinon atkinsoni, alluded to, £55.—cephala, alluded to, 456.—jflavalum,
alluded to, 456.—flavipennis, alluded to, 456.—klasiana, alluded
to, 455.—masuriensis, alluded to, 455.—pandita, alluded to, 456.—
satwa, allnded to, 456. — subtestaceus, synonym of I. atkinsoni,
455.
Ixias pyrene, alluded to, 420.
Jamides bochus, alluded to, 383.
Junonia almana, synonym of J. asterie, 341.—asterie, alluded to, 341.—
atlites, alluded to, 342.—hierta, synonym of J. hierte, 342.—
laomedia, synonym of J. atlites, 342.—lemonias, alluded to, 342.—
enone, alluded to, 342.—orithya, alluded to, 342.—velleda, life-
history, 146.
Kallima inachus, alluded to, 366.—atkinsoni, boisduvali and Ramsayi,
synonyms of K. inachus, 366.
Lampides elianus, alluded to, 384.—elpis, alluded to, 384.
Laogona Hippocla, alluded to, 473, var. Hyleus, alluded to, 473.
Lebadea ismene, alluded to, 352.
Lethe, species from the Eastern Himalayas, resumé of, 307—311. L.
alberta, synonym of L. vindhya, 313.—anysis, synonym of L.
bhairava, 311.—bhairava, allnded to, 311.—chandica, alluded to,
314.— deliades, synonym of L. visrava, 317.—dinarbas, alluded to,
314.—distans, alluded to, 313.—dolopes, synonym of L. vindhya,
313.—dyrta, alluded to, 314.—Europa, alluded to, 314.—Kansa,
( Ulgeix) ,)
alluded to, 312,—latiaris, alluded to, 312.—maitrya, alluded to,
316.—Masoni, alluded to, 315.—mekara, alluded to, 313.—nada,
synonym of L. scanda, 311.—nicetas, alluded to, 317.—nicetella,
alluded to. 317.—purana, synonym of L. vindhya, 813.—rohria,
alluded to, 315.—scanda, alluded to, 311.—serbonis, alluded, to,
317.—siderea, alluded to, 315.—sidonis, alluded to, 316.—sinoriaz,
alluded to, 312.—tristigmata, alluded to, 318.—verma, alluded to,
315.—vindhya, alluded to, 313.—visavra, alluded to, 317.
Libythea lepita, alluded to, 869.—myrrha, alluded to, 369.
Limenitis danava, alluded to, 852.— daraxa, alluded to, 352. — dudu,
alluded to, 353.—procris, alluded to, 353.—zayla, alluded to, 352.
—zulema, alluded to, 352.
Liphyra brassolis, 470, alluded to, $73.
Lozura atymnus, alluded to, 372.—tripunctata, alluded to, 373.
Lyceéna argia, diluta, japonica, otis, similis, synonyms of L. maha, 380.
—betica, alluded to, 382.—dipora, synonym of L. parrhasius, 382.
heathi, life-history, 151.—maha, alluded to, 380.—nara, synonym
of L. Theophrastus, 381.—parrhasius, alluded to, 382.—pheretes
var. asiatica, 382.—plinius, alluded to, 382.—putli, synonym of
Zizera trochilus, 372.—sonorensis, exhibited, xxix.—Theophrastus,
alluded to, 381.
Lycenesthes bengalensis, alluded to, 388.—? cymbia, alluded to, 388.—
lycambes, alluded to, 388.
Margarodes exaula, n.s., 213.—glauculalis, synonym of M. eraula, 213.
Matapa aria, alluded to, 442.—druna, alluded to, 442.—sasivarna, alluded
to, 442.—shalgrama, alluded to, £42.
Mecyna aurora, 225.—deprivalis, alluded to, 226.—virescens, 225.
Megista malaya, alluded to, 375.—sikkima and Thwaitesi, synonyms of
M, malaya, 376.
Melanites aswa, alluded to, 329.—bela? synonym of M. leda, 398.—
duryodana, alluded to, 329.—ismene, synonym of M. leda, 328.—
leda, life-history, 137, alluded to, 328.—zitenius, alluded to, 329.
Melitea amenula, synonym of M. sindura, 336,.—? Jezabel, synonym of
M. sindura, 336.—sindura, 336.
Messarus ophthalmicus, n. s., 473.—Maeonides? 473.
Mestolobes abnormis, 228.— enone, synonym of M. abnormis, 228.—
minuscula, 230.—semiochrea, 229. —simethina, synonym of M.
minuscula, 230.
Miletus boisduvalii, alluded to, 374.—Horsfieldi ? alluded to, 874.
Mycalesis anazias, alluded to, 304, — blasius, alluded to, 3038. — gopa?,
synonym of M. sanatana, 305.—hyemalis ?, synonym of M. mal-
sara, 306.—indistans, synonym of M. mineus, 304.—Janardana,
alluded to, 474.—malsara, alluded to, 306.—medus, alluded to, 303.
—mineus, alluded to, 304.—mutata, alluded to, 475. —perseus,
synonym of M. blasius, 303.—perdiccas, alluded to, 305.—rudis,
synonym of M. massara, 306.—runeka, synonym of M. medus,
L
( *3me*!)
303.—sanatana, alluded to, 305.—swaveolens, alluded to, 306.—
visala, synonym of M. mineus, 304.
Myrina ciniata, synonym of Horaga onyx, 389.—? Cyara, alluded to,
395.—fabronia, alluded to, 396.—jaffra, synonym of Cheritra freja,
394. — ? Melisa, alluded to, 395.—?symira, alluded to, 395.—
syringx, synonym of Horaga onyx, 389.
Nacaduba ardates, alluded to, 386.—atrata, alluded to, 387.—bhutea, 387.
—dana, alluded to, 388.—Kurava, synonym of N. atrata, 387.—
macrophthalma, alluded to, 386.—viola, alluded to, 388.
Neope bhadra, alluded to, 321.—pulaha, alluded to, 321.
Neopithecops hamada, alluded to, 374.—horsfeldi, synonym of N. zalmora,
375.—zalmora, alluded to, 375.
Neorina hilda, alluded to, 307.—margarite, alluded to, 307.
Neptis adara, synonym of N. varmona, 345.—? adipala, alluded to, 346.—
amba, alluded to, 344.—ananta, alluded to, 343.—Antara, 473.—
astola, alluded to, 345.—cartica, alluded to, 344. — carticoides,
synonym of N. amba, 344.—emodes, synonym of N. astola, 345.—
hordonia, alluded to, 342.—kamarupa, synonym of N. varmona,
345.—manasa, alluded to, 343.—miah, alluded to, 343.—nandina,
alluded to, 347.—ophiana, alluded to, 347.—radha, alluded to, 343.
—soma, alluded to, 346.—susruta, alluded to, 346.—varmona,
alluded to, 345.—vikasi, alluded to, 3£5.—viraja, alluded to, 343,.—
zaida, alluded to, 343.
Netrocoryne repanda, life-history, 181.
Neurosigma Doubledayi, alluded to, 351.—siva, synonym of N. Double-
dayi, 351.
Nilasera? abseus, alluded to, 405.— adriana, alluded to, 403.—asoka,
alluded to, 403.—bazalus, alluded to, 404.—fulgida, alluded to, 404.
—WMolleri, alluded to, 404.
Niphanda phinioides, synonym of Lyc@nesthes ? cymbia, 388.
Gneis pumilus, alluded to, 327.
Oligostigma chrysippusalis, curta and obitalis, synonyms of Paraponyx
linealis, 212.
Omiodes accepta, 214.—Blackburni, 214.—continuatalis, 215.—demarata-
lis, 216.—liodyta, n.s., 217.—localis, 217.—monogona, n.s., 216.
Orinoma damaris, alluded to, 322.
Ornitkoptera brookiana, variety, exhibited, xxxvii.— durvilliana, life-
history, 139, 169.—pronomus, life-history, 168.—pompeus, alluded
to, 422.—rhadamanthus, alluded to, 422.
Orthomecyna, 226. O. albicaudata, 226.—aphanopis, n.s., 227.—exigua,
227.—exigua var. cupreipennis, alluded to, 227.
Pamphila angustula, alluded to, 139, life-history, 111.—? avanti, alluded to,
452.—? flava, synonym of Telicota dara, 451.—? fortunei, synonym
of Parnara guttatus, 445.—mangala, synonym of Parnara guttatus,
445.—mesa, synonym of T'elicota dara, 451.—phineus, life-history,
179.—? subechracea, synonym of Chapra mathias, 444.
( xen 7)
Papilio egistus, synonym of P. agamemnon, 468.—agamemnon, alluded
to, 437, 468.—agestor, alluded to, 431.—agetes, alluded to, 433.—
aidoneus, alluded to, 423.—anactus, life-history, 176.—androgeus,
alluded to, 428.—anticrates, alluded to, 434.—antiphates, alluded
to, 433.—arcturus, alluded to, 427.—avristolochia, alluded to, 427.
—Astorion, alluded to, 422.—bathycles var. bathycloides, alluded
to, 436, var. 2chiron, alluded to, 436, var. chironides, alluded to,
436.—Blumei, alluded to, 467.— bolina, synonym of Diadema
hassinassa, 472.—castor, alluded to, 437.—chaon, alluded to, 429.
@ chara, synonym of P. Astoria, 422.—charonia, synonym of
Vanessa canace, 362.—chromus, synonym of Hasora alexis, 441.—
cloanthus, alluded to, 434.—clytia, alluded to, 430.—dasarada,
alluded to, 425.—dissimilis, synonym of P. clytia, 430.—? doson,
synonym of P. eurypilus, 435. — epycides, alluded to, 432.—
erectheus, life-history, 172.—erioleuca, synonym of P. aidoneus,
423.—erithonius, alluded to, 429.—erithonus, life-history, 169.—
eurypilus, alluded to, 435.—evippe, synonym of Ixias pyrene, 420.
ganesa, alluded to, 428. — Glycerion, alluded to, 432.—? var.
govindra, synonym of P. agestor, 431.—Gyas, alluded to, 437.—
helenus, alluded to, 429.— 9? Icarius, synonym of P. Rhetenor, 428.
—indicatus, life-history, 170.—Janaka, alluded to, 426.—Krishna,
alluded to, 427.—Latreillii, alluded to, 425.—lycaon, life-history ,
177.—macareus, alluded to, 431.—machaon, alluded to, 437.—
macilentus, exhibited, iv.— mecisteus, synonym of P. ewrypilus,
435.—megarus, alluded to, 430.—menestheus and other species,
exhibited, xxxv. — minereus, synonym of P. Latreilliit, 425.—
Q nerina, synonym of Diadema Lasimassa, 472.—enippe, synonym
of Ixias pyrene, 420.—pammon, synonym of P. polytes, 429.—
panope, alluded to, 430.—paphus, alluded to, 430.—paris, alluded
to, 427.—philoxenus, alluded to, 426, var. synonym of P. dasarada,
425, var. synonym of P. Ravana, 423.—plutonius, alluded to, 424.
— 9 pollux, synonym of P. castor, 437.—polyeuctes, synonym of
P. philoxenus, 426.—polymnestor, alluded to, 430.—polytes, alluded
to, 429, 468.—protenor, alluded to, 428.—Ravana, alluded to, 423.
—Rhetenor, alluded to, 428.—rheria, synonym of Ixias pyrene,
420.—sarpedon, exhibited, iv, alluded to, 434.—Severus, alluded to,
468.—sikkimensis, synonym of P. machaon, 437, ? synonym of P.
Janaka, 426.—Slateri, alluded to, 429.—telephus, synonym of
P. eurypilus, 435, alluded to, 468.—thyelia, synonym of Sympha-
dra nais, 357.—? varuna, synonym of P. Astorion, 422.—.xenocles,
alluded to, 430.
Parantica melanoides, synonym of Danais melanoides, 299.
Panapithecops gaura, synonym of Neopithecops zalmora, 375.
Pamponyz linealis, alluded to, 212.
Pareba vesta, alluded to, 334.
Parnara, alluded to, 444. P. assamensis, alluded to, 447.— austent,
alluded to, 448.—beavani, alluded to, 446.—cinnara, alluded to,
( xen )
449.—colaca, alluded to, 446.—eltola, alluded to, 449.—guttatus,
alluded to, 445.—kumara, alluded to, 449.—ornata, alluded to, 449,
—pagana, alluded to, 447.—plebeia, alluded to, 447.— seriata,
alluded to, 449.—toona, alluded to, 449.—tulsi, alluded to, 449.
Parnassius acco, alluded to, 438.—epaphus var. sikkimensis, synonym of
P. Jacquemontii, 438. — Hardwickei, alluded to, 438.— Jacque-
montii, alluded to, 438.
Pathalia albidisca, synonym of Megista malaya, 375.
Penthina lisarda, alluded to, 351.
Phorodesma smaragdaria, larve of, exhibited, xx.
Pieris agathon, alluded to, 415.—ajaka, synonym of P. melete, 416.—
amasene, synonym of P. nerissa, 417.—brassice, alluded to, 416,
var. nipalensis, alluded to, 416.—canidia, alluded to, 415.—
Dubernardi, alluded to, 415.—durvasa, synonym of Tachyris
lalage, 419.—evagete, synonym of P. phryne, 417.—gliciria,
synonym of P. canidia, 415. — latilimbata, life-history, 155.—
melete, alluded to, 416.—mesentina, alluded to, 417.—?nadina,
synonym of P. nama, 417.—nama, alluded to, 417.—nepalensis,
synonym of P. brassice, 416.—nerissa, alluded to, 417.—phryne,
alluded to, 417.—teutonia, life-history, 155.
Pirdana Rudolphei, alluded to, 441.
Pithauria murdava, alluded to, 443.—stramineipennis, alluded to, 443.
Pithecops dharma, synonym of Neopithecops zalmora, 375.
Pizzola zennara, alluded to, 442.
Plastingia nemi, alluded to, 460.
Platyptilia brachymorpha, n.s., 240.—cosmadactyla, alluded to, 243.—
littoralis, alluded to, 241.—repletalis, synonym of P. rhyncho-
phora, 239.—rhynchophora, n.s., 239.
Plesioneura agni, alluded to, 462.—alysos, alluded to, 461.— badia,
alluded to, 462.—chamunda, alluded to, 462.—? dhanada, synonym
of Coladenia dan, 460.—leucocirca, alluded to, 462.—? munda,
synonym of P. leucocirca, 462.—nigricans, alluded to, 161.—
paralysos, synonym of P, alysos,461.—praba, synonym of Hyarotis
adrastus, 460.— pulomaya, alluded to, 463. — restricta, alluded to,
461.—sumitra, alluded to, 463.
Pleurota mauritanica, n.s., 120.—Oranella, n.s., 120.—Staintoniella,
n.s., 119.
Plodia interpunctalis, synonym of Ephestia interpunctella, 244.
Polyommatus Cnejus, alluded to, 471.—evanescens, alluded to, 471.—Otis,
alluded to, 471.
Pontia xiphia, alluded to, 407.—nina, synonym of P. xiphia, 407.
Poritia Hewitsoni, alluded to, 371.
Pratapa Bhotea, alluded to, 400.
Precis hara, synonym of Pseudergolis wedah, 341.—Ida var. Iphata,
alluded to, 473. — iphita, alluded to, 341.— veda, synonym of
Pscudergolis wedah, 347.
( xc |)
Prioneris clemanthe, alluded to, 411.—seta, synonym of P. thestylis, 410.
—thestylis, alluded to, 410.—watsoni, synonym of P. thestylis, 410.
Protocolletis, n.g., 223. P. constricta, 224.
Pseudergolis wedah, alluded to, 347.
Pterophorus Zetterstedtii, from Sydenham, exhibited, xxxv.
Pterygospidea menaka, synonym of Tagiades atticus, 457.— syricthus,
alluded to, 458.
Pyralis achatina, synonym of Asopia gerontialis, 212.
Pyrameis Itea, life-history, 145.
Raphicera Moorei, alluded to, 322.—satricius, alluded to, 322.
Sarangesa dasahara, alluded to, 450.
Satadra enea, alluded to, 405.—atraz, alluded to, 406.—bupola, alluded
to, 405.—? chola, synonym of Amblypodia areste, 404.—luzula,
alluded to, 403.—singla, alluded to, 405.—teesta, alluded to, 405.
Satarupa bhagava, alluded to, 457.—gopala, alluded to, 456.—narada,
alluded to, 457.—phisara, alluded to, 457.—sambara, alluded to,
457.
Saturnia carpini, hermaphrodite specimen, from Lincoln, exhibited, xv,
specimen with five wings, bred at Tenby, exhibited, xv.
Satyrus aurata, synonym of S. padma, 323.—brahminus, alluded to, 824,
synonym of S. loha (in part), 323.—loha, 323.—padma, alluded to,
323.—saraswati, alluded to, 324.
Scoparia angustea, alluded to, 231.—frigida, 231.—macrophanes, n.8.,
231.—montana, synonym of S. frigida, 231.
Scopula argoscelis, n.8., 222.—despecta, 223.—ennychioides, 221.—eucrena,
n.s., 218.—exigua, synonym of S. despecta, 223.—micacea, 220.—
monticolans, 219.—nigrescens, 220.—stellata, 222.
Selene illunaria, alluded to, 133.—illustraria, alluded to, 134.
Sericinus telamon, exhibited, iv.
Sithon jalindra, alluded to, 393.—jangala, alluded to, 393.—mandarinus,
alluded to, 394.
Snellenia coccinea and species belonging to allied genera, exhibited,
XXXVIiii.
Spalgis epius, alluded to, 377.
Sterosis robusta, synonym of Liphyra Brassolis, 470.
Stibochiona nicea, alluded to, 348.
Stictophthalmia camadeva, alluded to, 333.—nourmahal, alluded to, 333.
Suastus aditus, alluded to, 450.—gremius, alluded to, 450.—miélleri,
synonym of S. swerga, 450.—swerga, alluded to, 450.
Symbrenthia hippoclus, alluded to, 364.—hypselis, alluded to, 364.—
niphanda, alluded to, 365.—silana, alluded to, 365.
Symphedra nais, alluded to, 357.
Tachyris hippoides, alluded to, 418—indra, alluded to, 419.—lalage,
alluded to, 419.—nero, alluded to, 418.—paulina, alluded to, 418.
Phestus, n.s., 469.
Tagiades attacus, alluded to, 459.—gana, alluded to, 458.
( tem 3
Tajuria albiplaga, alluded to, 391.—dieus, alluded to, 391.—istroidea,
alluded to, 392.—longinus, alluded to, 391.—melastigma, alluded
to, a9
Taractocera mevius, alluded to, 455.—sagara, synonym of T. mevius,
455.
Teinopalpus imperialis, alluded to, 421.
Telchinia viola, alluded to, 335.
Telegonus acroleuca, alluded to, 459.—thraz, alluded to, 459.—thyrsis,
alluded to, 459.
Telicota augias, alluded to, 451.—bambuse, alluded to, 450.—dara,
alluded to, 451.—gola, alluded to, 452.—mesoides, alluded to, 451.
Temios sinha, synonym of Atella sinha, 337.
Terias ? drona, synonym of ZT’. rubella, 413.—harina, alluded to, 414.—
hecabe, alluded to, 412.—leta, alluded to, 413.—rubella, alluded
to, 413.—santana, synonym of 17’. leta, 413.—Tulissa, n.s., 469.—
Tilaha, alluded to, 469.—Yondana, synonym of 7’. Tilaha, 469.—
venata, alluded to, 414.
Thalpochares respersa var. Bithynica, 121.
Thanaos jhora, alluded to, 453.—kali, alluded to, 453.—stigmata, alluded
to, 452.
Thaumantis diores, 333.—ramdeo, synonym of T. diores, 333.
Thecla duma, alluded to, 402.—soryi, synonym of Deudorix jarbas, 398.
—spinetorum, exhibited, xxxi.
Thestias enippe and pyrenassa, synonyms of Ixias pyrene, 420.
Tortrix piceana and podana, melanic forms of, exhibited, xxxvii.
Trapezites symmomus, life-history, 183.
Trichoptilus hawaiensis, 239.
Udaspes folus, alluded to, 461.
Vanessa antiopa, alluded to, 362, exhibited from the Isle of Wight,
XXvil.—C-album var. tibetana, new var., 363.—canace, alluded to,
362.—cardui, alluded to, 361.—indica, alluded to, 362.—kashmi-
rensis, alluded to, 362.—ladakensis, alluded to, 363.—rizana,
alluded to, 363.
Xeroscopa demodes, n.s., 234.—formosa, 237.—hawaiensis, 235.—ischnias,
n.s., 235.—jucunda, 238.—melanopis, n. s., 233.—mesoleuca, n.s.,
237.—ombrodes, n. s., 234.—pachysema, n.s., 236.—venosa, 233.
Ypthina howra, synonym of Y. hiibneri, 326.—hiibneri, alluded to, 326.—
Kalelonda, n.s., 475. — methora, alluded to, 326.—narasingha,
alluded to, 325.—nareda, synonym of Y. newara, 325.—newara,
alluded ‘to, 325.—nikea. synonym of Y. sakra, 326.—philomela,
synonym of Y. hiibneri, 326.—sakra, alluded to, 326, exhibited,
from China, iv.
Zemeros flegyas, alluded to, 370.
Zinckenia recurvalis, alluded to, 217.
Zipetis scylax, alluded to, 328.
Zitua balteata, from New South Wales, exhibited, xxix.
Crexev™)
Zizera pygmea, alluded to, 380.—sangra, alluded to, 380.—trochilus,
alluded to, 379.
Zophoessa atkinsonia, alluded to, 319.—baladeva, alluded to, 320.—dura,
alluded to, 319.—goalpara, alluded to, 319.—jalaurida, alluded to,
316, 320.—mdlleri, alluded to, 321.—ramadeva, alluded to, 320.—
sura, alluded to, 318.—yama, alluded to, 321.
Zygena Oberthiiri, n.s., 118.
NEUROPTERA.
Allocnemis leucosticta, exhibited, xiv.
Anax mauricianus, exhibited, xiii.
Ascalaphus, 1. <A. coccajus, larva of, alluded to, 7.—insimulans, larva of,
alluded to, 9. — longicornis, larva of, alluded to, 2, 4, 7, 8.—
macaronius, larva of, alluded to, 5, 7.—Macleayanus, larva of,
alluded to, 4.
Chorolestes conspicua and tessellata, exhibited, xiv.
Crocothemis erythrea, exhibited, xiii.
Haplogenius and other genera, alluded to, 7.
Myrmeleon formicarius, exhibited, xxxv.—libelluloides, larva of, alluded
to, 5.—tetragrammicus, larva of, alluded to, 5.
Orthetrum fasciolatum and subfasciolatum, exhibited, xiii.
Palingenia longicauda, from Holland, exhibited, xxiii.
Palpopleura jucunda, lucia and portia, exhibited, xiii.
Pantala flavescens, exhibited, xiii.
Trithemis arteriosa, exhibited, xiii.
ORTHOPTERA.
Mantide, plates of, exhibited, xviii.
— at
WEST, NEWMAN & CO., PRINTERS, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.
| fe em
; at en “a byidln nega eat
) yes te) | y Lek ‘ae wtintis iy Ms
5 io ‘ ah’ eg ERs: MS etic i “ i yt
Ad a : om : 3 mat %, ae toler! ey yee Mi
ey; : ‘Ube fall nia (ial
; 4 ht PT hh ea) a 270 A's Vey WPT kt aaa’: ‘ at ssinte
; . ‘gana
i Psi
1a [ ’ it % oe, i aie iT ew if: wird geile Pe ag
a 7 ‘ t wa eit
- a E v4 p Be, (ie
' A ’ ‘ i
ee ~ ‘ ; i L 7
t ¢ a 4 rl
t
es 7 a } 2 Die ot i
, . Gi res ti) ASS ne a ii Rea fil Mires wd: ANS
’ P ‘ i sae
ve - « if HW fa rs ¥ rite N4 Laer isi
q 4 el - ri ay.
P v g : a i‘
a >
J ;
1
‘ '
i
wr
id
Trans. Fint. Soc Lond. 7888. PL I.
West Newman &Co. hth
Ascalaphus.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888. PL Ii.
West, Newman & Co. ith
Ascalaphus.
Fe i
eer
a
Trans. Hint. Soc. Lond.1888.PL IV
FW. Prohawk del.ad nat
West, Newman& Co. chrom
Species of Fuchromia.
Soc.Lond.1888. PLV.
Trams. Hine.
Forced
Deas gram.
Botthed
Duration of the several StAgeS.
1
REV COY
S
ay
ee
he
begar
28
Forct
UTM PSL OY? UM) BYF AOL BOLO = if 8 ate at! ae
spooug pao» peree19 40 edn obwwmp dng cane Box iaebzopy
0000000000 3
a a
In Puen
000000000000
eee &
SSS 3 we
S, =
©0000000000
as
— “t
2 y
By 3
th Coo00000C000 =
“3.55
Coed Pe eee wee eeneateweetaee SD SS ow
| 4 ee tee rane
xX
G900000090000000000000000000900000000000 N
A] pivecceceesenses
A Nes rn ee
2 5
s iG
idlp) eeg00000000h0 00000 D000 0DD00D00DONOCO0000000000000C00009 =
si) age ermal ene eee fs
mR cam
oY 099000000000000000000006000000000000000 =
ND © c ~ om co Sy, sor Ns ES =
Spree teeters en Gh RS Ga ns OS ee ey Oy See a Ae Sa Se
ay + g 6 >= 8
3 > 3 8 RS
eat \ | LS a BR
Wasi, Newman &C° ith.
Feeding
Pedigree Moth-Breeding :
F. Merrifield, del.
Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1688. Pl. VI.
Mintern Bros. Chromo lith.
Larvee & pupee of Rhopalocera from the Australian Region.
Trans. Hint. Soc. Lord. 1888.72. Vil
West, Newman&Co del.ad natet lith
African Coleoptera.
Soe. Lond. 1888. PL. VII
NOE
Trans
cian
,epidopter
kim |
lk
~
¢
a)
Soc,Lona. /888 PU TX.
ao
Trans. lint
1
Lepidoptera
Sikkim
a
Trans. nt. &
OC.
ih Oo ra IS88 Pi
x
West, Newman &Co.c!
Sikkim
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.J888.PUA .
Lepidoptera.
Trans. Ent Soc. Lond 1888 PUXI
wy West, Newman &Co.chr lith
Trans. lint. Soc. Lond LE88.PL. XHL
West, Newman & Co imp
W.Purkiss del. aduat
New Species of Rhyncota
6. PL. XIV.
Trans. lint. Soc. Lond 188
West, Newman&Co hth.
New Lon§gicornia.
Horace Knight del.
Trans. Eint. Soe. Lond I888. PL XV
ADAASP AA c, rl hh AnADAAA ae ddam Add AMAR NAA ddd mAAd 44
rs riled IA haha Abhay hAdady yy i i yh aA . .
‘ ] iy fing * ae }
rs) é
3: oa SS ee ee ;
it ey
\e ee ee, Jr } 3 ee ai Freeper
id)
= E Ntieg 00 CR
LEED FEN SRxeey!
Palle Rp, SAP
&.B-Poulton pinx.
West Newmané&Co chr lith
Life-history of Sphinx convolvull.
Trams. Lint. Soe. Lond.I888. PlLXV)
0. °OOU8t b “OGG 008 1. °E
4 t)
4
ful aanetiilt,
1 CPW ARFe OR wine. Chat),
reed,
és ¥ Setty te » * fy
os Vege Mg tt Secs W Nees x
: ea
-)
5 ¢ 6 ‘ . :
i te. ~
“tne QU ORR MM, See ee, ~My SORMMND. RRR NEED Ay gy, i
~ "e009,
q * me,
bd gee Ce
Hide, ite, ee
a
= he ys
SO BUNT SN IE sare gay
ce? i!
I fray ij omy e nn
~~ gob cll “nausea SOs
~ if
pen at —
a
on?"
amy catty park oh acai
aifagae @tae, e
7 Rvs a, ‘
F Je. oe
i g
Sere a PET HR |
)
Uy
Life-history of Sphinx convolvullt.
E.B-Poulten pinx
yy .
West Newman cel
chy.lith
Trai. int: Soc.LonaJBE8.PL. XV It.
at AES =i «
— ey
os SAS
\ BO ete
0)
vu &e.
—
=
fe-history of Agha +
Li
=
i Cali
>»
ty
all
7)
Pa
rato
perth 3)
Se aged S62 a ats ak ae ST alas aint laser te gems, aoe
ee ee A ee i FOR Nn AEDT ty Fete St te ett a
= A
ER el He “8
PROD Aa Meare centere ni e t